Investing in Qualified Opportunity Funds, 1866-2001 [2019-27846]
Download as PDF
1866
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9889]
RIN 1545–BP04
Investing in Qualified Opportunity
Funds
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulation.
AGENCY:
This document contains final
regulations governing the extent to
which taxpayers may elect the Federal
income tax benefits provided by section
1400Z–2 of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code) with respect to certain equity
interests in a qualified opportunity fund
(QOF). The final regulations address the
comments received in response to the
two notices of proposed rulemaking
issued under section 1400Z–2 and
provide additional guidance for
taxpayers eligible to elect to temporarily
defer the inclusion in gross income of
certain gains if corresponding amounts
are invested in certain equity interests
in QOFs, as well as guidance on the
ability of such taxpayers to exclude
from gross income additional gain
recognized after holding those equity
interests for at least 10 years. The final
regulations also address various
requirements that must be met for an
entity to qualify as a QOF, including
requirements that must be met for an
entity to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business. The final
regulations affect entities that selfcertify as QOFs and eligible taxpayers
that make investments, whether
qualifying or non-qualifying, in such
entities.
DATES:
Effective date: The final regulations
contained in this document are effective
on March 13, 2020.
Applicability dates: See
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning section 1400Z–2 and these
regulations generally, Alfred H. Bae,
(202) 317–7006, or Kyle C. Griffin, (202)
317–4718, of the Office of Associate
Chief Counsel (Income Tax and
Accounting); concerning issues related
to C corporations and consolidated
groups, Jeremy Aron-Dine, (202) 317–
6848, or Sarah Hoyt, (202) 317–5024, of
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate); concerning issues related to
gains from financial contracts, REITs, or
RICs, Andrea Hoffenson or Pamela Lew,
(202) 317–7053, of the Office of
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
Associate Chief Counsel (Financial
Institutions and Products); concerning
issues related to investments by foreign
persons, Eric Florenz, (202) 317–6941,
or Milton Cahn (202) 317–6937, of the
Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(International); concerning issues
related to partnerships, S corporations
or trusts, Marla Borkson, Sonia Kothari,
or Vishal Amin, at (202) 317–6850, and
concerning issues related to estates and
gifts, Leslie Finlow or Lorraine Gardner,
at (202) 317–6859, of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Special Industries). These numbers
are not toll-free numbers.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document amends the Income
Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) by
adding final regulations under section
1400Z–2 of the Code. Section 13823 of
Public Law 115–97, 131 Stat. 2054
(December 22, 2017), commonly
referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
(TCJA), added sections 1400Z–1 and
1400Z–2 to the Code. Section 1400Z–1
addresses the designation of population
census tracts located in the 50 states,
U.S. territories, and the District of
Columbia as qualified opportunity
zones (QOZs). See Notice 2018–48,
2018–28 I.R.B. 9, and Notice 2019–42,
2019–29 I.R.B. 352, for the list of
population census tracts designated as
QOZs (each, a QOZ designation notice).
Section 1400Z–2 provides two main
Federal income tax benefits to eligible
taxpayers that make longer-term
investments of new capital in one or
more designated QOZs through QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses. The first main Federal
income tax benefit provided by section
1400Z–2 is the ability of an eligible
taxpayer, upon the making of a valid
election, to defer until as late as
December 31, 2026, the inclusion in
gross income of certain gains that would
otherwise be recognized in a taxable
year if the taxpayer invests a
corresponding amount of such gain in a
qualifying investment in a QOF within
a 180-day statutory period. The eligible
taxpayer may potentially exclude 10
percent of such deferred gain from gross
income if the eligible taxpayer holds the
qualifying investment in the QOF for at
least five years. See section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii). An additional five percent
of such gain may potentially be
excluded from gross income if the
eligible taxpayer holds that qualifying
investment for at least seven years. See
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iv). The
second main Federal income tax benefit
provided by section 1400Z–2 is the
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ability for the eligible taxpayer, upon
the making of a separate valid election,
to exclude from gross income any
appreciation on the eligible taxpayer’s
qualifying investment in the QOF if the
eligible taxpayer holds the qualifying
investment for at least 10 years. See
section 1400Z–2(c).
On October 29, 2018, the Department
of the Treasury (Treasury Department)
and the IRS published a notice of
proposed rulemaking (REG–115420–18)
in the Federal Register (83 FR 54279)
containing a first set of proposed
regulations under section 1400Z–2
(October 2018 proposed regulations).
The October 2018 proposed regulations
addressed the type of gain that is
eligible for deferral by eligible
taxpayers, the timing by which eligible
taxpayers must invest amounts in QOFs
corresponding to the gains to be
deferred, and the manner in which
eligible taxpayers could make deferral
elections of any gains. The October 2018
proposed regulations also provided
rules for the self-certification of QOFs,
valuation of QOF assets, and general
guidance on the requirements for a
corporation or partnership to be a
qualified opportunity zone business,
including providing that the term
‘‘substantially all’’ as used in section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i) means at least 70
percent. The Treasury Department and
the IRS received 180 written and
electronic comments responding to the
October 2018 proposed regulations. A
public hearing on the October 2018
proposed regulations was held on
February 14, 2019.
A second notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–120186–18) was
published in the Federal Register (84
FR 18652) on May 1, 2019, containing
additional proposed regulations under
section 1400Z–2 (May 2019 proposed
regulations). The May 2019 proposed
regulations updated portions of the
October 2018 proposed regulations to
address various issues, including: The
definition of the term ‘‘substantially all’’
in each of the various places the term
appears in section 1400Z–2;
transactions resulting in the inclusion
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b)
of eligible gain that an eligible taxpayer
elected to defer under section 1400Z–
2(a); the treatment of leased property
used by a QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business; the use of qualified
opportunity zone business property in
the QOZ; the sourcing of gross income
to the qualified opportunity zone
business; and the ‘‘reasonable period’’
for a QOF to reinvest proceeds from the
sale of qualifying assets without paying
the penalty imposed by section 1400Z–
2(f)(1). The Treasury Department and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
the IRS received 127 written and
electronic comments responding to the
May 2019 proposed regulations. A
public hearing on the May 2019
proposed regulations was held on July
9, 2019.
The October 2018 proposed
regulations and the May 2019 proposed
regulations are collectively referred to in
this Treasury decision as the ‘‘proposed
regulations.’’ All comments received on
the proposed regulations are available at
www.regulations.gov or upon request.
The preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations stated that the
Treasury Department and the IRS would
schedule tribal consultation with
officials of governments of Federally
recognized Indian tribes (Indian tribal
governments) before finalizing the
proposed regulations to obtain
additional input, within the meaning of
the Treasury Department’s Tribal
Consultation Policy (80 FR 57434,
September 23, 2015), in accordance
with Executive Order 13175,
‘‘Consultation and Coordination with
Indian tribal governments’’ (65 FR
67249, November 6, 2000), on the ability
of entities organized under the law of an
Indian tribe to be QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses, whether
any additional guidance may be needed
regarding the ability of QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses to
lease tribal government Federal trust
lands or leased real property located on
such lands, and any other tribal
implications of the proposed
regulations. This tribal consultation
took place via telephone on October 21,
2019 (Consultation) (see part VI. of the
Special Analyses for additional
discussion).
After full consideration of all
comments received on the proposed
regulations, including comments
received from the Consultation, and the
testimony heard at both public hearings,
this Treasury decision adopts the
proposed regulations with modifications
in response to such comments and
testimony, as described in the Summary
of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions following this Background.
For dates of applicability, see
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1, 1.1400Z2(b)–1,
1.1400Z2(c)–1, 1.1400Z2(d)–1,
1.1400Z2(d)–2, 1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–
14Z, and 1.1504–3 set forth in this
document, which provide that the final
regulations set forth in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–
1 through 1.1400Z2(d)–2, 1.1400Z2(f)–1,
1.1502–14Z, and 1.1504–3 are generally
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020. With respect to
the portion of a taxpayer’s first taxable
year ending after December 21, 2017
that began on December 22, 2017, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
for taxable years beginning after
December 21, 2017, and on or before
March 13, 2020, taxpayers may choose
either (1) to apply the final regulations
set forth in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(d)–2, 1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–
14Z, and 1.1504–3 contained in this
document, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years, or (2)
to rely on each section of proposed
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through 1.1400Z2(g)–
1, except for proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1,
contained in the notice of proposed
rulemaking documents published on
October 29, 2018, and on May 1, 2019,
in the Federal Register (83 FR 54279; 84
FR 18652), but only if relied upon in a
consistent manner for all such taxable
years. Taxpayers relying on each section
of proposed §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(g)–1, except for proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1, contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking documents
published on October 29, 2018, and on
May 1, 2019, in the Federal Register (83
FR 54279; 84 FR 18652), must apply
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1 of the final regulations
contained in this document with respect
to any elections made under section
1400Z–2(c).
Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions
I. Overview
The final regulations set forth in
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through 1.1400Z2(f)–1,
1.1502–14Z, and 1.1504–3 (section
1400Z–2 regulations) retain the basic
approach and structure of the proposed
regulations, with certain revisions. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
refined and clarified certain aspects of
the proposed regulations in these final
regulations to make the rules easier to
follow and understand. Specifically,
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1 has been split
into two separate sections:
§§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 and 1.1400Z2(d)–2.
Further, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have combined duplicative rules
regarding QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, and have
added defined terms to allow the reader
to more intuitively grasp the meaning of
the numerous provisions crossreferenced in the final regulations.
This Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions discusses
those revisions as well as comments
received in response to each of
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through 1.1400Z2(g)–1
of the proposed regulations (proposed
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through 1.1400Z2(g)–
1). The rules proposed in the October
2018 proposed regulations and the May
2019 proposed regulations are explained
in greater detail in the Explanation of
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1867
Provisions sections of the preambles to
each set of proposed regulations.
II. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1 prescribed
rules regarding the election to defer
gains under section 1400Z–2(a)(1),
including rules regarding which
taxpayers are eligible to make the
election, which gains are eligible for
deferral, and the method by which
eligible taxpayers may make deferral
elections. This part II describes the
revisions made to proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 based on the comments
received on those proposed rules,
including revisions to the definition of
eligible gain and revisions to the rules
applying the statutory 180-period and
other requirements with regard to the
making of a qualifying investment in a
QOF.
A. Definitions and Related Operating
Rules
1. Eligible Gain
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)
generally provided that an amount of
gain would be eligible for deferral under
section 1400Z–2(a) if the gain (i) is
treated as a capital gain for Federal
income tax purposes that would be
recognized for Federal income tax
purposes before January 1, 2027, if
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) did not apply to
defer recognition of the gain; and (ii) did
not arise from a sale or exchange with
a related person within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(e)(2) (eligible gain).
This part II.A.1. describes the comments
received on various aspects of the
proposed definition of eligible gain and
explains the revisions, based on those
comments, adopted by § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11) of the final regulations.
a. Gains From Section 1231 Property
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)(iii) of
the May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that the only gain arising from
property used in the taxpayer’s trade or
business (section 1231 property) eligible
for deferral under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)
was ‘‘capital gain net income’’ for a
taxable year, which was defined as the
amount by which the capital gains
arising from all of a taxpayer’s section
1231 property exceeded all of the
taxpayer’s losses from section 1231
property for a taxable year. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
reconsidered this approach based on the
numerous comments received on this
aspect of the May 2019 proposed
regulations.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1868
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
i. Section 1231 Generally
Section 1231 governs the character of
a taxpayer’s gains or losses with respect
to section 1231 property not otherwise
characterized by section 1245 or 1250.
Section 1231(b) defines ‘‘section 1231
property’’ generally as depreciable or
real property that is used in the
taxpayer’s trade or business and held for
more than one year, subject to
enumerated exceptions (for example,
property held by the taxpayer primarily
for sale to customers in the ordinary
course of the taxpayer’s trade or
business).
Under section 1231(a)(1), if a
taxpayer’s aggregate gains from each
sale and exchange (each gain, a section
1231 gain) during the taxable year
exceed the taxpayer’s aggregate losses
from each sale and exchange (each loss,
a section 1231 loss), the taxpayer’s
section 1231 gains and section 1231
losses are treated as long-term capital
gains and long-term capital losses,
respectively. However, if the aggregate
section 1231 gains do not exceed the
aggregate section 1231 losses (that is,
the aggregate amount of section 1231
gains equals or is less than the aggregate
amount of section 1231 losses), those
gains and losses are not treated as gains
and losses from sales or exchanges of
capital assets (that is, they are treated as
ordinary income and ordinary losses).
See sections 64, 1221, 1222, and
1231(a)(2) of the Code.
Several provisions of the Code may
apply to limit the long-term capital
treatment otherwise potentially
provided under section 1231(a)(1). For
example, prior to the aggregation of
section 1231 gains and losses under
section 1231(a), the recapture rules of
sections 1245 and 1250 must be applied
on an asset-by-asset basis. Section 1245,
which applies to sales, exchanges, or
dispositions of depreciable tangible and
intangible property, characterizes any
gain recognized as ordinary income (as
defined in section 64) to the extent
depreciation or amortization has been
allowed or allowable with respect to
that property. Section 1250 provides a
similar ‘‘pre-aggregation’’ recapture rule
with regard to sales, exchanges, or
dispositions of depreciable real property
that is not section 1245 property, and it
characterizes as ordinary income (as
defined in section 64) any gain
recognized in excess of straight line
depreciation.
Section 1231(c), on the other hand,
sets forth a ‘‘post-aggregation’’ recapture
provision, requiring the net section 1231
gain for any taxable year to be treated
as ordinary income to the extent that
such gain does not exceed the non-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
recaptured net section 1231 losses. Nonrecaptured net section 1231 losses are
net section 1231 losses for the five most
recent preceding taxable years of the
taxpayer that have not yet been
recaptured. However, section 1231(c)(5),
provides that the principles of section
1231(a)(4) apply for purposes of section
1231(c). Under section 1231(a)(4), to
determine whether gains exceed losses
for the section 1231(a) character
determination, section 1231 gains are
included only if and to the extent that
they are taken into account in
computing gross income, and section
1231 losses are included only if and to
the extent that they are taken into
account in computing taxable income.
Essentially, the operation of the ‘‘preaggregation’’ recapture rules under
sections 1245 and 1250, as well as the
‘‘post-aggregation’’ recapture rule under
section 1231(c), requires a gain
recognized with respect to section 1231
property potentially to be treated as
ordinary income, even if that gain
otherwise would have been
characterized differently under section
1231(a) in the absence of such recapture
rules.
Section 64 defines the term ‘‘ordinary
income’’ for purposes of subtitle A of
the Code (subtitle A), which includes
sections 1231, 1245, 1250, and 1400Z–
2, to include ‘‘any gain from the sale or
exchange of property which is neither a
capital asset nor property described in
section 1231(b),’’ and provides further
that ‘‘[a]ny gain from the sale or
exchange of property which is treated or
considered, under other provisions of
this subtitle, as ‘ordinary income’ shall
be treated as gain from the sale or
exchange of property which is neither a
capital asset nor property described in
section 1231(b).’’ See for example,
sections 1231(c), 1245, and 1250; see
also §§ 1.1245–1(a)(1), 1.1245–1(b)(2),
1.1250–1(a)(1), 1.1250–1(b)(1), and
1.1250–1(c)(1).
ii. Comments on Treatment of Section
1231 Property
Commenters suggested that the gross
amount of section 1231 gain realized
from sales or exchanges of section 1231
property should be eligible gain,
provided that such gain is determined to
be capital gain at the end of the taxable
year by taking into account all section
1231 gains and section 1231 losses.
Some commenters also recommended
that the 180-day period for investment
begin on the date of the sale or exchange
that gives rise to a section 1231 gain
instead of at the end of the taxable year.
Many of the commenters recognized
that, because section 1231(a)(1) requires
a netting process to determine whether
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 1231 gains and losses are capital
in character, investors might not be
certain if any of the section 1231 gain
invested from sales or exchanges before
the end of the taxable year is capital in
character. Therefore, several
commenters suggested that gross section
1231 gains be eligible for investment on
the date of the sale or exchange,
contingent on such gains being capital
in character as determined by the
netting process at the end of the taxable
year. Under this approach, if the section
1231 gains invested in a QOF during a
taxable year are determined not to be
capital in character because section
1231 gains for the year do not exceed
section 1231 losses, the section 1231
gains invested that year would
constitute an investment that does not
qualify for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a)(1) (a non-qualifying
investment).
In the alternative, many commenters
recommended an election to permit a
taxpayer to begin the 180-day period for
section 1231 gains on the last day of the
taxable year. This election would
accommodate the needs of taxpayers
who are unable to determine whether
section 1231 gains will be capital in
character until all transactions involving
section 1231 property have been
completed for a taxable year. As a model
for this elective approach, commenters
referred to proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(c)(2)(iii)(B), which permits a partner
to elect to align its 180-day period with
that of the partnership, that is, the date
of the sale or exchange giving rise to
such gain.
Commenters observed that because
gain that is deferred under section
1400Z–2 would not be taken into
account in computing gross income
until recognized, pursuant to section
1231(a)(4), any deferred gains would be
excluded from the section 1231(a)
character determination. As a result,
taxpayers could ensure that section
1231 gains do not exceed section 1231
losses for a taxable year under section
1231(a) by investing the excess of gains
realized from the sale or exchange of
section 1231 property over the losses
from those sales, thus, rendering all
section 1231 losses, that otherwise
would be capital in character, ordinary
in character. However, commenters
noted that section 1231(a)(4) gives rise
to a circularity issue if applied in this
manner. If the only section 1231 gains
that are eligible for deferral under
section 1400Z–2 are capital character
section 1231 gains, then, if a taxpayer
invests an amount of section 1231 gains
in a QOF such that the character
determination under section 1231(a)
produces ordinary character gains and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
losses for a taxable year, then all section
1231 gains in that taxable year would
not be eligible gains. Therefore, in light
of the application of section 1231(a)(4),
a taxpayer could only defer an amount
of section 1231 gains such that even
after subtracting deferred gains, the
remaining non-deferred section 1231
gains for the taxable year would still
exceed section 1231 losses. In many
cases, this excess amount would be
substantially less than the gross amount
of section 1231 gains realized from the
sale or exchange section 1231 property
for the taxable year. To resolve both the
issue of shifting the character of
otherwise capital character section 1231
losses to ordinary character section 1231
losses and the circularity issue
described previously, a commenter
suggested treating section 1231 gains
deferred under section 1400Z–2 as if
they were ‘‘taken into account in
computing gross income’’ for purposes
of section 1231(a)(4). Under such a rule,
even if the full amount of section 1231
gains that are capital in character were
deferred under section 1400Z–2, section
1231 gains would still exceed section
1231 losses and both section 1231 gains
and losses would retain their capital
character after the application of section
1231(a).
Several commenters also requested
additional rules with respect to the
application of the rules of section
1231(c) (described earlier) to deferred
section 1231 gain. Commenters
suggested a rule providing that deferred
section 1231 gain to the extent of nonrecaptured net section 1231 losses be
treated as ordinary income when those
gains are recognized rather than in the
year of gain deferral. In some instances,
this approach may require a taxpayer to
account for its non-recaptured net
section 1231 losses for a period longer
than the five most recent taxable years
section 1231(c) requires. A commenter
suggested that the extension of the
recapture period be accomplished by
means of an election by the taxpayer at
the time any section 1231 gain is
deferred under section 1400Z–2. In
electing to defer section 1231 gain, a
taxpayer also would elect to extend the
section 1231(c) recapture period to the
longer of the statutory five-year period
or the taxable year that includes
December 31, 2026. Alternatively, some
commenters asked that section 1231(c)
not apply at all to deferred section 1231
gains.
One commenter also noted that the
term ‘‘capital gain net income’’ already
is defined in section 1222(9), and that
its separate definition and use in the
section 1400Z–2 regulations might lead
to confusion.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
In response to these comments, the
final regulations provide that eligible
gains that may be deferred pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations include gains from
the sale or exchange of property
described in section 1231(b) not
required to be characterized as ordinary
income by sections 1245 or 1250
(qualified section 1231 gains), regardless
of whether section 1231(a) (without
regard to section 1231(a)(4)) would
determine those gains to be capital or
ordinary in character. As noted earlier,
section 64 provides that gains from the
sale or exchange of section 1231
property generally are not considered
ordinary income for purposes of subtitle
A, although recaptured income under
section 1245 or 1250 would be ordinary
income under section 64.
However, the final regulations do not
set forth a special rule to address the
application of section 1231(a)(4) for
purposes of applying section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Thus, section 1231(a)(4) applies to
eligible section 1231 gains deferred
pursuant to section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) as
it would under similar deferral
provisions, such as sections 453 and
1031. That is, unless a section 1231 gain
(as defined in section 1231(a)(3)(A)) is
taken into account in computing gross
income in a taxable year, section
1231(a)(4) does not include that gain in
calculating whether section 1231 gains
exceed section 1231 losses under
section 1231(a)(1) for the taxable year.
Additionally, these final regulations
do not alter the statutory application of
the section 1231(c) recapture of net
ordinary loss. Therefore, if a deferral
election with respect to an eligible
section 1231 gain is made in year 1, any
non-recaptured net section 1231 losses
from the five most recent taxable years
that precede year 1 apply to recapture
as ordinary income in year 1 any net
section 1231 gain that has not been
deferred in year 1. In other words, the
section 1231(c) amount that would have
applied to the eligible section 1231 gain
absent a deferral election and
corresponding investment in a QOF is
not an attribute associated with the
deferred eligible section 1231 gain that
is taken into account in applying section
1231 in the ultimate year in which the
deferred gain is included in income
under section 1400Z–2(b) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. Instead,
when deferred eligible section 1231 gain
is subsequently included in income on
December 31, 2026, or on an earlier date
as a result of an inclusion event, section
1231(c) will recapture net section 1231
gain in the year of inclusion by taking
into account non-recaptured section
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1869
1231 losses only from the five most
recent taxable years preceding the
taxable year of inclusion.
Unlike the net approach of the
proposed regulations, the final
regulations adopt a gross approach to
eligible section 1231 gains without
regard to any section 1231 losses. In
addition, under the final regulations, the
character of eligible section 1231 gains,
other than as gains arising from the sale
or exchange of section 1231 property, is
not determined until the taxable year
such gains are taken into account in
computing gross income pursuant to
section 1231(a)(4). Accordingly, the
term ‘‘capital gain net income’’ used in
the proposed regulations is no longer
applicable when referring to the amount
of any gain from the sale or exchange of
section 1231 property that is eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that a gross approach
that does not apply section 1231(a) and
(c) (gross approach) to determine
eligible gain from the sale or exchange
of section 1231 property is consistent
with the long-standing rules of section
64, and is appropriate due to the
complexity of applying section 1231 to
deferred gains generally. Moreover,
limiting eligible gain from the sale or
exchange of section 1231 property to an
amount less than the net section 1231
gains for a taxable year would impose a
significant administrative burden on
persons that are required to report the
recognition of such gains during the
taxable year under Federal income tax
accounting principles (eligible
taxpayers). Similarly, a gross approach
to determine eligible section 1231 gains
eliminates complexity and uncertainty
in determining eligible gain for
partnerships and S corporations that are
eligible taxpayers.
As discussed in part II.A.3.a. of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, because eligible gains
include the gross amount of eligible
section 1231 gains unreduced by section
1231 losses regardless of character, it is
not necessary for an investor to wait
until the end of the taxable year to
determine whether any eligible section
1231 gains are eligible gains. As a
consequence, the final regulations
provide that the 180-day period for
investing an amount with respect to an
eligible section 1231 gain for which a
deferral election is to be made begins on
the date of the sale or exchange that
gives rise to the eligible section 1231
gain.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1870
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
b. Character of Eligible Gain
Section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) provides
that if a taxpayer has ‘‘gain from the sale
to, or exchange with, an unrelated
person of any property held by the
taxpayer,’’ the taxpayer may elect to
exclude from gross income for the
taxable year the aggregate amount of
such gain invested by the taxpayer in a
QOF during the 180-day period
beginning on the date of such sale or
exchange. The Treasury Department and
the IRS considered whether ‘‘gain’’
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2 should include both gain from
the disposition of a capital asset as well
as gain treated as ordinary income
under subtitle A.
As noted in part II.A.1.a, section 64 of
the Code provides generally that for
purposes of subtitle A, the term
‘‘ordinary income’’ includes any gain
from the sale or exchange of property
which is neither a capital asset nor
property described in section 1231(b).
Any gain from the sale or exchange of
property which is treated or considered,
under other provisions of subtitle A, as
‘‘ordinary income’’ shall be treated as
gain from the sale or exchange of
property which is neither a capital asset
nor property described in section
1231(b). Thus, for purposes of subtitle
A, including section 1400Z–2, section
64 defines gains treated as ordinary
income as categorically different from
gains from the sale or exchange of
capital assets or section 1231 property.
In this regard, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)(i) as contained in
the October 2018 proposed regulations
provided that an amount of gain is an
‘‘eligible gain,’’ and thus is eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a), if the
gain is treated as a capital gain for
Federal income tax purposes. In
addition, the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the only gain
arising from section 1231 property
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a)(1) was ‘‘capital gain net
income’’ for a taxable year, which was
defined as the amount by which the
capital gains arising from all of a
taxpayer’s section 1231 property
exceeded all of the taxpayer’s losses
from section 1231 property for a taxable
year.
Based on the statutory text of section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A), several commenters
requested that the final regulations
permit taxpayers to treat both capital
gains and ordinary gains (that is, gains
treated as ordinary income) as eligible
gains. For example, commenters
requested that gain from property used
in a trade or business required to be
characterized as ordinary income, such
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
as recapture income under section
1231(c) or 1245(a), should be permitted
to be invested in a QOF.
After consideration of the language,
structure and purpose of section 1400Z–
2 as a whole, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that it
would be inconsistent with section 64
and the statutory framework of section
1400Z–2 to extend the meaning of the
term ‘‘gain’’ in section 1400Z–2(a)(1) to
gain required to be treated as ordinary
income under subtitle A, including
section 1245 gain. The interpretation of
the Treasury Department and the IRS of
the text and structure of the statute is
confirmed by the legislative history,
which explicitly identifies ‘‘capital
gains’’ as the gains that are eligible for
deferral. See H.R. Rep. No. 115–466, at
537–540 (Dec. 15, 2017) (Conference
Report).
Accordingly, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have retained in the final
regulations the general rule set forth in
the proposed regulations that limits
eligible gains to gains treated as capital
gains for Federal income tax purposes.
For purposes of section 1400Z–2(a)(1),
eligible gains generally include gains
from the disposition of capital assets as
defined in section 1221(a), gains from
the disposition of property described in
section 1231(b), and income treated as
capital gain under any provision of the
Code, such as capital gain dividends
distributed by certain corporations. For
this purpose, both long-term capital gain
and short-term capital gain may be
determined to be eligible gain under the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. However,
consistent with section 64, any gain
required to be treated as ordinary
income under subtitle A, such as section
1245 recapture income, is not eligible
gain.
In that regard, one commenter
suggested that, unlike other investors in
QOFs, existing residents of a QOZ
should be provided a special
accommodation not available to other
eligible taxpayers—such residents
should be permitted to invest any gain,
regardless of character, in QOFs and
elect to defer the corresponding
amounts in accordance with section
1400Z–2. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that neither the
statutory language nor legislative history
of section 1400Z–2 supports different
treatment for residents of QOZs
regarding the deferral of eligible gains.
Section 1400Z–2 references the term
‘‘taxpayer,’’ which section 7701(a)(14)
defines as ‘‘any person subject to any
internal revenue tax.’’ In turn, section
7701(a)(1) defines the term ‘‘person’’ to
include ‘‘an individual, a trust, estate,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
partnership, association, company or
corporation.’’
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that construction of
the term ‘‘taxpayer’’ in accordance with
section 7701(a)(14) would be consistent
with the language and purpose of
section 1400Z–2 as a whole, and
therefore would give effect to the intent
of Congress. Moreover, disparate
treatment of eligible taxpayers residing
in QOZs and those who do not is not
warranted given that the statute equally
incents investment in QOZs by any
taxpayer, including those that have
historically invested in businesses
operated within QOZs and those that
have not. Accordingly, the section
1400Z–2 regulations do not adopt the
comment recommending special
treatment for residents of QOZs to
invest ordinary income, including gain
required to be treated as ordinary
income under subtitle A, in QOFs.
c. Gain From Sales of Capital Assets,
Unreduced by Any Losses
One commenter also requested
clarification that the deferral election
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1) applies to
the gross amount of gain treated as
capital gain unreduced by losses. The
proposed regulations generally provided
that in the case of gain from the sale of
a capital asset as defined under section
1221, the full amount of capital gain
from that sale or exchange, unreduced
by any losses, is eligible gain that
generally may be invested during the
180-day period beginning on the date of
the sale or exchange of the property
giving rise to the gain.
The section 1400Z–2 regulations
retain the general rule of the proposed
regulations providing that the full
amount of gain that would be
recognized from the sale or exchange of
a capital asset as defined under section
1221, unreduced by any losses, is
eligible gain and therefore eligible
taxpayers do not have to net a gain from
a section 1221 capital asset against the
sum of the taxpayer’s losses from
section 1221 capital assets. Thus, if a
capital gain is realized by an eligible
taxpayer during a taxable year, section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations generally do not require that
any losses reduce the amount of the gain
that may be an eligible gain.
However, gain that otherwise may
qualify as a capital gain may be required
to be recharacterized or redetermined by
other provisions of the Code. For
example, sections 1245 and 1250 may
require gain that potentially could be
characterized as capital in nature to
instead be treated as ordinary income
‘‘notwithstanding any other provision of
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
this subtitle,’’ referring to subtitle A,
which includes section 1400Z–2.
Consistent with section 64, if a
provision of the Code requires the
character of a potential capital gain to be
recharacterized, redetermined, or
treated as ordinary income for purposes
of subtitle A, such gain cannot be, and
is not, treated as other than ordinary
income under the Code, and therefore is
not eligible gain for purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. See §§ 1.1245–1(a)(1),
1.1245–1(b)(2), 1.1250–1(a)(1), 1.1250–
1(b)(1), and 1.1250–1(c)(1).
d. Gains From Sales to, or Exchanges of
Property With, a QOF or Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
The October 2018 proposed
regulations provided that eligible gain
does not include gain from the sale to,
or the exchange of property with, a
person that is related to the taxpayer
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(e)(2). Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) and
the May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that qualified opportunity
zone business property that a QOF owns
must be acquired by the QOF by
purchase from an unrelated party. As a
result, property that is purchased by a
QOF from a related party, as well as
property that is contributed to a QOF in
a transfer to which section 351 or
section 721(a) applies, is not qualified
opportunity zone business property.
Commenters have requested
confirmation that eligible gain includes
gain arising from the sale to, or the
exchange of property with, a QOF if the
amount of the gain is later invested in
that QOF. Commenters similarly have
requested confirmation that gain from
the sale to, or the exchange of property
with, a qualified opportunity zone
business is eligible for investment into
the QOF that owns the qualified
opportunity zone business. Relatedly,
commenters have requested that the
final regulations provide that a sale to,
or an exchange of property with, a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business,
followed by an investment of the
amount of the sales proceeds into the
QOF, would not be characterized as a
purchase from a related party for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D).
One commenter expressed concern
that, if a taxpayer sold property to an
unrelated QOF and then invested the
amount of the sales proceeds in the
same QOF, that sequence of transactions
could be characterized under circular
cash flow principles as if the taxpayer
contributed the property directly to the
QOF (and each transfer of the amount of
the sales proceeds would be disregarded
for Federal income tax purposes). If this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
construct applied, the acquired property
would not qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that generally applicable Federal
income tax principles would require
this result if, under the facts and
circumstances, the consideration paid
by the QOF or by a qualified
opportunity zone business returns to its
initial source as part of the overall plan.
See Rev. Rul. 83–142, 1983–2 C.B. 68;
Rev. Rul. 78–397, 1978–2 C.B. 150.
Under the step transaction doctrine and
circular cash flow principles, the
circular movement of the consideration
in such a transaction would be
disregarded for Federal income tax
purposes, including for purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations. Thus, the transaction
would be treated for Federal income tax
purposes as a transfer of property to the
purchasing QOF for an interest therein
or, if applicable, as a transfer of property
to a QOF for an interest therein followed
by a transfer of such property by the
QOF to the purchasing qualified
opportunity zone business.
Accordingly, an eligible taxpayer’s
gain from a sale to or an exchange of
property with an unrelated QOF
(acquiring QOF), as part of a plan that
includes the investment of the
consideration received by the eligible
taxpayer back into the acquiring QOF, is
not eligible gain to the eligible taxpayer
because the transaction would not be
characterized as a sale or exchange to an
unrelated person for Federal income tax
purposes. Similarly, an eligible
taxpayer’s gain from a sale to or an
exchange of property with an unrelated
qualified opportunity zone business
(acquiring qualified opportunity zone
business) is not eligible gain to the
eligible taxpayer if the sale occurs as
part of a plan that includes (i) the
investment of the consideration
received by the eligible taxpayer back
into the QOF that owns the acquiring
qualified opportunity zone business,
followed by (ii) the contribution by the
QOF of that consideration to the
qualified opportunity zone business.
Furthermore, because the transaction is
not treated as a ‘‘purchase’’ of tangible
property by the qualified opportunity
zone business from an unrelated party,
the newly acquired property will not
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also note that, if an eligible taxpayer
sells property to, or exchanges property
with, an unrelated qualified opportunity
zone business as part of a plan that
includes the investment of the
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1871
consideration by the taxpayer back into
the QOF that owns the acquiring
qualified opportunity zone business, the
transaction potentially may be recast or
recharacterized as a non-qualifying
investment even if the QOF retains the
consideration (rather than transferring
the consideration to the qualified
opportunity zone business). See
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c)(1). See also part II.D
(discussing the transfer of property for
a qualifying investment) and part VI.A
(discussing the applicability of the step
transaction doctrine) of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of
Revisions.
e. Gain Not Subject to Federal Income
Tax
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments regarding the scope
of the term ‘‘eligible gain’’ with respect
to gains realized by persons that
generally are not subject to Federal
income tax with respect to those gains,
such as persons that are not United
States persons under section 7701(a)(30)
(foreign persons) or that are entities
generally exempt from tax under the
Code. Some commenters suggested that
an eligible gain should include all
realized capital gains, including gains
that are not subject to Federal income
tax. However, other commenters stated
that permitting deferral elections with
respect to gains that are not subject to
Federal income tax would be
inappropriate because section 1400Z–2
is premised on the assumption that a
person could make qualified
investments in a QOF only with respect
to amounts of capital gains for which
taxation is deferred.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that eligible taxpayers
generally should be able to make an
election under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations
only for capital gains that would be
subject to tax under subtitle A before
January 1, 2027 (subject to Federal
income tax) but for the making of a valid
deferral election under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. Section 1400Z–2 defers the
time when eligible gains are included in
income, and there would not be any
taxable income to defer for a gain that
is not subject to Federal income tax.
This approach ensures that both United
States persons and foreign persons may
be eligible for the Federal income tax
benefits of section 1400Z–2 under the
same conditions. Moreover, particularly
with respect to foreign persons, the lack
of any requirement that a gain be subject
to Federal income tax would make it
difficult for the IRS to verify the extent
to which the amount being invested in
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1872
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
a QOF was, in fact, with respect to a
capital gain.
Accordingly, the final regulations
clarify that deferral of a gain under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations generally is
available only for capital gain that
would be subject to Federal income tax
but for the making of a valid deferral
election under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Thus, for example, a deferral election
may generally be made by nonresident
alien individuals and foreign
corporations with respect to an item of
capital gain that is effectively connected
with a U.S. trade or business. Further,
individual bona fide residents of U.S.
territories who are United States
persons may generally make a deferral
election with respect to an item of
capital gain that is derived from sources
outside their territory of residence.
Similarly, an organization that is subject
to the unrelated business income tax
imposed by section 511 may generally
make a deferral election with respect to
an item of capital gain to the extent the
item would be included in computing
the organization’s unrelated business
taxable income (such as under the
unrelated debt-financed income rules).
In contrast, an eligible taxpayer who
is not a United States person within the
meaning of section 7701(a)(30), or who
is treated as a resident of another
country for purposes of an applicable
income tax treaty (foreign eligible
taxpayer), should not be able to elect to
defer an item of capital gain if, in the
taxable year in which such gain is
includible, the item is treated as exempt
from Federal income tax under a
provision of an applicable income tax
treaty (for example, capital gain that is
effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business but is not attributable to a
permanent establishment of the
taxpayer within the United States). To
prevent foreign eligible taxpayers from
taking inconsistent positions with
respect to treaty benefits in the taxable
year of deferral and the taxable year of
inclusion, the final regulations provide
that a foreign eligible taxpayer cannot
make a deferral election under section
1400Z–2(a) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations with respect to an eligible
gain unless the foreign eligible taxpayer
irrevocably waives, in accordance with
forms and instructions, any treaty
benefits that would exempt that gain
from Federal income tax at the time of
inclusion pursuant to an applicable U.S.
income tax convention.
In the event that forms and
instructions have not yet been
published incorporating the treaty
waiver requirement for a foreign eligible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
taxpayer for the taxable year that the
deferral election applies to, the final
regulations require the attachment of a
written statement to waive such treaty
benefits. Eligible taxpayers other than
foreign eligible taxpayers will only be
required to make this treaty waiver if
and to the extent required in forms and
publications.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that it would be
unduly burdensome to require a
partnership to determine the extent to
which a capital gain would be, but for
a deferral election by the partnership
under section 1400Z–2(a) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations, subject to
Federal income tax by its direct or
indirect partners because partnerships
do not generally have sufficient
information about the tax treatment and
positions of their partners to perform
this analysis. Thus, in the case of
partnerships, the final regulations
provide an exception to the general
requirement that gain be subject to
Federal income tax in order to
constitute eligible gain.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are aware that foreign persons who are
not subject to Federal income tax may
plan to enter into transactions
including, but not limited to, the use of
partnerships formed or availed of to
circumvent the rule generally requiring
eligible gains to be subject to Federal
income tax. Therefore, under an antiabuse rule added in § 1.1400Z2(f)–
1(c)(2), a partnership formed or availed
of with a significant purpose of avoiding
of avoiding the requirement in
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B) that eligible
gains be subject to Federal income tax
will be disregarded, in whole or in part
to prevent the creation of a qualifying
investment by the partnership with
respect to any partner that would not
otherwise satisfy the requirement of that
paragraph. The anti-abuse rule may
apply even if some of the partners in the
partnership are subject to Federal
income tax. See § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c)(3)(i)
and (ii), Examples 1 and 2.
Finally, in response to comments
expressing uncertainty as to whether
persons who do not or cannot make a
valid deferral election for eligible gains
nevertheless may invest in QOFs, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that nothing in section 1400Z–2 or the
section 1400Z–2 regulations prevents
persons who do not have eligible gains
from investing in QOFs. Thus, Indian
tribal governments, and tax-exempt
organizations that invest amounts other
than items of capital gain that would be
included in computing their unrelated
business taxable income, may invest in
a QOF to the extent otherwise permitted
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by law or regulation. However, those
investments will not qualify for the
Federal income tax benefits under
section 1400Z–2 or the section 1400Z–
2 regulations. That is, those investments
are not qualifying investments described
in section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(i).
f. Measuring Gain From Sales or
Exchanges of Virtual Currency
Section 1400Z–2 and the proposed
regulations clearly provide that eligible
gain is gain that has been realized
pursuant to a sale or exchange. One
commenter identified a potential
obstacle in calculating the eligible gain
from sales or exchanges of certain types
of digital assets, including virtual
currency. The commenter expressed
concern that the vast majority of digital
assets could not directly be exchanged
for traditional types of money. The
commenter explained that these digital
assets first must be converted into other
digital assets in taxable transactions
before ultimately being sold for the type
of currency that would be invested in a
QOF. The commenter expressed
concern that gain or loss from these
intermediate transactions in which a
digital asset is exchanged for another
digital asset may not necessarily be
tracked in detail. Thus, the commenter
requested a separate rule for these
digital assets under which eligible gain
would be calculated by reference to the
basis of the original digital asset and to
the actual proceeds received in the
ultimate transaction that converts an
intermediate digital asset to money or
property that would be invested in a
QOF.
Notice 2014–21, 2014–16 I.R.B. 938
provides that convertible virtual
currency is property for Federal income
tax purposes, and that general Federal
income tax principles applicable to
property transactions apply to
transactions involving convertible
virtual currency. Section 1400Z–2(a)
applies to gain that, absent a deferral
election, would be included in the
taxpayer’s gross income. To determine
the amount of such gain, the taxpayer
must know the basis of the property,
regardless of the type of such property.
If the amount invested in a QOF exceeds
the amount of eligible gain, then the
taxpayer will have a non-qualifying
investment for the amount of gain
invested in excess of eligible gain
invested in the QOF and a qualifying
investment for the amount of eligible
gain invested in the QOF (mixed-funds
investment). Taxpayers selling digital
assets are not prevented from investing
eligible gain generated from the sale into
a QOF simply because one digital asset
must be converted into another type of
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
asset before the taxpayer can convert its
assets into U.S. dollars. Therefore, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt the commenter’s
request for a special rule for digital
assets.
g. Gain From a Section 1256 Contract or
a Position Part of an Offsetting-Positions
Transaction
The preamble to the October 2018
proposed regulations explained that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
considered allowing deferral under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) for a net amount
of capital gain related to a straddle (as
defined in section 1092(c)(1)) after the
disposition of all positions in the
straddle, but concluded that such a rule
would pose significant administrative
burdens. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(2)(iv) provided that, if a capital gain
is from a position that is or has been
part of an offsetting-positions
transaction, the gain is not eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a)(1).
For this purpose, an offsetting-positions
transaction generally is a transaction in
which a taxpayer has substantially
diminished the taxpayer’s risk of loss
from holding one position with respect
to personal property by holding one or
more other positions with respect to
personal property (whether or not of the
same kind) and includes positions with
respect to personal property that is not
actively traded.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)(iii)(A)
provided that the only gain arising from
section 1256 contracts that is eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a)(1) is
capital gain net income from all of a
taxpayer’s section 1256 contracts for a
taxable year. Additionally, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)(iii)(B) provided
that, if at any time during the taxable
year, any of the taxpayer’s section 1256
contracts were part of an offsettingpositions transaction and any other
position in that transaction was not a
section 1256 contract, then no gain from
any section 1256 contract is an eligible
gain with respect to that taxpayer in that
taxable year.
Two commenters expressed concern
about the application of the offsettingpositions transaction rule in the October
2018 proposed regulations to positions
that are not part of a straddle under
section 1092. One commenter stated
that the IRS did not adequately describe
its policy concerns when extending the
offsetting-positions transaction rule
beyond the scope of section 1092. The
second commenter argued that a
taxpayer is permitted to recognize losses
while deferring gains by continuing to
hold an asset that is not actively traded,
and that allowing deferral under section
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
1400Z–2(a)(1) would be no different
than having the taxpayer continue to
hold its gain position. The Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the
concerns expressed regarding the
extension of the proposed offsettingpositions transaction rule to
transactions that are not straddles under
section 1092 and the final regulations
do not include the provisions that
applied to transactions that are not
straddles under section 1092.
Two commenters expressed concern
that the proposed offsetting-positions
transaction rule excluded gains from a
position that, at any time, had been part
of an offsetting-positions transaction,
including offsetting-positions
transactions that occurred many years
ago. The commenters recommended
either deleting the phrase ‘‘or has been’’
or limiting application of that phrase to
permit deferral of capital gain from an
offsetting-positions transaction if there
is no offsetting position on or after the
enactment of the TCJA. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that the rule should not exclude gains
that have, at any time, been part of an
offsetting position but should instead
exclude gains based on whether an
offsetting position was in existence
during a limited time period. Limiting
the application of the straddle rules to
situations in which there was an
offsetting position on or after the date of
the enactment of the TCJA would, in
future years, require taxpayers and the
IRS to look back over an extended
period of time. This requirement could
result in significant administrative
burdens without serving a significant
tax policy purpose. As a result, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
revised the limitation on the use of
gains from a straddle to net gain from
a position that was either part of a
straddle during the taxable year or part
of a straddle in a prior taxable year if a
loss from that straddle is carried over
under section 1092(a)(1)(B) to the
taxable year.
One commenter suggested that, in the
context of a straddle, the deferral under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) of gain from the
disposition of a position in a straddle
would not permit the current
recognition of an otherwise suspended
loss from an offsetting position in the
straddle. The commenter also
recognized, however, that it might be
overly generous for a taxpayer investing
in a QOF to eliminate 15 percent of the
taxpayer’s deferred gain (assuming that
the taxpayer holds that QOF interest for
seven years by December 31, 2026), if
the taxpayer was also permitted
ultimately to recognize all of its
suspended loss from the offsetting
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1873
straddle position. The commenter
suggested a rule eliminating any
suspended loss in the same proportion
as any elimination of gain in one or
more offsetting positions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that there would be
significant administrative burdens for
taxpayers and the IRS in tracking
specific gains deferred under section
1400Z–2(a)(1) for the purpose of
determining whether and when some or
all of a deferred straddle loss might
ultimately become deductible. In
addition, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that the
tracking of deferred losses for multiple
taxable years after the positions in the
straddle have been disposed of and a
potential proportional elimination of a
suspended loss, years after the
suspension, would create additional
complexity and administrative burdens
for both taxpayers and the IRS. The final
regulations therefore provide a general
rule that net gain from positions that are
or, as described previously, in certain
circumstances have recently been part
of a straddle, are not eligible for deferral
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1).
Another commenter suggested that,
absent a clearly articulated policy
concern with permitting deferral of net
gain from a straddle, the Treasury
Department and the IRS should consider
eliminating or minimizing the scope of
capital gains subject to the prohibition
in the proposed regulations. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that, in certain
circumstances, deferral of net gain from
a straddle does not present significant
policy concerns or unreasonable
administrative burdens for taxpayers
and the IRS. Under the final regulations,
if during the taxable year: (i) A position
was covered by an identification under
section 1092 or 1256(d), (ii) no gain or
loss with respect to any position that
was part of the identified straddle
remains unrecognized at the end of the
taxable year (other than gain that would
be recognized but for deferral under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)), (iii) none of the
positions in the identified straddle were
part of any other straddle during the
taxable year, and (iv) none of the
positions in the identified straddle were
part of a straddle in a previous taxable
year from which a loss was carried over
to the taxable year under section
1092(a)(1)(B), then the net gain during
the taxable year from positions that
were part of the identified straddle is
not prevented from being an eligible
gain. Net gain from an identified
straddle during the taxable year is equal
to the excess of the capital gains
recognized for Federal income tax
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1874
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
purposes in the taxable year,
determined without regard to section
1400Z–2(a)(1), over the sum of the
capital losses and net ordinary losses
from all positions that were part of the
straddle, including capital gains and
losses from section 1256 contracts and
other positions marked to market on the
last business day of the taxable year or
upon transfer or termination and annual
account net gain from positions in a
mixed straddle account.
The final regulations clarify that, if a
taxpayer identifies a straddle under
section 1092(a)(2), the taxpayer must
adjust basis in accordance with section
1092(a)(2)(A)(ii) and (iii) when
determining the net gain during the
taxable year from positions that were
part of the straddle. The net gain
realized during the taxable year that is
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)(1) is
not treated as unrecognized gain for
purposes of determining whether a loss
from a position in the straddle is
deferred under section 1092(a)(3)(A)(ii).
A commenter suggested that the
provision in the October 2018 proposed
regulations disqualifying all gains from
section 1256 contracts if at any time
during the taxable year, any of the
taxpayer’s section 1256 contracts were
part of an offsetting-positions
transaction and any other position in
that transaction was not a section 1256
contract be revised to limit the
disqualification to the specific type of
offsetting-positions transaction
identified by the Treasury Department
and the IRS. In response to this
comment, under the final regulations
net gain during the taxable year from
section 1256 contracts that were not part
of a straddle is not prevented from being
eligible gain.
The final regulations also provide that
additional exceptions to the general rule
may be provided in guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
request comments on whether there are
other situations that might warrant an
exception from the general rule that net
gain from a position that was either part
of a straddle during the taxable year or
part of a straddle in a prior year if a loss
from that straddle is carried over under
section 1092(a)(1)(B) to the taxable year
is not eligible gain.
2. Eligible Interests
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(3)
provided that an eligible interest in a
QOF must be an equity interest issued
by a QOF, and that eligible interests do
not include debt instruments as defined
in section 1275(a)(1) and § 1.1275–1(d).
One commenter requested clarification
with respect to debt instruments issued
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
by a QOF or a potential investor. The
commenter set forth a fact pattern in
which an eligible taxpayer lends money
to a QOF prior to the sale of property
that generates eligible gain. After the
sale of the property, the taxpayer
essentially transfers its creditor position
in the loan to the QOF. The commenter
requested confirmation that such an
arrangement would result in a
qualifying investment in a QOF.
Determination of the tax treatment of
the arrangement described previously
would require a debt-equity analysis
based on a careful examination of all
relevant facts and circumstances and
Federal income tax principles apart
from those found in section 1400Z–2
and these regulations. Accordingly,
such an analysis would exceed the
scope of these regulations.
The commenter also described a
second fact pattern in which an eligible
taxpayer issues a promissory note to the
QOF in exchange for an interest in the
QOF. The commenter requested
clarification as to whether such an
exchange would give rise to an amount
invested in the QOF. A taxpayer can
make an investment in a QOF by
contributing cash or property. The
contribution of a promissory note,
however, is inconsistent with the policy
of the section 1400Z–2 statute to
incentivize investments in QOZs, and is
beyond the scope of these regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that a taxpayer should
not receive the benefits under section
1400Z–2 merely by promising to pay,
and thereby invest in a QOZ, in the
future. As such, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
adopt this comment.
3. 180-Day Investment Requirement
a. Section 1231 Gains
As discussed in part II.A.1.a. of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(2)(iii) of the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the 180-day
period for investment with respect to
capital gain net income from section
1231 property for a taxable year began
on the last day of the taxable year
without regard to the date of any
particular disposition of section 1231
property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received numerous comments
regarding the ‘‘capital gain net income’’
approach of the May 2019 proposed
regulations. In response to the May 2019
proposed regulations, taxpayers and
practitioners consistently have
emphasized that the year-long character
testing period under section 1231 often
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
can frustrate a taxpayer’s ability to defer
gains resulting from sales or exchanges
of section 1231 property. Unlike typical
transactions that result in ordinary or
capital gain upon their completion,
taxpayers generally lack the ability to
determine whether section 1231 gain
from a sale or exchange of section 1231
property will be capital in character
until the completion of all sales or
exchanges of section 1231 property
during a taxable year. See generally
section 1231(a), (c) (describing taxableyear-based determination). However, to
defer recognition under section 1400Z–
2(a), taxpayers must invest eligible gain
within a 180-day period that begins on
the date on which the taxpayer
otherwise would have recognized that
gain (180-day investment requirement).
See section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) (setting
forth the 180-day investment
requirement). Accordingly, commenters
have recommended a wide spectrum of
approaches to integrate the rules of
section 1231 with section 1400Z–2,
including approaches that would (i)
modify the timing of the section 1231
calculation (including recapture), the
start of the 180-day period, or both; or
(ii) allow for immediate investment of
gross section 1231 gains to be treated as
eligible gains if those gains are
determined to be capital at the end of
the taxable year.
As described in part II.A.1.a. of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that a
‘‘gross approach’’ solely with regard to
eligible section 1231 gains (without
regard to any section 1231 losses) would
eliminate unnecessary barriers to
potential QOF investors. Specifically,
the final regulations provide that
eligible gains include gains from the
sale or exchange of property described
in section 1231(b) not required to be
characterized as ordinary income by
section 1245 or 1250 (eligible section
1231 gains), regardless of whether
section 1231(a) (without regard to
section 1231(a)(4)) would determine
those gains to be capital or ordinary in
character. This approach will eliminate
significant complexity, as well as
uncertainty in determining eligible gain
for partnerships and S corporations that
are eligible taxpayers. Importantly,
although the determination under
section 1231(a) of the character of an
eligible section 1231 gain would
ordinarily occur at the end of a taxable
year, that section 1231(a) determination
is not necessary to determine whether
that gain is eligible for deferral under
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations. Because status as an
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
eligible gain relies on facts that are
known at the time of a sale or exchange,
the 180-day period for an eligible
taxpayer to invest an amount with
respect to an eligible section 1231 gain
begins on the date of the sale or
exchange giving rise to the gain rather
than at the end of the taxable year.
Therefore, an investor can invest an
amount with respect to an eligible
section 1231 gain from a sale or
exchange of section 1231 property and
have certainty as to the amount of the
qualifying investment on the date the
investment is made. Finally, allowing
the 180-day period to begin on the date
of the sale, exchange, or other
disposition that gives rise to the eligible
section 1231 gain accelerates both
capital infusion into a QOZ and allows
an investor to invest eligible proceeds
from dispositions of section 1231
property as soon as any such funds are
available to invest.
b. RIC and REIT Capital Gain Dividends
Several commenters noted that the
application of the 180-day investment
requirement to real estate investment
trust (REIT) capital gain dividends may
preclude some shareholders from
making qualifying investments in QOFs
because REIT capital gain dividends are
based on the net capital gain of the REIT
during the relevant taxable year of the
REIT. In other words, REITs determine
that a dividend, or part thereof, is
eligible for capital gain dividend status
after the REIT’s taxable year has ended,
when the REIT can compute net capital
gain for the year. Thus, a shareholder
may receive a dividend during the year
but may not receive the designation that
the dividend is a capital gain dividend
until after the REIT’s taxable year has
ended. To facilitate investment in
QOZs, commenters requested that the
180-day investment requirement apply
beginning on the last day of the REIT’s
taxable year, rather than the date on
which the shareholder receives a
dividend, thereby providing a 180-day
period after the shareholder has notice
of the dividend’s capital gain
designation. In the alternative, some
commenters proposed beginning the
180-day period for investment of REIT
capital gain dividends on the date that
is 30 days after the close of the REIT’s
taxable year. Commenters also noted
that the same concerns apply to
regulated investment company (RIC)
capital gain dividends and maintained
that the 180-day period should be the
same for both RIC and REIT capital gain
dividends.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
seek to facilitate the ability of RIC and
REIT shareholders to make qualifying
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
investments in QOFs that result from
capital gain dividends received during a
taxable year. However, because
shareholders may not have the same
taxable year as the RIC or REIT in which
they are invested, these final regulations
provide that the 180-day period for RIC
or REIT capital gain dividends generally
begins at the close of the shareholder’s
taxable year in which the capital gain
dividend would otherwise be
recognized by the shareholder. To
ensure that RIC and REIT shareholders
do not have to wait until the close of
their taxable year to invest capital gain
dividends received during the taxable
year, these final regulations provide that
shareholders may elect to begin the 180day period on the day each capital gain
dividend is paid. The 180-day period for
undistributed capital gain dividends,
however, begins on either the last day
of the shareholder’s taxable year in
which the dividend would otherwise be
recognized or the last day of the RIC or
REIT’s taxable year, at the shareholder’s
election. Regardless of the 180-day
period applicable to its capital gain
dividends, the aggregate amount of a
shareholder’s eligible gain with respect
to capital gain dividends received from
a RIC or a REIT in a taxable year cannot
exceed the aggregate amount of capital
gain dividends that the shareholder
receives as reported or designated by
that RIC or that REIT for the
shareholder’s taxable year. Any excess
investments will be treated under the
final regulations as non-qualifying
investments.
c. Installment Sales
Commenters requested clarification
regarding the application of the 180-day
investment requirement to gains
recognized in an installment sale
pursuant to the installment method
under section 453. See section 453(c)
(defining the term ‘‘installment
method’’). Section 453(a) provides
generally that income from an
installment sale must be taken into
account for purposes of the Code under
the installment method. In general, the
installment method allows taxpayers to
report gain from a sale of property in the
taxable year or years during which
payments are received rather than in the
year of the sale. Commenters expressed
concern that, for taxpayers who are
considering investing the gain from an
installment sale in a QOF, it is not clear
whether (i) there is a single 180-day
period for all income from the
installment sale that begins on the date
and year of the sale (for example, March
15, 2020), or (ii) there are multiple 180day periods, each beginning in the year
during which a payment is received and
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1875
income is recognized under the
installment method.
To provide flexibility to these types of
potential investors in QOZs, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
included in these final regulations a rule
that accommodates both of the potential
options described by the commenters
previously. Specifically, the final
regulations allow an eligible taxpayer to
elect to choose the 180-day period to
begin on either (i) the date a payment
under the installment sale is received
for that taxable year, or (ii) the last day
of the taxable year the eligible gain
under the installment method would be
recognized but for deferral under
section 1400Z–2. As a result, if the
taxpayer defers gain from multiple
payments under an installment sale,
there might be multiple 180-day
periods, or a single 180-day period at
the end of the taxpayer’s taxable year,
depending upon taxpayer’s election.
One commenter also requested
confirmation that only capital gain
realized with respect to an installment
sale that occurred after the effective date
of section 1400Z–2 (that is, December
22, 2017) should be eligible gain. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that it would be
inconsistent with the general rule for
eligible gains in the final regulations, as
well as installment sale case law, to
exclude from the definition of eligible
gains any capital gains recognized by an
eligible taxpayer under the installment
method, regardless of whether the
installment sale occurred before the
effective date of section 1400Z–2.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department
and the IRS decline to adopt this
comment.
d. Special 180-Day Period for Partners,
S Corporation Shareholders, and Trust
Beneficiaries
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that, for purposes of the 180Day Investment Requirement, the period
during which a partner must invest an
amount equal to the partner’s eligible
gains in the partner’s distributive share
generally begins on the last day of the
partnership taxable year in which the
partner’s allocable share of the
partnership’s eligible gain is taken into
account under section 706(a). However,
if a partnership does not elect to defer
all of its eligible gain, the partner may
elect to treat the partner’s own 180-day
period regarding the partner’s
distributive share of that gain as being
the same as the partnership’s 180-day
period.
Several commenters requested an
additional special rule for application of
the 180-day investment requirement
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1876
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
with regard to partners in a partnership,
shareholders in an S corporation, and
beneficiaries of a trust. These
commenters highlighted that owners of
flow-through entities experience
information delays regarding the
Federal income tax consequences of
transactions taken by such entities due
to the ordinary course timing of
Schedule K–1 issuances. As a result of
this delay in receiving information
necessary to determine the existence of
eligible gain, commenters contended
that partners in a partnership,
shareholders in an S corporation, and
beneficiaries of a trust should have an
additional option to commence the 180day period upon the due date of the
entity’s tax return.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters’ suggestions.
As a result, the final regulations provide
partners of a partnership, shareholders
of an S corporation, and beneficiaries of
decedents’ estates and non-grantor
trusts with the option to treat the 180Day period as commencing upon the
due date of the entity’s tax return, not
including any extensions. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that similar rules for a
grantor trust are not necessary because
the grantor is treated as the owner of the
grantor trust’s property for Federal
income tax purposes. Therefore, the
final regulations set forth different rules
applicable to the grantor.
4. Additional Deferral of Previously
Invested Gains
Section 1400Z–2(a)(2)(A) provides
that no deferral election under section
1400Z–2(a)(1) may be made with respect
to a sale or exchange if an election
previously made with respect to the sale
or exchange is in effect. In proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(4)(ii)(D), Example 4
(Proposed Example 4), a taxpayer
disposed of its entire qualifying
investment in a QOF in 2025 in a
transaction that constituted an event
described in proposed § 1.1400Z(b)–1(c)
(inclusion event) and recognized gain as
a result. In the example, the taxpayer
wanted to defer the amount of gain from
the inclusion transaction by making
another qualifying investment. The
example concluded that the gain
recognized due to the inclusion event
may be invested in either the original
QOF or a different QOF within 180 days
of the inclusion event in order to make
a new deferral election under section
1400Z–2. The preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations explained that,
upon disposition of that QOF interest,
deferring an inclusion otherwise
mandated by section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) is
permitted only if the taxpayer has
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
disposed of the entire initial investment
because section 1400Z–2(a)(2)(A)
expressly prohibits the making of a
deferral election under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1) with respect to a sale or exchange
if an election previously made with
respect to the same sale or exchange
remains in effect.
A commenter requested that gain from
an inclusion event in which a taxpayer
disposes of less than its entire
investment in a QOF be eligible for the
deferral election under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1). The commenter asserted that
gain arising from an inclusion event,
whether representing all or part of the
initially deferred gain, represents new
gain that should be eligible for deferral
under section 1400Z–2(a).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenter. The final
regulations adopt the position that gain
arising from an inclusion event is
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a) even though the taxpayer
retains a portion of its qualifying
investment after the inclusion event.
Although such gain relates in part to
gain from a sale or exchange for which
there was a prior election in effect, it is
no longer subject to that prior election
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(a)(2)(A) as soon as the inclusion event
triggers an income inclusion. Therefore,
if an inclusion event relates only to a
portion of a taxpayer’s qualifying
investment in the QOF, (i) the deferred
gain that otherwise would be required to
be included in income (inclusion gain
amount) may be invested in a different
QOF, and (ii) the taxpayer may make a
deferral election under section 1400Z–
2(a) with respect to the inclusion gain
amount, so long as taxpayer satisfies all
requirements for a deferral election on
the inclusion gain amount. To satisfy
the requirements under section 1400Z–
2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(iv), the
eligible taxpayer must treat the
inclusion gain amount to be deferred as
if it were originally realized as a result
of the inclusion event. In addition, the
eligible taxpayer must meet all other
requirements to defer gain under section
1400Z–2. See section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(C) (gain that
arises from a sale or exchange of
property with a related person is not
eligible gain); section 1400Z–2(a)(2)(B)
(election may not be made for gain
arising after December 31, 2026).
Consistent with Proposed Example 4,
included in these regulations as
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(7)(iv)(D), the 180-day
period for the inclusion gain amount
begins on the date of the inclusion
event, and the holding period for the
second QOF investment begins on the
date that an amount corresponding to
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the inclusion gain amount is invested in
the second QOF. See § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(7)(iv), Example 4.
A commenter also requested
clarification as to whether additional
gain deferral under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(A), as in Proposed Example 4, is
permitted for gain included due to the
operation of section 1400Z–2(b)(1)(B),
which requires the full amount of gain
that was deferred under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(A), reduced by the amount of
gain previously included under
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b) (remaining
deferred gain) to be included in income
in the taxable year of the eligible
taxpayer that includes December 31,
2026. The commenter explained that the
ability to reinvest gains required to be
included in income under section
1400Z–2(b) would facilitate liquidity
and capital mobility for investors.
Moreover, in the event that additional
gain deferral is permitted after a taxable
year that includes December 31, 2026,
the commenter requested clarification
regarding the effect of such an
additional gain deferral election on
items including the proper amount
includible as well as the amount of
deferred gain that may be reinvested for
the benefits of the election under
section 1400Z–2(c).
Proposed Example 4 only illustrated
that a taxpayer may invest gain that
otherwise would be included pursuant
to section 1400Z–2(b)(1)(A) upon the
complete disposition of a QOF interest
prior to December 31, 2026 (that is, an
inclusion event), where the amount of
that gain is reinvested in any QOF
during the 180-day period beginning on
the date of the inclusion event. No
inferences should be drawn regarding
gains from dispositions after December
31, 2026, because deferral of any gain
from such dispositions is expressly
prohibited by section 1400Z–2(a)(2)(B).
Section 1400Z–2(b)(1) provides that all
gain to which section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
deferral applies must be included in
income in the taxable year that includes
the earlier of the date on which a QOF
investment is sold or exchanged or
December 31, 2026. Further, section
1400Z–2(a)(2)(B) provides that no
deferral election may be made under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) with respect to
any sale or exchange after December 31,
2026. Accordingly, the statutory
language of section 1400Z–2 clearly
states, and therefore the section 1400Z–
2 regulations provide, that (i) the ability
to defer eligible gains pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) is not
permitted with respect to a gain arising
after December 31, 2026, and (ii) no
additional deferral of any gain is
permitted if such gain is required to be
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
included in gross income under section
1400Z–2(b)(1)(B).
5. Qualifying Investment
Section 1400Z–2 provides Federal
income tax benefits to an eligible
taxpayer that makes an equity
investment in a QOF described in
section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(i) (that is, a
qualifying investment) if the qualifying
investment is held for the various
statutorily prescribed holding periods.
For example, in the case of an eligible
taxpayer that maintains a qualifying
investment for seven years, the eligible
taxpayer’s basis in the qualifying
investment will be increased by a total
amount equal to 15 percent of the
amount of the taxpayer’s deferred gain.
See section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv) (providing for basis increases of 10
and five percent, respectively). With
respect to a qualifying investment that
is sold or exchanged after being held by
the eligible taxpayer for at least 10
years, if the eligible taxpayer makes an
election under section 1400Z–2(c), the
basis of the qualifying investment will
be increased to an amount equal to the
fair market value of that investment on
the date on which it is sold or
exchanged. See section 1400Z–2(c).
In the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
specified transactions that would cause
the inclusion in gross income of an
eligible taxpayer’s gain that had been
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B)
and (b). Defined as an ‘‘inclusion
event,’’ each of these transactions
‘‘would reduce or terminate the QOF
investor’s direct (or, in the case of
partnerships, indirect) qualifying
investment for Federal income tax
purposes or (in the case of distributions)
would constitute ‘cashing out’ of the
QOF investor’s qualifying investment.
. . . It is necessary to treat such
[distributive] transactions as inclusion
events to prevent taxpayers from
‘cashing out’ a qualifying investment in
a QOF without including in gross
income any amount of their deferred
gain.’’ See May 2019 proposed
regulations, Explanation of Provisions,
part VII.A.
As indicated in the first sentence of
part VII.E. (Transfers of Property by Gift
or by Reason of Death) and elsewhere in
the Explanation of Provisions in the
May 2019 proposed regulations, the
termination of a direct interest in a
qualifying investment that resulted in
an inclusion event terminated the status
of an investment in a QOF as a
qualifying investment ‘‘ [f]or purposes of
sections 1400Z–2(b) and (c).’’ This is
because the statutory text of each of
section 1400Z–2(a), (b), (c), and (e)(1)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
focuses on one holding period of ‘‘the
taxpayer’’ tested at various points
during a period of at least 10 years.
The May 2019 proposed regulations
excepted certain enumerated
dispositions of qualifying investments
from treatment as inclusion events to
provide for business flexibility for QOFs
or qualified opportunity zone
businesses. However, those exceptions
were premised upon the requirement
that the same eligible taxpayer generally
be treated as continuing to hold the
same interest in the QOF, and thereby
continue to bear the Federal income tax
liability associated with holding the
interest, such as by reason of section
381 or section 704(c). This degree of
identity of taxpayer is fundamentally
different (and more demanding) than a
mere ‘‘step in the shoes’’ concept based
on whether the transferee of the interest
can tack the holding period and basis of
the transferor. Accordingly, the May
2019 proposed regulations treated,
among other transactions, gifts and
section 351 exchanges as inclusion
events because, in each instance, (i) the
initial eligible taxpayer had severed the
direct investment interest in the QOF
and (ii) the transferee taxpayer was not
treated for Federal income tax purposes
either as the same taxpayer as the initial
eligible taxpayer or as a successor
taxpayer. This is true even though in
each such case, the acquiring taxpayer’s
basis and holding period for purposes of
determining gain or loss may be
identical to that of the taxpayer that
made the initial investment in the QOF.
See id., parts VII.E (regarding gifts) and
VII.G (regarding section 351 exchanges).
Commenters have requested
clarification of the treatment of
investments in QOFs under section
1400Z–2(c) that have been disposed of
by gift, in section 351 exchanges, and in
other transactions treated as inclusion
events. For the foregoing reasons, the
final regulations clarify that transactions
described as inclusion events result in
a reduction or termination of a
qualifying investment’s status as a
qualifying investment to the extent of
the reduction or termination, except as
otherwise provided in § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c) or other provisions of the section
1400Z–2 regulations. See part IV.C of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions. Moreover, the
reduction or termination of that status
applies for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(c) as well as section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B)
and (b). An inclusion event is a
transaction that reduces or terminates
the QOF investor’s direct (or, in the case
of partnerships, indirect) qualifying
investment for Federal income tax
purposes or, in the case of distributions,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1877
constitutes a ‘‘cashing out’’ of the
eligible taxpayer’s qualifying investment
in the QOF. For that reason and to that
extent, the taxpayer holding the reduced
investment in the QOF after the
inclusion event no longer possesses a
qualifying investment. Thus, the
benefits provided under section 1400Z–
2(c) generally are available only to a
taxpayer that not only makes an equity
investment in a QOF described in
section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(i) (that is, a
qualifying investment), but also then
continuously maintains that qualifying
investment throughout statutorily
prescribed holding periods.
However, consistent with that
rationale, the May 2019 proposed
regulations did not treat as an inclusion
event a gift by the taxpayer to a grantor
trust of which the taxpayer is the
deemed owner because, for Federal
income tax purposes, the owner of the
grantor trust is treated as the owner of
the trust’s property and thus of the
qualifying investment in its QOF. See
id., part VII.E. See also id., part VII.F.1
(providing a similar exception regarding
section 381 transactions based on a
statutory successor taxpayer concept).
Accordingly, eligibility for benefits
under section 1400Z–2 in these limited
instances would be maintained.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments
requesting clarification that qualifying
investments include interests received
in a transfer by reason of death that is
not an inclusion event. In the case of a
decedent, section 1400Z–2(e)(3)
provides a special rule requiring
amounts recognized under section
1400Z–2, if not properly includible in
the gross income of the decedent, to be
includible in gross income as provided
by section 691. In that specific case, the
beneficiary that receives the qualifying
investment has the obligation to include
the deferred gain in gross income in the
event of any subsequent inclusion
event, including for example, any
further disposition by that recipient. See
id., part VII.E. In other words, unlike an
inclusion event contemplated by the
general rules of section 1400Z–2(b), the
obligation to include the original
taxpayer investor’s deferred gain in
income travels with that taxpayer’s
qualifying investment to the beneficiary.
Accordingly, the May 2019 proposed
regulations excepted transfers of a
qualifying investment to the deceased
owner’s estate, as well as distributions
by the estate, from the definition of
‘‘inclusion event.’’ See id., part VII.E.
As indicated in part VII.E. of the
Explanation of Provisions of the May
2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1878
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
determined that interests received in a
transfer by reason of death continue to
be a qualifying investment in the hands
of the beneficiary for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(c). As described
earlier, sections 691 and 1400Z–2(e)(2)
require such a transfer to not give rise
to an inclusion event because the
beneficiary is treated as a successor to
the original eligible taxpayer that made
the qualifying investment (that is, the
beneficiary ‘‘steps into the shoes’’ of the
original taxpayer investor with regard to
both the benefits of the qualifying
investment and the obligation to
ultimately include the original
taxpayer’s deferred gain into the
beneficiary’s income). As a result, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that a qualifying investment
received by a beneficiary in a transfer by
reason of death should continue to be a
qualifying investment in the hands of
the beneficiary for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b) and (c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have also received a comment
suggesting that the final regulations
should permit QOFs to make loans to
qualified opportunity zone businesses
and treat as qualifying investments the
debt instruments arising from such
loans. Confirmation of the tax treatment
of such debt instruments as qualifying
investments (that is, equity investments
in a QOF) would require a debt-equity
analysis based on a careful examination
of all relevant facts and circumstances
and Federal income tax principles apart
from those found in section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Such an analysis would exceed the
scope of these regulations. As a result,
the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s suggestion.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
B. Making an Investment for Purposes of
an Election Under Section 1400Z–2(a)
1. Acquisition of an Eligible Interest
From a Person Other Than a QOF
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(9)(iii)
permitted a taxpayer to make a deferral
election under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
for an eligible interest acquired from a
person other than a QOF. Commenters
asked whether the transferor of that
eligible interest needed to have made an
election under section 1400Z–2(a) prior
to the taxpayer’s acquisition.
Commenters also asked whether the
acquirer must have realized eligible gain
within the 180-day period prior to the
acquisition of the eligible interest in
order for acquisition of that interest to
support a deferral election under section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) with respect to the
eligible gain. Additionally, commenters
requested confirmation regarding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
whether shares or partnership interests
in a pre-existing entity that becomes a
QOF pursuant to proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(3) become eligible
interests when the pre-existing
corporation or partnership becomes a
QOF.
The final regulations do not require
the transferor to have made a prior
election under section 1400Z–2(a) for
the acquirer of an eligible interest to
make such an election. Further, for
interests in entities that existed before
the enactment of section 1400Z–2, if
such entities become QOFs pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(3), then the interests
in those entities, even though not
qualifying investments in the hands of
a transferor, are eligible interests that
may (i) be acquired by an investor and
(ii) result in a qualifying investment of
the acquirer if the acquirer has eligible
gain and the acquisition was during the
180-day period with respect to that gain.
2. Eligibility of Built-In Gain for Deferral
One commenter requested
confirmation that the built-in gain of a
REIT, a RIC, or an S corporation
potentially subject to corporate-level tax
under section 1374 or § 1.337(d)–7 is
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2. To the extent the built-in gain
is an eligible gain, an election under
section 1400Z–2 may be made for such
gain of a REIT, a RIC, or an S
corporation. If such election is made,
the amount of such gain will not be
included in the calculation of the
entity’s net recognized built-in gain (as
defined in section 1374(d)(2)) in the
year of deferral. Similarly, if a deferral
election is made with respect to an
eligible gain that, absent the deferral
election, would constitute a recognized
built-in gain (RBIG) within the meaning
of section 382(h)(2)(A) or section
1374(d)(3), the amount of such eligible
gain deferred as a result of a qualifying
investment in a QOF is not taken into
account as RBIG in the year of deferral.
3. Grantor Trusts
A commenter pointed out that the
rule in proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(c)(3)
does not achieve the proper result for
grantor trusts that do not make the
deferral election but distribute the
deferred gain to a trust beneficiary other
than the deemed owner of the trust. The
commenter pointed out that the
proposed rule should not apply to
grantor trusts because the deemed
owner of the trust is liable for the
Federal income tax on the gain
regardless of whether that gain is
distributed currently to a trust
beneficiary other than the deemed
owner. The commenter also requested
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
clarification that either the grantor trust
recognizing the gain or the deemed
owner of that trust is eligible to both
make the deferral election and make a
qualifying investment, regardless of
whether the grantor trust distributes the
gain to the deemed owner or to any
other person. The Treasury Department
and the IRS agree with the commenter
and have made the requested
adjustments in the final regulations.
C. Identification of Disposed Interests in
a QOF
Under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, if a taxpayer held interests
in a QOF with identical rights (for
example, equivalent shares of stock in a
QOF corporation) that were acquired on
different days, and if the taxpayer
disposed of less than all of those
interests on a single day, the taxpayer
was required to use the first-in-first-out
(FIFO) method to identify which
interests were disposed of for certain
specified purposes, such as determining
the character and other attributes of the
deferred gain that is included as a result
of the disposition. In circumstances in
which the FIFO method did not provide
a complete answer, taxpayers were
required to use a pro-rata method. In
requesting comments as to whether
methods other than the FIFO method
and the pro-rata method should be used,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
stipulated that any such methods must
both provide certainty as to which
fungible interest a taxpayer disposes of
and allow taxpayers to comply easily
with the requirements of section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(B) and (b) that certain
dispositions of an interest in a QOF
cause deferred gain be included in a
taxpayer’s income.
In response, commenters requested
that taxpayers be permitted to
specifically identify the QOF interests
that are sold or otherwise disposed of,
and they recommended that the final
regulations adopt rules similar to those
in § 1.1012–1(c). Under such rules, a
taxpayer would be required to use the
FIFO method only if the taxpayer fails
to adequately identify which shares
were disposed of.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that specific identification should
be permitted for dispositions of interests
in QOF corporations. Thus, the final
regulations permit taxpayers to employ
the rules and principles of § 1.1012–1(c)
to specifically identify the QOF stock
that is sold or otherwise disposed. If a
taxpayer fails to adequately identify
which QOF shares are disposed of, then
the FIFO identification method applies.
If, after application of the FIFO method,
a taxpayer is treated as having disposed
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
of less than all of its investment
interests that the taxpayer acquired on
one day and the investments vary in its
characteristics, then the pro-rata method
will apply to the remainder.
However, the final regulations do not
extend this specific identification
methodology to the disposition of
interests in a QOF partnership because,
under Federal income tax law, a
partnership interest represents an
undivided, unitary interest in all of the
partnership assets and liabilities. Other
than in the case of a mixed-funds
investment in a QOF partnership, where
the section 1400Z–2 statute mandates a
division of partnership interests, the
final regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommendation because
it would broaden the complexities
associated with dividing partnership
interests into separate components with
associated assets and liabilities.
In addition, the final regulations make
it clear that if a taxpayer is required to
include in income some or all of a
previously deferred gain, the gain so
included has the same attributes that the
gain would have had if the recognition
of gain had not been deferred under
section 1400Z–2. The final regulations
generally provide that forms,
instructions, and other administrative
guidance control in determining which
deferred gains are associated with
particular interests in QOFs. However,
the final regulations also provide that, to
the extent that such guidance does not
clearly associate an investment in a
QOF with an amount of deferred gain,
an ordering rule applies that permits
taxpayers to determine how to associate
investments in QOFs with particular
deferred gains.
D. Property Transferred in Exchange for
a Qualifying Investment Is Not Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business Property
The May 2019 proposed regulations
clarify that taxpayers may transfer
property other than cash to a QOF in
exchange for a qualifying investment. A
commenter asked whether property that
is purchased in a QOZ and contributed
to a QOF could be qualified opportunity
zone business property, or whether such
property would be excluded
automatically because it is not
purchased by the QOF. The commenter
further asked why taxpayers are
permitted to contribute property to a
QOF in exchange for a qualifying
investment if the property cannot be
qualified opportunity zone business
property.
Taxpayers are permitted to transfer
property to a QOF in exchange for a
qualifying investment because the
statute does not preclude taxpayers from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
investing in a QOF in this manner and
because permitting such transfers is not
inconsistent with the policies
underlying section 1400Z–2. As the
commenter noted, property that is
contributed to a QOF cannot be
qualified opportunity zone business
property because qualified opportunity
zone business property must be
purchased by a QOF. See section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I). The QOF may
retain the contributed property among
its assets that are not qualified
opportunity zone property, or it may
sell the property and use the proceeds
to acquire qualified opportunity zone
property in accordance with section
1400Z–2(d) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
E. Amount Invested in a QOF
Partnership for Purposes of Section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
The May 2019 proposed regulations
contained two rules that, if either were
applicable, would reduce the amount of
a taxpayer’s qualifying investment.
First, proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(1) provided that, to the
extent the transfer of property to a QOF
partnership is characterized other than
as a contribution (for example, a transfer
that is characterized as a disguised sale
under section 707), the transfer is not an
investment within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) (section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) investment). The
Treasury Department and the IRS
confirm that the reference to the
disguised sale regulations under section
707 is intended to provide an existing
analytical framework and rules
applicable to transfers of property to a
QOF partnership to determine whether
the transfer is a contribution for
purposes of making a qualifying
investment. All guidance under section
707 that otherwise would be applicable,
including any exception, applies. In
particular, § 1.707–4(b)(2) (relating to
operating cash flow distributions)
applies to transfers to and distributions
from a QOF partnership. Therefore, to
the extent a transfer of property is
characterized as a sale under the
existing section 707 framework, there is
no contribution and section 1400Z–2
would not apply to the transfer. These
final regulations do not modify section
707 or the regulations in this part under
section 707.
Second, proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(2) provided that, to the
extent proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(1) did not apply, the
transfer to the partnership would not be
treated as a section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
investment to the extent the partnership
makes a distribution to the partner and
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1879
the transfer to the partnership and the
distribution would be recharacterized as
a disguised sale under section 707 if (i)
any cash contributed were non-cash
property, and (ii) in the case of a
distribution by the partnership to which
§ 1.707–5(b) (relating to debt-financed
distributions) applies, the partner’s
share of liabilities is zero. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
comments asking for clarification of the
application of proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(2) and confirmation that
the regulations under section 707,
including the exceptions to the
disguised sale rules, apply in
determining whether a contribution, in
whole or part, is treated as part of a
disguised sale. In particular,
commenters asked how debt-financed
distributions should be treated and
requested confirmation that operating
cash flow distributions would not be
presumed to be a part of a disguised
sale.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that, even if a contribution were
not recharacterized as a disguised sale
under section 707 and the regulations in
this part under section 707, the amount
of the qualifying investment is reduced
under the modified application of the
section 707 disguised sale rules in
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(c)(6)(iii)(A)(2). This
provision adopts the rule contained in
the May 2019 proposed regulations
without change. However, in making the
qualifying investment determination
under this rule, the other exceptions to
the disguised sale rules still would
apply. For example, a distribution by
the partnership would not reduce the
amount of the qualifying investment to
the extent the operating cash flow
distribution exception of § 1.707–4(b)
applied.
Commenters also requested
clarification regarding the Federal
income tax consequences of
distributions by an ‘‘overfunded’’ QOF
partnership carried out to eliminate the
amount of excess cash invested therein.
Commenters explained that, in this
situation, an eligible taxpayer would
contribute a cash amount in excess of
the amount that the QOF partnership
desires to invest and, within the same
year, the QOF partnership distributes
the excess cash back to the eligible
taxpayer. The final regulations provide
an example clarifying and illustrating
the application of the rules. The later
distribution by the QOF partnership
would be tested under the normal
distribution rules for purposes of
determining whether there is an
inclusion event. For QOF partnerships,
there would be an inclusion event to the
extent the distribution exceeds the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1880
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
partner’s outside basis in its qualifying
investment. Although the basis in the
qualifying investment is initially zero,
that basis may be increased by the
partner’s share of debt and net income.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
F. At-Risk Basis
One commenter requested
clarification that investors get at-risk
basis for their qualifying investments.
The May 2019 proposed regulations did
not address whether a taxpayer has atrisk basis in its qualifying investment.
Thus, the commenter stated that there is
uncertainty under the May 2019
proposed regulations as to whether
investors’ capital contributions will give
rise to at-risk basis under section 465
even though taxpayers must take zero
basis in their qualifying investments.
Section 465 generally provides that a
taxpayer shall be considered ‘‘at risk’’
for an activity with respect to amounts
including the amount of money and the
adjusted basis of other property
contributed by the taxpayer to the
activity. The Treasury Department and
the IRS note that a taxpayer’s amount at
risk generally is determined by
reference to the amount of money and
the basis of property contributed, not to
the basis of the interest received in
exchange for the property. Additionally,
section 465 and the regulations in this
part under section 465 provide the
necessary guidance for this
determination. As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the commenter’s
requested clarification exceeds the
scope of the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
G. Withholding Tax and FIRPTA
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments regarding the
application of withholding tax regimes
within the context of section 1400Z–
2(a). For example, a commenter
requested that a foreign taxpayer
engaging in a sale subject to
withholding under section 1445(a)
(imposing a 15 percent withholding tax
as part of the Foreign Investment in Real
Property Tax Act (FIRPTA)) be able to
provide a certificate or other form of
documentation to avoid withholding on
the basis of the taxpayer’s intention to
invest the resulting gain in a QOF
pursuant to a deferral election under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1). Another
commenter requested an exemption
from withholding when a person enters
into an agreement with the IRS to pay
the tax when the deferred gain is
included under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B)
and (b), similar to when a gain
recognition agreement is ‘‘triggered’’
under section 367 and the regulations in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
this part under section 367. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to consider this comment and
other matters related to the mechanics
of applying section 1400Z–2 in the
context of a sale subject to withholding
tax.
The final regulations clarify that
section 1400Z–2 is not a
‘‘nonrecognition provision’’ for
purposes of section 897(e) and § 1.897–
6T. See § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(e). A nonrecognition provision is defined in
section 897(e)(3) as any provision of the
Code for ‘‘not recognizing gain or loss.’’
Similarly, § 1.897–6T(a)(2) defines a
non-recognition provision as any Code
provision ‘‘which provides that gain or
loss shall not be recognized.’’ Pursuant
to section 897(e)(1) and § 1.897–
6T(a)(1), nonrecognition provisions
generally do not apply upon the
exchange of a U.S. real property interest
in a transaction subject to FIRPTA
unless the asset received in exchange is
also a U.S. real property interest. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that section 1400Z–2 is not
a nonrecognition provision for purposes
of section 897(e) and § 1.897–6T
because an election under that provision
generally defers, rather than prevents
altogether, the recognition of gain. By
deferring gain recognition, section
1400Z–2 is fundamentally different
from the provisions identified as
nonrecognition provisions in § 1.897–
6T(a)(2), such as sections 332, 351, 721,
and 1031.
III. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1 provided
rules regarding the inclusion in income
of gain deferred under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(A), including rules regarding
which events trigger the inclusion of
deferred gain, how much gain is
included, and the effects of these events
on the investor’s basis and holding
period in its qualifying investment.
A. General Rule Regarding Inclusion
Events
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(1)
generally provided that, except as
otherwise provided in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c), certain events (that
is, inclusion events) result in the
inclusion of gain under proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b) if and to the extent
that: (i) A taxpayer’s transfer of a
qualifying investment reduces the
taxpayer’s equity interest in the
qualifying investment; (ii) a taxpayer
receives property in a transaction
treated as a distribution for Federal
income tax purposes, regardless of
whether the receipt reduces the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
taxpayer’s ownership of the QOF; or (iii)
a taxpayer claims a worthlessness
deduction with respect to its qualifying
investment. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(2) through (15) then provided
specific rules for certain types of
transactions that are or are not treated
as inclusion events.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments and
questions regarding the general rule set
forth in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(1).
For example, one commenter asked
whether the phrase ‘‘the following
events’’ refers to the items in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2) through (15) or
whether the phrase instead refers to the
items in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(1)(i) through (iii). Another
commenter stated that the general rule
in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(1)(i)
could be read to suggest that there is no
inclusion event so long as a taxpayer
retains an equity interest, whether direct
or indirect, in a qualifying investment
after a transfer, even though the
preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations indicated that any reduction
in a taxpayer’s direct interest in a
qualifying investment is an inclusion
event, other than in the case of
partnerships. Yet another commenter
asserted that the specific rules in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2) through
(15) appear to cover all potentially
relevant transactions and therefore the
purpose of the general rule seems
unclear. As a result, commenters
recommended that the Treasury
Department and the IRS clarify or
eliminate the general rule.
As explained in the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations,
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) reflected
the general principle that, except as
otherwise provided, an inclusion event
results from: A transfer of a qualifying
investment, to the extent the transfer
reduces the taxpayer’s direct equity
interest; the receipt of a distribution on
or with respect to a qualifying
investment, which constitutes an
impermissible ‘‘cashing out’’ of the
taxpayer’s qualifying investment; or the
claim of a worthlessness deduction
(under section 165(g) or otherwise) in
respect of a qualifying investment.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(1) set forth
these principles as a general rule, and
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2) through
(15) provided elaborations of, and
exceptions to, the general rule. The
Treasury Department and the IRS did
not intend the general rule to suggest
that a taxpayer may avoid an inclusion
event by retaining an indirect interest in
a QOF, and the specific rules clearly
indicated that a transfer that reduces a
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
taxpayer’s direct interest is an inclusion
event except as otherwise provided.
These final regulations retain the
general rule in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(1). However, this general rule has
been clarified in response to the
foregoing comments. In addition to the
changes described in this part III, the
specific rules in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2)
through (c)(15) have been clarified as
necessary.
These final regulations also clarify
that if a QOF is decertified, either
through the QOF’s voluntary selfdecertification or an involuntary
decertification, such decertification is
an inclusion event that terminates the
qualifying investment status of the
taxpayer’s interest in the QOF.
A commenter also requested
clarification as to whether an inclusion
event terminates the application of
section 1400Z–2 to an interest in a QOF.
In some cases, an inclusion event may
be the result of a transfer of the
qualifying investment that reduces or
terminates the owner’s interest in the
QOF, but in other cases it may not (for
example, a distribution from a QOF C
corporation subject to section 301(c)(3)).
Thus, the commenter argued that the
occurrence of an inclusion event is not
the appropriate test for determining
whether an interest in a QOF ceases to
be a qualifying investment eligible for
the basis adjustments under section
1400Z–2(b).
As discussed in part II.A.5 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that an
inclusion event generally results in a
reduction or termination of a qualifying
investment’s status as a qualifying
investment to the extent of the
reduction or termination for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B), (b), and (c).
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS agree that certain types of
inclusion events (namely, certain
distributions) do not terminate a
taxpayer’s qualifying investment. See
part IV.C of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also recognize that the language in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(2), which
provided that ‘‘[t]he increases in basis
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv) only apply to that portion of the
qualifying investment that has not been
subject to previous gain inclusion under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(A),’’ could be
read to suggest that all inclusion events
cause interests in a QOF to cease to be
qualifying investments. In other words,
by restricting the five-year and sevenyear basis increases to qualifying
investments that have ‘‘not been subject
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
to previous gain inclusion,’’ proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(2) appeared to
exclude any qualifying investment that
has been subject to any inclusion event,
even if substantial amounts of deferred
gain remain.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that qualifying
investments that have been subject to
inclusion events should continue to be
eligible for the five-year and seven-year
basis increases to the extent deferred
gain has not yet been recognized at the
time of these basis increases. For
example, if a taxpayer invests $100x of
eligible gain in a QOF corporation and
the corporation subsequently makes a
section 301(c)(3) distribution of $20x
with respect to the taxpayer’s qualifying
investment, the taxpayer still should be
eligible to receive a five-year basis
increase of $8x (10 percent of its
remaining deferred gain of $80x) and a
seven-year basis increase of $4x (five
percent of its remaining deferred gain of
$80x). Section 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(2) of
the final regulations has been modified
accordingly.
B. Transactions Treated as Distributions
for Federal Income Tax Purposes
1. Overview
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(1)(ii)
generally provided that, except as
otherwise provided in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c), an inclusion event
occurs if and to the extent a taxpayer
receives property in a transaction that is
treated as a distribution for Federal
income tax purposes, regardless of
whether the receipt reduces the
taxpayer’s ownership of the QOF.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(8)
modified this general rule by providing
that a distribution of property by a QOF
C corporation with respect to a
qualifying investment, including a
distribution of stock that is treated as a
distribution of property to which
section 301 applies under section
305(b), is an inclusion event only to the
extent section 301(c)(3) applies to the
distribution. In the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested
comments on the proposed treatment of
distributions to which section 305(b)
applies.
In turn, proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(9) generally provided that a
redemption described in section 302(d)
by a QOF C corporation is an inclusion
event with respect to the full amount of
the distribution. However, if the QOF C
corporation is wholly and directly
owned by a single shareholder (or by
members of a single consolidated
group), the section 302(d) redemption is
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1881
an inclusion event only to the extent
section 301(c)(3) applies.
2. Section 302(d) Redemptions
Commenters made several
recommendations with respect to the
foregoing rules. For example,
commenters questioned the treatment of
dividend-equivalent redemptions in the
May 2019 proposed regulations. One
commenter acknowledged that a section
302(d) redemption reduces a taxpayer’s
direct equity interest, but the
commenter recommended treating such
redemptions in the same manner as
section 301 distributions for purposes of
section 1400Z–2 because section 302
treats such redemptions as distributions
rather than as sales or exchanges. The
commenter further recommended that
section 302(d) redemptions in which
each shareholder surrenders a pro rata
percentage of its shares not be treated as
inclusion events. Another commenter
recognized that requiring an inclusion
event only upon a complete redemption
of a shareholder’s qualifying investment
would enable taxpayers to avoid
taxation by retaining even a small
amount of qualifying QOF stock, but the
commenter still questioned why a
partial redemption should cause
acceleration. Both commenters
recommended that section 302(d)
redemptions and section 301
distributions be treated similarly for
purposes of section 1400Z–2, with the
exception of complete redemptions,
which would be an inclusion event to
the extent of the full amount of the
distribution.
As noted in the foregoing comments,
a redemption transaction reduces a
taxpayer’s direct qualifying investment
in a QOF, regardless of whether such
transaction is treated as a dividend for
Federal income tax purposes. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the general treatment of
section 302(d) redemptions as section
301 distributions for Federal income tax
purposes should not override the
general requirement that QOF
shareholders must retain their direct
qualifying investment in a QOF
corporation in order to retain the
benefits of section 1400Z–2. See section
1400Z–2(b)(1)(A) (‘‘Gain to which
subsection (a)(1)(B) applies shall be
included in income in the taxable year
which includes . . . the date on which
such investment is sold or exchanged
. . .’’). As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that it would be
inappropriate to treat such redemptions
in the same manner as section 301
distributions for purposes of section
1400Z–2.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1882
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
However, in certain circumstances, a
reduction in a taxpayer’s qualifying
investment by virtue of a section 302(d)
redemption is meaningless. For
example, if a wholly owned QOF C
corporation partially redeems its sole
shareholder, the shareholder will
continue to wholly own the QOF C
corporation after the redemption.
Similarly, if a QOF C corporation
redeems its single outstanding class of
stock from all shareholders on a pro rata
basis, each QOF shareholder will retain
the same proportionate interest in the
QOF after the partial redemption.
As a result, the final regulations
generally continue to treat dividendequivalent redemptions by QOF C
corporations as inclusion events with
respect to the full amount of the
distribution, with an exception for
redemptions by wholly owned QOF C
corporations, which are inclusion
events only to the extent section
301(c)(3) applies. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the
commenter that an additional exception
should be created for pro rata section
302(d) redemptions, so long as the QOF
C corporation has only one class of
stock outstanding. The final regulations
have been modified to treat such
redemptions in the same manner as
redemptions by wholly owned QOF C
corporations. In other words, an
inclusion event occurs only to the
extent section 301(c)(3) applies.
Similarly, with respect to QOF S
corporations, the final regulations
continue to treat dividend-equivalent
redemptions as inclusion events to the
extent that the distributed property has
a fair market value in excess of the
shareholder’s basis, including any basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). See part III.E.2.a
of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions.
3. Section 305 Distributions and Section
306 Redemptions
A commenter agreed with the
treatment of section 305(b) distributions
in the May 2019 proposed regulations—
namely, that such distributions should
be included as distributions subject to
the rule in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(8). However, the commenter further
recommended that the final regulations
address the treatment of stock received
in a section 305(a) distribution with
respect to qualifying QOF stock. When
a corporation distributes its own stock
to its shareholders, section 305(a)
provides that the shareholders do not
include the distribution in gross
income. The basis of the new stock
received and of the stock with respect
to which the distribution is made (old
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
stock) is determined by allocating the
basis of the old stock between the old
stock and the new stock in proportion
to the respective fair market values of
the old stock and the new stock on the
date on which the new stock is
distributed, and the holding period for
the new stock is the same as the holding
period for the old stock. See § 1.307–1(a)
(regarding allocation of basis) and
section 1223(4) (regarding
determination of holding period). The
commenter requested clarification that
the new stock received in a section
305(a) distribution with respect to
qualifying QOF stock is also qualifying
QOF stock, with the remaining deferred
gain being allocated pro rata between
the old stock and the new stock, and
with the holding period for the new
stock being the same as the holding
period for the old stock. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the
commenter’s recommendation, and the
final regulations have been modified
accordingly.
The commenter also requested
clarification regarding the treatment of
redemptions of section 306 stock.
Section 306 stock generally includes
stock, other than common stock, that
was received tax-free in certain
transactions by the shareholder
disposing of such stock, including a
stock dividend under section 305(a), a
corporate reorganization described in
section 368(a), or a distribution or
exchange to which section 355 (or so
much of section 356 as relates to section
355) applied. See section 306(c). Section
306(a)(2) provides that, if a shareholder
disposes of its section 306 stock in a
redemption, the amount realized is
treated as a distribution of property to
which section 301 applies. The
commenter recommended that such a
redemption be subject to the rules for
section 301 distributions in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(8).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that the final regulations should
address the treatment of section
306(a)(2) redemptions. For the reasons
discussed in part III.B.2 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that
section 306(a)(2) redemptions should be
treated in the same manner as dividendequivalent redemptions for purposes of
section 1400Z–2. The final regulations
have been modified accordingly.
4. Distributions Subject to Section 1059
A commenter recommended that
qualifying investments in QOF C
corporations be excluded from the
application of section 1059.
Alternatively, the commenter requested
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
confirmation that (1) the recognition of
gain under section 1059(a)(2) would
result in an inclusion event to the extent
of that gain, and (2) the ordering rule in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(1)(ii),
which applied to basis increases under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii), also would
apply to such inclusion event.
The commenter contended that, in
many instances, the policy concerns
underlying section 1059, as described
by the commenter, would not be
applicable to distributions made by a
QOF C corporation. However, an
example in the commenter’s analysis
illustrated that the concerns underlying
section 1059 are present any time a QOF
corporation has earnings and profits
(E&P) predating the date on which a
qualifying investment is made. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that, to the extent consistent
with the application of section 1400Z–
2, and unless provided otherwise by the
section 1400Z–2 regulations, the rules of
subchapter C apply with respect to a
QOF C corporation. The commenter’s
analysis did not set forth any statutory
authority under section 1400Z–2 or
subchapter C for not applying section
1059 to distributions from a QOF C
corporation. As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that section 1059 should
apply to a QOF C corporation, and the
final regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s primary recommendation.
However, the Treasury Department
and the IRS agree with the commenter’s
alternative recommendation that the
recognition of gain under section
1059(a)(2) should result in an inclusion
event to the extent of that gain, and that
the ordering rule in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(1)(ii) should apply to
such inclusion event. The final
regulations have been modified
accordingly.
C. Reorganizations of QOF Corporations
1. Overview
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(10)
generally provided that, if the assets of
a QOF corporation are acquired in a
qualifying section 381 transaction, and
if the acquiring corporation is a QOF
within a prescribed period of time after
the acquisition, the transaction would
not be an inclusion event. The proposed
regulations included this rule because,
after the transaction, the taxpayer would
have retained a direct qualifying
investment in an acquiring QOF that is
a successor to the transferor QOF under
section 381. The proposed regulations
defined the term ‘‘qualifying section 381
transaction’’ to mean an acquisitive
asset reorganization described in section
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
381(a)(2), with certain enumerated
exceptions. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(a)(2)(xx).
However, if a QOF shareholder
received boot in a qualifying section 381
transaction with respect to the
shareholder’s qualifying investment, the
taxpayer would have an inclusion event
because the taxpayer would have
reduced its direct qualifying investment
in the QOF or cashed out part of its
investment. For this purpose, the term
‘‘boot’’ means money or other property
that section 354 or 355 does not permit
to be received without the recognition of
gain. Under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, if the taxpayer realizes a
gain on the transaction, the amount that
gives rise to the inclusion event is the
amount of gain under section 356 that
is not treated as a dividend under
section 356(a)(2). If the taxpayer realizes
a loss on the transaction, the amount
that gives rise to the inclusion event is
an amount equal to the fair market value
of the boot received. If a single taxpayer
or members of a single consolidated
group wholly own both the target QOF
and the acquiring QOF, the boot is
treated as if it were distributed from the
QOF in a separate section 301
transaction and is only taxable to the
extent section 301(c)(3) applies.
In turn, proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(12) generally provided that, if a
QOF corporation engages in a
recapitalization transaction described in
section 368(a)(1)(E) (recapitalization), or
if a QOF shareholder engages in a stockfor-stock exchange described in section
1036 (section 1036 exchange), and if the
transaction does not have the result of
decreasing the shareholder’s
proportionate interest in the QOF
corporation, the transaction is not an
inclusion event. However, any property
or boot received by the shareholder in
the transaction is treated as property or
boot to which section 301 or section 356
applies, as determined under general
Federal income tax principles. Proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(8) or (10),
respectively, then determined the extent
to which the receipt of such property or
boot triggers an inclusion event.
Moreover, if the transaction decreases
the shareholder’s proportionate
qualifying investment in the QOF
corporation, the shareholder has an
inclusion event equal to the amount of
the reduction in fair market value of the
shareholder’s qualifying QOF stock.
2. Proposed Treatment of
Recapitalizations and Section 1036
Exchanges
Several commenters recommended
that a single inclusion event rule be
applied to qualifying section 381
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
transactions, recapitalizations, and
section 1036 exchanges. One commenter
argued that, if a taxpayer’s proportionate
interest were reduced in a
recapitalization or in a section 1036
exchange, the taxpayer either would
have received actual consideration (that
is, boot) in the transaction or would be
deemed to have received boot in the
transaction under general Federal
income tax principles. See, for example,
Rev. Rul. 74–269, 1974–1 C.B. 87.
Another commenter argued that a
reduction in a shareholder’s
proportionate interest by virtue of the
QOF’s issuance of new stock to a new
investor should not be treated as an
inclusion event, and that a reduction in
the shareholder’s interest by virtue of
the shareholder’s receipt of non-stock
consideration should be covered by the
boot rules for reorganizations. Thus, the
commenters argued that
recapitalizations and section 1036
exchanges should be governed by the
same rules that govern qualifying
section 381 transactions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with many of the foregoing
comments. For example, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that the
reduction of a shareholder’s
proportionate interest in a QOF through
a recapitalization should not be treated
as an inclusion event unless the
shareholder receives, or is deemed to
receive, boot in the transaction. Thus, a
shareholder should not have an
inclusion event by virtue of the QOF’s
issuance of qualifying QOF stock to a
new investor. The Treasury Department
and the IRS also agree that the rules for
recapitalizations and section 1036
exchanges should be modified to mirror
more closely the rules for qualifying
section 381 transactions. The final
regulations reflect these determinations.
However, the final regulations retain
separately numbered rules for
reorganizations, and for
recapitalizations and section 1036
exchanges.
3. Receipt of Boot
Commenters also recommended
simplifying the proposed rules
regarding boot. For example, one
commenter recommended eliminating
the special rule for the receipt of boot
from a wholly owned QOF in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(10)(i)(C)(2) and
subjecting qualifying section 381
transactions, recapitalizations, and
section 1036 exchanges to a single rule
similar to proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(10)(i)(C)(1) (the general rule
regarding the receipt of boot by QOF
shareholder in a qualifying section 381
transaction). Another commenter
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1883
questioned the disparate treatment of
boot in reorganizations depending on
whether gain or loss is realized.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with commenters that the
proposed rules regarding the receipt of
boot should be simplified. Accordingly,
the final regulations adopt a single rule
for the receipt of boot in a qualifying
section 381 transaction. Under this rule,
a taxpayer is treated as disposing of a
portion of its qualifying investment
equal to the portion of total
consideration received in the
transaction with respect to the
taxpayer’s qualifying investment that
consists of boot. For example, if a QOF
engages in a merger that is a qualifying
section 381 transaction, and if 10
percent of the consideration received by
a QOF shareholder, as measured by fair
market value, consists of boot, the QOF
shareholder is treated as having
disposed of 10 percent of its qualifying
investment. This rule applies regardless
of whether the QOF shareholder
recognizes gain or loss on the
transaction, and regardless of whether
the QOF is wholly owned.
For property or boot received in
recapitalizations or section 1036
exchanges, the final regulations provide
that the property or boot is treated as
property or boot to which section 301 or
section 356(a) or (c) applies, as
determined under general Federal
income tax principles. The receipt of
property to which section 301 applies is
an inclusion event only to the extent
section 301(c)(3) applies. The receipt of
boot to which section 356(a) or (c)
applies is subject to the single rule for
the receipt of boot in a qualifying
section 381 transaction.
If a taxpayer receives boot with
respect to its qualifying investment in a
qualifying section 355 transaction, as
defined in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(a)(2)(xix), and if section 356(a) applies
to the transaction, the receipt of boot
also is subject to the single rule for the
receipt of boot in a qualifying section
381 transaction. In turn, if a taxpayer
receives boot with respect to its
qualifying investment in a qualifying
section 355 transaction, and if section
356(b) applies to the transaction, the
receipt of boot is an inclusion event
only to the extent section 301(c)(3)
applies.
4. Treatment of the Surviving or
Acquiring Corporation as a QOF
A commenter also requested
clarification that, in the event of
mergers, consolidations, share
exchanges, asset acquisitions, and
conversions in which the acquiring or
surviving enterprise is a QOF, such
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1884
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
acquiring or surviving enterprise
continues to be a QOF.
Whether the surviving or acquiring
corporation after a merger,
consolidation, share exchange, or asset
acquisition continues to be a QOF
depends on whether the surviving or
acquiring corporation satisfies the
requirements of section 1400Z–2(d) and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Therefore, the final regulations do not
adopt the commenter’s recommended
clarification. For a discussion of
conversions of QOF partnerships to
QOF corporations, see part III.E.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions.
D. Reorganizations of QOF Shareholders
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(10)(ii)
generally provided that a transfer of a
QOF shareholder’s assets in a qualifying
section 381 transaction (qualifying
owner reorganization) is not an
inclusion event, except to the extent the
QOF shareholder transfers less than all
of its qualifying investment in the
transaction, because the section 381
successor to the QOF shareholder
retains a direct qualifying investment in
the QOF. In other words, the section 381
successor is treated as the historic QOF
shareholder and therefore no
disposition of the direct qualifying
investment in the QOF has occurred.
Based on the same rationale, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2)(ii)(B) provided
that the transfer of a QOF shareholder’s
qualifying investment in a complete
liquidation under section 332 is not an
inclusion event to the extent section
337(a) applies (qualifying owner
liquidation). Special rules applied to S
corporations that are shareholders of a
QOF, and generally tracked the rules of
subchapter C described previously, to
the extent consistent with the rules of
subchapter S. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(7).
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(1) and
(2) contained special rules for qualifying
section 381 transactions in which the
target corporation was a QOF
immediately before the acquisition and
the acquiring corporation is a QOF
immediately after the acquisition. For
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)
and 1400Z–2(c), the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the holding
period for the QOF stock relinquished
by a taxpayer is ‘‘tacked’’ onto the
holding period of the QOF stock
received in the transaction, and any
qualified opportunity zone property
transferred by the transferor QOF to the
acquiring QOF in connection with the
transaction does not lose its status as
qualified opportunity zone property
solely as a result of the transfer.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
However, the May 2019 proposed
regulations did not provide similar rules
for qualifying owner reorganizations or
liquidations. As a result, one commenter
requested that a ‘‘tacked’’ holding
period be expressly provided for a QOF
shareholder’s qualifying investment in
such transactions. Another commenter
requested a rule for qualifying owner
liquidations and reorganizations similar
to proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii)(C),
which generally provided that the
resulting partnership after certain
partnership mergers or consolidations is
subject to section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations to the same
extent as the original partnership before
the transaction.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that a ‘‘tacking’’ rule should apply
to stock of a QOF shareholder after a
qualifying owner reorganization or
liquidation. Section 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(d)(1)(ii) of the final regulations has
been modified accordingly.
E. Partnerships, S Corporations, and
Trusts
1. Inclusion Events for QOF
Partnerships
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(i)
provided inclusion rules for QOF
partnerships and partnerships that
directly or indirectly own interests in
QOFs. These rules applied to
transactions involving any direct or
indirect partner of a QOF to the extent
of the partner’s share of any eligible
gain. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(ii)(B) provided that a
contribution by a QOF owner of its
direct or indirect partnership interest in
a qualifying investment to a partnership
is not an inclusion event to the extent
the transaction is governed by section
721(a), provided the transfer does not
cause a termination of a QOF
partnership, or of the direct or indirect
owner of a QOF, under section
708(b)(1).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments on whether
certain transactions involving QOF
partnerships should be considered
inclusion events. One commenter
requested clarification of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iii), which
provided that a distribution of property
by a QOF partnership to a partner is an
inclusion event if the distributed
property has a fair market value in
excess of the partner’s basis in its
qualifying investment, and that similar
rules apply to distributions involving
tiered partnerships. The final
regulations provide that, for amounts
relating to a partner’s qualifying
investment, a distribution by a QOF
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
partnership to a partner is an inclusion
event to the extent the distribution is of
cash or property with a fair market
value in excess of the partner’s outside
basis in the QOF partnership. However,
with respect to distributions by a
partnership that owns a QOF, such
distribution will only be an inclusion
event for the indirect QOF owner if the
distribution is a liquidating distribution.
The commenter suggested that such a
distribution should not be an inclusion
event to the extent the partner in the
QOF ultimately would be allocated the
gain recognized upon the distribution.
The commenter also requested an
exception from inclusion event
treatment for section 731 distributions
of a QOF interest by an upper-tier
partnership to the extent the
distribution is to the partner that made
the initial qualifying investment in the
QOF. The Treasury Department and the
IRS decline to adopt these
recommendations. Under the rules in
subchapter K of chapter 1 of subtitle A
(subchapter K), a distribution of
property with a fair market value in
excess of basis reduces a partner’s
equity interest in the partnership. Such
a reduction is an inclusion event and is
economically the same as an investor
cashing out its investment or reducing
its equity investment in the QOF.
One commenter also requested that a
contribution of an interest in a
partnership that holds a direct interest
in a QOF partnership to another
partnership not be considered an
inclusion event. This transaction was
addressed by proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(ii)(B), which applied to
contributions under section 721(a) by a
QOF owner, including a QOF partner.
See proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(a)(2)(xii),
which defined a QOF partner as a
person that directly owns a qualifying
investment in a QOF partnership or a
person that owns such a qualifying
investment through equity interests
solely in one or more partnerships. The
final regulations clarify that the rule in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii)(B)
applies to any QOF owner that
contributes its qualifying QOF stock or
direct or indirect partnership interest in
a qualifying investment to a partnership
in a transaction governed by section
721(a).
Another commenter requested that
the list of inclusion events exclude not
only section 721 contributions, but also
the merger of a fund formed as a REIT
into another REIT. The commenter
recommended that the final regulations
clarify and expand the scope of the
permitted transactions under the rules
for inclusion. The Treasury Department
and the IRS decline to adopt this
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
suggestion but note that the exceptions
to inclusion event treatment applicable
to QOF C corporations, such as the
exception for qualifying section 381
transactions, also apply to RICs and
REITs.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii)(C)
provided that a merger or consolidation
of a partnership holding a qualifying
investment, or of a partnership holding
an interest in such partnership solely
through one or more partnerships, with
another partnership in a transaction to
which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is
not an inclusion event. A commenter
noted that the May 2019 proposed
regulations did not explicitly provide
that a merger of a QOF partnership into
another partnership in a transaction to
which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is
not an inclusion event, even if the
acquiring partnership is a QOF
immediately after the merger.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
adopt the comment in part. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the rule in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iii) of the May
2019 proposed regulations, which
provided that a QOF partnership
distribution with a fair market value in
excess of the distributee partner’s basis
is an inclusion event, should be
modified in the case of certain mergers
or consolidations under section
708(b)(2)(A).
The final regulations provide that, in
the case of an assets-over merger or
consolidation of a QOF partnership with
another QOF partnership in a
transaction to which section
708(b)(2)(A) applies, the fair market
value of property distributed in the
merger or consolidation is reduced by
the fair market value of the partnership
interest received in the merger or
consolidation for purposes of
determining whether there has been an
inclusion event. Therefore, the
transaction will not be an inclusion
event to a partner that receives only a
partnership interest in the resulting
partnership. However, there will be an
inclusion event to the extent that a
partner receives other property that
exceeds that partner’s basis in the
partnership.
Additionally, the final regulations
provide that a merger or consolidation
of a QOF partnership with another QOF
partnership in a transaction to which
section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an
inclusion event under § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(2)(i), which provides that there is
an inclusion event if a QOF ceases to
exist for Federal income tax purposes.
The resulting partnership becomes
subject to section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations to the same
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
extent that the terminated partnership
was so subject prior to the transaction,
and must allocate and report any gain
inclusion under section 1400Z–2(b) to
the same extent and to the same
partners that the terminated partnership
would have been required to allocate
and report those items prior to the
transaction.
A commenter also requested
clarification that any partnership
distribution of property pursuant to a
division governed by § 1.708–1(d) is not
an inclusion event, provided the
taxpayer’s beneficial interest in a QOF
has not changed and all deferred gain
still would be recognized by the same
taxpayer. Several other commenters
requested that pro-rata divisions of QOF
partnerships into two or more QOF
partnerships pursuant to section 708 not
be treated as inclusion events, provided
the amount of a taxpayer’s equity
interest in its qualifying investment
remains the same.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt a general rule
excluding divisions as inclusion events
because divisions may result in deemed
distributions arising from debt shifts, as
well as distributions in excess of basis,
which may result in gain recognition
under the subchapter K rules.
Additionally, as described in part IV.E.4
of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the final
regulations expand the rule of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2)(ii) to provide that,
with the exception of gain from the sale
of inventory in the ordinary course of
business, all gain from the sale of
property by a QOF partnership or by a
qualified opportunity zone business that
is a partnership is eligible for exclusion
as long as the qualifying investment in
the QOF has been held for at least 10
years. This change to proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2)(ii) may minimize
the need for divisions of QOF
partnerships as a way to dispose of
certain assets.
One commenter also asked that a
distribution by a QOF partnership of its
net cash flow, measured on an annual
basis by reference to taxable income,
plus depreciation deductions, not
constitute an inclusion event. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt this recommendation
because allowing such distributions in
excess of the QOF partner’s basis would
add significant complexity, requiring
the tracing of distributions of net cash
flow proceeds versus cash from other
sources.
One commenter asked why proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6) used the phrase
‘‘eligible gain.’’ Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6) stated, in relevant part, that ‘‘the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1885
inclusion rules of this paragraph (c)
apply to transactions involving any
direct or indirect partner of the QOF to
the extent of such partner’s share of
eligible gain of the QOF.’’ The
commenter further noted that proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6) used this phrase
three times, and the inclusion of that
phrase seemed inappropriate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
confirm that ‘‘eligible gain’’ was the
intended term in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6). Eligible gain is a
defined term in proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(2), and generally refers to gain that
is eligible to be deferred under section
1400Z–2(a). The term is further defined
in § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11) of the final
regulations. In addition, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6) provided special
rules relating to inclusion events for
partners and partnerships, and used the
defined term ‘‘eligible gain’’ to reference
the amount of gain deferred under
section 1400Z–2(a) that is required to be
included in income upon the
occurrence of certain inclusion events.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(7)(iv)
provided special rules regarding
inclusion events for conversions of S
corporations to partnerships or
disregarded entities. Otherwise, the May
2019 proposed regulations did not
expressly address whether a QOF’s
change in classification, such as from a
partnership to a corporation, is an
inclusion event. A commenter
recommended that the conversion of a
QOF from a partnership to a corporation
for Federal tax purposes be treated as
neither an inclusion event nor a
disposition of a qualifying investment
for purposes of the election in section
1400Z–2(c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that, if a partnership elects under
§ 301.7701–3(c)(1)(i) to be classified as
an association, under § 301.7701–
3(g)(1)(i) the partnership is deemed to
contribute all of its assets and liabilities
to the association in exchange for stock
and to liquidate immediately thereafter.
See also Rev. Rul. 2004–59, 2004–1 C.B.
1050 (applying the same treatment to a
partnership that converts to a
corporation under a state law formless
conversion statute). As provided in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2)(i), a
taxpayer generally has an inclusion
event for all of its qualifying investment
if the QOF ceases to exist for Federal
income tax purposes, and no specific
rule in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)
provides an exception for liquidations
of QOF partnerships. Thus, the
conversion of a partnership to a
corporation would be an inclusion
event. No change has been made to the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1886
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
final regulations with respect to this
comment.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2. Inclusion Events for QOF S
Corporations
a. General Principle of Section 1371(a)
The May 2019 proposed regulations
relied upon the principle set forth in
section 1371(a), which provides that the
rules of subchapter C of chapter 1 of
subtitle A (subchapter C) applicable to
C corporations and their shareholders
apply to S corporations and their
shareholders, except to the extent
inconsistent with the provisions of
subchapter S. In such instances, S
corporations and their shareholders are
subject to the specific rules of
subchapter S. For example, similar to
rules applicable to QOF partnerships, a
distribution of property to which
section 1368 applies by a QOF S
corporation is an inclusion event to the
extent that the distributed property has
a fair market value in excess of the
shareholder’s basis, including any basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). In addition, the
rules set forth in the May 2019 proposed
regulations regarding redemptions,
liquidations, and reorganizations of
QOF C corporations and QOF C
corporation shareholders apply equally
to QOF S corporations and QOF S
corporation shareholders to the extent
consistent with the rules of subchapter
S. For example, because the stock of an
S corporation cannot be held by a C
corporation, no exception is provided
for a liquidation or upstream asset
reorganization of an S corporation
investor in a QOF.
However, the May 2019 proposed
regulations also reflect that flowthrough principles under subchapter S
apply to S corporations when the
application of subchapter C would be
inconsistent with subchapter S. For
example, under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, if an inclusion event were
to occur with respect to deferred gain of
an S corporation that is an investor in
a QOF, the shareholders of the S
corporation would include the gain pro
rata in their respective taxable incomes.
See section 1366(a)(1)(A). Consequently,
those S corporation shareholders would
increase their bases in their S
corporation stock at the end of the
taxable year during which the inclusion
event occurred. See section
1367(a)(1)(A). Pursuant to the S
corporation distribution rules set forth
in section 1368, the S corporation
shareholders would receive future
distributions from the S corporation taxfree to the extent of the deferred gain
amount included in income and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
included in stock basis. If the S
corporation has accumulated E&P, the S
corporation’s accumulated adjustments
account would be increased by the same
amount as the increase in stock basis to
ensure the shareholders’ tax-free
treatment of the future distributions. See
section 1368(c), (e)(1).
b. Specific Inclusion Event Rules for S
Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations
also set forth specific rules for S
corporations to provide certainty to
taxpayers regarding the application of
particular provisions under section
1400Z–2. Regarding section 1400Z–
2(b)(1)(A), the May 2019 proposed
regulations clarified that a conversion of
an S corporation that holds a qualifying
investment in a QOF to a C corporation
(or a conversion of a C corporation to an
S corporation) is not an inclusion event
because the interests held by each
shareholder of the C corporation or S
corporation, as appropriate, would
remain unchanged with respect to the
corporation’s qualifying investment in a
QOF. For mixed-funds investments in a
QOF S corporation described in section
1400Z–2(e)(1), if different blocks of
stock are created for otherwise
qualifying investments to track basis in
these qualifying investments, the May
2019 proposed regulations made clear
that the separate blocks would not be
treated as different classes of stock for
purposes of S corporation eligibility
under section 1361(b)(1).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received favorable comments regarding
the reliance of the May 2019 proposed
regulations upon the principle set forth
in section 1371(a). In addition,
commenters provided favorable
comments regarding the foregoing rules,
which the Treasury Department and the
IRS drafted in accordance with that
principle. As a result, the final
regulations adopt those rules without
modification.
c. Elimination of 25-Percent Aggregate
Ownership Change Rule
The May 2019 proposed regulations
set forth a special rule that, solely for
purposes of section 1400Z–2, an S
corporation’s qualifying investment in a
QOF would be treated as disposed of if
there is a greater-than-25 percent
aggregate change in ownership of the S
corporation (25-percent aggregate
ownership change rule). Under that
rule, upon a greater-than-25 percent
aggregate change in ownership, the S
corporation would have an inclusion
event for all of the S corporation’s
remaining deferred gain, and neither
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv), nor
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 1400Z–2(c), would apply to the
S corporation’s qualifying investment
after that date. In proposing the 25percent aggregate ownership change
rule, the Treasury Department and the
IRS attempted to ‘‘balance the status of
the S corporation as the owner of the
qualifying investment with the desire to
preserve the incidence of the capital
gain inclusion and income exclusion
benefits under section 1400Z–2.’’
Section VII.D.3 of the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received comments from the
taxpayer and practitioner communities
critical of the 25-percent aggregate
ownership change rule. In particular,
commenters have emphasized that the
proposed rule conflicts with the stated
purpose of inclusion events under
section 1400Z–2, which is to ‘‘prevent
taxpayers from ‘cashing out’ a qualifying
investment in a QOF without including
in gross income any amount of their
deferred gain.’’ Section VII.A of the
preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations. In addition, commenters
have noted that subchapter S of the
Code already contains provisions, such
as section 1377, that achieve more
effectively the ‘‘balance’’ intended
through the proposed 25-percent
aggregate ownership change rule.
As previously stated, for purposes of
the Code, including section 1400Z–2,
the rules of subchapter C apply to an S
corporation and its shareholders unless
inconsistent with subchapter S. See
section 1371(a). For example, if an S
corporation investor in a QOF were to
have an inclusion event regarding the S
corporation’s qualifying investment, the
rules of subchapter S would apply to
ensure that the shareholders of the S
corporation would include the resulting
gain pro rata in their respective taxable
incomes and increase their bases in
their S corporation stock at the end of
the taxable year during which the
inclusion event occurred. See generally
section 1366. However, neither
subchapter S nor section 1400Z–2
provides that the disposition of any
stock held by a shareholder of an S
corporation should cause an inclusion
event under section 1400Z–2 for a
qualifying investment held by the S
corporation in a QOF (that is, should be
treated as a disposition by the S
corporation). Rather, the rules of
subchapter S indicate the opposite, as
evidenced by the ability for S
corporation shareholders to dispose of
their stock without affecting the S
corporation’s tax-free treatment
resulting from a like-kind exchange of
one of its assets. See generally section
1031. The Treasury Department and the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
IRS have determined that, like a C
corporation investor in a QOF C
corporation, an S corporation investor
should not have an inclusion event for
its qualifying investment solely as the
result of a disposition of shares by one
of its shareholders, regardless of the
disposition’s magnitude.
Furthermore, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the proposed 25percent aggregate ownership change
rule does not achieve its stated purpose
of balancing the status of the S
corporation as the owner of the
qualifying investment while directing
capital gain inclusion to the proposed
rule’s intended parties (that is, the S
corporation’s shareholders, upon an
inclusion event). See section VII.D.3 of
the May 2019 proposed regulations.
Indeed, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that the proposed rule
conflicts with section 1377, the
longstanding provision in subchapter S
that governs the allocation of items of
income among S corporation
shareholders.
Under section 1377(a)(1), each
shareholder’s pro rata share of any item
for any tax year generally equals the
sum of the amounts determined for the
shareholder by (1) assigning an equal
portion of the item to each day of the
tax year, and then (2) dividing that
portion pro rata among the shares
outstanding on that day, per share, per
day. As an exception for terminations of
a shareholder’s interest, section
1377(a)(2) permits an S corporation and
the affected shareholders (that is, the
remaining shareholders of the S
corporation at the time of the
termination) to agree to a ‘‘closing of the
books’’ of the S corporation and allocate
the S corporation’s items of income
among those shareholders based on
their ownership before and after the
termination (that is, treat the taxable
year as two taxable years, the first of
which ends on the date of the
termination). As highlighted by one
commenter, in the absence of a ‘‘closing
of the books’’ election, the inclusion of
capital gain resulting from an inclusion
event will be allocated pro rata among
all of the S corporation’s shareholders as
of the end of the S corporation’s taxable
year, rather than to those shareholders
who were shareholders at the time the
S corporation invested its deferred
capital gain in its QOF. In other words,
the allocation rules of section 1377 do
not operate to match S corporation
items to specific shareholders. For these
reasons, the Treasury Department and
the IRS agree with the comments
received and have removed the
proposed 25-percent aggregate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
ownership change rule from the final
regulations.
d. Contributions of QOF Investments to
a Partnership
With respect to the contribution of a
qualifying investment to an upper-tier
partnership or the acquisition of an
interest in an upper-tier partnership by
another person, one commenter
requested that forward section 704(c)
and reverse section 704(c) principles
apply to ensure that deferred gains, or
any built-in gains on the QOF interest,
are allocable to the proper taxpayers and
that appropriate basis adjustments are
made. The Treasury Department and the
IRS agree that forward section 704(c)
and reverse section 704(c) principles,
which otherwise would apply, also
apply in this context.
In addition, several commenters
requested that the final regulations
provide greater flexibility in the
structuring of investments in QOF
partnerships by allowing investors to
use master-feeder structures and similar
structures such as aggregator funds. The
commenters noted that proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii)(B) permitted a
QOF owner to contribute its direct or
indirect interest in a QOF partnership to
another partnership under certain
circumstances in a transaction governed
by section 721(a) without the transfer
being treated as an inclusion event. The
final regulations decline to incorporate
that comment because it is inconsistent
with the statute. Specifically, section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) requires an eligible
taxpayer to make an investment in a
QOF within 180 days of the sale or
exchange that gave rise to the eligible
gain in order for the taxpayer to have
made a qualifying investment.
The final regulations clarify that,
when a QOF partner contributes its
qualifying investment to a transferee
partnership in a section 721 transaction,
the transferee partnership is the party
that recognizes the deferred gain and is
eligible for the five- and seven-year
basis adjustments. However, the
transferee partnership must allocate all
such amounts to the contributing
partner, applying the principles of
section 704(c). The contributing partner
no longer will be eligible to make the
elections under section 1400Z–2(c) and
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2). Instead, the
transferee partnership will be the sole
person eligible to make these elections,
and the elections will apply to all
partners in the transferee partnership for
that tax year.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1887
e. Mixed-Funds Investments in QOF
Partnerships
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv)
provided that a partner that holds a
mixed-funds investment in a QOF
partnership (mixed-funds partner) is
treated as holding separate interests in
the QOF partnership—a qualifying
investment and a non-qualifying
investment—solely for purposes of
section 1400Z–2. Under proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv)(B), all section
704(b) allocations of income, gain, loss,
and deduction, all section 752
allocations of debt, and all distributions
made to a mixed-funds partner were
treated as made to the separate interests
based on the allocation percentages of
the interests, which generally were
determined based on the relative capital
contributions attributable to the
qualifying investment and the nonqualifying investment. However, if a
partner received a profits interest in the
partnership in exchange for services, the
May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that the profits interest was a
non-qualifying investment and that the
allocation percentage for the profits
interest was based on the highest share
of residual profits the mixed-funds
partner would receive with respect to
that interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received a number of comments
advocating different methods of
allocating section 704(b) items, debt,
and distributions between qualifying
and non-qualifying investments in a
mixed-funds investment. For example,
one commenter requested that taxpayers
be allowed to treat partnership
distributions as made
disproportionately to non-qualifying
investments to minimize the likelihood
that a distribution will cause a
qualifying investment to be considered
sold or exchanged. Another commenter
requested that all debt be allocated to
the non-qualifying investment. One
commenter also recommended that gain
on the sale of property by a QOF
partnership be treated as attributable to
the non-qualifying investment and
qualifying investment based on each
investment’s share of section 704(b) gain
with respect to the property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt these comments
because the recommended changes
would (i) increase the complexities in
determining the items attributable to
qualifying and non-qualifying
investments comprising a mixed-funds
investment, and (ii) be significantly
more difficult to administer for both
taxpayers and the IRS. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1888
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
determined that the approach in the
May 2019 proposed regulations is the
most straightforward option, and the
option that minimizes administrable
burden, for determining allocation
percentages for qualifying and nonqualifying investments. Therefore, the
final regulations retain the rule in the
May 2019 proposed regulations and
continue to determine allocation
percentages based on relative capital
contributions.
Commenters generally agreed with the
rule in proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(9)(ii) that profits interests received
for services should not be treated as
qualifying investments. However, a
number of commenters requested
changes to the rule for calculating
allocation percentages in the case of a
profits interest received for services.
One commenter highlighted that the
proposed rule could result in a profits
interest holder receiving an allocation
percentage that is higher than its actual
share of residual profits. Another
commenter recommended that the
allocation percentage for a profits
interest be determined by comparing the
profits received by the service provider
with those derived by another
significant partner that does not provide
services to the QOF partnership. Yet
another commenter requested that the
final regulations incorporate the
definition of ‘‘applicable partnership
interest’’ under section 1061. This
commenter recommended that the final
regulations provide that the highest
share of residual profits that a partner
holding the mixed-funds investment
would receive with respect to an
‘‘applicable partnership interest’’ would
be determined by the highest share of
residual profits less a reasonable return
on the partner’s capital interest, based
on consideration of all facts and
circumstances at the time of the receipt
of the interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt any of these comments
because the approach in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv) is simpler and
more administrable. The final
regulations require a partner who
receives a profits interest for services as
part of a mixed-funds investment in a
QOF partnership to determine the
allocation percentage of the profits
interest based on the share of residual
profits that the mixed-funds partner
would receive from the partnership. In
addition, the final regulations provide
that, if the residual share provided in
the partnership agreement is not
reasonably likely to apply, then that
share will be disregarded in determining
allocation percentages, and the
allocation percentage for the profits
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
interest will be the final share of profits
provided in the partnership agreement
that is likely to apply.
f. QSST and ESBT Conversions
A commenter requested clarification
as to whether a conversion from a
qualified subchapter S trust (QSST) to
an electing small business trust (ESBT),
and vice versa, falls within the
exceptions to an inclusion event. The
final regulations confirm that neither
type of conversion is an inclusion event
if the person who is both the deemed
owner of the portion of the ESBT
holding the qualifying investment and
the QSST beneficiary is the person
taxable on the income from the
qualifying investment both before and
after the conversion. For this purpose,
§ 1.1361–1(j)(8) is deemed not to apply
because the conversion of a QSST to an
ESBT differs from a disposition of the
QSST asset where there is recognition of
gain on the asset. However, there will be
an inclusion event upon conversion if
the qualifying investment is in the
grantor portion of the ESBT and the
ESBT’s deemed owner is a nonresident
alien.
g. Holding Periods
One commenter suggested clarifying
how the principles of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(1) and (2), which
provided rules for holding periods for
QOF investments, would be applied to
partnership transactions described in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii), such
as section 721(a) contributions and
section 708(b)(2)(A) mergers or
consolidations.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(3)
allowed the holding period of qualifying
investments transferred in noninclusion events listed in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii) to tack onto the
holding period of the transferor under
section 1223(1). The final regulations
retain this provision. Under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(1), the holding
period of the transferee partnership will
include the holding period of the
contributing partner.
h. Special Amount Includible Rule for
Partnerships and S Corporations
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(4)
provided that, for inclusion events
involving partnerships and S
corporations, the amount includible is
equal to the percentage of the qualifying
QOF partnership or QOF S corporation
interest disposed of, multiplied by the
lesser of (1) the remaining deferred gain
less the five-year and seven-year basis
adjustments; or (2) the gain that would
be recognized by the partner or
shareholder if the interest were sold in
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a fully taxable transaction for its then
fair market value.
Section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(A) provides
that the amount of gain included in
gross income under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(A) is the excess of (i) the lesser
of the amount of gain excluded under
paragraph (1) of that section or the fair
market value of the investment as
determined as of the date described in
paragraph (1), over (ii) the taxpayer’s
basis in the investment.
Several commenters requested that
the special amount includible rule for
partnerships and S corporations be
changed to follow the statutory language
in section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(A).
Commenters acknowledged that the
special amount includible rule was
intended to prevent taxpayers from
avoiding the recognition of deferred
gain upon an inclusion event when the
fair market value of their qualifying
investment has diminished due to debtfinanced deductions or distributions.
However, these commenters
emphasized that the special amount
includible rule creates inequitable
results for debt-financed losses
attributable to periods before December
31, 2026, as compared to debt-financed
losses incurred after this date. Certain
commenters also suggested that this rule
has adversely affected the ability to
develop low-income housing tax credit
projects and other community
development properties in QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the proposed
special amount includible rule for
partnerships and S corporations
conforms to the underlying intent of the
capital gain deferral allowed under
section 1400Z–2. Thus, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
adopt this request, and the final
regulations retain the special amount
includible rule for partnerships and S
corporations found in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(4). Further, although
the final regulations do not limit the
combining (commonly referred to as
‘‘twinning’’) of other tax incentives with
the benefits provided by section 1400Z–
2, the creation of special rules in this
regard exceeds the scope of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
3. Grantor Trusts
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(5)(i)
provided that a taxpayer’s transfer of its
qualifying investment in a QOF to a
grantor trust of which the taxpayer is
the deemed owner was not an inclusion
event for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(b)(1) and proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c).
One commenter asked whether a gift to
a ‘‘defective grantor trust’’ would be an
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
inclusion event. The Treasury
Department and the IRS note that a
defective grantor trust is a grantor trust
for Federal income tax purposes, so its
funding does not change the conclusion
that the transfer is not an inclusion
event under section 1400Z–2. In each
situation, the deemed owner of the
grantor trust’s property for Federal
income tax purposes (that is, the
taxpayer) would be treated as
maintaining a direct qualifying
investment in the QOF for Federal
income tax purposes. See part II.A.5 of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions (describing
rationale for not treating such transfers
as inclusion events).
Another commenter stated that
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(5)(ii),
which addressed inclusion events
related to grantor trusts, was too broad
because the proposed rule applied to ‘‘a
change in the status of a grantor trust.’’
The commenter noted that this language
could be read to apply to a taxpayer that
owned a QOF investment and was the
deemed owner of a grantor trust,
regardless of whether the grantor trust
itself held a QOF investment. The
Treasury Department and the IRS agree
with this comment. Accordingly, the
final regulations clarify that the
provision applies to a change in the
status of a grantor trust owning a
qualifying investment in a QOF.
A commenter also requested
clarification that non-gift transactions
between a grantor trust and its deemed
owner that are not recognition events for
Federal income tax purposes are not
inclusion events, and that such
transactions do not start a new holding
period for purposes of section 1400Z. In
such transactions, the deemed owner of
the trust continues, for Federal income
tax purposes, to be the taxpayer liable
for the Federal income tax on the
qualifying investment. Thus, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that, like transfers by the
deemed owner to the grantor trust, these
transactions (including transfers from
the grantor trust to its deemed owner)
are not inclusion events.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
F. Transfers of Property by Gift or by
Reason of Death, or Incident to Divorce
1. Gifts
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that a transfer by gift of a
qualifying investment in a QOF is an
inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). One commenter
asserted that a donor’s gift of a
qualifying investment in a QOF should
not be considered a sale or exchange for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
purposes of section 1400Z–2, provided
that the gift otherwise is not treated as
a taxable disposition for Federal income
tax purposes.
As noted in the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations, section
1400Z–2(b)(1) does not directly address
non-sale or exchange dispositions, such
as gifts and bequests. However, the
Conference Report provides that, under
section 1400Z–2(b)(1), the ‘‘deferred
gain is recognized on the earlier of the
date on which the [qualifying]
investment is disposed of or December
31, 2026.’’ See Conference Report at 539
(indicating that continued gain
recognition deferral requires the
taxpayer to maintain directly the
taxpayer’s qualifying investment).
Section 1400Z–2 requires the deferred
Federal income tax on capital gains to
be paid by the taxpayer who incurred
that gain and reinvested an amount up
to the amount of the net proceeds from
the sale into the qualifying investment
in the QOF. The only exception is the
recognition under section 691 of a
decedent’s deferred gain that is not
properly includible in the decedent’s
gross income. The Treasury Department
and the IRS have concluded that (i) no
authority exists to impose the donor’s
deferred capital gains tax liability on the
donee of the qualifying investment, and
therefore (ii) the Federal income tax on
the deferred gain must be collected from
the donor at the time of the gift of the
qualifying investment. Accordingly, the
final regulations continue to provide
that a gift of the qualifying investment
in a QOF is an inclusion event. In
addition, consistent with the discussion
in part VII.E. of the Explanation of
Provisions to the May 2019 proposed
regulations, the final regulations
provide that the interest received by the
donee is no longer a qualifying
investment in a QOF as a result of the
inclusion event, and thus the donee is
not eligible to make an election under
section 1400Z–2(c) to adjust the basis of
the interest in the QOF to fair market
value.
2. Death
The May 2019 proposed regulations
generally provided that a transfer of a
qualifying investment by reason of the
taxpayer’s death is not an inclusion
event. See proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(4)(ii) (enumerating the sole
exceptions to that general rule). One
commenter noted that the recipient of a
deceased owner’s qualifying investment
may not have the liquidity to pay the
deferred tax on the gain the decedent
invested in the QOF upon an inclusion
event as of December 31, 2026. The
commenter requested that the final
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1889
regulations permit an election to treat
death as an inclusion event, thereby
making the decedent’s estate liable for
the payment of the deferred tax, or grant
the recipient a further deferral until the
recipient’s disposition of the qualifying
investment.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that, if a decedent who dies after
2026 had not disposed of the qualifying
investment prior to December 31, 2026,
it is possible that even the decedent
could have faced such a liquidity
problem. In light of the statute’s clear
direction that the deferral be terminated
no later than December 31, 2026, the
final regulations provide no election to
a decedent’s estate to treat death as an
inclusion event or provide further
deferral to a person inheriting the
qualifying investment as a result of the
deceased owner’s death.
One commenter also requested
clarification regarding the application of
section 691 to the recipient of the
qualifying investment by reason of the
death of the owner. In response, the
final regulations provide that the tax on
the decedent’s deferred gain is the
liability of the person in receipt of that
interest from the decedent at the time of
an inclusion event.
3. Transactions Between Spouses or
Incident to Divorce
A commenter requested that transfers
between spouses or incident to divorce,
as described in section 1041, be
excepted from the definition of an
inclusion event. Although those
transactions are nonrecognition events
for Federal income tax purposes, a
transfer of the qualifying investment in
such a transaction constitutes a
disposition of that interest for purposes
of section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b).
Therefore, the final regulations in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(3)(ii) clarify that a
transfer described in section 1041 is an
inclusion event. Accordingly, the
transferor’s deferred gain is recognized,
and the transferee’s interest in the QOF
no longer is a qualifying investment.
G. Basis Adjustments
1. Adjustments to Basis of Qualifying
QOF Stock
Under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
and proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g), a
taxpayer’s basis in its qualifying
investment is increased by the amount
of gain recognized upon an inclusion
event or on December 31, 2026.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g) also
provided additional rules regarding the
timing and amount of basis adjustments
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii).
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1890
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
Commenters requested clarification as
to how the section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
basis adjustments should be made if a
taxpayer disposes of less than all of its
qualifying QOF stock or if less than all
of its qualifying QOF stock is redeemed
by the QOF corporation. If an investor
has a qualifying investment with $0
basis and a corresponding $100 of
deferred gain, and if the investor were
to sell its entire qualifying investment
for $100, the investor would recognize
$100 of deferred gain, increase its basis
in the qualifying investment by $100,
and then recognize $0 of gain under
section 1001 on the sale of the
qualifying investment. If the investor
were to sell half of its investment for
$50 instead, the investor would
recognize $50 of deferred gain under
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(1) and then
increase its basis in its qualifying
investment by $50. However, it is
unclear under the May 2019 proposed
regulations whether the $50 basis
increase should be applied to the shares
that were sold, to the shares that were
retained, or to both the sold and the
retained shares proportionally.
A commenter recommended that the
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis
increase be made only to those specific
shares that trigger the inclusion event.
In the foregoing example, if the $50
basis adjustment were made solely to
the sold shares, the investor would
recognize $50 of the deferred gain on
the disposition of such shares and $0 of
gain under section 1001, and the
investor would continue to have $50 of
deferred gain and $0 of basis in the
retained shares. In contrast, if all or a
proportionate amount of the section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis increase were
made to the retained shares, the investor
would recognize $50 of deferred gain
plus an additional $50 or $25 of gain,
respectively, under section 1001. Thus,
the investor would recognize more gain
than the amount realized in the
transaction. Moreover, the retained
portion of the investment still would be
associated with $50 of deferred gain.
Although the taxpayer would have a
basis of either $50 or $25 in its retained
stock, the taxpayer could end up
recognizing gain in excess of the amount
of deferred gain if the qualifying
investment appreciates sufficiently—an
outcome that is contrary to the express
language of the statute. See section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(A).
Similarly, commenters recommended
that, in the case of a dividendequivalent redemption of qualifying
QOF stock owned by a sole shareholder
of a QOF corporation, the section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis increase for
any section 301(c)(3) gain or 1059(a)(2)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
gain be made only to the redeemed
shares.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that, if a
shareholder of a QOF corporation sells
less than all of its qualifying QOF stock,
the section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis
increase should be made only to those
specific shares that are sold. The final
regulations have been revised
accordingly. Otherwise, issues relating
relating to the treatment of basis upon
a redemption are beyond the scope of
the final regulations. The Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
study such issues. See REG–143686–07,
84 FR 11686 (March 28, 2019).
2. Basis Adjustments to QOF
Partnership Interests and QOF S
Corporation Stock
a. General Application of Five-Year and
Seven-Year Basis Increases
A commenter noted that the May 2019
proposed regulations, unlike the
preamble, did not specifically provide
that the five-year and seven-year basis
increases to a qualifying investment are
basis for all purposes of the Code, and
recommended that the final regulations
confirm this result. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with this
comment. Accordingly, the final
regulations in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(4)(ii)
and (g)(5)(i) specifically provide that
five-year and seven-year basis
adjustments to a qualifying investment
in a partnership or S corporation
described in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section
1400Z–2(c) are basis for all purposes of
the Code, including for purposes of
suspended losses under sections 704(d)
and 1366(d).
b. Specific Stock Basis Rules for S
Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that, if an S corporation is an
investor in a QOF, the S corporation
must adjust the basis of its qualifying
investment in the manner set forth for
C corporations in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g), except as otherwise
provided in those proposed regulations.
This rule does not affect adjustments to
the basis of any other asset of the S
corporation. The S corporation
shareholder’s pro-rata share of any
recognized deferred capital gain at the S
corporation level will be separately
stated under section 1366 and will
adjust the shareholders’ stock basis
under section 1367. In addition, the
May 2019 proposed regulations made
clear that any adjustment to the basis of
an S corporation’s qualifying investment
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iv) or section 1400Z–2(c) will not (1) be
separately stated under section 1366,
and (2) adjust the shareholders’ stock
basis under section 1367 until the date
on which an inclusion event with
respect to the S corporation’s qualifying
investment occurs. If a basis adjustment
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is
made as a result of an inclusion event,
then the basis adjustment will be made
before determining the other tax
consequences of the inclusion event.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received favorable comments regarding
the foregoing rules, which the Treasury
Department and the IRS drafted in
accordance with the principle of section
1371(a), as discussed in part III.E.2.a of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions. As a result,
the final regulations adopt these rules
without modification.
3. Basis Adjustments by Reason of Death
Several commenters requested
clarification regarding the basis of a
qualifying investment in the hands of a
deceased owner’s heir, legatee, or
beneficiary. More specifically,
commenters requested clarification as to
whether the basis adjustment under
section 1014 would apply less the
amount of unrecognized gain.
If the decedent’s investment in a QOF
exceeded the gain the decedent elected
to defer under section 1400Z–2(a), the
investment is a mixed-funds investment
that is treated as two separate
investments—a qualifying investment
subject to section 1400Z–2, and a nonqualifying investment to which section
1400Z–2 is inapplicable. See section
1400Z–2(e)(1). Proposed § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(i)(D) identified the basis of the
non-qualifying investment as the
taxpayer’s total basis in the QOF less the
basis of the qualifying investment, in
each case determined without the zerobasis rule and without any other basis
adjustment provided for in section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B). In general, this
amount equals the taxpayer’s total
investment in the QOF less the amount
of gain invested on which the capital
gains tax was deferred.
Because section 1400Z–2 is
inapplicable to the non-qualifying
investment, the recipient’s basis in the
non-qualifying investment on the death
of the owner is governed by section
1014. As with other income in respect
of a decedent, the estate tax value is not
reduced by the liability for the deferred
income tax.
However, section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)
applies with regard to the recipient’s
basis in the qualifying investment. This
section provides that the basis of the
qualifying investment is zero, with
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
specified increases for gain recognized
at the time of an inclusion event and for
qualifying investments held for at least
five or seven years. This provision
governs without regard to section 1014.
Because a taxpayer’s basis in its
qualifying investment is zero except as
otherwise provided in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) and section 1400Z–2(c)
(which concerns qualifying investments
held for at least 10 years), the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that section 1014 does not
apply to adjust the basis of an inherited
qualifying investment to its fair market
value as of the deceased owner’s death.
H. Earnings and Profits
A commenter requested guidance
regarding the E&P consequences of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations. Specifically, the
commenter recommended that any
increase to E&P as a result of gain
deferred under section 1400Z–2 be
deferred until such gain is included in
income upon either an inclusion event
or December 31, 2026.
As noted by the commenter, section
312(f)(1) provides that gain or loss
realized on the sale or other disposition
of property by a corporation increases or
decreases the E&P of such corporation,
but only to the extent the realized gain
or loss was recognized in computing
taxable income under the law applicable
to the year in which such sale or
disposition was made. Section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations
enable a taxpayer to defer recognition of
an eligible gain in the year the eligible
gain was realized. As a result, the
amount of gain so deferred does not
increase the taxpayer’s E&P in the year
of realization. See section 312(f)(1).
When the gain eventually is included in
income upon an inclusion event or on
December 31, 2026, the taxpayer’s E&P
will be increased. See § 1.312–6(b). The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that section 312 and the
regulations in this part under section
312 provide this result in their current
form, and therefore no additional rules
are necessary. However, the examples
set forth in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(3) have
been revised to illustrate the application
of the existing E&P rules within the
context of section 1400Z–2.
The commenter also recommended
that the amount of basis adjustments
resulting from the application of section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and
section 1400Z–2(c) should be treated as
tax-exempt income that causes an
increase to E&P under § 1.312–6(b).
Section 1.312–6(b) provides that, among
other items, income exempted from
Federal income tax by statute is entered
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
into the computation of E&P for a
particular period. The basis increases
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv) exempt from tax under subtitle A
those gains that are deferred under
section 1400Z–2(a). Similarly, the
election under section 1400Z–2(c)
potentially exempts from tax under
subtitle A those gains that are
attributable to the appreciation of QOF
investments. Therefore, these basis
increases are tax-exempt income for
purposes of computing E&P and will
increase the E&P of the taxpayer at the
time such increases are made. As noted
previously, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that
section 312 and the regulations in this
part under section 312 provide this
result in their current form and that no
additional rules are necessary.
One commenter further asserted that
§ 1.312–6(b) should not apply to income
that is exempt from tax as a result of the
basis increases under section 1400Z–2
in order to facilitate passing the benefits
of a REIT’s qualifying investments to the
REIT’s shareholders. See part IX.B of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that section 312 and
§ 1.312–6(b) appropriately apply to
income that is exempt from tax under
subtitle A as a result of these basis
increases. Thus, the final regulations
have not been revised in response to
this comment.
I. Voluntary Inclusion; Applicable Tax
Rate
A commenter requested that a QOF
investor be permitted to voluntarily
recognize the full amount of deferred
gain in a taxable year of the investor’s
choosing prior to the statutorily
required year of inclusion under section
1400Z–2(b)(1), and at the Federal
income tax rate applicable to the chosen
recognition year. The investor would
remain fully invested in the QOF, and
therefore the basis increases at the fiveyear mark and seven-year mark, as well
as the basis adjustment to fair market
value after 10 years, still would be
available with regard to the taxpayer’s
qualifying investment. If the investor
meets the requirements for one or more
of these basis adjustments, the investor
could request a refund of the tax paid
on the appropriate amount of the gain
in a prior year.
According to the commenter,
voluntary gain recognition prior to the
statutorily provided year of inclusion
would accomplish two purposes. First,
the investor could eliminate the risk
that the tax rate under subtitle A in the
statutorily required year of inclusion
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1891
would be significantly higher than in
the year of voluntary inclusion. Second,
the investor would possess the
flexibility to pay a tax liability in a year
during which the investor is certain to
have available the necessary amount of
funds.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
do not adopt the commenter’s
recommendation. Section 1400Z–2(b)
specifies two events upon which an
investor’s deferred gain under section
1400Z–2(a)(1) may be included in
income. First, deferred gain is included
in income upon the occurrence of an
inclusion event as explained further in
these regulations in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1.
Second, deferred gain is included on
December 31, 2026. It is not
contemplated under the statute or
legislative history that a taxpayer may
choose to include deferred gain in
income at another time and continue to
remain invested in a QOF. Accordingly,
if a taxpayer wishes to include deferred
gain in income, it may cause the
occurrence of an inclusion event, with
the effect that the investor’s ownership
of the QOF would terminate for all
purposes, including the basis
adjustment to fair market value under
section 1400Z–2(c).
Another commenter inquired whether
the proper Federal income tax rate to
apply to the gain recognized pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(b)(1) is the Federal
income tax rate at the time of the
investment and deferral election, or the
Federal income tax rate in the taxable
year of inclusion. The May 2019
proposed regulations provided that, if
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b) require
a taxpayer to include in income some or
all of a previously deferred gain, the
gain so included has the same attributes
in the taxable year of inclusion that it
would have had if tax had not been
deferred. Thus, if the Federal income
tax rate were considered an ‘‘attribute’’
of the gain, the rate applicable in the
year of deferral arguably would apply to
gain recognized under section 1400Z–
2(b)(1).
Although the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided rules for the tax
attributes of the amount deferred in the
year of inclusion, the May 2019
proposed regulations did not discuss the
Federal income tax rates for the year of
inclusion. The final regulations clarify
that gain recognized pursuant to section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations is subject to taxation at the
applicable Federal income tax rates for
the year of inclusion, not of the year of
deferral.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1892
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
J. Availability of Basis Adjustments
Under Section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv)
Section 1400Z–2(b) provides that gain
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)
is included in income in the taxable
year that includes the earlier of the date
on which the QOF investment was sold
or exchanged or December 31, 2026.
Therefore, in order to be eligible for
both the five-year and seven-year basis
increases under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv), respectively, a
taxpayer must invest eligible gain in a
qualifying investment no later than
December 31, 2019. Eligibility solely for
the five-year basis increase requires an
investment of eligible gain no later than
December 31, 2021. Commenters
requested that the statutory inclusion
date be postponed to December 31, 2027
or December 31, 2028 to provide
investors additional time to consider
investing in a QOF, and still receive the
benefit of the five- and seven-year basis
increases with the benefit of final
regulatory guidance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that the December 31, 2026, date is
mandated by statute, and that there is
no indication that Congress intended a
later inclusion date. Therefore, the final
regulations do not adopt this
recommendation.
Another commenter requested
confirmation that the inclusion dates in
section 1400Z–2(b)(1) do not apply to
the five-year and seven-year basis
increases under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). As a
consequence, a qualifying investment
would be eligible for these basis
increases regardless of whether the full
amount of deferred gain has been
recognized, and regardless of when the
qualifying investment is made.
As discussed in parts III.A and III.I of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the basis
adjustments provided by section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) are based on an
eligible taxpayer’s remaining deferred
gain. Moreover, section 1400Z–2(b)(1)
clearly requires all deferred gain to be
taken into account no later than
December 31, 2026. After that date,
there will be no remaining deferred gain
to be excluded from Federal income tax
as a result of the five- or seven-year
basis adjustments. As a consequence of
the commenter’s recommendation, the
five- and seven-year basis increases
would operate not only to exclude a
portion of the deferred gain from
Federal income tax, but also to exclude
a portion of subsequent appreciation in
the value of a qualifying investment
from Federal income tax. The Treasury
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
Department and the IRS have
determined that the statutory text of
section 1400Z–2 does not adequately
support the commenter’s
recommendation, and have clarified the
final regulations.
In addition, a commenter requested
that the five-year and seven-year basis
increases under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) be elective rather than
automatic, based on the commenter’s
position that an investor should be
allowed to choose to recognize deferred
gain that otherwise would be eliminated
due to those basis increases. The statute
and legislative history do not indicate
that the basis increases under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) operate at the
taxpayer’s option once the requisite
five- and seven-year holding periods
have been met. Accordingly, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt this recommendation.
K. Commencement of the Holding
Period for a QOF Investment
In Examples 1 and 7 in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(f), the holding period
for a qualifying investment in a QOF
begins on the date on which the
qualifying investment is acquired rather
than on the day after the date of its
acquisition. One commenter noted that,
under Rev. Rul. 70–598, 1970–2 C.B.
168, and general Federal income tax
principles, the holding period for a
capital asset begins on the day after the
acquisition of the asset.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the divergence between (i)
the day on which the holding period of
a qualifying investment begins, and (ii)
the day on which the holding period for
a capital asset ordinarily would begin.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that no
provision of the Code, nor any Federal
income tax principle, requires
conformity in this context. As a result,
the final regulations do not modify the
date on which the holding period for a
qualifying investment commences.
L. QOF Exit and Reinvestment
Commenters requested that the final
regulations provide a rule that would
permit an investor to dispose of its
entire interest in a qualifying
investment and reinvest the resulting
proceeds in another QOF within a short
period of time, such as 180 days. Under
this rule, the investor would be
permitted to tack the holding period of
the disposed qualifying investment onto
the new qualifying investment for
purposes of the five-year, seven-year,
and ten-year basis adjustments under
section 1400Z–2(a)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv)
and section 1400Z–2(c), respectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
This rule would allow an investor to
disinvest in a particular QOF as long as
the investor remains invested in QOFs,
in the aggregate, for the requisite
holding periods. One commenter
indicated that such a rule would expose
investors to a lower risk of loss, which
would facilitate investments in
professionally managed QOFs from a
wider variety of consumer-type
investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the additional investment
flexibility that would be provided
through adoption of the commenters’
recommendation. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
found no support for this
recommendation in the statutory text of
section 1400Z–2 or its underlying
legislative history. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenters’ recommendation. With
regard to the effect of specific
transactions on the holding period of a
qualifying investment for purposes of
the basis adjustments under sections
1400Z–2(a)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and
1400Z–2(c), the final regulations
provide taxpayers with provisions that
address specific inclusion events.
IV. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1
Section 1400Z–2(c) provides that in
the case of any investment held by the
taxpayer for at least 10 years and with
respect to which the taxpayer makes an
election under section 1400Z–2(c), the
basis of such property will be equal to
the fair market value of such investment
on the date that the investment is sold
or exchanged. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1
set forth proposed rules concerning the
election under section 1400Z–2(c),
including special rules for QOF
partnerships and QOF S corporations.
A. Gain Exclusion for Asset Sales by
QOFs and Qualified Opportunity Zone
Businesses
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–
1(b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) provided that an
investor in a QOF partnership or a QOF
S corporation may elect to exclude
some, or all, of the capital gain arising
from the QOF’s sale of qualified
opportunity zone business property
upon satisfaction of the 10-year holding
period in section 1400Z–2(c). A
commenter requested guidance
regarding a fact pattern in which a QOF
that has been held for the requisite 10year holding period owns multiple
qualified opportunity zone businesses.
Specifically, the commenter requested
confirmation that the gain from each
separate disposition of interests in
qualified opportunity zone businesses,
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
after a 10-year holding period of a
qualifying investment, qualifies for the
basis adjustment and potential gain
exclusion under section 1400Z–2(c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that, in the case of a QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation, the
disposition of QOF assets, including
interests in qualified opportunity zone
businesses, may qualify for the election
under section 1400Z–2(c) if the
qualifying investment in the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation meets
the 10-year holding period of section
1400Z–2(c), notwithstanding the
disposal of interests in qualified
opportunity zone businesses at different
times. A rule that requires a single
disposition of all QOF assets in order to
qualify for the benefits under section
1400Z–2(c) would provide an incentive
for QOFs and their investors to dispose
of a qualified opportunity zone business
at a time when, in the absence of section
1400Z–2(c), such a disposition would
not be made for reasons unrelated to
section 1400Z–2. The final regulations
permit interests in qualified opportunity
zone businesses to be disposed of at
different times. This rule provides
taxpayers flexibility consistent with the
principle that the economic success of
the QOF and the qualified opportunity
zone businesses should be the
overriding concern when an investor
decides whether to dispose of an
interest in a qualified opportunity zone
business.
One commenter also requested
clarification regarding the application of
section 1400Z–2(c) to a disposition of
assets at less than fair market value,
including situations in which the
property sold is government-owned or
low-income housing. If an investment is
held for at least 10 years by a QOF and
a taxpayer makes an election under
section 1400Z–2(c), then the basis of the
investment is equal to fair market value
on the date that the investment is sold
or exchanged. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–
1(b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) applied the basis
adjustment rule in section 1400Z–2(c) to
the disposition of assets by a QOF
partnership. Under general Federal
income tax principles, the fair market
value of property will generally be equal
to the actual sales price of such property
when a buyer and seller are unrelated.
Fair market value under section 1400Z–
2(c) is consistent with these principles.
Therefore, in a disposition of assets of
a QOF to an unrelated party where the
taxpayer makes a valid election under
section 1400Z–2(c), the relevant fair
market value of the assets generally
would be the sale price. In a disposition
of assets to a related party, the fair
market value for purposes of section
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
1400Z–2(c) would be determined with
consideration of the principles of
section 482.
B. Application of Section 1400Z–2(c)
Election to Certain Gain
Commenters asked whether taxpayers
may make an election under section
1400Z–2(c) with respect to section
301(c)(3) gain or section 731 gain on a
qualifying investment. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that an election under
section 1400Z–2(c) should be available
for gain resulting from section 301(c)(3),
section 731(a), section 1059(a)(2), or
section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) on a
qualifying investment because such gain
is treated as gain from the sale or
exchange of property for Federal income
tax purposes.
C. Inclusion Events
As discussed in part III of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c) provided rules regarding various
events that trigger the inclusion of
deferred gain under section 1400Z–2(b)
and proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b).
Commenters requested guidance as to
whether, and to what extent, such
inclusion events, as well as events that
occur after December 31, 2026, also
would cause a qualifying investment to
lose eligibility for the election under
section 1400Z–2(c) and proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1. Specifically,
commenters asked whether an inclusion
event with respect to gain under section
301(c)(3) would preclude an election
under section 1400Z–2(c). See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(8) and related
provisions in proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(9) through (12).
As discussed in part II.A.5 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that an
inclusion event generally would cause a
qualifying investment to lose eligibility
for the election under section 1400Z–
2(c) and § 1.1400Z2(c)–1. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that gain resulting from
section 301(c)(3), section 731(a), section
1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3)
should not preclude a taxpayer from
making a subsequent election under
section 1400Z–2(c) for its qualifying
investment. Therefore, a QOF C
corporation shareholder or QOF S
corporation shareholder is eligible to
make an election under section 1400Z–
2(c) for a qualifying investment
regardless of the extent to which the
shareholder has received distributions
subject to section 301(c)(3), section
1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3)
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1893
with respect to such investment.
Similarly, in the case of inclusion
events under § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iii)
(partnership distributions) and
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(7)(ii) (distributions
by QOF S corporation), the section
1400Z–2(c) election continues to be
available to a partner or S corporation
shareholder, respectively, as long as the
QOF owner continues to hold a
qualifying investment in the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation,
despite the distribution that caused an
inclusion event. The final regulations
have been modified accordingly.
Commenters also recommended that
an ordering rule similar to proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(g)(1)(ii) be applied to
the election under section 1400Z–2(c),
so that such a basis increase would
occur immediately before determining
the results under section 301(c) and
section 1059(a). The final regulations
adopt such a rule.
D. QOF REIT Capital Gain Dividends
Identified With a Date
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1(e) provided
rules for QOF REITs to identify capital
gain dividends with a date so that some
shareholders could elect to receive the
amount of such dividends tax-free
under section 1400Z–2(c). One
commenter recommended that the term
‘‘QOF RIC’’ be added throughout the
final regulations alongside all references
to QOF REITs to ensure that the
regulations apply equally to QOF RICs
and QOF REITs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
understand that a Business
Development Company (BDC) that is a
RIC may qualify as a QOF. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that, if a RIC meets the
qualifications for, and elects to be, a
QOF RIC, that entity and its
shareholders should receive the same
treatment under these regulations as a
QOF REIT and its shareholders. This
change is reflected in the final
regulations. The proportionality rule for
QOF REITs identifying a capital gain
dividend with a date in the May 2019
proposed regulations was proposed
under the authority granted to the
Secretary under section 857(g)(2). The
Treasury Department and the IRS apply
a similar proportionality requirement to
RICs (see Rev. Rul. 89–81, 1989–1 C.B.
226), and thus have maintained the
proportionality rule for both QOF RICs
and QOF REITs identifying capital gain
dividends with a date.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1894
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
E. Special Rules for QOF Partnerships
and QOF S Corporations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1. Section 1400Z–2(c) Election by
Transferee Partnership
The transferee partnership of a
qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership, following a section 721(a)
contribution (including those resulting
from a merger of QOF partnerships),
provided there is no inclusion event, is
eligible to make the section 1400Z–2(c)
election to exclude from gross income
gains and losses from the disposition of
property held by a QOF (other than
gains and losses from the sale of
inventory in the ordinary course of a
business), so long as the 10-year holding
period requirement is satisfied. See
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(1)(ii) (transferee
partnership has a tacked holding
period). The final regulations clarify this
rule and provide reporting requirements
for the transferee partnership in making
the section 1400Z–2(c) election.
2. Basis Adjustment Amount on the Sale
of a Qualifying Investment
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2)(i)
provided that, if a taxpayer sells or
exchanges a qualifying investment in a
QOF partnership that has been held for
at least 10 years, and the taxpayer makes
the election described in section 1400Z–
2(c), the basis of the partnership interest
is adjusted to an amount equal to the
fair market value of the interest,
including debt. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
comments asking for clarification of the
phrase ‘‘including debt’’ in the proposed
rule. Specifically, commenters
requested a rule that more clearly states
that the basis of the partnership interest
is adjusted to an amount equal to the net
fair market value of the QOF
partnership interest plus the partner’s
share of debt. One commenter suggested
that a ‘‘gross fair market value’’ rule
would encourage QOF partnerships to
borrow money and distribute the
proceeds, which could increase debt
within QOZs while reducing cash
amounts held by QOF partnerships,
potentially exacerbating the plight of the
economically distressed communities.
In addition, several commenters asked
for clarification that the fair market
value of the QOF partnership interest
cannot be less than the partner’s
allocable share of non-recourse debt,
consistent with section 7701(g).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that
clarification is needed. Accordingly, the
final regulations clarify that the basis of
the partnership interest is adjusted to an
amount equal to its net fair market
value, plus the partner’s share of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
partnership debt relating to that interest,
so that the partner would recognize no
gain or loss on a sale or exchange of the
qualifying QOF partnership interest
after at least 10 years. The final
regulations also state that the fair market
value cannot be less than the partner’s
allocable share of non-recourse debt. In
addition, the final regulations note that,
in the case of a sale or exchange of
qualifying S corporation shares, the
basis is adjusted to an amount equal to
the fair market value of the shares
immediately prior to the sale or
exchange.
3. Adjustment to Basis of QOF
Partnership Assets on Sale of a
Qualifying Investment
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2)(i)
provided that, if a taxpayer’s basis is
adjusted under section 1400Z–2(c), the
bases of the QOF partnership assets also
are adjusted immediately prior to the
sale or exchange. The adjustment is
calculated in a manner similar to a
section 743(b) adjustment as if the
transferor partner had purchased its
interest in the QOF partnership for an
amount of cash equal to the fair market
value of the partnership interest
immediately prior to the sale or
exchange, assuming that a valid section
754 election had been in place. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments asking for
clarification that (i) the assets of lowertier partnerships also should be adjusted
pursuant to this rule, (ii) no actual
section 754 election is required, and (iii)
generally applicable guidance issued
pursuant to sections 743(b) and 754
applies in this context.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that
clarification is needed. Accordingly, the
final regulations clarify that the
adjustment applies to any partnerships
directly or indirectly owned, solely
through one or more partnerships
(tiered partnerships), by the QOF
partnership, whether or not an actual
section 754 election is in place for any
of the partnerships. Guidance issued
pursuant to sections 743(b) and 754
applies as it would outside of the
context of section 1400Z–2. Further,
because section 1400Z–2(c) is designed
to result in no gain or loss to the
transferor QOF partner, the final
regulations provide that, to the extent
the existing rules of sections 743(b) and
755 operate in a manner that results in
recognition of gain or loss on the
transaction, the basis adjustments are to
be made to the extent necessary to
eliminate any such gain or loss.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4. Sales or Exchanges of Property by
QOF Partnerships and QOF S
Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that, if a QOF partnership or
QOF S corporation disposes of qualified
opportunity zone property after a
taxpayer is treated as holding its
qualifying investment in the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation for 10
years, the taxpayer may make an
election to exclude from gross income
some or all of the capital gain arising
from the disposition. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received
comments requesting that, in addition to
capital gain from the sales of qualified
opportunity zone property by a QOF,
capital gain from the sales of property
by a qualified opportunity zone
business that is held in partnership form
should be eligible for exclusion as long
as the qualifying investment in the QOF
has been held for 10 years. The final
regulations adopt this recommendation
for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations.
Commenters also requested that all
types of gains and losses, including
gains and losses from the sales of
inventory, section 1231 gains and
losses, and depreciation recapture, be
eligible for exclusion under this special
election for QOF partnerships and QOF
S corporations. Other commenters
suggested that the exclusion election
should apply to all gains and losses of
QOF partnerships or QOF S
corporations other than gains and losses
from the sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business. The final
regulations adopt the recommendation
to exclude ordinary course inventory
sales from the exclusion election.
The final regulations set forth two
requirements for the QOF partnership or
QOF S corporation and the taxpayer
when the taxpayer wishes to make an
election to exclude gains and losses
upon sales of assets other than
inventory sold in the ordinary course of
a trade or business by the QOF. First,
the taxpayer must make the election for
each taxable year in which it wishes to
exclude the QOF’s gains and losses from
all sales and exchanges of assets. This
election may be made regardless of
whether the taxpayer has made an
election for any prior taxable year. The
election will apply to all gains and
losses, other than gains and losses from
sales of inventory in the ordinary course
of business, of the QOF partnership or
QOF S corporation for that taxable year,
including any gains and losses from a
lower-tier partnership. The election
must be made by the taxpayer on the
applicable form filed with its Federal
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
tax return for the year in which the sale
or exchange occurs.
The second requirement is designed
to eliminate future section 1400Z–2
benefits attributable to the reinvestment
of proceeds from asset sales for which
gain and loss is not recognized under
section 1400Z–2. Under this provision,
and solely for purposes of determining
the amount of a QOF owner’s qualifying
investment and non-qualifying
investment, the QOF is treated as
distributing to each electing QOF owner
its share of net proceeds from the asset
sales on the last day of the QOF’s tax
year. For a QOF S corporation, such
deemed distributions and
recontributions will have no Federal
income tax consequence other than the
adjustment of the respective values of
qualifying and non-qualifying
investments in a QOF S corporation. For
example, such deemed distributions
will have no impact on an accumulated
adjustments account of a QOF S
corporation, and will not be treated as
a disproportionate distribution of a QOF
S corporation.
For a QOF partner that holds a mixedfunds investment, any distribution will
be allocated to the separate interests of
the QOF partner pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv)(B). This rule
provides that any distribution will be
allocated proportionately between the
qualifying and non-qualifying
investments of the partner. Immediately
after the deemed distribution, the
distributee QOF owner is treated as
recontributing the amount received in
exchange for a non-qualifying
investment.
In determining the post-contribution
qualifying investment and nonqualifying investment of a QOF
partnership, the QOF partnership is
required to value each interest based on
the underlying value of the
partnership’s assets, determined in
accordance with the principles of
§ 1.704–1(b)(2)(iv) at the end of its
taxable year. For this purpose, the
amount of the net proceeds from an
asset sale is equal to the amount
realized from the sale, less any
indebtedness included in the amount
realized that would constitute a
qualified liability under § 1.707–5(a)(6)
if property subject to the debt had been
contributed to a lower-tier partnership.
An actual distribution of sales proceeds
within 90 days of that asset sale will
reduce the amount of the deemed
distribution and deemed recontribution.
In determining the post-contribution
qualifying investment and nonqualifying investment of a QOF S
corporation, the QOF S corporation is
required to value each interest based on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the underlying value of the QOF S
corporation’s assets. For this purpose,
the amount of the net proceeds from an
asset sale is equal to the amount
realized from the sale, less any
indebtedness included in the amount
realized that would constitute a
qualified liability under the principles
of § 1.707–5(a)(6). An actual distribution
of sales proceeds within 90 days of that
asset sale will reduce the amount of the
deemed distribution and deemed
recontribution.
F. Controlled Foreign Corporations
A commenter requested that a United
States shareholder investor in a QOF
that is a controlled foreign corporation
(CFC) organized in a U.S. territory be
permitted to make section 1400Z–2(c)
elections with respect to assets sold by
the CFC, thereby eliminating any
subpart F income or tested income
resulting from these transactions. The
commenter analogized this treatment to
rules in proposed § 1.1400Z2(c)–
1(b)(2)(ii) providing that, in certain
cases, the owners of a QOF partnership
or QOF S corporation can make a
section 1400Z–2(c) election with respect
to their distributive or pro rata shares of
capital gain from the QOF’s disposition
of assets.
However, the rules for income
inclusions with respect to CFCs are not
analogous to those for partnerships or S
corporations. Unlike partnerships and S
corporations, CFCs are not treated as
flow-through entities for purposes of the
Code. Additionally, in contrast with
partnerships and S corporations, only
certain U.S. taxpayer owners of CFCs
(United States shareholders) are
required to have current income
inclusions with respect to CFCs, and
these United States shareholders are
required to currently include in gross
income only certain income earned by
a CFC (for example, subpart F income).
These rules effectuate the policies
underlying the subpart F and global
intangible low-taxed income under
section 951A(a) (GILTI) regimes—to
prevent United States shareholders from
deferring or eliminating U.S. tax on
certain income by earning such income
through CFCs. Such policies generally
are not applicable to partnerships and S
corporations, which generally are
treated as flow-through entities for
purposes of the Code. See H.R. Rep. No.
1447 at 57–58 (1962); S. Rep. No. 1881
at 78–80 (1962); S. Comm. on the
Budget, Reconciliation
Recommendations Pursuant to H. Con.
Res. 71, S. Print No. 115–20, at 370
(2017).
As opaque entities, CFCs are more
analogous to domestic C corporations
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1895
than to partnerships or S corporations
because the income of CFCs and
domestic C corporations may be subject
to U.S. taxation when earned (at the
United States shareholder-level in the
case of a CFC) and also when
distributed as a dividend to U.S.
taxpayer shareholders. This result with
respect to domestic C corporations is
not changed by section 1400Z–2, which
does not permit a shareholder of a
domestic QOF C corporation to make a
section 1400Z–2(c) election with respect
to either the QOF C corporation’s capital
gains from sales of assets or dividends
distributed to such shareholder, unless
section 1059(a)(2) applies to such
dividends. Allowing this benefit for
United States shareholders of QOFs that
are CFCs organized in a U.S. territory
would thus provide an unwarranted
advantage to shareholders of QOF C
corporations organized under the laws
of U.S. territories compared to
shareholders of QOF C corporations
organized under the laws of the 50
states or the District of Columbia. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that there is no statutory or
policy basis for such disparate
treatment. Accordingly, the comment is
not adopted. A comment with respect to
QOFs that are passive foreign
investment companies (within the
meaning of section 1297(a)) is rejected
for similar reasons.
G. Permitting Elections Through
December 31, 2047
The October 2018 proposed
regulations preserved the ability of
taxpayers to make an election under
section 1400Z–2(c) until December 31,
2047. The Treasury Department and the
IRS requested comments on whether
some other period would better align
with taxpayers’ economic interests and
the purposes of the statute, and whether
alternative approaches would be
appropriate. For example, the preamble
to the October 2018 proposed
regulations noted the possibility of
allowing for an automatic basis step-up
immediately before the end of 2047. The
Treasury Department and the IRS will
continue to consider the
appropriateness of such an approach,
including ways to address how best to
value investments in QOFs absent a sale
or exchange between unrelated persons
by December 31, 2047.
V. Comments on and Changes To
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1
Section 1400Z–2(d) sets forth
requirements that an entity classified for
Federal income tax purposes as a
partnership or corporation must satisfy
to qualify as a QOF or as a qualified
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1896
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
opportunity zone business that is
owned, in whole or in part, by one or
more QOFs.
Section 1400Z–2(d)(1) defines a QOF
as a partnership or corporation that (i)
is organized for the purpose of investing
in ‘‘qualified opportunity zone
property’’ (other than another qualified
opportunity fund), and (ii) must hold at
least 90 percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property, determined
by the average of the percentage of
qualified opportunity zone property
held in the entity as measured on two
semiannual testing dates (90-percent
investment standard). Section 1400Z–
2(d)(2) defines the term ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone property’’ to mean
property directly held by a QOF that
consists of (i) stock in a corporation that
is qualified opportunity zone stock, (ii)
partnership interests that are qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests,
or (iii) tangible property that is qualified
opportunity zone business property.
A QOF’s directly held interest in a
partnership or corporation will be
treated as a qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest or qualified
opportunity zone stock, and thus
qualified opportunity zone property, for
purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard if the interest or stock satisfies
the requirements set forth in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B) or (C), as applicable.
First, the QOF must have acquired the
interest or stock from the partnership or
corporation, respectively, solely in
exchange for cash after December 31,
2017. Second, at the time of issuance of
the interest or stock, as well as during
substantially all of the QOF’s holding
period for such interest or stock, the
entity must qualify as a ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone business’’ (or, if newly
formed, must have been organized for
such purpose).
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) provides
that tangible property will be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business
property if the tangible property is used
in a trade or business of the QOF and
satisfies three general requirements.
First, the QOF must have acquired the
tangible property after December 31,
2017 (post–2017 acquired tangible
property) from a person that is not
related (as defined in section 179(d)(2),
and modified by section 1400Z–2(e)(2))
and not a member of the same
controlled group (as defined in section
179(d)(2)(B) and (d)(7)) in a transaction
resulting in the QOF holding the
tangible property with other than a
transferred basis (within the meaning of
section 7701(a)(43)) or with a section
1014 basis (post-2017 acquisition
requirement). Second, the original use
of the post-2017 acquired tangible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
property in the QOZ must begin with
the QOF (original use requirement), or
the QOF must substantially improve the
post–2017 acquired tangible property
(substantial improvement requirement).
Third, during substantially all of the
QOF’s holding period for such post–
2017 acquired tangible property,
substantially all of the use of post–2017
acquired tangible property has been in
a QOZ. Under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), the substantial
improvement requirement is met only if,
during any 30-month period beginning
after the date of acquisition of the post–
2017 acquired tangible property, there
are ‘‘additions to basis with respect to
such property’’ held by the QOF that, in
the aggregate, exceed the adjusted basis
of the post–2017 acquired tangible
property held by the QOF as of the
beginning of that 30-month period.
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A) defines the
term ‘‘qualified opportunity zone
business’’ as a trade or business (other
than an enumerated ‘‘sin business’’
under section 144(c)(6)(B)) that meets
each of the following two requirements.
First, substantially all of the tangible
property owned or leased in connection
with the trade or business must be
qualified opportunity zone business
property. See section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(i). Second, the trade or
business must satisfy the following
requirements provided in paragraphs
(2), (4), and (8) of section 1397C(b): (i)
At least 50 percent of the total gross
income of such entity must be derived
from the active conduct of the trade or
business in the QOZ (50-percent gross
income requirement); (ii) a substantial
portion of the intangible property of
such entity must be used in the active
conduct of the trade or business in the
QOZ; and (iii) less than five percent of
the average of the aggregate unadjusted
bases of the property of such entity must
be attributable to nonqualified financial
property (NQFP and five-percent NQFP
limitation, respectively). See section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1, introduced
in the October 2018 proposed
regulations and expanded in the May
2019 proposed regulations, provided
guidance for applying each of the
provisions of section 1400Z–2(d). In
general, the proposed regulations
addressed (i) QOF self-certification
procedures, (ii) valuation methods for
determining satisfaction of the 90percent investment standard, (iii) how
various types of property can qualify as
qualified opportunity zone property,
including qualified opportunity zone
business property, and (iv) how trades
or businesses can satisfy the
requirements for qualifying as qualified
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
opportunity zone businesses. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
received numerous comments regarding
the proposed rules set forth in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1. The remainder of this
part V discusses those comments in the
order of the rules set forth in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 and describes the
changes in the final regulations in
response to those comments.
A. Certification of an Entity as a QOF
1. Consideration of Revisions to QOF
Self-Certification Requirements
Section 1400Z–2(e)(4)(A) directs the
Treasury Department and the IRS to
prescribe regulations for the
certification of QOFs for purposes of
section 1400Z–2. In order to facilitate
the certification process and minimize
the information collection burden
placed on taxpayers, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(1) generally permits
any taxpayer that is a corporation or
partnership for Federal income tax
purposes to self-certify as a QOF,
provided that the entity is eligible to
self-certify. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(a)(1)(i) permits the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue (Commissioner) to
determine the time, form, and manner of
the self-certification in IRS forms and
instructions or guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
In this regard, the Commissioner has
determined that self-certification must
be reported annually on a timely filed
Form 8996. Form 8996 requires the
taxpayer to certify that, for the first
period during which an entity will
certify as a QOF, the QOF must include
in its organizing documents (1) a
statement of the purpose of investing in
qualified opportunity zone property (as
required by section 1400Z–2(d)(1)) by
the end of the first QOF year, and (2) a
description of the qualified opportunity
zone business that a QOF expects to
engage in, either directly or indirectly
through a lower-tier operating entity.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments regarding
the certification process outlined in the
proposed regulations. Several
commenters requested that the
requirements set forth in Form 8996 be
incorporated into the final regulations.
Other commenters recommended that
the final regulations require individuals
who manage the QOFs (fund managers)
to certify that they have not been
indicted or convicted of fraud,
embezzlement, or theft, similar to
requirements under section 45D of the
Code for the New Markets Tax Credit
program. One commenter recommended
the use of licensing procedures for fund
managers similar to those used in the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Small Business Investment Company
(SBIC) licensure program administered
by the Small Business Administration.
Other commenters recommended that
QOF certification require the QOF to
receive a letter of support from the local
government of the QOZ in which the
QOF will operate.
Several commenters also
recommended that the final regulations
require a taxpayer to identify, at the
time of QOF certification, the QOF’s
intended community development
outcomes and objectives. For example,
one commenter requested that, as part of
the QOF certification process, a QOF
must certify that the QOF will create
quality jobs for low-income individuals,
develop affordable housing, and achieve
other beneficial community outcomes.
To facilitate the ability of a QOF to
make such certification, one commenter
suggested that the final regulations
provide a safe harbor for certification for
a QOF that undergoes an independent,
third-party verification (similar to the
SBIC’s annual third-party impact
assessment) to establish that the QOF
meets the needs of the community, fund
managers, and investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’
recommendations regarding QOF
certification. In developing the
proposed regulations, as well as Form
8996, the Treasury Department and the
IRS intended to strike a balance between
providing taxpayers with a flexible and
efficient process for organizing QOFs,
while ensuring that investments in such
vehicles will be properly directed
toward the economic development of
low-income communities. The
suggested recommendations, while
potentially helpful for directing such
investment and limiting abuse, likely
would present numerous obstacles for
potential QOF investors and ultimately
reduce, rather than increase, the total
amount of investment in low-income
communities. As a result, the final
regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommendations.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS will consider these comments in
the event that additional guidance on
QOF certification is warranted.
2. Consideration of Indian Tribal
Governments and Corporations as
Eligible Entities To Certify as QOFs
Several commenters requested that
Indian tribal governments and
corporations organized under Indian
tribal laws should be included in the
definition of entities eligible to be a
QOF. Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(e)(1)
provided that, if an entity is not
organized in one of the 50 states, the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
District of Columbia, or the U.S.
territories, it is ineligible to be a QOF.
Similarly, proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(e)(2) provided that, if an entity is not
organized in one of the 50 states, the
District of Columbia, or the U.S.
territories, an equity interest in the
entity is neither qualified opportunity
zone stock nor a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that, for purposes of both
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(e)(1) and (2),
an entity ‘‘organized in’’ one of the 50
states includes an entity organized
under the law of a Federally recognized
Indian tribe if the entity’s domicile is
located in one of the 50 states or the
District of Columbia. Such entity
satisfies the requirement in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i) and (C) that
qualified opportunity zone stock be
stock in a domestic corporation, and a
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest be an interest in a domestic
partnership. See section 7701(a)(4)
(defining the term ‘‘domestic’’).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the sovereignty of Indian
tribal governments. However, an entity
eligible to be a QOF must be subject to
Federal income tax, including the
penalty imposed by section 1400Z–
2(f)(1) where a QOF fails to meet the 90percent investment standard, regardless
of the laws under which the entity is
established or organized. No individual
who participated in the Consultation
disagreed with the position that an
entity organized under the law of an
Indian tribal government is eligible to be
a QOF, if the entity’s domicile is located
in one of the 50 states or the District of
Columbia, but that such entity would be
subject to Federal income tax.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department
and IRS affirm these positions and
incorporate a reference to entities
organized under the law of an Indian
tribal government in the definition of
the term ‘‘eligible entity.’’
3. QOF Decertification Rules and
Federal Income Tax Consequences
In the October 2018 proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS announced an intention to
publish additional guidance regarding
QOF decertification. See 83 FR 54283
(September 29, 2018). Comments were
received on this topic, including
comments requesting a mechanism to
permit a QOF to self-decertify, as well
as comments requesting guidance on the
ability of the IRS to decertify a QOF.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have included in the final regulations a
provision to allow a QOF to selfdecertify. This rule specifies that self-
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1897
decertification becomes effective at the
beginning of the month following the
month specified by the taxpayer. The
month specified by the taxpayer must
not be earlier than the month in which
the taxpayer files its self-decertification.
For example, if a QOF wishes to
decertify on May, the earliest date that
the QOF could be decertified would be
June 1st, provided that all applicable
procedures were followed.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are developing additional instructions
regarding QOF self-decertification
including instructions regarding the
time, form, and manner of QOF selfdecertification. Additionally, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to consider the circumstances
under which involuntary decertification
of a QOF would be warranted, and
intend to propose guidance regarding
those circumstances. As noted in part
III.A. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the final
regulations include a rule providing that
the decertification of a QOF, whether
voluntary or involuntary, is an inclusion
event for eligible taxpayers that hold a
qualifying investment in that QOF. See
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(15).
4. Entities That Are Not QOFs During
the First Month of Their Taxable Year
Under proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(a)(2), an entity may become a QOF
during a month that is not the first
month of the QOF’s taxable year.
Several commenters suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
provide additional detail and
clarification regarding this proposed
rule. One commenter suggested that the
final regulations permit QOFs to select
as the QOF’s first six-month period
testing date either (i) the corresponding
day of the month that is six months after
the date of certification, or (ii) the last
day of a month that is not more than six
months after that certification date.
Another commenter requested
confirmation that the term ‘‘month’’
means a period of time between the
same dates in successive calendar
months in order to provide a consistent
measuring period. A commenter also
asserted that the first six-month period
testing date should fall on the last day
of that first six-month period, even if
that period ends later than the end of
the taxable year. The Treasury
Department and the IRS will consider
adding clarifying language to the
Instructions to the Form 8996,
‘‘Qualified Opportunity Fund,’’ to
address these comments.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1898
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
5. Qualification of Existing Entities as
QOFs or Qualified Opportunity Zone
Businesses
Section 1400Z–2(d)(1) provides, in
relevant part, that a QOF is ‘‘any
investment vehicle which is organized
as a corporation or a partnership for the
purpose of investing in qualified
opportunity zone property.’’
Accordingly, the statute does not
indicate whether such partnership or
corporation must be newly formed or
could be a preexisting entity. Likewise,
neither the definition of the term
‘‘qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest’’ nor the definition of the term
‘‘qualified opportunity zone stock’’
explicitly states that the partnership or
corporation may be a preexisting entity.
See section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i), (C).
Several commenters have requested
confirmation as to whether existing
entities could qualify as QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses.
In addition, one commenter inquired as
to whether preexisting entities could
use an adjusted tax basis for valuing
assets purchased before 2018 to improve
the ability for such entities to qualify as
QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have addressed these comments in the
final regulations. The final regulations
confirm that preexisting entities are not
barred from qualifying as QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses.
Like newly formed partnerships and
corporations, however, the final
regulations require preexisting entities
to satisfy all requirements applicable to
QOFs under section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations.
To value assets acquired prior to
2018, the final regulations provide that
preexisting entities must use either (i)
the applicable financial statement
valuation method set forth in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3) of the final
regulations, if the QOF has an
applicable financial statement within
the meaning of § 1.475(a)–4(h) (AFS), or
(ii) the alternative valuation method set
forth in § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(4) of the
final regulations. Under the applicable
financial statement valuation method,
the value of each asset that is owned or
leased by a QOF is the value of that
asset as reported on the QOF’s AFS for
the relevant reporting period (rather
than the adjusted tax basis of the asset).
Under the alternative valuation method
for purchased assets, a QOF must use
the QOF’s unadjusted cost basis of the
asset under section 1012, section 1013
(with regards to inventory), or its fair
market value. See part V.B of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions (providing additional
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
discussion regarding the valuation of
assets for purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard).
6. Clarification Regarding Entities That
May Appraise Property
A commenter requested clarification
regarding which entities may appraise
property required to be valued for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(d),
including for purposes of determining
compliance with the 90-percent
investment standard. The Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
provide additional guidance on
appraisals in the final regulations.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that entities that may
appraise property for valuation
purposes under section 1400Z–2 and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations are the
same entities that may appraise property
for AFS purposes.
B. Valuation of Assets for Purposes of
the 90-Percent Investment Standard
1. Comments Regarding Determination
Dates, Includable Assets, and Safe
Harbors
Section 1400Z–2(d)(1) provides that a
QOF must maintain an average of 90
percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property, measured on
both the last day of the first six-month
period and on the last day of the taxable
year (that is, the 90-percent investment
standard). Section 1400Z–2(f)(1)
provides that, if a QOF fails to maintain
the 90-percent investment standard, the
QOF must pay a penalty for each month
that the QOF fails to meet that standard.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b) provided
that, to meet the requirements of the 90percent investment standard, a QOF
may value its assets on a semiannual
basis using (i) the AFS valuation
method, if the QOF has an AFS, or (ii)
the alternative valuation method.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments regarding
the application of the 90-percent
investment standard. For example, a
commenter requested confirmation that
the 90-percent investment standard is
determined for each year of the QOF’s
existence. Another commenter
suggested that the final regulations
make explicit that the 90-percent
investment standard will be considered
to have been fully satisfied for any year
if the QOF meets the 90-percent
investment standard on at least two
semiannual testing dates. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the
commenters that the proposed rules
should be clarified. As a result, the final
regulations make clear that a QOF may
determine whether the 90-percent
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
investment standard is satisfied by
valuing its assets on the semiannual
testing dates as provided by section
1400Z–2(d)(1).
Several commenters also suggested
that the final regulations provide greater
clarity regarding the assets of a QOF
taken into account for determining
whether the 90-percent investment
standard is satisfied. Commenters
inquired as to whether selling
commissions, offering expenses,
deferred gain, investments in intangible
property, and financial accounting
depreciation are included or excluded
in that valuation calculation. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
confirm that all of a QOF’s assets
cognizable for Federal income tax
purposes are required to be valued on
each semiannual testing date in
determining whether the 90-percent
investment standard is satisfied.
However, mere expenses arising from
organizing a QOF or day-to-day
operations with regard thereto (such as
selling commissions, organization
expenses, offering expenses, and similar
expenses) do not result in any QOF
asset cognizable for Federal income tax
purposes and therefore are not taken
into account to any extent in
determining satisfaction of the 90percent investment standard.
Two commenters suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
should include in the final regulations
a grace period for the QOF’s first year
to meet the 90-percent investment
standard. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that the
statutory text of section 1400Z–2 does
not permit adoption of the commenters’
suggestion, but rather requires that the
90-percent investment standard be met
for each taxable year of the QOF’s
existence. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate this
suggestion.
In addition, a commenter
recommended that, if a qualified
opportunity zone business qualifies on
each relevant testing date, then that
entity should be treated also as
qualifying during the periods between
each relevant testing date. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that if an
entity satisfies all of the requirements of
a qualified opportunity zone business
determined as of the end of the entity’s
taxable year, the entity qualifies as a
qualified opportunity zone business for
the entire taxable year of the entity.
However, a QOF and an entity whose
equity the QOF owns may have different
taxable years, making it difficult to
determine whether the entity qualifies
as a qualified opportunity zone business
of the QOF on a semiannual basis based
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
on the QOF’s taxable year pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(d)(1). Accordingly, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
provided a safe harbor rule for
determining on the two semiannual
testing dates of a QOF whether an entity
is a qualified opportunity zone business
for at least 90 percent of the cumulative
holding period beginning on the first
date the QOF’s self-certification is
effective and the end of the entity’s most
recent taxable year ending on or before
a semiannual testing date of the QOF for
purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard.
Finally, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that, if a QOF operates a
business through an entity that is
transparent for Federal income tax
purposes, the transparent entity is not
treated as a qualified opportunity zone
business in which the QOF has
invested. Such transparent entities
include a qualified subchapter S
subsidiary (as defined in section
1361(b)(3)(B)), a grantor trust, or an
entity disregarded as separate from the
QOF under § 301.7701–3. For Federal
income tax purposes, the assets of the
transparent entity are treated as assets of
the QOF, and therefore are taken into
account for determining whether the
QOF satisfies the 90-percent investment
standard. The 70-percent tangible
property standard for qualified
opportunity zone businesses set forth in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(1)(i) (70-percent
tangible property standard) is not
relevant with respect to the assets
directly held by a transparent entity
owned by a QOF.
2. Ability of a QOF With an AFS To Use
the Alternative Valuation Method
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(2)
provided that a QOF may utilize the
AFS valuation method to value each
asset owned or leased by the QOF for
purposes of determining compliance
with the 90-percent investment
standard. Under the AFS valuation
method, the value of each asset owned
or leased by the QOF equals the value
of that asset as reported on the QOF’s
AFS for the relevant reporting period.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(2)(ii)
clarified that a QOF may select the AFS
valuation to value an asset leased by the
QOF only if the AFS of the QOF (1) is
prepared according to U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP)
and (2) requires an assignment of value
to the lease of the asset.
A commenter recommended that the
final regulations allow a QOF to elect to
use unadjusted cost basis to value
tangible assets (that is, the alternative
valuation method), regardless of
whether the QOF has an AFS. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that the proposed regulations would
accommodate the commenter’s request
without change. Specifically, under the
proposed regulations and these final
regulations, a QOF with an AFS may
use the alternative valuation method.
3. Alternative Valuation Method
a. Valuation of Intangible Assets With a
Tax Basis Not Based on Cost
Under the alternative valuation
method set forth in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3), the value of each
asset that is owned by a QOF is the
QOF’s unadjusted cost basis of the asset
under section 1012 or section 1013
(with regard to inventory). One
commenter considered the application
of the alternative valuation method to
partnership interests with a tax basis not
based on cost. The commenter agreed
that the alternative valuation method
generally provided an appropriate
valuation methodology with regard to
property that has been acquired by
purchase, but questioned whether that
method provided an appropriate means
to value a partnership interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that applying the alternative
valuation method to partnership
interests, as well as other intangible
assets with a tax basis not based on cost,
would be inconsistent with the intent
and purpose of the statute. As a result,
the final regulations reflect the
commenter’s observation and provide
that the alternative valuation method
may be used to value only assets owned
by a QOF that are acquired by purchase
or constructed for fair market value. In
such instances, the QOF’s unadjusted
cost basis of the asset is determined
under section 1012 or section 1013
(with regard to inventory). The final
regulations also provide that the value
of each asset owned by a QOF that is not
purchased or constructed for fair market
value equals the asset’s fair market
value. A QOF determines that fair
market value on the last day of the first
six-month period of the taxable year and
on the last day of the taxable year.
b. Valuation of Assets Leased by a QOF
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3)(iii)(A)
provided that the value of each asset
that is leased by a QOF is equal to the
present value of the leased asset. The
‘‘present value’’ of such leased asset is
(i) equal to the sum of the present values
of each payment under the lease for the
asset, and (ii) calculated at the time at
which the QOF enters into the lease for
the asset. See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(b)(3)(iii)(C)(1), (2). Once calculated,
that present value is used as the value
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1899
for the asset by the QOF for all testing
dates for purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3)(iii)(C)(3). To
determine the present value of the lease
payments, the proposed regulations
provided that the discount rate is the
applicable Federal rate (AFR) under
section 1274(d)(1). See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3)(iii)(B) (present
value determined under section
1274(d)(1) by substituting the term
‘‘lease’’ for ‘‘debt instrument’’). The
final regulations clarify the rules to be
used to determine the AFR for a
particular lease, and provide that the
short-term AFR must be used. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that use of the short-term
AFR will provide a simple and objective
rule for taxpayers and practitioners.
Prior to the publication of the May
2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS received
comments requesting that the final
regulations provide flexibility regarding
the valuation of leases. For example,
one commenter requested that the final
regulations permit QOFs to use a type
of basis other than the basis used for
GAAP (for example, cost basis under
section 1012). This comment was
particularly relevant to Indian tribal
governments, which typically rely upon
leases. Another commenter had
suggested that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses should be
able to elect to use Federal income tax
basis to determine the value of assets for
these purposes. The commenter
reasoned that the value of the operating
lease, as a non-qualifying asset, would
be $0 and would not affect the 90percent investment standard.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the alternative
valuation method for leased assets, as
set forth in proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(b)(3), addresses the concerns raised by
these commenters. In addition, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that no participant of the Consultation
requested additional guidance regarding
these issues. Therefore, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(3) has not been
modified as a result of those comments.
With regard to the 90-percent
investment standard, a commenter
suggested that the Treasury Department
and the IRS consider a valuation
method for leases that are negotiated at
arms-length under section 482. This
valuation method would value the lease
(i) as having a value of $0 regardless of
whether the QOF has an AFS, or (ii) at
the unadjusted cost basis of the lease,
similar to purchased property. Another
commenter requested that the value of
leased property be excluded from the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1900
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
numerator and denominator of the
fraction-based test underlying the 90percent investment standard, while the
value of substantial improvements to
leased property should be included.
Another commenter suggested that
leased property should be valued at the
lease’s fair market value.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the proposed
regulations provided a comprehensive
method to value leased property to
satisfy the 90-percent investment
standard. While the commenters’
recommended rules would provide
value in certain instances, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that such rules would inject significant
complexity into the final regulations
that would outweigh any potential
resulting benefits. As a result, the final
regulations retain the method provided
in the proposed regulations with some
clarifications. For example, the term of
a lease that is being valued for purposes
of the 90-percent investment standard
includes periods during which the
lessee may extend the lease at a predefined rent. The terms of a pre-defined
market rate rent must follow the criteria
set forth under section 482 with a
rebuttable presumption that terms of a
lease between unrelated parties is
market rate.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
4. Option To Disregard Recently
Contributed Property to a QOF for
Purposes of the 90-Percent Investment
Standard
Under proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(b)(4), a QOF may choose to determine
compliance with the 90-percent
investment standard by excluding
certain eligible property from both the
numerator and denominator of the
fraction-based test underlying that
standard. Such excluded amount of
property must satisfy each of the
following criteria: (1) The amount of
contributed property was received by
the QOF partnership or the QOF
corporation solely in exchange for an
interest in the partnership or stock in
the corporation; (2) that contribution or
exchange occurred not more than six
months before the date of the test from
which the amount of property is
excluded; and (3) between the date of
that contribution or exchange and the
date of the underlying asset test, the
amount of property was held
continuously in cash, cash equivalents,
or debt instruments with a term of 18
months or less. Finally, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(4) provided that a
QOF need not be consistent from one
semiannual test to another in whether it
avails itself of this option.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
While commenters largely agreed
with the approach set forth in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(4), many
commenters suggested significant
revisions. For instance, commenters
suggested that the permitted six-month
period (that is, the period between the
date of contribution or exchange and the
testing date) should be extended to a 12month period, starting on the date of the
contribution or exchange, to facilitate
increased investments into beneficial
qualified opportunity zone property.
Another commenter recommended that
the final regulations provide QOFs with
a 31-month period to deploy capital into
a qualified opportunity zone property,
and thereby provide QOFs with a rule
similar to the 31-month working capital
safe harbor (as defined in part V.O of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions) for qualified
opportunity zone businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have considered each of these
recommendations and have concluded
that their adoption would achieve
results inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2. In particular, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the commenters’
recommended rules would permit the
holding of capital for extended periods
of time without deployment into
qualifying investments, and ultimately
into QOZs. A delay of such capital
investment would reduce, rather than
increase, investments in QOZs and
thereby delay the type of economic
growth for which section 1400Z–2 was
enacted to achieve.
One commenter suggested that a QOF
should control, by election, the decision
to disregard recently contributed
property. Under the commenter’s
approach, a QOF could either disregard
the recently contributed property, or
upon an election, include the property
in both the numerator and the
denominator of the fraction-based test
underlying the 90-percent investment
standard. However, if the QOF elects to
disregard the property, the commenter
argued that both the numerator and the
denominator of the fraction-based test
would be zero, resulting in an
undefined mathematical result. In the
alternative, the commenter suggested
that the Treasury Department and the
IRS should treat recently contributed
property as qualified opportunity zone
property only if, and to the extent that,
such property is invested in qualified
opportunity zone property before the
next QOF testing date following that
contribution.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the option to
disregard recently contributed property
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provides a sufficiently expansive rule
set to address the concerns raised by the
commenter, namely that by excluding
recently contributed property from both
the numerator and denominator, the
resulting fraction may be undefined.
The commenter’s solution to allow a
QOF to elect to disregard property,
although potentially helpful to
taxpayers in certain cases, would
significantly increase the complexity of
the mechanics for determining
compliance with the 90-percent
investment standard. Moreover, the
commenter presumes that a QOF would
have no other property to include in the
denominator, which would allow a
mathematically correct result. Further,
the alternative suggested by the
commenter is similar to the proposed
rule and would result in the same
outcome. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenter’s suggestions. Because
several commenters requested flexibility
in timing of investments, the final
regulations provide that a QOF has until
the fifth business day after the
contribution of the property to exchange
such property into cash, cash
equivalents, or debt instruments with a
term of 18 months or less.
In addition, one commenter suggested
that, with regard to periods during
which the previously described
contributed property is disregarded, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
should require that the capital be held
in mission-driven institutions such as
Community Development Financial
Institutions (CDFIs), low-income credit
unions, or minority-owned depository
institutions. While the Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the
policy objectives underlying this
recommendation, section 1400Z–2 does
not provide sufficient authority to
incorporate this recommendation into
the final regulations.
5. Wind-Down Period Safe Harbor for
Applying 90-Percent Investment
Standard to Dissolving QOFs
For purposes of applying the 90percent investment standard, two
commenters requested that the final
regulations provide a wind-down safe
harbor period that would precede the
start of the QOF’s dissolution phase.
The commenters reasoned that during a
QOF wind-down period which the
commenters suggested could last for up
to two years, QOFs would hold larger
amounts of non-qualifying property
because the dissolving QOF typically
would dispose of business assets (that
is, qualified opportunity zone business
property) in exchange for cash or other
non-qualifying property. The
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
commenter contended that the policy
rationale for a wind-down period safe
harbor for QOF dissolutions would
parallel the policy rationale for
proposed safe harbor provisions that
facilitate the development and operation
by QOFs of start-up businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the policy arguments set
forth by the commenter. However, the
final regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s recommendation. In
particular, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that section 1400Z–2 was
enacted to encourage the development
of operating businesses in QOZs and
thereby increase the economic
development of the communities
located in those designated census
tracts. Safe harbors provided by the
proposed and final regulations to
facilitate the success of start-up
businesses in QOZs advances the
achievement of those purposes. A QOF
wind-down safe harbor for purposes of
the 90-percent investment standard,
however, potentially would encourage
the opposite effect–that is, QOF
dissolutions and disinvestment from
QOZs.
C. Consideration of Synthetic Equity as
Qualified Opportunity Zone Stock or
Partnership Interest
Under proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c),
qualified opportunity zone stock and a
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest generally must satisfy three
requirements. First, such stock or
partnership interest must be stock in a
corporation or an interest in a
partnership that is acquired by a QOF
after December 31, 2017 from the
corporation or the partnership solely in
exchange for cash. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(2)(i)(A) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone stock),
(c)(3)(i) (regarding qualified opportunity
zone partnership interests). Second, at
the time of acquisition, the corporation
whose stock was acquired, or the
partnership whose interest was
acquired, must either be a qualified
opportunity zone business, or in the
process of becoming a qualified
opportunity zone business. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(2)(i)(B)
(regarding qualified opportunity zone
stock), (c)(3)(ii) (regarding qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests).
Third, during substantially all of the
QOF’s holding period for the stock or
partnership interest, the corporation or
partnership must qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(2)(i)(C)
(regarding qualified opportunity zone
stock), (c)(3)(iii) (regarding qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments recommending that
the final regulations include in the
definition of the term ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone stock’’ any interest
constituting synthetic equity under
section 409(p)(6)(C) or an employee
stock option plan. The synthetic equity
definitions recommended by the
commenters include an expansive range
of interests, some of which would
require potentially complex rules to
ensure their proper application in the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to consider synthetic equity for
purposes of the definitions of ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone stock’’ and ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest,’’
but have determined that specific rules
to address synthetic equity would add
inappropriate complexity to the final
regulations. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenters’ recommendation.
D. Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Property Purchased by QOF or Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
Under proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(4)(i)(A) and (d)(2)(i)(A), property
that is purchased (as defined in section
179(d)(2)) by a QOF or a qualified
opportunity zone business from an
unrelated party (as defined in section
1400Z–2(e)(2)) qualifies as ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone business property,’’
provided that the property satisfies all
other requirements under section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i).
1. Qualification of Property Constructed
by an Eligible Entity
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments requesting
that the final regulations expand the
definition of the term ‘‘qualified
opportunity zone business property’’ to
include an eligible entity’s selfconstructed property. One commenter
recommended that the final regulations
treat construction costs of such selfconstructed property as part of the
property’s purchase price. To determine
the acquisition date for each testing
period, one commenter suggested that
the final regulations utilize the
approach provided under former section
168(k)(2) and § 1.168(k)–1(b)(4)(iii).
Former section 168(k)(2)E)(i) and
§ 1.168(k)–1(b)(4)(iii) provided that if a
taxpayer manufactures, constructs or
produces property for use in its trade or
business (or for its production of
income), the property will be treated as
acquired when the taxpayer begins
manufacturing, constructing or
producing the property. Under
§ 1.168(k)–1(b)(4)(iii), manufacturing,
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1901
construction or production of the
property begins when physical work of
a significant nature begins. Another
commenter suggested that, if an eligible
entity’s self-constructed property is not
to be included as purchased property, (i)
the incorporation of non-qualifying
property into new construction should
not taint the new property, and (ii) that
new property should be treated as a
separate asset under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that tangible property
is not disqualified from constituting
qualified opportunity zone business
property solely because the property is
manufactured, constructed, or
produced, rather than purchased, by the
eligible entity. However, to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property, such tangible property must
be manufactured, constructed, or
produced by the eligible entity with the
intent to use the property in the trade
or business of the eligible entity in a
QOZ. In addition, the materials and
supplies used for the construction of the
qualified opportunity zone business
property must be qualified opportunity
zone business property. Self-constructed
property must otherwise meet the
requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i).
For purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard and the 70-percent
tangible property standard, an eligible
entity must determine the date on
which such self-constructed property
will be treated as acquired. The
Treasury Department and the IRS agree
with the prior commenter that applying
a standard similar to former section 168
and the regulations thereunder make
logical sense. Thus, the final regulations
provide that, for purposes of the 90percent investment standard and the 70percent tangible property standard, selfconstructed property will be treated as
acquired on the date physical work of a
significant nature begins. Physical work
of a significant nature does not include
preliminary activities such as planning
or designing, securing financing,
exploring or researching, and will
depend on a facts and circumstances
analysis. The final regulations also
provide a safe harbor to determine when
physical work of a significant nature
begins. An eligible entity may choose
the date on which the eligible entity
paid or incurs more than 10 percent of
the total cost of the property, excluding
the cost of any land and preliminary
activities such as planning and
designing, securing financing, exploring
or researching.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1902
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
2. Qualification of Property Contributed
to a QOF
Several commenters suggested that
property contributed to a QOF, and used
in the QOF’s trade or business, should
be treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property. Under section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property, the property must be
purchased from an unrelated party.
Property contributed by an entity to a
QOF, while potentially used in the
QOF’s trade or business, will not be
considered qualified opportunity zone
business property because the QOF has
not purchased, leased, or selfconstructed the contributed property.
Because the commenters’ suggestion
would not be consistent with the text of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), the final
regulations do not adopt it.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
3. Qualification of Property Purchased
Before Statutory Deadline
A commenter asserted that, by
requiring the purchase of property to
have occurred after December 31, 2017,
the proposed regulations will
irrationally exclude owners of property
purchased on or before that date from
the benefits of section 1400Z–2. Another
commenter raised similar concerns, and
requested that the final regulations treat
as qualified opportunity zone business
property otherwise qualifying property
acquired by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business prior to the
publication date of the October 2018
proposed regulations. While the
Treasury Department and the IRS are
sympathetic to the concerns expressed
by these commenters, the text of section
1400Z–2(d) does not provide authority
to allow property purchased on or
before December 31, 2017, to be treated
as qualified opportunity zone business
property.
One commenter requested
confirmation that contractual rights to
real property (including easements, land
leases, timber deeds, agricultural leases,
and water rights) qualify as an
acquisition by purchase, and therefore
could qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property. The Treasury
Department and the IRS acknowledge
the common usage of these types of
arrangements, particularly in rural
industries. While the text of section
1400Z–2 requires qualified opportunity
zone business property to be purchased
or leased, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that contractual rights may
qualify as leases under the rules
discussed in part V.E of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions. If such contractual rights do
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
not meet the requirements of either
purchased or leased property, however,
the final regulations provide that the
contractual rights will not qualify as
qualified opportunity zone property.
4. Qualification of Property Based on
Factors Not Consistent With Section
1400Z–2
For purposes of determining whether
property qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone business property, the
text of section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) sets
forth requirements regarding the
property’s acquisition, location, and
use. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have received comments requesting
that the final regulations provide
exceptions to those statutory
requirements. For example, a
commenter requested that the final
regulations provide rules that focus on
the use of the subject property at the
time the property is acquired, but
exclude any consideration regarding the
location of the property. Similarly,
another commenter suggested that the
final regulations should provide an
exception to allow residents of a QOZ
to treat previously purchased property
as qualified opportunity zone business
property. Commenters also have
suggested that property owned by
residents of a QOZ, as well as land,
should be treated as completely exempt
from the post–2017 acquisition
requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’
recommendations. However, each of
these suggested rules would conflict
with the statutorily imposed
acquisition, location, and use
requirements set forth in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i). As a result, the final
regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommendations.
5. Qualification of Property Purchased
From Related Persons
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(iii) limits
the purchase of qualified opportunity
zone property to purchases from parties
who are not related parties, as that term
is defined in section 1400Z–2(e)(2).
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(A)
and (d)(2)(i)(A) provide that property
must be acquired by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business from a
person that is not related under section
1400Z–2(e)(2). Under that statutory
provision, persons are related to each
other for purposes of section 1400Z–2 if
such persons are described in section
267(b) or 707(b)(1), determined by
substituting ‘‘20 percent’’ for ‘‘50
percent’’ each place the phrase ‘‘50
percent’’ occurs in those sections. See
section 1400Z–2(e)(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received numerous comments
requesting that the final regulations treat
property purchased from a related
person (under section 1400Z–2(e)(2)) as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. To prevent potential abuse
that could arise from such related-party
transactions, one commenter suggested
that the final regulations should require
purchases between related parties to be
negotiated at arm’s length. Other
commenters recommended that the final
regulations allow otherwise qualifying
purchases by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business to be carried
out with (i) businesses or partnerships
that owned property located in a QOZ
prior to the QOZ’s designation, and (ii)
residents of a QOZ prior to such time.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that the text of section 1400Z–2, as
described above, does not permit
property purchased from a related party
to qualify as qualified opportunity zone
property, and therefore decline to adopt
these comments.
Another commenter requested that
the final regulations provide
clarification as to whether any
sponsorship arrangement with a
sponsor, who is a QOF investor, would
establish relatedness included in the
definition of ‘‘related person’’ under
section 1400Z–2(e)(2). The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that (i) specific rules to
address sponsorship agreements would
introduce significant, additional
complexity into the final regulations,
and (ii) the proposed regulations
provide adequate guidance to address
the commenter’s request. As a result, the
final regulations do not incorporate
specific rules to address sponsorship
agreements.
The final regulations, however, have
added rules to address the qualification
of property purchased in certain
‘‘sponsor-like’’ arrangements as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. With regard to these
arrangements, the final regulations
provide that, in the case of real property
that is purchased by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business, if at the time
of the purchase there was a plan, intent,
or expectation for the real property to be
repurchased by the seller of the real
property for an amount of consideration
other than the fair market value of the
real property, the purchased real
property is not qualified opportunity
zone business property. Under this rule,
the ‘‘fair market value of the real
property’’ refers to the fair market value
of that property at the time of the
repurchase by the seller.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
E. Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Property Leased by QOF or Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(B)
and (d)(2)(i)(B) provided that a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
may treat leased tangible property as
qualified opportunity zone business
property for purposes of satisfying the
90-percent investment standard and the
70-percent tangible property standard.
To qualify, the leased tangible property
must satisfy the following two general
requirements: First, analogous to owned
tangible property, leased tangible
property must be acquired under a lease
entered into after December 31, 2017.
Second, and also similar to owned
tangible property, substantially all of the
use of the leased tangible property must
be located within a QOZ during
substantially all of the period for which
the business leases the property.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1. General Comments Requesting
Additional Rules and Clarifications
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments agreeing
with the rules addressing leased
tangible property set forth in the May
2019 proposed regulations. However,
many commenters requested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
further clarify whether certain types of
leased property qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
Similarly, other commenters
recommended that the final regulations
provide additional detailed rules and
examples, and include definitions for
leases, lease-like arrangements, and
licenses for purposes of determining
whether such instruments qualify as
qualified opportunity zone property.
As described further in this part V.E
of the Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have provided
additional details and examples in the
final regulations to respond to the
commenters’ concerns and
recommendations. For example, the
final regulations exempt State and local
governments, as well as Indian tribal
governments, from the market-rate
requirement for leased tangible property
that otherwise must be satisfied to
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property. In addition, the final
regulations provide rules that permit
certain short-term leased property to
lessors located outside of a QOZ to be
counted as qualified opportunity zone
business property for purposes of
satisfying the 70-percent use test. The
final regulations also contain additional
examples to clarify the application of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the rules regarding leased tangible
property.
2. Qualification of Tangible Property
Subject to an Existing Lease
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires
tangible property to be purchased after
December 31, 2017, which the May 2019
proposed regulations followed in
requiring that leased tangible property
be acquired under a lease entered into
after December 31, 2017. One
commenter requested that the final
regulations treat an existing lease of
property the same as a new lease of
property for purposes of determining
whether the property subject to the
existing lease is qualified opportunity
zone business property. The Treasury
Department and the IRS note that the
leased tangible property rules were
included in the May 2019 proposed
regulations to provide parity among
diverse business models (for example,
parity between business models that
utilize purchased tangible property and
those that utilize leased tangible
property). To achieve that parity, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that in general acquisitions
of tangible property by purchase or lease
should be treated consistently. In
addition, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that section 1400Z–2
requires the acquisition of such property
to occur after December 31, 2017.
Therefore, the final regulations confirm
that property subject to an existing lease
will not constitute qualified opportunity
zone business property unless the lease
was entered into on or after December
31, 2017.
3. Requirement That the Terms of Lease
Must Be Market Rate Between Parties
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(4)(i)(B)(2) and (d)(2)(i)(B)(2)
provided that, to qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property, the
terms of a lease must be market rate at
the time at which the lease was entered
into (market-rate lease requirement). For
this purpose, whether a lease is market
rate (that is, whether the terms of the
lease reflect common, arms-length
market pricing in the locale that
includes the QOZ) is determined in
accordance with the regulations under
section 482. This limitation operates to
ensure that all of the terms of the lease
are market rate. The proposed
regulations applied the market-rate lease
requirement to leases between unrelated
parties and related parties.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received multiple comments regarding
the market-rate lease requirement. For
example, many commenters requested
that the final regulations not apply the
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1903
market-rate lease requirement to leases
between unrelated parties. Rather, these
commenters recommended that the final
regulations provide a presumption that
such unrelated-party leases are armslength. The Treasury Department and
the IRS agree with the commenters’
recommendation. Accordingly, the final
regulations provide that there will be a
rebuttable presumption that, with regard
to leases between unrelated parties, the
terms of the lease were market rate (that
is, the lease satisfies the market-rate
lease requirement).
In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS received several comments
requesting that the final regulations
exempt from the market-rate lease
requirement leases between an
unrelated party and a state or local
government. Commenters explained that
such leases are subject to numerous
requirements and other special rules.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters, and have
determined that, based on the same
rationale, Indian tribal governments
likewise should be exempt from the
market-rate lease requirement. As a
result, the final regulations provide that,
for purposes of satisfying the marketrate lease requirement, tangible property
acquired by lease from a state or local
government, or an Indian tribal
government, is not considered tangible
property acquired by lease from a
related party.
Another commenter suggested that
the final regulations replace the marketrate lease requirement with a
requirement that a subject lease must
have reasonable terms. This commenter,
however, acknowledged that a
‘‘reasonableness’’ standard likely would
inject additional uncertainty into the
final regulations. The Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion and agree that a
‘‘reasonableness’’ standard would pose
additional uncertainty for taxpayers in
determining whether the terms of a
subject lease are reasonable. Moreover,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that such a standard would be
too complex to administer. As a result,
the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s suggestion.
4. Plan, Intent, or Expectation of QOF or
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
To Purchase Leased Real Property
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(E)
and (d)(2)(i)(E) provided an anti-abuse
rule to prevent the use of leases to
circumvent the substantial improvement
requirement for purchases by QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses of
real property (other than unimproved
land). If, at the time a QOF or qualified
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1904
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
opportunity zone business enters into a
lease for real property (other than
unimproved land), there was a plan,
intent, or expectation for the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business to
purchase the real property for an
amount of consideration other than the
fair market value of the land (as
determined at the time of the purchase
without regard to any prior lease
payments) the leased real property does
not qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property at any time.
A commenter suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
should consider eliminating from this
anti-abuse rule the reference to a plan,
intent, or expectation to purchase the
leased property. Rather, the commenter
asserted that, even if the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business had
such ‘‘plan, intent, or expectation,’’ the
anti-abuse rule should not be applied if
there were a fixed purchase price
option, consistent with general Federal
income tax principles governing the
distinction between a lease and a sale,
with a strike price not less than a
specified amount of the fair market
value at the time the option is entered
into.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have considered the commenter’s
suggestion and have determined that
such a rule might enable QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses to
circumvent the substantial improvement
requirement because leased property
from an unrelated party is not required
to be substantially improved. Thus, the
final regulations do not reflect this
suggestion.
F. Treatment of Inventory for Purposes
of Determining Substantial Use in QOZ
Under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III),
the term ‘‘qualified opportunity zone
business property’’ refers to tangible
property used in a trade or business of
a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business if, during substantially all of
the holding period of the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business for
such property, substantially all of the
use of such property was in a QOZ.
Prior to the publication of the May 2019
proposed regulations, commenters
inquired how inventory would be
treated for purposes of determining
whether substantially all of the tangible
property is used in the QOZ. To address
those questions, the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided a safe harbor that
inventory would not fail to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property simply because the inventory
is in transit outside the QOZ due to
transport (i) from a vendor to a facility
of the trade or business that is in a QOZ,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
or (ii) from a facility of the trade or
business that is in a QOZ to customers
outside the QOZ (inventory transit safe
harbor). See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(4)(iii) (setting forth the inventory
transit safe harbor).
1. Inventory as Qualified Opportunity
Zone Business Property and Application
of 90-Percent Investment Standard and
70-Percent Tangible Property Standard
As part of the May 2019 proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS requested comments as to
whether inventory, including raw
materials, should be excluded from both
the numerator and denominator of the
fraction used to determine compliance
with the 90-percent investment standard
and the 70-percent tangible property
standard. In response, some commenters
recommended that the final regulations
exclude inventory from the 90-percent
investment standard and the 70-percent
tangible property standard. These
commenters based that recommendation
upon their conclusion that inventory
should never be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property
because such inventory (i) is a transitory
asset, (ii) does not add value to the
QOZ, and (iii) does not meet the
requirements for either the original use
or substantial improvement
requirement. Other commenters agreed
that inventory should be excluded from
the 70-percent tangible property
standard, emphasizing that any
requirement that taxpayers measure
inventory would be significantly
burdensome.
Several additional commenters,
however, recommended that the final
regulations treat inventory, in a limited
manner, as qualified opportunity zone
business property. These commenters
suggested that taxpayers should be
allowed to elect on an annual basis
whether to exclude inventory from the
numerator and denominator for
purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard and the 70-percent tangible
property standard. Another commenter
contended that inventory should be
limited to a certain percentage of total
qualified opportunity zone property,
suggesting that 15 or 20 percent of such
total property would provide a
reasonable maximum.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also received numerous requests that
the final regulations provide additional
detail and clarity regarding the general
application of section 1400Z–2 to
inventory. Like the commenters
described previously, these commenters
noted that the proposed regulations did
not specify whether inventory is
properly includable in the numerator of
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the 70-percent tangible property
standard or the 90-percent investment
standard. These commenters also
highlighted that the proposed
regulations did not clarify whether
inventory must be original use property
or substantially improved property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the concerns raised by
these commenters and agree that
additional rules regarding the treatment
of inventory would be appropriate. As a
result, the final regulations provide that,
for purposes of determining compliance
with the 90-percent investment standard
and the 70-percent tangible property
standard, a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business may choose
to (i) include inventory in both the
numerator and the denominator, or (ii)
exclude inventory entirety from both the
numerator and the denominator. The
final regulations also provide that, once
a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business makes such choice, the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
must apply that choice consistently
with respect to all semiannual tests
during the holding period in which the
QOF, or the qualified opportunity zone
business of the QOF, holds the
inventory. The Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that these
rules will provide appropriate flexibility
for QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses, as well as certainty
regarding the application of the 90percent investment standard and the 70percent tangible property standard.
2. Comments Regarding Application of
90-Percent Investment Standard to
Inventory in Transit
Commenters also expressed concern
that inventory in transit on the last day
of the taxable year of a QOF would be
counted against the QOF when
determining whether the QOF has met
the 90-percent investment standard.
Several commenters recommended that
inventory in transit, either from the
vendor or to the ultimate customer, be
excluded from the numerator and
denominator for purposes of the 90percent investment standard, but should
qualify for the 70-percent use test.
Another commenter suggested that the
location of inventory in transit should
be taken into account in determining
whether the inventory is qualified
opportunity zone business property.
One commenter generally agreed with
the approach of the May 2019 proposed
regulations with regard to inventory in
transit, but requested clarification that
(i) the distance traveled during the
course of the transit, or (ii) the manner
of the transit, does not affect application
of the inventory transit safe harbor. The
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
commenter also requested clarification
as to whether the inventory transit safe
harbor covers instances in which the
inventory is warehoused briefly (that is,
for less than 30 days) in a location
outside of the QOZ while in the process
of transit.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ concerns
regarding the manner by which
transported inventory is treated for
purposes of applying the 90-percent
investment standard. To provide
certainty for QOFs as well as qualified
opportunity zone businesses on this
matter, the final regulations set forth a
rule that provides that (i) the distance
traveled in the course of the transit, and
(ii) the fact that the inventory is briefly
warehoused while in transit, does not
affect the application of the inventory
transit safe harbor. The Treasury
Department and the IRS intend for these
provisions to complement the inventory
transit safe harbor, which the final
regulations adopt in full.
G. Definition of ‘‘Substantially All’’ for
Purposes of Qualified Opportunity Zone
Property and Qualified Opportunity
Zone Business Determinations
The definitions of the terms
‘‘qualified opportunity zone property’’
and ‘‘qualified opportunity zone
business’’ incorporate several
‘‘substantially all’’ requirements. For
example, with regard to (1) qualified
opportunity zone stock, (2) qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests,
and (3) qualified opportunity zone
business property, to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone property, the
corporation or partnership must have
qualified as a qualified opportunity
zone business, and the qualified
opportunity zone business property
must have been used in a QOZ, during
‘‘substantially all’’ of the QOF’s holding
period of such stock, interest, or
business, as appropriate. See section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone stock);
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(C)(iii) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interests); section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) (regarding qualified
opportunity zone businesses). In this
holding period context, the May 2019
proposed regulations defined
‘‘substantially all’’ of a QOF’s holding
period as 90 percent of the total holding
period of the QOF. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(5).
In addition to QOF holding period
requirements, the term ‘‘substantially
all’’ appears in a ‘‘use’’ context.
Specifically, tangible property used in a
trade or business of a QOF or in a
qualified opportunity zone business will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
not qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property unless
‘‘substantially all’’ of the use of such
tangible property was within the
geographic boundaries of a QOZ. See
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III), (3)(A)(i).
In this ‘‘use’’ context, the May 2019
proposed regulations defined
‘‘substantially all’’ of the use of tangible
property in a QOZ by a trade or business
of a QOF, or by a qualified opportunity
zone business, as 70 percent of the total
use of such tangible property. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(6),
(d)(2)(iv).
Lastly, the term ‘‘substantially all’’
appears in the context of the portion of
a business’s tangible property that must
be qualified opportunity zone business
property in order for the business to
qualify as a qualified opportunity zone
business. Specifically, a trade or
business qualifies as a qualified
opportunity zone business only if
(among the satisfaction of other
requirements) ‘‘substantially all’’ of the
tangible property owned or leased by
the taxpayer for the trade or business is
qualified opportunity zone business
property. See section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(i). For this determination of
whether the trade or business owns or
leases a sufficient amount of qualified
opportunity zone business property, the
October 2018 proposed regulations
defined ‘‘substantially all’’ as an amount
equal to 70 percent of the total amount
of tangible property owned or leased by
the trade or business (70-percent
tangible property standard). See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(3).
As discussed in the respective
preambles to the October 2018 and May
2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS provided a
higher threshold in the holding period
context to preserve the integrity of the
statute and ensure that investors focus
their investments within the geographic
borders of QOZs. Therefore, the term
‘‘substantially all,’’ as used in the
holding period context, was defined in
the proposed regulations as 90 percent
of the QOF’s total holding period. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
determined that a percentage threshold
higher than, for example 70 percent,
was warranted because taxpayers can
more easily control and determine the
period for which they hold property. In
addition, given the lower 70-percent
thresholds for testing both the use of
tangible property in the QOZ and the
amount of owned and leased tangible
property of a qualified opportunity zone
business that must be qualified
opportunity zone business property,
applying a 70-percent threshold in the
holding period context could result in
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1905
an unacceptably low percentage of a
qualified opportunity zone business’s
tangible property being used in a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS,
however, recognized that the operations
of certain types of businesses may
extend beyond the census tract
boundaries that define QOZs.
Accordingly, the ‘‘substantially all’’
thresholds provided by the proposed
regulations with regard to required
amounts and use of tangible property
owned or leased by a trade or business
were set to a 70-percent standard. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
determined that a 70-percent standard
would appropriately tie the ability of
investors in QOFs to receive preferential
capital gains treatment to a
consequential amount of tangible
property being used by the underlying
business within a QOZ. Importantly, the
Treasury Department and the IRS also
determined that a 70-percent standard
would provide businesses with an
appropriate degree of flexibility to
conduct their day-to-day operations,
and therefore avoid significantly
distorting or otherwise limiting the
introduction of new businesses and
investment in QOZs.
1. Consideration of Uniform 90-Percent
‘‘Substantially All’’ Standard
Commenters have suggested that the
term ‘‘substantially all’’ should be
interpreted as requiring a 90-percent
standard with regard to each instance in
which the term is used in section
1400Z–2. As described previously, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the policy
considerations underlying each use of
the term ‘‘substantially all’’ are not
uniform, and therefore a uniform
standard would fail to effectuate such
policies in all cases. For example, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
established the 70-percent tangible
property standard and 70-percent use
test to provide ‘‘substantially all’’
requirements for qualified opportunity
zone businesses that, while substantial,
would ensure that a diverse spectrum of
businesses would be able to operate in
QOZs. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS selected a
higher 90-percent threshold regarding
holding periods of QOFs (under the 90percent investment standard) to
encourage long-term direct or indirect
investments in those qualified
opportunity zone businesses. In
addition, due to the compound
application of the 90-percent threshold,
the 70-percent tangible property
standard, and the 70-percent use test,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
sought to ensure that each percentage
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1906
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
requirement, when taken together,
would remain significant.
Another commenter that advocated
for a uniform 90-percent standard
specifically contended that the 70percent use test presented an
inappropriately low threshold to ensure
that acceptable amounts of new
economic activity are introduced in
QOZs. The Treasury Department and
the IRS appreciate the commenter’s
perspective, but have determined that a
70-percent standard achieves an
appropriate balance between providing
proper flexibility to potential investors
in QOZs and limiting the potential for
abuse. A 90-percent use threshold
would pose a much stricter standard
than the proposed 70-percent standard,
and potentially would discourage
investment in QOZs. As a result, the
final regulations retain the 70-percent
use test.
Several commenters recommended
that, solely with regard to real estate
businesses, the final regulations should
adopt a threshold of 90 percent for the
substantially all use test. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that such industry-specific
rules would (i) not be consistent with
section 1400Z–2 or its underlying
policy, and (ii) present administratively
burdensome tracking requirements
under which taxpayers, as well as the
IRS, would need to apply different rules
for different types of businesses. As a
result, the final regulations do not adopt
this recommendation.
2. Clarification Regarding the
Measurement of ‘‘Use’’ for the 70Percent Use Test
Several commenters requested
clarification regarding the scope of the
term ‘‘use’’ under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). Similarly, other
commenters requested that the final
regulations clarify the meaning of the
term ‘‘use’’ with regard to qualified
opportunity zone property located both
inside, and outside the geographic
borders of a QOZ. Taken together,
commenters generally requested easily
applicable metrics for determining
compliance with the 70-percent use test
that are responsive to the practical
realities of businesses that utilize a
range of tangible property in addition to
real estate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that
guidance regarding the meaning and
application of the term ‘‘use’’ would be
significantly helpful to taxpayers. As a
result, the final regulations provide that
tangible property of a trade or business
is counted for purposes of satisfying the
70-percent use test (qualified tangible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
property) to the extent the tangible
property is (1) located within the
geographic borders of a QOZ, and (2) in
connection with the ordinary conduct of
the trade or business, utilized in the
QOZ in the performance of an activity
of the trade or business that contributes
to the generation of gross income for the
trade or business. The final regulations
explicitly provide that this
determination is based upon the amount
of time during which the use of the
subject tangible property meets those
two requirements.
3. Application of 70-Percent Use Test to
Mobile Tangible Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments regarding
the application of the 70-percent use
test to mobile tangible property that a
trade or business might utilize both
inside and outside a QOZ or in multiple
QOZs. Commenters noted that many
trades or businesses rely on delivery
vehicles, construction equipment,
service trucks and other types of mobile
tangible property to generate gross
income. Ordinarily, such trades or
businesses will deploy mobile tangible
property without regard to QOZ
boundaries, at times utilizing the
property inside a QOZ, while at other
times utilizing the property outside of a
QOZ. As a result, these commenters
requested that the final regulations
articulate standards or safe harbors for
determining whether a mobile tangible
property satisfies the 70-percent use test
to qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the concerns raised by these
commenters. To provide standards that
more effectively respond to the day-today customary operation of trades or
businesses, the final regulations set
forth specific rules clarifying the
application of the 70-percent use test to
mobile tangible property. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have drafted
these rules to strike an appropriate
balance between allowing flexibility for
business development and ensuring that
such business development primarily
benefits low-income communities
comprising QOZs.
For example, the final regulations
provide a safe harbor for tangible
property utilized in rendering services
both inside and outside the geographic
borders of a QOZ. Under this safe
harbor, a limited amount of such
tangible property may be excluded from
the general time of use calculation
underlying the 70-percent use test.
Specifically, the safe harbor permits up
to 20 percent of the tangible property of
a trade or business to be treated as
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
satisfying the 70-percent tangible
property standard if the tangible
property is utilized in activities both
inside and outside of the geographic
borders of a QOZ, and if (i) the trade or
business has an office or other fixed
location located within a qualified
opportunity zone (QOZ office), and (ii)
the tangible property is operated by
employees of the trade or business who
regularly use a QOZ office of the trade
or business in the course of carrying out
their duties, and are managed directly,
actively, and substantially on a day-today basis by one or more employees of
the trade or business at a QOZ office. In
addition, in order to qualify for the safe
harbor, the tangible property must not
be operated exclusively outside of the
geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone for a period longer
than 14 consecutive days for the
generation of gross income for the trade
or business.
In addition, the final regulations
provide a similar safe harbor for shortterm leased tangible property. Under
this rule, tangible property leased by a
trade or business located within the
geographic borders of a QOZ to a lessee
that utilizes the tangible property at a
location outside of a QOZ is qualified
tangible property if the following two
requirements are satisfied. First,
consistent with the normal, usual, or
customary conduct of the trade or
business, the tangible property must be
parked or otherwise stored at a location
within a QOZ when the tangible
property is not subject to a lease to a
customer of the trade or business.
Second, the lease duration of the
tangible property (including any
extensions) must not exceed 30
consecutive days. This special leased
tangible property rule, however, is not
subject to a limitation similar to the 20percent limitation with regard to nonleased mobile tangible property due to
the highly mobile nature of tangible
property typically leased to customers
by leasing businesses.
4. Use of Tangible Property in Multiple
QOZs Aggregated for the 70-Percent Use
Test
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received comments recommending
that the final regulations clarify the
manner in which use of tangible
property is measured if such use occurs
in multiple QOZs. To respond to these
comments, the final regulations
specifically provide that, if tangible
property is used in one or more QOZs,
satisfaction of the 70-percent use test is
determined by aggregating the number
of days the tangible property in each
QOZ is utilized. The Treasury
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Department the IRS have determined
that the policy underlying the 70percent use test would be effectuated
through the introduction of new
economic activity into any low-income
community designated as a QOZ,
regardless of specific designation.
A commenter highlighted potential
confusion caused by circular language
in proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(9)(i)(A).
In general, proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(9) described the fraction by which
the 70-percent use test is calculated.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(9)(i)(A)
referred to the value of qualified
opportunity zone business property that
meets the requirements of
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(A)–(C), (E), and
(F). The commenter noted that this
reference results in a circular analysis
because qualified opportunity zone
business property is the item calculated
by the previously described fraction,
and proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(4)(i)(D) sets forth the ‘‘substantially
all’’ test for use in a QOZ. In other
words, the 70-percent use fraction must
be calculated before one can determine
whether property qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenter’s point. The
final regulations set forth a significantly
revised calculation for determining
satisfaction of the 70-percent use test
that does not implicate the issue raised
by the commenter. In addition, the final
regulations clarify that the use of
tangible property in a QOZ is
determined on an asset-by-asset basis.
See part V.G. of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of
Revisions.
5. Application of Holding Period
Requirements Under Section 1400Z–2
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received numerous requests for
clarification regarding the manner by
which QOFs can meet the holding
period requirements under section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) and (d)(2)(C)(iii)
(90-percent qualified opportunity zone
property holding period) and QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses
can meet the holding period
requirement under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) (90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property
holding period). For example, several
commenters suggested that QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses
should test for satisfaction of the two
90-percent holding period requirements
only at the end of their holding period
for the property. One commenter
recommended that the final regulations
provide QOFs with an election to test
for satisfaction of the 90-percent holding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
period requirement based on either (i)
the taxpayer’s actual holding period as
of a testing date, or (ii) the taxpayer’s
projected holding period. See V.B.1. of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that the rules for determining
satisfaction of the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding
period requirement and 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone business
property holding period requirement
should be clarified. Accordingly, the
final regulations provide that the
determination of whether the two 90percent holding period requirements are
satisfied is made on a semiannual basis,
based on the cumulative amount of time
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business has held the property.
Stock or partnership interests will
satisfy the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding
period requirement if during 90-percent
of the QOF’s holding period for the
stock or partnership interest, beginning
on the date that it’s self-certification as
a QOF is effective and ending on the
relevant semiannual testing date, the
corporation or partnership qualified as a
qualified opportunity zone business.
Similarly, tangible property will satisfy
the 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone business property holding period
requirement only if the tangible
property satisfied the 70-percent use test
for at least 90 percent of the period
during which the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business has held
such property. As noted in part V.B.1.
of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the
determination of whether an eligible
entity engaged in a trade or business
qualified as a qualified opportunity
zone business is determined at the end
of the entity’s taxable year but a QOF
has semiannual testing dates on which
it must determine if the entity was a
qualified opportunity zone business for
90 percent of the QOF’s holding period
of the equity of the entity. Because
status as a qualified opportunity zone
business is defined with respect to an
entity’s taxable year, taxpayers may
encounter difficulties when a QOF’s
semiannual testing date falls before the
end of the entity’s taxable year. The
final regulations therefore provide a safe
harbor for purposes of complying with
the 90-percent holding period test.
Under the safe harbor, the QOF may
limit the period tested to the period that
starts with the beginning of the QOF’s
status as a QOF and lasts until the last
day of the entity’s latest taxable year
and ends on or before the relevant
testing date.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1907
To determine whether qualified
opportunity zone business property
meets the statutory holding period
requirements, a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business must
measure the use of the property on a
semiannual basis, on the same testing
dates as the 90-percent investment
standard. (If QOFs with diverse taxable
years invest in the same qualified
opportunity zone business, the business
may have to measure use of the property
semiannually for each investing QOF).
The purposes of section 1400Z–2 and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations are to
provide specified tax benefits to owners
of QOFs to encourage the making of
longer-term investments of new capital,
through QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses, into one or more QOZs
and to increase the economic growth
therein. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that, if the
final regulations were to permit QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses to
use a projected holding period, or to
measure the holding period only at the
end of their holding period in the
property, the previously described
policy goals of section 1400Z–2 would
be compromised. In addition, such
approaches would pose administrative
difficulties for the IRS in administering
holding period requirements in
instances in which a period of
ownership extends beyond the statute of
limitations for assessing the QOF.
6. Consideration of Cure Periods and
Other Relief Regarding Application of
90-Percent Investment Standard
Commenters noted that, under the
proposed regulations, no relief was
available to a QOF that discovered that
the entity in which it invested failed to
qualify as a qualified opportunity zone
business. Several commenters
emphasized that the 90-percent
investment standard posed a high
threshold with severe consequences for
a trade or business that failed to qualify
as a qualified opportunity zone business
for a testing date. As an example, one
commenter described a scenario in
which an entity qualified as a qualified
opportunity zone business during one
year, but failed to satisfy the 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone property
holding period during the next year, and
therefore lost any potential to satisfy the
90-percent qualified opportunity zone
property holding period for that stock or
partnership interest in later years—
regardless of whether the otherwise
compliant trade or business
permanently cured the defect that lead
to the second-year failure. As a result,
commenters recommended various
‘‘grace periods’’ during which an entity
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1908
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
would be treated as a qualified
opportunity zone business even if the
entity failed one or more requirements
under section 1400Z–2.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that entities should be afforded
appropriate relief to cure a defect that
prevents qualification as a qualified
opportunity zone business for purposes
of the 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone property holding period, without
penalty to the investing QOF under
section 1400Z–2(f). Accordingly, the
final regulations provide a six-month
period for an entity in which a QOF has
invested to cure a defect that caused the
entity to fail to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business. The sixmonth cure period corresponds to both
the testing periods for both the qualified
opportunity zone business and the QOF
as required in sections 1400Z–2(d)(1)
and (3). The final regulations provide
that during that six-month cure period,
the QOF can treat the interest held in
the entity as qualified opportunity zone
property. Upon the conclusion of the
six-month cure period, if the entity
again fails to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business, the QOF
must determine if the QOF meets the
90-percent investment standard, taking
into account its ownership in the nonqualifying entity. If the QOF fails to
meet the 90-percent investment
standard, the final regulations provide
that the QOF must determine the
penalty applicable to each month in
which the QOF failed to meet the 90percent investment standard, including
each month during and prior to the sixmonth cure period. The final regulations
specify that a qualified opportunity
zone business can utilize a six-month
cure period only once.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that, in addition to this six-month
cure period, a QOF can assert a defense
of reasonable cause under section
1400Z–2(f)(3) if the QOF becomes
subject to a penalty for failure to satisfy
the 90-percent investment standard.
Specifically, section 1400Z–2(f)(3)
provides that no penalty may be
imposed for failure to meet the 90percent investment standard ‘‘if it is
shown that such failure is due to
reasonable cause.’’ The Treasury
Department and the IRS view this relief
under the statute, as well as the sixmonth cure period provided by the final
regulations, as sufficient relief to
address the commenters’ concerns.
One commenter suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
consider whether the 90-percent
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualified opportunity zone property
holding period should be tolled due to
circumstances beyond the control of the
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business. The Treasury Department and
the IRS note that section 1400Z–2(f)(3)
provides that a QOF can assert a defense
of reasonable cause if the QOF becomes
subject to the penalty for failure to
maintain the 90-percent investment
standard. Based on the existence of this
statutory relief, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that a QOF possesses
appropriate recourse (that is, a
reasonable cause defense) with regard to
circumstances beyond the QOF’s
control.
H. Original Use of Tangible Property
Acquired by Purchase
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) requires
either that the original use of qualified
opportunity zone business property in
the QOZ commences with the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business or
that the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business substantially improve the
property. Similar requirements are also
found in other sections of the Code.
Under the now-repealed statutory
frameworks of both section 1400B
(related to the DC Zone) and section
1400F (related to Renewal
Communities), qualified property for
purposes of those provisions was
required to have its original use in a
zone or to meet the requirements of
substantial improvement as defined
under those provisions. Following the
publication of the October 2018
proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS received
numerous questions and comments on
the meaning of ‘‘original use.’’ Several
commenters requested confirmation as
to whether (i) tangible property could be
previously used property, rather than
solely new property; (ii) property
previously placed in service in the QOZ
for one use, but subsequently placed in
service for a different use by an
acquirer, could qualify as original use;
and (iii) property previously used in the
QOZ could be placed in service in the
same QOZ by an acquiring, unrelated
taxpayer.
After carefully considering the
comments and questions received
regarding the October 2018 proposed
regulations, the May 2019 proposed
regulations generally provided that the
‘‘original use’’ of tangible property
acquired by purchase by any person
commences on the date on which that
person or a prior person (i) first places
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the property in service in the QOZ for
purposes of depreciation or
amortization, or (ii) first uses the
property in the QOZ in a manner that
would allow depreciation or
amortization if that person were the
property’s owner. Therefore, tangible
property located in the QOZ that has
been depreciated or amortized by a
taxpayer other than the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
would not satisfy the original use
requirement of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) under the May 2019
proposed regulations. Conversely,
tangible property, other than land,
located in the QOZ that has not yet been
depreciated or amortized by a taxpayer
other than the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business would satisfy
the original use requirement of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) under those
proposed regulations. The May 2019
proposed regulations also clarified that
used tangible property will satisfy the
original use requirement for a QOZ so
long as the property has not been
previously used in the QOZ (that is, has
not previously been used within that
QOZ in a manner that would have
allowed it to be depreciated or
amortized, by any taxpayer).
1. Reliance on Certificate of Occupancy
for ‘‘Original Use’’ Determination
Several commenters of the May 2019
proposed regulations recommended that
the final regulations permit taxpayers to
rely on certificates of occupancy for
determining whether a property satisfies
the original use requirement. For
example, commenters suggested that, if
a certificate of occupancy has not been
received for property consisting of a
structure, the property has not been
used prior to the issuance of the
certificate and therefore potentially
could satisfy the original use
requirement. Another commenter
requested that the final regulations treat
real property as meeting the original use
requirement if the property receives a
certificate of occupancy following a
certain number of years without a
certificate. Another commenter
suggested that, similar to the rules
under §§ 1.46–3(d)(2), 1.150–2(c), and
1.179–4(e), the final regulations permit
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses to elect to have ‘‘original
use’’ measured from the date on which
(i) the property is placed into service, or
(ii) the certificate of occupancy is
granted under local law.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ objective to
increase certainty regarding ‘‘original
use’’ determinations. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that standards applicable to certificates
of occupancy vary by jurisdiction and
therefore fail to provide a uniform
standard. In addition, the processes for
obtaining a certificate of occupancy vary
significantly based on jurisdiction and
likely would introduce additional
complexity and uncertainty. As a result,
the final regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommendation.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2. Consideration of Treating Acquired
Non-Business Property or Newly
Rezoned Property as ‘‘Original Use’’
Property
Several commenters recommended
that the final regulations clarify that
property previously used for nonbusiness purposes may be treated as
‘‘original use’’ property in a QOZ upon
its acquisition. For support, these
commenters emphasized that such
property would not have been
depreciated or amortized. Similarly, one
commenter requested that the final
regulations provide a special rule that
real property located in an area newly
rezoned pursuant to a local
government’s master plan be treated as
‘‘original use property’’ because the
local government’s rezoning would
fundamentally change the real
property’s use. Other commenters
contended that no previously used
property in a QOZ should qualify as
satisfying the original use requirement
regardless of whether, for example, the
property had been depreciated or
amortized.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have considered each of the arguments
set forth by the commenters and have
concluded that acquired property
previously used in a QOZ does not
satisfy the original use requirement. A
rule treating historically used property
in a QOZ as ‘‘original use’’ property
because such property’s prior use was
nonbusiness in nature or classified
differently under a local government’s
master plan would fail to sufficiently
encourage the introduction of new
capital investments into QOZs.
Accordingly, the final regulations retain
the rules set forth in the proposed
regulations that a property’s ‘‘original
use’’ commences on the date on which
the property is first (i) placed into
service in the QOZ and is depreciated
or amortized, or (ii) used in a manner
that would allow depreciation or
amortization.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
3. Consideration of Safe Harbor Based
on Belief That Property Was Not Placed
Into Service
One commenter requested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
provide a safe harbor to treat property
acquired by a taxpayer as satisfying the
original use requirement if the taxpayer
believed that the property had not yet
been placed into service. The
commenter contended that, if such
taxpayer held that belief, the acquired
property should be treated as ‘‘original
use’’ property even if the taxpayer
subsequently discovers that the property
actually had been placed in service
shortly before its acquisition. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt this comment because
the purposes of section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations are to
provide specified tax benefits to owners
of QOFs to encourage the making of
longer-term investments, through QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses, of new capital in one or
more QOZs and to increase the
economic growth of such QOZs. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the commenter’s
recommended safe harbor would not
help achieve those goals.
4. Consideration of Newly Constructed
Buildings Acquired Prior To Being
Placed Into Service
A commenter requested clarification
regarding whether a building that is
newly constructed and sold to a
purchaser meets the original use
requirement with respect to the
purchaser. The commenter noted that
potential QOF investors intend to invest
in QOZs by acquiring newly constructed
buildings for their trades or businesses
that, prior to acquisition, have not been
placed into service for purposes of
depreciation. In such circumstances, the
commenter noted that potential QOF
investors have expressed uncertainty
regarding the application of the original
use requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenter’s concern and
have determined that such newly
constructed buildings satisfy the
original use requirement. The
construction of new buildings in
economically disadvantaged
communities, which are acquired for the
purpose of introducing new businesses
into such communities, clearly achieves
the policy goals underlying section
1400Z–2 and should be encouraged.
Accordingly, the final regulations
provide an example that provides
certainty with regard to the acquisition
of such newly constructed buildings.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1909
5. Qualification of Demolished Property,
Overwhelmingly Improved Property,
and Property Improvements as ‘‘Original
Use’’ Property
One commenter requested that the
final regulations provide that an
improvement made to non-qualified
property used in a QOZ satisfies the
original use requirement. The
commenter reasoned that such
treatment would be appropriate
because, under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, improvements made by a
lessee to leased property are treated as
separate property for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) and
therefore as satisfying the original use
requirement. The Treasury Department
and the IRS appreciate the argument
raised by the commenter, but have
determined that the administrative
burdens that would arise for taxpayers
and the IRS from tracking improvements
made to such non-qualified property
would significantly exceed those arising
from the tracking of lessee
improvements. As a result, the final
regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s recommendation.
A commenter also requested that the
final regulations treat tangible property
that has not been purchased, but has
been overwhelmingly improved, as
‘‘original use’’ property. Section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires that property
must be acquired after December 31,
2017 to qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property. While a QOZ
would benefit from the overwhelming
improvement of currently owned
property located within the QOZ, such
improvement does not satisfy the
statutory requirement set forth in
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I).
Therefore, the final regulations do not
incorporate the commenter’s
recommendation.
Another commenter requested that
the Treasury Department and the IRS
confirm that newly constructed real
property, or substantially improved
property, that otherwise meets the
requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D), will not fail to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property solely because the property is
constructed upon leased land. The
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that land, including leased land, does
not need to be substantially improved
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii).
Cf. § 1400Z2(d)–1(c)(7)(iv)(B) and
(d)(4)(iv)(B). Accordingly, if property
otherwise qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone business property, the
fact that the property is constructed on
leased land will not disqualify the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1910
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
property from being treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
6. Treatment of Property That Qualifies
for Certain Low-Income Housing Credits
A commenter requested that the final
regulations address the application of
credits provided under section 42(a) of
the Code for investment in certain lowincome housing buildings (section 42
credits). Specifically, the commenter
requested that the final regulations
provide that a property that qualifies for
section 42 credits be treated as
satisfying the original use requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to consider the combining of
other tax incentives (including credits)
with the benefits provided by section
1400Z–2. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenter’s request.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
7. Application of Original Use
Requirement to Leased Tangible
Property
A commenter recommended that the
final regulations require that leased
tangible property located in a QOZ be (i)
originally used in the QOZ, and (ii)
substantially improved. The Treasury
Department and the IRS note that, under
the proposed regulations, improvements
made by a lessee to leased property
satisfy the original use requirement and
are considered purchased property to
the extent of the unadjusted cost basis
of those improvements (as under section
1012). However, the proposed
regulations do not set forth any
requirement that leased property be
substantially improved. After
considering the commenter’s analysis,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that a rule requiring
both original use and substantial
improvement with regard to leased
tangible property would be inconsistent
with section 1400Z–2 and unnecessary.
8. Vacancy Period for Original Use
Requirement
In the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
proposed that, where a building or other
structure has been vacant for at least
five years prior to being purchased by a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business, the purchased building or
structure will satisfy the original use
requirement. Specifically, the May 2019
proposed regulations provided that, if
property has been unused or vacant for
an uninterrupted period of at least five
years, original use in the QOZ
commences on the date after that period
when any person first so uses or places
the property in service in the QOZ. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(B)(6),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(c)(7)(i), (d)(2)(i)(B)(6). The Treasury
Department and the IRS requested
comments regarding that proposed
approach, including the length of the
vacancy period and how such a
standard might be administered and
enforced.
a. Duration of Vacancy Period Required
To Satisfy Original Use Requirement
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments regarding
the five-year vacancy requirement set
forth in the May 2019 proposed
regulations. While some commenters
expressed approval, others contended
that a five-year vacancy period would be
inappropriately long. Commenters also
recommended vacancy periods in
excess of five years, contending that any
shorter vacancy period would increase
the number of vacant properties exempt
from the substantial improvement
requirement, and therefore decrease the
overall magnitude of property
development in QOZs. One commenter
requested that the final regulations
include, in addition to a five-year
vacancy requirement, safeguards to
reduce the incentive for taxpayers to
vacate buildings for tax benefits.
In particular, several commenters
suggested that the final regulations
provide a vacancy period threshold
similar to the threshold provided in
§ 1.1394–1(h), which requires a vacancy
period of ‘‘at least one-year.’’ See
§ 1.1394–1(h) (setting forth an original
use requirement for purposes of
qualified zone property under section
1397D, with regard to the issuance of
enterprise zone facility bonds under
section 1394). However, numerous
commenters disagreed with that
approach, contending that the vacancy
period required under § 1.1394–1(h)
responds to a different policy objective
than the section 1400Z–2 policy
objective of increasing new economic
development in QOZs. These
commenters also contended that a oneyear vacancy period would constitute an
unacceptably weak standard that
potentially would encourage owners of
property in QOZs to attempt to
artificially satisfy the vacancy
requirement by ceasing occupation of a
property for one year.
Commenters also recommended rules
consisting of multiple vacancy periods
to accommodate different types of
situations involving vacant buildings.
For example, a commenter
recommended that the final regulations
require (i) a vacancy period spanning
not less than two years, or (ii) a five-year
vacancy period, if less than 25 percent
of the rentable square footage of the
subject property is rented or occupied.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Another commenter, while expressing
general approval regarding the five-year
vacancy period requirement, suggested
that properties already vacant for at
least one year at the time of QOZ
designation should qualify as vacant.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ suggestions
and recommendations, and have
modified the proposed five-year
vacancy requirement to better effectuate
the policy of section 1400Z–2.
Accordingly, the final regulations
provide a special one-year vacancy
requirement for property that was
vacant prior to and on the date of
publication of the QOZ designation
notice that listed the designation of the
QOZ in which the property is located,
and through the date on which the
property was purchased by an eligible
entity. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that a shorter
vacancy period for property vacant at
the time of their QOZ designation is
appropriate because (i) such buildings
do not present the same potential for
abuse (for example, causing a building
to be vacant for one year to convert the
building to ‘‘original use’’ property), and
(ii) the infusion of capital investments
into vacant property that contributed to
the QOZ’s designation would achieve a
core policy objective of section 1400Z–
2.
With respect to property not vacant as
of the time of such QOZ designation
notice but that later become vacant, the
final regulations require the property to
be vacant continuously for at least three
years. The Treasury Department and the
IRS agree that a one-year vacancy
requirement similar to that imposed
under § 1.1394–1(h) would spur capital
investment into needed areas. However,
a three-year vacancy period for property
that was not vacant at the time of QOZ
designation will more effectively
facilitate such investment while
alleviating concerns that QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses
would intentionally cease occupying
property to convert otherwise used
property into ‘‘original use’’ property.
b. Buildings Located on Brownfield
Sites Qualify as ‘‘Original Use’’ Property
The Department of the Treasury and
the IRS have received several comments
regarding the application of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations to brownfield site
redevelopment. A ‘‘brownfield site’’
comprises ‘‘real property, the
expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of
which may be complicated by the
presence or potential presence of a
hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant.’’ Comprehensive
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980, section
101(39) (42 U.S.C. 9601(39)). The
Environmental Protection Agency has
defined these sites as ‘‘abandoned, idled
or under-used industrial and
commercial facilities where expansion
or redevelopment is complicated by real
or perceived environmental
contamination.’’ 60 FR 49276
(September 22, 1995). Cleaning up and
reinvesting in these properties increases
local tax bases, facilitates job growth,
utilizes existing infrastructure, takes
development pressures off of
undeveloped, open land, and both
improves and protects the environment.
Commenters have recommended that
the final regulations contain rules to
facilitate brownfield redevelopment,
particularly rules to provide that the
real property composing the brownfield
site be treated as ‘‘original’’ use property
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
One commenter contended that, because
of the degree of contamination present
in brownfield sites, remediation and
construction periods for these properties
generally extend beyond 30 months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with this observation, and have
included rules in the final regulations to
adopt the commenters’
recommendation. Specifically, the final
regulations provide that all real property
composing a brownfield site, including
land and structures located thereon, will
be treated as satisfying the original use
requirement of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). To alleviate concerns
that the property purchased will not be
remediated, the final regulations also
provide that the eligible entity must
make investments in the brownfield site
to ensure that the site meets basic safety
standards for human health and the
environment. The final regulations also
make clear that remediation of
contaminated land is taken into account
for determining if the land has been
more than minimally improved, and
that the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business must make investments
into the brownfield site to improve its
safety and environmental standards.
c. Clarification of the Term ‘‘Vacant’’ for
Purposes of Applying the Vacant
Property Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received multiple suggestions to clarify
the meaning of the term ‘‘vacant’’. One
commenter suggested that the definition
of the term should be modified to add
the phrase ‘‘substantially unused or
substantially vacant.’’ For this purpose,
the commenter recommended that the
term ‘‘substantially vacant’’ be defined
to require that greater than 70 percent of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the square footage of the subject
building be unoccupied.
In addition, commenters suggested
that the final regulations define the term
‘‘vacant’’ in a manner similar to the term
under § 1.1394–1(h). Accordingly, these
commenters requested that the final
regulations include a provision
disregarding de minimis, incidental
uses of property. See § 1.1394–1(h)
(providing that ‘‘de minimis incidental
uses of property, such as renting the
side of a building for a billboard, are
disregarded’’). Another commenter
suggested that the definition of ‘‘vacant’’
be revised to allow for clearly
delineated portions of a larger property
to be treated as vacant after five years
of uninterrupted vacancy, even if the
rest of the larger property had not been
unoccupied.
One commenter also suggested that
property that had involuntarily
transferred to local government control
be included in the definition of the term
‘‘vacant.’’ This commenter emphasized
that local governments often acquire
brownfield sites and other blighted
properties through tax delinquency,
abandonment, bankruptcy, and other
similar events. As a result, many local
governments hold large inventories of
vacant properties with varying histories
of use. The commenter contended that
a bright-line treatment of such
properties as ‘‘vacant’’ for purposes of
the original use requirement will
eliminate burdens regarding the
determination of historical use and,
importantly, expedite capital
investment in properties located in
distressed communities.
Several commenters suggested that
the final regulations set forth a vacancy
definition that relies upon vacant
property determinations carried out by
Federal, state, and local governmental
authorities (including, for example, a
local government waiver process to
demonstrate vacancy). Commenters also
suggested that a vacancy definition
similarly could rely upon vacant
property determinations by public
utilities. In addition, some commenters
contended that a vacancy definition
should take into account a spectrum of
factors, including the structure of the
subject property and the length of time
during which the property’s structure
had been significantly damaged or
otherwise decrepit.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that the final regulations should
provide a definition for the term
‘‘vacant’’ for purposes of § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1. Under the final regulations, real
property, including land and buildings,
is considered to be in a state of vacancy
if the property is ‘‘significantly
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1911
unused.’’ A building or land will be
considered to be ‘‘significantly unused’’
under the final regulations if more than
80 percent of the building or land, as
measured by the square footage of
useable space, is not being used.
In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS appreciate that a bright-line
test for ‘‘vacancy’’ would facilitate the
ability for local governments to increase
capital investment in underused
property and increase economic activity
in their respective communities. As a
result, the final regulations provide that
an eligible entity that purchases real
property from a local government that
the local government holds as the result
of an involuntary transfer (including
through abandonment, bankruptcy,
foreclosure, or receivership) may treat
all property composing the real property
(including the land and structures
thereon) as satisfying the original use
requirement of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
d. Requests To Require All Vacant
Buildings To Be Substantially Improved
Multiple commenters recommended
that the final regulations provide that no
building, regardless of occupancy, be
treated as satisfying the original use
requirement. One commenter also
suggested that the final regulations (i)
require all vacant buildings to be
substantially improved, and (ii) not
permit such buildings to be treated as
originally used in a QOZ by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’
recommendations and suggestions, and
agree that the improvement of all
buildings acquired by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone businesses
would significantly benefit the QOZs in
which such buildings are located.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that, by
permitting certain buildings to satisfy
the original use requirement, the final
regulations will encourage a larger
aggregate amount of long-term
investments in economically distressed
communities nationwide.
I. Substantial Improvement of Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business Property
1. Consideration of Asset-by-Asset
Approach and Alternative Approaches
In the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
requested comments regarding the
relative strengths and weakness of
determining ‘‘substantial improvement’’
based on an asset-by-asset approach, as
compared to asset aggregation and
similar approaches. See 84 FR 18655
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1912
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(May 1, 2019). Taxpayers and
practitioners have provided numerous
responses, several of which articulated
examples of difficulty in applying an
asset-by-asset approach—particularly
within the context of building
renovation.
Many of these commenters requested
that the final regulations adopt an
aggregate approach to determining
‘‘substantial improvement,’’ or
otherwise permit taxpayers to elect such
an approach. Similarly, other
commenters requested that the final
regulations permit asset aggregation
based on (i) asset location within a
QOZ, or (ii) whether the assets were
acquired as part of the same transaction
or business decision. In contrast, a
commenter suggested that the final
regulations adopt an approach similar to
the ‘‘integrated unit approach’’ of
§ 1.1250–1(a)(2)(ii). See § 1.1250–
1(a)(2)(ii) (providing for example that,
‘‘if two or more buildings or structures
on a single tract or parcel (or contiguous
tracts or parcels) of land are operated as
an integrated unit (as evidenced by their
actual operation, management,
financing, and accounting), they may be
treated as a single item of section 1250
property’’).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also received several recommendations
to retain the asset-by-asset approach set
forth in the May 2019 proposed
regulations. Commenters that made
these suggestions generally argued that
‘‘substantially all’’ determinations based
on an asset aggregation approach would
encourage businesses to target
investments narrowly in rigidly defined
areas, thereby preventing a broader
disbursement of capital investment.
Such commenters also emphasized that,
by requiring the basis of each discrete
asset to be doubled in value, the
proposed regulations will ensure a
minimum level of investment for each
qualified asset. Because the asset-byasset approach of the May 2019
proposed regulations prohibits a
taxpayer from using any excess capital
investment in a qualified asset to satisfy
the ‘‘doubling of basis’’ requirement for
a different asset, commenters noted that
the total capital investments by a
taxpayer often will exceed a doubling of
the aggregate basis of all of the
taxpayer’s qualified assets.
Based on the strengths and
weaknesses of each of these various
approaches, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have concluded that
permitting asset aggregation to a limited
extent is appropriate for carrying out
‘‘substantial improvement’’
determinations. Accordingly, for
example, the final regulations set forth
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
an asset aggregation approach for
determining whether a non-original use
asset (such as a preexisting building)
has been substantially improved. Under
the approach adopted by the final
regulations, QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses can take
into account purchased original use
assets that otherwise would qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property if the purchased assets (i) are
used in the same trade or business in
the QOZ (or a contiguous QOZ) for
which the non-original use asset is used,
and (ii) improve the functionality of the
non-original use assets in the same QOZ
(or a contiguous QOZ). In the case of
purchased non-original use real
property, the final regulations require
that the purchased property must be
improved by more than an insubstantial
amount. Finally, if an eligible entity
chooses to use this approach, the
purchased property will not be treated
as original use property, and instead,
the basis of that purchased property will
be taken into account in determining
whether the additions to the basis of the
non-original use property satisfy the
requirements of sections 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii).
For example, if a QOF purchases and
intends to substantially improve a hotel,
the QOF may include ‘‘original use’’
purchased assets in the basis of the
purchased hotel to meet the substantial
improvement requirement if those
purchased assets are integrally linked to
the functionality of the hotel business.
These ‘‘original use’’ purchased assets
could include mattresses, linens,
furniture, electronic equipment, or any
other tangible property. However, for
purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement, the QOF
may not include in the basis of that
hotel an apartment building purchased
by the QOF that is operated in a trade
or business separate from the hotel
business.
2. Aggregation of Certain Buildings To
Be Treated as Single Property
The final regulations also provide
that, for purposes of applying the
substantial improvement requirement,
certain buildings can be aggregated and
treated as a single item of property, as
that term is used in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) (single property).
Specifically, with respect to two or more
buildings located within a QOZ or a
single series of contiguous QOZs
(eligible building group) that are treated
as a single property, the amount of basis
required to be added to those buildings
will equal the total amount of basis
calculated by adding the basis of each
such building comprising the single
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
property and additions to the basis of
each building comprising the single
property are aggregated to determine
satisfaction of the substantial
improvement requirement.
To clarify which buildings may be
treated as a single property, the final
regulations address eligible building
groups located entirely within a parcel
of land described in a single deed, as
well as groups spanning contiguous
parcels of land described in separate
deeds. First, a QOF or QOZ business
may treat all buildings that compose an
eligible building group and that are
located entirely within the geographic
borders of a parcel of land described in
a single deed as a single property. In
addition, a QOF or QOZ business may
treat all buildings composing an eligible
building group that are located entirely
within the geographic borders of
contiguous parcels of land described in
separate deeds as a single property to
the extent each building is operated as
part of one or more trades or businesses
that meet the following three
requirements: (1) The buildings must be
operated exclusively by the QOF or by
the qualified opportunity zone business;
(2) the buildings must share facilities or
share significant centralized business
elements, such as personnel,
accounting, legal, manufacturing,
purchasing, human resources, or
information technology resources; and
(3) the buildings must be operated in
coordination with, or reliance upon, one
or more of the trades or businesses (for
example, supply chain
interdependencies or mixed-use
facilities).
3. Inclusion of Substantial Improvement
Requirement on Form 8996
A commenter recommended that the
Form 8996 be revised to incorporate the
substantial improvement requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenter’s suggestion
and will consider this recommendation
during the annual review of Form 8996.
4. Items Includable in Basis of Property
for Substantial Improvement
Requirement
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received multiple comments requesting
that the final regulations clarify what
items are includable in a property’s
basis for purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement. These
commenters emphasized that, while
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii) requires a
QOF or a qualified opportunity zone
business to make additions to the basis
of a subject property that exceed an
amount equal to the initial adjusted
basis of that property within a 30-month
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
period, the statute does not specify what
items are properly includable in that
basis. Several of the commenters
recommended safe harbors and other
simplifying rules to limit complexity
and increase taxpayer certainty
regarding the application of the
substantial improvement requirement.
a. Consideration of Safe Harbor for
‘‘Value Add’’ Real Estate Projects
One commenter recommended that
the final regulations include a safe
harbor for ‘‘value-add’’ real estate
projects, which ordinarily entail
significant renovation or redevelopment
of a real property to significantly
increase the price-point of the property.
The commenter asserted that a property
renovated through a value-add project
should be treated as automatically
satisfying the substantial improvement
requirement due to the significant
magnitude of the project. The
commenter reasoned that, because a
value-add project results in a
transformative modification to the QOZ
property, the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business should be
relieved from undertaking a granular
analysis and confirmation of project
costs for purposes of satisfying the
substantial improvement requirement.
The commenter also requested that the
final regulations express a general
policy that the IRS will not challenge a
decision by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business to capitalize
expenses into basis.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that the commenter’s
recommendation would facilitate the
conduct of value-add projects in QOZs.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have concluded that value-add
projects are similar to other types of
property renovation projects for which
no special safe harbor is provided. As a
result, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that no special safe
harbor is warranted for value-add
projects in QOZs, and the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenter’s recommendation.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
b. Clarification Regarding Property
Previously Placed in Service
A commenter requested that the final
regulations confirm that additions to
basis of property for purposes of the
substantial improvement requirement
do not include property previously
placed in service. Under section 1400Z–
2, and as reflected in the proposed
regulations, property already placed in
service can meet the substantial
improvement requirement if the
property was not placed in service by
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the QOF. Therefore, the final regulations
do not adopt the commenter’s request.
c. Calculation of Basis by Reference to
Pre-Depreciation Adjusted Cost Basis
A commenter requested that, for
purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement, the final
regulations permit a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business to calculate
the basis of the subject property by
reference to the property’s predepreciation adjusted cost basis.
Similarly, another commenter suggested
that the term ‘‘adjusted basis’’ be
defined as cost under section 1012. In
addition, a commenter requested that
the final regulations confirm that
depreciation is not taken into account in
determining if a property satisfies the
substantial improvement requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
disagree with the suggestion that, for
determining compliance with the
substantial improvement requirement,
taxpayers must use section 1012 cost
basis for determining the adjusted basis
of the property. Section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) provides that adjusted
basis, not cost basis under section 1012,
is the appropriate standard to determine
if property has been substantially
improved during the 30-month
substantial improvement period.
Therefore, the final regulations provide
that, property has been substantially
improved when the additions to basis of
the property in the hands of the QOF
exceed an amount equal to the adjusted
basis of such property at the beginning
of such 30-month substantial
improvement period in the hands of the
QOF. The basis, and any additions
thereto, are measured on the testing
dates set forth in section 1400Z–2(d)(1).
See part V.O.1.d of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of
Revisions.
d. Effect of Certain Improvements on
Requirements for Qualified Opportunity
Zone Business Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments regarding the effect
of certain improvements on the
qualification of tangible property as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. For example, a commenter
suggested that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses should be
permitted to treat tangible property
purchased before December 31, 2017 as
qualified opportunity zone business
property if the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business substantially
improves the tangible property after that
date. In addition, several commenters
requested that the final regulations
provide that costs resulting from the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1913
creation of intangibles, as well as other
research and development costs, count
for purposes of satisfying the
Substantial Improvement Requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the text of section
1400Z–2 does not permit adoption of
these suggestions. First, section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires that tangible
property be acquired after December 31,
2017 to qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property. In addition,
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) requires
that substantially improved property
must be tangible property based on the
reference in that provision to section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i). Accordingly, the
final regulations do not incorporate the
commenters’ recommendations.
5. Clarification of Activities and
Expenses That Count as Substantial
Improvements
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments
requesting clarification as to whether
certain activities and expenses count as
substantial improvements for purposes
of the substantial improvement
requirement. In particular, commenters
requested clarification as to whether
‘‘substantial improvements’’ to property
include (i) equipment installed in a
building and used in a trade or business,
(ii) demolition costs, (iii) reasonable
capitalized fees for development, (iv)
required permits, (v) necessary
infrastructure, (vi) brownfield site
assessment and remediation, (vii)
professional fees, and (viii) necessary
site preparation costs (including
remediation and utility upgrades).
These commenters also requested that
the final regulations provide additional
rules to address the applicability of
these items with regard to the
substantial improvement requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that the text of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) provides that any cost
added to the basis of a property
improved during the 30-month
improvement period will be included in
determining satisfaction of the
substantial improvement requirement.
As a result, each activity or expense
described by the commenter will be
included in such determination if the
cost adds to the basis of the subject
property. In addition, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that
certain expenses with regard to tangible
property (such as ‘‘betterment’’
expenses under § 1.263(a)–3(j)(1)(i)) are
included in the calculation of basis of
that property for purposes of the
substantial improvement requirement,
even if those expenses are properly
chargeable under the Code to the basis
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1914
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
of the land on which the property is
located (which does not need to be
doubled). As a result, the final
regulations permit all capitalized costs
with respect to the cost of residential
rental property to be taken into account
for determining satisfaction of the
substantial improvement requirement.
6. Requests for Extensions and Safe
Harbors Regarding 30-Month
Substantial Improvement Period
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments
regarding the 30-month substantial
improvement period set forth in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii), which provides the
period during which a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business can improve
acquired tangible property to satisfy the
substantial improvement requirement.
In particular, many commenters
recommended that the final regulations
extend this period to a period not
exceeding 60 months in the event that
(i) the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business encounters a delay not
within the entity’s control, (ii) the land
on which the property rests requires
significant preparation or remediation,
or (iii) the scale of the project
appropriately requires such extended
period. Another commenter suggested
that the final regulations provide a
phase-based safe harbor, similar to that
set forth in § 1.148–7(e)(1), that would
allow a taxpayer to satisfy the
substantial improvement requirement if
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business expended (i) at least 10 percent
of the total invested funds within 8
months, (ii) at least 50 percent of the
total funds within 16 months, (iii) at
least 75 percent of the total funds within
24 months, and (iv) 100 percent of the
total funds within 30 months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that the commenters’ suggestions
conflict with the statutory text of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii). That provision
explicitly requires that (i) improvements
be made to tangible property during the
30-month period beginning after the
date of acquisition of such property, and
(ii) the measurement for ‘‘substantial
improvement’’ be based on additions to
the basis of the subject tangible
property, rather than the percentage of
expended funds. As a result, the final
regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommended extensions
or safe harbors.
7. Safe Harbor for 90-Percent Investment
Standard During 30-Month Substantial
Improvement Period
One commenter suggested that a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
should be deemed to have met the 90-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
percent investment standard throughout
the 30-month substantial improvement
period. The Treasury Department and
the IRS appreciate the commenter’s
recommendation and have revised the
final regulations to address, in large
part, the commenter’s concern. The final
regulations provide that, during the 30month substantial improvement period,
eligible tangible property in the process
of being improved but not yet placed
into service or used in the trade or
business of the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business is treated as
satisfying the original use requirement
and substantial improvement
requirement. For property to be eligible
for this safe harbor, there must be a
reasonable expectation that, not later
than the conclusion of the 30-month
substantial improvement period, the
property will be used in a QOZ as part
of the trade or business of the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business, as
appropriate. The Treasury Department
and the IRS, however, note that a QOF’s
satisfaction of the 90-percent investment
standard will be measured with regard
to all of the QOF’s qualified opportunity
zone property, not just the property
being substantially improved.
8. Clarification Regarding Interaction
With Substantial Rehabilitation Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received a request that the final
regulations clarify the interaction
between the substantial improvement
requirement and the substantial
rehabilitation rules under section 42.
See section 42(e)(3) (setting forth a
minimum expenditure threshold that
must be satisfied for rehabilitation
expenditures to be considered sufficient
to constitute a rehabilitation project
eligible for a section 42 credit). The
commenter recommended that, with
regard to projects carried out in
conjunction with section 42 credits, the
30-month substantial improvement
period should be subject to the rules for
substantial rehabilitation under section
42(e). The Treasury Department and the
IRS continue to consider the interaction
of rules governing other tax incentives
(including credits) with section 1400Z–
2 and the regulations under section
1400Z–2. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate the
commenter’s request.
9. Qualification of Land Used for
Agriculture or Renewable Energy
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received multiple comments regarding
the qualification of land used for
agriculture or renewable energy as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. To ease difficulties in
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
determining qualification, one
commenter suggested that the final
regulations include an option to permit
the use of specific metrics to calculate
the increase of economic activity on
unimproved land used for agriculture
(for example, specific metrics to
calculate increased economic activity
that arises from a conversion of
agricultural property from pasture to
row crops). The commenter stated that
such clarification would be useful for
farmers. Another commenter
recommended that the final regulations
treat land used in agricultural activities
the same as other tangible business
property. Similarly, a commenter
requested that the final regulations
provide a safe harbor to alleviate
difficulties in determining satisfaction
of the substantial improvement
requirement with regard to farming and
biofuel businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that complex and factspecific questions can arise when
applying qualified opportunity zone
business requirements to agricultural
and renewable energy businesses.
However, such complexities result in
large part from the flexibility that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
intended to instill in those requirements
to facilitate the inclusion of diverse
ranges of businesses in QOZs. To
preserve that flexibility, and reduce
additional complexity that would result
from business-specific rules and
exceptions, the final regulations do not
incorporate the commenters’
suggestions.
10. Application of Substantial
Improvement Requirement to Land and
Buildings Located Thereon
As provided in Rev. Rul. 2018–29,
2018 I.R.B 45, and the May 2019
proposed regulations, if land that is
within a QOZ is acquired by purchase
in accordance with section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), the requirement under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) that the
original use of tangible property in the
QOZ commence with a QOF is not
applicable to the land, whether the land
is improved or unimproved. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(8)(ii)(B),
(d)(4)(ii)(B). Likewise, unimproved land
located within a QOZ and acquired by
purchase in accordance with section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) is not required to
be substantially improved within the
meaning of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(D)(ii). The
May 2019 proposed regulations,
however, provided that a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
may not rely on these rules if the land
is unimproved or minimally improved
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
and the QOF or the qualified
opportunity zone business purchases
the land with an expectation, an
intention, or a view not to improve the
land by more than an insubstantial
amount within 30 months after the date
of purchase (insubstantial improvement
exception). See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(f).
a. General Applicability of Substantial
Improvement Requirement to Land
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received numerous comments regarding
the proposed application of the
substantial improvement requirement to
land. While commenters expressed
general approval regarding this
proposed approach, several commenters
disagreed or otherwise suggested
revisions or clarifications. For example,
multiple commenters requested that the
final regulations clarify that
unimproved land is treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
Another commenter requested
clarification as to whether land held in
conjunction with substantially
improved property could be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business
property even if the land was not
acquired through a capital contribution
or substantially improved. With regard
to these requests for clarification, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that land does not need to meet the
original use requirement or the
substantial improvement requirement to
be treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property. However, land must
meet all other relevant requirements
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations.
In addition, commenters
recommended that the final regulations
subject unimproved land to the
substantial improvement requirement to
ensure that the land will be used
productively to encourage economic
growth in the QOZ in which it is
located. The Treasury Department and
the IRS acknowledge the commenters’
recommendations and agree that an
integral policy of section 1400Z–2 is to
encourage the making of longer-term
investments of new capital into QOZs to
enhance economic growth and
development. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
appreciate that ‘‘land is a crucial
business asset for numerous types of
operating trades or businesses aside
from real estate development, and the
degree to which it is necessary or useful
for taxpayers seeking to grow their
businesses to improve the land that
their businesses depend on will vary
greatly by region, industry, and
particular business.’’ 84 FR 18652,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
18655 (May 1, 2019). Therefore, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that the imposition of a
substantial improvement requirement
on all types of trades or businesses for
land used in such trades or businesses
‘‘may encourage noneconomic, taxmotivated business decisions, or
otherwise effectively prevent many
businesses from benefitting under the
opportunity zone provisions’’ and
‘‘would inject a significant degree of
additional complexity’’ into the final
regulations. Id.
b. Eligibility of Naturally Occurring
Structures for Substantial Improvement
A commenter requested that the final
regulations clarify that naturally
occurring structures are eligible for
substantial improvement (including any
preservation expenses incurred). The
commenter contended that the
substantial improvement requirement
should be determined based on the
aggregate expenditure made to improve
such natural structures. In addition, the
commenter requested that, with regard
to trades or businesses in which the
value of the land substantially exceeds
any building thereon, the rationale of
Rev. Rul. 2018–29 should apply without
regard to the value of buildings
constructed on the land relative to the
value of the land (i) provided that the
buildings were substantially improved,
and (ii) taking into account
improvements to natural structures on
the land. The commenter also noted that
‘‘naturally occurring structures’’ should
include vegetation (including trees and
other plants) and water sources
(including ponds and wetlands).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenter’s request for
clarity, but note that the proposed
regulations did not subject land to the
substantial improvement requirement.
As provided in the October 2018
proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that ‘‘an absence of a
requirement to increase the basis of land
itself would address many of the
comments that taxpayers have made
regarding the need to facilitate
repurposing vacant or otherwise
unutilized land.’’ 83 FR 54279 (October
29, 2018). However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the
commenter that expenditures to
improve land and any naturally
occurring structures located thereon can
be taken into account for purposes of
the requirement that land be improved
by more than an insubstantial amount
under the final regulations.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1915
c. Application of Substantial
Improvement Requirement to Land
Expected To Be Only Insubstantially
Improved
As described previously, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(f) prohibits a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business, in
certain instances, from relying on rules
that except land from the substantial
improvement requirement. Specifically,
such exception does not apply if (i) the
subject land is unimproved or
minimally improved, and (ii) the QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
purchased the land with an expectation
not to improve the land by more than
an insubstantial amount (insubstantial
improvement exception). See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(f). This rule helps
ensure that the QOZ in which such land
is located receives an appropriate
amount of capital investment from QOF
investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments and
recommendations regarding the
proposed insubstantial improvement
exception. For example, one commenter
recommended that the final regulations
adopt a two-part test, which would
require that (i) the subject land be used
as a material income-producing factor in
the section 162 trade or business
conducted by the purchaser, and (ii) the
use of the land be in a different trade or
business than the use in the hands of
the seller, or the purchaser make more
than insubstantial improvements to the
land. Another commenter requested
clarification that the insubstantial
improvement exception be revised to
permit improvements to be completed
after the 30-month substantial
improvement period. In addition, a
commenter requested that the final
regulations provide that capital
investments of at least 20 percent of the
total cost basis of the subject land made
within a 30-month period beginning on
the acquisition date be deemed to have
improved the land by more than an
insubstantial amount.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that the commenters’
recommendations would provide
additional flexibility for investors that
acquire unimproved land located within
a QOZ. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the commenters’
suggested rules likely would reduce
overall capital investments in lowincome communities by either (i)
introducing significant additional
complexity into the final regulations, or
(ii) relaxing the timing requirements for
capital investment for an inappropriate
duration. As a result, the final
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1916
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
regulations do not adopt the
commenters’ recommendations.
Commenters also recommended that
the final regulations limit the
application of the insubstantial
improvement exception solely to land
the value of which is small in relation
to the value of the structures on the
land. One commenter argued that, with
regard to a circumstance in which the
value of the subject land on which a
structure is located significantly exceeds
the value of the structure, substantially
improving only the structure should not
be considered a genuine economic
investment in the real property as an
aggregate. Similarly, multiple
commenters requested that the final
regulations provide additional detail for
determining the amount of capital
improvement necessary to exceed an
‘‘insubstantial amount’’, including
percentage thresholds that would
provide a clear amount that needs to be
improved. Such threshold amounts
ranged from 20 percent to 33 percent.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the logic of comparing the
value of the land to the value of any
structures on the land when considering
the proposed insubstantial improvement
exception for land. However, a rule that
makes a distinction between high-value
land and low-value land properties
would disadvantage investors who
planned to make investments in QOZs
with higher land value relative to the
existing structures on that land. A
disproportionate relationship between
land value and structure value may exist
for a variety of reasons, many of which
do not warrant separate treatment.
Moreover, a rule that includes the basis
of land in the substantial improvement
calculation could make development
prohibitively expensive for some QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not distinguish between
real property with high or low value
land in relation to the structures built
upon that land in the application of the
exception to substantial improvement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses should improve land by
more than an insubstantial amount. The
Treasury Department and the IRS,
however, decline to assign a specific
percentage threshold to the concept of
insubstantial improvement because an
appropriate amount of improvement for
a particular parcel of land is a highly
fact dependent inquiry. Instead, the
Treasury Department and the IRS will
regard improvements to the land, such
as an irrigation system for a farming
business or grading of the land with a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
sufficient nexus to a trade or business of
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business, as more than an insubstantial
amount of improvement. Further, the
Treasury Department and the IRS view
this requirement that land be more than
insubstantially improved as clarifying
the overall requirement that land be
qualified opportunity zone business
property. Thus, the proposed rule
concerning the qualification of land as
qualified opportunity zone business
property is moved from § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(f) to the special rules concerning land
and improvements on land in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–2(b)(4)(iv)(C).
d. Severability of Land From Buildings
for Purposes of Applying the Substantial
Improvement Requirement
A commenter requested that land on
which an existing building is located,
and which is not substantially
improved, be severable from the existing
building for purposes of applying the
substantial improvement requirement.
Specifically, the commenter
recommended that such land should be
treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property, if (i) the QOF or the
qualified opportunity zone business
uses or improves the land as part of its
trade or business, and (ii) the land
otherwise meets the tests for being
qualified opportunity zone business
property.
However, as noted above, the
proposed regulations did not subject
land to the substantial improvement
requirement. Instead, the land to which
the commenter refers would qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property if all other requirements set
forth in section 1400Z–2 and the section
1400Z–2 regulations are satisfied
(including the insubstantial
improvement exception). For these
reasons, as well as the rationale for the
insubstantial improvement exception
described in part V.J.10.c of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the final regulations do not
adopt the commenter’s
recommendation.
11. Speculative Land Purchasing
Several commenters requested that
the final regulations provide more
stringent rules to prevent the acquisition
of land for speculative investment, as
well as increased substantial
improvement standards with regard to
land. These commenters also requested
that the final regulations clarify that
land does not need to be improved more
than an insubstantial amount if (i) the
use of the land is integral to the
business, and (ii) the land is reasonably
expected to generate economic activity
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that was not reasonably expected prior
to its purchase. Other commenters
requested that land have a minimum
level of improvement to be considered
qualified opportunity zone business
property. One commenter suggested that
land should be improved by 33 percent
of its basis. Another suggested that land
that is not improved should not count
as qualified opportunity zone business
property if the value of the land does
not exceed a certain threshold
percentage of the QOF’s assets.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ concerns
regarding speculative land purchasing.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that a brightline standard would be inappropriately
restrictive because the determination of
whether such land would qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property would require consideration of
all relevant facts and circumstances. See
additional discussion at VII.B of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not adopt additional
rules for speculative land purchasing.
J. Transactions Between Qualified
Opportunity Zone Businesses
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(10)(i)(A)
generally provided that the acquisition
of a QOF corporation’s assets in a
qualifying section 381 transaction is not
an inclusion event if the acquiring
corporation is a QOF within a
prescribed period of time after the
acquisition. See parts III.C and III.D of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions. In turn,
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(1) and (2)
provided that the holding period for the
target QOF stock is ‘‘tacked’’ onto the
holding period of the acquiring QOF
stock, and any qualified opportunity
zone property transferred by the
transferor QOF to the acquiring QOF in
the transaction does not lose its status
as qualified opportunity zone property
solely as a result of the transfer. In
addition, proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(ii)(C) provided that a merger or
consolidation of a partnership holding a
qualifying investment, or of a
partnership that holds an interest in
such partnership solely through one or
more partnerships, with another
partnership in a transaction to which
section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an
inclusion event, to the extent section
721 applies. See part III.E.1.b of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions.
As one commenter observed,
however, the proposed regulations did
not expressly address the merger of a
qualified opportunity zone business
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
corporation with another qualified
opportunity zone business corporation,
or the merger of a qualified opportunity
zone business partnership with another
qualified opportunity zone business
partnership. Thus, it is unclear whether
the successor business would be treated
as succeeding to the target business’s
original use of, and substantial
improvements to, qualified opportunity
zone business property for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D), and whether
the QOF’s stock or partnership interest
in the successor business would be
treated as acquired ‘‘solely in exchange
for cash’’ for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(B) and (C). The commenter
recommended that, after a merger of
qualified opportunity zone businesses,
the original use and substantial
improvement status of the target’s
property should continue, and the
QOF’s interest in the successor business
should be considered to have been
acquired solely in exchange for cash.
Another commenter recommended more
generally that, when QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses transact in
qualified assets among themselves,
those assets should retain their status as
qualified assets, and the transferee QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
should be afforded a new working
capital safe harbor of up to 31 months
to the extent the transferee intends to
inject additional capital with respect to
the transferred property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that, if a qualified opportunity
zone business that is a corporation
engages in a transaction described in
section 381(a)(2) with another qualified
opportunity zone business, or if a
qualified opportunity zone business that
is a partnership engages in a transaction
described in section 708(b)(2)(A) with
another qualified opportunity zone
business, the original use and
substantial improvement status of the
transferor business’s property should
continue, and the QOF’s interest in the
successor business should be
considered to have been acquired solely
in exchange for cash. The final
regulations have been modified
accordingly. See §§ 1.1502–14Z and
1.1504–3 for special rules applicable to
consolidated groups.
However, the Treasury Department
and the IRS do not agree that a
successor qualified opportunity zone
business or a successor QOF should be
afforded a new 31-month working
capital safe harbor because such a rule
would be patently inconsistent with
treating the entity as a ‘‘successor’’ for
other purposes, such as original use.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also do not agree that a qualified asset
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
should retain its status as such if it is
transferred from one QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business to another
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business in a transaction not described
in section 381(a)(2) or section
708(b)(2)(A) because the transferee in
such transactions is not a ‘‘successor’’ to
the transferor.
K. Operation of Section 1397C
Requirements Incorporated by Reference
1. 50-Percent Gross Income Requirement
Section 1397C(b) sets forth eight
requirements that a corporation or
partnership must satisfy to qualify as a
‘‘qualified business entity’’ and
therefore an ‘‘enterprise zone business.’’
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A), which
describes the requirements that a trade
or business must satisfy to qualify as a
‘‘qualified opportunity zone business,’’
incorporates paragraphs (2), (4), and (8)
of section 1397C(b)(2). See section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii). With regard to
gross income, section 1397C(b)(2)
requires that ‘‘at least 50 percent of the
total gross income of such entity is
derived from the active conduct of such
business.’’
The Treasury Department and the IRS
interpret section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii)’s
incorporation of section 1397C(b)(2) to
require that a corporation or
partnership, in order to qualify as a
qualified opportunity zone business,
must derive at least 50 percent of its
total gross income from the active
conduct of a trade or business within
‘‘a’’ QOZ (50-percent gross income
requirement). In response to
commenters’ requests for clarification,
the May 2019 proposed regulations
provided three safe harbors and a factsand-circumstances test for determining
whether a trade or business in a QOZ
has generated sufficient income to
satisfy the 50-percent gross income
requirement. The Treasury Department
and the IRS requested comments
regarding those proposed safe harbors,
including suggestions for additional safe
harbors and revisions to the proposed
rules to prevent abuse.
a. Satisfaction of 50-Percent Gross
Income Requirement Through Activities
in Multiple QOZs
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received comments requesting
clarification that a trade or business can
satisfy the 50-percent gross income
requirement by aggregating activities
carried out by the trade or business in
multiple QOZs. Specifically,
commenters emphasized that the
proposed regulations, in numerous
instances, referenced a trade or business
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1917
‘‘within the QOZ’’ rather than ‘‘within
a QOZ.’’ These commenters asserted
that the use of the word ‘‘the’’ could be
interpreted as requiring that 50 percent
of the total gross income from a trade or
business (as well as a startup business
relying on an applicable safe harbor) be
derived from activities carried out solely
within a single QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
did not interpret the 50-percent gross
income requirement as requiring a trade
or business to carry out all activities
necessary to satisfy the requirement in
only one QOZ. Give the purpose of
section 1400Z–2 to encourage economic
growth in all QOZs, the Treasury
Department and the IRS intended
taxpayers and practitioners to apply the
50-percent gross income requirement by
aggregating all activities of a trade or
business carried out among all QOZs in
which the trade or business operates. As
a result, the final regulations have been
revised to clarify that intended
interpretation.
b. Requirement That Activities of Trade
or Business Be Carried Out in a QOZ
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also received comments suggesting that
the 50-percent gross income
requirement does not require a qualified
opportunity zone business to generate
50 percent of its total gross income from
the active conduct of its business ‘‘in a
qualified opportunity zone.’’ As stated
in the preamble of the May 2019
proposed regulations, the phrase ‘‘such
business’’ in section 1397C(b)(2) refers
to a business mentioned in the
preceding sentence, which discusses ‘‘a
qualified business within an
empowerment zone.’’ See 84 FR 18652,
18658 (May 1, 2019). In applying
section 1397C to section 1400Z–2,
references in section 1397C to ‘‘an
empowerment zone’’ are treated as
referring to a QOZ. See id. Therefore,
the final regulations do not adopt this
comment, but rather provide that the
corporation or partnership must derive
at least 50 percent of its total gross
income from the active conduct of a
business within a QOZ.
2. Services Performed in a QOZ Based
on Hours and Amounts Paid for
Services
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that, if at least 50 percent of
the services performed for the trade or
business are performed in a QOZ, based
on (i) total number of hours performed
by employees and independent
contractors and employees of
independent contractors in a QOZ
(hours performed test), or (ii) amounts
paid to employees and independent
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1918
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
contractors and employees of
independent contractors in a QOZ
(amounts paid test), then the trade or
business is deemed to satisfy the 50percent gross income requirement. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(5)(i)(A)
(setting forth the hours performed test),
(d)(5)(i)(B) (setting forth the amounts
paid test). As provided in the preamble
to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the hours performed test is intended to
address businesses located in a QOZ
that primarily provide services. See 84
FR 18652, 18658 (May 1, 2019). In
addition, the preamble explained that
the amounts paid test is based upon
amounts paid by the trade or business
for services performed in the QOZ
during the taxable year by employees
and independent contractors, and
employees of independent contractors.
See id.
a. Calculations and Recordkeeping for
Hours Performed and Amounts Paid
Tests
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments requesting
clarification on how to calculate and
track ‘‘hours worked’’ and ‘‘amounts
paid’’ for purposes of the hours
performed test and the amounts paid
test. For example, some commenters
highlighted difficulties in distinguishing
employees from independent
contractors. In particular, a commenter
asked whether a trade or business is
required to include hours worked by, or
payments made to, third-party
accountants, lawyers, or investment
bankers in determining whether those
safe harbors have been met.
Commenters also criticized the
inclusion of independent contractors
and employees of independent
contractors, as unreasonable for the
hours performed test and amounts paid
test because newer businesses, which
may be unable to hire full time
employees, might not be able to require
independent contractors to work
primarily in QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ requests
and suggestions. With regard to
determining satisfaction of the hours
performed test and amounts paid test, a
majority of the services performed
(measured by hours worked or amounts
paid) must be provided by employees
and independent contractors, and
employees of independent contractors,
in a QOZ for the trade or business.
These calculations do not take into
account hours worked by, or amounts
paid to, independent contractors and
their employees for services that are not
performed for the qualified opportunity
zone business.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
With regard to recordkeeping, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that taxpayers and
practitioners should be afforded
flexibility rather than be encumbered by
rigid tracking requirements. However,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
expect qualified opportunity zone
businesses to maintain adequate records
and implement sound processes to track
hours worked by and amounts paid to
employees, independent contractors,
and employees of independent
contractors for purposes of the hours
performed and amounts paid tests.
Further, the classification of an
employee as opposed to an independent
contractor must be determined based
upon all relevant facts and
circumstances under the applicable
common law standard and all relevant
provisions of the Code and general
principles of tax law.
b. Clarification Regarding Services
Provided by Partners in a Partnership
Commenters requested that the final
regulations clarify that hours worked by,
and amounts paid to, partners in a
partnership that provide services to the
partnership’s trade or business count
towards satisfying the hours performed
test and amounts paid test. In particular,
these commenters emphasized that such
partners constitute neither employees
nor independent contractors of the
subject trade or business. As a result,
the commenters noted that such hours
worked, and amounts paid, were not
specifically covered by either safe
harbor.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that hours worked by, and
amounts paid to, partners in a
partnership for services provided to the
partnership’s trade or business should
be taken in account for the hours
performed and amounts paid tests.
Therefore, the final regulations adopt
the commenter’s suggestion. In order to
ensure that amounts paid to partners are
for services provided to the trade or
business of the partnership, the final
regulations provide that guaranteed
payments for services (within the
meaning of section 707(c)) to a partner
are the only amounts that will be taken
into account for the amounts paid test.
c. Clarification Regarding Services
Provided by Partners in a Partnership
Some commenters criticized the hours
performed test and amounts paid test
based on the commenters’ view that
neither test is sufficiently stringent.
These commenters encouraged the
Treasury Department and the IRS to
combine all three safe harbors into one
conjunctive, three-prong approach to
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provide a better measure of overall
business activity occurring within a
QOZ. Commenters also requested that
the operative threshold be raised from
50 percent of hours worked and
amounts paid to 75 percent to ensure
that the residents of the QOZ
sufficiently benefit from the economic
activity created by the QOF
investments.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the policy concerns
underlying the commenters’
recommendations. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the hours performed
test and amounts paid test strike an
appropriate balance between (i)
ensuring economic activity is created in
a QOZ (that is, by requiring that at least
half of the services performed,
determined by hours or amounts paid,
be performed in a QOZ), and (ii)
providing operating businesses with
appropriate flexibility to expand and
provide services outside of a QOZ.
Therefore, the final regulations do not
adopt these comments.
3. Clarification Regarding the
Application of the Business Functions
Test
In addition to the hours performed
test and the amounts paid test, the May
2019 proposed regulations provided a
‘‘business functions test.’’ Under that
test, a trade or business satisfies the 50percent gross income requirement if
each of (i) the tangible property of the
trade or business located in a QOZ, and
(ii) the management or operational
functions performed in the QOZ, are
necessary for the generation of at least
50 percent of the gross income of the
trade or business (business functions
test). See proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(d)(5)(i)(C) (setting forth the business
functions test). The May 2019 proposed
regulations requested comments on the
business functions test. See 84 FR
18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019).
In response, the Treasury Department
and the IRS received several comments
requesting that the final regulations
clarify the application of the business
functions test. Many commenters
emphasized that the business functions
test fails to provide clearly the manner
by which to determine when an asset
generates income, as well as which
managerial and operational staff are
necessary for the generation of income.
Commenters requested that the final
regulations clarify (i) the meaning of the
term ‘‘operational functions,’’ and (ii)
the method for tracing income generated
from tangible property and managerial
or operational functions in the QOZ.
Also, a commenter highlighted that
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
administrative ‘‘back office’’ functions
are necessary functions for the
generation of income, although
administrative tasks may not be as
intrinsically related to the operation of
the trade or business.
In addition, a commenter requested
that the final regulations provide
additional guidance regarding mobile
workforces and portable assets. The
commenter noted that the May 2019
proposed regulations set forth an
example involving a business with a
mobile workforce and portable assets
that returned to the business’
headquarters on a daily basis, but the
example does not address a situation in
which the tangible assets of the business
are almost entirely located in a QOZ at
all times, but the business is operated by
a workforce which may be remote,
mobile, or shared with other businesses.
See proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(d)(5)(i)(E)(1), 84 FR 18652, 18659
(May 1, 2019). The commenter noted
that the example does not clearly
indicate whether an employee’s
activities outside of a QOZ, even while
performing key operational roles inside
of a QOZ, would cause their work not
to be treated as an ‘‘operational
function’’ that is ‘‘necessary’’ for the
generation of the business’ gross
income. The commenter requested that
the final regulations describe what is
meant by management or operational
functions and whether management
functions, operational functions, and
the location of tangible property are
similarly weighted when applying the
business functions test.
Commenters also noted that the
business functions test could encourage
businesses to bring high-skilled, highincome workers into a QOZ, but may
not encourage businesses to create jobs
for lower-skilled residents of the QOZ.
Commenters requested additional
examples describing what may or may
not meet the business functions test,
particularly within the context of fixed
assets that are managed or operated by
service providers, some of which are
physically located outside of a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ request for
clarity regarding the application of the
business functions test. Based on
comments received, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the business functions
test would present an achievable and
readily applicable safe harbor for
businesses that are headquartered in a
QOZ and for which the bulk of business
activity occurs in a QOZ. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that businesses with
unconventional management and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
operational structures, as well as
tangible property located both inside
and outside of a QOZ, would benefit
from additional guidance. For those
difficult cases, the Treasury Department
and the IRS continue to study the
commenters’ request for clarification
regarding the business functions test
and may consider providing additional
rules and examples through guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
L. Requirement To Use Substantial
Portion of Intangible Property in a Trade
or Business
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3) provides that a
qualified opportunity zone trade or
business must satisfy the intangible
property requirement set forth in section
1397C(b)(4). Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)’s
incorporation of section 1397C(b)(4)
requires that, with respect to any taxable
year, a substantial portion of the
intangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business must be used
in the active conduct of a trade or
business within the QOZ (intangible
property use test). However, section
1397C does not provide a definition for
the term ‘‘substantial portion.’’ To
provide additional certainty for
determinations regarding whether a
substantial portion of intangible
property is used in the active conduct
of a trade or business within a QOZ, the
May 2019 proposed regulations
provided that the term ‘‘substantial
portion’’ means at least 40 percent of the
intangible property of the qualified
opportunity zone business. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d)(5)(ii), 84
FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019).
1. Clarification Regarding
Determinations of Location and ‘‘Use’’
of Intangible Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments requesting that the
final regulations clarify the methods for
determining the location and ‘‘use’’ of
intangible property. Commenters
contended that any uncertainty with
regard to those determinations could
discourage qualified opportunity zone
businesses from developing and using
intangible property. These commenters
suggested that the Treasury Department
and the IRS should consider a number
of relevant factors for determining the
location and use of intangible property,
including (i) where a business provides
services or has customers, (ii) where the
business’ tangible assets are located, (iii)
how and where the business is
marketed, and (iv) the geographic scope
of the legal rights to use the intangible
property.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1919
One commenter suggested that, with
regard to ‘‘use,’’ a determination based
on both gross revenue and the location
in which such revenue is earned would
be appropriate. For example, the
commenter contended that an active
trade or business that uses intangible
property both inside and outside a QOZ
should undertake a comparison of gross
revenues derived inside the QOZ as
well as outside the QOZ. Some
commenters suggested that the final
regulations adopt a rule similar to the
safe harbors used for the 50-percent
gross income test which would be based
on the location of a business’ employees
or tangible property located within a
QOZ. A commenter noted that a rule
that ties ‘‘use’’ to tangible property or
employees would help prevent abusive
situations and ensure that economic
activity occurs within a QOZ.
Commenters also suggested methods
for determining the situs of intangible
property. Commenters noted that, for
state property law purposes, the
location of intangible property generally
is treated as the location at which the
owner of that property is located. These
commenters asserted that such a
determination might be difficult in
situations in which a business owner
has locations both inside and outside of
a QOZ. For example, if a business has
a management and operations
headquarters in a QOZ, and a
technology research and development
facility located outside of a QOZ,
commenters expressed uncertainty
regarding how to determine or measure
the location of the business’ intangible
property. Another commenter suggested
that the final regulations provide a rule
or rebuttable presumption that connects
the situs of an intangible property to a
tangible property located within a QOZ
if the portion of tangible property that
is used for a trade or business inside the
QOZ corresponds to the portion of
intangible property deemed to be used
inside the QOZ. This commenter also
noted that a rule providing that an
intangible property’s location depends
upon a tangible property’s location
could undercut the requirement for
substantial use of intangible property in
the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ concerns
regarding determinations of location
and ‘‘use’’ of intangible property for
purposes of applying the intangible
property use test. To increase certainty
in making such determinations, the final
regulations provide that intangible
property of a qualified opportunity zone
business is used in the active conduct
of a trade or business in a QOZ if the
following two requirements are
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1920
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
satisfied. First, the use of the intangible
property must be normal, usual, or
customary in the conduct of the trade or
business. In addition, the intangible
property must be used in the QOZ in the
performance of an activity of the trade
or business that contributes to the
generation of gross income for the trade
or business.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2. Consideration of 40-Percent
Threshold for Use of Intangible Property
Commenters generally agreed with the
40-percent threshold for defining the
minimum level of use necessary to
satisfy the section 1397C(b)(4)
requirement that a substantial portion of
intangible property be used in a QOZ.
However, some commenters asserted
that the threshold percentage should be
increased to more effectively prevent
abuse. Commenters highlighted the
potential for abusive transactions
involving intangible property, noting
that intangible property is highly
mobile, may appreciate significantly in
value, and is not subject to the same
restrictions that apply to tangible
property under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)
(regarding qualified opportunity zone
business property). These commenters
suggested that the final regulations
apply anti-abuse rules similar to those
set forth in section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) to
the use by a trade or businesses of
intangible property.
The final regulations adopt the 40percent threshold for determining
whether a ‘‘substantial portion’’ of the
intangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business is used in the
trade or business in a QOZ. After
considering the concerns of commenters
regarding potential abuses involving
intangible property, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the 40-percent
threshold requires an appropriately
substantial amount of intangible
property to be used in a QOZ. In
addition, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that a 40percent threshold will provide
appropriate flexibility for trades and
businesses to expand and operate
outside of a QOZ.
3. Clarification Regarding Reference to
‘‘Such Business’’ in Section 1397C(b)(4)
A commenter requested clarification
regarding whether an intellectual
property holding company can be a
qualified opportunity zone business in
light of section 1397C(d)(4), which
excludes any trade or business the
activities of which consist
predominantly of developing or holding
intangibles for sale or license. This
commenter noted that section
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
1397C(b)(4) provides the following
condition: ‘‘a substantial portion of the
intangible property of such entity is
used in the active conduct of any such
business.’’ The commenter requested
that the final regulations confirm
whether the use of ‘‘such business’’ in
section 1397(b)(4) incorporates the
qualified business definition set forth in
section 1397C(d).
As provided in the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
addressed a similar question with regard
to section 1397C(b)(2), which provides
that, in order to be a ‘‘qualified business
entity’’ (in addition to other
requirements found in section 1397C(b))
with respect to any taxable year, a
corporation or partnership must derive
at least 50 percent of its total gross
income ‘‘from the active conduct of
such business.’’ See 84 FR 18652, 18658
(May 1, 2019). As noted in that
preamble, the phrase ‘‘such business’’
refers to a business mentioned in the
preceding sentence, referring to section
1397C(b)(1), which discusses ‘‘a
qualified business within an
empowerment zone.’’ See id. The
preamble goes on to state that for
purposes of applying section 1400Z–2,
references in section 1397C to ‘‘an
empowerment zone’’ are treated as
meaning a qualified opportunity zone.
Therefore, section 1400Z–2 does not
incorporate the concept of ‘‘qualified
business’’ within an empowerment zone
under section 1397C(d), but instead
reads ‘‘such business’’ in section
1397C(b)(2) and (4) to refer to ‘‘a
business within a qualified opportunity
zone.’’ As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that the exception set forth in section
1397C(d)(4) has no application with
respect to the qualification of an
intellectual property holding company
as a qualified opportunity zone
business.
M. Limitation on Nonqualified Financial
Property of Qualified Opportunity Zone
Business
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3) incorporates
section 1397C(b)(8), which limits the
portion of the qualified opportunity
zone business’ assets that may be held
in nonqualified financial property
(NQFP) to less than five percent of the
average of the aggregate unadjusted
bases of the property of the entity in a
taxable year (five-percent NQFP
limitation). Section 1397C(e) defines the
term ‘‘nonqualified financial property’’
as debt, stock, partnership interests,
options, futures contracts, forward
contracts, warrants, notional principal
contracts, annuities, and other similar
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
properties. However, section 1397C(e)
excludes from that definition reasonable
amounts of working capital held in
cash, cash equivalents, or debt
instruments with a term of 18 months or
less.
1. Consideration of Industry-Specific
Revisions to Five-Percent NQFP
Limitation
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several recommendations that
the final regulations tailor the fivepercent NQFP limitation to provide
flexibility for certain industries. For
example, several commenters expressed
a general concern that ordinary-course
transactions in the real estate sector may
be prohibited by the definition of NQFP.
One commenter noted that the
definition of NQFP may cover
commonplace items such as leases with
prepaid or front-loaded rent that are
treated in part as loans, prepaid
expenses, prepaid development fees,
and options to acquire property. The
commenter requested that (i) the
definition of NQFP provide exceptions
for the aforementioned items, and (ii)
the five-percent NQFP limitation be
revised to exclude commonplace real
estate transactions. For support, the
commenter asserted that the definition
of NQFP creates a trap for the unwary
and that the five-percent NQFP
limitation was not intended to prevent
qualified opportunity zone businesses
from engaging in the ordinary-course
real estate transactions that develop
QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also received comments requesting
similar revisions to the five-percent
NQFP limitation to accommodate other
industries. For example, a commenter
requested that insurance company
general account assets be excluded from
the definition of NQFP. The commenter
emphasized that insurance companies
are required to invest a significant
portion of their assets in financial
property to satisfy obligations to policy
holders. By not excluding insurance
companies from the five-percent NQFP
limitation, the commenter reasoned that
the section 1400Z–2 regulations would
prevent insurance companies from
being qualified opportunity zone
businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the concerns raised by the
commenters. However, sections 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 1397C(b)(8) provide a
clear statutory definition of NQFP and
an equally clear limitation on the
percentage of NQFP that a qualified
opportunity zone business may own. As
a result, the final regulations do not
adopt the commenters’ recommended
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
revisions to the five-percent NQFP
limitation.
2. Consideration of Special Rules To
Facilitate the Use of Tax-Exempt
Municipal Bonds
Several commenters stressed the
importance of adequate infrastructure
for the economic development of a
QOZ, and the critical role of tax-exempt
municipal bonds in the financing of
infrastructure projects. These
commenters recommended that the final
regulations provide favorable treatment
for municipal bonds used to finance
new or improve existing infrastructure
projects located within a QOZ. In
particular, these commenters
recommended that the final regulations
treat municipal bonds essentially as
qualified opportunity zone property in
which a QOF would be eligible to
invest. Further, these commenters
recommended that the final regulations
treat municipal bonds as property that
would not be treated as NQFP in the
hands of an entity seeking to qualify as
a qualified opportunity zone business.
In support of these recommendations, a
commenter highlighted that two-thirds
of all domestic infrastructure projects
are financed by municipal bonds. This
commenter reasoned that, if the final
regulations were not to remove
municipal bonds from the definition of
NQFP, infrastructure developments that
might otherwise occur would not be
financed.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
recognize the significant need for
additional investment in public
infrastructure in QOZs, and that
expanded debt and equity tax incentives
could facilitate such increased
investment. In addition, the Treasury
Department and the IRS acknowledge
that municipal bonds provide an
important source of financing for
infrastructure projects. However, section
1400Z–2(d) does not contemplate direct
investments in municipal bonds as
qualifying property for QOFs. Municipal
bonds, which are intangible debt
instruments, cannot qualify under the
statutory categories of qualified
opportunity zone property because
municipal bonds are neither (i) equity in
a qualified opportunity zone business
nor (ii) a tangible asset that is qualified
opportunity zone business property. A
QOF could make a direct equity
investment in tangible property that
meets the definition of qualified
opportunity zone business property, and
the property also may have municipal
bond financing (for example, a private
water facility financed with tax-exempt
private activity bonds under section 142
of the Code). Further, if held by a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualified opportunity zone business,
municipal bonds generally constitute
NQFP and can qualify for the reasonable
working capital safe harbor only in
limited circumstances in which the
bonds have a term of 18 months or less.
For the foregoing reasons, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
adopt the recommendations of these
commenters regarding municipal bond
investments.
3. Consideration of Special Rules To
Facilitate Tiered Entity Structures
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments
regarding the application of sections
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and 1397C(b)(4) to
groups of related corporations and
partnerships structured to conduct
integrated qualified opportunity zone
businesses. In particular, several
commenters expressed concern that the
text of section 1397C(e) prohibits
qualified opportunity zone businesses
from owning operating subsidiaries due
to the inclusion of stock and partnership
interests in the statutory definition of
NQFP. However, one commenter
contended that Congress clearly
intended the statute only to prevent
qualified opportunity zone businesses
from owning publicly traded securities
that are passive investments, rather than
prevent the ownership of operating
subsidiaries. Accordingly, the
commenter recommended that the
definition of NQFP be clarified to
prohibit actively traded personal
property for purposes of § 1.1092(d)–1,
but not equity interests in operating
subsidiaries.
Similarly, other commenters
requested that all requirements for a
qualified opportunity zone business
under section 1400Z–2(d)(3) (including
the five-percent NQFP limitation) be
applied to an entire group that conducts
an integrated business. These
commenters asserted that an entity-byentity test would not be appropriate
because such integrated businesses
often are organized by entity-specific
functions that, in the view of the
commenters, would distort the intended
application of the five-percent NQFP
limitation. For example, an integrated
business carried out by a holding
corporation that owns all of the equity
interests in an operating subsidiary and
a treasury subsidiary might comply with
the five-percent NQFP limitation if
tested in the aggregate, even though the
treasury subsidiary, tested on its own,
would exceed that limitation.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that section 1400Z–2(d)(3) should
be applied in a manner that permits
flexibility to taxpayers in structuring
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1921
and conducting qualified opportunity
zone businesses. However, with regard
to the five-percent NQFP limitation,
sections 1397C(b)(8) and 1397C(e)
clearly provide that (i) less than five
percent of the average of the aggregate
unadjusted bases of the property of the
subject entity, rather than any group of
related entities, must be attributable to
NQFP, and (ii) the definition of the term
‘‘nonqualified financial property’’
includes stock and partnership interests.
As a result, the final regulations do not
adopt a group-based test for purposes of
the five-percent NQFP limitation.
In addition, the final regulations do
not adopt a group-based approach for
testing the remaining requirements for a
qualified opportunity zone business
under section 1400Z–2(d)(3). The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that an inconsistent
application of the requirements for
qualified opportunity zone business
qualification would significantly
increase the complexity of the final
regulations and create potential traps for
unwary taxpayers. In addition, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that these section 1400Z–2(d)(3)
requirements (including the five-percent
NQFP limitation) can be applied on a
group basis with regard to a qualified
opportunity zone business that owns
interests in function-specific entities
disregarded as separate from their
owner for Federal income tax purposes.
N. Trade or Business of a Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
1. Significance of Trade or Business
Concept in Section 1400Z–2
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) and
(d)(3)(A)(i) require that qualified
opportunity zone business property be
tangible property used in the trade or
business of a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business. Under
section 1400Z–2(d), both QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses
must meet ‘‘substantially all’’ property
requirements. For QOFs, at least 90
percent of the qualified entity’s property
must be qualified opportunity zone
property, which includes qualified
opportunity zone stock and qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests
(that is, the 90-percent investment
standard). For qualified opportunity
zone businesses, at least 70 percent of
the qualified entity’s property must be
qualified opportunity zone business
property (that is, the 70-percent tangible
property standard). In addition, section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii) imposes an
additional requirement on qualified
opportunity zone businesses but not on
QOFs. Under this requirement, at least
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1922
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
50 percent of the total gross income of
a qualified entity must be derived from
the active conduct of a trade or business
within a QOZ (that is, the 50-percent
gross income requirement).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2. Proposed Definition Based on a
‘‘Trade or Business’’ Under Section 162
The October 2018 proposed
regulations contained the term ‘‘active
conduct of a trade or business’’ in
several provisions. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5). Following the
publication of that proposal, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments asking whether
future guidance would define the phrase
‘‘active conduct of a trade or business’’
for purposes of section 1400Z–2.
Commenters also expressed concern
that the leasing of real property by a
qualified opportunity zone business
may not amount to the active conduct
of a trade or business if the business has
limited leasing activity.
With regard to the term ‘‘trade or
business,’’ the May 2019 proposed
regulations set forth a definition for
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses that referenced section 162
of the Code. See 84 FR 18652, 18659
(May 1, 2019). See also § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(4)(ii) (regarding QOFs);
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(2)(ii) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone businesses).
Section 162(a) permits a deduction for
ordinary and necessary expenses paid or
incurred in carrying on a trade or
business. Because neither the Code nor
the regulations define the meaning of a
‘‘trade or business’’ under section 162,
courts have established requirements to
determine the existence of a trade or
business. The Supreme Court has set
forth a two-pronged test, providing that,
‘‘to be engaged in a trade or business,
the taxpayer must be involved in the
activity with continuity and regularity
and that the taxpayer’s primary purpose
for engaging in the activity must be for
income or profit.’’ Commissioner v.
Groetzinger, 480 U.S. 23, 25 (1987).
With respect to the requirement that the
activity must be engaged for income or
profit, the Court has expressly provided
that section 162 qualification ‘‘requires
only an intent to earn an economic
profit.’’ Portland Golf Club v.
Commissioner, 497 U.S. 154, 164, 169
(1990) (citing Commissioner v.
Groetzinger for the Court’s observation
that it ‘‘has ruled that a taxpayer’s
activities fall within the scope of
[section] 162 only if an intent to profit
has been shown’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
3. Application of Section 162 Trade or
Business Standard to Start-Up
Businesses
While commenters agreed that section
162 provides an appropriate standard
for trade or business qualification under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) and
(d)(3)(A)(i), many noted significant
uncertainties in applying the section
162 standard to a trade or business of a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business that does not expect to
generate profits immediately. In general,
these commenters have noted that QOF
property used in a start-up business
cannot qualify as qualified opportunity
zone property unless the start-up
business that utilizes such property
qualifies as a section 162 trade or
business. With regard to QOFs that hold
an equity interest in a newly formed
partnership or corporation organized for
the purpose of being a qualified
opportunity zone business, commenters
have questioned how section 162 would
apply if the partnership or corporation
experiences a start-up phase of
significant duration. See section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(B)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(C)(ii). With
regard to qualified opportunity zone
businesses, commenters similarly have
expressed uncertainty regarding the
qualification of a start-up business as a
qualified opportunity zone business if
the start-up business has not yet
matured to a trade or business under
section 162.
a. Comments Suggesting Safe Harbors
for Start-Up Businesses
To provide certainty to current and
potential investors of start-up
businesses in QOZs, commenters
suggested a variety of safe harbors.
These suggestions included (1) a grace
period for a QOF to use tangible
property in a trade or business to satisfy
the 90-percent investment standard, as
well as (2) a provision similar to that
under § 1.45D–1(d)(4)(iv) in the New
Markets Tax Credit regulations that
treats an entity as engaged in the active
conduct of a trade or business if, at the
time an investment is made, there is a
reasonable belief that the entity will
generate revenues during the
subsequent three-year period. To
support the addition of a safe harbor for
start-ups, commenters correctly noted
that section 1400Z–2 contemplates the
start-up phase of a trade or business.
Sections 1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i)(II) and
(d)(2)(C)(ii), as discussed previously,
reference newly formed partnerships
and corporations organized for the
purpose of being a qualified opportunity
zone business. In addition, commenters
highlighted section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii),
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
which provides QOFs 30 months to
improve tangible property acquired for
use in a QOF’s trade or business to meet
the substantial improvement
requirement.
b. Comments Requesting Clarifications
and Simplifying Rules for Start-Up
Businesses
Commenters also requested that the
final regulations provide a number of
clarifications or simplifying rules. For
example, commenters requested
clarification on whether the conduct of
a section 162 trade or business must
have begun by the conclusion of a
working capital safe harbor period in
situations in which the plan underlying
the development of the trade or business
contemplates the utilization of multiple
contributions to which a working
capital safe harbor would otherwise
apply. Another commenter requested
that the final regulations include an
example to clarify that the conduct of a
trade or business would be required
only upon the conclusion of all working
capital safe harbors carried out as
components of a single integrated plan.
Consistent with that request,
commenters contended that many types
of business ventures, to achieve
qualification as a section 162 trade or
business, require start-up periods in
excess of a single 31-month working
capital safe harbor period.
With regard to simplifying rules, a
commenter suggested that the final
regulations treat the development of a
section 162 trade or business as a
qualifying section 162 trade or business,
regardless of whether the operations
that constitute the trade or business
have actually begun. Other commenters
requested clarification that the ongoing
development of real estate constitutes
the active conduct of a trade or business
even if rent or other revenues are not yet
being collected. Similarly a commenter
suggested that the final regulations treat
a QOF as engaged in a trade or business
under section 162 even if the subject
business activity had generated no
income. Another commenter suggested
that the ‘‘active conduct’’ requirements
set forth in paragraphs (2) and (4) of
section 1397C(b) should not be treated
as applying to section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
c. Creation of New 62-Month Working
Capital Safe Harbor for Start-Up
Businesses
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ concerns
and recommendations regarding the
application of the section 162 trade or
business standard to start-up businesses.
To provide taxpayers with
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
straightforward and responsive rules,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have created an additional 62-month
safe harbor for start-up businesses (62month working capital safe harbor).
Unlike the 31-month working capital
safe harbor, this start-up-focused safe
harbor addresses each qualified
opportunity zone business requirement,
other than the ‘‘sin business’’
prohibition under section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(iii).
As set forth in the final regulations,
the 62-month working capital safe
harbor provides that, during the
maximum 62-month covered period, (1)
NQFP in excess of the five-percent
NQFP limitation will not cause a trade
or business to fail to qualify as a
qualified opportunity zone business,
and (2) gross income earned from the
trade or business will be counted
towards satisfying the 50-percent gross
income requirement (each of clauses (1)
and (2) function in a manner similar to
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor). In addition, the 62-month
working capital safe harbor provides
that, during the maximum 62-month
covered period, (i) tangible property
purchased, leased, or improved by a
business with cash covered by a
working capital safe harbor, pursuant to
the plan submitted with respect to that
safe harbor, will count towards
satisfaction of the 70-percent tangible
property standard, and (ii) intangible
property purchased or licensed with
that cash, and pursuant to that plan,
likewise will count towards the
satisfaction of the 40-percent intangible
property use test.
To qualify for a maximum 62-month
safe harbor period, a start-up business
must receive multiple cash infusions
during its start-up phase. Specifically,
under the 62-month working capital safe
harbor, a start-up business can qualify
for a 31-month safe harbor period with
respect to the business’ first cash
infusion. Upon receipt of a subsequent
contribution of cash (subsequent cash
infusion), the business can both (i)
extend the original 31-month safe
harbor period that covered the initial
cash infusion, and (ii) receive safeharbor coverage for the subsequent cash
contribution for a maximum 31-month
period, if the business satisfies the
following two conditions. First, the
subsequent cash infusion must be
independently covered by an additional
working capital safe harbor. Second, the
working capital safe harbor plan for the
subsequent cash infusion must form an
integral part of the working capital safe
harbor plan that covered the initial cash
infusion.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
To ensure the proper application of
the 62-month working capital safe
harbor, the final regulations also
provide additional operating rules. For
example, the final regulations make
clear that, regardless of the number of
subsequent cash infusions, the 62month working capital safe harbor
cannot extend past the 62 month-period
beginning on the date of the first cash
infusion covered by the safe harbor (for
example, a subsequent cash infusion
received 60 months after the date of the
first cash infusion will be covered by
the 62-month working capital safe
harbor for only two months). In
addition, the 62-month working capital
safe harbor features a minimum
investment threshold for each
subsequent cash infusion to ensure that
a de minimis subsequent infusion does
not unlock a subsequent 31-month
period for previously covered tangible
and intangible property. The final
regulations also provide that tangible
property covered by the 62-month
working capital safe harbor plan is not
considered qualified opportunity zone
business property for purposes of the
special rule in section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(B).
4. Expansion of 30-Month Substantial
Improvement Period
The October 2018 proposed
regulations provided a 30-month
substantial improvement period of
tangible property for purposes of
applying the substantial improvement
requirement. Under that proposal,
tangible property is treated as
substantially improved by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
only if, during any 30-month period
beginning after the date of acquisition of
the property, additions to the basis of
the property in the hands of the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
exceed an amount equal to the adjusted
basis of the property at the beginning of
the 30-month period in the hands of the
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business. See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(8) (setting forth the requirement
with regard to QOFs); proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(4) (setting forth the
requirement with regard to qualified
opportunity zone businesses). The May
2019 proposed regulations provided that
the term trade or business means a trade
or business within the meaning of
section 162, for both QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, and
requested comments on whether
additional clarification or guidance was
needed.
Several commenters pointed out that
the proposed regulations are unclear
regarding the treatment of tangible
property during the 30-month
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1923
substantial improvement period for a
QOF and a qualified opportunity zone
business that is not utilizing 31-month
working capital safe harbor.
Commenters noted that the proposed
regulations do not clarify whether nonoriginal use tangible property
undergoing a substantial improvement
process will be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property
during the 30-month substantial
improvement period. A commenter
noted that just as startup businesses
have difficulty satisfying the ‘‘used in a
trade or business requirement’’ found in
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i), a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
generally will not be able to use tangible
property in a section 162 trade or
business during a 30-month substantial
improvement period.
Another commenter requested a new
safe harbor for work in progress,
applicable to both QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, unrelated
to the working capital safe harbor. The
commenter noted that some projects do
not need working capital and that,
without an additional safe harbor,
projects not utilizing the working
capital safe harbor would fail to qualify
as qualified opportunity zone business
property during the 30-month
substantial improvement period. The
commenter requested that assets held
for work in progress be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business
property for the 90-percent investment
standard found in section 1400Z–2(d)(1)
(and the property be treated as used in
a trade or business) during the
substantial improvement period, if
certain criteria are met.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
recognize that QOFs are ineligible to
utilize the benefits of the working
capital safe harbor since the
requirements found in paragraphs (2),
(4), and (8) of section 1397C(b) are not
applicable to QOFs, and that not all
qualified opportunity zone businesses
will be able to utilize the working
capital safe harbor for a variety of
reasons. Therefore, the final regulations
provide that for QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, tangible
property purchased, leased, or improved
by a trade or business that is undergoing
the substantial improvement process but
has not been placed in service or used
in a trade or business by the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business is
treated as used in a trade or business
and satisfies the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) for the 30-month
substantial improvement period with
respect to that property. In order to
receive such treatment, the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1924
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
must reasonably expect that the
property will be substantially improved,
as defined in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), and used in a trade or
business in the QOZ by the end of the
30-month substantial improvement
period.
5. Consideration of Excluding Real
Estate Speculation From the Definition
of ‘‘Trade or Business’’
A commenter suggested that the final
regulations modify the definition of the
term ‘‘trade or business’’ to specifically
exclude real estate speculation. The
commenter asserted that real estate
speculation on projects carried out
within QOZs presents a significant
potential for abuse, and reasoned that a
specific exclusion of real estate
speculation from the definition of ‘‘trade
or business’’ would eliminate such
potential. The Treasury Department and
the IRS appreciate the concern raised by
the commenter, but note that the final
regulations address real estate
speculation abuse by requiring that land
(1) be more than insubstantially
improved and (2) be used in the trade
or business of a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business. Accordingly,
the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter’s recommendation.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
6. Consideration of Triple-Net-Leases for
Active Conduct a Trade or Business
Requirement
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2) provided that, solely for
the purposes of determining whether a
trade or business qualified as a qualified
opportunity zone business, the
ownership and operation, including
leasing, of real property qualifies as an
active conduct of a trade or business.
The proposed rule, however, provided
that merely entering into a triple-netlease with respect to real property
owned by a taxpayer does not constitute
an active conduct of a trade or business
by such taxpayer. See proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2) (second
sentence). The Treasury Department and
the IRS determined that, solely for
purposes of determining qualified
opportunity zone business qualification,
triple-net-leases constitute
inappropriately passive activities
similar to holding publicly traded stock
or securities.
a. Comments Suggesting Special
Definitions for ‘‘Triple-Net-Lease’’
In general, commenters requested
additional guidance regarding the
meaning of the term ‘‘triple net lease’’
for purposes of applying proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2). Several
commenters suggested that the final
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
regulations define the term ‘‘triple-netlease’’ as a lease in which the tenant, in
addition to rent and utilities, pays the
tenant’s proportionate share of the taxes,
insurance, maintenance, and other fees
for the property leased. Multiple
commenters recommended that a triplenet-lease of a taxpayer be defined to
constitute an active conduct of a trade
or business if the taxpayer meaningfully
participates in the management or
operations of the trade or business of the
lessee. Similarly, another commenter
requested that the final regulations
define a triple-net-lease to exclude
arrangements pursuant to which a
taxpayer retains contractual
responsibility for meaningful capital
obligations or meaningful operating
obligations. The commenter indicated
that an obligation to maintain certain
structural or operating systems of a
building would qualify as a meaningful
capital obligation, while obligations to
provide cleaning or grounds-keeping
services would qualify as meaningful
operating obligations.
b. Comments Suggesting Active Trade or
Business Qualification Based on Section
162 Case Law
Another commenter recommended
that the final regulations adopt a rule
based on case law under section 162 to
determine whether a triple-net-lease
qualifies as the active conduct of a trade
or business. According to the
commenter, the case law under section
162 allows a deduction for ordinary and
necessary expenses paid or incurred in
carrying on any trade or business related
to a triple-net-lease if the landlord, or an
employee, agent, or contractor of the
landlord, performs the services related
to the taxes, maintenance, insurance,
and similar fees even though the
landlord receives payment for these
services from the tenant. Therefore, the
commenter suggested that a triple-netlease in which the landlord, or an
employee, agent, or contractor of the
landlord, performs these services should
qualify as the active conduct of a trade
or business, regardless of which party
ultimately bears the cost for these
services.
c. Comments Suggesting Special Rules
for Active Trade or Business
Qualification
Commenters also recommended that
the final regulations provide special
rules for determining whether a
taxpayer entering into a triple-net-lease
with respect to real property owned by
a taxpayer constitutes an active conduct
of a trade or business by such taxpayer.
For example, a commenter contended
that a triple-net-lease qualify as the
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
active conduct of a trade or business if
(1) the underlying property meets the
test under the original use requirement
or the substantial improvement
requirement, and (2) assuming all other
requirements are met, qualifies as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. For support, the commenter
highlighted the May 2019 proposed
regulations, which provided that leased
property can qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property to a
tenant that is a QOF or a qualified
opportunity zone business. This
commenter reasoned that, because
leased property would be qualified
opportunity zone business property to a
tenant notwithstanding the fact that the
property was subject to a triple-netlease, it could also be qualified
opportunity zone business property to
the landlord. Therefore, under the
commenter’s reasoning, a lessor’s
participation in a triple-net-lease could
constitute the active conduct of a trade
or business.
Commenters also recommended that
lessor participation in certain
arrangements that utilize the
rehabilitation tax credit under section
47 of the Code should qualify as an
active conduct of a trade or business. In
such arrangements, a landlord owns a
building that is the subject of a
rehabilitation project. The landlord
acquires the property, obtains permits
and approvals, assembles the
development team, raises the funds
necessary to develop the property, and
places the rehabilitated structure into
service. After that initial phase, the
landlord leases the building to a tenant,
who may further lease the property to a
subtenant. The landlord transfers the
rehabilitation tax credits to the original
tenant pursuant to section 50(d)(5). The
commenter noted that this arrangement
between the landlord and the original
tenant may constitute a triple-net-lease.
As a result, the commenter
recommended that the final regulations
adopt a rule to provide specifically that
such arrangements constitute the active
conduct of a trade or business.
d. Comments Suggesting Triple-NetLeases Qualify as an Active Trade or
Business
However, other commenters disagreed
with the premise of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(ii)(B) that merely
entering into a triple-net-lease for
property owned by a taxpayer does not
constitute the active conduct of a trade
or business. Several commenters noted
that triple-net-leases cause capital to
enter a QOZ and provide property for
use in trades or businesses within the
QOZ. These commenters also
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
emphasized that landlords and tenants
often prefer triple-net-lease
arrangements, as opposed to employing
a separate property manager or agent of
the landlord, because tenants often are
better positioned to control and
maintain the leased property.
Accordingly, the commercial real estate
industry widely employs triple-netleasing.
e. Revisions to Proposed Triple-NetLease Rule for Active Trade or Business
Qualification
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the comments and
recommendations received with respect
to triple-net-leases. In general, the final
regulations confirm that merely entering
into a triple-net-lease with respect to
real property owned by a taxpayer does
not constitute the active conduct of a
trade or business by such taxpayer. To
illustrate the application of this rule, the
final regulations set forth examples
describing a triple-net-lease as a lease
arrangement pursuant to which the
tenant is responsible for all of the costs
relating to the leased property (for
example, paying all taxes, insurance,
and maintenance expenses) in addition
to paying rent. In an instance in which
the taxpayer’s sole business consists of
a single triple-net-lease of a property,
the final regulations confirm that the
taxpayer does not carry out an active
trade or business with respect to that
property solely for purposes of section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with commenters that, in certain
cases, a taxpayer that utilizes a triplenet-lease as part of the taxpayer’s
leasing business could be treated as
conducting an active trade or business
solely for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A). Accordingly, the final
regulations provide an example in
which a lessor leases a three-story
mixed-use building to three tenants,
each of which rents a single floor. In
that example, (i) the lessor leases one
floor of the building under a triple-netlease, but leases the remaining two
floors under leases that do not
constitute triple-net-leases, and (ii) the
employees of the lessor meaningfully
participate in the management and
operations of those two floors. As a
result, the example provides that the
lessor is treated as carrying out an active
trade or business with respect to the
entire leased building solely for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A).
O. Safe Harbor for Reasonable Amounts
of Working Capital
The October 2018 proposed
regulations provided a 31-month
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
working capital safe harbor for QOF
investments in qualified opportunity
zone businesses that acquire, construct,
or rehabilitate tangible business
property, which includes both real
property and other tangible property
used in a business operating in a QOZ
(31-month working capital safe harbor).
See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(iv);
83 FR 54279, 54284 (October 29, 2018).
Solely for purposes of applying section
1397C(e)(1) to the definition of a
qualified opportunity zone business
under section 1400Z–2(d)(3), working
capital assets held by the business are
treated as reasonable in amount under
sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) for a period of up to 31
months. See id. To qualify, the qualified
opportunity zone business (1) must have
a written plan that identifies the
financial property as property held for
the acquisition, construction, or
substantial improvement of tangible
property in the QOZ, (2) must have a
written schedule consistent with the
ordinary business operations of the
business that the property will be used
within 31 months, and (3) must
substantially comply with the schedule.
See id.
The May 2019 proposed regulations
provided revisions to the 31-month
working capital safe harbor in response
to comments. First, the May 2019
proposal modified the rule requiring a
written designation for planned use of
working capital to include the
development of a trade or business in
the QOZ as well as acquisition,
construction, and/or substantial
improvement of tangible property. See
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(iv)(A);
84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019).
Second, the May 2019 proposal
provided that exceeding the 31-month
period does not violate the 31-month
working capital safe harbor if the delay
is attributable to waiting for government
action the application for which is
completed during the 31-month period.
See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(d)(5)(iv)(C); 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May
1, 2019). The May 2019 proposed
regulations also clarified that a business
may benefit from multiple overlapping
or sequential applications of the
working capital safe harbor, provided
that each application independently
satisfies all of the requirements in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(iv)(A)
through (C) (multiple safe harbor rule).
See proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(d)(5)(iv)(D).
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1925
1. Additional Guidance Regarding
Reasonable Delays to Toll the 31-Month
Working Capital Safe Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments and
requests for additional guidance
regarding delays relating to
governmental action, as well as delays
arising from a variety of other events.
With regard to applying proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(iv)(C), one
commenter requested confirmation as to
whether a delay attributable to
governmental action, the application for
which is completed during the 31month period, means that (i) the
governmental action must be pending at
the end of the 31-month period or (ii)
a waiting period for governmental
action at any time ‘‘stops the clock’’ on
the 31-month period (and therefore the
waiting period is added at the end of the
31-month period). The commenter
noted that, in certain instances, a
governmental action might be
completed predictably within a
relatively short period of time, and
therefore automatic tolling might
provide an overly generous result.
Another commenter, however,
emphasized that the governmental
permitting guidelines regarding natural
resource projects lack predictable
completion timeframes because such
projects often require the receipt of
several state and local permits that are
subject to various timelines. As a result,
this commenter requested that the 31month period be tolled to accommodate
successive permits in a circumstance in
which the business has received the first
serious of permits that initially tolled
the 31-month period.
Commenters also recommended that
the final regulations provide that, in
additional to delays resulting from
governmental action, certain events
outside of a business’ control will toll
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor. For example, several
commenters requested that events
delaying the 31-month period include,
among other occurrences, severe
weather conditions, natural disasters,
labor stoppages, financing delays, and
supply shortages. Another commenter
requested that trades or businesses
receive an extension of the 31-month
period to account for delays arising from
the cleanup of a brownfield site due
because the cleanup of such a site
ordinarily will require other lengthy
regulatory approval from states and
local governments.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge the concerns raised by the
commenters. In many ordinary-course
instances, however, applicants can
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1926
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
obtain governmental permits through a
routine process of predictable duration.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to expect a qualified
opportunity zone business, to the
maximum extent practicable, to take any
actions during the governmental
permitting period that are necessary for
the improvement of tangible property
subject to the 31-month working capital
safe harbor. Therefore, with regard to
instances in which governmental delay
does not pose a substantial obstacle for
improving such tangible property, a
tolling of the 31-month period would
not be appropriate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the 31-month
working capital safe harbor should be
tolled in certain instances, however, and
have clarified and expanded the scope
of proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(d)(5)(iv)(C). In general, the final
regulations make clear that, if a
governmental permitting delay has
caused the delay of a project covered by
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor, and no other action could be
taken to improve the tangible property
or complete the project during the
permitting process, then the 31-month
working capital safe harbor will be
tolled for a duration equal to the
permitting delay. In such case, the final
regulations require that the permit for
the governmental action was completed
during the 31-month period. The final
regulations also provide that, if a project
that otherwise meets the requirements
of the 31-month working capital safe
harbor is located within a QOZ
designated as a part of a Federally
declared disaster area (as defined in
section 165(i)(5)(A)), the qualified
opportunity zone business may receive
up to an additional 24 months to
consume its working capital assets,
provided the project is delayed due to
that disaster.
2. Clarification Regarding Overlapping
or Sequential Applications of the 31Month Working Capital Safe Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments and requests
for clarification regarding the multiple
safe harbor rule. In particular,
commenters questioned whether a
successive application of the 31-month
working capital safe harbor can occur
for the same piece of tangible property,
given that multiple 31-month harbor
periods can be utilized for that same
piece of tangible property. These
commenters contended that a successive
application of the 31-month working
capital safe harbor would appropriately
accommodate practical realities of
improving tangible property in a trade
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
or business (such as ordinary courseimprovement projects that typically
require durations in excess of 31
months).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
confirm that a qualified opportunity
zone business may string together
subsequent or overlapping working
capital safe harbors with respect to the
same tangible property. Accordingly,
the final regulations specifically provide
that a qualified opportunity zone
business may choose to apply
subsequent 31-month working capital
safe harbors for a maximum 62-month
period (that is, a duration equal to two
working capital safe harbor periods),
provided that each 31-month period
satisfies the requirements for applying a
31-month working capital safe harbor.
To qualify for a subsequent 31-month
working capital safe harbor period, (i)
working capital subject to an expiring
31-month period must be expended in
accordance with each requirement set
forth in the section 1400Z–2 regulations,
and (ii) the subsequent infusions of
working capital must form an integral
part of the plan covered by the initial
31-month working capital safe harbor.
3. Treatment of Tangible Property Not
Used Upon Conclusion of a 31-Month
Working Capital Safe Harbor
Commenters also noted that, although
the May 2019 proposed regulations
expanded the 31-month working capital
safe harbor to include the development
of a trade or business, the proposal
failed to clarify the application of the
safe harbor regarding situations in
which the qualified opportunity zone
business does not use the tangible
property in the QOZ by the end of the
31-month period. For example,
commenters requested that the final
regulations describe circumstances in
which a business that uses a
contribution of working capital during a
31-month period, but does not use the
tangible property in a trade or business
in the QOZ by the end of the 31-month
period, may continue to be covered by
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor. These commenters asserted that
such a business should continue to
receive coverage by the safe harbor if,
based on a consideration of the relevant
facts and circumstances, the business
diligently and reasonably continues to
develop the trade or business and uses
the tangible property in a trade or
business in the QOZ within a reasonable
period of time.
Another commenter suggested that
the final regulations provide a
rebuttable assumption that all working
capital that will be expended by the
business has been expended before each
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
testing date, including future tranches of
working capital that, as part of the
working capital plan, will be used to
substantially improve or construct new
property in a QOZ. Similarly, a
commenter suggested that the final
regulations provide that, if a trade or
business receives serial capital
contributions under a common written
plan, the trade or business must use
cash equal to the first capital
contribution within 31 months, but is
not required to use 70 percent of its
tangible property in the QOZ by the end
of the 31-month period associated with
the first capital contribution. In
addition, a commenter suggested that
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor be revised to provide that the 70percent tangible property standard
would not be applied until all working
capital has been expended and the
substantially improved (or new)
property is placed in service by the
business in the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ suggestions
and requests for clarification, and have
included additional guidance in the
final regulations. In general, the final
regulations permit a qualified
opportunity zone business to treat
tangible property for which working
capital covered by the 31-month
working capital safe harbor is expended
as (i) used in the trade or business of the
qualified opportunity zone business,
and (ii) qualified opportunity zone
business property throughout the period
during which such working capital is
covered by the safe harbor. The final
regulations make clear that such
improvements must be made pursuant
to the written plan governing the
expenditure of the working capital
assets. In addition, the tangible property
subject to such improvements must be
used in a trade or business, within the
meaning of section 162, of the qualified
opportunity zone business by the end of
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor. The final regulations also clarify
that unexpended amounts of working
capital covered by the 31-month
working capital safe harbor are not,
following the conclusion of the final
safe harbor period, treated as tangible
property for purposes of applying the
70-percent tangible property standard.
4. Consideration of Special DebtFinanced Safe Harbor for QOFs and
Qualified Opportunity Zone Businesses
A commenter requested that the final
regulations provide a new safe harbor to
cover debt-financed work-in-progress
projects that (i) would operate in
addition to the 31-month working
capital safe harbor, and (ii) could be
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
applied by QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses. For
support, the commenter emphasized
that many construction projects are debt
financed and would not be covered by
the 31-month working capital safe
harbor during the construction period.
Accordingly, the absence of a debtfinanced safe harbor would complicate
the ability to carry out construction
projects within QOZs.
The commenter suggested that, if
certain requirements were met, the final
regulations should provide that (i) assets
held for work-in-progress construction
projects be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property
during the construction period, and (ii)
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business be treated as engaged in a
section 162 trade or business.
Requirements suggested by the
commenter for this safe harbor included
(1) mandatory increases to the basis of
the trade or business in the qualified
opportunity zone business property by a
prescribed multiple during the 31month period, (2) periodic certification
requirements during the construction
period, and (3) continuous and diligent
construction by the trade or business
until the completion of project and the
placed-in-service date of the subject
building. Upon such date, the
commenter suggested that the final
regulations retroactively treat (i) the
work-in-progress property as qualified
opportunity zone business property, and
(ii) the trade or business as engaged in
a section 162 trade or business
beginning on the first day of the
investment by the QOF in the trade or
business and throughout the project’s
construction period.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenter’s
recommendation and are sympathetic to
the commenter’s concern regarding the
existing business practice of using debt
to finance construction. However,
section 1397C(e) clearly treats as NQFP
any debt with a term greater than 18
months. Based on the text of section
1397C(e), the final regulations do not
adopt the commenter’s request to
provide a special safe harbor for debtfinanced construction projects.
5. Consequence of Failure To Qualify for
a 31-Month Working Capital Safe
Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments requesting
clarification with regard to the
consequences that would result if a
trade or business fails to satisfy the
requirements for a 31-month working
capital safe harbor, including the
imposition of penalties. In general, if a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualified opportunity zone business
fails to satisfy the conditions for
applying a 31-month working capital
safe harbor, then the qualified
opportunity zone business must satisfy
the requirements of section 1400Z–2
and the 1400Z–2 regulations for
qualifying as a qualified opportunity
zone business in the absence of the safe
harbor. Such failure could cause a QOF
to fail to satisfy the 90-percent
investment standard, which would
result in penalties to the QOF as
provided under section 1400Z–2 and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
P. Real Property Straddling QOZ and
Non-QOZ Census Tracts
To determine whether a QOZ is the
location of services, tangible property,
or business functions for purposes of
satisfying the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii), proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(viii) provided that
section 1397C(f) applies, substituting
the term ‘‘QOZ’’ for the term
‘‘empowerment zone’’ in each instance
in which the term ‘‘empowerment zone’’
appears. In addressing the circumstance
in which a business owns real property
that is located in more than one census
tract, only one of which is a QOZ,
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(viii)
provided that if (1) the amount of real
property based on square footage
located within the QOZ is substantial as
compared to the amount of real property
based on square footage outside of the
QOZ (square footage test); and (2) the
real property outside of the QOZ is
contiguous to part or all of the real
property located inside the QOZ, then
all of the property is deemed to be
located within a QOZ.
1. Consideration for Eliminating
Proposed Square Footage Test
Several commenters praised the
Treasury Department and the IRS for
allowing real property that straddles
census tracts to be treated as located
within a QOZ for purposes of
determining whether the QOZ should be
treated as the location of services,
tangible property, or business functions.
However, one commenter suggested that
the proposed square footage test be
eliminated. The commenter reasoned
that only property located entirely
within the geographic borders of a QOZ
should be treated as within a QOZ
because section 1400Z–2 was enacted to
increase investment and business
activity in QOZ, rather than non-QOZ
census tracts. That commenter further
contended that, if the proposed square
footage test were to be finalized, at least
75 percent of the square footage or value
of the property should be located in the
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1927
QOZ, with an allocation of capital gains
and profits to the property located
within the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt the commenter’s
recommendations. With regard to the
commenter’s suggestion to eliminate the
proposed square footage test, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that parcels of real property commonly
extend across census tract lines,
particularly in highly populated areas.
As a result, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that
guidance addressing such situations
would provide flexibility for potential
investors in QOZs, and therefore is
consistent with the underlying policy of
section 1400Z–2. Based on the same
rationale for providing appropriate
flexibility to QOF investors and
encourage additional investment within
QOZs, the Treasury Department and the
IRS decline to adopt the commenter’s
suggestion to require that at least 75
percent of the square footage or value of
the real property be located in the QOZ
in order for real property to be treated
as wholly located within the QOZ.
2. Clarification Regarding Applicability
of the Unadjusted Cost Test
A number of commenters noted that
the preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations set forth an unadjusted cost
test, rather than the square footage test,
to determine whether property that
straddles QOZ and non-QOZ census
tracts would be treated as located within
a QOZ (unadjusted cost test). See 84 FR
18652, 18658 (May 1, 2019) (setting
forth the unadjusted cost test); proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(5)(viii) (setting forth
the square footage test). These
commenters highlighted the relative
strengths of each of these tests, and the
flexibility afforded by multiple
approaches for taxpayers with land that
straddles QOZ and non-QOZ census
tracts. The Treasury Department and the
IRS acknowledge that both tests would
provide helpful guidance such
taxpayers and accordingly have revised
the final regulations to include both the
square footage test and the unadjusted
cost test.
3. Consideration of Revisions to the
Square Footage Test and the Unadjusted
Cost Test and Additional Safe Harbors
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received numerous comments and
recommendations regarding the square
footage test and the unadjusted cost
basis test, including rules that would
govern the application of such tests in
certain circumstances. For example, one
commenter suggested that, with regard
to real property acquired as a single
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1928
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
parcel, the final regulations should
apply the unadjusted cost test and set
forth a presumption that unadjusted
cost is allocated based on the area of the
real property located inside, as
compared to outside, the QOZ. In
applying this presumption to buildings,
however, the commenter suggested that
the final regulations should apply the
square footage test.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
also received several recommendations
regarding appropriate thresholds for the
safe harbor tests. For instance, one
commenter requested that the final
regulations provide a rule to treat real
property located in a QOZ as
substantial, as compared to real
property located outside of a QOZ, if
more than 50 percent of the total square
footage of real property is located inside
of the QOZ. Another commenter
suggested that the percentage of
property located in a QOZ should be
increased to at least 75 percent of the
total square footage of the property. A
third commenter suggested that the final
regulations provide a safe harbor to treat
real property located within a QOZ as
substantial if more than 50 percent of
the real property is located in the QOZ,
as measured by square footage,
unadjusted cost, fair market value, or
other types of quantitative measures.
The commenter indicated that such
quantitative measures might reference
the occurrence of business activities
conducted on the portion of the real
property located inside of the QOZ that
are integral to the business activities
conducted on the portion of real
property located outside of the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the square footage
test and the unadjusted cost test provide
appropriate levels of flexibility for
owners of property that straddles QOZ
and non-QOZ census tracts. While
adoption of the commenters’
recommendations would increase the
degree of guidance available to owners
of such parcels, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that the complexity resulting from
adoption of these recommendations
would outweigh their intended benefits.
As a result, the final regulations do not
adopt the commenters’
recommendations.
4. Requested Clarification for Applying
the Unadjusted Cost Test to Leased
Property
One commenter requested
clarification in applying the unadjusted
cost test to leased property. Under
proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(3),
to determine the value of tangible
property owned by a qualified
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
opportunity zone business for purposes
of the 70-percent tangible property
standard, the unadjusted cost basis of
the property under section 1012 may be
used. For tangible property leased by a
qualified opportunity zone business to
meet the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i), a taxpayer may use
the methodology in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(4). Because
the unadjusted cost of real property may
be used to determine whether property
located inside of a QOZ is substantial
relative to property located outside of a
QOZ, the commenter requested
clarification on which method to use.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that such guidance could
benefit taxpayers and practitioners in
applying these rules. However, because
the valuation methodology in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(4) is used to
value property to meet the statutory
requirements for the 70-percent tangible
property standard, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
apply these methodologies for all
purposes. Accordingly, qualified
opportunity zone businesses may use
only the square footage test or the
unadjusted cost test, to determine if the
subject property is located substantially
within a QOZ when property straddles
QOZ and non-QOZ tracts. The method
chosen must be applied consistently
throughout the holding period under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(iii) for such
property.
5. Requested Clarification Regarding
Contiguous Requirement for Straddle
Property
A number of commenters requested
clarification regarding the requirement
that real property located outside of a
QOZ be contiguous to all or part of the
real property located inside the QOZ.
Some commenters requested that the
contiguity requirement be relaxed in the
following circumstances: (1) Two or
more parcels of real property that are
not contiguous because they are
separated by public property, such as a
road or a sidewalk; and (2) two or more
parcels of real property that are not
contiguous because a third-party owns a
right that burdens the bordering area
between the two tracts, such as an
easement or other right-of-way.
Similarly, commenters have
recommended that the contiguity
requirement be treated as satisfied in
cases in which a development project
that is located outside of a QOZ, but in
a location either adjacent to or within a
short distance from a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’ request, and
agree that the final regulations should
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
clarify and define contiguous property.
As a result, the final regulations provide
that parcels or tracts of land will be
considered contiguous if they possess
common boundaries, and would be
contiguous but for the interposition of a
road, street, railroad, stream or similar
property. In addition, the final
regulations exclude from the definition
of the term ‘‘common boundaries’’
boundaries of parcels of land that touch
only at a common corner.
6. Extension of Straddle Safe Harbor
Principles for Purposes of the 70Percent Use Test
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received multiple recommendations that
the final regulations extend the
principles of proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(d)(5)(viii) to determine whether real
property is used in a QOZ for the 70percent use test. A portion of these
commenters requested that the
extension of these principles apply to
QOFs as well as qualified opportunity
zone businesses. These commenters
contended that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses should be
treated similarly in this context to
further the policy of introducing new
capital investment into QOZs.
For purposes of determining whether
real property qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone business property, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that it would be appropriate
to extend the treatment of real property
that straddles QOZ and non-QOZ tracts
to the 70-percent use test. The final
regulations also confirm that this
extension of treatment applies to both
qualified opportunity zone businesses
and QOFs. The extension of this
concept provides flexibility for trades or
businesses within QOZs, and the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that the requirements for substantiality
(that is, the square footage and
unadjusted cost tests) and contiguity
will minimize the occurrence of abusive
arrangements.
7. Requested Expansion of QOZ
Definition Under Section 1400Z–2
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received a comment requesting that the
final regulations expand the definition
of a QOZ. Specifically, the commenter
suggested that the definition of a QOZ
be revised to include any census tract in
which a development or project is
located if (1) the relevant statistics of the
census tract meet the criteria that were
originally used to identify eligible QOZ
tracts; (2) the development or project is
located within one-quarter mile of an
existing or proposed high-quality transit
stop; or (3) the census tract is located
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
directly adjacent to, or within a short
distance from, an existing QOZ. For
support, the commenter contended that
the process to nominate census tracts as
QOZs may have omitted other tracts
with similar statistical profiles that
might have qualified as QOZs if the
selection process were to have had a
longer duration.
Another commenter recommended
that the final regulations expand the
QOZ concept by treating certain projects
located completely outside a QOZ as
though such projects are located within
a QOZ. Specifically, the commenter
suggested that project components
located outside of a QOZ that are
connected or necessary to the project
components located inside of the QOZ
should be treated as if located in a QOZ.
For support, the commenter provided
examples of industries that rely on
natural resources that might be located
outside of a QOZ, and may be of limited
portability due to their connection to
certain geological or topographic land
features.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the commenters’
recommendations but decline to
incorporate them in the final
regulations. With regard to the
commenter’s request to expand the
definition of a QOZ, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that such recommendation
is not supported by the text of section
1400Z–1, which sets forth the process
for QOZ designation. Moreover, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note
that Rev. Proc. 2018–16, 2018–9 I.R.B.
383, provided additional guidance to
the Chief Executive Officers of each
state regarding the manner by which
certain population census tracts may be
designated as QOZs. With regard to the
commenter’s request to expand the
concept of QOZs to include certain
projects located entirely outside of
QOZs, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that the section
1400Z–2 regulations provide
appropriate flexibility to facilitate the
development of projects and economic
activity that extend beyond the
geographic boundaries of QOZs. The
commenter’s recommendation, if
adopted, would exceed that degree of
flexibility and in certain cases
potentially conflict with locational
requirements of section 1400Z–2.
Q. Application of Section 1397C
Requirements and Safe Harbors to QOFs
The October 2018 and May 2019
proposed regulations provided safe
harbors to address requirements
described in section 1397C that trades
or businesses must satisfy to qualify as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualified opportunity zone businesses.
These safe harbors, including the 31month working capital safe harbor and
the active trade or business safe harbors,
did not specifically apply to QOFs.
Several commenters requested
clarification regarding whether such
requirements described in section
1397C for qualified opportunity zone
businesses also apply to QOFs. Many
commenters suggested that, while QOFs
should not be subject to statutory
requirements imposed on qualified
opportunity zone businesses, QOFs
should be permitted to apply safe
harbors that address section 1397C
requirements. In addition, two
commenters suggested that the 31month working capital safe harbor
should be made available to a QOF that
otherwise meets the requirements for
the safe harbor.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that the text of section 1400Z–2
does not support the application of the
section 1397C requirements to QOFs,
but rather limits the application of those
requirements to qualified opportunity
zone businesses. Consequently, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that any safe harbor made
available under the proposed
regulations to address a section 1397C
requirement imposed on a qualified
opportunity zone business likewise
should not be extended to QOFs. As a
result, the final regulations do not
incorporate the commenters’
recommendations.
R. Consideration of QOF Reliance Rule
Regarding Satisfaction of Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
Requirements
Commenters have requested that the
final regulations provide a special QOF
reliance rule. Such rule would provide
that an entity may be treated as a
qualified opportunity zone business for
the duration of a QOF’s ownership of
the stock or partnership interest in that
entity if, at the time the QOF acquires
its interest in the trade or business, (i)
the QOF does not have control over the
trade or business and (ii) the QOF
reasonably expects the entity will satisfy
each requirements described in section
1400Z–2(d)(3) to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
note that, for stock or a partnership
interest to be treated as qualified
opportunity zone property and counted
toward the 90-percent investment
standard, the trade or business must
meet the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(3). A QOF is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of
section 1400Z–2(d)(3) are met when
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1929
reporting the value of the QOF’s assets
on Form 8996. Therefore, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
accept the commenter’s suggestion.
S. Certain Businesses Described in
Section 144(c)(6) Not Eligible To Be
Qualified Opportunity Zone Businesses
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii) provides
that the term ‘‘qualified opportunity
zone business’’ means a trade or
business that, in addition to satisfying
other requirements described in section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A), is not a business
described in section 144(c)(6)(B)
(commonly referred to as a ‘‘sin
business’’). Section 144(c)(6)(B) lists as
a sin business any (i) private or
commercial golf course, (ii) country
club, (iii) massage parlor, (iv) hot tub
facility, (v) suntan facility, (vi) racetrack
or other facility used for gambling, or
(vii) store the principal business of
which is the sale of alcoholic beverages
for consumption off premises. Section
1400Z–2(d)(1), which sets forth the
definitional requirements for a QOF,
does not prohibit QOFs from directly
conducting section 144(c)(6)(B) sin
businesses.
1. Consideration of General Application
and Adoption of de minimis Threshold
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received several comments
regarding the general application of the
sin business prohibition. Many
commenters have emphasized that
section 1400Z–2 explicitly prohibits
qualified opportunity zone businesses
from being a sin business, but sets forth
no such prohibition for QOFs. These
commenters also have noted, however,
that section 1400Z–2 does not contain
any specific provision that prohibits a
qualified opportunity zone business
from leasing property to a sin business.
In addition, commenters have
contended that a de minimis use of
property in any sin business should not,
on its own, prevent that property from
qualifying as qualified opportunity zone
business property of a QOF. Similarly,
commenters recommended that the final
regulations provide rules prohibiting a
qualified opportunity zone business
from leasing more than a de minimis
amount of its property to a sin business.
These commenters emphasized that
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii) clearly
conveyed Congress’ intent that a
qualified opportunity zone business
should not be a sin business, and
therefore should not be permitted to
circumvent the substance of the sin
business prohibition simply through
leasing its property to such business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate all of the comments
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1930
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
submitted on this issue. First, the final
regulations do not extend the
prohibition on sin businesses to the
definition of a QOF because, as
highlighted by several commenters,
section 1400Z–2 explicitly prohibits
qualified opportunity zone businesses
from operating sin businesses, but sets
forth no similar prohibition for QOFs.
See section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii)
(setting forth sin business prohibition
for qualified opportunity zone
businesses); section 1400Z–2(d)(1)
(providing QOF definition). In addition,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that section 1400Z–2 does not
explicitly prohibit a qualified
opportunity zone business from leasing
its property to a sin business. However,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the purpose of
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii) is to
prevent qualified opportunity zone
businesses from operating sin
businesses, which a qualified
opportunity zone business nonetheless
could carry out simply by leasing such
property to a sin business. To ensure
that the purpose of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(iii) is effectuated, the final
regulations prohibit a qualified
opportunity zone business from leasing
more than five percent of its property to
a sin business. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that this de minimis
threshold will reduce the risk of a
qualified opportunity zone business
inadvertently violating the sin business
prohibition.
2. Consideration of Request for
Additional Detail Regarding ‘‘Sin
Business’’ Qualification
Commenters also requested that the
final regulations provide additional
detail regarding the spectrum of
businesses covered by the descriptions
set forth in section 144(c)(6)(B). One
commenter requested confirmation that
the ‘‘alcoholic beverage’’ restriction be
limited to the clear meaning of a
traditional ‘‘liquor store’’ that sells
alcoholic beverages to customers for
consumption off premises, but not to
restaurants, wineries, breweries, or
distilleries. Another commenter
requested clarification that full-service
spa facilities operated in hotels and
other similar properties do not
constitute prohibited sin businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree with the commenters that
additional detail regarding the
qualification of a business as a ‘‘sin
business’’ would be helpful in certain
cases. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the rules suggested by
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the commenters, as well as similar
provisions, would inject significant
complexity into the final regulations
and likely cause additional uncertainty
regarding the scope of the term ‘‘sin
business’’ due to its inherently factual
nature. As a result, the final regulations
do not incorporate the commenters’
recommendations.
U. Tangible Property That Ceases To Be
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Property
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(B) provides a
special rule that permits a qualified
opportunity zone business to treat
tangible property that ceases to be
qualified opportunity zone business
property as qualified opportunity zone
business property for the lesser of five
years after (i) the date on which such
tangible property ceases to be so
qualified, or (ii) the date on which such
tangible property is no longer held by
the qualified opportunity zone business.
The phrase ‘‘ceases to be qualified
opportunity zone business property’’
indicates that the tangible property must
have been used in a trade or business for
a period of time. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that tangible property must
have been qualified opportunity zone
business property used in a trade or
business for at least two years.
Therefore, the final regulations
provide that a qualified opportunity
zone business may apply section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(B) only if the qualified
opportunity zone business property was
qualified opportunity zone business
property used by a qualified
opportunity zone business in a QOZ for
at least two years. Further, to ensure
that only qualified opportunity zone
business property used in a qualified
opportunity zone business is eligible for
the benefits of section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(B),
the final regulations provide that the 31month working capital safe harbor
period and the 30-month substantial
improvement period pursuant to which
tangible property may be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business
property for purposes of the 70-percent
tangible property standard, are not taken
into consideration in determining
whether property meets the
requirements for eligibility under
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(B).
V. Exceptions Based on Location in
Which an Entity Is Created, Formed or
Organized
The proposed regulations clarified
that a QOF must be an entity classified
as a corporation or partnership for
Federal tax purposes. In addition, a
QOF must be created or organized in
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
one of the 50 states, the District of
Columbia, or a U.S. territory, or
organized under the laws of an Indian
tribal government. If an entity is
organized in a U.S. territory but not in
one of the 50 states or in the District of
Columbia, then the entity may be a QOF
only if the entity is organized for the
purpose of investing in qualified
opportunity zone property that relates to
a trade or business operated in the
territory in which the entity is
organized.
The proposed regulations further
clarified that qualified opportunity zone
property may include stock or a
partnership interest in an entity
classified as a corporation or
partnership for Federal income tax
purposes. In addition, that entity must
be a corporation or partnership created
or organized in, or under the laws of,
one of the 50 states, the District of
Columbia, or a U.S. territory, or
organized under the laws of an Indian
tribal government. If an entity is
organized in a U.S. territory but not in
one of the 50 states or in the District of
Columbia, then an equity interest in the
entity may be a qualified opportunity
property only if the entity conducts a
qualified opportunity zone business in
the U.S. territory in which the entity is
organized.
The proposed regulations defined a
U.S. possession, now referred to as a
U.S. territory, to mean any jurisdiction
outside of the 50 states and the District
of Columbia in which a designated QOZ
exists under section 1400Z–1. This
definition includes the following
jurisdictions: (1) American Samoa, (2)
Guam, (3) the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands, (4) the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and (5)
the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Certain comments discussed the
interaction between the section 1400Z–
2 rules and the rules for taxation of
controlled foreign corporations (as
defined in section 957) (CFCs). One
commenter requested the basis for the
proposed rule requiring that a QOF be
organized in one of the 50 states,
District of Columbia, or a U.S. territory,
but did not request any change. Other
than for clarifying that an entity
qualifying as a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business can be
organized under the laws of an Indian
tribal government, this rule is being
finalized without change. This rule was
proposed due to the difficulty of
tracking whether a foreign entity
continuously satisfies the requirements
for QOF status. Additionally, a foreign
entity may not be subject to Federal
income tax; thus, imposing the penalty
under section 1400Z–2(f)(1) if the entity
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
fails to maintain the 90-percent
investment standard set forth in section
1400Z–2(d)(1) could be difficult.
Finally, a foreign entity is unlikely to be
a QOF given the requirement that a QOF
must invest almost exclusively in QOZs,
which must themselves be located only
in the United States and U.S. territories.
As noted previously, although a QOF
cannot be an entity organized in a
foreign country, it can be an entity
organized in a U.S. territory. A
corporation organized in a U.S. territory
is treated as a CFC on a given day if the
ownership requirements in section 957
are satisfied on that day. A United
States shareholder (as defined in section
951(b)) of a CFC generally includes in
gross income, for its taxable year in
which or with which the CFC’s taxable
year ends, its pro rata share of the CFC’s
subpart F income (as defined in section
952) under section 951(a) (subpart F
regime), as well as the United States
shareholder’s global intangible lowtaxed income under section 951A(a)
(GILTI regime), which is based on the
tested income (as defined in section
951A(c)(2)(A)) of the CFC and other
items relevant to determining the
amount of the United States
shareholder’s inclusion in gross income
under section 951A(a).
The proposed rules relating to entities
organized in U.S. territories are adopted
without change.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
VI. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(e)–1
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(e)–1 provided
rules regarding mixed-funds
investments. This part VI of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions addresses comments
regarding proposed § 1.1400Z2(e)–1 as
well as comments regarding provisions
of section 1400Z–2(e) that were not
addressed in the proposed regulations,
such as the definition of ‘‘related
persons’’ in section 1400Z–2(e)(2). For a
discussion of whether certain
transactions between investors and
QOFs or qualified opportunity zone
businesses are treated as transactions
between related persons, see part
II.A.1.d of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions.
A. Related Persons and the Step
Transaction Doctrine
Section 1400Z–2(e)(2) provides that,
for purposes of section 1400Z–2, parties
are ‘‘related’’ if their relationship
satisfies either section 267(b) or
707(b)(1), with the threshold for
relatedness lowered from 50 percent to
20 percent. This definition applies to
two categories of transactions. First,
eligible gain must arise from a sale or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
exchange with an unrelated party. See
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(2)(i)(C). Second, in
order for tangible property to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property, a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business must acquire
the subject tangible property from an
unrelated party. See section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) and proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(4)(i)(A). The
proposed regulations did not further
elaborate on the statutory definition of
‘‘relatedness.’’
One commenter recommended that a
sale be considered to take place between
unrelated parties for purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations if, as part of an overall plan,
the seller and buyer become unrelated
in a series of transactions that includes
the tested sale. The commenter noted
that certain other income tax regulations
determine ‘‘relatedness’’ after the last
step in a series of related transactions
and advocated a similar rule in the
section 1400Z–2 regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that all relevant
provisions of the Code and general
principles of tax law, including the step
transaction doctrine, govern the
determination whether a transaction is
between unrelated parties for purposes
of section 1400Z–2 and the section
1400Z–2 regulations. Accordingly, the
final regulations do not include a
specific step transaction rule as
requested by the commenter.
B. Non-Qualifying Investment in a QOF
Corporation for Which No Stock Is
Received
Commenters requested clarification
regarding the treatment of mixed-funds
investments in QOF corporations. More
specifically, commenters asked for
clarification regarding situations in
which a shareholder with a qualifying
investment in a QOF corporation makes
a non-qualifying investment in the QOF
but receives no stock in exchange (that
is, a meaningless-gesture contribution).
One commenter requested confirmation
that the shareholder in such situations
has a mixed-funds investment, and that
the basis in the non-qualifying
investment is determined without
regard to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B).
Another commenter questioned whether
the shareholder would have two
implicit blocks of stock in the QOF,
with separate basis determinations and
with distributions and redemptions
being apportioned between the
qualifying and non-qualifying blocks of
stock (analogous to the result under the
special rules for QOF partnerships
discussed in part III.E.1 of this
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1931
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions), or whether each share of
QOF stock would have an identical
basis under general Federal income tax
principles.
The final regulations confirm that a
meaningless-gesture contribution results
in a mixed-funds investment. However,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that addressing the
foregoing questions regarding basis in a
mixed-funds investment in a QOF
corporation is beyond the scope of the
final regulations. The Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to
study such issues. See REG–143686–07,
84 FR 11686 (March 28, 2019).
VII. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(f)–1
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(f)–1 prescribed
rules for QOFs that fail to maintain the
90-percent investment standard of
section 1400Z–2(d)(1) and proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1. In particular, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1(b) specified the time
period in which proceeds must be
reinvested in qualifying property, and
proposed § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c) provided a
general anti-abuse rule.
A. Time Period for a QOF To Reinvest
Proceeds
1. Reinvestment
Section 1400Z–2(e)(4)(B) provides
that the Secretary shall prescribe such
regulations as may be necessary or
appropriate to ensure that a QOF has a
reasonable period of time to reinvest the
return of capital from investments in
qualified opportunity zone property and
to reinvest proceeds received from sale
or disposition of qualified opportunity
zone property. To this end, proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1(b) provided that if a
QOF received proceeds from the return
of capital or the sale or disposition of
some or all of its qualified opportunity
zone property, and if the QOF
reinvested some or all of the proceeds
in qualified opportunity zone property
by the last day of the 12-month period
beginning on the date of the
distribution, sale, or disposition, then
the proceeds were treated as qualified
opportunity zone property in evaluating
whether the QOF satisfied the 90percent investment standard, but only to
the extent the proceeds were
continuously held in cash, cash
equivalents or debt instruments with a
term of 18-months or less. Several
commenters have requested
modifications to this reinvestment rule
for QOFs.
In the proposed regulations, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
requested comments addressing
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1932
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
whether an analogous rule for qualified
opportunity zone businesses would be
beneficial. Multiple commenters have
requested an extension of this QOF
reinvestment rule to qualified
opportunity zone businesses so that
certain dispositions of qualified
opportunity zone business property
would not adversely affect satisfaction
of the 70-percent tangible property
standard in section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i).
The primary argument for the extension
of the QOF reinvestment rule to
qualified opportunity zone businesses is
that like a QOF, a qualified opportunity
zone business may dispose of assets and
reinvest proceeds in other qualified
opportunity zone business property.
These commenters assert that a
qualified opportunity zone business in
the course of its business operations is
more likely to acquire and dispose of
assets than the QOF itself.
Because section 1400Z–2(e)(4)(B)
specifically directs the Secretary to
prescribe regulations relating to the time
period for QOFs to reinvest proceeds
from the sale of qualified opportunity
zone property and does not explicitly
refer to qualified opportunity zone
businesses, the Treasury Department
and the IRS decline to extend this
reinvestment concept to similar
dispositions by a qualified opportunity
zone business. However, qualified
opportunity zone businesses may avail
themselves of the working capital safe
harbor to enable proceeds to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property.
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(b) also
provides that the 12-month
reinvestment period is tolled while
waiting on government action if the
QOF has completed the application for
action and is awaiting a government
response. A commenter requested that
the time period for waiting on
government action be expanded to 24
months if a state of emergency is
declared by the federal government in
the jurisdiction in which the qualified
opportunity zone property is located.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that the reinvestment period
should be expanded if additional delays
are caused by a Federally declared
natural disaster, and have modified the
rules relating to the reinvestment period
to allow for such expansion. However,
a QOF must invest proceeds as
originally planned before the disaster.
For example, if a QOF is unable to
invest in a certain qualified opportunity
zone business property because the
property is located in a Federally
declared disaster area, the QOF must
invest the proceeds in similar property
located in that QOZ.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
2. Nonrecognition Provisions and Their
Application to Section 1400Z–2
In the preamble to the proposed
regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS requested comments
identifying prior examples of tax
regulations that would exclude from
gross income gain from the sale or
disposition of assets held by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business
without an operative statutory
nonrecognition provision. Other code
sections that permit nonrecognition of
income or gain have operative language
permitting nonrecognition. In response,
one commenter recommended a rule
that would exclude from gross income
the gain from the disposition of assets
by a QOF if the gain was reinvested in
‘‘qualifying assets’’ within a 180-day
period after the disposition. In support
of this recommendation, the commenter
explained that such a rule would
encourage reinvestment in assets
located in the areas designated as QOZs.
A second commenter submitted a
similar recommendation with an
additional suggestion that to qualify for
nonrecognition treatment on the
disposition of assets, a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business must satisfy
a minimum holding period for the
qualified opportunity zone property or
qualified opportunity zone business
property. Another commenter suggested
that nonrecognition treatment for the
disposition of QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business assets should
follow the principles of sections 1031
and 1033. This commenter cited
§ 1.1031(k)–1 with its qualified
intermediary rules as an example of a
regulation that expands the scope of the
underlying Code section. While the
Treasury Department and the IRS
understand that such a rule would
provide additional benefits for QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses, the statutory regime permits
gain deferral only at the QOF owner
level; section 1400Z–2 does not
contemplate nonrecognition of gain
arising from transactions at any other
level. Consequently, in order for a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
to receive nonrecognition treatment on
the disposition of assets, the disposition
must qualify for nonrecognition
treatment under another provision of
subtitle A. Accordingly, the Treasury
Department and the IRS do not adopt
this recommendation.
B. Land Banking
As provided in Rev. Rul. 2018–29,
2019 I.R.B. 45, and the proposed
regulations, land that is purchased and
located within a qualified opportunity
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
zone is not subject to either the original
use requirement under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) or the substantial
improvement requirement under
sections 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii). See additional
discussion at V.H, and V.I, of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions. However, in certain
circumstances, unimproved land might
be held in a manner that is inconsistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z–2,
such as if a parcel of unimproved land
does not receive new capital investment
or is not the subject of increased
economic activity or output. As a result,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
have requested and received comments
related to the application of the antiabuse rule under section 1400Z–
2(e)(4)(C) to so-called ‘‘land banking’’
and similar arrangements in addition to
the general anti-abuse rule in proposed
1.1400Z2(f)–1(c).
Some commenters objected to the use
of the term ‘‘land banking’’ to describe
the practice of holding land primarily
for speculative investment and without
an intention to develop a trade or
business on that land and similar
arrangements. These commenters noted
that a commonly used second definition
of the term land banking involves
certain arrangements whereby a local
government may acquire real property
and convert the property to productive
use, or hold the properties for long-term
strategic purposes with the objective of
community development rather than to
earn a profit. The Treasury Department
and the IRS recognize that the use of the
term ‘‘land banking’’ in the final
regulations may cause confusion with
this second definition. In response to
this comment, these final regulations do
not use the term ‘‘land banking’’ or
another alternate term and instead
describe the non-qualifying
arrangements as holding land for
speculative investment.
Several commenters requested that
the final regulations explicitly identify
the policy reasons that holding land for
speculative investment is inconsistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z–2.
Commenters also requested specific
examples of land use that would be
abusive under the regulations. Some
commenters recommended that specific
types of land use be enumerated as per
se abusive including long-term holding
of vacant land and speculative passive
holding of vacant land. Another
commenter recommended an anti-abuse
rule that would prohibit arrangements
that only marginally improve land while
providing a significant tax benefit to
investors without a clear and direct
economic benefit to the community.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
Other commenters requested an
explicit definition for the arrangements
that constitute holding land for
speculative investment. Several
commenters requested and
recommended a standard for the use of
land that would be considered abusive.
Multiple commenters indicated that
such an anti-abuse standard should
incorporate the principles of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(f), which provides that
a QOF may not rely on the proposed
rules for qualified opportunity zone
property in proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(8)(ii)(B) and (d)(4)(ii)(B) if land is
unimproved or minimally improved and
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business purchases the land with an
expectation, an intention, or a view not
to improve the land by more than an
insubstantial amount within 30 months
after the date of purchase. Regarding the
minimal improvement or insubstantial
improvement standard, commenters
requested that the final regulations
include either a bright-line threshold or
provide examples of insubstantial
improvement to land. In addition to a
bright-line threshold for insubstantial
improvement, one commenter suggested
that the final regulations require that
QOFs or qualified opportunity zone
businesses provide a timeline for the
improvements to be made on the
unimproved land.
One commenter provided an
illustration of a potentially problematic
fact pattern in which a taxpayer, a QOF
or a qualified opportunity zone
business, constructs a small shed for use
by an attendant on a parking lot and
charges customers to park on the lot
which is, except for the attendant’s
shed, vacant land. According to the
commenter, this example may represent
improvements that fall in the range
between insubstantial and substantial
improvement and would not be
captured by a rule that prohibits the
practice of holding unimproved land
merely for passive investment due to the
profit motivated trade or business
activities on the lot. By contrast,
referring to a similar fact pattern,
another commenter provided an
analysis that the proposed regulations
were sufficient to thwart speculative
land investment of this type. The
commenter suggested that there were
two existing proposed rules that would
apply to such an arrangement (1) the
requirement that tangible property must
be used in the trade or business of a
QOF or a qualified opportunity zone
business to be considered qualified
opportunity zone business property; and
(2) the general anti-abuse rule in
proposed § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c). Under the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
commenter’s analysis, the parking lot
fact pattern would meet the trade or
business standard; however, under the
general anti-abuse rule, a significant
purpose of the transaction would be a
speculative investment purpose,
therefore, the arrangement could be
recast.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have provided examples to illustrate the
application of the general anti-abuse
rule to two fact patterns related to the
acquisition of land that multiple
commenters have indicated require
additional guidance. The first example
involves a taxpayer that establishes a
parking lot business on a land parcel in
a QOZ. The second example involves a
taxpayer that acquires farmland,
repurposes the land for a different
principal business activity, and makes a
significant investment of capital and
labor into that new business. In the
parking lot example, notwithstanding
the fact that the business has built small
structures on an otherwise empty lot,
because a significant purpose for the
acquisition of the land is to hold the
land for speculative investment, the
anti-abuse rule functions to
recharacterize the transaction so that the
taxpayer may not receive the benefits of
section 1400Z–2. By contrast, in the
second example, the taxpayer’s postacquisition investment tends to show
that land is being used to develop an
operating business in the QOZ, rather
than merely being held with a minimum
level of activity to reap the benefit of
appreciation on what is essentially bare
land. These examples serve to reiterate
the guiding principle that land held for
speculative purposes does not further
the purposes of section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations.
C. General Anti-Abuse Rule
A number of comments addressed the
anti-abuse rule of proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c), which provides that
section 1400Z–2 and the 1400Z–2
regulations must be applied in a manner
consistent with the purposes of section
1400Z–2. To this end, if a significant
purpose of a transaction is to achieve a
tax result that is inconsistent with the
purposes of section 1400Z–2, then the
proposed regulations provided that the
Commissioner can recast a transaction
to achieve consistency with the
purposes of section 1400Z–2. The
determination of whether a tax result is
inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 requires a facts and
circumstances analysis.
Many commenters requested an
articulation of the purposes of section
1400Z–2 to assist taxpayers in avoiding
a recast of their transaction. The
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1933
Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations are to provide specified tax
benefits to owners of QOFs to encourage
the making of longer-term investments,
through QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses, of new capital in one
or more QOZs and to increase the
economic growth of such QOZs.
Therefore, these purposes have been
included in the text of the anti-abuse
rule in the final regulations.
Another commenter requested a safe
harbor from the anti-abuse rule for
failure to comply with the rules, where
the entity’s efforts are in good faith. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
disagree that the purposes of section
1400Z–2 are so elusive that a good faith
attempt to comply with the rules would
be subject to the anti-abuse rule. As
stated previously, the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations are to provide specified
tax benefits to owners of QOFs to
encourage the making of longer-term
investments, through QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses,
of new capital in one or more QOZs and
to increase the economic growth of such
QOZs. Accordingly, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to
provide a good faith exception.
Several commenters requested
enumeration of specific instances of per
se abuse. Items that might be on this list
include: Non-qualifying investments; a
specific rule to ensure that taxpayers do
not exploit the inventory safe harbor to
evade the 90-percent investment
standard for QOFs or the 70-percent
tangible property standard; and a rule,
similar to an ‘‘anti-stuffing’’ rule, that
establishes that certain transactions
undertaken to qualify property as
qualified opportunity zone property, but
with transitory effect, would be deemed
abusive.
Other commenters suggested adding
to the list of per se abuses activities that
would be harmful to the community in
which the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business operates, such as
dramatically increased rents, a high
number of tenant evictions, lack of
direct or sustained community benefit,
and activities not vetted by community
or local government and that result in a
dislocation of community residents. To
this end, several commenters suggested
that QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses identify, ex ante, one or
more beneficial community outcomes
that the QOF and qualified opportunity
zone businesses intend to achieve.
These outcomes would include creating
quality jobs, developing affordable
housing, and investing in community
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1934
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
facilities that benefit low-income
residents of the community. One
commenter recommended a safe harbor
from the anti-abuse provision for QOFs
that receive third party certification
demonstrating the QOF’s public benefit.
The commenter cited benefit
corporation legislation and standards
under the Small Business
Administration as precedent for this
approach.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are appreciative of the comments
received on the anti-abuse provision.
Accordingly, several examples of the
operation of the general anti-abuse rule
have been included in the final
regulations.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
VIII. Comments on and Changes to
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(g)–1
Proposed § 1.1400Z2(g)–1 prescribed
rules regarding the Federal income tax
treatment of QOFs owned by members
of consolidated groups.
A. Section 1400Z–2 and the
Consolidated Return Regulations
As discussed in part II.A.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations permit the
deferral of eligible gain when a taxpayer
makes a qualifying investment in a
QOF. The deferred gain is tracked by the
taxpayer’s basis in its qualifying
investment and is included in gross
income upon an inclusion event.
Section 1501 provides that an
affiliated group of corporations, as
defined in section 1504, may elect to file
a consolidated income tax return. The
regulations under section 1502 provide
rules applicable to consolidated groups.
Many of the consolidated return
provisions aim to treat members of a
consolidated group as a single entity.
For example, the investment adjustment
rules under § 1.1502–32 affect the
determination of members’ basis in the
stock of subsidiary members. The
purpose of the investment adjustment
rules is to treat the consolidated group
as a single entity by ensuring that
members’ items of income, gain,
deduction, and loss are taken into
account by the tax system once, and
only once.
As stated in the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations, the
respective frameworks of section
1400Z–2 and the consolidated return
regulations are incompatible in many
respects. The preamble emphasized that
special rules would be required to
harmonize the policy objectives of
sections 1400Z–2 and 1502; for
example, special rules would be
required under §§ 1.1502–13, 1.1502–
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
19, and 1.1502–32. For this reason,
among others, the Treasury Department
and the IRS proposed treating stock of
a QOF C corporation as not stock for
purposes of section 1504. Accordingly,
under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, a QOF C corporation could
be the common parent of a consolidated
group but could not be a subsidiary
member of the consolidated group.
However, the Treasury Department and
the IRS requested comments on whether
the burden of potentially applying two
different sets of consolidated return
rules would be outweighed by the
benefits of permitting QOF C
corporations to be subsidiary members
of consolidated groups.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received numerous comments regarding
the consolidated return rules in the May
2019 proposed regulations. For
example, as a procedural matter,
commenters recommended moving
these rules to the regulations under
sections 1502 and 1504. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with this
recommendation and have moved the
rules regarding the Federal income tax
treatment of QOFs owned by members
of consolidated groups from
§ 1.1400Z2(g)–1 to §§ 1.1502–14Z and
1.1504–3.
Part VIII.B.1 of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions
sets forth summaries of the comments
received with respect to the
consolidated return rules in the May
2019 proposed regulations. The
remainder of part VIII of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions provides the responses of the
Treasury Department and the IRS and
describes the revisions adopted in the
final regulations.
B. QOF C Corporation as a Subsidiary
Member of a Consolidated Group
1. Comments on Consolidating
Subsidiary QOF C Corporations
Commenters requested generally that
QOF C corporations be permitted to join
in the filing of consolidated income tax
returns as subsidiary members. The
commenters maintained that, if
consolidation of subsidiary QOF C
corporations were permitted, investors
would possess greater flexibility to
structure and manage qualifying
investments, which would result in
increased investment in QOZs.
Consistent with the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations, commenters
acknowledged that, if a QOF C
corporation could be a subsidiary
member of a consolidated group (QOF
member), special rules might be needed
under § 1.1502–13 (regarding
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
intercompany transactions), § 1.1502–19
(regarding excess loss accounts, or
ELAs), and § 1.1502–32 (regarding stock
basis adjustments). In particular,
commenters suggested adopting rules
similar to the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(4) for pass-through
entities to resolve complications arising
from the interaction of section 1400Z–
2 and § 1.1502–32.
Commenters also suggested
alternatives to a blanket permission for
QOF corporations to be subsidiary
members of a consolidated group. For
example, some commenters requested
that subsidiary QOF C corporations
formed as members of, or acquired by,
a consolidated group prior to the
publication of the May 2019 proposed
regulations (pre-existing QOF subs) be
permitted to continue as QOF members.
Commenters argued that, even if the
Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to generally allow the
consolidation of subsidiary QOF C
corporations, grandfathering these preexisting QOF subs would be
appropriate. Those commenters stressed
that many taxpayers had evaluated,
structured, and completed transactions
prior to the issuance of the May 2019
proposed regulations based on the
assumption that subsidiary QOF C
corporations could join in the filing of
consolidated returns. One commenter
suggested that QOF members formed
within a reasonable grace period after
the issuance of the May 2019 proposed
regulations also be grandfathered.
As a second alternative, commenters
requested that taxpayers be allowed to
convert their QOF members into
partnerships and treat those entities as
partnerships retroactive to the date of
the qualifying investment. These
commenters also requested that the final
regulations provide rules to ensure that
such restructuring would not constitute
an inclusion event. Similarly,
commenters requested that taxpayers be
allowed to retroactively treat a QOF C
corporation either as a nonmember of a
consolidated group or as a member of
the consolidated group that is not a
QOF.
Commenters also requested rules
detailing the consequences of
deconsolidating pre-existing QOF subs
if the Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to allow pre-existing QOF subs
to remain members of the consolidated
group. The commenters requested that
the deconsolidation event not be treated
as an inclusion event and suggested
multiple approaches with regard to
stock basis adjustments, ELA inclusions,
application of the unified loss rule, and
other issues on deconsolidation.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
2. Election To Consolidate a Subsidiary
QOF C Corporation
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, commenters requested that
subsidiary QOF C corporations be
permitted to join in the filing of
consolidated returns while
acknowledging that additional rules
may be required to harmonize the
operation of section 1400Z–2 and the
consolidated return regulations. In
response to these comments, the final
regulations permit the consolidation of
subsidiary QOF C corporations, subject
to certain conditions. The final
regulations also include special rules to
coordinate the simultaneous application
of section 1400Z–2 and the consolidated
return regulations to QOF members.
a. Conditions To Consolidate a
Subsidiary QOF C Corporation
These final regulations permit the
consolidation of a subsidiary QOF C
corporation only if certain conditions
are satisfied. Specifically, except in very
limited circumstances, and consistent
with the general principles of section
1400Z–2, the consolidated group
member that makes the qualifying
investment in the QOF member (QOF
investor member) must maintain a
direct equity interest in the QOF
member. In addition, the final
regulations require all QOF investor
members to be wholly owned, directly
or indirectly, by the common parent of
the consolidated group. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that these conditions will
help preserve the integrity of the
consolidated return regulations and
ensure that taxpayers apply section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations in a manner consistent with
the policies underlying section 1400Z–
2 and the consolidated return
regulations.
Failure to satisfy either of the
foregoing conditions for consolidation
will result in the deconsolidation of the
QOF member. Part VIII.B.4 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions describes the Federal
income tax consequences of
deconsolidation of a QOF member.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
i. Direct Ownership Requirement
Section 1400Z–2 sets forth a general
requirement that a QOF owner must
retain its direct qualifying investment in
a QOF in order to retain the benefits of
that section. See § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) and
part III.A of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions; see also
the preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations. Accordingly, to consolidate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
a subsidiary QOF C corporation, the
investor member generally must retain
direct ownership of the QOF stock of
the QOF member (QOF member stock).
In addition, the QOF investor member
generally is subject to the same rules
regarding inclusion events as an
investor in a non-member QOF.
However, the final regulations provide a
limited exception for certain transfers of
QOF member stock that are treated as
intercompany transactions and are
eligible for single-entity treatment. See
part VIII.C.3 of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions
for a discussion of this limited
exception.
The direct ownership requirement is
not a section 1502-specific rule, for this
requirement generally applies outside of
consolidation as well. The operation of
the section 1400Z–2 rules requires close
monitoring of a QOF owner’s basis in
the qualifying investment. See generally
part III.G of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions. Moreover,
as noted in the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations, application
of the investment adjustment rules of
§ 1.1502–32 results in substantial and
ongoing stock basis adjustments to QOF
member stock that are unrelated to the
rules and policies of section 1400Z–2
and that complicate the operation of
section 1400Z–2 in the consolidated
group context. In addition, the transfer
of QOF member stock between
consolidated group members, and across
ownership chains, further increases the
complexity of appropriately tracking the
QOF investor member’s basis in its QOF
member stock. Therefore, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that applying the general
rule in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) (regarding
dispositions of qualifying investments)
inside the consolidated group, by
imposing the direct ownership
requirement on the QOF investor
member, would simplify the
administration of section 1400Z–2 to
QOF members. But see part VIII.C.3 of
this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions for a
discussion of an exception to the
general rule for certain intercompany
sales of qualifying investments.
ii. Wholly Owned QOF Investor
Member
The requirement that each QOF
investor member itself be wholly
owned, directly or indirectly, by the
common parent of the consolidated
group further serves to prevent
uneconomic or other inappropriate
outcomes that otherwise might be
achieved through the interaction of
sections 1400Z–2 and 1502.
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1935
Under the general affiliation rules, to
be a member of a consolidated group, an
includible corporation need not be
wholly owned. Instead, only 80 percent
of the vote and value of the stock of an
includible corporation must be owned
directly by other consolidated group
members. Therefore, an includible
corporation that is owned 80 percent by
members of a consolidated group and 20
percent by non-members can be a
member of the consolidated group (80/
20 member).
The final regulations impose a stricter
requirement for the ownership of QOF
investor members to ensure the
application of the inclusion rules of
section 1400Z–2(b) conforms to the
policy underlying section 1400Z–2. As
emphasized in part III.G of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the application of key
provisions under section 1400Z–2
depends upon a close monitoring of the
basis of the qualifying investment in the
hands of the QOF owner. If QOF
investor members were not required to
be wholly owned, a consolidated group
effectively could alienate and monetize
a substantial portion of its qualifying
investment by selling shares in QOF
investor members or in higher-tier
members in a QOF investor member’s
ownership chain, but the consolidated
group would continue to enjoy section
1400Z–2 benefits because direct
ownership of the qualifying investment
would not change hands. The
requirement that each QOF investor
member be wholly owned, directly or
indirectly, by the common parent also
limits incongruities in the application of
§ 1.1502–32 to an ownership chain that
includes a QOF member. Both of these
issues are discussed later in this part
VIII.B.2.a of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions.
Under § 1.1502–76(b), a consolidated
group includes in its computation of
taxable income all income, gain,
deduction, and loss items of a
consolidated group member, regardless
of the percentage of the member’s stock
that is directly or indirectly
(economically) held by the common
parent. However, under § 1.1502–32, the
investment adjustments that are made to
the stock of that member (and up the
chain through tiers of stock ownership
to the common parent) reflect only the
pro rata stock ownership held at each
tier. For example, assume that the
common parent owns 80 percent of
another member (R) (an 80/20 member),
which owns 80 percent of the QOF
investor member (also an 80/20
member), which wholly owns the QOF
member. In that case, the consolidated
group’s use of a $100 loss of the QOF
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1936
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
member would result in an $80
reduction of basis in the stock of the
QOF investor member held by R, but
only a $64 reduction of basis in the
stock of R held by the common parent.
Adding a third 80/20 member to the
QOF member’s ownership chain would
result in a 51 percent indirect interest,
and adding a fourth 80/20 member
would result in a 41 percent indirect
interest, thereby further reducing the
extent to which the QOF member’s tax
items used by the consolidated group
are reflected in stock basis up the chain.
The facial incongruity between the
full inclusion of taxable items and the
pro rata adjustment to stock basis
generally does not upset the equilibrium
of the consolidated return system
because the rules apply to income and
gain as well as deduction and loss
items. In other words, even though a
consolidated group may receive an
overstated benefit in the case of loss and
deduction items (that is, full use of a
member’s loss with only a pro rata
decrease in the basis of the member’s
stock), the consolidated group also must
take into account all of a member’s
income despite holding less than all of
the member’s stock (and getting only a
pro rata increase in the basis of the
member’s stock). Over the course of
years, this situation generally will
remain in balance.
However, the interaction of the
foregoing rules with the rules under
section 1400Z–2 upsets this balance in
the case of 80/20 members with outside
investors. In fact, the exclusion of gain
under section 1400Z–2(c) upon the sale
or exchange of a qualifying investment
not only ensures that there will be no
balancing over the course of years, but
also may offer opportunities to magnify
the imbalance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are aware that, outside of consolidation,
taxpayers can monetize the value of a
qualifying investment by selling an
indirect interest in the QOF (that is,
stock in the QOF owner). However, in
that case, the QOF owner would retain
all of its ownership of the qualifying
investment. Because the consolidated
group computes its taxable income and
tax liability as a single entity (headed by
the common parent), the sale of a
portion of the indirect interest in the
QOF member out from under the
common parent is the functional
equivalent of a non-consolidated QOF
owner disposing of part of its qualifying
investment. Therefore, these regulations
require that the QOF investor member
be wholly owned, directly or indirectly,
by the common parent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
b. Effects of Consolidating a Subsidiary
QOF C Corporation
The preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations noted, and
commenters have acknowledged, that
allowing a QOF C corporation to
become a subsidiary member of a
consolidated group would necessitate
the imposition of special rules. In
addition to the requirements for
consolidation of a QOF member
discussed in part VIII.B.2.a of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, these final regulations add
special rules that coordinate the
application of the consolidated return
provisions and the rules in section
1400Z–2 by imposing restrictions on the
application of the full range of
consolidated return rules. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that this approach is
preferable to the alternative—creating a
complex set of parallel consolidated
investment adjustment rules and
intercompany transaction rules
applicable to QOF member stock and
transactions by QOF members.
First, as stated in the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations, a
special rule is needed to effectuate and
harmonize the ELA rules under
§ 1.1502–19 and the rules of section
1400Z–2. Section 1.1502–19 allows a
consolidated group to use tax attributes
of a member (M) in excess of the
consolidated group’s investment in M
without recognition of gain. Instead,
members owning M stock must track the
negative basis (that is, the ELA) in their
M shares and must include the ELA in
income upon the occurrence of
specified events, including the disposal
of M stock. However, upon a sale or
exchange of a qualifying investment,
section 1400Z–2(c) permits an investor
that has held its qualifying investment
for at least 10 years to elect to treat its
basis in the qualifying investment as
equal to fair market value. Thus, an
investor may eliminate the appreciation
on its qualifying investment by making
the election under section 1400Z–2(c).
As further noted in the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations, the
existence of negative stock basis is
unique to the consolidated return
regulations and is not contemplated by
section 1400Z–2. Accordingly, these
final regulations include a rule under
which the investor member must take
its ELA into account pursuant to
§ 1.1502–19 before its basis in the QOF
member stock is adjusted to fair market
value under section 1400Z–2(c).
Second, the final regulations include
a special rule to determine when a
distribution by a QOF member to the
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
QOF investor member constitutes an
inclusion event. Generally, as provided
in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(8), a distribution
by a QOF C corporation is an inclusion
event to the extent section 301(c)(3)
applies to the distribution. In a
consolidated group, intercompany
distributions are governed by the rules
in § 1.1502–13(f), and distributions in
excess of the distributee’s basis in the
distributor do not result in income to
the distributee under section 301(c)(3);
rather, the excess amount creates or
increases the distributee’s ELA in the
distributor stock. Thus, to coordinate
the application of section 1400Z–2 and
the consolidated return rules, these final
regulations provide that a distribution
by a QOF member to a QOF investor
member is an inclusion event to the
extent the distribution otherwise would
create or increase an ELA in the QOF
member stock.
Third, the final regulations include a
special rule for computing the amount
includible by an investor member upon
the occurrence of an inclusion event.
Generally, the amount includible under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2) is determined by
reference to the investor’s basis in the
qualifying investment. However, when a
subsidiary QOF C corporation is a
member of a consolidated group,
§ 1.1502–32 applies to adjust the QOF
investor member’s basis in the stock of
the QOF member to reflect the QOF
member’s income, gain, deduction, or
loss. The preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations raised the issue of
how to properly determine the QOF
investor member’s amount includible
when its basis in the QOF member
includes basis adjustments unrelated to
section 1400Z–2.
Commenters recommended that the
final regulations adopt rules similar to
those for pass-through entities to
compute the QOF investor member’s
amount includible under section
1400Z–2. The investment adjustment
rules under § 1.1502–32 are similar to
the partnership basis provisions of
section 705, and these final regulations
adopt rules similar to the special rule
for pass-through entities in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(4). The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that the adoption of this
rule to compute the QOF investor
member’s amount includible, in
conjunction with the imposition of
certain conditions for consolidation (as
discussed in part VIII.B.2.a of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions), will avoid many
complexities in the application of the
inclusion rules of section 1400Z–2
within a consolidated group.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
Fourth, the final regulations include a
special rule applicable to transactions
between the QOF’s separate affiliated
group (QOF SAG) and other members of
the consolidated group. A QOF SAG is,
with respect to a QOF member, the
affiliated group that would be
determined under section 1504(a) if the
QOF member were the common parent.
The final regulations treat a sale or
exchange of property between a QOF
SAG member and a member of the
consolidated group that is not a member
of such QOF SAG as a transaction that
is not an intercompany transaction.
Conversely, transactions between QOF
SAG members, and transactions
between a QOF SAG member and a
member of the consolidated group that
is not a member of such QOF SAG other
than a sale or exchange of property, are
intercompany transactions that are
subject to the rules of § 1.1502–13.
This rule is necessary to effectuate the
application of section 1400Z–2 in a
consolidated group. As noted previously
in this part VIII.B.2.b of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions, the election under section
1400Z–2(c) potentially allows taxpayers
to permanently exclude their gain on a
qualifying investment held for at least
10 years. The availability of this benefit
places additional import on ensuring
that the gain excluded as a result of the
election under section 1400Z–2(c) is not
inflated by bargain sales within the
consolidated group. Treating property
transactions between the QOF SAG and
other members as currently taxable
helps ensure that any such transactions
are bona fide, arm’s-length transactions.
This treatment also is consistent with
treating the QOF as a separate entity for
purposes integral to the rules of section
1400Z–2 (for example, treating a
contribution to a QOF member as a
qualifying investment).
Fifth, the final regulations provide
that a consolidated group is not treated
as a single entity for purposes of
determining whether a QOF member or
a qualified opportunity zone business
satisfies the investment standard rules
in section 1400Z–2(d) and (f) and
§§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 and 1.1400Z2(f)–1.
Instead, these rules generally apply
separately to each consolidated group
member that is a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business. For
example, in measuring whether a QOF
member meets the 90-percent
investment standard, only property
(including qualified opportunity zone
stock or qualified opportunity zone
partnership interests) owned by the
QOF member itself is taken into
account. To preserve the separate-entity
treatment of the QOF, the QOF member
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
cannot take into account property
transferred to a member of the
consolidated group that is not a member
of the QOF member’s QOF SAG in
satisfying the requirements in section
1400Z–2(d). This issue was identified in
the preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations. See also the discussion of
the inapplicability of the intercompany
transaction regulations to property
transactions between QOF members and
certain other consolidated group
members in this part VIII.B.2.b of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions.
c. Anti-Avoidance Rule
As discussed in parts VIII.A, VIII.B,
and VIII.C.2 of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of
Revisions, the interactions between the
consolidated return regulations and
section 1400Z–2 are novel and complex,
particularly for QOF members whose
consolidation is allowed under these
final regulations in response to
comments received on the May 2019
proposed regulations. In response to
comments, these final regulations also
make single-entity treatment available
for purposes of section 1400Z–2
following certain transfers of qualifying
investments, including deemed
transactions, between members of a
consolidated group. To prevent
inappropriate interactions between the
two sets of rules, certain consolidated
return regulations have been made
inapplicable in relation to QOF
members and qualifying investments
transferred between consolidated group
members, and the application of other
consolidated return rules has been
modified. However, due to the novelty
of the interactions between the rules,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
are concerned that additional,
unanticipated issues may arise from
those interactions, which might be
exploited to produce results that violate
the purposes underlying section 1400Z–
2 or the consolidated return regulations.
To be responsive to comments
received but still provide the flexibility
necessary to obtain an appropriate
balancing of the purposes underlying
section 1400Z–2 and the consolidated
return rules, these final regulations
include an anti-avoidance rule. This
rule provides that, if a transaction is
structured with a view to avoiding the
application of the rules of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations or the consolidated return
regulations (including section 1.1502–
14Z), appropriate adjustments will be
made to carry out the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations. For example, if a
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1937
consolidated group engages in a
restructuring (such as a distribution
described in section 355) with a purpose
to make use of stock basis adjustments
under § 1.1502–32 resulting from
increases in the basis of stock under
section 1400Z–2(b) in a sale or exchange
transaction but without disposing of any
part of the consolidated group’s direct
ownership of the relevant qualifying
interest, the transaction will be treated
as an inclusion event with regard to an
appropriate amount of deferred gain.
3. Transition Relief
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, commenters requested
transition relief for pre-existing QOF
subs. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that transition
relief is appropriate, and these final
regulations include multiple elective
relief options.
Under the final regulations, a preexisting QOF sub may elect to be
reclassified as a QOF partnership, a
QOF C corporation that is not a member
of the consolidated group, or a member
of the consolidated group that is not a
QOF (reclassification election). A
reclassification election is effective as of
the first day the pre-existing QOF sub
was acquired or formed by members of
the consolidated group (day one). If a
pre-existing QOF sub makes a
reclassification election, appropriate
adjustments (for example, with respect
to basis adjustments under § 1.1502–32
and E&P under § 1.1502–33) must be
made to account for the change in status
of the pre-existing QOF sub. In addition,
if a pre-existing QOF sub was a QOF C
corporation before being acquired by a
consolidated group, and if the
consolidated group elects to treat the
pre-existing QOF sub as a QOF
partnership as of day one (that is, the
date it was acquired by the consolidated
group), the conversion from a QOF C
corporation to a QOF partnership on
day one is an inclusion event. See
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(2).
In the alternative, a pre-existing QOF
sub that meets certain conditions may
elect to maintain its status as a QOF C
corporation and remain a member of the
consolidated group. See part VIII.B.2.a
of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, which
describes the conditions for such an
election. If a pre-existing QOF sub elects
to remain a member of the consolidated
group, the pre-existing QOF sub will be
subject to unique rules and restrictions
not typically applicable to a
consolidated group member, as
discussed in part VIII.B.2.b of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1938
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
of Revisions. The pre-existing QOF sub
will have 90 days from the date of
publication of these final regulations to
satisfy the conditions for consolidating
as a subsidiary QOF C corporation.
Transition relief is available only to
pre-existing QOF subs. QOF C
corporations formed after the
publication of the May 2019 proposed
regulations are not eligible for transition
relief, but any such QOF C corporation
may elect to be treated as a subsidiary
member of a consolidated group. See
part VIII.B.2 of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions
for a discussion of the conditions and
effects of consolidating a subsidiary
QOF C corporation.
4. Deconsolidation of Subsidiary QOF C
Corporation
The final regulations also provide
rules regarding the deconsolidation of
QOF members. Deconsolidation can
occur when a QOF member fails to meet
the general section 1504 affiliation
requirements or fails to satisfy the
conditions in these final regulations to
consolidate a subsidiary QOF C
corporation. In addition,
deconsolidation can occur when a preexisting QOF sub fails to elect in a
timely manner one of the transition
relief provisions discussed in part
VIII.B.3 of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions.
If a QOF member deconsolidates, the
deconsolidation is treated as a
disposition for purposes of applying the
rule in § 1.1502–19 that requires any
ELA in the QOF member’s stock to be
included in income, and it is treated as
a transfer of all of the QOF member
stock for purposes of applying the
unified loss rule in § 1.1502–36.
However, the deconsolidation
constitutes an inclusion event only to
the extent the deconsolidation event
also constitutes an inclusion event as
defined in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). For
example, if a QOF member
deconsolidates because the investor
member sells 25 percent of the QOF
member stock to a nonmember, the QOF
deconsolidates and §§ 1.1502–19 and
1.1502–36 will apply to all QOF shares
owned by members, but there will be an
inclusion event only for 25 percent of
the shares. In addition, if the investor
member has positive basis in QOF
member stock because of investment
adjustments under § 1.1502–32, the
investor member retains such basis in
the QOF member following
deconsolidation, but such basis is not
taken into account in computing the
investor member’s amount includible
under section 1400Z–2(b) postdeconsolidation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
A special E&P rule applies if the QOF
member deconsolidates before
December 31, 2026. The special E&P
rule reverses the general rule for
deconsolidations in § 1.1502–33(e) to
provide that the QOF member retains its
E&P, and to require elimination from the
consolidated group of any QOF
member’s E&P taken into account by
other members under § 1.1502–33. This
special rule will permit the QOF C
corporation to make section 301(c)(1)
distributions, to the extent of its E&P,
following deconsolidation without
triggering inclusion of the investor
member’s remaining deferred gain
under section 1400Z–2(b).
5. Treatment of QOF Stock Under
Section 1504
The May 2019 proposed regulations
treated stock in a QOF C corporation as
not stock for purposes of section 1504.
As discussed in part VIII.A of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, the purpose of this rule
was to prevent a subsidiary QOF C
corporation from being included as a
member of an affiliated group filing
consolidated returns. However,
commenters noted that, under this
proposed rule, the dividends received
deduction under section 243 would be
unavailable to corporate shareholders of
QOF C corporations because
qualification for that deduction depends
on the distributing corporation and
shareholder being part of the same
affiliated group. Commenters
recommended that, even if the final
regulations preclude a subsidiary QOF C
corporation from being a member of an
affiliated group for purposes of joining
in the filing of a consolidated return, the
final regulations should permit a QOF C
corporation to be a member of an
affiliated group for purposes of the
dividends received deduction.
In response to the foregoing
comments, these final regulations
provide that QOF stock is not treated as
stock only for purposes of determining
eligibility to join in the filing of a
consolidated return under section 1501.
Therefore, this rule will not affect the
availability of the dividends received
deduction or any other provision that
cross-references affiliation status under
section 1504 other than consolidated
group membership.
C. Qualifying Investments by Members
of a Consolidated Group
In response to the May 2019 proposed
regulations, commenters raised many
questions regarding the interaction of
the intercompany transaction rules of
§ 1.1502–13 and section 1400Z–2. For
example, commenters asked about the
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
application of § 1.1502–13 when a
qualifying investment is transferred in
an intercompany transaction. Many of
the issues noted by commenters arise
regardless of whether the QOF is a
member of a consolidated group.
The stated purpose of § 1.1502–13 is
to provide rules to clearly reflect the
taxable income (and tax liability) of the
consolidated group as a whole by
preventing intercompany transactions
from creating, accelerating, avoiding, or
deferring consolidated taxable income
or consolidated tax liability. In other
words, the existence of intercompany
transactions must not affect
consolidated taxable income or
consolidated tax liability. Therefore,
§ 1.1502–13 generally determines the
tax treatment of items resulting from
intercompany transactions by treating
members of a consolidated group as
divisions of a single entity (single-entity
treatment).
1. Investment in QOF Member as
Qualifying Investment
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions, commenters requested that
subsidiary QOF C corporations be
permitted to join in the filing of
consolidated returns. In connection
with this request, commenters also
sought clarification of the application of
§ 1.1502–13 to the gain deferred under
section 1400Z–2 when an investor
member makes an otherwise qualifying
investment in a QOF member.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
proposed to exclude a subsidiary QOF
C corporation from consolidation
because, among other reasons, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
determined that section 1400Z–2 is
inconsistent with the intercompany
transaction regulations under § 1.1502–
13. In particular, the Treasury
Department and the IRS highlighted that
the stated purpose of the regulations
under § 1.1502–13 is to ensure that the
existence of an intercompany
transaction (a transaction between two
members of a consolidated group) does
not result in the creation, prevention,
acceleration, or deferral of consolidated
taxable income or tax liability. Based on
comments from taxpayers and
practitioners, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have considered approaches
to provide additional investment
structures for potential investors in
QOZs while ensuring the compatibility
of such structures with the consolidated
return regulations. As a result, the final
regulations provide that an investment
of eligible gain by the investor member
into a QOF member is not treated as an
intercompany transaction for purposes
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
of § 1.1502–13 and, thus, is a qualifying
investment for purposes of section
1400Z–2.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2. Treatment of S’s Intercompany Gain
as Eligible Gain
These final regulations also include
rules that clarify whether and when
capital gain from an intercompany
transaction can constitute eligible gain
for purposes of section 1400Z–2.
When a member (S) sells property to
another member of the consolidated
group (B) and recognizes gain, the gain
is an intercompany gain subject to
§ 1.1502–13. The matching rule of
§ 1.1502–13(c) may apply to
redetermine the attributes of S’s
intercompany gain and to control the
timing of the reporting of S’s
intercompany gain. Commenters
requested clarification as to whether S’s
intercompany gain qualifies as an
eligible gain that can be deferred under
section 1400Z–2 and, if so, the time at
which S is treated as having an eligible
gain.
The final regulations clarify that S’s
gain and B’s gain on the property (if
any) is treated as eligible gain to the
extent the gain would be an eligible gain
if S and B were divisions of a single
entity. Moreover, the gain is treated as
an eligible gain at the time the gain
would be taken into account (without
regard to the potential application of
section 1400Z–2) if S and B were
divisions of a single entity.
3. Application of § 1.1502–13 to
Intercompany Transfer of a Qualifying
Investment
In discussing the complications
arising from the interaction of section
1400Z–2 and § 1.1502–13, the preamble
to the May 2019 proposed regulations
generally focused on issues that would
arise if a subsidiary QOF C corporation
were a member of a consolidated group.
Neither the May 2019 proposed
regulations nor the preamble thereto
included any language on the general
application of § 1.1502–13 to the
transfer of qualifying investments.
Whether and how § 1.1502–13 applies
to an intercompany transfer of a
qualifying investment is an issue
regardless of whether the QOF is a QOF
C corporation or a QOF partnership, and
regardless of whether the QOF C
corporation is a QOF member.
Commenters detailed the technical
impediments under the current
intercompany transaction regulations to
achieving single-entity treatment when
a member of the consolidated group
transfers its qualifying investment in an
intercompany transaction, and they
requested guidance to grant single-entity
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
treatment to a consolidated group after
such an intercompany transaction.
Commenters also noted that section
1400Z–2(c) does not appear to permit an
election for the basis increase to be
made by any party other than the
taxpayer who makes the qualifying
investment.
As discussed in the preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations, the
availability of benefits and the
continuation of deferral under section
1400Z–2 are determined with respect to
the holder’s basis in the qualifying
investment. For example, a
shareholder’s basis in its QOF stock
differs from a shareholder’s basis in the
stock of non-QOF C corporations.
Because of the difficulties in tracking
basis for purposes of section 1400Z–2
following the transfer of QOF shares in
certain nonrecognition transactions (for
example, in exchanges to which section
351 applies or in reorganizations
described in section 368(a)(1)(B)), the
regulations generally applicable to
investors in a QOF C corporation
(whether or not the QOF C corporation
is a QOF member) provide that the
transfer of QOF shares in such
nonrecognition transactions is an
inclusion event under section 1400Z–
2(b).
The same basis tracking issues exist
within a consolidated group and are
magnified by the application of
§ 1.1502–32, which adjusts an upper-tier
member’s basis in the stock of a lowertier member to reflect items of income,
gain, loss, and deduction produced by
the lower-tier member. As discussed in
part VIII.B.2.a.ii of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of
Revisions, basis adjustments to lowertier member stock ‘‘tier up’’ within a
consolidated group under § 1.1502–32.
In other words, economic items
recognized by lower-tier members result
in basis adjustments to the stock of
upper-tier members, resulting in
blended basis at the upper tiers.
Moreover, because an upper-tier
member may have economic items of its
own, the basis of the upper-tier
members’ stock is further blended. This
blended basis in the consolidated group
creates additional tracking issues with
regard to section 1400Z–2.
In the interest of administrability and
simplicity, the Treasury Department and
the IRS decline to impose complex new
rules for tracing the basis in a qualifying
investment through tiers of entities and
across ownership chains within a
consolidated group. Instead, to permit
the movement of qualifying investments
within consolidated groups to satisfy
business needs, these final regulations
allow consolidated groups to obtain
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1939
single-entity treatment only on a fully
taxable intercompany transfer of a
qualifying investment. In a fully taxable
transaction, B takes a cost basis in the
qualifying investment; thus, S’s basis in
the qualifying investment is not
replicated. As a result, in a fully taxable
transaction, the gain deferred under
section 1400Z–2 is not replicated in the
consolidated group. All other
intercompany transfers of qualifying
investments are treated as not
constituting intercompany transactions
for purposes of § 1.1502–13.
As noted earlier in this part VIII.C.3
of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, single-entity
treatment for intercompany transfers of
qualifying investments is not currently
available under the consolidated return
regulations. The limited application of
the intercompany transaction rules in
§ 1.1502–13 under these final
regulations provides consolidated
groups with a workable option for
making necessary transfers of qualifying
investments within the consolidated
group while preventing complications
under the section 1400Z–2 rules.
To further facilitate single-entity
treatment, these final regulations enable
B to make an election under section
1400Z–2(c) following a transfer of a
qualifying investment that is treated as
an intercompany transaction.
Specifically, if § 1.1502–13 applies to
treat S and B as divisions of a single
entity for purposes of section 1400Z–2,
then B (and not S) makes the election
under section 1400Z–2(c) (if eligible), as
it is the member that actually owns an
interest in the qualifying investment at
the time of its disposition by the single
entity. B is eligible to make the election
under section 1400Z–2(c) only if and
when, treating S and B as a single entity,
the single entity would be eligible to
make such an election. For example,
under single-entity treatment, S and B’s
holding period in the qualifying
investment is combined to determine
whether the 10-year requirement for the
election under section 1400Z–2(c) has
been met.
4. Treating Investment by One Member
as Qualifying Investment by Another
Member
Under the May 2019 proposed
regulations, the requirements in section
1400Z–2 applied separately to each
member of a consolidated group. Thus,
the same member of the consolidated
group must both sell the capital asset
giving rise to eligible gain and timely
invest the proceeds in a qualifying
investment. Commenters argued that
this requirement is overly restrictive
and may limit the ability of taxpayers to
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1940
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
make use of section 1400Z–2 as
intended by Congress. Instead,
commenters recommended that the
Treasury Department and the IRS adopt
a single-entity approach that permits a
QOF investment by one member to be
treated as a qualifying investment by
another member with eligible gain. One
commenter also requested that this
treatment be applied to investments
made prior to June 1, 2019, allowing for
a one-month grace period following the
publication of the May 2019 proposed
regulations.
In response to these comments, and to
further the purposes of section 1400Z–
2, the final regulations include an
election to treat the investment by one
member (M2) as a qualifying investment
by another member (M1). The election
is available when M1 has an eligible
gain and M2 makes an investment in a
QOF that would be a qualifying
investment if M1 (rather than M2) had
made the investment. If the
consolidated group makes this election,
for all Federal income tax purposes M1
is treated as making an investment in
the QOF and immediately selling the
qualifying investment to M2 for fair
market value. The sale of the qualifying
investment from M1 to M2 is subject to
§ 1.1502–13, as discussed in part
VIII.C.3 of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt the recommendation to
treat M2’s investment as a qualifying
investment by M1 retroactively because
such treatment is available only by
election, subject to certain conditions.
However, taxpayers generally have the
option to apply these final regulations
in their entirety, and in a consistent
manner, to taxable years beginning after
December 21, 2017, or to the portion of
any taxable year after December 21,
2017. If a taxpayer chooses to adopt
these final regulations in their entirety
for taxable years beginning after
December 21, 2017, or to the portion of
any taxable year after December 21,
2017, then taxpayers may elect to treat
an investment by M2 as a qualifying
investment by M1 as of the earlier date.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
IX. Comments Not Specifically on
Regulatory Text
A. Reporting
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received hundreds of comments on
whether reporting of the QOF and
qualified opportunity zone investments
was needed, and what type of
information should be reported. On May
1, 2019, the Treasury Department
published a notice and request for
information to seek public input on the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
development of public information
collection and tracking related to
investment in qualified opportunity
funds. See 84 FR 18648. As indicated in
the proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS were
considering certain changes to the Form
8996 requiring QOFs to report
additional information regarding the
location of their investments.
Several comments suggested that no
additional reporting should be required
and that the amount of reporting already
required was sufficient. Several other
comments requested that additional
reporting be allowed, but to not be
onerous or prohibitive in either cost or
time. Other comments suggested that
the reporting should be coordinated
with other government agencies, such as
the Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) or the Treasury
Department’s CDFI Fund, and local and
state governments.
Many commenters requested
additional reporting, on items such as
location of investments, job creation in
the QOZ, the impact on the local
economy, number of units of affordable
housing built, and any reduction in
poverty. These comments requested that
such information be made public,
including a database which the public
can use to track projects nationally and
the creation of a standardized set of
performance metrics. One commenter
asked for reporting guidelines for
entities that lend capital to QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are appreciative of the comments
received focused on requiring reporting
of data in addition to what is useful for
tax administration purposes. Comments
received in this regard are not adopted
in these final regulations. However, On
October 30, 2019, the IRS released an
early release draft of Form 8996 for
public review. The early release draft
includes additional reporting
requirements for QOFs. The information
required to be reported focuses on data
useful for tax administration purposes,
data that may also be instructive in
measuring the impact and effectiveness
of the statute.
B. REITs
Several commenters discussed
passing the benefits of a REIT’s
qualifying investments to the REIT’s
shareholders. These comments include
applying the 1400Z–2(c) basis
adjustment rules for E&P purposes so
that distributions of gain from the
disposition of a qualifying investment
will not result in ordinary income to the
REIT’s shareholders. Additionally, the
commenters asked that REITs have the
ability to distribute tax-exempt capital
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
gain dividends to the extent attributable
to the REIT’s gain with respect to its
qualifying investments. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have concluded
that such special rules for REITs and
their shareholders would create a
vehicle in which taxpayers that do not
make a qualifying investment for the
required period of time pursuant to
section 1400Z–2 would nevertheless
receive the benefits of that section.
Thus, these changes were not accepted.
REITs may still qualify and elect to be
QOF REITs or may distribute capital
gain dividends to their shareholders
who in turn may invest those capital
gain dividends in a QOF pursuant to
section 1400Z–2.
C. Policy
In addition to comments concerning
the proposed regulations, several
comments were received concerning the
tax benefits of the statute. For example,
some commenters requested preferred
treatment for various classes of
individuals and entities, including
veterans, healthcare practitioners, needy
individuals, and residents of QOZs.
Several other commenters requested
that the Treasury Department and the
IRS should disallow the tax benefits
provided by section 1400Z–2 if entities
fail to build a sufficient number of
affordable housing units. Another
commenter suggested that the tax
benefits provided by section 1400Z–2 in
general should be disallowed if a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
fails to operate solely within a QOZ.
Many commenters requested a rule
requiring managers of QOFs to certify
that they had not been convicted of
financial crimes within the past three
years, and register with the local
government that they are managing a
QOF. Further, many commenters
suggested requiring QOF managers to
demonstrate that their actions have not
encouraged any additional displacement
of residents in low income areas. Some
commenters were concerned with the
impact that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses will have
on existing small businesses located
within QOZs.
Several commenters requested that
the Treasury Department and the IRS
require that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses coordinate
their activities with other Federal
agencies, like HUD, and CDFI Fund, and
state and local government and housing
agencies. Several others suggested
allowing local jurisdictions to add
criteria that is consistent with a
locality’s needs and goals. Two
commenters stated that the capital
invested in QOFs should be invested in
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
small and midsize businesses, rather
than large corporations. Another
commenter suggested additional
guidance to permit housing finance
agencies to layer their programs within
QOZs with QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses. One
commenter requested guidance on using
QOF investments to satisfy
requirements pertaining to certain
depository institutions under the
Community Reinvestment Act.
Several commenters requested
coordination and integration with local
government authorities including
measures to coordinate projects within
QOZs with other government funded
projects and a formal process for local
and regional authorities to review
projects in QOZs. Another comment
suggested that the Treasury Department
and the IRS mandate cooperation by
QOFs with local community banks to
determine who needs the most
assistance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received several comments concerned
that QOFs and qualified opportunity
QOZ businesses would not benefit the
existing residents and businesses in
designated QOZs. These commenters
suggested adding provisions to the final
regulations aimed at the prevention of
displacement of residents, and targeted
incentives to aid the neediest of QOZs.
Several others suggested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
require that QOF investments target
local businesses with established ties to
the local communities and that serve the
local community’s needs. Another
comment requested that preference
should be shown to local and/or
minority owned businesses, or
sustainably focused companies. Finally,
a commenter suggested that there
should be a requirement that a
minimum number of local residents be
employed by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business.
In addition to the comments noted
earlier, the Treasury Department and the
IRS received comments requesting that
certain items, such as food inventory or
business related property owned by the
residents of QOZs, should qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business
property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
will continue to study the issues
addressed in these comments. However,
many of these comments are outside the
scope of these final regulations. In
addition the Treasury Department and
the IRS are concerned with the potential
complexity associated with creating
rules that would interfere with the
ultimate intent of the statute, which is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
to invest new capital in low-income
communities.
D. QOZ Designations
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received many comments regarding
section 1400Z–1 and the process for
designating QOZs. Several comments
requested that the determination
process be reopened, so new QOZs
could be designated. One commenter
requested that if no investment has
occurred in a QOZ, that accommodation
be provided to replace it with another
QOZ. Another comment suggested that
some designated QOZs either do not
meet the statutory requirements or were
mistakenly nominated.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
are appreciative of the comments
received on the designation of the
QOZs. Section 1400Z–1 provides the
statutory authority for one round of
nominations and designations. Thus,
there are no current or proposed plans
to reopen consideration of additional
census tracts to be designated as QOZs.
Several comments were received
questioning how QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses would be
treated after the QOZ designation
expires. Another commenter asked for
clarification for the treatment of QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses if the census tract boundaries
change during the designation period.
Under the October 2018 proposed
regulations and § 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b) of
the final regulations, although QOZ
designations expire on December 31,
2028, a taxpayer who makes an election
under section 1400Z–2(a) and whose
holding period in the qualifying
investment is at least 10 years, is
eligible to make an election described in
section 1400Z–2(c) on the sale or
exchange of the qualifying investment.
Accordingly, if a portion of the
taxpayer’s 10-year holding period under
section 1400Z–2(c) accrues after the
relevant census tract’s QOZ designation
expires on December 31, 2028, this fact
alone should not disqualify a taxpayer’s
properly executed QOF investment from
the benefit of section 1400Z–2(c).
E. Questions and Comments on the
Penalty Under Section 1400Z–2(f)(1)
Under section 1400Z–2(f)(1), if a QOF
fails to meet the 90-percent investment
standard, the QOF shall pay a penalty
for each month it fails to meet the
requirements in an amount equal to the
excess of the amount equal to 90percent of its aggregate assets over the
aggregate amount of qualified
opportunity zone property held by the
QOF, multiplied by the underpayment
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1941
rate established under section 6621(a)(2)
for such month.
Several commenters requested
clarification on the mechanics of this
penalty, including whether there is a
possibility of the QOF, or its investors,
of losing the benefits, if the QOF fails to
meet the 90-percent investment
standard for an extended period of time.
Two other commenters requested that,
to calculate the penalty, only the assets
that were the subject of the deferral
election, should be included. They
reason that the statute could be
interpreted to assess a QOF based upon
a shortfall related to its aggregate assets,
regardless of the source of financing for
those assets.
One commenter requested that the
Treasury Department and the IRS
eliminate the testing dates under section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(A) and instead adopt a
penalty based on a per month penalty.
Finally, one commenter suggested
that the Treasury Department and the
IRS should use the anti-abuse provision
to create penalties for failing to invest in
entities that meet the policy objectives
mentioned in a prior section.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the comments received on
the penalty imposed on QOFs under
section 1400Z–2(f)(1). All comments
will be considered for future guidance.
F. Reasonable Cause
Under section 1400Z–2(f)(3), no
penalty shall be imposed on a QOF with
respect to any failure to meet the 90percent investment standard if it is
shown that the failure is due to
reasonable cause.
Multiple commenters requested
clarification on what would constitute
reasonable cause. Several commenters
requested that reasonable cause should
be defined to include circumstances that
are outside the QOF’s control to deploy
capital into qualifying investments. The
Treasury Department and the IRS are
cognizant that this is an area for which
commenters requested relief. The final
rules provide a 6 month period in which
QOFs may choose to disregard recently
contributed property from the 90percent investment standard. That rule
may be elected in circumstances in
which a QOF is unable to deploy its
capital into qualified opportunity zone
property.
Another commenter requested that
the final rule provide a non-exhaustive
list of circumstances that would
constitute reasonable cause. The final
rule does not adopt these comments.
The determination of whether there is
reasonable cause for penalty relief in a
particular case is inherently factual. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1942
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
determined that the appropriate
standards for determining whether the
reasonable cause exception to the
penalty applies in a particular case are
the general standards set out in the
‘‘Penalty Handbook,’’ which is included
in Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) at
section 20.1. The Treasury Department
and the IRS will consider whether
further guidance specific to the penalty
under section 1400Z–2(f)(1) is necessary
in the future.
G. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Treasury Department and the IRS
received comments on the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6)
(RFA) urging that an RFA analysis on
the potential significant economic effect
of these final regulations on small
entities be conducted by the Treasury
Department and the Small Business
Administration. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not agree
that an analysis is required. There is a
lack of data as to the extent to which
small entities invest in QOFs, will
certify as QOFs, or receive equity
investments from QOFs. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
project that most of the investment
flowing into QOFs will come from large
corporations and wealthy individuals,
though some of these funds would
likely flow through an intermediary
investment partnership. There may be
some QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses that will be classified as
small entities; however, the number of
small entities significantly affected is
not likely to be substantial.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Effective/Applicability Dates
Sections 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–14Z, and 1.1504–
3 generally apply to taxable years
beginning after March 13, 2020.
However, for the portion of a taxpayer’s
first taxable year ending after December
22, 2017, that began on December 22,
2017, and for taxable years beginning
after December 21, 2017, and on or
before March 13, 2020, taxpayers may
choose either (1) to apply the rules set
forth in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–14Z, and 1.1504–
3 contained in this document, if applied
in their entirety and in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years, or (2)
to rely on each section of the proposed
regulations under §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1
through 1.1400Z2(g)–1, except for
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1, issued on October 29,
2018, and on May 1, 2019, but only if
applied in their entirety and in a
consistent manner for all such taxable
years. See section 7805(b)(7)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
Special Analyses
I. Regulatory Planning and Review—
Economic Analysis
Executive Orders 13711, 13563, and
12866 direct agencies to assess costs and
benefits of available regulatory
alternatives and, if regulation is
necessary, to select regulatory
approaches that maximize net benefits
(including potential economic,
environmental, public health and safety
effects, distributive impacts, and
equity). Executive Order 13563
emphasizes the importance of
quantifying both costs and benefits, of
reducing costs, of harmonizing rules,
and of promoting flexibility. For
purposes of Executive Order 13771, this
rule is deregulatory.
The final regulations have been
designated as subject to review under
Executive Order 12866 pursuant to the
Memorandum of Agreement (April 11,
2018) between the Treasury Department
and the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) regarding review of tax
regulations. The Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs has designated
these regulations as economically
significant under section 1(c) of the
Memorandum of Agreement.
Accordingly, the OMB has reviewed
these regulations.
A. Need for the Final Regulations
As a part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
(TCJA), Congress enacted section 1400Z,
which provided tax incentives related to
investment in qualified opportunity
zones (QOZs). The Treasury Department
and the IRS issued proposed regulations
related to section 1400Z–2 on October
29, 2018 (October 2018 proposed
regulations) and May 1, 2019 (May 2019
proposed regulations), together referred
to as the proposed regulations. The
numerous comments to the proposed
regulations indicate substantial interest
in the opportunity zone tax incentives
provided in section 1400Z–2. The
comments demonstrate a variety of
opinions on how to interpret ambiguous
parts of section 1400Z–2 and on how
section 1400Z–2 interacts with other
sections of the tax code and
corresponding regulations. The Treasury
Department and the IRS are aware of
concerns raised by commenters that
some investors have been reticent to
make substantial investments in QOZs
without first having additional clarity
on which investments would qualify to
receive the preferential tax treatment
specified by the TCJA.
Based on these considerations, the
final regulations are needed to bring
clarity to instances where the meaning
of the statute was unclear and to
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
respond to comments received on the
proposed regulations.
B. Background and Overview
Congress enacted section 1400Z–2, in
conjunction with section 1400Z–1, as a
temporary provision to encourage
private sector investment in certain
lower-income communities designated
as QOZs (see Senate Committee on
Finance, Explanation of the Bill, at 313
(November 22, 2017)). To this effect,
taxpayers may elect to defer the
recognition of capital gain to the extent
of amounts invested in a qualified
opportunity fund (QOF), provided that
such amounts are invested during the
180-day period beginning on the date
such capital gain would have been
recognized by the taxpayer. Inclusion of
the deferred capital gain in income
occurs on the date the investment in the
QOF is sold or exchanged or on
December 31, 2026, whichever comes
first. For investments in a QOF held
longer than five years, taxpayers may
exclude 10 percent of the deferred gain
from inclusion in income, and for
investments held longer than seven
years, taxpayers may exclude a total of
15 percent of the deferred gain from
inclusion in income. In addition, for
investments held longer than 10 years,
the post-acquisition gain on the
qualifying investment in the QOF also
may be excluded from income. In turn,
a QOF is required under the statute to
hold at least 90 percent of its assets in
qualified opportunity zone property, as
measured by the average percentage of
assets held on the last day of the first
six-month period of the taxable year of
the fund and on the last day of the
taxable year. The statute requires a QOF
that fails this 90-percent investment
standard to pay a penalty for each
month it fails to satisfy this
requirement.
C. Economic Analysis
1. Baseline
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have assessed the economic effects of
the final regulations relative to a noaction baseline reflecting anticipated
Federal income tax-related behavior in
the absence of these final regulations.
2. Summary of Economic Effects
The final regulations provide
certainty and clarity to taxpayers
regarding utilization of the tax
preferences for capital gains provided in
section 1400Z–2 by defining terms,
calculations, and acceptable forms of
documentation. The Treasury
Department and the IRS project that this
added certainty and clarity generally
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
will encourage taxpayers to increase the
amount of investment located in QOZs
relative to the no-action baseline. The
certainty and clarity added by the final
regulations and the specific regulatory
decisions they entail will further bring
the volume and diversity of investment
in QOZs and in non-QOZs closer to the
intent and purpose of the statute,
relative to the alternative regulatory
approaches that were considered,
including the no-action baseline.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have not attempted to quantify the
economic effects of any changes in
business activity stemming from these
final regulations, in part because of the
uncertainty regarding the patterns of
investment that will materialize as a
result of QOF activity and the
distribution of investments across
opportunity zones. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not have
readily available data or models that
predict with reasonable precision the
decisions that taxpayers would make
under the final regulations versus
alternative regulatory approaches,
including the no-action baseline. Nor do
they have readily available data or
models that would measure with
reasonable precision the loss or gain in
economic surplus resulting from these
investment and business decisions
relative to the decisions that would be
made under an alternative regulatory
approach. Such estimates would be
necessary to quantify the economic
effects of the final regulations versus
alternative approaches. Subject to these
limitations, the next two sections of
these Special Analyses provide a
qualitative assessment of the economic
effects of the final regulations relative to
the alternative regulatory approaches
that were considered.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
welcome comments on this economic
analysis as well as analysis regarding
how choices made in this regulation
will materially affect specific types of
investments that are likely to attract
capital that has been invested in QOFs.
3. Number of Affected Taxpayers
Because section 1400Z–2 is a new
provision and many of the entities
affected by these regulations have not
yet been formed, there is considerable
uncertainty regarding the number of
taxpayers that will eventually be
affected by the final regulations. Based
in part on the preliminary number of
taxpayers filing Form 8996 for tax year
2018 and the assumption that a QOF
will on average have 10 investors, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
project that between 5,500 and 12,000
QOFs, 6,000 to 15,000 qualified
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
opportunity zone businesses, and
55,000 to 120,000 investors in QOFs
will eventually be affected by the final
regulations.
4. Economic Effects of Provisions
Substantially Revised From the
Proposed Regulations
a. Eligible Gains From Section 1231
Property
The final regulations provide that a
gain is eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a) if the gain is treated as a
capital gain for Federal income tax
purposes. There is uncertainty,
however, regarding how to treat gains
arising from selling section 1231
property. Section 1231 property is
certain property used in a trade or
business, such as depreciable property
and land, and also includes capital
assets subject to an involuntary
conversion, such as arising from a
natural disaster or theft. Under the
Code, gains from the sale or exchange of
section 1231 property are characterized
as capital gains if the sum of all section
1231 transactions for the taxable year is
positive. If the sum of all section 1231
transactions for the year is negative,
then the losses are ordinary losses.1
The Treasury Department and the IRS
considered two main options for the
treatment of gains from section 1231
property.2 The primary issue is whether
the amount of the gains eligible for
deferral is based on the sum of all sales
over the taxable year or on an item-byitem basis. These approaches are also
referred to as the net approach and gross
approach, respectively.
The statute also sets a 180-day
requirement for investment in a QOF
beginning on the date of the sale or
exchange generating the gain, to be
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a). The two options for
calculating eligible section 1231 gains
further determine when the 180-day
requirement begins. When gains are
based on the sum of sales over the
taxable year, the 180-day period starts at
the end of the taxable year, after it is
determined whether the sum is positive
or negative, and how large the net
positive gain is. When gains are counted
item-by-item, it is possible, although not
necessary, to start the 180-day period
from the date of each sale.
1 One source of ambiguity is determining whether
gain from selling an item of section 1231 property
that is potentially eligible for deferral should be
included in the summation of 1231 property in the
year the deferral begins or the year the deferral
ends.
2 The Treasury Department and the IRS also
considered the option of not issuing specific
guidance on this topic but determined that this was
clearly inferior to the two main options.
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1943
The proposed regulations used the net
approach. Under the proposed
regulations, the only gain arising from
section 1231 property eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a) was
the amount by which the gains arising
from all of a taxpayer’s section 1231
property exceeded all of the taxpayer’s
losses from section 1231 property for a
taxable year. In addition, the proposed
regulations provided that the 180-day
period for investment with respect to
capital gain net income from section
1231 property for a taxable year began
on the last day of the taxable year
without regard to the date of any
particular disposition of section 1231
property.
The final regulations adopt the gross
approach. Under the final regulations,
eligible section 1231 gains are
determined on an item-by-item basis
and therefore positive gains are not
reduced by section 1231 losses.
Furthermore, the amount of the gain is
known at the time of each sale so it is
not necessary for the taxpayer to wait
until the end of the taxable year to
determine whether any positive section
1231 sales will be offset by losses. As a
consequence, the final regulations
further provide that the 180-day period
for investing an amount with respect to
an eligible section 1231 gain for which
a deferral election has been made begins
on the date of the sale or exchange that
gives rise to the section 1231 gain. In
addition, the final regulations do not
determine the character of eligible
section 1231 gains, other than as gains
arising from the sale or exchange of
section 1231 property, until the taxable
year such gains are taken into account
in computing gross income pursuant to
section 1231(a)(4). The treatment of
section 1231 property under the gross
option is essentially the same treatment
provided in the final regulations for gain
arising from the sale of a capital asset as
defined by section 1221.
To illustrate this discussion, suppose
that Corporation A sells two pieces of
section 1231 property during the taxable
year, one for a $100 gain early in its
taxable year and the other for a $30 loss
later in its taxable year. Suppose that
Corporation B also sells two pieces of
section 1231 property during the taxable
year, one for a $20 gain, the other for a
$50 loss. Neither taxpayer realizes any
other capital gain during the taxable
year.
Under the net approach, Corporation
A’s net gain is $70, which is positive.
Thus, it would be able to defer up to $70
in capital gain by investing in a QOF.
Corporation B has a net loss from selling
section 1231 property. This net loss
would be treated as ordinary and no
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1944
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
gains would be deferrable under section
1400Z–2(a). Furthermore, although
Corporation A sells the first piece of
property for a gain early in its taxable
year, it would not be able to make a
qualifying investment in a QOF until
the last day of the taxable year, because
it needs to wait until the end of the tax
year to determine whether it is eligible
to defer any of the gain.
Under the gross approach, only the
gains need to be accounted for.
Corporation A would be able to defer
$100 in gain and Corporation B would
be able to defer $20. In this case, the
amount of gain eligible for deferral
increases for both taxpayers. The total
amount of gain eligible for deferral
increases from $70 to $120 compared to
the net approach.
Although not determinative, we note
that the gross approach, as adopted
under the final regulations, will
generally expand the pool of gains
eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a) relative to the net approach
specified under the proposed
regulations.3 Based on recent taxpayer
records, the Treasury Department and
the IRS estimate that the gross option
may increase the amount of eligible
gains by four to eight percent compared
to the net option. The increase in
potentially eligible gains overstates the
likely increase in investment in QOFs
resulting from using the gross approach
(rather than the net approach) for two
different reasons. First, for many
taxpayers, the amount of section 1231
gains is not likely to be a binding
constraint on the amount of investment
made by the taxpayer into a QOF
because of the ability of the taxpayer to
defer other sources of capital gains.
Second, taxpayers have considerable
discretion over when to realize gains,
and even under the net approach
taxpayers could often plan on selling
section 1231 property with sufficient
net gain in a taxable year to cover the
amount of desired QOF investment. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have
not attempted to estimate the overall
effect of this provision of the final
regulations (relative to the proposed
regulations) on either QOZ or non-QOZ
investment.
An additional effect of the gross
option would be to minimize the tax
considerations of determining the best
3 For a given set of section 1231 sales, positive
gains for each individual taxpayer will never be
lower under the gross approach than the net
approach; this result follows from mathematical
principles and is not specific to this example. In
practice, taxpayers might choose to recognize gains
differently under the two approaches. This
difference complicates any projection of actual
gains that would be eligible for deferral.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
time to sell section 1231 property,
leading to a more efficient use of
resources. Under the gross option,
taxpayers would be less likely to delay
or rush selling section 1231 property in
order to achieve the desired amount of
net gain that would be eligible for
deferral within a particular year. Also,
under the gross option, taxpayers would
have more flexibility in realizing gains
eligible to be invested in a QOF in
calendar year 2019.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
considered several variations to these
two primary options. For example, one
intermediate option would have
required taxpayers to wait to determine
the capital gain character of section
1231 property sales until summing at
the end of the taxable year, but then
allow the gross amount of gains to be
eligible for deferral if the net is positive.
Under this intermediate option,
Corporation A would be eligible to defer
$100 in gain, while Corporation B
would not be able to defer any amount.
The pool of eligible gains would be
greater than under the net option, but
less than the gross option. This
intermediate option would also have the
costs similar to the net option regarding
the need for taxpayers to wait to until
the end of the taxable year before
investing in a QOF.
The number of taxpayers expected to
be affected by this aspect of the final
regulations ranges between 36,000 and
80,000 investors in QOFs.
b. Sales or Exchanges of Property by
QOF Partnerships and QOF S
Corporations
The Treasury Department and the IRS
considered three options for how
owners of QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations may exclude gains from tax
on qualifying investments in the QOF
held longer than 10 years. First, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
considered not providing a specialized
rule for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations. Under this option, owners
of a QOF would need to sell or exchange
their QOF ownership interest to another
party in order to receive the exemption
from tax on the gain. For certain
business structures, this would not be
the most efficient way to dispose of the
assets of the QOF. For example, suppose
QOF A has 20 partners and QOF A
owns two commercial buildings that are
qualified opportunity zone business
property. If another investor B would
like to purchase one of the buildings, it
would generally be easier for QOF A to
sell the building to investor B directly,
rather than investor B buying out the
partnership interests of several or all of
the partners of QOF A. Under this first
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
option, the owners of QOF A would
only receive tax free gain from their
investment if they are able to find an
investor willing to buy their partnership
interests in QOF A. This option would
likely lead to relatively high negotiating
costs and may reduce the pool of
potential buyers for QOF assets.
Second, the May 2019 proposed
regulations proposed that investors in a
QOF partnership or a QOF S
corporation could elect to exclude
capital gains arising from the QOF
selling qualified opportunity zone
property from gross income. This option
would provide a simpler way for owners
of pass-through QOFs to receive tax-free
gain, but it would apply only in certain
cases. It would apply only to capital
gains and not ordinary gains, such as
the recapture of depreciation
deductions. Also, this option would
apply only to QOFs selling qualified
opportunity zone property, and would
not apply to qualified opportunity zone
business property sold by a qualified
opportunity zone business that is a
subsidiary of the QOF.
Third, the final regulations allow QOF
owners to elect to exclude from gross
income all gains and losses of a QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation
(except those deriving from sales of
inventory in the ordinary course of
business). This would allow the gains
from the sale of qualified opportunity
zone business property by a qualified
opportunity zone business to flow
through to the owners of the QOF as
excluded from income. This election
can be made on an annual basis, but it
must apply to all gains and losses of the
QOF partnership or QOF S corporation
for that taxable year. In addition, when
the proceeds from the asset sales are
reinvested, rather than distributed as
cash, then the QOF owner’s share of the
qualifying investment is reduced as the
reinvested amount is deemed to be a
non-qualifying investment.
These rules generally match the tax
treatment that would exist for an owner
of a QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation after selling a qualifying
investment in the QOF after it has been
held at least 10 years, but would avoid
the extra costs associated with
negotiating the selling price of the
interest in the QOF, rather than the
underlying assets owned by the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
project that this approach will lead to a
reduction in transactions costs for
taxpayers relative to alternative
approaches (the no-action baseline and
the proposed regulations), and will
continue to treat similar taxpayers
similarly. The number of taxpayers
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
expected to be affected by this rule
ranges between 5,000 and 11,500 QOFs,
and 50,000 to 115,000 investors in
QOFs.
c. Substantial Improvement of Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business Property
Section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) requires that
if tangible property was already used in
a QOZ (non-original use asset) when
purchased by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business, then it needs
to be substantially improved by the QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business
before it can become qualified
opportunity zone business property.
Substantial improvement, as defined by
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii), requires
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business to more than double the
adjusted basis of the property within 30
months after acquiring the property. The
Treasury Department and the IRS
considered two options for how to
measure substantial improvement.
First, the proposed regulations
provided an asset-by-asset approach.
This option would require each
property to be substantially improved in
order to become qualified opportunity
zone business property. For example, if
a QOF purchases an existing
commercial building, a separate
determination for each piece of tangible
property associated with the building
would be needed, such as the structure
itself, and every item of furniture and
equipment within the building that is
not part of the building structure.
This approach would limit the ability
of taxpayers to purchase property
already used within a QOZ, place that
property in service in the taxpayer’s
business with little improvement from
the previous owner, and have the
property be qualified opportunity zone
business property. This option would
also likely encourage the purchase and
substantial improvement of existing
property with low existing basis; that is,
property where it is easier for
improvement expenditures to double
the existing basis. Such properties are
more likely to be older and more in
need of repair and upgrades.
Second, the final regulations allow
taxpayers to use an asset-by-asset
approach (as provided in the proposed
regulations) or a more aggregative
approach. The final regulations allow
purchased original use property to
count towards the determination of
whether non-original use property has
been substantially improved if such
purchased original use property
improves the functionality of the nonoriginal use property along with other
conditions. Also, certain betterment
expenses, such as environmental
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
remediation or utility upgrades, which
are properly chargeable to the basis of
the land, may be added to the basis of
a building on the land that was nonoriginal use property for the purpose of
calculating substantial improvement of
that building. These rules in effect
expand the definition of what expenses
could be considered improvements for a
particular asset. In some cases, this
option could reduce compliance costs
for taxpayers, as it is not always clear
under the Code and regulations when
expenditures should be considered an
improvement of an existing property, for
example a building, or be considered
separate depreciable property.
These rules will make it easier for
purchased non-original use property to
be substantially improved compared to
the proposed regulations. This will help
to smooth the cliff effect that occurs
with the statutory requirement that
improvements need to more than double
the cost basis. For example, suppose a
QOF purchases a non-original use
building in a QOZ for $1 million, makes
$950,000 in improvements to the
building that bring that building into
good condition for that local market,
and purchases $50,001 of furniture or
equipment for use within the building.
This building would not meet the
substantial improvement test under the
proposed regulations but it would meet
it under the final regulations.
In addition, the final regulations
allow a QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business to aggregate multiple
buildings into a single property for
purposes of the substantial
improvement test. The buildings must
either be entirely located within a parcel
of land described in a single deed, or the
buildings may be on contiguous parcels
of land with separate deeds if certain
conditions are met that indicate the
buildings are related in management or
use.
This rule would expand the number
of existing buildings in a QOZ that
could be purchased by a QOF or a
qualified opportunity zone business and
be deemed to have met the substantial
improvement test relative to the first
option. For example, one expensive
renovation project would provide excess
‘‘improvement expenses’’ that could be
applied to other buildings. This
increases the likelihood that certain
substantial renovation projects would be
undertaken. However, the ability to
aggregate improvement of non-original
use property could effectively allow a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business to purchase property already
fully in use in a QOZ and count it as
qualified opportunity zone business
property, though use by the new owner
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1945
would be qualitatively similar to the
previous owner.
In summary, the Treasury Department
and the IRS considered two primary
options for how much aggregation to
allow when determining whether
purchased non-original use property
satisfied the substantial improvement
test. The different options would likely
have different effects on the amount and
distribution of non-original use property
purchased by QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses. The
proposed regulations would not allow
any aggregation, and instead require
each of the assets purchased under this
option to receive substantial
improvement. This would focus
improvement expenditures on
properties most in need of considerable
rehabilitation to remain productive.
The final regulations allow
aggregation, and will likely encourage
the purchase and improvement of more
non-original use property compared to
the proposed regulations. The final
regulations will also likely lead to a
broader mix of properties purchased
and improved relative to the first
option. However, the final regulations
also increase the likelihood that some
buildings will meet the substantial
improvement test when the individual
building receives little to moderate
improvements. Overall, the rules
provided in the final regulations make
it easier for a non-original use property
to be substantially improved relative to
the proposed regulations, which will
encourage more investment through
QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
project that the number of taxpayers
expected to be affected by this rule
ranges between 5,500 and 12,000 QOFs
plus 6,000 to 15,000 qualified
opportunity zone businesses.
d. Vacancy
Property that is eligible for
opportunity zone treatment must be
‘‘original use’’ or substantially
improved. This statutory language
leaves open the question of the
conditions under which vacant property
that is developed and used by an
opportunity zone business might count
as original use.4 The Treasury
Department and the IRS considered
options of one, three, or five years for
how long existing property located in a
QOZ must be vacant before the purchase
4 The Treasury Department and the IRS also
considered taking no action but determined that
providing a definition of vacancy and setting a time
period for when vacant property could be
purchased and considered original use property
would be beneficial relative to providing no specific
guidance.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1946
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
of such property would allow it to be
considered original use property. The
May 2019 proposed regulations
proposed that property would need to
be vacant for at least five years prior to
the purchase by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business in order to
satisfy the original use requirement
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
In selecting among these options, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
recognize that vacant property is an
underused resource to the owner and
potential users of the property, and can
lower the value and use of neighboring
property. The Treasury Department and
the IRS further recognize that property
could become vacant due to economic
reasons unrelated to section 1400Z–2,
but also because the owner strategically
let the property become or stay vacant
in expectation that the property would
have a higher resale value if it were
eligible to be original use property
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
A shorter period of required vacancy
provides a greater incentive for owners
of vacant property to keep it vacant for
purposes of later selling it for use as
original use property. This incentive
may also result in owners vacating
property that is currently occupied. On
the other hand, a longer period of
required vacancy means that on average
properties would remain vacant for a
longer period before being sold and put
into productive use, which would
increase the likelihood that such
property (and possibly surrounding
property) would be inefficiently used.
The final regulations provide that the
required time of vacancy is three years
except for property that was vacant as
of the date of publication of the QOZ
designation notice in which the
designation of the QOZ is listed, in
which case the vacancy period is one
year. This one-year period for vacant
property at the time of designation
provides an incentive for property that
was vacant for economic reasons at the
time of publication of the QOZ
designation notice to be quickly placed
back into service through sale to a new
owner, thus reducing the social costs
that would occur if those properties
remained unused, relative to the longer
three-year period. The three-year period
for property that was not initially vacant
makes it costly for owners to
strategically limit the use of the
property in order to gain a more
favorable condition for selling the
property in the future, relative to a
shorter period. The Treasury
Department and the IRS recognize,
however, that even under this three-year
specification, there may be situations
where a property becomes vacant for a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
period of time due to economic reasons
and the owner of that property decides
to let the property remain vacant in
order to receive an expected higher
price upon selling after the three-year
vacancy period is met.
The number of taxpayers expected to
be affected by this rule ranges between
5,500 and 12,000 QOFs plus 6,000 to
15,000 qualified opportunity zone
businesses.
e. Subsidiary of a Consolidated Group
The statute is silent regarding the
treatment of corporate taxpayers that file
consolidated returns and seek to invest
in a QOF. The Treasury Department and
the IRS considered two options to
address this issue. Under the proposed
regulations a consolidated group could
invest in a corporate QOF only if the
QOF would not be treated as part of the
consolidated group for tax filing
purposes. That is, a QOF could not be
a subsidiary of a consolidated group,
because of concerns of potential
conflicts between the section 1400Z–2
rules and the consolidated group rules
in § 1.1502. Under this approach, the
gains and losses of a corporate QOF
would not be shared with the
consolidated group owning the QOF
when determining aggregate tax liability
of the consolidated group, but rather the
QOF would file its own tax return,
leading to a small increase in
compliance burden.
This treatment could affect the choice
of QOF entity for a consolidated
corporate group that wanted to own a
QOF, making a partnership QOF a more
likely choice as tax attributes of the
partnership QOF (income, deductions,
credits, etc.) would flow to the member
of the consolidated corporate group that
owns the QOF. Sharing those tax
attributes of a partnership QOF with
other members of the group is subject to
certain limitations. However, if the QOF
is a corporate subsidiary member of the
consolidated group, there is more
flexibility with how tax attributes of the
QOF are shared with the rest of the
consolidated group. In addition, some
corporate consolidated groups are likely
to favor a using a corporate form due to
familiarity with the corporate rules that
would lead to lower organizational
costs. These additional organizational or
tax compliance costs are not likely to be
large, but nevertheless may discourage
investment in QOFs for some
consolidated groups.
Therefore, the final regulations permit
corporate taxpayers filing consolidated
returns to own a QOF that is a
subsidiary member of the consolidated
group; and, as provided in the proposed
regulations, a corporate QOF may be the
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
parent member of a consolidated group.
This option will reduce the limitations
on the organizational structure of QOF
investments that would have occurred
under the proposed regulations. The
final regulations permit the
consolidation of a subsidiary QOF
corporation only if certain conditions
are satisfied. Specifically, except in very
limited circumstances, the group
member making the qualifying
investment in the QOF member
(investor member) must maintain direct
equity interest of the QOF member
stock. More importantly, all investor
members must be wholly owned,
directly or indirectly, by the common
parent of the group. The final
regulations also provide special rules to
govern the treatment of an investment of
eligible gain in the subsidiary QOF in
order not to conflict with the
consolidated return rules found in
§ 1.1502. However, these rules are not
expected to be overly burdensome,
because the choice of establishing the
QOF as a subsidiary member of the
consolidate group are elective; taxpayers
would not choose to consolidate a
corporate QOF subsidiary unless the
benefits to the taxpayer were greater
than the costs.
One drawback to allowing QOFs to be
part of subsidiary member of a
consolidated group is that there would
be less information available regarding
taxable income and loss of the QOF and
its subsidiary qualified opportunity
zone businesses, as that information
will be reported as part of the aggregated
income and deductions of the parent on
the consolidated tax return.
The number of taxpayers expected to
be affected by these rules ranges
between 25 and 500.
5. Economic Effects of Provisions Not
Substantially Revised From the
Proposed Regulations
a. Definition of Substantially All
There are five uses of the term
‘‘substantially all’’ in section 1400Z–2
but the statute is ambiguous regarding
the precise meaning of this term. The
final regulations establish thresholds for
all five uses of this term. The final
regulations provide that ‘‘substantially
all’’ means at least 90 percent with
regard to the three holding period
requirements in section 1400Z–2(d)(2)
and at least 70 percent with regard to
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i) and in the
context of ‘‘use’’ in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). The Treasury
Department and the IRS have not
attempted to assess how taxpayers
would have interpreted these terms in
the absence of specific guidance and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
therefore have not projected whether
these regulations will increase or
decrease investment in QOZs or nonQOZ’s relative to regulatory alternatives.
In choosing what values to assign to
the substantially all terms, the Treasury
Department and the IRS considered the
economic consequences of setting the
thresholds higher or lower. Setting the
threshold higher would reduce
investment in QOFs but would increase
the percentage of that investment that
would be located within a QOZ. One
reason why a higher threshold would
reduce overall investment in QOFs is
that it will be more difficult for
businesses with diverse operations and/
or multiple locations to satisfy the
threshold. Setting the threshold lower
would increase investment in QOFs but
reduce the percentage of that investment
that is located within a QOZ.
A lower threshold would further
increase the likelihood that a taxpayer
may receive the benefit of the
preferential treatment on capital gains
without placing in service more tangible
property within a QOZ than would have
occurred in the absence of section
1400Z–2. This effect would be
magnified by the way the different
requirements in section 1400Z–2
interact. For example, these final
regulations imply that, in certain
limited fact patterns, a QOF could
satisfy the substantially all standards
with as little as 40 percent of the
tangible property effectively owned by
the fund being used within a QOZ. This
could occur if 90 percent of QOF assets
are invested in a qualified opportunity
zone business, in which 70 percent of
the tangible assets of that business are
qualified opportunity zone business
property; and if, in addition, the
qualified opportunity zone business
property is only 70 percent in use
within a QOZ, and for 90 percent of the
holding period for such property.
Multiplying these shares together (0.9 ×
0.7 × 0.7 × 0.9 = 0.4) generates the result
that a QOF could satisfy the
requirements of section 1400Z–2 under
the final regulations with just 40 percent
of its assets effectively in use within a
QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have not undertaken quantitative
estimates of the volume of investment
that would be placed in QOZs under the
different thresholds for ‘‘substantially
all’’ because we do not have data or
models that can predict spatial patterns
of investment with reasonable precision.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
further recognize that the specified
thresholds may indirectly affect
investment outside of QOZs; we have
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
likewise not undertaken quantitative
estimates of this investment effect.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the substantially
all thresholds provided in the final
regulations represent an appropriate
balance between the ability of investors
in QOFs to receive preferential capital
gains treatment only for placing a
consequential amount of tangible
property (used in the underlying
business) within a QOZ, and the
flexibility provided to business
operations so as not to significantly
distort the types of businesses that can
qualify for opportunity zone funds.
b. Treatment of Leased Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that leased property
that is located in a QOZ may be treated
as qualified opportunity zone business
property under certain conditions. This
determination means, effectively, that
the value of leased property should be
included in both in the numerator and
the denominator of the 90-percent
investment standard and the
substantially all tests.5 We project that
the inclusion of leased property will
enhance the efficiency of business
decisions compared to other available
regulatory options because leasing is a
common business practice and because
business decisions would be distorted if
otherwise similar property (owned
versus leased) were treated differently.
This treatment of leased property is
efficiency-enhancing (compared to
alternative treatments) because of other
features of the statute. For example, a
start-up business that leased office space
within a QOZ and owned tangible
property in the form of computers and
other office equipment would likely fail
the substantially all test (if the office
space is sufficiently valuable relative to
the other tangible property) because the
leased property is included in the
denominator of the substantially all test;
this failure to satisfy the substantially
all test would occur despite all of this
business’s operations being located
within a QOZ. This possibility may lead
the business to purchase rather than
lease its office property, a decision that
significantly changes the nature of the
business’s risk and expenses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
recognize that the treatment of leased
property as qualified opportunity zone
business property may weaken the
incentive for taxpayers to construct new
real property or renovate existing real
5 Under the statute, the value of leased property
is included in the denominator of the substantially
all test. The statute is ambiguous, however, as to
whether leased property should be included in the
numerator.
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1947
property within a QOZ, as taxpayers
would be able to lease existing real
property in a zone without improving it
and thereby become a qualified
opportunity zone business (assuming
the other conditions of the statute were
met). However, allowing the leasing of
existing real property within a zone may
encourage fuller utilization and
improvement of such property and limit
the abandonment or destruction of
existing productive property within a
QOZ when new tax-favored real
property becomes available.
In summary, the Treasury Department
and the IRS project that the inclusion of
leased property in both the numerator
and the denominator of the 90-percent
investment standard and the
substantially all test will increase
economic activity within QOZs relative
to alternative decisions including the
no-action baseline. This provision will
reduce potential distortions between
owned and leased property that may
occur under other options.
c. Valuation of Property
The final regulations provide
taxpayers with a choice between two
methods for determining the asset
values for purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z–
2(d)(1) for QOFs or the value of tangible
property for the substantially all test in
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i) for qualified
opportunity zone businesses. Under the
first method (applicable financial
statement valuation method), the
taxpayer values owned or leased
property as reported on its applicable
financial statement for the reporting
period. Under the alternative valuation
method, the taxpayer sets the value of
owned property equal to the unadjusted
cost basis of the property under section
1012. The final regulations specify that
the value of leased property under the
alternative method equals the present
value of total lease payments at the
beginning of the lease. The value of the
property under the alternative method
for the 90-percent investment standard
and substantially all test does not
change over time as long as the taxpayer
continues to own or lease the property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
project that the two methods will, in the
majority of cases, provide similar values
for leased property at the time that the
lease begins because, as beginning in
2019, generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) require public
companies to calculate the present value
of lease payments in order to recognize
the value of leased assets on the balance
sheet. However, there are situations in
which the two methods may differ in
the value they assign to leased property.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1948
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
On financial statements, the value of the
leased property declines over the term
of the lease. Under the alternative
method, the value of the leased asset is
calculated once at the beginning of the
lease term and remains constant while
the term of the lease is still in effect.
This difference in valuation of property
over time between using financial
statements and the alternative method
also exists for owned property. In
addition, the two approaches would
generally apply different discount rates,
thus leading to some difference in the
calculated present value under the two
methods.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
provide the alternative method to allow
for taxpayers that either do not have
applicable financial statements or do
not have them available in time for the
asset tests. In addition, the alternative
method is simpler, thus reducing
compliance costs, and provides greater
certainty in projecting future
compliance with the 90-percent
investment standard and the
substantially all test. Thus, even some
taxpayers with applicable financial
statements may choose to use the
alternative method. One drawback to
the alternative method is that it is less
likely to provide accurate asset
valuation over time because it does not
account for depreciation or other items
that may affect the value of assets after
the time of purchase, and, over time, the
values used for the sake of the 90percent investment standard and the
substantially all test may diverge from
the actual value of the property.
Because this provision provides an
election to taxpayers, the Treasury
Department and the IRS project that this
provision will slightly increase
investment in QOFs, relative to not
providing an election. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have not
estimated the proportion of taxpayers
likely to use the alternative method nor
the volume of increased investment in
QOFs relative to not providing an
election.
d. Gross Income Requirement of Section
1397C(b)(2)
Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii)
incorporates the requirement of section
1397C(b)(2) that a qualified business
entity must derive at least 50 percent of
its total gross income during a taxable
year from the active conduct of a
qualified business in a zone. The final
regulations provide multiple safe
harbors for determining whether this
standard has been satisfied.
Two of these safe harbors provide that
the 50 percent of gross income standard
would be satisfied if the majority of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
labor input of the trade or business is
located within a QOZ and provide two
different methods for measuring the
labor input of the trade or business. The
labor input can be measured in terms of
hours (hours performed test) or
compensation paid (amounts paid test)
of employees, independent contractors,
and employees of independent
contractors for the trade or business.
The final regulations clarify that
guaranteed payments to partners in a
partnership for services provided to the
trade or business are also included in
the amounts paid test. The final
regulations provide that if at least 50
percent of the labor input of the trade
or business is located within a QOZ (as
measured by one of the two provided
approaches), then the section
1397C(b)(2) requirement is satisfied.
In addition, a third safe harbor
(business functions test) provides that
the 50-percent gross income
requirement is met if the tangible
property of the trade or business located
in a QOZ and the management or
operational functions performed in the
QOZ are each necessary for the
generation of at least 50 percent of the
gross income of the trade or business.
The determination of the location of
income for businesses that operate in
multiple jurisdictions can be complex,
and the rules promulgated by taxing
authorities to determine the location of
income are often burdensome and may
distort economic activity. The provision
of alternative safe harbors in the final
regulations should reduce the
compliance and administrative burdens
associated with determining whether
this statutory requirement has been met.
In the absence of such safe harbors,
some taxpayers may interpret the 50
percent of gross income standard to
require that a majority of the sales of the
entity must be located within a zone.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that a standard based
strictly on sales would discriminate
against some types of businesses (for
example, manufacturing) in which the
location of sales is often different from
the location of the production, and thus
would preclude such businesses from
benefitting from the incentives provided
in section 1400Z–2. Furthermore, the
potential distortions introduced by the
provided safe harbors would increase
incentives to locate labor inputs within
a QOZ. To the extent that such
distortions exist, they further the
statutory goal of encouraging economic
activity within QOZs. Given the
flexibility provided to taxpayers in
choosing a safe harbor, other distortions,
such as to business organizational
structuring, are likely to be minimal.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
e. Working Capital Safe Harbor
Section 1400Z–2 contains several
rules limiting taxpayers from benefitting
from the deferral and exclusion of
capital gains from income offered by
that section without also locating
investment within a QOZ. The final
regulations clarify the rules related to
nonqualified financial property and
what amounts can be held in cash and
cash equivalents as working capital. A
qualified opportunity zone business is
subject to the requirements of section
1397C(b)(8), that less than 5 percent of
the aggregate adjusted basis of the entity
is attributable to nonqualified financial
property. The final regulations establish
a working capital safe harbor consistent
with section 1397C(e)(1), under which a
qualified opportunity zone business
may hold cash or cash equivalents for a
period not longer than 31 months and
not violate section 1397C(b)(8). The
final regulations also provide that
qualified opportunity zone businesses
may utilize multiple working capital
safe harbors, provided that each one
satisfies all of the conditions of the safe
harbor provided in the final regulations.
In the case where multiple working
capital safe harbors applies to the same
unit of tangible property, then total
length of time the working capital safe
harbor may last is 62 months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
expect that the establishment of the
working capital safe harbors under these
parameters will provide net economic
benefits. Without specification of the
working capital safe harbor, some
taxpayers would not invest in a QOF for
fear that the QOF would not be able to
deploy the funds soon enough to satisfy
the 90-percent asset test. Thus, this rule
would generally encourage investment
in QOFs by providing greater specificity
to how an entity may consistently
satisfy the statutory requirements for
maintaining a QOF without penalty.
A longer or a shorter period could
have been chosen for the working
capital safe harbor. A shorter time
period would minimize the ability of
taxpayers to use the investment in a
QOF as a way to lower taxes without
actually investing in tangible assets
within a QOZ, but taxpayers may also
forego legitimate investments within an
opportunity zone out of concern of not
being able to deploy the working capital
fast enough to meet the requirements. A
longer period would have the opposite
effects. Taxpayers could potentially
invest in a QOF and receive the benefits
of the tax incentive for multiple years
before the money is invested into a
QOZ.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
f. QOF Reinvestment Rule
The final regulations provide that a
QOF has 12 months from the time of the
sale or disposition of qualified
opportunity zone property or the return
of capital from investments in qualified
opportunity zone stock or qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests
to reinvest the proceeds in other
qualified opportunity zone property
before the proceeds would not be
considered qualified opportunity zone
property with regards to the 90-percent
investment standard. This rule provides
clarity and gives substantial flexibility
to taxpayers in satisfying the 90-percent
investment standard. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have not
projected the effect of this rule on the
volume of investment held by QOFs
compared to a no action baseline.
g. Clarity Regarding Electing Post-10Year Gain Exclusion if Zone Designation
Expires
The final regulations specify in
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1 that expiration of a
zone designation would not impair the
ability of a taxpayer to elect the
exclusion from gains for investments
held for at least 10 years, provided the
disposition of the investment occurs
prior to January 1, 2048. The Treasury
Department and the IRS considered four
alternatives regarding the interaction
between the expiration of the designated
zones and the election to exclude gain
for investments held more than 10
years. A discussion of the economic
effects of the four options follows.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
(i) Remaining Silent on Electing Post-10Year Gain Exclusion
The first alternative would be for the
final regulations to remain silent on this
issue. Section 1400Z–2(c) permits a
taxpayer to increase the basis in the
property held in a QOF longer than 10
years to be equal to the fair market value
of that property on the date that the
investment is sold or exchanged, thus
excluding post-acquisition capital gain
on the investment from tax. However,
the statutory expiration of the
designation of QOZs on December 31,
2028, makes it unclear to what extent
investments in a QOF made after 2018
would qualify for this exclusion.
In absence of the guidance provided
in the final regulations, some taxpayers
may have believed that only
investments in a QOF made prior to
January 1, 2019, would be eligible for
the exclusion from gain if held greater
than 10 years. Such taxpayers may have
rushed to complete transactions within
2018, while others may choose to hold
off indefinitely from investing in a QOF
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
until they received clarity on the
availability of the 10-year exclusion
from gain for investments made later
than 2018. Other taxpayers may have
planned to invest in a QOF after 2018
with the expectation that future
regulations would be provided or the
statute would be amended to make it
clear that dispositions of assets within
a QOF after 2028 would be eligible for
exclusion if held longer than 10 years.
The ambiguity of the statute would
likely lead to uneven response by
different taxpayers, dependent on the
taxpayer’s interpretation of the statute,
which may lead to an inefficient
allocation of investment across QOZs.
(ii) Providing a Clear Deadline for
Electing Post-10-Year Gain Exclusion
The alternative adopted by the final
regulations clarifies that as long as the
investment in the QOF was made with
funds subject to a proper deferral
election under section 1400Z–2(a), then
the 10-year gain exclusion election is
allowed as long as the disposition of the
investment occurs before January 1,
2048. This rule would provide certainty
to taxpayers regarding the timing of
investments eligible for the 10-year gain
exclusion. Taxpayers would have a
more uniform understanding of what
transactions would be eligible for the
favorable treatment on capital gains.
This would help taxpayers determine
which investments provide a sufficient
return to compensate for the extra costs
and risks of investing in a QOF. This
rule would likely lead to an increase in
investment within QOFs compared the
final regulations remaining silent on
this issue.
However, setting a fixed date for the
disposition of eligible QOFs
investments could introduce economic
inefficiencies. Some taxpayers might
dispose of their investment in a QOF by
the deadline in the proposed regulation
primarily in order to receive the benefit
of the gain exclusion, even if that selling
date is not optimal for the taxpayer in
terms of the portfolio of assets that the
taxpayer could have chosen to invest in
were there no deadline. Setting a fixed
deadline may also generate an overall
decline in asset values in some QOZs if
many investors in QOFs seek to sell
their portion of the fund within the
same time period. This decline in asset
values may affect the broader level of
economic activity within some QOZs or
affect other investors in such zones that
did not invest through a QOF. In
anticipation of this fixed deadline, some
taxpayers may choose to dispose of QOF
assets earlier than the deadline to avoid
an anticipated ‘‘rush to the exits,’’ but
this would seem to conflict with the
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1949
purpose of the incentives in the statute
to encourage ‘‘patient’’ capital
investment within QOZs. While the
final regulations may produce these
inefficiencies, by providing a long time
period for which taxpayers may dispose
of their investment within a QOF and
still qualify for the exclusion the final
regulations will lead any such
inefficiencies to be minor.
(iii) Providing No Deadline for Electing
Gain Exclusion
As an alternative, the final regulations
could have provided no deadline for
electing the 10-year gain exclusion for
investments in a QOF, while still stating
that the ability to make the election is
not impaired solely because the
designation of one or more QOZs ceases
to be in effect. While this alternative
would eliminate the economic
inefficiencies associated with a fixed
deadline and would likely lead to
greater investment in QOFs, it could
introduce substantial additional
administrative and compliance costs.
Taxpayers would also need to maintain
records and make efforts to maintain
compliance with the rules of section
1400Z–2 on an indefinite basis.
(iv) Providing Fair Market Value Basis
Without Disposition of Investment
Another alternative considered would
allow taxpayers to elect to increase the
basis in their investment in the QOF if
held at least 10 years to the fair market
value of the investment without
disposing of the property, as long as the
election was made prior to January 1,
2048. (Or, the final regulations could
have provided that, at the close of
business of the day on which a taxpayer
first has the ability to make the 10-year
gain exclusion election, the basis in the
investment automatically sets to the
greater of current basis or the fair market
value of the investment.) This
alternative would minimize the
economic inefficiencies of the proposed
regulations resulting from taxpayers
needing to dispose of their investment
in the opportunity zone at a fixed date
not related to any factor other than the
lapse of time. However, this approach
would require a method of valuing
unsold assets that could raise
administrative and compliance costs. It
may also require the maintenance of
records and trained compliance
personnel for over two decades.
(v) Summary
As discussed in section V.B of the
Explanation of Provisions of the October
2018 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined the ability to exclude gains
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1950
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
for investment held at least 10 years in
a QOF is integral to the TCJA’s purpose
of creating QOZs. The final regulations
provide a uniform signal to all taxpayers
on the availability of this tax incentive,
which should encourage greater
investment, and a more efficient
distribution of investment, in QOFs
than in the absence of the final
regulations. The relative costs and
benefits of the various alternatives are
difficult to measure and compare. The
final regulations would likely produce
the lowest compliance and
administrative costs among the
alternatives and any associated
economic inefficiencies are likely to be
small.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
II. Paperwork Reduction Act
The collections of information in
these final regulations are in
§§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h), 1.1502–14Z(c)(2),
(f)(2)(ii), (iii), and (iv), (f)(3), and (h),
and 1.1504–3(b)(2) and (c). The
information in all of the collections of
information provided will be used by
the IRS for tax compliance purposes.
A. Partnership and S Corporation
Collections of Information
The final regulations establish a new
collection of information in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h). In § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(h)(1), the collection of information
requires a partnership that takes a
deferral election to notify all of its
partners of the deferral election and
their shares of the deferred gain. Similar
requirements are set forth in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(4) regarding S
corporations and S corporation
shareholders.
The collection of information in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(2) requires indirect
owners of a QOF partnership that sell or
otherwise dispose of all or a portion of
their indirect interest in the QOF
partnership in a transaction that is an
inclusion event to notify the QOF owner
so it can recognize an appropriate
amount of deferred gain. Lastly, the
collection of information in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(3) requires a QOF
partner to notify the QOF partnership of
an election under section 1400Z–2(c) to
adjust the basis of the qualifying QOF
partnership interest that is disposed of
in a taxable transaction. Similar
requirements again are set forth in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(4) regarding QOF S
corporations and QOF S corporation
shareholders.
The collection of information
contained in this final regulation will
not be conducted using a new or
existing IRS form. The notifications
required by § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(1) will
be provided by the respective
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
partnership to its partners n order to
properly track the amount of eligible
gain invested in a QOF. The notification
requires a statement to be sent by the
partnership electing deferral to the
relevant partners.
The notifications required by
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(2) will be provided
by indirect owners of a QOF partnership
to the QOF owner and must include
information needed in order to enable
the QOF owner, in a timely manner, to
recognize an appropriate amount of
deferred gain. The notification requires
a statement to be sent from an indirect
owner of a QOF partnership to the QOF
owner.
The notifications required by
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(3) will be provided
by a QOF partner to a QOF partnership
to inform the partnership that the
partner made an election under section
1400Z–2(c) to adjust the basis of the
qualifying QOF partnership interest
disposed of in a taxable transaction. The
notification requires a statement be sent
by the partner electing deferral under
section 1400Z–2(c) to the QOF
partnership.
Similar notifications between
shareholders and S Corporations are
also required by § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(h)(4).
The likely respondents are
partnerships and partners, and S
corporations and S corporation
shareholders.
Estimated total annual reporting
burden: 8,500 hours.
Estimated average annual burden per
respondent: 1 hour.
Estimated number of respondents:
8,500.
Estimated frequency of responses:
One time notification.
B. Collections of Information Under
Existing Tax Forms
The collections of information
imposed on consolidated groups in
these regulations are contained in
§§ 1.1502–14Z(c)(2), (f)(2)(ii), (iii), (iv),
and (f)(3), 1.1502–14Z(h), and 1.1504–
3(b)(2) and (c). The collection of
information provided by these
regulations has been approved by the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under control number 1545–
0123. The information is required to
inform the IRS on whether, and to what
extent, a taxpayer makes any of the
consolidated group elections as
described in these regulations. For
purposes of the Paperwork Reduction
Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. (PRA), the
reporting burden associated with the
collection of information in Form 1065,
‘‘U.S. Return of Partnership Income,’’
Form 1120, ‘‘U.S. Corporation Income
Tax Return,’’ Form 851, ‘‘Affiliations
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Schedule,’’ and/or Form 8996 will be
reflected in the Paperwork Reduction
Act Submission associated with OMB
control number 1545–0123.
The consolidated return rules in
§§ 1.1502–14Z and 1.1504–3 provide for
certain elections that are available to
consolidated groups. These elections
may require the consolidated group
and/or the QOF to file original,
amended or superseding returns and
attach an election statement to such
return with the required information to
make the applicable election. Section
1.1504–3(b)(2) generally allows the
consolidated group (subject to certain
requirements and limitations) to elect to
consolidate a subsidiary QOF C
corporation that was formed or acquired
by the consolidated group after May 1,
2019. In order to make the § 1.1504–
3(b)(2) election, the consolidated group
must attach an election statement as
described in § 1.1504–3(c) to its Form
1120 and include the QOF C
corporation as a subsidiary member on
its Form 851. Section 1.1502–14Z(c)(2)
allows a consolidated group to elect to
treat an investment of one member as a
qualifying investment by another
member. This election is available to
consolidated groups after March 13,
2020. The consolidated group must
attach an election statement as
described in § 1.1502–14Z(h)(2) with its
Form 1120.
The elections provided in § 1.1502–
14Z(f) are available only to consolidated
groups that formed or acquired a
subsidiary QOF C corporation and
included the subsidiary QOF C
corporation in its consolidated group
prior to May 1, 2019. These elections
allow the consolidated group to treat the
subsidiary QOF C corporation as (i) a
QOF partnership, (ii) a non-member
QOF C corporation, (iii) a non-QOF C
corporation, or (iv) to continue treating
the pre-existing QOF subsidiary
corporation as a member of the
consolidated group. In general, if the
consolidated group makes an election
under § 1.1502–14Z(f), the consolidated
group is required to amend its Form
1120 to account for the changes
resulting from the election and to attach
the applicable election statement as
provided in § 1.1502–14Z(h)(3). If the
consolidated group makes an election to
treat the QOF C corporation as a QOF
partnership as described in § 1.1502–
14Z(f)(2)(ii), the QOF partnership is
required to file its own Form 1065 as
well as a new Form 8996 for the taxable
year the election is effective. If the
consolidated group elects to treat the
subsidiary QOF C corporation as not a
member of the group (as described in
§ 1.1502–14Z(f)(2)(iii)), the subsidiary
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
QOF C corporation is required to file its
own Form 1120 and include its Form
8996 with the return for the taxable year
the election is effective.
The following table displays the
number of respondents estimated to be
required to report on Form 1120, Form
851, Form 8996 and/or Form 1065, with
respect to the collections of information
required by the these consolidated
group regulations. Due to the absence of
available tax data, estimates of
respondents required to attach a
statement to other types of tax returns,
as applicable, are not available.
Number of
respondents
(estimated)
Transition Relief Elections—
§ 1.1502–14Z(f):
Form 1120 ........................
Expected Number of Consolidated C Corporations
formed after May 1, 2019:
Form 1120 ........................
10 to 100.
0 to 50.
Source: RAAS:CDW.
The numbers of respondents in the
table were estimated by the Research,
Applied Analytics and Statistics
Division (RAAS) of the IRS from the
Compliance Data Warehouse (CDW).
Data for Form 1120 represents
estimates of the total number of
taxpayers that may attach an election
statement to their Form 1120 to make
the elections in §§ 1.1.1502–14Z(c)(2),
(f)(2)(ii), (iii), and (iv), and (f)(3), and
1.1504–3(b)(2). The lower bound
estimate is based on the number of
consolidated group taxpayers filing
Form 1120 and Form 8996 through July
2019. The upper bound estimate is
based on consolidated group taxpayer
filing trends, the observed filings to
date, and uncertainty about the number
of future filers. Accordingly, the
difference between the lower bound and
upper bound estimates reflect an
estimate of the possible number of
respondents as a result of the changes
made by TCJA and the regulations.
An agency may not conduct or
sponsor and a person is not required to
respond to a collection of information
unless it displays a valid OMB control
number.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
III. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6), it is hereby
certified that the final regulations will
not have a significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small entities
under section 601(6) of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (small entities).
As discussed elsewhere in this
preamble, the final regulations provide
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
certainty and clarity to taxpayers
regarding the utilization of the tax
preference for capital gains provided in
section 1400Z–2 by defining terms,
calculations, and acceptable forms of
documentation. The Treasury
Department and the IRS anticipate that
this clarity generally will encourage
taxpayers to invest in QOFs and will
increase the amount of investment
located in QOZs. Investment in QOFs is
entirely voluntary, and the certainty that
would be provided by these final
regulations, will minimize any
compliance or administrative costs,
such as the estimated average annual
burden (1 hour) under the Paperwork
Reduction Act. For example, the final
regulations provide multiple safe
harbors for the purpose of determining
whether the 50-percent gross income
test has been met as required by section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii) for a qualified
opportunity zone business. Taxpayers
affected by these final regulations
include QOFs, investors in QOFs, and
qualified opportunity zone businesses
in which a QOF holds an ownership
interest. The final regulations will not
directly affect the taxable incomes and
liabilities of qualified opportunity zone
businesses; they will affect only the
taxable incomes and tax liabilities of
QOFs (and owners of QOFs) that invest
in such businesses. Although there is a
lack of available data regarding the
extent to which small entities invest in
QOFs, will certify as QOFs, or receive
equity investments from QOFs, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
project that most of the investment
flowing into QOFs will come from large
corporations and wealthy individuals,
though some of these funds would
likely flow through an intermediary
investment partnership. It is expected
that some QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses would be
classified as small entities; however, the
number of small entities significantly
affected is not likely to be substantial.
For the reasons explained previously,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
certify that the final regulations will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
Pursuant to section 7805(f), the notice of
proposed rulemaking preceding these
final regulations was submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
IV. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires that agencies assess anticipated
costs and benefits and take certain other
actions before issuing a final rule that
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1951
includes any Federal mandate that may
result in expenditures in any one year
by a state, local, or tribal government, in
the aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100 million in 1995 dollars, updated
annually for inflation. In 2019, that
threshold is approximately $154
million. This rule does not include any
Federal mandate that may result in
expenditures by state, local, or tribal
governments, or by the private sector in
excess of that threshold.
V. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
Executive Order 13132 (entitled
Federalism) prohibits an agency from
publishing any rule that has federalism
implications if the rule either imposes
substantial, direct compliance costs on
state and local governments, and is not
required by statute, or preempts state
law, unless the agency meets the
consultation and funding requirements
of section 6 of the Executive Order. This
rule does not have federalism
implications and does not impose
substantial direct compliance costs on
state and local governments or preempt
state law.
VI. Executive Order 13175:
Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
Executive Order 13175 requires that
Federal departments and agencies
engage in consultation procedures in
certain circumstances where regulations
are issued which have substantial direct
effects with respect to the Federal
Government and Indian tribes. As noted
in the Background, on October 21, 2019,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
held a government-to-government tribal
consultation on Opportunity Zones
(Consultation). Seven organizations
representing tribal interests
participated, with one tribal designee
providing comments expressing support
for the May 2019 proposed regulations.
In addition, many tribes submitted
written comments in response to the
proposed regulations, and the presiding
officer of one Indian tribe provided oral
testimony at the February 14, 2019
public hearing.
Several commenters requested that
Indian tribal governments and
corporations organized under Indian
tribal laws should be included in the
definition of entities eligible to be a
QOF. The final regulations provide that
an entity ‘‘organized in’’ one of the 50
states includes an entity organized
under the law of a federally recognized
Indian tribe if the entity’s domicile is
located in one of the 50 states or the
District of Columbia. Such entity
satisfies the requirement in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i) and (C) that
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1952
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
qualified opportunity zone stock is
stock in a domestic corporation, and a
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest is an interest in a domestic
partnership.
The Treasury Department and the IRS,
while acknowledging the sovereignty of
Indian tribal governments, also note that
an entity eligible to be a QOF must be
subject to Federal income tax, including
the penalty imposed by section 1400Z–
2(f)(1) where a QOF fails to meet the 90percent investment standard, regardless
of the laws under which it is established
or organized. Tribal commenters at the
Consultation did not disagree with the
position that if an entity organized
under the law of an Indian tribal
government is eligible to be a QOF, and
the entity’s domicile is located in one of
the 50 states or the District of Columbia,
that such entity would be subject to
Federal income tax because the QOF
would include investors from outside of
the tribe. Accordingly, the Treasury
Department and IRS affirm these
positions and incorporate a reference to
entities organized under the law of an
Indian tribal government in the
definition of the term ‘‘eligible entity.’’
Several tribal commenters,
commenting on the October 2018
proposed regulations (83 FR 54279),
requested that leased tangible property
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property for purposes of the
section 1400Z–2 although the statute
only addresses the qualification of
tangible property acquired by purchase,
as defined in section 179(d)(2), as
qualified opportunity zone business
property. The commenters stated that
typically long-term ground leases of
land held in trust by the Federal
government are used for economic
development purposes because such
real property is generally not transferred
through a sale. As provided for in the
May 2019 proposed regulations (84 FR
18652), leased tangible property may
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property held by a QOF of
qualified opportunity zone business,
provided the regulatory requirements
are met. At the Consultation, no
participant requested additional
guidance on this provision, or disagreed
with the position taken by the Treasury
Department and the IRS.
Prior to the publication of the May
2019 proposed regulations (84 FR
18652), the Treasury Department and
the IRS received a comment requesting
that the final regulations provide
flexibility regarding the valuation of
leases. The commenter requested that
the final regulations permit QOFs to use
a basis for valuing property other than
the basis used for GAAP purposes (for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
example, cost basis under section 1012).
Because Indian tribal governments
typically rely upon leases of land held
in trust by the Federal Government for
economic development and recent
changes to GAAP methods require the
recognition of leasehold interests valued
at the present value of prospective lease
payments over the lifetime of the lease,
the commenter was concerned that
applying GAAP methods to value longterm leasehold interests would result in
eligible entities not qualifying as QOFs
or qualified opportunity zone
businesses. In responding to this
comment, as well as other comments
expressing similar concerns, the
Treasury Department and the IRS
determined that the alternative
valuation method for leased tangible
property, as set forth in the final
regulations, addresses the concerns
raised by these commenters. In addition,
the Treasury Department and the IRS
note that no participant of the
Consultation requested additional
guidance regarding these issues.
Therefore, proposed § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(b)(3) has not been modified as a result
of those comments.
Following the Consultation, one tribe
submitted additional comments
regarding the issue of whether leased
property is qualified opportunity zone
business property. First, the commenter
asked for clarification on whether
leasehold interests of the real property
subject to a sublease can be qualified
opportunity zone business property for
a qualified opportunity zone business
where the sublease is entered into after
December 31, 2017. The Treasury
Department and the IRS, while
declining to clarify the rule, generally
do not view tangible property acquired
under a sublease entered into after
December 31, 2017, as necessarily
different from tangible property
acquired under a lease entered into after
December 31, 2017, to the extent that
the tangible property otherwise would
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property.
Second, the commenter inquired
whether a leasehold interest that was
assigned by a tribe to a qualified
opportunity zone business would not
qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property because the leasehold
interest is not tangible property solely
being leased or subleased to the
qualified opportunity zone business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that assigning an existing lease,
the parties to which are not related
persons within the meaning of section
1400Z–2(e)(2), to another entity would
not prevent the tangible property subject
to the lease from qualifying as qualified
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
opportunity zone business property.
However, it should be noted that
assigning an existing lease that was
entered into by unrelated persons to an
assignee that is related person with
respect to the lessee may make the
leased tangible property subject to the
special rules for leases between related
persons within the meaning of section
1400Z–2(e)(2).
In addition to these comments, one
tribe requested a more robust reporting
regime to measure the benefits of
section 1400Z–2. As discussed in part
IX.A. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revision, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have modified
the Form 8996 to request additional
reporting information from QOFs for tax
administration purposes, which may
also be helpful in measuring the impact
and effectiveness of section 1400Z–2 on
designated qualified opportunity zones.
VII. Congressional Review Act
The Administrator of the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs of
the Office of Management and Budget
has determined that this is a major rule
for purposes of the Congressional
Review Act (CRA) (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.).
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these final
regulations are Alfred Bae and Kyle
Griffin, Office of the Associate Chief
Counsel (Income Tax & Accounting);
Jeremy Aron-Dine and Sarah Hoyt,
Office of the Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate); and Marla Borkson, Sonia
Kothari, and Vishal Amin, Office of the
Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs
and Special Industries). Other personnel
from the Treasury Department and the
IRS participated in their development.
Statement of Availability of IRS
Documents
IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue
Rulings, and Notices cited in this
preamble are published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (or Cumulative
Bulletin) and are available from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Publishing Office,
Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting
the IRS website at https://www.irs.gov.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income Taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
amended as follows:
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 is amended by adding
sectional authorities for §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–
1 through 1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–14Z,
and 1.1504–3 in numerical order to read
in part as follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.1400Z2(a)–1 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(b)–1 also issued under
26 U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(c)–1 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(d)–1 also issued under
26 U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(d)–2 also issued under
26 U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(f)–1 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
Section 1.1502–14Z also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4) and 1502.
*
*
*
*
*
Section 1.1504–3 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 1400Z–2(e)(4) and 1504(a)(5).
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 2. Section 1.1400Z2–0 is added to
read as follows:
■
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
§ 1.1400Z2–0. Table of Contents.
This section lists the table of contents for
§§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through 1.1400Z2(f)–1.
§ 1.1400Z2 (a)–1 Deferring tax on capital
gains by investing in opportunity zones
(a) Deferring tax on capital gains.
(1) Overview.
(2) Procedure for deferring gain.
(b) Definitions.
(1) 30-month substantial improvement
period.
(2) 70-percent tangible property standard.
(3) 70-percent use test.
(4) 90-percent investment standard.
(5) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone
property holding period.
(6) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone
business property holding period.
(7) 180-day period.
(8) Boot.
(9) Consolidated group.
(10) Deferral election.
(11) Eligible gain.
(12) Eligible interest.
(13) Eligible taxpayer.
(14) Inclusion event.
(15) Mixed-funds investment.
(16) Non-qualifying investment.
(17) Property.
(18) QOF.
(19) QOF C corporation.
(20) QOF corporation.
(21) QOF RIC.
(22) QOF REIT.
(23) QOF owner.
(24) QOF partner.
(25) QOF partnership.
(26) QOF S corporation.
(27) QOF shareholder.
(28) QOZ designation notice.
(29) Qualified opportunity zone business.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(30) Qualified opportunity zone business
property.
(31) Qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest.
(32) Qualified opportunity zone property.
(33) Qualified opportunity zone stock.
(34) Qualifying investment.
(35) Qualifying QOF partnership interest.
(36) Qualifying QOF stock.
(37) Qualifying section 355 transaction.
(38) Qualifying section 381 transaction.
(39) Related persons.
(40) Remaining deferred gain.
(41) Section 1400Z–2 regulations.
(c) Operational and special rules.
(1) Attributes of gains included in income
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B).
(2) Identification of which interest in a
QOF corporation has been disposed of.
(3) Pro-rata method.
(4) Examples.
(5) Making an investment for purposes of
an election under section 1400Z–2(a).
(6) Amount invested for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A).
(7) Eligible gains that a partnership elects
to defer.
(8) Eligible gains that the partnership does
not defer.
(9) Passthrough entities other than
partnerships.
(d) Elections.
(1) Taxable year of deferral election.
(2) Taxable years after deferral election.
(e) Interaction of section 1400Z–2 and
§ 1.897–6T.
(f) Treatment of mixed-funds investments.
(1) Investments to which no election under
section 1400Z–2(a) applies.
(2) Treatment of deemed contributions of
money under section 752(a).
(3) Treatment of contributions to QOF
corporation in which no stock is received.
(4) Example.
(g) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
§ 1.1400Z2 (b)–1 Inclusion of gains that
have been deferred under section 1400Z–
2(a).
(a) Scope.
(b) General inclusion rule.
(c) Inclusion events.
(1) In general.
(2) Termination or liquidation of QOF or
QOF owner.
(3) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by
gift or incident to divorce.
(4) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by
reason of the taxpayer’s death.
(5) Grantor trusts.
(6) Special rules for partners and
partnerships.
(7) Special rules for S corporations.
(8) Distributions by a QOF corporation.
(9) Dividend-equivalent redemptions and
redemptions of section 306 stock.
(10) Qualifying section 381 transactions.
(11) Section 355 transactions.
(12) Recapitalizations and section 1036
transactions.
(13) Section 304 transactions.
(14) Deduction for worthlessness.
(15) Decertification of a QOF.
(16) Other inclusion and non-inclusion
events.
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1953
(d) Holding periods.
(1) Holding period for qualifying
investment.
(2) Status of QOF assets as qualified
opportunity zone property.
(e) Amount includible.
(1) In general.
(2) Property received from a QOF in certain
transactions.
(3) Gain recognized on December 31, 2026.
(4) Special amount includible rule for
partnerships and S corporations.
(5) Limitation on amount of gain included
after statutory five-year and seven-year basis
increases.
(f) Examples.
(g) Basis adjustments.
(1) Basis adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) resulting from the inclusion of
deferred gain.
(2) Amount of basis adjustment under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv).
(3) Examples.
(4) Special partnership rules.
(5) Basis adjustments in S corporation
stock.
(6) Basis in the hands of a taxpayer who
received a qualifying investment in a QOF by
reason of the prior owner’s death.
(h) Notifications by partners and
partnerships, and shareholders and S
corporations.
(1) Notification of deferral election.
(2) Notification of deferred gain recognition
by indirect QOF owner.
(3) Notification of section 1400Z–2(c)
election by QOF partner or QOF partnership.
(4) S corporations.
(i) Reserved.
(j) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
§ 1.1400Z2 (c)–1 Investments held for at
least 10 years.
(a) Scope.
(b) Investment for which an election can be
made.
(1) In general.
(2) Special election rules for QOF
partnerships and QOF S corporations.
(3) Basis adjustments upon sale or
exchange of qualifying QOF stock.
(c) Extension of availability of the election
described in section 1400Z–2(c).
(d) Examples.
(e) Capital gain dividends paid by a QOF
RIC or QOF REIT that some shareholders may
be able to elect to receive tax free under
section 1400Z–2(c).
(1) Eligibility.
(2) Definition of capital gain dividend
identified with a date.
(3) General limitations on the amounts of
capital gain with which a date may be
identified.
(4) Determination of the amount of capital
gain with which a date may be identified.
(f) Applicability dates.
§ 1.1400Z2 (d)–1 Qualified opportunity
funds and qualified opportunity zone
businesses.
(a) Overview.
(1) Eligible entity.
(2) Self-certification as a QOF.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1954
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
(3) Self-decertification of a QOF.
(4) Involuntary decertification.
(b) Valuation of property for purposes of
the 90-percent investment standard and the
70-percent tangible property standard.
(1) In general.
(2) Special rules.
(3) Applicable financial statement
valuation method.
(4) Alternative valuation method.
(c) Qualified opportunity zone property.
(1) In general.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone stock.
(3) Qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest.
(d) Qualified opportunity zone business.
(1) In general.
(2) Satisfaction of 70-percent tangible
property standard.
(3) Operation of section 1397C
requirements adopted by reference.
(4) Trade or businesses described in
section 144(c)(6)(B) not eligible.
(5) Tangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business that ceases to be
qualified opportunity zone business property
(6) Cure period for qualified opportunity
zone businesses.
(e) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
§ 1.1400Z2 (d)–2 Qualified opportunity
zone business property
(a) Qualified opportunity zone business
property.
(1) In general.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone business
property requirements.
(b) Tangible property owned by an eligible
entity.
(1) Purchase requirement.
(2) Original use or substantial
improvement requirement.
(3) Original use of tangible property
acquired by purchase.
(4) Substantial improvement of tangible
property acquired by purchase.
(c) Tangible property leased by an eligible
entity.
(1) Qualifying acquisition of possession.
(2) Arms-length terms.
(3) Additional requirements for tangible
property leased from a related person.
(4) Plan, intent, or expectation for
purchases not for fair market value.
(d) Holding period and use within a
qualified opportunity zone of owned or
leased tangible property.
(1) In general.
(2) Valuation of owned and leased
property.
(3) Substantially all of an eligible entity’s
holding period for owned or leased tangible
property.
(4) Substantially all of the use of owned or
leased tangible property in a qualified
opportunity zone.
(e) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
§ 1.1400Z2 (e)–1
[Reserved]
§ 1.1400Z2 (f)–1 Administrative rulespenalties, anti-abuse, etc.
(a) In general.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(b) Time period for a QOF to reinvest
certain proceeds.
(1) In general.
(2) Federally declared disasters.
(c) Anti-abuse rules.
(1) General anti-abuse rule.
(2) Special anti-abuse rule for partnerships.
(3) Examples.
(d) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
Par. 3. Section 1.1400Z2(a)–1 is added
to read as follows:
■
§ 1.1400Z2 (a)–1 Deferring tax on capital
gains by investing in opportunity zones.
(a) Deferring tax on capital gains—(1)
Overview. Under section 1400Z–2(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code (Code) and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations (as
defined in paragraph (b)(41) of this
section), an eligible taxpayer may elect
to defer recognition of some or all of one
or more eligible gains that otherwise
would be recognized by the eligible
taxpayer in the taxable year to the extent
that the eligible taxpayer timely
acquires a qualifying investment in a
qualified opportunity fund (QOF)
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(d)(1) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–1. Paragraph
(a)(2) of this section describes how a
taxpayer elects to defer gain. Paragraph
(b) of this section defines terms used in
the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides
operational rules for applying section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations, including special rules
regarding the election to defer gain
under section 1400Z–2(a) and this
section when an eligible taxpayer that is
a partnership, S corporation, trust, or
decedent’s estate recognizes an eligible
gain in a taxable year. Paragraph (d) of
this section provides the manner in
which a deferral election under section
1400Z–2(a) must be made. Paragraph (e)
of this section provides the treatment of
section 1400Z–2 for purposes of
§ 1.897–6T. Paragraph (f) of this section
provides rules for mixed-funds
investments. Paragraph (g) of this
section provides dates of applicability.
See §§ 1.1502–14Z and 1.1504–3 for
special rules applicable to consolidated
groups that invest in QOFs.
(2) Procedure for deferring gain. A
taxpayer defers gain, in whole or in part,
by making an election on its Federal
income tax return for the taxable year in
which the gain would be included if not
deferred. The election must be made in
the manner prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service in guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin or in
forms and instructions (see
§§ 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this
chapter).
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) Definitions. The following
definitions apply for purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations:
(1) 30-month substantial
improvement period. The term 30month substantial improvement period
means any 30-month period, beginning
after the date of acquisition of tangible
property, in which additions to the basis
of the tangible property in the hands of
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business (see § 1.1400Z2(d)–2(b)(4))
exceed an amount equal to the adjusted
basis of such property at the beginning
of the 30-month period in the hands of
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business.
(2) 70-percent tangible property
standard. The term 70-percent tangible
property standard means the
requirement in section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(i) that a qualified opportunity
zone business must satisfy with respect
to qualified opportunity zone business
property (see § 1.1400Z2(d)–2) that the
qualified opportunity zone business
holds, whether the qualified
opportunity zone business property is
owned by the qualified opportunity
zone business or leased by the qualified
opportunity zone business from another
person.
(3) 70-percent use test. The term 70percent use test means the test used to
determine if a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business satisfies the
requirement in sections 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) and 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i)
that substantially all of the use of
tangible property was in a qualified
opportunity zone.
(4) 90-percent investment standard.
The term 90-percent investment
standard means the requirement
provided in section 1400Z–2(d)(1) that a
QOF must hold at least 90 percent of its
assets in qualified opportunity zone
property, as defined in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(1),
determined by the average of the
percentage of qualified opportunity
zone property held by the QOF as
measured on the last day of the first sixmonth period and on the last day of the
taxable year of the QOF.
(5) 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone property holding period. The term
90-percent qualified opportunity zone
property holding period means the
minimum portion of a QOF’s holding
period in stock of a corporation or
interests in a partnership, during which
the corporation or partnership qualifies
as a qualified opportunity zone business
in order for the stock or the partnership
interests to meet the substantially all
requirement under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) to be treated as qualified
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
opportunity zone stock or the
substantially all requirement under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(C)(iii) to be
treated as qualified opportunity zone
partnership interests, as applicable, held
by the QOF.
(6) 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone business property holding period.
The term 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property
holding period means the minimum
portion of a QOF’s or qualified
opportunity zone business’s holding
period in tangible property during
which the 70-percent use test with
respect to the tangible property must be
satisfied, in order for the tangible
property to meet the requirement under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) to be
treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property held by the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business.
(7) 180-day period—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided elsewhere
in this section, the term 180-day period
means the 180-day period referred to in
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) with respect to
any eligible gain meeting the
requirements of paragraph (b)(11) of this
section that begins on the day on which
the gain would be recognized for
Federal income tax purposes if the
eligible taxpayer did not elect under
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations to defer recognition of that
gain.
(ii) 180-day period for RIC and REIT
capital gain dividends—(A) General
rule. Unless the shareholder of a
regulated investment company (RIC) or
real estate investment trust (REIT)
chooses to apply paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(B)
of this section, the 180-day period for a
RIC or REIT capital gain dividend
begins on the last day of the
shareholder’s taxable year in which the
capital gain dividend would otherwise
be recognized by the shareholder.
(B) Elective rule. Notwithstanding the
general rule in paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(A) of
this section, a shareholder of a RIC or
REIT may choose to treat the 180-day
period with respect to a capital gain
dividend that the shareholder receives
from the RIC or REIT as beginning on
the date of the dividend distribution;
provided, however, that the aggregate
amount of the shareholder’s eligible
gain with respect to capital gain
dividends from the RIC or REIT is
limited to the aggregate amount of
capital gain dividends reported for that
shareholder by the RIC for that
shareholder’s taxable year or designated
for that shareholder by the REIT for that
shareholder’s taxable year.
(C) Undistributed capital gains. If
section 852(b)(3)(D) or 857(b)(3)(C)
(concerning undistributed capital gains)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
requires the holder of shares in a RIC or
REIT to include an amount in the
shareholder’s long-term capital gains,
the rule in paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(B) of this
section does not apply to that amount.
The 180-day period with respect to the
included undistributed capital gain
begins, at the shareholder’s election, on
either the last day of the RIC or REIT’s
taxable year or the last day of the
shareholder’s taxable year in which the
amount would otherwise be recognized
as long-term capital gains by the
shareholder.
(iii) 180-day period for partners, S
corporation shareholders, and owners of
other passthrough entities. See
paragraph (c)(8) and (9) of this section
for rules relating to the determination of
the 180-day period for partners, S
corporation shareholders, or
beneficiaries of a trust or decedent’s
estate in cases in which a partnership,
S corporation, trust, or decedent’s estate
is not an eligible taxpayer with respect
to an eligible gain, or does not make a
deferral election with respect to an
eligible gain.
(iv) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the principles of
paragraph (b)(7)(i) through (iii) of this
section.
(A) Example 1. Regular-way trades of
stock. Individual A sells stock at a gain in a
regular-way trade on an exchange (that is, in
a transaction in which a trade order is placed
on the trade date, and settlement of the
transaction, including payment and delivery
of the stock, occurs a standardized number of
days after the trade date). The 180-day period
with respect to A’s gain on the stock begins
on the trade date.
(B) Example 2. Capital gain dividends
received by a REIT shareholder. REIT and
Shareholder are calendar year taxpayers.
REIT distributes a dividend to Shareholder
on March 1, Year 1. REIT designates the
March 1 dividend as a capital gain dividend
before 30 days after the close of Year 1.
Shareholder’s 180-day period with respect to
that capital gain dividend begins on
December 31, Year 1. However, Shareholder
may choose to begin the 180-day period on
March 1, Year 1. If so, an equity interest in
a QOF received by Shareholder in exchange
for an investment of an amount
corresponding to that capital gain dividend
may be a qualifying investment to the extent
that Shareholder’s aggregate elected deferrals
of dividends from REIT for Year 1 do not
exceed Shareholder’s aggregate capital gain
dividends from REIT for the taxable year.
(C) Example 3. Multiple capital gain
dividends received by a RIC shareholder. RIC
is a calendar year taxpayer. RIC distributes a
dividend of $100 to Shareholder, a calendar
year taxpayer, on March 1, Year 1 and
distributes another dividend of $50 to
Shareholder on June 1, Year 1. RIC reports
both the March 1 and June 1 dividends as
capital gain dividends on Shareholder’s Form
1099–DIV for Year 1. Shareholder’s 180-day
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1955
period with respect to both capital gain
dividends begins on December 31, Year 1.
However, Shareholder may choose to begin
the 180-day period for the $100 RIC capital
gain dividend on March 1, Year 1, and may
choose to begin the 180-day period for the
$50 RIC capital gain dividend on June 1, Year
1. Thus, if Shareholder makes a single
investment of $200 in a QOF in exchange for
an eligible interest (as defined in paragraph
(b)(12) of this section) on July 1, Year 1,
absent any other eligible gain, Shareholder
may treat $150 of the eligible interest as a
qualifying investment in the QOF (that is, the
amount that corresponds to the aggregate
amount of the RIC capital gain dividends in
Year 1) and $50 of the eligible interest as a
non-qualifying investment therein.
(D) Example 4. Additional deferral of
previously deferred gains—(1) Facts.
Taxpayer A invested in a QOF and properly
elected to defer realized gain. On March 15,
2025, A disposes of its entire investment in
the QOF in a transaction that, under sections
1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b), triggers an
inclusion of gain in A’s gross income. Section
1400Z–2(b) determines the date and amount
of the gain included in A’s income. That date
is March 15, 2025, the date on which A
disposed of its entire interest in the QOF. A
wants to make a deferral election with
respect to A’s gain from the disposal of the
QOF investment.
(2) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(7)(i) of
this section, the 180-day period for making
another investment in a QOF begins on the
day on which section 1400Z–2(b) requires
the prior gain to be included. As prescribed
by section 1400Z–2(b)(1)(A), that is March
15, 2025, the date of the inclusion-triggering
disposition. Thus, in order to make a deferral
election under section 1400Z–2, A must
invest the amount of the inclusion in the
original QOF or in another QOF during the
180-day period beginning on March 15, 2025,
the date when A disposed of its entire
investment in the QOF.
(8) Boot. The term boot means money
or other property that section 354 or 355
does not permit to be received without
the recognition of gain.
(9) Consolidated group. The term
consolidated group has the meaning
provided in § 1.1502–1(h).
(10) Deferral election. The term
deferral election means an election
under section 1400Z–2(a) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations made
before January 1, 2027, with respect to
an eligible gain.
(11) Eligible gain—(i) In general. An
amount of gain is an eligible gain, and
thus is eligible for deferral under section
1400Z–2(a) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if the gain—
(A) Is treated as a capital gain for
Federal income tax purposes or is a
qualified 1231 gain within the meaning
of paragraph (b)(11)(iii)(A) of this
section, determined by—
(1) Not taking into account any losses
unless otherwise specified in the section
1400Z–2 regulations; and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1956
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Taking into account any other
provision of the Code that requires the
character of potential capital gain to be
recharacterized or redetermined as
ordinary income, as defined in section
64, for purposes of the Code;
(B) Would be recognized for Federal
income tax purposes and subject to tax
under subtitle A of the Code before
January 1, 2027 (subject to Federal
income tax), if section 1400Z–2(a)(1) did
not apply to defer recognition of the
gain; and
(C) Does not arise from a sale or
exchange of property with a person that,
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(e)(2), is related to—
(1) The eligible taxpayer that would
recognize the gain in the taxable year in
which the sale or exchange occurs if
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations did not apply to
defer recognition of the gain; or
(2) Any passthrough entity or other
person recognizing and allocating the
gain to the eligible taxpayer described in
paragraph (b)(11)(i)(C)(1) of this section.
(ii) Portion of eligible gain not already
subject to a deferral election. In the case
of an eligible taxpayer who has made an
election under section 1400Z–2(a) and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations
regarding some but not all of an eligible
gain, the portion of that eligible gain
with respect to which no election under
section 1400Z–2(a) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations has been made
remains an eligible gain for which a
deferral election may be made.
(iii) Qualified 1231 gains—(A)
Definition. A section 1231 gain (as
defined in section 1231(a)(3)(A))
recognized on the sale or exchange of
property defined in section 1231(b)
(1231(b) property) is a qualified 1231
gain to the extent that it exceeds any
amount with respect to the 1231(b)
property that is treated as ordinary
income under section 1245 or section
1250.
(B) 180-day period. For the applicable
180-day period with respect to a
qualified 1231 gain, see paragraph (b)(7)
of this section.
(C) Attributes of included income
when deferral ends. For the Federal
income tax treatment of the later
inclusion of a qualified 1231 gain
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations, see
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(iv) Gain arising from an inclusion
event—(A) In general. Gain that is
otherwise required to be included in
gross income under § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(e)(1), whether from the disposition of
an entire interest in a QOF or a
disposition of a partial interest, may be
eligible for deferral under section
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
1400Z–2(a)(1), provided that all of the
requirements to elect to defer gain under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) are met. For
purposes of determining whether such
gain is eligible gain under section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and this paragraph
(b)(11)(iv)(A), the eligible taxpayer
should treat such inclusion gain as if it
was originally realized upon the
occurrence of the inclusion event rather
than on the sale or exchange that gave
rise to the eligible gain to which the
inclusion event relates.
(B) 180-day period. The 180-day
period for investing gain from an
inclusion event begins on the date of the
inclusion event.
(C) Holding period. The holding
period for a qualifying investment
attributable to eligible gain arising from
an inclusion event begins on the date
that the gain is reinvested in a QOF.
(v) No deferral for gain realized upon
the acquisition of an eligible interest.
Gain is not eligible for deferral under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations if such gain is
realized upon the contribution,
exchange, or other transfer of property
to a QOF in exchange for an eligible
interest (see paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C) of
this section) or the transfer of property
to an eligible taxpayer in exchange for
an eligible interest (see paragraph
(c)(6)(iv) of this section).
(vi) Gain from section 1256 contracts
and from positions in a straddle—(A)
General rule. Except as otherwise
explicitly provided in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(B), (C), or (D) of this section,
eligible gain for a taxable year does not
include—
(1) Gain from a section 1256 contract
as defined in section 1256(b);
(2) Gain from a position that was part
of a straddle as defined in section 1092
(straddle) during the taxable year; or
(3) Gain from a position that was part
of a straddle in a previous taxable year
if, under section 1092(a)(1)(B), a loss
from any position in that straddle is
treated as sustained, subject to the
limitations of section 1092(a)(1)(A),
during the taxable year.
(B) Exception for net gain from certain
section 1256 contracts. Paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(A)(1) of this section does not
apply to the net gain during the taxable
year from section 1256 contracts that
were not part of a straddle at any time
during the taxable year (qualified
section 1256 contracts). For purposes of
this paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B), the net
gain during the taxable year from
qualified section 1256 contracts is
determined by taking into account all
capital gains and losses from such
contracts for the taxable year that are
recognized for Federal income tax
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
purposes, determined without regard to
section 1400Z–2(a)(1). The 180-day
period with respect to any eligible gain
described in this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(B) begins on the last day of
the taxable year, and the character of
that gain when it is later included under
sections 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and 1400Z–
2(b) is determined under the general
rule in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
If, under section 1256(a)(4), section
1092 does not apply to a straddle, such
straddle is not treated as a straddle for
purposes of this paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B).
(C) Exception for net gain from certain
identified straddles—(1) Paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does not
apply to the net gain during the taxable
year from positions in a straddle if—
(i) During the taxable year, the
positions were part of an identified
straddle under section 1092(a)(2), part
of an identified mixed straddle under
§ 1.1092(b)–3T (and, as applicable,
§ 1.1092(b)–6), part of an identified
straddle under section 1256(d), or
included in a mixed straddle account
under § 1.1092(b)–4T;
(ii) All gains and losses with respect
to the positions that were part of such
straddle or included in such mixed
straddle account are recognized by the
end of the taxable year (other than gain
that would be recognized but for
deferral under section 1400Z–2(a)(1));
(iii) None of the positions in such
straddle or mixed straddle account were
part of a straddle during the taxable
year, other than a straddle described in
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(1)(i) and (ii) of
this section; and
(iv) None of the positions in such
straddle or mixed straddle account were
part of a straddle in a previous taxable
year if, under section 1092(a)(1)(B), a
loss from any position in such straddle
is treated as sustained, subject to the
limitations of section 1092(a)(1)(A),
during the taxable year.
(2) For purposes of paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(1) of this section, net gain
during the taxable year from an
identified straddle or mixed straddle
account described in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(1)(i) through (iv) of this
section is equal to the excess of the
capital gains recognized in the taxable
year for Federal income tax purposes,
determined without regard to section
1400Z–2(a)(1), from all of the positions
that were part of that straddle over the
sum of the capital losses and net
ordinary loss (if any) from all of the
positions that were part of that straddle.
For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2), capital gains and losses
from an identified straddle or mixed
straddle account include capital gains
and losses from section 1256 contracts
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
and other positions marked to market
either upon termination or on the last
business day of the taxable year, as well
as annual account net gain from
positions in a mixed straddle account
covered by § 1.1092(b)–4T. In addition,
for purposes of this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2), net ordinary loss means
the excess of ordinary losses over
ordinary gains.
(3) If a straddle is an identified
straddle described in section 1092(a)(2),
the basis adjustment provisions
described in sections 1092(a)(2)(A)(ii)
and (iii) must be applied in determining
the net gain during the taxable year from
positions that were part of that straddle.
(4) The 180-day period with respect to
any eligible gain described in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2) of this section begins on
the earlier of the date when all of the
positions that are, or have been, part of
the straddle are disposed of (or
otherwise terminated) or the last day of
the taxable year.
(5) If net gain described in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2) of this section is
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)(1),
that gain is not treated as unrecognized
gain for purposes of section
1092(a)(3)(A)(ii).
(D) Additional exceptions to the
general rule. Additional exceptions to
the general rule in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section may be
prescribed in guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(E) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules described in
paragraph (b)(11)(vi) of this section. All
of the examples assume that Taxpayer
holds the positions described as capital
assets and that Taxpayer holds no
offsetting positions other than those
described in the examples.
(1) Example 1. Taxpayer owns 100 shares
of publicly traded Company X common stock
and acquires put options on 100 shares of
Company X common stock during the taxable
year. Taxpayer does not make any straddle
identifications under section 1092. During
the taxable year, Taxpayer sells all 100 shares
of its Company X common stock and has a
$40 capital gain. During the taxable year,
Taxpayer also closes out all of its put options
on Company X common stock and has a $30
capital loss. That $40 of capital gain is from
a position that was part of a straddle during
the taxable year because the position in
Company X common stock and the position
in put options on Company X stock are
offsetting positions as defined in section
1092(c). Under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of
this section, none of Taxpayer’s $40 of
capital gain is eligible gain.
(2) Example 2. Taxpayer’s taxable year is
the calendar year. Taxpayer owns 100 shares
of publicly traded Company Y common stock
and has a basis in each share of $10.00.
Taxpayer also owns put options on 100
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
shares of Company Y common stock.
Taxpayer makes a valid and timely
identification under section 1092(a)(2) of the
100 shares of Company Y common stock and
the put options on the 100 shares of
Company Y common stock. On January 10,
Year 1, Taxpayer closes out all of the put
options and has a $30.00 capital loss. On
March 10, Year 1, Taxpayer sells 40 shares
of the Company Y common stock for $11.00
per share. At the end of Year 1, the fair
market value of each of the 60 remaining
shares of Company Y common stock held by
Taxpayer is $10.50. Under section
1092(a)(2)(A)(ii), when the put options are
closed out at a loss of $30.00, the basis of
each of Taxpayer’s shares of Company Y
common stock is increased by $0.30 ($30.00/
100). Thus, Taxpayer has a gain of $28.00
((40 * $11.00)¥(40 * $10.30)) on the sale of
the 40 shares of Company Y common stock.
Paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section
applies to all of Taxpayer’s gain during the
taxable year from the straddle. Because
Taxpayer has unrecognized gain from the
straddle at the end of the taxable year,
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C) of this section does
not shield any of Taxpayer’s gain from that
result. The $28 of gain is thus not eligible
gain. Taxpayer must recognize and include in
taxable income for the taxable year the
$28.00 capital gain. Under section
1092(a)(2)(A)(iv), Taxpayer may not deduct
the $30.00 loss from the put options.
(3) Example 3. The facts are the same as
in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(E)(2) of this section
(Example 2), except Taxpayer sells the 100
shares of Company Y common stock on
March 10, Year 1, for $11.50 per share. Under
section 1092(a)(2)(A)(ii), as in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(E)(2) of this section (Example 2),
when the put options are closed out at a loss
of $30.00, the basis of each of Taxpayer’s
shares of Company Y common stock is
increased by $0.30 ($30.00/100). Taxpayer
has a gain of $120.00 ((100 * $11.50)¥(100
* $10.30)) on the sale of the 100 shares of
Company Y common stock. Taxpayer has net
gain during the taxable year from the
identified straddle of $120.00. Under
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C) of this section,
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does
not apply to prevent the $120.00 net gain
from being eligible gain. As in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(E)(2) of this section (Example 2),
under section 1092(a)(2)(A)(iv), Taxpayer
may not deduct the $30.00 loss from the put
options.
(4) Example 4. Taxpayer’s taxable year is
the calendar year. Taxpayer owns 100 shares
of publicly traded Company Z common stock
and has a basis in each share of $10.
Taxpayer also owns put options on 100
shares of Company Z common stock. In Year
1, Taxpayer closes out the put options at a
$100 loss. At the end of Year 1, the fair
market value of each of the shares of
Company Z common stock held by Taxpayer
is $15 and, under section 1092(a)(3),
Taxpayer has $500 of unrecognized gain.
Because Taxpayer’s unrecognized gain on the
Company Z common stock at the end of Year
1 exceeds Taxpayer’s loss on the put options,
Taxpayer’s loss is deferred under section
1092(a)(1). During Year 2, Taxpayer sells 40
shares of Company Z common stock for $14
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1957
per share. Taxpayer has a gain of $160 ((40
* $14)¥(40 * $10)) on the sale of the 40
shares of Company Z common stock. Under
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section,
because Taxpayer’s Company Z common
stock was part of a straddle in a previous
taxable year and a loss from a position in that
straddle was deferred under section 1092(a)
at the end of Year 1, the preceding taxable
year, Taxpayer’s $160 Year 2 gain on the sale
of the Company Z common stock is not
eligible gain. At the end of Year 2, the fair
market value of each of the 60 remaining
shares of Company Z common stock held by
Taxpayer is $10 and Taxpayer has no
unrecognized gain on its Company Z
common stock. Under section 1092(a)(1)(B),
Taxpayer’s $100 loss from Year 1 is treated
as sustained in Year 2. Because Taxpayer has
no unrecognized gain on its Company Z
common stock at the end of Year 2, Taxpayer
may deduct the $100 loss in Year 2. In Year
3, Taxpayer sells the remaining 60 shares of
Company Z common stock for $50 per share.
Taxpayer has a gain of $2,400 ((60 *
$50)¥(60 * $10)) on the sale of the 60 shares
of Company Z common stock. Because there
was no loss from the straddle deferred under
section 1092(a) at the end of Year 2,
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does
not apply to prevent the $2,400 of Year 3 net
gain from being eligible gain.
(5) Example 5. Taxpayer’s taxable year is
the calendar year. On October 5, Year 1,
Taxpayer buys 100 shares of publicly traded
Exchange Traded Fund A (ETF A) and
acquires offsetting section 1256 contracts on
the index that underlies the ETF A shares.
Taxpayer makes a valid and timely
identification of all 100 ETF A shares and the
offsetting section 1256 contracts under
§ 1.1092(b)–3T. On December 31, Year 1, the
fair market value of the ETF A shares has
increased by $500, and the fair market value
of the section 1256 contracts has decreased
by $450. On December 31, Year 1, Taxpayer
sells the ETF shares for a $500 gain. In
addition, under section 1256(a)(1), the
section 1256 contracts are treated as sold for
fair market value on December 31, Year 1, for
a $450 loss. Pursuant to § 1.1092(b)–3T(b)(4),
Taxpayer has a net short term capital gain
from the identified mixed straddle of $50
($500–$450). Under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)
of this section, paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of
this section does not apply to prevent the $50
of net short term capital gain from being
eligible gain.
(vii) [Reserved]
(viii) Eligible installment sale gains—
(A) In general. The term eligible gain
includes gains described in this
paragraph (b)(11) that would be
recognized by an eligible taxpayer under
the installment method pursuant to
section 453 and with §§ 1.453–1 through
1.453–12 for a taxable year, provided
such gain otherwise meets the
requirements of this paragraph (b)(11).
This includes gains recognized under
the installment method under section
453 from an installment sale that
occurred before December 22, 2017.
(B) 180-day period for gain from
installment sales. For gains reported on
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1958
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
the installment method, an eligible
taxpayer may treat the date the payment
on the installment sale is received or the
last day of the taxable year in which the
eligible taxpayer would have recognized
the gain under the installment method
as the beginning of the 180-day period
described in paragraph (b)(7) of this
section. Thus, if an eligible taxpayer
receives one or more payments on an
installment sale and treats the date the
payment on the installment sale is
received as the beginning of the 180-day
period, each payment will begin a new
180-day period.
(ix) Additional rules for determining if
gain is subject to Federal income tax—
(A) Application of a treaty—(1) In
general. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(11)(i)(B) of this section, whether gain
would be subject to Federal income tax
is determined after application of any
treaty exemption provision that an
eligible taxpayer elects to apply under
any applicable U.S. income tax
convention.
(2) Treaty waiver. An eligible taxpayer
who is not a United States person
within the meaning of section
7701(a)(30) (or an eligible taxpayer who
is a United States person within the
meaning of section 7701(a)(30) but who
is treated as a resident of another
country under an applicable U.S.
income tax convention) may not make
an election to defer gain pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(a) after the
applicability date of this section (see
paragraph (g) of this section) unless
such eligible taxpayer irrevocably
waives, in accordance with forms and
instructions (see § 601.602 of this
chapter), any treaty benefits that would
exempt such gain from being subject to
Federal income tax at the time of
inclusion pursuant to an applicable U.S.
income tax convention. In the event that
such forms and instructions that include
such waiver have not yet been
published when an election pursuant to
paragraph (d)(1) of this section is
required to be made, such an eligible
taxpayer must attach a written
statement, signed under penalties of
perjury, to any forms on which an
election is made pursuant to paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, which states ‘‘With
respect to gain deferred pursuant to an
election under section 1400Z–2(a), the
below signed taxpayer irrevocably
waives any treaty benefits that would
exempt such gain from being subject to
Federal income tax at the time of
inclusion pursuant to an applicable U.S.
income tax convention.’’ If such an
eligible taxpayer chooses to apply the
section 1400Z–2 regulations in a
consistent manner for all taxable years
(see paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the taxpayer must include the signed
statement required under this paragraph
(b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) with the first annual
report described in paragraph (d)(2) of
this section that is required to be filed
on a date that is after March 13, 2020.
An eligible taxpayer not described in
the first sentence of this paragraph
(b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) will only be required to
make the waiver described in this
paragraph (b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) if and to the
extent required in forms and
publications (see § 601.602 of this
chapter).
(3) Non-application to certain entities.
This paragraph (b)(11)(ix)(A) does not
apply to an entity described in
paragraph (b)(11)(ix)(B) of this section.
(B) Gain of a partnership. Subject to
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c), with respect to a
partnership, the requirement in
paragraph (b)(11)(i)(B) of this section
that a gain be subject to Federal income
tax does not apply to an otherwise
eligible gain of the partnership,
provided the partnership acquires the
eligible interest with respect to such
gain. See § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c)(3)(i) and
(ii), Examples 1 and 2, for illustrations
of the application of § 1.1400Z2(f)–1(c)
(providing an anti-abuse rule) to a
partnership.
(12) Eligible interest—(i) In general.
For purposes of section 1400Z–2, an
eligible interest in a QOF is an equity
interest issued by the QOF, including
preferred stock or a partnership interest
with special allocations. Thus, the term
eligible interest excludes any debt
instrument including those within the
meaning of section 1275(a)(1) and
§ 1.1275–1(d). An eligible interest
includes a pre-existing interest in an
entity that becomes a QOF pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(1)(iii).
(ii) Use as collateral permitted.
Provided that the eligible taxpayer is the
owner of the equity interest in the QOF
for Federal income tax purposes, status
as an eligible interest is not impaired by
using the interest as collateral for a loan,
whether as part of a purchase-money
borrowing or otherwise.
(iii) Deemed contributions not
creating mixed-funds investment. See
paragraph (f)(2) of this section for rules
regarding deemed contributions of
money to a partnership pursuant to
section 752(a).
(13) Eligible taxpayer. An eligible
taxpayer is a person that is required to
report the recognition of gains during
the taxable year under Federal income
tax accounting principles. Thus, for
example, eligible taxpayers include
individuals; C corporations, including
RICs and REITs; organizations subject to
tax under section 511; and partnerships,
S corporations, trusts, and decedents’
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
estates to the extent permitted by
paragraphs (c)(7) through (9) of this
section.
(14) Inclusion event. The term
inclusion event has the meaning
provided in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c).
(15) Mixed-funds investment. The
term mixed-funds investment means an
investment a portion of which is a
qualifying investment and a portion of
which is a non-qualifying investment.
(16) Non-qualifying investment. The
term non-qualifying investment means
an investment in a QOF described in
section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(ii).
(17) Property—(i) In general. The term
property means money, securities, or
any other property.
(ii) Inclusion events regarding QOF
corporation distributions. For purposes
of § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c), in the context in
which a QOF corporation makes a
distribution, the term property does not
include stock (or rights to acquire stock)
in the QOF corporation that makes the
distribution.
(18) QOF. The term QOF means a
qualified opportunity fund, as defined
in section 1400Z–2(d)(1) and
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1.
(19) QOF C corporation. The term
QOF C corporation means a QOF
corporation other than a QOF S
corporation.
(20) QOF corporation. The term QOF
corporation means a QOF that is
classified as a corporation for Federal
income tax purposes.
(21) QOF RIC. The term QOF RIC
means a QOF that elects to be taxed as
a RIC for Federal income tax purposes.
For purposes of section 1400Z–2 and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations, a RIC
is a regulated investment company
within the meaning of section 851.
(22) QOF REIT. The term QOF REIT
means a QOF that elects to be taxed as
a REIT for Federal income tax purposes.
For purposes of section 1400Z–2 and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations, a REIT
is a real estate investment trust within
the meaning of section 856.
(23) QOF owner. The term QOF owner
means a QOF shareholder or a QOF
partner.
(24) QOF partner. The term QOF
partner means a person that directly
owns a qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership or a person that owns such
a qualifying investment through equity
interests solely in one or more
partnerships.
(25) QOF partnership. The term QOF
partnership means a QOF that is
classified as a partnership for Federal
income tax purposes.
(26) QOF S corporation. The term
QOF S corporation means a QOF
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
corporation that has elected under
section 1362 to be an S corporation.
(27) QOF shareholder. The term QOF
shareholder means a person that
directly owns a qualifying investment in
a QOF corporation.
(28) QOZ designation notice. The
term QOZ designation notice means a
notice designating population census
tracts as qualified opportunity zones
(QOZs) in guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(29) Qualified opportunity zone
business. The term qualified
opportunity zone business has the
meaning provided in section 1400Z–
2(d)(3) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d).
(30) Qualified opportunity zone
business property. The term qualified
opportunity zone business property has
the meaning provided in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–2.
(31) Qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest. The term qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest
has the meaning provided in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(C) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(c)(3).
(32) Qualified opportunity zone
property. The term qualified
opportunity zone business property has
the meaning provided in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(A) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(1).
(33) Qualified opportunity zone stock.
The term qualified opportunity zone
stock has the meaning provided in
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(B) and
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(c)(2).
(34) Qualifying investment. The term
qualifying investment means an eligible
interest, or portion thereof, in a QOF to
the extent that a deferral election is
made and applies with respect to such
eligible interest or portion thereof and
the IRS has been timely notified of the
deferral election. An eligible interest in
a QOF ceases to be a qualifying
investment of the owner upon, and to
the extent of, the occurrence of an
inclusion event with regard to that
eligible interest, or portion thereof,
except as is expressly provided
otherwise in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) or other
provisions of the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
(35) Qualifying QOF partnership
interest. The term qualifying QOF
partnership interest means a direct or
indirect interest in a QOF partnership
that is a qualifying investment.
(36) Qualifying QOF stock. The term
qualifying QOF stock means stock in a
QOF corporation that is a qualifying
investment.
(37) Qualifying section 355
transaction. The term qualifying section
355 transaction means a distribution
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
described in § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(11)(i)(B).
(38) Qualifying section 381
transaction. The term qualifying section
381 transaction means a transaction
described in section 381(a)(2), except
the following transactions:
(i) An acquisition of assets of a QOF
by a QOF shareholder that holds a
qualifying investment in the QOF;
(ii) An acquisition of assets of a QOF
by a tax-exempt entity as defined in
§ 1.337(d)–4(c)(2);
(iii) An acquisition of assets of a QOF
by an entity operating on a cooperative
basis within the meaning of section
1381;
(iv) An acquisition by a QOF of assets
of a QOF shareholder that holds a
qualifying investment in the QOF;
(v) A reorganization of a QOF in a
transaction that qualifies under section
368(a)(1)(G);
(vi) A transaction, immediately after
which one QOF owns an investment in
another QOF; and
(vii) A triangular reorganization of a
QOF within the meaning of § 1.358–
6(b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii).
(39) Related persons. The term related
when used with regard to persons and
the term related persons means that
there is a relationship described in
section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), determined
by substituting ‘‘20 percent’’ for ‘‘50
percent’’ each place it occurs in such
sections. The term unrelated when used
with regard to persons means that there
is no relationship described in
preceding sentence.
(40) Remaining deferred gain. With
respect to a qualifying investment, the
term remaining deferred gain means the
full amount of gain that was deferred
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A), reduced
by the amount of gain previously
included under § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b).
After December 31, 2026, an eligible
taxpayer’s remaining deferred gain is $0.
(41) Section 1400Z–2 regulations. The
term section 1400Z–2 regulations means
the regulations in this chapter, which
are prescribed in whole or in part under
section 1400Z–2.
(c) Operational and special rules—(1)
Attributes of gains included in income
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B). If
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B), section
1400Z–2(b), and the section 1400Z–2
regulations require a taxpayer to include
in income some or all of a previously
deferred gain, the rules of paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section apply
with respect to such gain.
(i) Deferral year attributes. The gain
so included per paragraph (c)(1) of this
section has the same attributes in the
taxable year of inclusion that the gain
would have had if recognition of the
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1959
gain had not been deferred under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A). These
attributes include those taken into
account by sections 1(h), 1222, 1231(b),
1256, and any other applicable
provisions of the Code.
(ii) Inclusion year treatment. The gain
so included per paragraph (c)(1) of this
section is subject to the same Federal
income tax provisions and rates that
would apply to any other gains that are
realized and recognized at the same
time as the included gain and that have
the same attributes as the deferred gain.
For example, when a deferred qualified
1231 gain, as defined in paragraph
(b)(11)(iii) of this section, is required to
be included in income, the included
section 1231 gain is treated as if it were
a section 1231 gain (within the meaning
of section 1231(a)(3)(A)) that was
recognized on the date of inclusion.
(iii) Rules for associating included
gain with deferred gains—(A) In general.
For purposes of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and
(ii) of this section, a taxpayer
determines which previously deferred
gain is associated with a qualifying
investment in accordance with guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin or in forms and instructions
(see §§ 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this
chapter). The rules of paragraphs
(c)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section only
apply only to the extent a deferred gain
is not clearly associated with a
particular qualifying investment under
this paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A).
(B) Only one eligible gain associated
with a deferral election. If only one
eligible gain could have been deferred
with respect to a qualifying investment,
that deferred gain is associated with that
qualifying investment. For example, if
an eligible taxpayer makes a deferral
election with respect to an investment
in a QOF and only one eligible gain of
the taxpayer satisfies the 180-day period
with respect to the investment in the
QOF, that eligible gain is the gain
deferred with respect to the qualifying
investment for purposes of paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(C) Multiple eligible gains associated
with a deferral election—(1) In general.
If more than one eligible gain may have
been deferred with respect to an
investment in a QOF for which a
deferral election has been made, then
for purposes of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and
(ii) of this section, the eligible taxpayer
is treated as making the investment in
the QOF first with respect to the earliest
realized eligible gain, followed by the
next earliest eligible gain and any other
eligible gains in order of the date of
their realization.
(2) Rule for gains realized on the same
day. If in the application of paragraph
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1960
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
(c)(1)(iii)(C)(1) of this section, two
eligible gains are realized on the same
day, such gains are allocated to the
investment in the QOF proportionately.
(2) Identification of which interest in
a QOF corporation has been disposed
of—(i) Need for identification. If a
taxpayer holds shares of QOF stock with
identical rights (fungible interests), and
if the taxpayer disposes of less than all
of the fungible interests, it is necessary
to identify which interest or interests
were disposed of. A taxpayer may effect
this identification in accordance with
the rules and principles of § 1.1012–
1(c). Consistent with § 1.1012–1(c), if a
taxpayer does not adequately identify
which of the fungible interests are
disposed of, the first-in, first-out
identification method (FIFO method)
applies.
(ii) Consequences of identification.
The identification determines—
(A) Whether an investment disposed
of is a qualifying investment or a nonqualifying investment; and
(B) In the case of qualifying
investments—
(1) The attributes of the gain
addressed in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section; and
(2) The extent, if any, of an increase
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) in the
basis of an investment interest that is
disposed of.
(3) Pro-rata method. If, after
application of the FIFO method, a
taxpayer is treated as having disposed of
less than all of the investment interests
that the taxpayer acquired on one day,
and if the interests acquired on that day
vary with respect to the characteristics
described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this
section, then a proportionate allocation
must be made to determine which
interests were disposed of (pro-rata
method).
(4) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraph (c)(1)
through (3) of this section.
(i) Example 1. Short-term gain. For 2018,
taxpayer B properly made an election under
section 1400Z–2 to defer $100 of eligible gain
that, if not deferred, would have been
recognized as short-term capital gain, as
defined in section 1222(1). In 2022, sections
1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b) require taxpayer B
to include the gain in gross income. Under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the gain
included in 2022 is short-term capital gain.
(ii) Example 2. Collectibles gain. For 2018,
taxpayer C properly made an election under
section 1400Z–2 to defer a gain that, if not
deferred, would have been collectibles gain
as defined in section 1(h)(5). In a later taxable
year, section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b)
requires some or all of that deferred gain to
be included in gross income. The gain
included is collectibles gain.
(iii) Example 3. Net capital gain from
section 1256 contracts. For 2019, taxpayer D
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
had $100 of net capital gain realized from
section 1256 contracts that is eligible gain
under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B) of this section.
D timely invested $100 in a QOF and
properly made an election under section
1400Z–2 to defer that $100 of gain. In 2023,
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b) requires D to
include that deferred gain in gross income.
Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
character of the inclusion is governed by
section 1256(a)(3), which requires a 40:60
split between short-term and long-term
capital gain. Accordingly, $40 of the
inclusion is short-term capital gain and $60
of the inclusion is long-term capital gain.
(iv) Example 4. FIFO method. For 2018,
taxpayer E properly made an election under
section 1400Z–2 to defer $300 of short-term
capital gain. For 2020, E properly made a
second election under section 1400Z–2 to
defer $200 of long-term capital gain. In both
cases, E properly invested in QOF
corporation Q the amount of the gain to be
deferred, resulting in a total investment in Q
of $500. The two investments are fungible
interests and the price of the interests was
the same at the time of the two investments.
E did not purchase any additional interest in
Q or sell any of its interest in Q until 2024,
when E sold for a gain 60 percent of its
interest in Q. E did not adequately identify
which investment in QOF Q E sold. Under
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, E must
apply the FIFO method to identify which
investments in Q that E disposed of. 60
percent of E’s total investment in Q is $300
(60% × $500), thus under the FIFO method,
E sold its entire 2018 initial investment of
$300 in Q. Under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B)
and (b), the sale triggered an inclusion of
deferred gain. Because the inclusion has the
same character as the gain that had been
deferred, the inclusion is short-term capital
gain.
(v) Example 5. FIFO method. In 2018,
before Corporation R became a QOF,
Taxpayer F invested $100 to R in exchange
for 100 R common shares. Later in 2018, after
R was a QOF, F invested $500 to R in
exchange for 400 R common shares and
properly elected under section 1400Z–2 to
defer $500 of realized short-term capital gain
from a separate investment. Even later in
2018, on different days, F realized $300 of
short-term capital gain and $700 of long-term
capital gain. On a single day that fell during
the 180-day period for both of those gains, F
invested $1,000 in R in exchange for 800 R
common shares and properly elected under
section 1400Z–2 to defer the two gains. In
2020, F sold 100 R common shares. F did not
adequately identify which investment in R F
sold. Under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section,
F must apply the FIFO method to identify
which investments in R F disposed of. As
determined by that identification, F sold the
initially acquired 100 R common shares,
which were not part of a deferral election
under section 1400Z–2. R must recognize
gain or loss on the sale of its R shares under
the generally applicable Federal income tax
rules, but the sale does not trigger an
inclusion of any deferred gain.
(vi) Example 6. FIFO method. The facts are
the same as in paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this
section (Example 5), except that, in addition,
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
during 2021 F sold an additional 400 R
common shares, and, as with the other sale,
F did not adequately identify which
investment in QOF R F sold. Under
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, F must
apply the FIFO method to identify which
investments in R were disposed of. As
determined by this identification, F sold the
400 common shares which were associated
with the deferral of $500 of short-term capital
gain. Thus, the deferred gain that must be
included upon sale of the 400 R common
shares is short-term capital gain.
(vii) Example 7. Pro-rata method. The facts
are the same as in examples 5 and 6, except
that, in addition, during 2022 F sold an
additional 400 R common shares. Under
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, F must
apply the FIFO method to identify which
investments in R were disposed of. In 2022,
F is treated as holding only the 800 R
common shares purchased on a single day,
and the section 1400Z–2 deferral election
associated with these shares applies to gain
with different characteristics (described in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section). Under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, therefore, R
must use the pro-rata method to determine
which of the characteristics pertain to the
deferred gain required to be included as a
result of the sale of the 400 R common
shares. Under the pro-rata method, $150 of
the inclusion is short-term capital gain ($300
× 400/800) and $350 is long-term capital gain
($700 × 400/800).
(5) Making an investment for
purposes of an election under section
1400Z–2(a)—(i) Transfer of cash or
other property to a QOF. A taxpayer
makes an investment in a QOF by
transferring cash or other property to a
QOF in exchange for eligible interests in
the QOF, regardless of whether the
transfer is one in which the transferor
would recognize gain or loss on the
property transferred.
(ii) Furnishing services. Rendering
services to a QOF is not a transfer of
cash or other property to a QOF. Thus,
if a taxpayer receives an eligible interest
in a QOF for services rendered to the
QOF or to a person in which the QOF
holds any direct or indirect equity
interest, then the interest in the QOF
that the taxpayer receives is a nonqualifying investment.
(iii) Acquisition of eligible interest
from person other than QOF. An eligible
taxpayer may make an investment in a
QOF by acquiring an eligible interest in
a QOF from a person other than the
QOF, provided that all of the
requirements of section 1400Z–2(a)(1)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations for
making a valid deferral election with
respect to that investment are otherwise
satisfied with respect to such
acquisition. For example, an eligible
taxpayer who acquires an eligible
interest in a QOF other than from the
QOF also must have an eligible gain
within the 180-day period prior to the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
eligible taxpayer’s acquisition of the
eligible interest in the QOF.
(6) Amount invested for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)—(i) In general.
In the case of any investments described
in this paragraph (c)(6), the amount of
a taxpayer’s qualifying investment
cannot exceed the amount of eligible
gain to be deferred under the deferral
election. If the amount of an otherwise
qualifying investment exceeds the
amount of eligible gain to be deferred
under the deferral election, the amount
of the excess is treated as a nonqualifying investment. See paragraph
(c)(6)(iii) of this section for special rules
applicable to transfers to QOF
partnerships.
(ii) Transfers to a QOF—(A) Cash. If
a taxpayer makes an investment in a
QOF by transferring cash to a QOF, the
amount of the taxpayer’s investment is
that amount of cash.
(B) Property other than cash—
Nonrecognition transactions. This
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) applies if a
taxpayer makes an investment in a QOF
by transferring property other than cash
to a QOF and if, but for the application
of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations, the
taxpayer’s basis in the resulting
investment in the QOF would be
determined, in whole or in part, by
reference to the taxpayer’s basis in the
transferred property. This paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(B) applies separately to each
item of property transferred to a QOF.
(1) Amount of qualifying investment.
If paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this section
applies, the amount of the taxpayer’s
qualifying investment is the lesser of the
taxpayer’s adjusted basis in the eligible
interest received in the transaction,
without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations, or the fair market value of
the eligible interest received in the
transaction, both determined
immediately after the transfer.
(2) Fair market value of the eligible
interest received exceeds its adjusted
basis. If paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this
section applies, and if the fair market
value of the eligible interest received is
in excess of the eligible taxpayer’s
adjusted basis in the eligible interest
received, without regard to section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, then the eligible
taxpayer’s investment in a QOF is a
mixed-funds investment to which
section 1400Z–2(e)(1) applies. In such a
case, an amount equal to the adjusted
basis of the eligible interest in the hands
of the eligible taxpayer is the eligible
taxpayer’s qualifying investment, and
the excess is the eligible taxpayer’s nonqualifying investment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(3) Transfer of built-in loss property
and section 362(e)(2). If paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(B) of this section and section
362(e)(2) both apply to a transaction, the
eligible taxpayer and the QOF are
deemed to have made an election under
section 362(e)(2)(C).
(C) Property other than cash—Taxable
transactions. This paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)
applies if an eligible taxpayer makes an
investment in a QOF by transferring
property other than cash to a QOF and
if, without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations, the eligible taxpayer’s basis
in the eligible interest received would
not be determined, in whole or in part,
by reference to the eligible taxpayer’s
basis in the transferred property. If this
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C) applies, the
amount of the eligible taxpayer’s
investment in a QOF is the fair market
value of the transferred property, as
determined immediately before the
transfer. This paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)
applies separately to each item of
property transferred to a QOF.
(D) Basis in a mixed-funds
investment. If a taxpayer’s investment in
a QOF is a mixed-funds investment to
which section 1400Z–2(e)(1) applies,
the taxpayer’s basis in the nonqualifying investment is equal to the
taxpayer’s basis in all of the eligible
interests received, determined without
regard to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and
the section 1400Z–2 regulations, and
reduced by the basis of the taxpayer’s
qualifying investment, determined
without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
(iii) Special rules for transfers to QOF
partnerships. In the case of an
investment in a QOF partnership, the
following rules apply:
(A) Amounts not treated as a
qualifying investment—(1) Noncontributions in general. To the extent
the transfer of property to a QOF
partnership is characterized other than
as a contribution, such as
characterization as a sale under section
707 and the regulations in this part
under section 707 of the Code, the
transfer is not treated as being made in
exchange for a qualifying investment.
(2) Reductions in investments
otherwise treated as contributions. If
any transfer of cash or other property to
a partnership is not treated as a
contribution, in whole or in part, under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(1) of this section,
the part of the transfer to the
partnership that is not disregarded is
not a qualifying investment to the extent
the partnership makes a distribution to
the partner and the transfer to the
partnership and the distribution would
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1961
be recharacterized as a disguised sale
under section 707 and the regulations in
this part under section 707 of the Code
if:
(i) Any cash contributed were noncash property; and
(ii) In the case of a distribution by the
partnership to which § 1.707–5(b)
(relating to debt-financed distributions)
applies, the partner’s share of liabilities
is zero.
(B) Amount invested in a QOF
partnership—(1) Calculation of amount
of qualifying and non-qualifying
investments. To the extent paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(A) of this section does not
apply, the amount of equity received by
an eligible taxpayer in a QOF
partnership in exchange for the lesser of
the net basis or net value of the property
contributed to the QOF partnership by
the eligible taxpayer is a qualifying
investment. The amount of equity
received by an eligible taxpayer in a
QOF partnership that is a nonqualifying investment is the excess, if
any, of the total equity received by the
eligible taxpayer over the amount
treated as a qualifying investment.
(2) Net basis. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B) of this section,
net basis is the excess, if any, of—
(i) The adjusted basis of the property
contributed to the partnership; over
(ii) The amount of any debt to which
the property is subject or that is
assumed by the partnership in the
transaction.
(3) Net value. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B) of this section,
net value is the excess of—
(i) The gross fair market value of the
property contributed to the partnership;
over
(ii) The amount of the debt described
in paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) of this
section.
(4) Basis of qualifying and nonqualifying investments. The initial basis
of a qualifying investment, before
application of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations or
any section 752 debt allocation, is the
net basis of the property contributed.
The basis of a non-qualifying
investment, before any section 752 debt
allocation, is the remaining net basis.
The basis of the qualifying investment is
adjusted as provided in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. The bases of qualifying and
non-qualifying investments are
increased by any debt allocated to those
investments under the rules of
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv)(B).
(5) Rules applicable to mixed-funds
investments. If one portion of an
investment in a QOF partnership is a
qualifying investment and another
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1962
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
portion is a non-qualifying investment,
see § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv) for the
rules that apply.
(iv) Acquisitions from another person.
An eligible taxpayer may make an
investment in a QOF by acquiring in a
sale or exchange to which § 1.1001–1(a)
applies an eligible interest in a QOF
from a person other than the QOF. The
amount of the eligible taxpayer’s
investment in the QOF with respect to
which the eligible taxpayer may make a
deferral election is the amount of the
cash, or the net fair market value of the
other property, as determined
immediately before the exchange, that
the eligible taxpayer exchanged for the
eligible interest in the QOF.
(v) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph
(c)(6).
(A) Example 1. Transfer of built-in gain
property with basis less than gain to be
deferred—(1) Facts. Individual B realizes
$100 of eligible gain within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(11) of this section. B transfers
unencumbered property with a fair market
value of $100 and an adjusted basis of $60
to QOF Q, a C corporation, in a transaction
that is described in section 351(a).
(2) Analysis. Paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this
section applies because B transferred
property other than cash to Q and, but for the
application of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B), B’s
basis in the eligible interests in Q would be
determined, in whole or in part, by reference
to B’s basis in the transferred property. The
fair market value of the eligible interest B
received is $100, and, without regard to
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B), B’s basis in the
eligible interest received would be $60. Thus,
pursuant to paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B)(2) of this
section, B’s investment is a mixed-funds
investment to which section 1400Z–2(e)(1)
applies. Pursuant to paragraphs
(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section, B’s
qualifying investment is $60 (the lesser of the
taxpayer’s adjusted basis in the eligible
interest, without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B), of $60 and the $100 fair market
value of the eligible interest received).
Pursuant to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(i), B’s
basis in the qualifying investment is $0.
Additionally, B’s non-qualifying investment
is $40 (the excess of the fair market value of
the eligible interest received ($100) over the
taxpayer’s adjusted basis in the eligible
interest, without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) ($60)). B’s basis in the nonqualifying investment is $0 (B’s $60 basis in
its investment determined without regard to
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B), reduced by the $60
of adjusted basis allocated to the investment
to which section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(i) applies,
determined without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)). See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(D) of this
section. Pursuant to section 362, Q’s basis in
the transferred property is $60.
(B) Example 2. Transfer of built-in gain
property with basis in excess of eligible gain
to be deferred. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (c)(6)(v)(A)(1) of this section
(Example 1), except that B realizes $50 of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
eligible gain within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(11) of this section. Pursuant to paragraph
(c)(6)(i) of this section, B’s qualifying
investment cannot exceed the amount of
eligible gain to be deferred (that is, the $50
of eligible gain) under the section 1400Z–2(a)
election. Therefore, pursuant to paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section, B’s qualifying
investment is $50 (the lesser of the taxpayer’s
adjusted basis in the eligible interest
received, without regard to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B), of $60 and the $100 fair market
value of the eligible interest, limited by the
amount of eligible gain to be deferred under
the section 1400Z–2(a) election). B’s
qualifying investment has an adjusted basis
of $0, as provided in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(i). Additionally, B’s non-qualifying
investment is $50 (the excess of the fair
market value of the eligible interest received
($100) over the amount ($50) of B’s section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) investment). B’s basis in the
non-qualifying investment is $10 (B’s $60
basis in its investment determined without
regard to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)), reduced
by the $50 of adjusted basis allocated to B’s
qualifying investment, determined without
regard to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B).
(C) Example 3. Transfers to QOF
partnerships—(1) Facts. A and B each
realized $100 of eligible gain and each
transfers $100 to a QOF partnership. In a
subsequent year, the partnership borrows
$120 from an unrelated lender and
distributes $120 equally to A and B.
(2) Analysis. If the contributions had been
of property other than cash, the contributions
and distributions would have been tested
under the disguised sale rules of section 707
and the regulations in this part under section
707 of the Code, determining the timing of
the distribution and amount of the debt
allocated to each partner. Under paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, the cash of
$200 ($100 from A and $100 from B) is
treated as property that could be sold in a
disguised sale transaction and each partner’s
share of the debt is zero for purposes of
determining the amount of the qualifying
investment. To the extent there would have
been a disguised sale applying the rule of
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, the
amount of the qualifying investment would
be reduced by the amount of the contribution
so recharacterized.
(D) Example 4. Return of capital by QOF
partnership—(1) Facts. A realized $100 of
eligible gain and transfers $100 of cash to a
QOF partnership. Later in the partner’s tax
year, the partnership distributes $20 to A in
a distribution that is not recharacterized
under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this
section. At the time of the distribution, no
allocations of income, gain, loss, or
deduction had been made to A, and A’s share
of the partnership’s debt was zero under
section 752.
(2) Analysis. Because the contribution and
distribution are not recharacterized under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, the
amount of A’s qualifying investment is $100
despite the $20 distribution. At the time the
$20 distribution is made to A, A’s basis in
its qualifying investment is zero, and thus the
distribution is an inclusion event under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iii).
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(E) Example 5. Property contributed has
built-in gain. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (c)(6)(v)(C)(1) of this section
(Example 3), except that the property
contributed by A had a value of $100 and
basis of $20 and the partnership did not
borrow money or make a distribution. Under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, the
amount of A’s qualifying investment is $20
(the lesser of the net value or the net basis
of the property that A contributed), and the
excess of the $100 contribution over the $20
qualifying investment is a non-qualifying
investment. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(4)
of this section, A’s basis in the qualifying
investment (determined without regard to
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) or section 752(a)) is
$20. After the application of section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B) but before the application of
section 752(a), A’s basis in the qualifying
investment is zero. A’s basis in the nonqualifying investment is zero without regard
to the application of section 752(a).
(F) Example 6. Property contributed has
built-in gain and is subject to debt. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(v)(E) of
this section (Example 5), except that the
property contributed by A has a gross value
of $130 and is subject to debt of $30. Under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, the
amount of A’s qualifying investment is zero,
the lesser of the property’s $100 net value
($130 minus $30) or $0 net basis ($20 minus
$30, but limited to zero). The entire
contribution constitutes a non-qualifying
investment.
(G) Example 7. Property contributed has
built-in loss and is subject to debt. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(v)(F) of
this section (Example 6), except that the
property contributed by A has a basis of
$150. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this
section, the amount of A’s qualifying
investment is $100, the lesser of the
property’s $100 net value ($130 minus $30)
or $120 net basis ($150 minus $30). The nonqualifying investment is $0, the excess of the
net value ($100) over the qualifying
investment ($100). A’s basis in the qualifying
investment (determined without regard to
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and section 752(a))
is $120, the net basis. After the application
of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B), A’s basis in the
qualifying investment is zero, plus its share
of partnership debt under section 752(a).
(7) Eligible gains that a partnership
elects to defer. A partnership generally
is an eligible taxpayer under paragraph
(b)(13) of this section and may elect to
defer recognition of some or all of its
eligible gains under section 1400Z–
2(a)(2) and the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
(i) Partnership deferral election. If a
partnership properly makes a deferral
election, then—
(A) The partnership defers recognition
of the eligible gain under the rules of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations, that is, the partnership
does not recognize gain at the time it
otherwise would have in the absence of
the deferral election; and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(B) The deferred eligible gain is not
included in the distributive shares of
the partners under section 702 and is
not treated as an item described in
section 705(a)(1).
(ii) Subsequent recognition. Absent
any additional deferral under section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, any amount of
deferred gain that an electing
partnership subsequently must include
in income under sections 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(B) and (b) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations is recognized by
the electing partnership at the time of
inclusion, is subject to section 702 and
is treated as an item described in section
705(a)(1) in a manner consistent with
recognition at that time.
(8) Eligible gains that the partnership
does not defer—(i) Federal income tax
treatment of the partnership. If a
partnership does not elect to defer some,
or all, of its eligible gains, the
partnership’s treatment of any such
amounts is unaffected by the fact that
the eligible gains could have been
deferred under section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations.
(ii) Federal income tax treatment by
the partners. If a partnership does not
elect to defer some, or all, of the eligible
gains—
(A) The gains for which a deferral
election are not made are included in
the partners’ distributive shares under
section 702 and are treated as items
described in section 705(a)(1);
(B) If a partner’s distributive share
includes one or more gains that are
eligible gains with respect to the
partner, the partner may elect under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations to defer some or all
of such eligible gains; and
(C) A gain in a partner’s distributive
share is an eligible gain with respect to
the partner only if it is an eligible gain
with respect to the partnership and it
did not arise from a sale or exchange
with a person that, within the meaning
of section 1400Z–2(e)(2) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, is related to the
partner.
(iii) 180-day period for a partner
electing deferral—(A) General rule. If a
partner’s distributive share includes a
gain that is described in paragraph
(c)(8)(ii)(C) of this section (gains that are
eligible gains with respect to the
partner), the 180-day period with
respect to the partner’s eligible gains in
the partner’s distributive share generally
begins on the last day of the partnership
taxable year in which the partner’s
distributive share of the partnership’s
eligible gain is taken into account under
section 706(a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(B) Elective rule. Notwithstanding the
general rule in paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(A) of
this section, if a partnership does not
elect to defer all of its eligible gain, the
partner may elect to treat the partner’s
own 180-day period with respect to the
partner’s distributive share of that gain
as being—
(1) The same as the partnership’s 180day period; or
(2) The 180-day period beginning on
the due date for the partnership’s tax
return, without extensions, for the
taxable year in which the partnership
realized the gain that is described in
paragraph (c)(8)(ii)(C) of this section.
(C) Example. The following example
illustrates the principles of this
paragraph (c)(8)(iii).
(1) Facts. Four individuals, A, B, C, and D,
have equal interests in a partnership, P. P has
no other partners, and P’s taxable year is the
calendar year. On January 17, 2019, P realizes
a capital gain of $1000x that P decides not
to elect to defer.
(2) Analysis of A’s election. A is aware of
the capital gain realized by P, and decides to
defer its distributive shares of P’s eligible
gain. A invests $250x in a QOF during
February 2020. Under the general rule in
paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(A) of this section, this
investment is within the 180-day period for
A, which began on December 31, 2019, the
last day of P’s taxable year in which A’s share
of P’s eligible gain is taken into account
under section 706(a).
(3) Analysis of B’s election. B is also aware
of the capital gain realized by P, and decides
to defer its distributive shares of P’s eligible
gain. B decides to make the election provided
in paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) of this section,
and invests $250x in a QOF during February
2019. Under the elective rule in paragraph
(c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, this investment
is within the 180-day period for B, which
began on January 17, 2019, the same day as
P’s 180-day period.
(4) Analysis of C’s election. On March 15,
2020, P provides all of its partners with their
Schedules K–1. Upon learning that its
distributive share of income from P included
eligible gain, C decides to make a deferral
election, and also makes the election
provided in paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(2) of this
section. It then invests $250x in a QOF
during June 2020. Under the elective rule in
paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(2) of this section, this
investment is within the 180-day period for
C, which began on March 15, 2020, the 180day period beginning on the due date for P’s
tax return without extensions, for the taxable
year in which P realized eligible gain.
(9) Passthrough entities other than
partnerships—(i) S corporations,
nongrantor trusts, and estates. If an S
corporation, a nongrantor trust, or a
decedent’s estate realizes an eligible
gain, then rules analogous to the rules
of paragraphs (c)(7) and (8) of this
section apply to that entity and to its
shareholders or its beneficiaries, as the
case may be, to the extent they receive
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1963
or are deemed to receive an allocable
share of the eligible gain.
(ii) Grantor trusts. If a grantor trust
realizes an eligible gain, either the trust
or the deemed owner of the trust may
make the election to defer recognition of
the gain and make the qualifying
investment under rules analogous to the
rules of paragraphs (c)(7) and (8) of this
section (other than the rule in paragraph
(c)(8)(iii) of this section regarding the
180-day period), whether or not the gain
is distributed to the deemed owner of
the trust.
(d) Elections—(1) Taxable year of
deferral election. For a deferral election
with respect to any eligible gain to be
valid, an eligible taxpayer must make
such election in accordance with
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin or in forms and
instructions (see §§ 601.601(d)(2) and
601.602 of this chapter), as to the
required time, form, and manner in
which an eligible taxpayer (including a
partner, S corporation shareholder, or
beneficiary applying the elective 180day period provided in paragraphs
(c)(8)(iii)(B) and (c)(9) of this section)
may make a deferral election.
(2) Annual reporting of qualifying
investments. An eligible taxpayer must
report whether the gains that have been
deferred remain deferred at the end of
each taxable year, including the year of
deferral, in accordance with guidance
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin or in forms and instructions
(see §§ 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this
chapter). A failure to make this report
for any given taxable year will result in
a rebuttable presumption that the
taxpayer has had an inclusion event
described in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) during
that year. The presumption described in
the previous sentence may be rebutted
by the taxpayer making the report
described in the first sentence of this
paragraph (d)(2) or by the taxpayer
establishing to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that an inclusion event
described in § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) did not
occur during that taxable year.
(e) Interaction of section 1400Z–2 and
§ 1.897–6T. Section 1400Z–2 is not a
nonrecognition provision, as defined in
§ 1.897–6T(a)(2), for purposes of
§ 1.897–6T.
(f) Treatment of mixed-funds
investments—(1) Investments to which
no election under section 1400Z–2(a)
applies. If a taxpayer invests in a QOF
and makes a deferral election with
respect to less than all of that
investment, the portion of the
investment to which the election does
not apply is a non-qualifying
investment. Similarly, an investment in
a QOF with respect to which no deferral
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1964
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
election is made is a non-qualifying
investment.
(2) Treatment of deemed
contributions of money under section
752(a). In the case of a QOF partnership,
the deemed contribution of money
described in section 752(a) does not
create or increase an investment in the
QOF described in section 1400Z–
2(e)(1)(A)(ii). Thus, any basis increase
resulting from a deemed section 752(a)
contribution is not taken into account in
determining the portion of a partner’s
investment subject to section 1400Z–
2(e)(1)(A)(i) or (ii). See § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(iv)(B) for rules relating to the
application of section 752 to a mixedfunds investment.
(3) Treatment of contributions to QOF
corporation in which no stock is
received. If a taxpayer with a qualifying
investment or a non-qualifying
investment in a QOF corporation
subsequently makes a non-qualifying
investment or a qualifying investment,
respectively, and if the taxpayer
receives no additional QOF stock in
exchange for the subsequent investment,
the taxpayer has a mixed-funds
investment.
(4) Example. The following example
illustrates the rules of this paragraph (f):
(i) Facts. Taxpayer A realizes $1 million of
eligible gain and on the next day contributes
$1 million to a QOF, Partnership P, in
exchange for a 50 percent interest in
Partnership P. Taxpayer A makes an election
under section 1400Z–2(a) with respect to
$900,000 of that eligible gain. Under section
1400Z–2(e)(1), 90 percent of A’s investment
is described in section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(i)
(an investment that only includes amounts to
which the election under section 1400Z–2(a)
applies), and 10 percent is described in
section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(ii) (a separate
investment consisting of other amounts).
Partnership P borrows $8 million. Under
§ 1.752–3(a), taking into account the terms of
the partnership agreement, $4 million of the
$8 million liability is allocated to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under section 752(a), A is
treated as contributing $4 million to
Partnership P. Under paragraph (f) of this
section, A’s deemed $4 million contribution
to Partnership P is ignored for purposes of
determining the percentage of A’s investment
in Partnership P subject to the deferral
election under section 1400Z–2(a) or the
portion not subject to the deferral election
under section 1400Z–2(a). As a result, after
A’s section 752(a) deemed contribution,
$900,000, or 90 percent, of A’s investment in
Partnership P is described in section 1400Z–
2(e)(1)(A)(i) and $100,000, or 10 percent, is
described in section 1400Z–2(e)(1)(A)(ii).
(g) Applicability dates–(1) In general.
The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to
eligible gains that would be recognized
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(absent the making of a deferral
election) during the portion of a
taxpayer’s first taxable year ending after
December 21, 2017 that began on
December 22, 2017, and during taxable
years beginning after December 21,
2017, and on or before March 13, 2020,
an eligible taxpayer may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–115420–
18) published on October 29, 2018, as
amplified by the notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–120186–18) published
on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in
a consistent manner for all such taxable
years.
■ Par. 4. Section 1.1400Z2(b)–1 is
added to read as follows:
§ 1.1400Z2 (b)–1 Inclusion of gains that
have been deferred under section 1400Z–
2(a).
(a) Scope. This section provides rules
under section 1400Z–2(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code and the section 1400Z–2
regulations (as defined in § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(41)) regarding the inclusion in
income of gain deferred by a QOF owner
under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. This
section applies to a QOF owner only
until all of such owner’s gain deferred
pursuant to a deferral election has been
included in income, subject to the
limitations described in paragraph (e)(5)
of this section, and except as otherwise
provided in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
section. Paragraph (b) of this section
provides general rules under section
1400Z–2(b)(1) regarding the timing of
the inclusion in income of the deferred
gain. Paragraph (c)(1) of this section
provides the general rule regarding the
determination of the extent to which an
event triggers the inclusion in gross
income of all, or a portion, of an eligible
taxpayer’s deferred gain, and paragraphs
(c)(2) through (16) of this section
provide specific rules for certain events
that are or are not treated as inclusion
events. Paragraph (d) of this section
provides rules regarding holding
periods for qualifying investments.
Paragraph (e) of this section provides
rules regarding the amount of deferred
gain included in gross income under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and (b),
including special rules for QOF
partnerships and QOF S corporations.
Paragraph (f) of this section provides
examples illustrating the rules of
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this
section. Paragraph (g) of this section
provides rules regarding basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2(b)(2)(B). Paragraph (h) of this section
provides special reporting rules
applicable to partners, partnerships, and
direct or indirect owners of QOF
partnerships. Paragraph (i) is reserved.
Paragraph (j) of this section provides
dates of applicability.
(b) General inclusion rule. The gain to
which a deferral election applies is
included in gross income, to the extent
provided in paragraph (e) of this section
and in accordance with the rules of
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(c)(1), in the taxable year
that includes the earlier of:
(1) The date of an inclusion event; or
(2) December 31, 2026.
(c) Inclusion events—(1) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (c), an event is an inclusion
event, if, and to the extent that—
(i) The event reduces an eligible
taxpayer’s direct equity interest for
Federal income tax purposes in the
qualifying investment;
(ii) An eligible taxpayer receives
property in the event with respect to its
qualifying investment and the event is
treated as a distribution for Federal
income tax purposes, whether or not the
receipt reduces the eligible taxpayer’s
ownership of the QOF;
(iii) An eligible taxpayer claims a loss
for worthless stock under section 165(g)
or otherwise claims a worthlessness
deduction with respect to its qualifying
investment; or
(iv) A QOF in which an eligible
taxpayer holds a qualifying investment
loses its status as a QOF.
(2) Termination or liquidation of QOF
or QOF owner—(i) Termination or
liquidation of QOF. Except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (c), an
eligible taxpayer has an inclusion event
with respect to all of its qualifying
investment if the QOF ceases to exist for
Federal income tax purposes. For
example, if a QOF partnership converts
to a QOF C corporation, or if a QOF C
corporation converts to a QOF
partnership or to an entity disregarded
as separate from its owner for Federal
income tax purposes, all investors in the
QOF have an inclusion event with
respect to all of their qualifying
investments in the QOF.
(ii) Liquidation of QOF owner—(A)
Portion of distribution treated as sale. A
distribution of a qualifying investment
in a complete liquidation of a QOF
owner is an inclusion event to the
extent that section 336(a) treats the
distribution as if the qualifying
investment were sold to the distributee
at its fair market value, without regard
to section 336(d).
(B) Distribution to 80-percent
distributee. A distribution of a
qualifying investment in a complete
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
liquidation of a QOF owner is not an
inclusion event to the extent section
337(a) applies to the distribution.
(3) Transfer of an investment in a
QOF by gift or incident to divorce—(i)
Transfer of an investment in a QOF by
gift. Except to the extent provided in
paragraph (c)(5) of this section, a
taxpayer’s transfer of a qualifying
investment by gift, as defined for
purposes of chapter 12 of subtitle B of
the Code, whether outright or in trust,
is an inclusion event, regardless of
whether that transfer is a completed gift
for Federal gift tax purposes, and
regardless of the taxable or tax-exempt
status of the donee of the gift.
(ii) Transfers between spouses
incident to divorce. A transfer between
spouses or incident to divorce or
otherwise as provided in section 1041 of
the Code is an inclusion event.
(4) Transfer of an investment in a
QOF by reason of the taxpayer’s death—
(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, a
transfer of a qualifying investment by
reason of the taxpayer’s death is not an
inclusion event. Transfers by reason of
death include, for example:
(A) A transfer by reason of death to
the deceased owner’s estate;
(B) A distribution of a qualifying
investment by the deceased owner’s
estate;
(C) A distribution of a qualifying
investment by the deceased owner’s
trust that is made by reason of the
deceased owner’s death;
(D) The passing of a jointly owned
qualifying investment to the surviving
co-owner by operation of law; and
(E) Any other transfer of a qualifying
investment at death by operation of law.
(ii) Exceptions. The following
transfers are not included as a transfer
by reason of the taxpayer’s death, and
thus are inclusion events:
(A) A sale, exchange, or other
disposition by the deceased taxpayer’s
estate or trust, other than a distribution
described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this
section;
(B) Any disposition by the legatee,
heir, or beneficiary who received the
qualifying investment by reason of the
taxpayer’s death; and
(C) Any disposition by the surviving
joint owner or other recipient who
received the qualifying investment by
operation of law on the taxpayer’s
death.
(iii) Liability for deferred Federal
income tax. If the owner of a qualifying
investment in a QOF dies before an
inclusion event and the deferred gain is
not includable in the decedent’s gross
income, the gain that the decedent
elected to defer under section 1400Z–
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
2(a) and the section 1400Z–2 regulations
will be includable in the gross income,
for the taxable year in which occurs an
inclusion event, of the person described
in section 691(a)(1).
(iv) Qualifying investment in the
hands of the person described in section
691(a)(1). A qualifying investment
received in a transfer by reason of death
listed in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this
section continues to be a qualifying
investment under § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(34).
(5) Grantor trusts—(i) Contributions to
grantor trusts. If the owner of a
qualifying investment contributes it to a
trust and, under subpart E of part I of
subchapter J of chapter 1 of subtitle A
of the Code (grantor trust rules), the
contributing owner of the investment is
the deemed owner of the trust (grantor
trust), the contribution to the grantor
trust is not an inclusion event.
Similarly, a transfer of the investment
by the grantor trust to the trust’s deemed
owner is not an inclusion event. For all
purposes of the section 1400Z–2
regulations, references to the term
grantor trust mean the portion of the
trust that holds the qualifying
investment in the QOF, and such a
grantor trust, or portion of the trust, is
a wholly grantor trust as to the deemed
owner. Such contributions may include
transfers by gift or any other type of
transfer between the grantor and the
grantor trust that is a nonrecognition
event as a result of the application of the
grantor trust rules (that is, subpart E of
part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 of
subtitle A of the Code).
(ii) Changes in grantor trust status. In
general, a change in the income tax
status of an existing trust owning a
qualifying investment in a QOF,
whether the termination of grantor trust
status or the creation of grantor trust
status, is an inclusion event.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
the termination of grantor trust status as
the result of the death of the owner of
a qualifying investment is not an
inclusion event, but the provisions of
paragraph (c)(4) of this section apply to
distributions or dispositions by the
trust. If a qualifying investment is held
in the grantor portion of an electing
small business trust (ESBT), as defined
in section 1361(e)(1), and the ESBT
converts into a qualified subchapter S
trust (QSST), as defined in section
1361(d)(3), the beneficiary of which is
the deemed owner of the grantor portion
of the ESBT, there has been no change
in the grantor trust status because the
deemed owner continues to be taxable
under subtitle A of the Code on the
income and gain from the qualifying
investment.
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1965
(iii) Conversions of QSSTs and
ESBTs. With regard to conversions of
QSSTs and ESBTs, see paragraphs
(c)(7)(i)(B) and (C) of this section. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this
section, if a qualifying investment is
held by a QSST that converts to an
ESBT, the beneficiary of the QSST is the
deemed owner of the grantor portion of
the ESBT that then holds the qualifying
investment, and the deemed owner is
not a nonresident alien for purposes of
this section (and thus notwithstanding
§ 1.1361–1(j)(8)), there has been no
change in the grantor trust status
because the deemed owner continues to
be taxable under subtitle A of the Code
on the income and gain from the
qualifying investment.
(6) Special rules for partners and
partnerships—(i) Scope. Except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c)(6), in the case of a partnership that
is a QOF or a QOF partner, the inclusion
rules of this paragraph (c) apply to
transactions involving any direct or
indirect partner of the QOF to the extent
of that partner’s share of any eligible
gain of the QOF.
(ii) Transactions that are not
inclusion events—(A) In general.
Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1) and
(2) of this section, and except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(6)
of this section, no transaction described
in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section is
an inclusion event.
(B) Section 721 contributions. Subject
to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of this section, a
contribution by a QOF owner
(contributing partner), of its qualifying
QOF stock, qualifying QOF partnership
interest, or direct or indirect partnership
interest in a qualifying investment to a
partnership (transferee partnership) to
the extent the transaction is governed by
section 721(a) is not an inclusion event,
provided the interest transfer does not
cause a partnership termination of a
QOF partnership, or the direct or
indirect owner of a QOF, under section
708(b)(1). See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C) of
this section for transactions governed by
section 708(b)(2)(A). The inclusion rules
in paragraph (c) of this section apply to
any part of the transaction to which
section 721(a) does not apply. The
transferee partnership becomes subject
to section 1400Z–2 and the section
1400Z–2 regulations with respect to the
eligible gain associated with the
contributed qualifying investment. The
transferee partnership must allocate and
report the remaining deferred gain that
is associated with the contributed
qualifying investment to the
contributing partner to the same extent
that the remaining deferred gain would
have been allocated and reported to the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1966
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
contributing partner in the absence of
the contribution. Additionally, the
transferee partnership must allocate the
basis increases described in section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) to the
contributing partner. If a transferee
partnership is a direct QOF owner, only
the transferee partnership may make the
elections under section 1400Z–2(c) and
the regulations in this part under
section 1400Z–2(c) of the Code with
respect to the contributed qualifying
investment. See § 1400Z2(c)–1(b)(1)(ii)
(election by transferee partnership).
(C) Section 708(b)(2)(A) mergers or
consolidations—(1) Merger of a
partnership that is a QOF partner.
Subject to paragraphs (c)(6)(iii) and (v)
of this section, a merger or
consolidation of a partnership that is a
QOF partner (original partnership) with
another partnership in a transaction to
which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is
not an inclusion event to the extent
section 721(a) applies to the merger. To
the extent the original partnership
terminates in the merger, as determined
under § 1.708–1(c)(1), the partnership
that is a continuation of the original
partnership becomes subject to section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations to the same extent that the
original partnership was so subject prior
to the transaction, and must allocate and
report any gain under section 1400Z–
2(b) to the same extent and to the same
partners that the original partnership
allocated and reported such items prior
to the transaction. Notwithstanding the
rules in this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)(1),
the general inclusion rules of paragraph
(c) of this section apply to the portion
of the transaction that is otherwise
treated as a sale or exchange under
paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Merger of QOF partnerships.
Subject to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of this
section, a merger or consolidation of a
QOF partnership with another QOF
partnership in a transaction to which
section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an
inclusion event under paragraph (c)(2)(i)
of this section if, immediately after the
merger or consolidation, the resulting
partnership is a QOF. The continuing
partnership, as determined under
§ 1.708–1(c)(1), becomes subject to
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations to the same extent that the
terminated partnership was so subject
prior to the transaction, and must
allocate and report any gain under
section 1400Z–2(b) to the same extent
and to the same partners that the
terminated partnership would have
allocated and reported such items prior
to the transaction. Notwithstanding the
rules in this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)(2),
the general inclusion rules of paragraph
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(c) of this section apply to the portion
of the transaction that is otherwise
treated as a sale or exchange under
paragraph (c) of this section.
(D) Example. The following example
illustrates the rules of this paragraph
(c)(6)(ii).
(1) Example—(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer A
contributes $100 of eligible gain to a QOF
partnership, X, in exchange for a qualifying
QOF partnership interest in X, and taxpayer
B contributes $100 of eligible gain to another
QOF partnership, Y, in exchange for a
qualifying QOF partnership interest in Y. In
2021, in transactions governed by section
721(a), A contributes her qualifying QOF
partnership interest in X, and B contributes
her qualifying QOF partnership interest in Y,
to a newly formed partnership, UTP. In 2024,
C receives a profits interest in UTP for
services that she will provide to UTP. In
2031, X sells a non-inventory asset and
allocates X’s distributive share of the gain to
UTP. No distributions are ever made from X,
Y, or UTP.
(ii) Analysis. On December 31, 2026, UTP
recognizes $170 of remaining deferred gain
relating to the QOF interests. Of that gain, A
is allocated the $85 of gain relating to the
$100 of eligible gain that she invested in X,
and B is allocated the $85 of gain relating to
the $100 of eligible gain that she invested in
Y. C recognizes no gain at this time. In 2031,
because UTP’s holding period in X includes
A’s holding period in X, UTP has a holding
period in X that exceeds 10 years, and may
make an election under § 1.1400Z2(c)–
1(b)(2)(ii) to exclude the gain from X’s asset
sale. Even though A was the original investor
in X, she may not make the election. If UTP
makes the election, UTP will exclude its
distributive share of gain from the sale of the
X asset.
(2) [Reserved]
(iii) Partnership distributions. Subject
to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of this section, an
actual or deemed distribution of
property, including cash, by a QOF
partnership to a partner with respect to
its qualifying investment is an inclusion
event only to the extent that the
distributed property has a fair market
value in excess of the partner’s basis in
its qualifying investment. For purposes
of this paragraph (c)(6)(iii), in the case
of a merger or consolidation of a QOF
partnership with another QOF
partnership in a transaction to which
section 708(b)(2)(A) applies, the fair
market value of the distributed property
is reduced by the fair market value of
the QOF partnership interest received in
the merger or consolidation. A
distribution from a partnership that
directly or indirectly owns a QOF is an
inclusion event only if the distribution
is a liquidating distribution. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(6)(iii), the
distribution is not in complete
liquidation if the partnership making
the distribution is a partnership that
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
terminates in a partnership merger or
consolidation under § 1.708–1(c), the
continuing partnership in the merger or
consolidation continues to directly or
indirectly own an interest in the QOF,
and the distributee is distributed an
interest in the resulting partnership as
part of the merger or consolidation. See
paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section for
special rules relating to mixed-funds
investments.
(iv) Special rules for mixed-funds
investments—(A) In general. The rules
of this paragraph (c)(6)(iv) apply solely
for purposes of section 1400Z–2. A
partner that holds a mixed-funds
investment in a QOF partnership (a
mixed-funds partner) shall be treated as
holding two separate interests in the
QOF partnership, one a qualifying
investment and the other a nonqualifying investment (separate
interests). The basis of each separate
interest is determined under the rules
described in paragraphs (c)(6)(iv)(B) and
(g) of this section as if each interest were
held by different taxpayers.
(B) Allocations and distributions. All
section 704(b) allocations of income,
gain, loss, and deduction, all section
752 allocations of debt, and all
distributions made to a mixed-funds
partner will be treated as made to the
separate interests based on the
allocation percentages of those interests
as defined in paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of
this section. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B), in allocating
income, gain, loss, or deduction
between these separate interests, section
704(c) principles apply to account for
any value-basis disparities attributable
to the qualifying investment or nonqualifying investment. Any distribution
(whether actual or deemed) to the
holder of a qualifying investment is
subject to the rules of paragraphs
(c)(6)(iii) and (v) of this section, without
regard to the presence or absence of gain
under other provisions of subchapter K
of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Internal
Revenue Code.
(C) Subsequent contributions. In the
event of an increase in a partner’s
qualifying or non-qualifying investment,
as for example, in the case of an
additional contribution for a qualifying
investment or for an interest that is a
non-qualifying investment or a change
in allocations for services rendered, the
partner’s interest in the separate
interests must be valued immediately
prior to the event and the allocation
percentages adjusted to reflect the
relative values of these separate
interests and the additional
contribution, if any.
(D) Allocation percentages. The
allocation percentages of the separate
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
interests will be determined based on
the relative capital contributions
attributable to the qualifying investment
and the non-qualifying investment. In
the event a partner receives a profits
interest in the QOF partnership for
services provided to or for the benefit of
the QOF partnership, the allocation
percentage with respect to the profits
interest is based on the share of residual
profits the mixed-funds partner would
receive with respect to that interest,
disregarding any allocation of residual
profits for which there is not a
reasonable likelihood of application.
(E) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph
(c)(6)(iv).
(1) Example 1. Allocation of residual
profits for which there is no reasonable
likelihood of application—(i) Facts. A
realizes $100 of eligible gain and B realizes
$900 of eligible gain. A and B form Q, a QOF
partnership. B contributes $900 to Q in
exchange for a qualifying QOF partnership
interest (B’s capital interest). A contributes
$100 to Q in exchange for a qualifying QOF
partnership interest (A’s capital interest and,
with B’s capital interest, the capital interests)
and agrees to provide services to Q in
exchange for a profits interest in Q (A’s
profits interest). Q’s partnership agreement
provides that Q’s profits are first allocated to
the capital interests until the capital interest
holders receive a 10 percent preferred return
with respect to those interests. Next, Q’s
profits are allocated 15 percent to A with
respect to A’s profits interest, 10 percent to
A with respect to A’s capital interest, and 75
percent to B until the capital interests receive
a 1,000% preferred return. Thereafter, Q’s
profits are allocated 1 percent to A’s profits
interest and 99 percent to the capital
interests. There is not a reasonable likelihood
that Q’s profits will be sufficient to result in
an allocation in the last tranche.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D)
of this section, the allocation percentage with
respect to A’s profits interest is calculated
based on the share of residual profits that A
would receive with respect to A’s profits
interest, disregarding any allocation of
residual profits that has no reasonable
likelihood of being achieved. Under Q’s
partnership agreement, A’s share of Q’s
residual profits with respect to A’s profits
interest is 1 percent. However, there is no
reasonable likelihood that this 1 percent
allocation will apply because it is unlikely
that the capital interests will receive a
1,000% preferred return. Therefore, under
paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of this section, A’s
share of Q’s residual profits with respect to
A’s profits interest is 15 percent, the final
allocation of Q’s profits to A’s profits interest
that is reasonably likely to apply. The
allocation percentage for A’s capital interest
in Q is 10 percent under paragraph
(c)(6)(iv)(D) of this section. Thus, allocations
and distributions made to A are treated as
made 60 percent (15/25) to A’s nonqualifying profits interest and 40 percent (10/
25) to A’s qualifying QOF partnership
interest.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(2) Example 2. Separate entity holding
profits interest—(i) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(E)(1) of this
section (Example 1), except that A is a
partnership that has no eligible gain and P,
a partnership that is owned by the same
taxpayers who own A, realizes $100 of
eligible gain and contributes $100 to Q for its
qualifying investment.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D)
of this section, A’s profits interest is a nonqualifying investment in Q. Because P
directly holds only a qualifying QOF
partnership interest in Q, P is not a mixedfunds partner in Q, and 100 percent of the
allocations and distributions made to P are
attributable to P’s qualifying QOF
partnership interest.
(v) Remaining deferred gain reduction
rule. An inclusion event occurs when
and to the extent that a transaction has
the effect of reducing:
(A) The amount of remaining deferred
gain of one or more direct or indirect
partners; or
(B) The amount of gain that would be
recognized by such partner or partners
under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section
to the extent that such amount would
reduce such gain to an amount that is
less than the remaining deferred gain.
(7) Special rules for S corporations—
(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraphs (c)(7)(ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section, none of the following is an
inclusion event:
(A) An election, revocation, or
termination of a corporation’s status as
an S corporation under section 1362;
(B) A conversion of a QSST to an
ESBT, but only if the QSST beneficiary
is the deemed owner of the grantor
portion of the ESBT that receives the
qualifying investment and if the deemed
owner is not a nonresident alien;
(C) A conversion of an ESBT to a
QSST, where the qualifying investment
is held in the grantor portion of the
ESBT and the QSST beneficiary is the
deemed owner of the grantor portion of
the ESBT; and
(D) A valid modification of a trust
agreement of an S-corporation
shareholder whether by an amendment,
a decanting, a judicial reformation, or a
material modification.
(ii) Distributions by QOF S
corporation—(A) General rule. An
actual or constructive distribution of
property by a QOF S corporation to a
QOF shareholder with respect to its
qualifying investment is an inclusion
event to the extent that the distribution
is treated as gain from the sale or
exchange of property under section
1368(b)(2) and (c). For the treatment of
a distribution by a QOF S corporation to
which section 305(a) applies, see
paragraph (c)(8)(ii). For the treatment of
a distribution to which section 302(d) or
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1967
section 306(a)(2) applies, see paragraph
(c)(9)(ii) of this section.
(B) Spill-over rule. For purposes of
applying paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this
section to the adjusted basis of a
qualifying investment, or non-qualifying
investment, as appropriate, in a QOF S
corporation, the second sentence of
§ 1.1367–1(c)(3) applies—
(1) With regard to multiple qualifying
investments, solely to the respective
bases of such qualifying investments,
and does not take into account the basis
of any non-qualifying investment; and
(2) With regard to multiple nonqualifying investments, solely to the
respective bases of such non-qualifying
investments, and does not take into
account the basis of any qualifying
investment.
(iii) Conversion from S corporation to
partnership or disregarded entity—(A)
General rule. Notwithstanding
paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section, and
except as provided in paragraph
(c)(7)(iii)(B) of this section, a conversion
of an S corporation to a partnership or
an entity disregarded as separate from
its owner under § 301.7701–3(b)(1)(ii) of
this chapter is an inclusion event.
(B) Exception for qualifying section
381 transaction. A conversion described
in paragraph (c)(7)(iii)(A) of this section
is not an inclusion event if the
conversion comprises a step in a series
of related transactions that together
qualify as a qualifying section 381
transaction.
(iv) Treatment of separate blocks of
stock in mixed-funds investments. With
regard to a mixed-funds investment in a
QOF S corporation, if different blocks of
stock are created for separate qualifying
investments to track basis in such
qualifying investments, the separate
blocks are not treated as different
classes of stock for purposes of S
corporation eligibility under section
1361(b)(1).
(v) Applicability. Paragraph (c)(7) of
this section applies regardless of
whether the S corporation is a QOF or
a QOF shareholder.
(8) Distributions by a QOF
corporation—(i) General rule for
distributions by a QOF C corporation. If
a QOF C corporation distributes
property to a QOF shareholder with
respect to a qualifying investment, only
the amount of the distribution to which
section 301(c)(3) or 1059(a)(2) applies
gives rise to an inclusion event. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(8)(i), a
distribution of property includes a
distribution of stock in the QOF C
corporation making the distribution (or
rights to acquire such stock) if the
distribution is treated as a distribution
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1968
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
of property to which section 301 applies
pursuant to section 305(b).
(ii) Section 305(a) distributions. A
distribution with respect to qualifying
QOF stock to which section 305(a)
applies is not an inclusion event. QOF
stock received in such a distribution is
qualifying QOF stock. The shareholder’s
remaining deferred gain is allocated pro
rata between the new qualifying QOF
stock received and the qualifying QOF
stock with respect to which the
distribution was made in proportion to
the fair market values of each on the
date of distribution. See § 1.307–1(a).
(9) Dividend-equivalent redemptions
and redemptions of section 306 stock.—
(i) Redemptions by QOF C
corporations—(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(9)(i)(B) of this
section, if a QOF C corporation redeems
its stock from a QOF shareholder in a
transaction described in section 302(d)
or section 306(a)(2), the full amount of
such redemption gives rise to an
inclusion event.
(B) Redemptions of stock of wholly
owned QOF C corporation and pro rata
redemptions. Paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this
section applies to a redemption
described in paragraph (c)(9)(i)(A) of
this section if, at the time of such
redemption—
(1) All stock in the QOF C corporation
is held directly by a single shareholder,
or directly by members of a single
consolidated group; or
(2) The QOF C corporation has
outstanding only one class of stock, as
defined in section 1361 and § 1.1361–
1(l), and the redemption is pro rata as
to all shareholders of the redeeming
QOF C corporation.
(ii) Redemptions by QOF S
corporations. If a QOF S corporation
redeems its stock from a QOF
shareholder in a transaction described
in section 302(d) or section 306(a)(2),
the amount that gives rise to an
inclusion event is the amount by which
the distribution exceeds basis in the
QOF stock as adjusted under paragraph
(c)(7)(ii) of this section.
(10) Qualifying section 381
transactions—(i) Assets of a QOF are
acquired—(A) In general. Except to the
extent provided in paragraph
(c)(10)(i)(C) of this section, if the assets
of a QOF corporation are acquired in a
qualifying section 381 transaction, and
if the acquiring corporation is a QOF
immediately after the acquisition, then
the transaction is not an inclusion
event.
(B) Determination of acquiring
corporation’s status as a QOF. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(10)(i)(A) of
this section, the acquiring corporation is
treated as a QOF immediately after the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualifying section 381 transaction if the
acquiring corporation satisfies the
certification requirements in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 immediately after the
transaction and holds at least 90 percent
of its assets in qualified opportunity
zone property on the first testing date
after the transaction. See section 1400Z–
2(d)(1) and § 1.1400Z2(d)–1.
(C) Receipt of boot by QOF
shareholder in qualifying section 381
transaction. This paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C)
applies if assets of a QOF corporation
are acquired in a qualifying section 381
transaction and an eligible taxpayer that
is a QOF shareholder receives boot with
respect to its qualifying investment. If
this paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) applies, the
QOF shareholder has an inclusion event
and is treated as disposing of a portion
of its qualifying investment that bears
the same proportion to the QOF
shareholder’s total qualifying
investment immediately before the
inclusion event as the fair market value
of the boot received by the QOF
shareholder with respect to its
qualifying investment in the qualifying
section 381 transaction bears to the fair
market value of the total consideration
received by the QOF shareholder with
respect to its qualifying investment in
the qualifying section 381 transaction.
(ii) Assets of a QOF shareholder are
acquired—(A) In general. Except to the
extent provided in paragraph
(c)(10)(ii)(B) of this section, a qualifying
section 381 transaction in which the
assets of a QOF shareholder are
acquired is not an inclusion event with
respect to the qualifying investment and
the acquiring corporation succeeds to
the target corporation’s status as the
QOF shareholder with respect to the
qualifying investment.
(B) Qualifying section 381 transaction
in which QOF shareholder’s qualifying
investment is not completely acquired.
If the assets of a QOF shareholder are
acquired in a qualifying section 381
transaction in which the acquiring
corporation does not acquire all of the
QOF shareholder’s qualifying
investment, the QOF shareholder has an
inclusion event and is treated as
disposing of the portion of its qualifying
investment that is not transferred to the
acquiring corporation.
(11) Section 355 transactions—(i)
Distribution by a QOF—(A) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B) of this section, if a QOF
corporation distributes stock or
securities of a controlled corporation to
a QOF shareholder with respect to a
qualifying investment in the QOF
corporation in a transaction to which
section 355 (or so much of section 356
as relates to section 355) applies, the
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
QOF shareholder has an inclusion event
and is treated as disposing of a portion
of its qualifying investment equal in
value to the fair market value of the
shares of the controlled corporation and
the fair market value of any boot
received by the QOF shareholder in the
distribution with respect to its
qualifying investment.
(B) Controlled corporation becomes a
QOF—(1) In general. Except as provided
in paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this
section, if a QOF corporation distributes
stock or securities of a controlled
corporation in a transaction to which
section 355, or so much of section 356
as relates to section 355, applies, and if
both the distributing corporation and
the controlled corporation are QOFs
immediately after the final distribution
(qualifying section 355 transaction),
then the distribution is not an inclusion
event with respect to a QOF
shareholder’s qualifying investment in
the distributing QOF corporation or the
controlled QOF corporation. This
paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B) does not apply
unless the distributing corporation
distributes all of the stock and securities
in the controlled corporation held by it
immediately before the distribution
within a 30-day period. For purposes of
this paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B), the term
final distribution means the last
distribution that satisfies the preceding
sentence.
(2) Determination of distributing
corporation’s and controlled
corporation’s status as QOFs. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B)(1) of
this section, each of the distributing
corporation and the controlled
corporation is treated as a QOF
immediately after the final distribution
if the corporation satisfies the
certification requirements in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 immediately after the
final distribution and holds at least 90
percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property on the first
testing date after the final distribution.
See section 1400Z–2(d)(1) and
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1.
(3) Receipt of boot. If a QOF
shareholder receives boot in a qualifying
section 355 transaction with respect to
its qualifying investment, and if section
356(a) applies to the transaction,
paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) of this section
applies. If a QOF shareholder receives
boot in a qualifying section 355
transaction with respect to its qualifying
investment, and if section 356(b) applies
to the transaction, paragraph (c)(8)(i) of
this section applies.
(4) Treatment of controlled
corporation stock as qualified
opportunity zone stock. If stock or
securities of a controlled corporation are
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
distributed in a qualifying section 355
transaction, and if the distributing
corporation retains a portion of the
controlled corporation stock after the
initial distribution, the retained stock
will not cease to qualify as qualified
opportunity zone stock in the hands of
the distributing corporation solely as a
result of the qualifying section 355
transaction. This paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B)(4) does not apply unless the
distributing corporation distributes all
of the stock and securities in the
controlled corporation held by it
immediately before the distribution
within a 30-day period.
(ii) Distribution by a QOF
shareholder. If a QOF shareholder
distributes stock or securities of a
controlled QOF corporation in a
transaction to which section 355
applies, then for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this
section, the QOF shareholder has an
inclusion event and is treated as
disposing of the portion of its qualifying
QOF stock over which it no longer has
direct Federal income tax ownership.
(12) Recapitalizations and section
1036 transactions—(i) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in paragraph
(c)(12)(ii) of this section, if a QOF
corporation engages in a transaction that
qualifies as a reorganization described
in section 368(a)(1)(E) (a
recapitalization), or if a QOF
shareholder engages in a transaction
that is described in section 1036 (a
section 1036 exchange), the transaction
is not an inclusion event.
(ii) Receipt of property or boot by QOF
shareholder. If a QOF shareholder
receives property or boot, or is treated
as having received property or boot,
with respect to its qualifying investment
in a recapitalization, then the property
or boot is treated as property or boot to
which section 301 or section 356(a) or
(c) applies, as determined under general
Federal income tax principles. If, in a
section 1036 exchange, a QOF
shareholder receives property with
respect to its qualifying investment that
is not permitted to be received without
the recognition of gain, then, for
purposes of this section, the receipt of
the property is treated in a similar
manner as the receipt of such property
or boot in a recapitalization. Paragraph
(c)(8)(i) of this section applies to
property to which section 301 applies.
Paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) of this section
applies to boot to which section 356(a)
or (c) applies.
(13) Section 304 transactions. If a
QOF shareholder transfers its qualifying
investment in a transaction described in
section 304(a), the full amount of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
consideration gives rise to an inclusion
event.
(14) Deduction for worthlessness. If an
eligible taxpayer claims a loss for
worthless stock under section 165(g) or
otherwise claims a worthlessness
deduction with respect to all or a
portion of its qualifying investment,
then for purposes of section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations, the
eligible taxpayer has an inclusion event
and is treated as having disposed of that
portion of its qualifying investment on
the date it became worthless. Thus,
neither section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or
(iv) nor section 1400Z–2(c) applies to
that portion of the eligible taxpayer’s
qualifying investment after the date it
became worthless.
(15) Decertification of a QOF. The
decertification of a QOF, whether a selfdecertification pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(3) or an involuntary
decertification pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(4), is an inclusion
event.
(16) Other inclusion and noninclusion events. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this paragraph (c), the
Commissioner may determine in
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of
this chapter) that a type of transaction
is or is not an inclusion event.
(d) Holding periods—(1) Holding
period for qualifying investment—(i) In
general. Solely for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B), section 1400Z–2(c),
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations,
and except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (d)(1), the length of time a
qualifying investment has been held is
determined without regard to the period
for which the eligible taxpayer had held
property exchanged for such investment
(even if such period would be relevant
for determining the length of time for
other Federal income tax purposes).
(ii) Holding period for qualifying
investment received in certain
transactions with respect to QOFs. For
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B),
section 1400Z–2(c), and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, the principles of
section 1223(1) or (4) apply to
determine the holding period for a
qualifying investment received by a
QOF owner in—
(A) A distribution described in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section;
(B) A distribution to which section
305(a) applies;
(C) A qualifying section 381
transaction described in paragraph
(c)(10)(i) or (ii) of this section;
(D) A qualifying section 355
transaction described in paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B) of this section;
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1969
(E) A recapitalization or a section
1036 exchange described in paragraph
(c)(12) of this section;
(F) A contribution of a QOF interest
to a partnership to the extent section
721(a) applies to the transfer; or
(G) A distribution of a QOF interest to
the extent the interest was received in
a merger of two or more QOF
partnerships in a transaction described
in section 708(b)(2)(A).
(iii) Tacking with deceased owner or
deemed owner of a grantor trust. For
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B),
section 1400Z–2(c), and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, the holding period
of a qualifying investment held by an
eligible taxpayer who received that
qualifying investment by reason of the
prior owner’s death includes the time
during which that qualifying investment
was held by the deceased owner. The
rule in the preceding sentence also
applies to allow a grantor trust to tack
the holding period of the deemed owner
if the grantor trust acquires the
qualifying investment from the deemed
owner in a transaction that is not an
inclusion event.
(2) Status of QOF assets as qualified
opportunity zone property. For purposes
of section 1400Z–2(d) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, including for
purposes of determining whether the
original use of qualified opportunity
zone business property commences with
the acquiring corporation or
partnership, qualified opportunity zone
property does not lose its status as
qualified opportunity zone property
solely as a result of—
(i) Its transfer by the transferor
corporation to the acquiring corporation
in a qualifying section 381 transaction
described in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this
section;
(ii) Its transfer by the distributing
corporation to the controlled
corporation in a qualifying section 355
transaction described in paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B) of this section; or
(iii) Its transfer by the transferor
partnership to the acquiring partnership
in a transaction to which section
708(b)(2)(A) applies, but only to the
extent section 721(a) applies to the
transaction.
(e) Amount includible. Except as
provided in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(7) and
1.1400Z2(f)–1(b), the amount of gain
included in gross income under section
1400Z–2(a)(1)(B) and this section on a
date described in paragraph (b) of this
section is determined under this
paragraph (e).
(1) In general. Except as provided in
paragraphs (e)(2) and (4) of this section,
and subject to paragraph (e)(5) of this
section, in the case of an inclusion
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1970
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
event, the amount of gain included in
gross income is equal to the excess of
the amount described in paragraph
(e)(1)(i) of this section over the eligible
taxpayer’s basis in the portion of the
qualifying investment that is disposed
of in the inclusion event. See paragraph
(c) of this section for rules regarding the
amount that gave rise to the inclusion
event, and see paragraph (g) of this
section for applicable ordering rules.
(i) The amount described in this
paragraph (e)(1)(i) is equal to the lesser
of—
(A) An amount which bears the same
proportion to the remaining deferred
gain, as—
(1) The fair market value of the
portion of the qualifying investment that
is disposed of in the inclusion event
bears to—
(2) The fair market value of the total
qualifying investment immediately
before the inclusion event; or
(B) The fair market value of the
portion of the qualifying investment that
is disposed of in the inclusion event.
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(i)
of this section, the fair market value of
the portion of the qualifying investment
that is disposed of in the inclusion
event is determined by multiplying the
fair market value of the eligible
taxpayer’s entire qualifying investment
in the QOF, determined as of the date
of the inclusion event, by the percentage
of the eligible taxpayer’s qualifying
investment that is represented by the
portion that is disposed of in the
inclusion event.
(2) Property received from a QOF in
certain transactions. In the case of an
inclusion event described in paragraph
(c)(6)(iii) or (v), (c)(7)(ii), (c)(8)(i), or
(c)(9) or (13) of this section (or in
paragraph (c)(11) or (12) of this section,
to the extent the rules in paragraph
(c)(8)(i) of this section apply to the
inclusion event), the amount of gain
included in gross income is equal to the
lesser of—
(i) The remaining deferred gain; or
(ii) The amount that gave rise to the
inclusion event.
(3) Gain recognized on December 31,
2026. The amount of gain included in
gross income on December 31, 2026 is
equal to the excess of—
(i) The lesser of—
(A) The remaining deferred gain; and
(B) The fair market value of the
qualifying investment held on December
31, 2026; over
(ii) The eligible taxpayer’s basis in the
qualifying investment as of December
31, 2026, taking into account only
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B).
(4) Special amount includible rule for
partnerships and S corporations. For
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (3) of
this section, in the case of an inclusion
event involving a qualifying investment
in a QOF partnership or S corporation,
or in the case of a qualifying investment
in a QOF partnership or S corporation
held on December 31, 2026, the amount
of gain included in gross income is
equal to the lesser of—
(i) The product of—
(A) The percentage of the qualifying
investment that gave rise to the
inclusion event; and
(B) The remaining deferred gain, less
any basis adjustments pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv); or
(ii) The gain that would be recognized
on a fully taxable disposition at fair
market value of the qualifying
investment that gave rise to the
inclusion event.
(5) Limitation on amount of gain
included after statutory five-year and
seven-year basis increases. The total
amount of gain included in gross
income under this paragraph (e) is
limited to the amount deferred under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1) and the section
1400Z–2 regulations, reduced by any
increase in the basis of the qualifying
investment made pursuant to section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). See
paragraph (g)(2) of this section for
limitations on the amount of basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv).
(f) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (c), (d)
and (e) of this section. For purposes of
the following examples: A, B, C, W, X,
Y, and Z are C corporations that do not
file a consolidated Federal income tax
return; Q is a QOF corporation or a QOF
partnership, as specified in each
example; and each divisive corporate
transaction satisfies the requirements of
section 355.
(1) Example 1. Determination of basis,
holding period, and qualifying investment
—(i) Facts. A wholly and directly owns Q, a
QOF corporation. On May 31, 2019, A sells
a capital asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31,
2019, A transfers unencumbered asset N to Q
in exchange for a qualifying investment.
Asset N, which A has held for 10 years, has
a basis of $500 and a fair market value of
$500. A elects to defer the inclusion of $500
in gross income under section 1400Z–2(a)
and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1.
(ii) Analysis. Under § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1), A made a qualifying
investment of $500. Under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(i), A’s basis in its qualifying
investment in Q is $0. For purposes of
sections 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and 1400Z–2(c),
A’s holding period in its new investment in
Q begins on October 31, 2019. See paragraph
(d)(1)(i) of this section. Other than for
purposes of applying section 1400Z–2, A has
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a 10-year holding period in its new Q
investment as of October 31, 2019.
(iii) Transfer of built-in gain property. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of
this section (this Example 1), but A’s basis in
transferred asset N is $200. Under
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1), A made a
qualifying investment of $200 and a nonqualifying investment of $300.
(2) Example 2. Transfer of qualifying
investment—(i) Facts. On May 31, 2019,
taxpayer A sells a capital asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500 of capital
gain. On October 31, 2019, A transfers $500
to newly formed Q, a QOF corporation, in
exchange for a qualifying investment. On
February 29, 2020, A transfers 25 percent of
its qualifying investment in Q to newly
formed Y in exchange for 100 percent of Y’s
stock in a transfer to which section 351
applies (Transfer), at a time when the fair
market value of A’s qualifying investment in
Q is $800.
(ii) Analysis. Under § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(c)(6)(ii)(A), A made a qualifying investment
of $500 on October 31, 2019. In the Transfer,
A exchanged 25 percent of its qualifying
investment for Federal income tax purposes,
which reduced A’s direct qualifying
investment. Under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
section, the Transfer is an inclusion event to
the extent of the reduction in A’s direct
qualifying investment. Under paragraph
(e)(1) of this section, A therefore includes in
income an amount equal to the excess of the
amount described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of
this section over A’s basis in the portion of
the qualifying investment that was disposed
of, which in this case is $0. The amount
described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) is the lesser
of $125 ($500 × ($200/$800)) or $200. As a
result, A must include $125 of its deferred
capital gain in income in 2020. After the
Transfer, the Q stock is not qualifying Q
stock in Y’s hands.
(iii) Disregarded transfer. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section
(this Example 2), except that Y elects to be
treated as an entity that is disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner for Federal
income tax purposes effective prior to the
Transfer. Since the Transfer is disregarded
for Federal income tax purposes, A’s transfer
of its qualifying investment in Q is not
treated as a reduction in direct tax ownership
for Federal income tax purposes, and the
Transfer is not an inclusion event with
respect to A’s qualifying investment in Q for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and
paragraph (b) of this section. Thus, A is not
required to include in income any portion of
its deferred capital gain.
(iv) Election to be treated as a corporation.
The facts are the same as in paragraph
(f)(2)(iii) of this section (this Example 2),
except that Y (a disregarded entity)
subsequently elects to be treated as a
corporation for Federal income tax purposes.
A’s deemed transfer of its qualifying
investment in Q to Y under § 301.7701–
3(g)(1)(iv) of this chapter is an inclusion
event for purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(1)
and paragraph (b) of this section.
(3) Example 3. Part sale of qualifying QOF
partnership interest in Year 6 when value of
the QOF partnership interest has increased—
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Facts. In October 2018, A and B each
realize $200 of eligible gain, and C realizes
$600 of eligible gain. On January 1, 2019, A,
B, and C form Q, a QOF partnership. A
contributes $200 of cash, B contributes $200
of cash, and C contributes $600 of cash to Q
in exchange for qualifying QOF partnership
interests in Q. A, B, and C hold 20 percent,
20 percent, and 60 percent interests in Q,
respectively. On January 30, 2019, Q obtains
a nonrecourse loan from a bank for $1,000.
Under section 752, the loan is allocated $200
to A, $200 to B, and $600 to C. On February
1, 2019, Q purchases qualified opportunity
zone business property for $2,000. On July
31, 2024, A sells 50 percent of its qualifying
QOF partnership interest in Q to B for $400
cash. Prior to the sale, there were no
inclusion events, distributions, partner
changes, income or loss allocations, or
changes in the amount or allocation of debt
outstanding. At the time of the sale, the fair
market value of Q’s qualified opportunity
zone business property is $5,000.
(ii) Analysis. Because A held its qualifying
QOF partnership interest for at least five
years, A’s basis in its partnership interest at
the time of the sale is $220 (the original zero
basis with respect to the contribution, plus
the $200 debt allocation, plus the 10%
increase for interests held for five years). The
sale of 50 percent of A’s qualifying QOF
partnership interest to B requires A to
recognize $90 of gain, the lesser of $90,
which is 50 percent of $180 (the $200
remaining deferred gain less the $20 five-year
basis adjustment), or $390, which is the gain
that would be recognized on a taxable sale of
50 percent of the interest. A also recognizes
$300 of gain relating to the appreciation of
its interest in Q.
(4) Example 4. Sale of qualifying QOF
partnership interest when value of the QOF
partnership interest has decreased—(i) Facts.
The facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(3)
of this section (Example 3), except that A
sells 50 percent of its qualifying QOF
partnership interest in Q to B for cash of $50,
and at the time of the sale, the fair market
value of Q’s qualified opportunity zone
business property is $1,500.
(ii) Analysis. Because A held its qualifying
QOF partnership interest for at least five
years, A’s basis at the time of the sale is $220.
Under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(A), the sale of
50 percent of A’s qualifying QOF partnership
interest to B requires A to recognize $40 of
gain, the lesser of $90 (50 percent of the
excess of A’s $200 remaining deferred gain
over A’s $20 five-year adjustment) or $40 (the
gain that would be recognized by A on a sale
of 50 percent of its QOF interest). A’s
remaining basis in its qualifying QOF
partnership interest is $110.
(5) Example 5. Amount includible on
December 31, 2026—(i) Facts. The facts are
the same as in paragraph (f)(3) of this section
(Example 3), except that no sale of QOF
interests takes place in 2024. Prior to
December 31, 2026, there were no inclusion
events, distributions, partner changes,
income or loss allocations, or changes in the
amount or allocation of debt outstanding.
(ii) Analysis. For purposes of calculating
the amount includible on December 31, 2026,
each of A’s basis and B’s basis is increased
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
by $30 to $230, and C’s basis is increased by
$90 to $690 because they held their
qualifying QOF partnership interests for at
least seven years. Each of A and B is required
to recognize $170 of gain, and C is required
to recognize $510 of gain.
(iii) Sale of qualifying QOF partnership
interests. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section (this
Example 5), except that, on March 2, 2030,
C sells its entire qualifying QOF partnership
interest in Q to an unrelated buyer for cash
of $4,200. Assuming an election under
section 1400Z–2(c) is made, the basis of C’s
Q interest is increased to its fair market value
immediately before the sale by C. C is treated
as purchasing the interest immediately before
the sale and the bases of the partnership’s
assets are increased in the manner they
would be if the partnership had an election
under section 754 in effect.
(6) Example 6. Mixed-funds investment—
(i) Facts. On January 1, 2019, A and B form
Q, a QOF partnership. A contributes $200 to
Q, $100 of which is in exchange for a
qualifying investment, and B contributes
$200 to Q in exchange for a qualifying
investment. All the cash is used to purchase
qualified opportunity zone property. Q has
no liabilities. On March 30, 2023, when the
values and bases of the qualifying
investments remain unchanged, Q distributes
$50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of
this section, A is a mixed-funds partner
holding two separate interests, a qualifying
investment and a non-qualifying investment.
One half of the $50 distribution is treated
under that provision as being made with
respect to A’s qualifying investment. For the
$25 distribution made with respect to the
qualifying investment, A is required to
recognize $25 of gain.
(iii) Basis adjustments. Under paragraph
(g)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, prior to
determining the tax consequences of the
distribution, A increases its basis in its
qualifying QOF partnership interest by $25
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii). The
distribution of $25 results in no gain under
section 731. After the distribution, A’s basis
in its qualifying QOF partnership interest is
$0 ($25¥$25).
(7) Example 7. Qualifying section 381
transaction of a QOF corporation—(i) Facts.
X wholly and directly owns Q, a QOF
corporation. On May 31, 2019, X sells a
capital asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31,
2019, X contributes $500 to Q in exchange for
a qualifying investment. In 2020, Q merges
with and into unrelated Y (with Y surviving)
in a transaction that qualifies as a
reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(A)
(Merger). X does not receive any boot in the
Merger with respect to its qualifying
investment in Q. Immediately after the
Merger, Y satisfies the requirements for QOF
status under section 1400Z–2(d)(1) (see
paragraph (c)(10)(i)(B) of this section).
(ii) Analysis. The Merger is not an
inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this
section. See paragraph (c)(10)(i)(A) of this
section. Accordingly, X is not required to
include in income in 2020 its $500 of
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1971
deferred capital gain as a result of the Merger.
For purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and
(c), X’s holding period for its investment in
Y is treated as beginning on October 31,
2019. For purposes of section 1400Z–2(d),
Y’s holding period in its assets includes Q’s
holding period in its assets, and Q’s qualified
opportunity zone business property
continues to qualify as such. See paragraph
(d)(2) of this section.
(iii) Merger of QOF shareholder. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this
section (this Example 7), except that, in 2020,
X (rather than Q) merges with and into Y in
a section 381 transaction in which Y acquires
all of X’s qualifying investment in Q, and Y
does not qualify as a QOF immediately after
the merger. The merger transaction is not an
inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this
section. See paragraph (c)(10)(ii) of this
section.
(iv) Receipt of boot. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section (this
Example 7), except that the value of X’s
qualifying investment immediately before the
Merger is $1,000, X receives $100 of cash in
addition to Y stock with a fair market value
of $900 in the Merger in exchange for its
qualifying investment, and neither Q nor Y
has any earnings and profits. Under
paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) of this section, X is
treated as disposing of 10 percent ($100/
$1000) of its qualifying investment. Under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, X is required
to include $50 ($500 × ($100/$1000)) of its
deferred capital gain in income in 2020.
(8) Example 8. Section 355 distribution by
a QOF—(i) Facts. A wholly and directly
owns Q, a QOF corporation, which wholly
and directly owns Y, a corporation that is a
qualified opportunity zone business. On May
31, 2019, A sells a capital asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500 of capital
gain. On October 31, 2019, A contributes
$500 to Q in exchange for a qualifying
investment. On June 26, 2025, Q distributes
all of the stock of Y to A in a transaction in
which no gain or loss is recognized under
section 355 (Distribution). Immediately after
the Distribution, each of Q and Y satisfies the
requirements for QOF status. (See paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B)(2) of this section.)
(ii) Analysis. Because each of Q, the
distributing corporation, and Y, the
controlled corporation, is a QOF immediately
after the Distribution, the Distribution is a
qualifying section 355 transaction. Thus, the
Distribution is not an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and
paragraph (b) of this section. See paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B) of this section. Accordingly, A is
not required to include in income in 2025
any of its $500 of deferred capital gain as a
result of the Distribution. For purposes of
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B) and (c), A’s holding
period for its qualifying investment in Y is
treated as beginning on October 31, 2019. See
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Section 355 distribution by a QOF
shareholder. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section (this
Example 8), except that A distributes 80
percent of the stock of Q, all of which is a
qualifying investment in the hands of A, to
A’s shareholders in a transaction in which no
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1972
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
gain or loss is recognized under section 355.
At the time of the distribution, the fair
market value of A’s Q stock exceeds $500.
The distribution is an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and
paragraph (b) of this section, and A is
required to include in income $400 (80
percent of its $500 of deferred capital gain)
as a result of the distribution. See paragraphs
(c)(1) and (c)(11)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Distribution of boot. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section
(this Example 8), except that A receives boot
in the Distribution. Under paragraphs (c)(8)(i)
and (c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this section, the receipt
of boot in the Distribution is an inclusion
event for purposes of section 1400Z–2(b)(1)
and paragraph (b) of this section to the extent
of gain recognized pursuant to section
301(c)(3).
(v) Section 355 split-off. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section
(this Example 8), except that Q stock is
directly owned by both A and B (each of
which has made a qualifying investment in
Q), and Q distributes all of the Y stock to B
in exchange for B’s Q stock in a transaction
in which no gain or loss is recognized under
section 355. The distribution is a qualifying
section 355 transaction and is not an
inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this
section. Neither A nor B is required to
include its deferred capital gain in income in
2025 as a result of the distribution.
(vi) Section 355 split-up. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (f)(8)(v) of this section
(this Example 8), except that Q wholly and
directly owns both Y and Z; Q distributes all
of the Y stock to A in exchange for A’s Q
stock and distributes all of the Z stock to B
in exchange for B’s Q stock in a transaction
in which no gain or loss is recognized under
section 355; Q then liquidates; and
immediately after the Distribution, each of Y
and Z satisfies the requirements for QOF
status. The distribution is a qualifying
section 355 transaction and is not an
inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z–2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this
section. Neither A nor B is required to
include its deferred capital gain in income in
2025 as a result of the transaction.
(vii) Section 355 split-off with boot. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(8)(v) of
this section (this Example 8), except that B
also receives boot. Under paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this section, B has an
inclusion event and is treated as disposing of
a portion of its qualifying investment that
bears the same proportion to B’s total
qualifying investment immediately before the
inclusion event as the fair market value of the
boot bears to the fair market value of the total
consideration received by B.
(9) Example 9. Recapitalization—(i) Facts.
On May 31, 2019, each of A and B sells a
capital asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31,
2019, A contributes $500 to newly formed Q
in exchange for 50 shares of class A stock of
Q (A’s qualifying investment) and B
contributes $500 to Q in exchange for 60
shares of class B stock of Q (B’s qualifying
investment). A and B are the sole
shareholders of Q. In 2020, B exchanges all
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
of its class B stock of Q for 40 shares of class
A stock of Q as well as other property in a
transaction that qualifies as a reorganization
under section 368(a)(1)(E).
(ii) Analysis. Because A did not receive any
boot in the transaction, A does not have an
inclusion event with respect to its qualifying
investment in Q. See paragraph (c)(12)(i) of
this section. Therefore, A is not required to
include any of its deferred gain in income as
a result of this transaction. However, under
paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section, B has an
inclusion event. If section 301 applies to the
boot received by B, B has an inclusion event
to the extent of its section 301(c)(3) gain. If
section 356(a) or (c) applies to the boot
received by B, B is treated as disposing of a
portion of its qualifying investment that bears
the same proportion to B’s total qualifying
investment immediately before the inclusion
event as the fair market value of the boot
bears to the fair market value of the total
consideration received by B.
(10) Example 10. Debt financed
distribution—(i) Facts. On September 24,
2019, A and B form Q, a QOF partnership,
each contributing $200 that is deferred under
the section 1400Z–2(a) election to Q in
exchange for a qualifying investment. On
November 18, 2022, Q obtains a nonrecourse
loan from a bank for $300. Under section 752,
the loan is allocated $150 to A and $150 to
B. On November 30, 2022, when the values
and bases of the investments remain
unchanged, Q distributes $50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. A is not required to recognize
gain under paragraph (c) of this section
because A’s basis in its qualifying investment
is $150 (the original zero basis with respect
to the contribution, plus the $150 debt
allocation). The distribution reduces A’s
basis to $100.
(11) Example 11. Debt financed
distribution in excess of basis—(i) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(10) of
this section (Example 10), except that the
loan is entirely allocated to B under section
752. On November 30, 2024, when the values
of the investments remain unchanged, Q
distributes $50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of
this section, A is required to recognize $30
of eligible gain under paragraph (c) of this
section because the $50 distributed to A
exceeds A’s $20 basis in its qualifying
investment (the original zero basis with
respect to its contribution, plus $20 with
regard to section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii)).
(g) Basis adjustments—(1) Basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) resulting from the inclusion
of deferred gain—(i) In general. Except
as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this
section, basis adjustments under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) are made
immediately after the amount of gain
determined under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(A) is included in income under
section 1400Z–2(b)(1). If the basis
adjustment under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is being made as a result of
an inclusion event, then the basis
adjustment is made before determining
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the other Federal income tax
consequences of the inclusion event.
(ii) Specific application to section
301(c)(3) gain, section 1059(a)(2) gain, S
corporation shareholder gain, or partner
gain—(A) Applicability. This paragraph
(g)(1)(ii) applies if a QOF makes a
distribution to its owner, and if, without
regard to any basis adjustment under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii), at least a
portion of the distribution would be
characterized as gain under section
301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or
paragraphs (c)(6)(iii) and (c)(7)(ii) of this
section with respect to the owner’s
qualifying investment in the QOF.
(B) Ordering rule. If paragraph
(g)(1)(ii) of this section applies, an
eligible taxpayer is treated as having an
inclusion event to the extent provided
in paragraph (c)(6)(iii), (c)(7)(ii), or
(c)(8), (9), (11), (12), or (13) of this
section, as applicable. Then, the eligible
taxpayer increases its basis under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) before
determining the Federal income tax
consequences of the distribution.
(iii) Shares in QOF C corporations to
which section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
adjustments are made. If a shareholder
of a QOF C corporation disposes of
qualifying QOF stock in an exchange
subject to section 1001, basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) are made only to the
portion of the qualifying investment that
is disposed of in the inclusion event.
(2) Amount of basis adjustment under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv).
The increases in basis under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) are limited
to 10 percent and 5 percent,
respectively, of the remaining deferred
gain with respect to a qualifying
investment as of the dates on which
basis is increased under that section.
(3) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (g)(1)
and (2) of this section.
(i) Example 1—(A) Facts. On May 31, 2019,
A, a C corporation, sells a capital asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500 of capital
gain. On October 31, 2019, A contributes
$500 to Q, a newly formed QOF C
corporation, in exchange for all of the
outstanding Q common stock and elects to
defer the recognition of $500 of capital gain
under section 1400Z–2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1. In 2020, when Q has $40 of earnings and
profits, Q distributes $100 to A (Distribution).
(B) Recognition of gain. Under paragraph
(g)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, the Distribution is
first evaluated without regard to any basis
adjustment under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(ii). Of the $100 distribution, $40 is
treated as a dividend and $60 is treated as
gain from the sale or exchange of property
under section 301(c)(3), because A’s basis in
its Q stock is $0 under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(i). Under paragraphs (c)(8)(i) and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
(e)(2) of this section, $60 of A’s gain that was
deferred under section 1400Z–2(a) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 is recognized in 2020.
Pursuant to § 1.312–6(b), A’s earnings and
profits increase by $60.
(C) Basis adjustments. Under paragraph
(g)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, prior to
determining the further tax consequences of
the Distribution, A increases its basis in its
Q stock by $60 in accordance with section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii). As a result, the
Distribution is characterized as a dividend of
$40 under section 301(c)(1) and a return of
basis of $60 under section 301(c)(2).
Therefore, after the section 301 distribution,
A’s basis in Q is $0 ($60¥$60).
(ii) Example 2—(A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section
(Example 1), except that, instead of receiving
a distribution, A sells half of the Q stock for
$250 in 2020. A continues to hold the
remainder of its Q stock through 2024.
(B) Recognition of gain and basis
adjustments in 2020. Under paragraphs (c)(1)
and (e)(1) of this section, $250 of A’s gain
that was deferred under section 1400Z–2(a)
and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1 is recognized in 2020.
Under paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (iii) of this
section, A increases its basis to $250 in the
sold shares in accordance with section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) immediately before the
sale. Accordingly, A has no gain or loss on
the sale ($250¥$250). Pursuant to § 1.312–
6(b), A’s earnings and profits increase by
$250. A’s basis in its remaining shares of Q
stock remains $0.
(C) Basis adjustment in 2024. Under
paragraph (g)(2) of this section, A increases
its basis in its remaining shares of Q stock
in accordance with section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii). Pursuant to § 1.312–6(b), A’s
earnings and profits are increased by the
amount of the basis adjustment.
(4) Special partnership rules—(i)
General rule. The initial basis under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(i) of a
qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership is zero, as adjusted to take
into account the contributing partner’s
share of partnership debt under section
752.
(ii) Treatment of basis adjustments.
Any basis adjustment to a qualifying
investment in a QOF partnership
described in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section
1400Z–2(c) is basis for all purposes,
including for purposes of suspended
losses under section 704(d).
(iii) Tiered arrangements. Any basis
adjustment described in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section
1400Z–2(c) (basis adjustment rules) will
be treated as an item of income
described in section 705(a)(1) and must
be reported in accordance with the
applicable forms and instructions. Any
amount to which the basis adjustment
rules or to which section 1400Z–2(b)(1)
applies will be allocated to the owners
of the QOF, and to the owners of any
partnership that directly or indirectly
(solely through one or more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
partnerships) owns the eligible interest,
and will track to the owners’ interests,
based on their shares of the remaining
deferred gain to which such amounts
relate.
(5) Basis adjustments in S corporation
stock—(i) Treatment of basis
adjustments. Any basis adjustment to a
qualifying investment in a QOF S
corporation described in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section
1400Z–2(c) is basis for all purposes,
including for purposes of suspended
losses under section 1366(d).
(ii) S corporation investor in QOF—
(A) S corporation. If an S corporation is
an investor in a QOF, the S corporation
must adjust the basis of its qualifying
investment as set forth in this paragraph
(g). The rule in this paragraph
(g)(5)(ii)(A) does not affect adjustments
to the basis of any other asset of the S
corporation.
(B) S corporation shareholder—(1) In
general. The S corporation shareholder’s
pro-rata share of any recognized capital
gain that has been deferred at the S
corporation level will be separately
stated under section 1366 when
recognized and will adjust the
shareholders’ stock bases under section
1367 at that time.
(2) Basis adjustments to qualifying
investments. Any adjustment made to
the basis of an S corporation’s
qualifying investment under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv), or section
1400Z–2(c), will not:
(i) Be separately stated under section
1366; or
(ii) Until the date on which an
inclusion event with respect to the S
corporation’s qualifying investment
occurs, adjust the shareholders’ stock
bases under section 1367.
(3) Basis adjustments resulting from
inclusion events. If the basis adjustment
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is
being made as a result of an inclusion
event, then the basis adjustment is made
before determining the tax
consequences of the inclusion event
other than the computation of the tax on
the deferred gain.
(iii) QOF S corporation—(A)
Transferred basis of assets received. If a
QOF S corporation receives an asset in
exchange for a qualifying investment,
the basis of the asset shall be the same
as it would be in the hands of the
transferor, increased by the amount of
the gain recognized by the transferor on
such transfer.
(B) Basis adjustments resulting from
inclusion events. If the basis adjustment
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) for
the shareholder of the QOF S
corporation is being made as a result of
an inclusion event, then the basis
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1973
adjustment is made before determining
the tax consequences of the inclusion
event other than the computation of the
tax on the deferred gain.
(6) Basis in the hands of a taxpayer
who received a qualifying investment in
a QOF by reason of the prior owner’s
death—(i) In general. The basis of a
qualifying investment in a QOF,
transferred by reason of a decedent’s
death in a transfer that is not an
inclusion event, is zero under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(i), as adjusted for
increases in basis as provided under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) through (iv)
and (c). See paragraph (c)(4) of this
section.
(ii) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rule of this paragraph (g)(6).
(A) Example 1. Taxpayer A, an individual,
contributed $50X to a QOF in exchange for
a qualifying investment in the QOF in
January 2019. This $50X was capital gain that
was excluded from A’s gross income under
section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A). A’s basis in the
qualifying investment is zero. As of January
2024, A’s basis in the QOF is increased by
an amount equal to 10 percent of the amount
of gain deferred by reason of section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(A), so that A’s adjusted basis in 2024
is $5X. A dies in 2025 and A’s heir inherits
this qualifying investment in the QOF. A’s
death is not an inclusion event for purposes
of section 1400Z–2. The heir’s basis in the
qualifying investment is $5X.
(B) Example 2. The facts are the same as
in paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(A) of this section
(Example 1), except that A dies in November
2027, when the fair market value of the
qualifying investment was $75X. A was
required to pay the tax on the excess of the
deferred capital gain over A’s basis as part of
A’s 2026 income. Therefore, at the time of
A’s death, A’s basis in the qualifying
investment is the sum of three basis
adjustments: The adjustment made in
January 2024 described in paragraph
(g)(6)(ii)(A) (Example 1) ($5X); an additional
adjustment made as of January 2026 equal to
5 percent of the amount of gain deferred by
reason of section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) ($2.5X);
and the adjustment as of December 31, 2026,
by reason of section 1400Z–2(b)(1)(B) and
(b)(2)(B)(ii) ($42.5X). Accordingly, the basis
of the qualifying investment in the hands of
A’s heir is $50X.
(h) Notifications by partners and
partnerships, and shareholders and S
corporations—(1) Notification of
deferral election. A partnership that
makes a deferral election must notify all
of its partners of the deferral election
and state each partner’s distributive
share of the deferred gain in accordance
with applicable forms and instructions.
(2) Notification of deferred gain
recognition by indirect QOF owner. If an
indirect owner of a QOF partnership
sells or otherwise disposes of all or a
portion of its indirect interest in the
QOF partnership in a transaction that is
an inclusion event under paragraph (c)
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1974
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
of this section, such indirect owner
must provide to the QOF owner
notification and information sufficient
to enable the QOF owner, in a timely
manner, to recognize an appropriate
amount of deferred gain.
(3) Notification of section 1400Z–2(c)
election. A QOF partner or QOF S
corporation shareholder must notify the
QOF partnership or QOF S corporation,
as appropriate, of an election under
section 1400Z–2(c) to adjust the basis of
the qualifying QOF partnership interest
or qualifying QOF stock, as appropriate,
that is disposed of in a taxable
transaction. Notification of the section
1400Z–2(c) election, and the
adjustments to the basis of the
qualifying QOF partnership interest(s)
or qualifying QOF stock disposed of, or
to the QOF partnership asset(s) or QOF
S corporation asset(s) disposed of, as
appropriate, is to be made in accordance
with applicable forms and instructions.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Applicability dates—(1) In general.
The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a taxpayer’s first taxable year
ending after December 21, 2017, that
began on December 22, 2017, and for
taxable years beginning after December
21, 2017, and on or before March 13,
2020, a taxpayer may choose either—
(i) To apply section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–120186–
18) published on May 1, 2019, but only
if applied in a consistent manner for all
such taxable years.
■ Par. 5. Section 1.1400Z2(c)–1 is added
to read as follows:
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1
least 10 years.
Investments held for at
(a) Scope. This section provides rules
under section 1400Z–2(c) of the Internal
Revenue Code regarding the election to
adjust the basis in a qualifying
investment in a QOF or in certain
eligible property held by the QOF. See
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d) for rules for
determining the holding period of a
qualifying investment for purposes of
this section.
(b) Investment for which an election
can be made—(1) In general—(i)
Election by taxpayer. An eligible
taxpayer who makes a deferral election
with respect to, or acquires by reason of
a transaction that is not an inclusion
event, a qualifying investment in a QOF,
recognizes gain (if any) on December 31,
2026, of an amount determined under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(3) (and so much of
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(4) as relates to
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(3)) with respect to
that qualifying investment, and whose
holding period in that qualifying
investment is at least ten years, is
eligible to make an election described in
section 1400Z–2(c) on the sale or
exchange of that qualifying investment.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (b)(1), to the extent a taxpayer
described in the preceding sentence has
an inclusion event described in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) with respect to any
portion of a qualifying investment, that
portion is no longer a qualifying
investment and the taxpayer is not
eligible to make an election pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(c) and this section with
respect to that portion. See
§ 1.1400Z2(c)–1(b)(2) for special
election rules for QOF partnerships and
QOF S corporations.
(ii) Transferee partnership to make an
election under section 1400Z–2(c)—(A)
In general. This paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)
applies if an eligible taxpayer
(transferor) transfers its qualifying
investment to a transferee in a
transaction described in § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(ii) to the extent governed by
section 721(a). If this paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) applies, and if the transferee
sells or exchanges a qualifying
investment that has a holding period of
at least 10 years under § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(d)(1)(ii)(F), then the transferee can
make an election described in section
1400Z–2(c) on the sale or exchange of
the qualifying investment. See
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(ii)(B) (transferee
partnership makes section 1400Z–2(c)
election regarding contributed
qualifying investment).
(B) Conditions for transferee
partnership or merged partnership to
make an election described in section
1400Z–2(c). A transferee referred to in
paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section is
eligible to make an election described in
section 1400Z–2(c) with respect to a
qualifying investment only if the
transferee:
(1) Files a statement, at the time and
in the manner that the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue may prescribe by
Internal Revenue Service forms and
instructions or by publication in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(ii)(b) of this chapter),
providing the name of the transferor, the
date of the transfer, and the transferor’s
holding period in the transferred
qualifying investment immediately
before the transfer; and
(2) Files form 8997, Initial and
Annual Statement of Qualified
Opportunity Fund (QOF) Investments,
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with the transferee’s timely filed Federal
Tax Return.
(iii) Limitation on the 10-year rule. As
required by section 1400Z–2(e)(1)
(treatment of investments with mixed
funds), section 1400Z–2(c) applies only
to the portion of an investment in a QOF
that is a qualifying investment. For rules
governing the application of section
1400Z–2(c) to the portion of an
investment in a QOF for which a loss
has been claimed under section 165(g)
or otherwise, see § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(14).
(iv) Transactions to which section
301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or section
1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) applies. The receipt
of amounts treated as gain from the sale
or exchange of property under section
301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or section
1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) with respect to
qualifying QOF stock in a transaction
treated as an inclusion event under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c) does not prevent the
QOF shareholder from making a
subsequent election described in section
1400Z–2(c) with respect to that
qualifying QOF stock.
(v) Partnership distributions in excess
of basis. The occurrence of an inclusion
event described in § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c)(6)(iii), which addresses a
distribution of property by a QOF
partnership to a QOF partner where the
distributed property has a fair market
value in excess of the QOF partner’s
basis in its qualifying investment, does
not prevent the QOF partner from
making a subsequent election described
in section 1400Z–2(c) with respect to
the QOF partner’s qualifying QOF
partnership interest.
(2) Special election rules for QOF
partnerships and QOF S corporations—
(i) Dispositions of qualifying QOF
partnership interests. If a QOF partner’s
basis in a qualifying QOF partnership
interest is adjusted under section
1400Z–2(c) upon the disposition of a
qualifying investment, then the basis of
the QOF partnership interest is adjusted
to an amount equal to the net fair
market value of the interest, plus the
QOF partner’s share of QOF partnership
indebtedness under section 752 with
respect to that interest, and immediately
prior to the sale or exchange, the bases
of the assets of the QOF partnership and
of any partnership owned directly or
indirectly by the QOF partnership solely
through one or more partnerships are
also adjusted with respect to the
disposed-of qualifying investment. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(i),
section 7701(g) will apply in
determining the value of a qualifying
investment in a QOF partnership. The
adjustments in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)
are calculated in a manner similar to the
section 743(b) adjustments that would
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
have been made if the transferor QOF
partner had purchased its interest in the
QOF partnership for cash equal to the
fair market value of the interest
immediately prior to the sale or
exchange, assuming that valid section
754 elections had been in place with
respect to the QOF partnership and any
partnerships directly or indirectly
owned by the QOF partnership, whether
or not an actual section 754 election is
in place for any of the partnerships.
This paragraph (b)(2)(i) applies without
regard to the amount of deferred gain
that was included under section 1400Z–
2(b)(1) or the timing of that inclusion.
(ii) Sales or exchanges of QOF
property by QOF partnerships or QOF S
corporations—(A) Election to exclude
gains and losses. If a taxpayer has held
a qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation for at
least 10 years, as determined under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(d), and the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation or any
partnership that is owned directly, or
indirectly solely through one of more
partnerships, by the QOF partnership or
QOF S corporation sells or exchanges
property, the taxpayer may make an
election under this paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) to exclude from the
taxpayer’s income all gains and losses
allocable to the qualifying investment
that arise from all such sales or
exchanges for the QOF partnership’s or
QOF S corporation’s taxable year. In
order for the election to be valid, the
requirements set forth in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section must be
satisfied. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section, gains and losses
include all gains and losses other than
gains or losses from the sale or exchange
of any item of inventory, as defined in
section 1221(a)(1), in the ordinary
course of business.
(B) Deemed distribution and
recontribution—(1) In general. If any
partner of a QOF partnership, or
shareholder of a QOF S corporation,
makes an election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, the taxpayer
is treated as receiving a distribution of
cash as calculated under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of this section, from the
QOF partnership or QOF S corporation
at the end of the QOF partnership’s or
QOF S corporation’s taxable year and
immediately recontributing the cash to
the QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation in exchange for a nonqualifying investment in the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation. In
determining the post-contribution
qualifying investment and nonqualifying investment, the QOF will
value each interest based on the
underlying values of the QOF’s assets
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
determined at the end of its taxable year
in accordance with the principles of
§ 1.704–1(b)(2)(iv) (in the case of a QOF
partnership) or fair market value (in the
case of a QOF S corporation). If the QOF
partner or QOF S corporation
shareholder is a mixed-funds partner or
shareholder prior to the sale or
exchange, the deemed distribution will
be treated as made proportionately with
respect to the partner’s or shareholder’s
qualifying investment and nonqualifying investment in the QOF
partnership in accordance with
§ 1400Z2(b)–1(c)(6)(iv)(B), or the QOF S
corporation. The distribution and
recontribution rule of paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section is solely for
purposes of determining the taxpayer’s
interests in the QOF partnership or QOF
S corporation that constitute a
qualifying investment and a nonqualifying investment, and has no other
Federal income tax consequence (for
example, the rule does not affect the
accumulated adjustments account of an
S corporation and cannot be treated as
a disproportionate distribution by an S
corporation).
(2) Amount of deemed distribution
and re-contribution. The amount of cash
referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) of
this section that is deemed distributed
by and recontributed to the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation is
equal to—
(i) The partner’s or shareholder’s
share of net proceeds from all sales and
exchanges of property described in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section
(other than sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business) for the
taxable year for which the election
under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) is made
(calculated without regard to whether
any gain or loss is recognized with
regard to such property); less
(ii) All actual distributions of cash by
the QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation with respect to any such
sale or exchange that is made within 90
days of the sale or exchange.
(3) Meaning of net proceeds—(i) QOF
partnerships. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B)(2)(i) of this section, with
respect to QOF partnerships, the term
‘‘net proceeds’’ means the amount
realized from the sale of property
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of
this section less any indebtedness
included in the amount realized that
would constitute a qualified liability
under § 1.707–5(a)(6) if the sold or
exchanged property had been
contributed to a lower-tier partnership
subject to the debt.
(ii) QOF S corporations. For purposes
of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2)(i) of this
section, with respect to QOF S
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1975
corporations, the term ‘‘net proceeds’’
means the amount realized from the sale
of property described in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section less any
indebtedness included in the amount
realized that would constitute a
qualified liability under the principles
of § 1.707–5(a)(6).
(C) Treatment as exempt income—(1)
General rule. With respect to the
taxpayer making an election under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the
excess of any gains over losses excluded
from income under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
of this section is treated as income of
the partnership or S corporation that is
exempt from tax under the Internal
Revenue Code for purposes of section
705(a)(1)(B) or section 1367(a)(1)(A).
Section 265 or any similar provisions do
not apply to disallow any deductions
otherwise allowable under subtitle A for
amounts paid or incurred by a taxpayer
that are allocable to any gain excluded
from income under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
of this section.
(2) Special rule regarding
accumulated adjustments account.
Solely for purposes of determining
whether an adjustment must be made to
the accumulated adjustments account of
an S corporation, the excess amount
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(1) of
this section is not treated as tax exempt
income.
(D) Time and manner of making the
election to exclude gain. An election
under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section is made by filing the applicable
form with the taxpayer’s timely filed
income tax return, without extensions,
for its taxable year that includes the
taxable year end of the QOF partnership
or QOF S corporation. A taxpayer must
make the election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section for each
taxable year in which it wishes to
exclude gains and losses of a QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation.
(3) Basis adjustments upon sale or
exchange of qualifying QOF stock—(i)
In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, if a
QOF shareholder’s basis in qualifying
QOF stock is adjusted under section
1400Z–2(c), then the basis of the
qualifying QOF stock is adjusted to an
amount equal to the fair market value of
the qualifying QOF stock immediately
prior to the sale or exchange. This
paragraph (b)(3)(i) applies without
regard to the amount of deferred gain
that was included under section 1400Z–
2(b)(1) or the timing of that inclusion.
(ii) Specific application to
transactions to which section 301(c)(3),
section 1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2)
or (c)(3) applies—(A) Applicability. This
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) applies if a QOF
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1976
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
corporation makes a distribution to a
QOF shareholder, at least a portion of
the distribution would be characterized
as gain from a sale or exchange under
section 301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or
section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) with respect
to the QOF shareholder’s qualifying
QOF stock without regard to any basis
adjustment under section 1400Z–2(c),
and the QOF shareholder elects to
adjust the basis of its qualifying QOF
stock under section 1400Z–2(c).
(B) Ordering rule. If paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section applies with
respect to a QOF corporation, the QOF
shareholder increases its basis by the
lesser of the amount of the distribution
characterized as gain from a sale or
exchange or the fair market value of the
QOF shareholder’s qualifying QOF stock
before determining the Federal income
tax consequences of the distribution.
(c) Extension of availability of the
election described in section 1400Z–
2(c). The ability to make an election
under section 1400Z–2(c) for
investments held for at least 10 years is
not impaired solely because, under
section 1400Z–1(f), the designation of
one or more qualified opportunity zones
ceases to be in effect. The preceding
sentence does not apply to elections
under section 1400Z–2(c) that are
related to dispositions occurring after
December 31, 2047.
(d) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of paragraphs
(a) through (c) of this section.
(1) Example 1—(i) Facts. In 2020, taxpayer
A invests $100 in QOF S, a QOF S
corporation, in exchange for a qualifying
investment and defers $100 of gain. At the
end of 2028, the qualified opportunity zone
designation expires for the population census
tract in which QOF S primarily conducts its
trade or business. In 2031, A sells all of its
QOF S shares, realizes gain, and makes an
election to increase the qualifying basis in its
QOF S shares to fair market value. But for the
expiration of the designated zones in section
1400Z–1(f), QOF S and A’s conduct is
consistent with continued eligibility to make
the election under section 1400Z–2(c).
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c) of this
section, although the designation expired on
December 31, 2028, the expiration of the
zone’s designation does not, without more,
invalidate A’s ability to make an election
under section 1400Z–2(c). Accordingly,
pursuant to that election, A’s basis in the
QOF stock is increased to its fair market
value and A recognizes no gain or loss on the
sale.
(2) Example 2—(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer
A realizes $100 of eligible gain and
contributes $100 to a QOF partnership, X, in
exchange for a qualifying QOF partnership
interest in X, and taxpayer B contributes
$100 of eligible gain to another QOF
partnership, Y, in exchange for a qualifying
QOF partnership interest in Y. In 2021, in
transactions governed by section 721(a), A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
contributes her qualifying QOF partnership
interest in X, and B contributes her
qualifying QOF partnership interest in Y, to
a newly formed partnership, UTP. In 2024, C
receives a profits interest in UTP for services
that she will provide to UTP. In 2031, X sells
a non-inventory asset and allocates X’s
distributive share of the gain to UTP. No
distributions are ever made from X, Y, or
UTP.
(ii) Analysis. On December 31, 2026, UTP
recognizes $170 of remaining deferred gain
relating to the QOF interests. Of that gain, A
is allocated the $85 of gain relating to the
$100 of eligible gain that she invested in X,
and B is allocated the $85 of gain relating to
the $100 of eligible gain that she invested in
Y. C recognizes no gain at this time. In 2031,
because UTP’s holding period in X includes
A’s holding period in X, UTP has a holding
period in X that exceeds 10 years, and may
make an election under § 1.1400Z2(c)–
1(b)(2)(ii)(A) to exclude the gain from X’s
asset sale. Even though A was the original
investor in X, she may not make the election.
If UTP makes the election, UTP will exclude
its distributive share of gain from the sale of
the X asset.
(3) Example 3—(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer
B invests $100 in P, a QOF partnership, in
exchange for a qualifying investment and
properly makes an election under section
1400Z–2(a) to defer $100 of eligible gain. B’s
interest in the partnership is 50 percent. In
2030, when B’s interest in P has a value of
$130 and a basis of $100, B sells the interest,
recognizing $30 of gain, $15 of which is
attributable to inventory assets of P. B makes
an election under section 1400Z–2(c) with
respect to the sale.
(ii) Analysis. Because B’s election under
section 1400Z–2(c) is in effect with respect
to the sale, the bases of B’s interest in P and
of P’s assets with respect to the interest sold
are adjusted to fair market value immediately
before B’s sale under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of
this section, and B recognizes no gain or loss
on the sale.
(4) Example 4—(i) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (d)(3) of this section
(Example 3), except that P sells qualified
opportunity zone property that is not
inventory sold in the ordinary course of
business and distributes all of the proceeds
from the sale to partners within 90 days of
the sale (the qualified opportunity zone
property was the only property sold by P in
the taxable year). The sold property has a
value of $60 and a basis of $40. P recognizes
$20 of gain, $10 of which is allocable to B,
and B makes an election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section for the year in
which B’s allocable share of the partnership’s
recognized gain would be included in B’s
gross income.
(ii) Analysis. Because B’s election under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section is in
effect, B will exclude its entire $10 allocable
share of the partnership’s $20 of recognized
gain. Because $10 of the sale proceeds were
actually distributed to B within 90 days of
the sale, P is not treated as making a deemed
distribution and receiving a recontribution
under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section
with respect to B.
(5) Example 5—(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer
C invests $100 in Q, a QOF partnership, in
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
exchange for a qualifying investment and
properly makes an election under section
1400Z–2(a) to defer $100 of eligible gain. C’s
interest in Q is 50%. Q’s taxable year ends
on December 31. In 2025, Q purchases three
qualified opportunity zone properties, X, Y,
and Z. On January 22, 2031, Q sells property
X for $200, recognizing $140 of gain. On July
31, 2031, Q sells property Y for $80,
recognizing $20 of loss. Q makes no
distributions to its partners in 2031, has no
indebtedness, and has no other gain or loss
other than from the sales of properties X and
Y. Property Z has a value of $280 at all times
throughout 2031. C’s share of Q’s gain and
loss is $70 and $10, respectively, for a net
gain of $60, and C makes an election under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section to
exclude the gains and losses from its income.
(ii) Analysis. Because C has made an
election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section, under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section, C is treated as receiving a cash
distribution of $140 from Q, C’s share of the
net proceeds from the sales of properties X
and Y, on December 31, 2031, and
immediately recontributing $140 to Q in
exchange for a non-qualifying investment in
Q. Beginning on January 1, 2032, 50 percent
of A’s interest in Q is a qualifying
investment, and 50 percent of A’s investment
in Q is a non-qualifying investment. This
amount is calculated as a fraction, the
numerator of which is $140, the amount
deemed distributed and recontributed, and
the denominator of which is $280, the value
of C’s interest prior to the deemed
distribution.
(6) Example 6—(i) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (d)(5) of this section
(Example 5), except that Q distributes all of
the proceeds from the sale of property X to
its partners on March 30, 2031. Q does not
make any distribution of proceeds from the
sale of property Y.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) of this section, the actual
distribution of cash to C on March 30, 2031,
reduces the amount of the deemed
distribution and recontribution with respect
to C on December 31, 2031. Accordingly, the
amount of C’s deemed distribution and
recontribution is $40, which increases C’s
non-qualifying investment to 22 percent.
This amount is calculated as a fraction, the
numerator of which is $40, the amount
deemed distributed and recontributed, and
the denominator of which is $180, the value
of C’s interest.
(7) Example 7. Section 301(c)(3) gain—(i)
Facts. In 2020, taxpayer X makes an
investment in Q, a QOF corporation, in
exchange for a qualifying investment. In
2031, when X’s qualifying Q stock is worth
$1000x, Q makes a distribution to X with
respect to X’s qualifying QOF stock, $500x of
which is treated as gain from a sale or
exchange under section 301(c)(3). In 2032, X
disposes of all of its qualifying QOF stock in
Q.
(ii) Analysis—(A) Section 301(c)(3)
distribution. X is eligible to make an election
described in section 1400Z–2(c) in 2031 with
respect to its $500x gain. Under paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, the basis adjustment
is $500x, the lesser of $500x, the amount of
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
the distribution treated as gain from the sale
or exchange of property, and $1000x, the fair
market value of the qualifying QOF stock
before the distribution. As a result of the
election, X increases its basis in its qualifying
QOF stock in Q by $500x immediately before
the distribution; consequently, the $500x is
treated as a return of basis under section
301(c)(2).
(B) Disposition of qualifying QOF stock. X
is eligible to make an election described in
section 1400Z–2(c) in 2032 with respect to all
of its qualifying QOF stock in Q,
notwithstanding X’s receipt of a section
301(c)(3) distribution in 2031. See paragraph
(b)(1)(iv) of this section.
(e) Capital gain dividends paid by a
QOF RIC or QOF REIT that some
shareholders may be able to elect to
receive tax free under section 1400Z–
2(c)—(1) Eligibility. For purposes of
paragraph (b) of this section, if a
shareholder of a QOF RIC or QOF REIT
receives a capital gain dividend
identified with a date, as defined in
paragraph (e)(2) of this section, then, to
the extent that the shareholder’s shares
in the QOF RIC or QOF REIT paying the
capital gain dividend are a qualifying
investment in the QOF RIC or QOF
REIT—
(i) The shareholder may treat the
capital gain dividend, or part thereof, as
gain from the sale or exchange of a
qualifying investment on the date that
the QOF RIC or QOF REIT identified
with the dividend; and
(ii) If, on the date identified, the
shareholder had held that qualifying
investment in the QOF RIC or QOF REIT
for at least 10 years, then the
shareholder may exclude that capital
gain dividend, or part thereof, from its
taxable income for the taxable year.
(2) Definition of capital gain dividend
identified with a date. A capital gain
dividend identified with a date means
an amount of a capital gain dividend, as
defined in section 852(b)(3)(C) or
857(b)(3)(B), or part thereof, and a date
that the QOF RIC reports or QOF REIT
designates in a notice provided to the
shareholder not later than one week
after the QOF RIC reports or QOF REIT
designates the capital gain dividend
pursuant to section 852(b)(3)(C) or
857(b)(3)(B). The notice must be mailed
to the shareholder unless the
shareholder has provided the QOF RIC
or QOF REIT with an email address to
be used for this purpose. In the manner
and at the time determined by the
Commissioner, the QOF RIC or QOF
REIT must provide the Commissioner
all data that the Commissioner specifies
with respect to the amounts of capital
gain dividends and the dates reported or
designated by the QOF RIC or QOF REIT
for each shareholder.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(3) General limitations on the
amounts of capital gain with which a
date may be identified—(i) No
identification in the absence of any
capital gains with respect to qualified
opportunity zone property. If, during its
taxable year, the QOF RIC or QOF REIT
did not recognize long-term capital gain
on any sale or exchange of qualified
opportunity zone property, then no date
may be identified with any capital gain
dividends, or parts thereof, with respect
to that year.
(ii) Proportionality. Reportings and
designations of capital gain dividends
identified with a date must be
proportional for all capital gain
dividends paid with respect to the
taxable year. See section 857(g)(2).
Greater than de minimis violation of
proportionality invalidates all of the
purported identifications for a taxable
year.
(iii) Undistributed capital gains. If
section 852(b)(3)(D)(i) or 857(b)(3)(C)(i)
requires a shareholder of a QOF RIC or
QOF REIT to include a reported or
designated amount in the shareholder’s
long-term capital gain for a taxable year,
then inclusion of this amount in this
manner is treated as receipt of a capital
gain for purposes of this paragraph (e)
and may be identified with a date.
(iv) Gross gains. The amount
determined under paragraph (e)(4) of
this section is determined without
regard to any losses that may have been
recognized on other sales or exchanges
of qualified opportunity zone property.
The losses do, however, limit the total
amount of capital gain dividends that
may be reported or designated under
section 852(b)(3) or section 857(b)(3).
(4) Determination of the amount of
capital gain with which a date may be
identified. A QOF RIC or QOF REIT may
choose to identify the date for an
amount of capital gain in one of the
following manners:
(i) Simplified determination. If,
during its taxable year, the QOF RIC or
QOF REIT recognizes long-term capital
gain on one or more sales or exchanges
of qualified opportunity zone property,
then the QOF RIC or QOF REIT may
identify the first day of that taxable year
as the date identified with each reported
or designated amount with respect to
the capital gain dividends for that
taxable year. A reported or designated
identification is invalid in its entirety if
the amount of gains that the QOF RIC
or QOF REIT identifies with that date
exceeds the aggregate long-term capital
gains recognized on those sales or
exchanges for that taxable year.
(ii) Sale date determination—(A) In
general. If, during its taxable year, the
QOF RIC or QOF REIT recognizes long-
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1977
term capital gain on one or more sales
or exchanges of qualified opportunity
zone property, then the QOF RIC or
QOF REIT may identify capital gain
dividends, or a part thereof, with the
latest date on which there was such a
recognition. The amount of capital gain
dividends so identified must not exceed
the aggregate long-term capital gains
recognized on that date from sales or
exchanges of qualified opportunity zone
property. A reported or designated
identification is invalid in its entirety if
the amount of gains that the QOF RIC
or QOF REIT identifies with that date
violates the preceding sentence.
(B) Iterative application. The process
described in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A) of
this section is applied iteratively to
increasingly earlier transaction dates
(from latest to earliest) until all capital
gain dividends are identified with dates
or there are no earlier dates in the
taxable year on which the QOF RIC or
QOF REIT recognized long-term capital
gains with respect to a sale or exchange
of qualified opportunity zone property,
whichever comes first.
(f) Applicability dates. The provisions
of this section are applicable for taxable
years beginning after March 13, 2020.
■ Par. 6. Section 1.1400Z2(d)–1 is
added to read as follows:
§ 1.1400Z2 (d)–1 Qualified opportunity
funds and qualified opportunity zone
businesses.
(a) Overview. This section provides
rules that an eligible entity (as defined
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section) must
satisfy to be a qualified opportunity
fund (QOF) or a qualified opportunity
zone business. Paragraphs (a)(2) through
(4) of this section provide rules that
eligible entities must follow to be
certified as QOFs, as well as rules for
the de-certification of QOFs. Paragraph
(b) of this section provides rules for
determining whether the property held
by a QOF satisfies the 90-percent
investment standard of section 1400Z–
2(d)(1) or the property held by a
qualified opportunity zone business
satisfies the 70-percent tangible
property standard of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(i). Paragraph (c) of this
section provides rules regarding
qualified opportunity zone property that
a QOF must hold to satisfy the 90percent investment standard. Paragraph
(d) of this section provides rules that an
eligible entity must satisfy to be a
qualified opportunity zone business that
is owned, in whole or in part, by one or
more QOFs. Paragraph (e) of this section
provides applicability dates for this
section. See § 1.1400Z2(d)–2 for rules
that must be satisfied for tangible
property of an eligible entity to be
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1978
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property.
(1) Eligible entity—(i) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section, the term eligible
entity means an entity that is classified
as a corporation or partnership for
Federal income tax purposes. In order to
be treated as a QOF, an eligible entity
must self-certify on an annual basis that
it satisfies the requirements of
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, as
appropriate. An eligible entity is a
qualified opportunity zone business if it
satisfies the requirements of paragraph
(d) of this section.
(ii) Exceptions based on where an
entity is created, formed, or organized—
(A) QOFs. An entity classified as a
corporation or partnership for Federal
income tax purposes (an entity) but that
is not organized under the law of the
United States or the law of one of the
50 states, a government of a federally
recognized tribe (Indian tribal
government), the District of Columbia,
or a U.S. territory, is not an eligible
entity and is ineligible to be a QOF. An
entity described in the preceding
sentence is also ineligible to be a
qualified opportunity zone business,
and therefore an equity interest in the
entity is neither qualified opportunity
zone stock nor a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2).
(B) Entities organized in a U.S.
territory—(1) In general. If an entity is
organized in a U.S. territory but not in
one of the 50 States or the District of
Columbia, the entity may be a QOF only
if the entity is organized for investing in
qualified opportunity zone property that
relates to a trade or business operated in
the U.S. territory in which the entity is
organized. If an entity is organized in a
U.S. territory but not in one of the 50
States or the District of Columbia, an
equity interest in the entity may be
qualified opportunity zone stock or a
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest, as the case may be, only if the
entity conducts a qualified opportunity
zone business in the U.S. territory in
which the entity is organized. An entity
described in the preceding sentence is
treated as satisfying the requirement, as
applicable, of being a domestic
corporation for purposes of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i) or of being a
domestic partnership for purposes of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(C).
(2) U.S. territory defined. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(1), the
term U.S. territory means American
Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, and any other territory
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
not under the jurisdiction of one of the
50 States, an Indian tribal government,
or the District of Columbia where a
qualified opportunity zone has been
designated under section 1400Z–1.
(iii) Pre-existing entities. There is no
legal barrier to a pre-existing eligible
entity qualifying as a QOF or a qualified
opportunity zone business, but the preexisting eligible entity must satisfy all of
the applicable requirements of section
1400Z–2, this section, and
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–2.
(2) Self-certification as a QOF. The
following rules apply to the required
self-certification of an eligible entity as
a QOF:
(i) Time, form, and manner. The selfcertification must be timely-filed and
effected annually in such form and
manner as may be prescribed by the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue
(Commissioner) in the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) forms or instructions, or in
publications or guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§§ 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this
chapter).
(ii) First taxable year. The selfcertification must identify the first
taxable year for which the selfcertification takes effect.
(iii) First month. The self-certification
may identify the first month (in that
initial taxable year) in which the selfcertification takes effect.
(A) Failure to specify first month. If
the self-certification fails to specify the
month in the initial taxable year that the
self-certification takes effect, then the
self-certification is treated as taking
effect in the first month of that taxable
year.
(B) Investments before entity’s first
month as QOF not eligible for deferral.
If an investment in eligible interests of
an eligible entity occurs prior to the
eligible entity’s first month as a QOF,
any election under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1) made for that investment is
invalid and the investment is a nonqualifying investment.
(iv) Becoming a QOF in a month that
is not the first month of the taxable year.
This paragraph (a)(2)(iv) applies to an
eligible entity if its self-certification as
a QOF is first effective for a month that
is not the first month of that entity’s
taxable year.
(A) For purposes of applying section
1400Z–2(d)(1)(A) and (B) in the first
year of the QOF’s existence, the phrase
first six-month period of the taxable
year of the fund means the first six
months each of which is in the taxable
year and in each of which the entity is
a QOF. Thus, if an eligible entity
becomes a QOF in the seventh or later
month of a 12-month taxable year, the
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
90-percent investment standard in
section 1400Z–2(d)(1) takes into account
only the QOF’s assets on the last day of
the QOF’s taxable year.
(B) The computation of any penalty
under section 1400Z–2(f)(1) does not
take into account any months before the
first month in which an eligible entity
is a QOF.
(3) Self-decertification of a QOF. If a
QOF chooses to self-decertify as a QOF,
the following rules apply:
(i) Form and manner. The selfdecertification must be effected in such
form and manner as may be prescribed
by the Commissioner in IRS forms or
instructions or in publications or
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see §§ 601.601(d)(2)
and 601.602 of this chapter).
(ii) Time. The self-decertification
becomes effective at the beginning of the
month following the month specified by
the taxpayer, which month must not be
earlier than the month in which the
taxpayer files its self-decertification as
provided in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this
section.
(4) [Reserved]
(b) Valuation of property for purposes
of the 90-percent investment standard
and the 70-percent tangible property
standard—(1) In general. An eligible
entity may value its owned or leased
property using the valuation methods
provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of
this section to determine whether—
(i) In the case of an eligible entity that
has self-certified as a QOF, the assets
owned or leased by the QOF satisfy the
90-percent investment standard in
section 1400Z–2(d)(1); and
(ii) In the case of an eligible entity
that has issued qualified opportunity
zone partnership interests or qualified
opportunity zone stock to a QOF, the
tangible property owned or leased by
the eligible entity satisfies the 70percent tangible property standard in
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i).
(2) Special rules—(i) QOFs—(A) In
general. To meet the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z–
2(d)(1), on a semiannual basis, a QOF
may value its assets using the applicable
financial statement valuation method
set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section, if the QOF has an applicable
financial statement within the meaning
of § 1.475(a)–4(h), or the alternative
valuation method set forth in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section. During each
taxable year, a QOF must apply
consistently the valuation method that it
selects under paragraph (b) of this
section to all assets valued with respect
to the taxable year.
(B) Option for QOFs to disregard
recently contributed property. A QOF
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
may choose to determine compliance
with the 90-percent investment
standard by excluding from both the
numerator and denominator of the test
any property that satisfies all the criteria
in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(B)(1) through (3)
of this section. A QOF need not be
consistent from one semiannual test to
another in whether it avails itself of the
option in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B).
(1) The amount of the property was
received by the QOF partnership as a
contribution or by the QOF corporation
solely in exchange for stock of the
corporation;
(2) The contribution or exchange
occurred not more than 6 months before
the test from which it is being excluded;
and
(3) Between the date of the fifth
business day after the contribution or
exchange and the date of the
semiannual test, the amount was held
continuously in cash, cash equivalents,
or debt instruments with a term of 18
months or less.
(C) Safe harbor for QOFs to determine
whether equity in an entity is qualified
opportunity zone property. A QOF may
choose to determine compliance with
the 90-percent investment standard for
each semiannual testing date of the QOF
by including in both the numerator and
denominator of the test the equity of
each entity the QOF holds on that
testing date that satisfies all the criteria
in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C)(1) or (2) of this
section.
(1) The entity was a qualified
opportunity zone business for at least 90
percent of the QOF’s cumulative
holding period for that equity of the
entity—
(i) Beginning on the date the QOF’s
self-certification as a QOF is first
effective; and
(ii) Ending on the last day of the
entity’s most recent taxable year ending
on or before the semiannual testing date
of the QOF.
(2) An entity that would not be a
qualified opportunity zone business as
of the end of its last taxable year ending
on or before a semiannual testing date
of the QOF is a qualified opportunity
zone business with respect to the QOF
for that taxable year of the entity if—
(i) A cure is achieved for the entity
under paragraph (d)(6) of this section;
and
(ii) The QOF files its Federal income
tax return for the taxable year of the
QOF containing the testing date on a
date that is timely (taking extensions
into account) and that is not later than
when that cure is achieved.
(ii) Qualified opportunity zone
businesses—(A) In general. For
purposes of the fraction set forth in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this section,
the owned or leased tangible property of
a qualified opportunity zone business
may be valued using the applicable
financial statement valuation method
set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section, if the qualified opportunity
zone business has an applicable
financial statement within the meaning
of § 1.475(a)–4(h), or the alternative
valuation method set forth in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section. During each
taxable year, the valuation method
selected under this paragraph (b) must
be applied consistently to all tangible
property valued with respect to the
taxable year.
(B) Five-percent zone taxpayer. If a
taxpayer both has self-certified as a QOF
and holds an equity interest in an
eligible entity that is tested as a
qualified opportunity zone business,
then that taxpayer may value the
eligible entity’s tangible property for
purposes of satisfying the 70-percent
tangible property standard using the
same valuation methodology under this
paragraph (b) that the taxpayer uses for
determining its own compliance with
the 90-percent investment standard
(compliance methodology), provided
that no other equity holder in the
eligible entity is a five-percent zone
taxpayer. If two or more taxpayers that
have self-certified as QOFs hold equity
interests in the eligible entity and at
least one of them is a five-percent zone
taxpayer, then the values of the eligible
entity’s tangible property may be
calculated using the compliance
methodology that both is used by a fivepercent zone taxpayer and that produces
the highest percentage of qualified
opportunity zone business property for
the eligible entity for purposes of the 70percent tangible property standard. A
five-percent zone taxpayer is a taxpayer
that has self-certified as a QOF and that
holds stock in the entity (if it is a
corporation) representing at least 5
percent in voting rights and value or
holds an interest of at least 5 percent in
the profits and capital of the entity (if
it is a partnership).
(1) Example. The example in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of this section
illustrates the principles of paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(2) Example. Entity JH is a corporation that
has issued only one class of stock and that
conducts a trade or business. Taxpayer X
holds 94% of the JH stock, and Taxpayer Y
holds the remaining 6% of that stock. (Thus,
both X and Y are five percent zone taxpayers
within the meaning of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)
of this section.) JH does not have an
applicable financial statement, and, for that
reason, a determination of whether JH is
conducting a qualified opportunity zone
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1979
business may employ the compliance
methodology of X or Y. X and Y use different
compliance methodologies permitted under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section for
purposes of satisfying the 90-percent
investment standard of section 1400Z–
2(d)(1). Under X’s compliance methodology
(which is based on X’s applicable financial
statement), 65% of the tangible property
owned or leased by JH’s trade or business is
qualified opportunity zone business
property. Under Y’s compliance methodology
(which is based on Y’s cost), 73% of the
tangible property owned or leased by JH’s
trade or business is qualified opportunity
zone business property. Because Y’s
compliance methodology would produce the
higher percentage of qualified opportunity
zone business property for JH (73%), both X
and Y may use Y’s compliance methodology
to value JH’s owned or leased tangible
property. If JH’s trade or business satisfies all
additional requirements in section 1400Z–
2(d)(3), the trade or business is a qualified
opportunity zone business. Thus, if all of the
additional requirements in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(B) are satisfied, stock in JH is
qualified opportunity zone stock in the hands
of a taxpayer that has self-certified as a QOF.
(iii) Inventory. In determining
whether the 90-percent investment
standard in section 1400Z–2(d)(1) or the
70-percent tangible property standard in
section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i) is satisfied,
an eligible entity may choose to exclude
from both the numerator and
denominator of the applicable test the
value of all inventory (including raw
materials) of the trade or business, if
applied consistently within a taxable
year of the eligible entity.
(3) Applicable financial statement
valuation method—(i) In general. Under
the applicable financial statement
valuation method set forth in this
paragraph (b)(3), the value of each
property that is owned or leased by an
eligible entity is the value of that asset
as reported on the eligible entity’s
applicable financial statement for the
relevant reporting period.
(ii) Requirement for selection of
method. An eligible entity may select
the applicable financial statement
valuation method set forth in this
paragraph (b)(3) to value an asset leased
by the eligible entity only if the
applicable financial statement of the
eligible entity is prepared according to
U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) and requires an
assignment of value to the lease of the
asset.
(4) Alternative valuation method—(i)
In general. Under the alternative
valuation method set forth in this
paragraph (b)(4), the value of the
property owned by an eligible entity is
calculated under paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of
this section, and the value of the
property leased by an eligible entity is
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1980
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
calculated under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of
this section.
(ii) Property owned by an eligible
entity—(A) Property purchased or
constructed. The value of each property
owned by an eligible entity that is
acquired by purchase for fair market
value or constructed for fair market
value is the eligible entity’s unadjusted
cost basis of the asset under section
1012 or section 1013.
(B) Other property. The value of each
item of property owned by an eligible
entity that is not purchased or
constructed for fair market value is the
item of property’s fair market value,
determined on the last day of the first
6 month period of the taxable year and
on the last day of the taxable year.
(iii) Property leased by an eligible
entity—(A) In general. The value of each
property that is leased by an eligible
entity is equal to the present value of
the leased property as defined in
paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(C) of this section.
(B) Discount rate. For purposes of
calculating present value under
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, the
discount rate is the short-term
applicable Federal rate under section
1274(d)(1), based on semiannual
compounding, for the month in which
the eligible entity enters into the lease.
For purposes of the preceding sentence,
the three month rule in section
1274(d)(2) does not apply to determine
the applicable Federal rate.
(C) Present value. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section,
present value of a leased property—
(1) Is equal to the sum of the present
values of each payment under the lease
for the property;
(2) Is calculated at the time the
eligible entity enters into the lease for
the property; and
(3) Once calculated, is used as the
value for the property by the eligible
entity for all testing dates during the
term of the lease for purposes of the 90percent investment standard or the 70perecent tangible property standard.
(D) Term of a lease. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, the
term of a lease includes periods during
which the lessee may extend the lease
at a pre-defined market rate rent. For
nonresidential real property or
residential real property, pre-defined
rent does not include the option to
renew at fair market value, determined
at the time of renewal. The terms of the
pre-defined rent must satisfy the
following criteria:
(1) General rule. The terms of the predefined rent are market rate (that is, the
terms of the pre-defined rent reflect
common, arms-length market pricing in
the locale that includes the qualified
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
opportunity zone as determined under
section 482 and all section 482
regulations in this chapter) at the time
the lease is entered into.
(2) Rebuttable presumption regarding
leases not between related persons.
There will be a rebuttable presumption
that the terms of the extension of the
lease are market rate for leases not
between related persons (within the
meaning of section 1400Z–2(e)(2)), and
thus, the parties to the lease are not
required to perform a section 482
analysis.
(3) Exception for state, local, and
Indian tribal governments. For purposes
of this paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(D), tangible
property acquired by lease from a state
or local government, or an Indian tribal
government, is not considered tangible
property acquired by lease from a
related person.
(c) Qualified opportunity zone
property—(1) In general. Pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(A), the following
property is qualified opportunity zone
property:
(i) Qualified opportunity zone stock
as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section;
(ii) Qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest as defined in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section; and
(iii) Qualified opportunity zone
business property as defined in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–2.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone stock—
(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if an
eligible entity is classified as a
corporation for Federal income tax
purposes (corporation), then an equity
interest (stock) in the eligible entity is
qualified opportunity zone stock if the
requirements described in this
paragraph (c)(2)(i) are satisfied:
(A) Date of acquisition. The stock is
acquired by a QOF after December 31,
2017, at its original issue (directly or
through an underwriter) from the
corporation solely in exchange for cash;
(B) Qualified opportunity zone
business. As of the time the stock was
issued, the corporation was a qualified
opportunity zone business as defined in
section 1400Z–2(d)(3) and paragraph (d)
of this section (or, in the case of a new
corporation, the corporation was being
organized for purposes of being such a
qualified opportunity zone business);
and
(C) 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone property holding period—(1)
Cumulative holding period test. During
at least 90 percent of the QOF’s holding
period for the corporation’s stock,
determined on a cumulative basis in
accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C)(2)
of this section, the corporation qualified
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
as a qualified opportunity zone
business.
(2) Semiannual qualified opportunity
zone business test. For purposes of
determining satisfaction of the
cumulative 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding
period test described in paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(C)(1) of this section, the
determination of whether a corporation
engaged in a trade or business qualifies
as a qualified opportunity zone business
is made by the QOF on a semiannual
basis pursuant to section 1400Z–2(d)(1).
However, a QOF may choose to apply
the safe harbor rule in paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(C) of this section to make this
determination.
(ii) Redemptions of stock. Pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(ii), the
following rules apply for purposes of
determining whether stock in a
corporation qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone stock:
(A) Redemptions from taxpayer or
related person. Stock acquired by a QOF
is not treated as qualified opportunity
zone stock if, at any time during the 4year period beginning on the date 2
years before the issuance of the stock,
the corporation issuing the stock
purchased either directly or indirectly
any of its stock from the QOF or from
a person related (within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(e)(2)) to the QOF. Even
if the purchase occurs after the issuance,
the stock was never qualified
opportunity zone stock.
(B) Significant redemptions—(1) In
general. Stock issued by a corporation is
not treated as qualified opportunity
zone stock if, at any time during the 2year period beginning on the date one
year before the issuance of the stock, the
corporation made one or more
purchases of more than a de minimis
amount of its stock and the purchased
stock has an aggregate value (as of the
time of the respective purchases)
exceeding 5 percent of the aggregate
value of all of its stock as of the
beginning of the 2-year period. The
aggregate value is determined as of the
time of the stock purchases. Even if one
or more of the disqualifying purchases
occurs after the issuance, the stock was
never qualified opportunity zone stock.
(2) De minimis amount. For purposes
of this paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B), stock
acquired from the taxpayer or a related
person exceeds a de minimis amount
only if the aggregate amount paid for the
stock exceeds $10,000 and more than 2
percent of the stock held by the taxpayer
and related persons (within the meaning
of section 1400Z–2(e)(2)) is acquired.
The rules in the following sentences of
this paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B)(2) apply for
purposes of determining whether the 2-
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
percent limit is exceeded. The
percentage of stock acquired in any
single purchase is determined by
dividing the stock’s value (as of the time
of purchase) by the value (as of the time
of purchase) of all stock held (directly
or indirectly) by the taxpayer and
related persons immediately before the
purchase. The percentage of stock
acquired in multiple purchases is the
sum of the percentages determined for
each separate purchase.
(C) Treatment of certain transactions.
If any transaction is treated under
section 304(a) as a distribution in
redemption of the stock of any
corporation, for purposes of paragraphs
(c)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, that
corporation is treated as purchasing an
amount of its stock equal to the amount
that is treated as such a distribution
under section 304(a).
(D) Principles of § 1.1202–2(c) and (d).
The principles of § 1.1202–2(c) and (d)
apply in determining whether stock is
redeemed or purchased for purposes of
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Reorganizations of corporations
otherwise qualifying as qualified
opportunity zone businesses—(A)
Qualification as qualified opportunity
zone stock. Stock that meets all of the
requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section except for the requirement
in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section
is qualified opportunity zone stock if it
is received solely in exchange for
qualified opportunity zone stock in a
transaction described in section
381(a)(2). The requirements in
paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(B) and (C) of this
section must be met with respect to both
the stock held before such transaction
and the stock for which it is exchanged
in such transaction.
(B) Satisfaction of original use and
substantial improvement tests. The
requirements of § 1.1400Z2(d)–2 apply
to property of a qualified opportunity
zone business acquired from a qualified
opportunity zone business in a
transaction described in section
381(a)(2) as if the acquiring corporation
had held the property during the period
in which the target corporation held the
property. For example, an item of
property must be substantially
improved by the same date by which the
target corporation was required to
satisfy the substantial improvement test
for such property.
(C) Reorganizations of qualified
opportunity zone businesses within a
consolidated group. See §§ 1.1502–14Z
and 1.1504–3 for special rules
applicable to consolidated groups.
(3) Qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest—(i) In general. If an
eligible entity is classified as a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
partnership for Federal tax purposes
(partnership), any capital or profits
interest (partnership interest) in the
eligible entity is a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest if—
(A) Date of acquisition. The
partnership interest is acquired by a
QOF after December 31, 2017, from the
partnership solely in exchange for cash;
(B) Qualified opportunity zone
business. As of the time the partnership
interest was acquired, the partnership
was a qualified opportunity zone
business as defined in section 1400Z–
2(d)(3) and paragraph (d) of this section
(or, in the case of a new partnership, the
partnership was being organized for
purposes of being a qualified
opportunity zone business); and
(C) 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone property holding period—(1)
Cumulative holding period test. During
at least 90-percent of the QOF’s holding
period for the partnership interest,
determined on a cumulative basis in
accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C)(2)
of this section, the partnership qualified
as a qualified opportunity zone
business.
(2) Semiannual qualified opportunity
zone business test. For purposes of
determining satisfaction of the
cumulative 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding
period test described in paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(C)(1) of this section, the
determination of whether a partnership
engaged in a trade or business qualifies
as a qualified opportunity zone business
is made by the QOF on a semiannual
basis pursuant to section 1400Z–2(d)(1).
However, a QOF may choose to apply
the safe harbor rule in paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(C) of this section to make this
determination.
(ii) Reorganizations of partnerships
otherwise qualifying as qualified
opportunity zone businesses—(A)
Qualification as a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest. A partnership
interest that meets all of the
requirements of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of
this section except for the requirement
in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section
is a qualified opportunity zone
partnership interest if it is received
solely in exchange for a qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest in
a merger or consolidation transaction
described in section 708(b)(2)(A). The
requirements in paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(B)
and (C) of this section must be met with
respect to both the partnership interest
held before the transaction and the
partnership interest for which it is
exchanged in the transaction.
(B) Satisfaction of original use and
substantial improvement tests. The
requirements of § 1.1400Z2(d)–2 apply
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1981
to property of a qualified opportunity
zone business acquired from a qualified
opportunity zone business in a
transaction described in section
708(b)(2)(A) as if the resulting
partnership had held the property
during the period in which the merging
or consolidating partnership held the
property. For example, an item of
property must be substantially
improved by the same date by which the
merging or consolidating partnership
was required to satisfy the substantial
improvement test for such property.
(d) Qualified opportunity zone
business—(1) In general. An eligible
entity engaged in a trade or business
within the meaning of section 162 is a
qualified opportunity zone business if
the entity satisfies, as determined at the
end of its taxable year, all the criteria in
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this
section. An eligible entity’s status as a
qualified opportunity zone business
applies for the entire taxable year of the
entity.
(i) Pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(i), the eligible entity engaged
in the trade or business satisfies the 70percent tangible property standard with
respect to its tangible property, as
provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section;
(ii) Pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii), the eligible entity engaged
in the trade or business satisfies the
requirements of section 1397C(b)(2), (4),
and (8), as provided in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section; and
(iii) Pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(iii), the eligible entity
engaged in the trade or business is not
described in section 144(c)(6)(B) as
provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this
section.
(2) Satisfaction of 70-percent tangible
property standard—(i) In general. A
trade or business of an eligible entity
satisfies the 70-percent tangible
property standard if at least 70 percent
of the tangible property owned or leased
by the trade or business is qualified
opportunity zone business property (as
defined in § 1.1400Z2(d)–2).
(ii) Calculating percent of tangible
property owned or leased in a trade or
business—(A) In general. Whether a
trade or business of the eligible entity
satisfies the 70-percent tangible
property standard set forth in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section is determined by
a fraction—
(1) The numerator of which is the
total value of all tangible property
owned or leased by the qualified
opportunity zone business that is
qualified opportunity zone business
property; and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1982
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The denominator of which is the
total value of all tangible property
owned or leased by the qualified
opportunity zone business, whether
located inside or outside of a qualified
opportunity zone.
(B) Valuation. See paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
of this section for rules regarding the
valuation of tangible property for
purposes of the 70-percent tangible
property standard.
(3) Operation of section 1397C
requirements adopted by reference—(i)
Gross income requirement. Section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates
section 1397C(b)(2), requiring that for
each taxable year at least 50 percent of
the gross income of a qualified
opportunity zone business is derived
from the active conduct of a trade or
business in the qualified opportunity
zone (or in multiple qualified
opportunity zones). A trade or business
meets the 50-percent gross income
requirement in the preceding sentence if
the trade or business satisfies any one of
the four criteria described in paragraph
(d)(3)(i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) of this
section, or any criteria identified in
published guidance issued by the
Commissioner under § 601.601(d)(2) of
this chapter.
(A) Services performed in qualified
opportunity zone based on hours. At
least 50 percent of the services
performed for the trade or business are
performed in a qualified opportunity
zone, determined by the fraction
described in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A)(1)
and (2) of this section. Amounts paid to
partners that provide services to the
trade or business of a partnership are
taken into account in the numerator and
denominator set forth in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i)(A)(1) and (2) of this section
only to the extent the amounts paid to
the partners are guaranteed payments
for services provided to the partnership
within the meaning of section 707(c).
(1) The numerator of the fraction is
the total number of hours of services
performed for the trade or business in a
qualified opportunity zone during the
taxable year by employees, partners that
provide services to a partnership,
independent contractors, and employees
of independent contractors; and
(2) The denominator of the fraction is
the total number of hours of services
performed for the trade or business
during the taxable year by employees,
partners that provide services to a
partnership, independent contractors,
and employees of independent
contractors.
(B) Services performed in qualified
opportunity zone based on amounts
paid for services. At least 50 percent of
the services performed for the trade or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
business are performed in a qualified
opportunity zone, determined by the
fraction described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i)(B)(1) and (2) of this section.
Amounts paid to partners that provide
services to the trade or business of a
partnership are taken into account in
the numerator and denominator set
forth in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(B)(1) and (2)
of this section only to the extent the
amounts paid to the partners are
guaranteed payments for services
provided to the partnership within the
meaning of section 707(c).
(1) The numerator of the fraction is
the total amount paid by the entity for
services performed in a qualified
opportunity zone during the taxable
year, whether by employees, partners
that provide services to a partnership,
independent contractors, or employees
of independent contractors; and
(2) The denominator of the fraction is
the total amount paid by the entity for
services performed during the taxable
year, whether by employees, partners
that provide services to a partnership,
independent contractors, or employees
of independent contractors.
(C) Necessary tangible property and
business functions. The tangible
property of the trade or business located
in a qualified opportunity zone and the
management or operational functions
performed in a qualified opportunity
zone are each necessary for the
generation of at least 50 percent of the
gross income of the trade or business.
(D) Facts and circumstances. Based
on all the facts and circumstances, at
least 50 percent of the gross income of
a qualified opportunity zone business is
derived from the active conduct of a
trade or business in a qualified
opportunity zone.
(E) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of paragraphs
(d)(3)(i)(C) and (D) of this section.
(1) Example 1. A landscaping business has
its headquarters in a qualified opportunity
zone, its officers and employees manage the
daily operations of the business (inside and
outside the qualified opportunity zone) from
its headquarters, and all its equipment and
supplies are stored in the headquarters
facilities. The activities occurring and the
storage of equipment and supplies in the
qualified opportunity zone are, taken
together, necessary for the generation of the
income of the business.
(2) Example 2. A trade or business is
formed or organized under the laws of the
jurisdiction within which a qualified
opportunity zone is located, and the business
has a P.O. Box located in the qualified
opportunity zone. The mail received at that
P.O. Box is fundamental to the income of the
trade or business, but there is no other basis
for concluding that the income of the trade
or business is derived from activities in the
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
qualified opportunity zone. The mere
location of the P.O. Box is not necessary for
the generation of gross income by the trade
or business.
(3) Example 3. In 2019, Taxpayer X
realized $w million of capital gains and
within the 180-day period invested $w
million in QOF Y, a qualified opportunity
fund. QOF Y immediately acquired from
partnership P a partnership interest in P,
solely in exchange for $w million of cash. P
is a real estate developer that has written
plans to acquire land in a qualified
opportunity zone on which it plans to
construct a commercial building for lease to
other trades or businesses. In 2023, P’s
commercial building is placed in service and
is fully leased up to other trades or
businesses. For the 2023 taxable year, at least
50 percent of P’s gross income is derived
from P’s rental of its tangible property in the
qualified opportunity zone. Thus, under P’s
facts and circumstances, P satisfies the gross
income test under section 1397C(b)(2).
(ii) Use of intangible property
requirement—(A) In general. Section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates
section 1397C(b)(4), requiring that, with
respect to any taxable year, a substantial
portion of the intangible property of a
qualified opportunity zone business is
used in the active conduct of a trade or
business in a qualified opportunity
zone. For purposes of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and the preceding
sentence, the term substantial portion
means at least 40 percent.
(B) Use of intangible property. For
purposes of section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii)
and paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(A) of this
section, intangible property of a
qualified opportunity zone business is
used in the active conduct of a trade or
business in a qualified opportunity zone
if—
(1) The use of the intangible property
is normal, usual, or customary in the
conduct of the trade or business; and
(2) The intangible property is used in
the qualified opportunity zone in the
performance of an activity of the trade
or business that contributes to the
generation of gross income for the trade
or business.
(iii) Active conduct of a trade or
business—(A) Operating real property.
Solely for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A), the ownership and operation
(including leasing) of real property is
the active conduct of a trade or
business.
(B) Lessee is responsible for certain
costs. Merely entering into a triple-netlease with respect to real property
owned by a taxpayer does not constitute
the active conduct of a trade or business
by such taxpayer.
(C) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Example 1. Mere triple-net-lease not
active conduct of trade or business—(i) Facts.
Company N constructs and places into
service a new, three-story office building in
a qualified opportunity zone and leases the
entire building to tenant X, an unrelated
person, which uses the building as office
space for its software development firm. This
building is the only property owned by
Company N. The lease agreement between
Company N and tenant X is a triple-net-lease
under which tenant X is responsible for all
of the costs relating to the office building (for
example, paying all taxes, insurance, and
maintenance expenses) in addition to paying
rent. Company N also maintains an office in
the building with staff members to address
any issues that may arise with respect to the
triple-net-lease.
(ii) Analysis. Solely for purposes of section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A), Company N is treated as
not engaged in the active conduct of a trade
or business with respect to the leased office
building. Company N leases the building to
tenant X under a triple-net-lease, and
therefore the employees of Company N do
not meaningfully participate in the
management or operations of the building.
The fact that Company N maintains an office
in the leased building with staff members to
address any issues that may arise with
respect to the triple-net-lease does not alter
this result. Therefore, Company N does not
conduct an active trade or business in a
qualified opportunity zone.
(2) Example 2. Triple-net-lease and
managerial and operational activities can
constitute active conduct of trade or
business—(i) Facts. Company N constructs
and places into service a new, three-story
mixed-use building in a qualified
opportunity zone and leases a floor to each
of unrelated tenants X, Y, and Z,
respectively. This building is the only
property owned by Company N. The lease
agreement between Company N and tenant X
is a triple-net-lease under which tenant X is
responsible for all of the costs relating to the
third floor of the building (for example,
paying all such taxes, insurance, and
maintenance expenses) in addition to paying
rent. The lease agreement between Company
N and tenant Y is not a triple-net-lease and
employees of Company N manage and
operate the second floor of the building.
Likewise, the lease agreement between
Company N and tenant Z is not a triple-netlease and employees of Company N manage
and operate the first floor of the building.
Company N maintains an office in the
building, which the employees regularly use
to carry out their managerial and operational
duties with respect to the first and second
floors, and address any other issues that may
arise with respect to the three leases.
(ii) Analysis. Solely for purposes of section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A), Company N is treated as
engaged in the active conduct of a trade or
business with respect to the leased mixed-use
building. While Company N leases the third
floor of the building to tenant X merely under
a triple-net-lease, and therefore the
employees of Company N do not
meaningfully participate in the management
or operations of that floor, the employees of
Company N meaningfully participate in the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
management and operations of the first and
second floors of the leased building.
Therefore, in carrying out the overall leasing
business of Company N with respect to the
mixed-use building, employees of Company
N conduct meaningful managerial and
operational activities. As a result, Company
N conducts an active trade or business in a
qualified opportunity zone.
(iv) Nonqualified financial property
limitation. Section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii)
incorporates section 1397C(b)(8), which
requires that in each taxable year less
than 5 percent of the average of the
aggregate unadjusted bases of the
property of a qualified opportunity zone
business is attributable to nonqualified
financial property. Section 1397C(e)(1),
which defines the term nonqualified
financial property for purposes of
section 1397C(b)(8), excludes from that
term reasonable amounts of working
capital held in cash, cash equivalents, or
debt instruments with a term of 18
months or less (working capital assets)
and debt instruments described in
section 1221(a)(4).
(v) Safe harbor for reasonable amount
of working capital. Solely for purposes
of applying section 1397C(e)(1) to the
definition of a qualified opportunity
zone business under section 1400Z–
2(d)(3), working capital assets are
treated as reasonable in amount for
purposes of sections 1397C(b)(2) and
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(ii), if all of the
requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A)
through (C) of this section are satisfied.
(A) Designated in writing. These
amounts are designated in writing for
the development of a trade or business
in a qualified opportunity zone (as
defined in section 1400Z–1(a)),
including when appropriate the
acquisition, construction, and/or
substantial improvement of tangible
property in such a zone.
(B) Reasonable written schedule.
There is a written schedule consistent
with the ordinary start-up of a trade or
business for the expenditure of the
working capital assets. Under the
schedule, the working capital assets
must be spent within 31 months of the
receipt by the business of the assets.
(C) Property consumption consistent.
The working capital assets are actually
used in a manner that is substantially
consistent with the writing and written
schedule described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(v)(A) and (B) of this section. If
consumption of the working capital
assets is delayed by waiting for
governmental action the application for
which is complete, that delay does not
cause a failure of this paragraph
(d)(3)(v)(C).
(D) Federally declared disasters. If the
qualified opportunity zone business is
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1983
located in a qualified opportunity zone
within a federally declared disaster (as
defined in section 165(i)(5)(A)), the
qualified opportunity zone business
may receive up to an additional 24
months to consume its working capital
assets, as long as it otherwise meets the
requirements of paragraph (d)(3)(v) of
this section.
(E) Ability of a single business to
benefit from more than a single
application of the safe harbor. A
business may benefit from multiple
overlapping or sequential applications
of the working capital safe harbor,
provided that each application
independently satisfies all of the
requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A)
through (C) of this section.
(F) Ability of tangible property to
benefit from more than a single
application of the safe harbor. Tangible
property may benefit for an additional
31-month period, for a total of 62
months, in the form of multiple
overlapping or a sequential application
of the working capital safe harbor,
provided that each application
independently satisfies all of the
requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A)
through (C) of this section, the working
capital assets from an expiring 31month period were expended in
accordance with the requirements in
paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of
this section, and the subsequent
infusions of working capital assets form
an integral part of the plan covered by
the initial working capital safe harbor
period. An overlapping or sequential
application of the working capital safe
harbor must include a substantial
amount of working capital assets (which
may include debt instruments described
in section 1221(a)(4)).
(G) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
(1) Example 1. General application of
working capital safe harbor—(i) Facts. QOF
F creates a domestic C corporation E to open
a fast-food restaurant and acquires almost all
of the equity of E in exchange for cash. E has
a written plan and a 20-month schedule for
the use of this cash to establish the
restaurant. Among the planned uses for the
cash are identification of favorable locations
in the qualified opportunity zone, leasing a
building suitable for such a restaurant,
outfitting the building with appropriate
equipment and furniture (both owned and
leased), necessary security deposits,
obtaining a franchise and local permits, and
the hiring and training of kitchen and wait
staff. Not-yet-disbursed amounts were held in
assets described in section 1397C(e)(1), and
these assets were eventually expended in a
manner consistent with the plan and
schedule.
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1984
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Analysis. E’s use of the cash qualifies
for the working capital safe harbor described
in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
(2) Example 2. Multiple applications of
working capital safe harbor—(i) Facts. QOF
G creates a domestic C corporation H to start
a new technology company and acquires
equity of H in exchange for cash on Date 1.
In addition to H’s rapid deployment of
capital received from other equity investors,
H writes a plan with a 30-month schedule for
the use of the Date 1 cash. The plan describes
use of the cash to research and develop a new
technology (Technology), including paying
salaries for engineers and other scientists to
conduct the research, purchasing, and leasing
equipment to be used in research and
furnishing office and laboratory space.
Approximately 18 months after Date 1, on
Date 2, G acquires additional equity in H for
cash, and H writes a second plan. This new
plan has a 25-month schedule for the
development of a new application of existing
software (Application), to be marketed to
government agencies. Among the planned
uses for the cash received on Date 2 are
paying development costs, including salaries
for software engineers, other employees, and
third-party consultants to assist in
developing and marketing the new
application to the anticipated customers.
Not-yet-disbursed amounts that were
scheduled for development of the
Technology and the Application were held in
assets described in section 1397C(e)(1), and
these assets were eventually expended in a
manner substantially consistent with the
plans and schedules for both the Technology
and the Application.
(ii) Analysis. H’s use of both the cash
received on Date 1 and the cash received on
Date 2 qualifies for the working capital safe
harbor described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section.
(3) Example 3. General application of
working capital safe harbor—(i) Facts. In
2019, Taxpayer H realized $w million of
capital gains and within the 180-day period
invested $w million in QOF T, a qualified
opportunity fund. QOF T immediately
acquired from partnership P a partnership
interest in P, solely in exchange for $w
million of cash. P immediately placed the $w
million in working capital assets, which
remained in working capital assets until
used. P had written plans to acquire land in
a qualified opportunity zone on which it
planned to construct a commercial building.
Of the $w million, $x million was dedicated
to the land purchase, $y million to the
construction of the building, and $z million
to ancillary but necessary expenditures for
the project. The written plans provided for
purchase of the land within a month of
receipt of the cash from QOF T and for the
remaining $y and $z million to be spent
within the next 30 months on construction of
the building and on the ancillary
expenditures. All expenditures were made on
schedule, consuming the $w million. During
the taxable years that overlap with the first
31-month period, P had no gross income
other than that derived from the amounts
held in those working capital assets. Prior to
completion of the building, P’s only assets
were the land it purchased, the unspent
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
amounts in the working capital assets, and
P’s work in process as the building was
constructed.
(ii) Analysis—P met the three requirements
of the safe harbor provided in paragraphs
(d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this section. P had
a written plan to spend the $w received from
QOF T for the acquisition, construction, and/
or substantial improvement of tangible
property in a qualified opportunity zone, as
defined in section 1400Z–1(a). P had a
written schedule consistent with the ordinary
start-up for a business for the expenditure of
the working capital assets. And, finally, P’s
working capital assets were actually used in
a manner that was substantially consistent
with its written plan and the ordinary startup of a business. First, the $x million, the $y
million, and the $z million are treated as
reasonable in amount for purposes of
sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii). Second, because P had no other
gross income during the 31 months at issue,
100 percent of P’s gross income during that
time is treated as derived from an active trade
or business in the qualified opportunity zone
for purposes of satisfying the 50-percent test
of section 1397C(b)(2). Third, for purposes of
satisfying the requirement of section
1397C(b)(4), during the period of land
acquisition and building construction a
substantial portion of P’s intangible property
is treated as being used in the active conduct
of a trade or business in the qualified
opportunity zone. Fourth, all of the facts
described are consistent with QOF T’s
interest in P being a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest for purposes of
satisfying the 90-percent investment standard
in section 1400Z–2(d)(1).
(iii) Analysis if P had purchased an
existing building. The conclusions would
also apply if P’s plans had been to buy and
substantially improve a pre-existing
commercial building. In addition, the fact
that P’s basis in the building has not yet
doubled would not cause the building to fail
to satisfy section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
(vi) Safe harbor for gross income
derived from the active conduct of
business. Solely for purposes of
applying the 50-percent test in section
1397C(b)(2) to the definition of a
qualified opportunity zone business in
section 1400Z–2(d)(3), if any gross
income is derived from property that
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section treats
as a reasonable amount of working
capital, then that gross income is
counted toward satisfaction of the 50percent test.
(vii) Safe harbor for use of intangible
property. Solely for purposes of
applying the use requirement in section
1397C(b)(4) to the definition of a
qualified opportunity zone business
under section 1400Z–2(d)(3), intangible
property purchased or licensed by the
trade or business, pursuant to the
reasonable written plan with a written
schedule for the expenditure of the
working capital, satisfies the use
requirement during any period in which
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the business is proceeding in a manner
that is substantially consistent with
paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of
this section.
(viii) Safe harbor for property on
which working capital is being
expended—(A) In general. If paragraph
(d)(3)(v) of this section treats property
that would otherwise be nonqualified
financial property as being a reasonable
amount of working capital because of
compliance with the three requirements
of paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of
this section and if the tangible property
referred to in paragraph (d)(3)(v)(A) is
expected to satisfy the requirements of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) as a result of
the planned expenditure of those
working capital assets, then tangible
property purchased, leased, or improved
by the trade or business, pursuant to the
written plan for the expenditure of the
working capital assets, is treated as
qualified opportunity zone business
property satisfying the requirements of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i), during that
and subsequent working capital periods
the property is subject to, for purposes
of the 70-percent tangible property
standard in section 1400Z–2(d)(3).
(B) Example. Multiple applications of
working capital safe harbor to tangible
property—(i) Facts. B also borrows cash and
forms a domestic C corporation B to develop
a large mixed-use real estate development
that will consist of commercial and
residential real property, owning almost all
of the equity of B in exchange for cash. QOF
A has a master written plan for the
completion of the commercial and residential
real property over a 55 month period. The
plan provides that the commercial real
property will be completed over a 30 month
schedule and subsequently, the residential
real property will be completed over a 25
month schedule. The plan further provides
that a portion of the commercial real property
is unable to be used in a trade or business
after the completion of the commercial real
property since that portion of the commercial
real property will be unusable during the
residential construction phase. Pursuant to
B’s original master plan for the completion of
the real estate development, QOF A acquires
additional equity in B for cash after the
completion of the commercial development
phase, and B commences use of those
working capital assets for residential
development phase.
(ii) Analysis. B’s use of the cash for the
commercial and residential phase qualified
for the working capital safe harbor described
in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section. In
addition, all of B’s commercial real property
developed pursuant to B’s original master
plan is treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property under paragraph
(d)(3)(viii) of this section.
(ix) Real property straddling a
qualified opportunity zone. For
purposes of satisfying the requirements
in this paragraph (d)(3) in the case of
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
real property that straddles a qualified
opportunity zone, a qualified
opportunity zone is the location of
services, tangible property, or business
functions if—
(A) The trade or business uses the
portion of the real property located
within a qualified opportunity zone in
carrying out its business activities;
(B) The trade or business uses the real
property located outside of a qualified
opportunity zone in carrying out its
business activities;
(C) The amount of the real property
located within a qualified opportunity
zone is substantial compared to the
amount of real property located outside
of a qualified opportunity zone; and
(D) The real property located in the
qualified opportunity zone is
contiguous to part, or all, of the real
property located outside of the qualified
opportunity zone.
(E) In general, one of the two methods
in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(1) and (2) of
this section may be chosen to determine
whether the amount of real property
located in the qualified opportunity
zone is substantial compared to the
amount of real property located outside
the qualified opportunity zone.
(1) Square footage test. If the amount
of real property based on square footage
located within the qualified opportunity
zone is greater than the amount of real
property based on square footage
outside of the qualified opportunity
zone, and the real property outside of
the qualified opportunity zone is
contiguous to part or all of the real
property located inside the qualified
opportunity zone, then all of the
property is deemed to be located within
a qualified opportunity zone. The test in
this paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(1) is carried
out at the time at which the subject real
property is acquired.
(2) Unadjusted cost test. If the
unadjusted cost of the real property
located inside a qualified opportunity
zone is greater than the unadjusted cost
of the real property outside the qualified
opportunity zone, and the real property
outside of the qualified opportunity
zone is contiguous to all or part of the
real property located inside the
qualified opportunity zone, then all of
the property is deemed to be located
within a qualified opportunity zone.
The unadjusted cost basis of property
acquired as a single tract is presumed to
be allocated on the basis of the square
footage of the property. The test in this
paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(2) is carried out
at the time at which the subject real
property is acquired.
(F) For purposes of the two tests
described in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(1)
and (2) of this section, two or more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
tracts or parcels of land are contiguous
if they share common boundaries or
would share common boundaries but for
the interposition of a road, street,
railroad, stream or similar property.
Tracts or parcels of land which touch
only at a common corner are not
contiguous.
(x) Example. The following example
illustrates the rules of paragraph (d)(3)
of this section—
(A) Facts. In 2019, Taxpayer H realized $w
million of capital gains and within the 180day period invested $w million in QOF T, a
qualified opportunity fund. QOF T
immediately acquired from partnership P a
partnership interest in P, solely in exchange
for $w million of cash. P immediately placed
the $w million in working capital assets,
which remained in working capital assets
until used. P had written plans to acquire
land in a qualified opportunity zone on
which it planned to construct a commercial
building. Of the $w million, $x million was
dedicated to the land purchase, $y million to
the construction of the building, and $z
million to ancillary but necessary
expenditures for the project. The written
plans provided for purchase of the land
within a month of receipt of the cash from
QOF T and for the remaining $y and $z
million to be spent within the next 30
months on construction of the building and
on the ancillary expenditures. All
expenditures were made on schedule,
consuming the $w million. During the
taxable years that overlap with the first 31month period, P had no gross income other
than that derived from the amounts held in
those working capital assets. Prior to
completion of the building, P’s only assets
were the land it purchased, the unspent
amounts in the working capital assets, and
P’s work in process as the building was
constructed.
(B) Analysis—(1) P met the three
requirements of the safe harbor provided in
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section. P had a
written plan to spend the $w received from
QOF T for the acquisition, construction, and/
or substantial improvement of tangible
property in a qualified opportunity zone, as
defined in section 1400Z–1(a). P had a
written schedule consistent with the ordinary
start-up for a business for the expenditure of
the working capital assets. And, finally, P’s
working capital assets were actually used in
a manner that was substantially consistent
with its written plan and the ordinary startup of a business. Therefore, the $x million,
the $y million, and the $z million are treated
as reasonable in amount for purposes of
sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
(2) Because P had no other gross income
during the 31 months at issue, 100 percent
of P’s gross income during that time is treated
as derived from an active trade or business
in the qualified opportunity zone for
purposes of satisfying the 50-percent test of
section 1397C(b)(2).
(3) For purposes of satisfying the
requirement of section 1397C(b)(4), during
the period of land acquisition and building
construction a substantial portion of P’s
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1985
intangible property is treated as being used
in the active conduct of a trade or business
in the qualified opportunity zone.
(4) All of the facts described are consistent
with QOF T’s interest in P being a qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest for
purposes of satisfying the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z–
2(d)(1).
(C) Analysis if P had purchased an existing
building. The conclusions in paragraph
(d)(3)(x)(B) of this section would also apply
if P’s plans had been to buy and substantially
improve a pre-existing commercial building.
In addition, the fact that P’s basis in the
building has not yet doubled would not
cause the building to fail to satisfy section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
(4) Trade or businesses described in
section 144(c)(6)(B) not eligible—(i)
Pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(d)(3)(A)(iii), the following trades or
businesses, and businesses leasing more
than a de minimis amount of property
to the following trades or businesses,
cannot qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business:
(A) Any private or commercial golf
course;
(B) Country club;
(C) Massage parlor;
(D) Hot tub facility;
(E) Suntan facility;
(F) Racetrack or other facility used for
gambling; or
(G) Any store the principal business
of which is the sale of alcoholic
beverages for consumption off premises.
(ii) De minimis amounts of gross
income attributable to a business
described in section 144(c)(6)(B) will
not cause a trade or business to fail to
be a qualified opportunity zone
business.
(iii) The term de minimis amount of
property, used in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of
this section, means less than 5 percent
of the net rentable square feet for real
property and less than 5 percent of the
value for all other tangible property. The
term de minimis amount of gross
income, used in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of
this section, means less than 5 percent
of the gross income of the qualified
opportunity zone business may be
attributable to the types of business
described in section 144(c)(6)(B).
(iv) The following examples illustrate
the rules of paragraph (d)(4) of this
section:
(A) Example 1. Entity A is a QOF that
meets the requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(1). Entity A owns qualified opportunity
zone stock in a domestic corporation
described in section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(B), which
operates a hotel located in a qualified
opportunity zone that qualifies as a trade or
business. As part of that trade or business,
the hotel operates a spa that provides
massages and other therapies. Less than 5
percent of the hotel’s total gross income is
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1986
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
attributable to the spa, and less than 5
percent of the net rentable square feet for real
property and less than 5 percent of the value
for all other tangible property is attributable
to the spa. As a result, the operation of the
spa, which is a business described in section
144(c)(6)(B), will not prevent the operation of
the hotel from qualifying as a qualified
opportunity zone business.
(B) Example 2—(1) Facts. Entity B is a
qualified opportunity zone business that
meets the requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(3). Entity B plans to acquire a
commercial golf course that consists of land
and other related buildings and equipment in
a qualified opportunity zone, that will satisfy
each requirement for qualified opportunity
zone business property set forth in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D). Instead of directly
managing and operating the commercial golf
course business, Entity B will lease the land
and other related buildings and equipment to
a third party to manage and operate the
commercial golf course. The leased real
property represents more than 5 percent of
the net rentable square feet of Entity B’s real
property and the leased and other tangible
property represents more than 5 percent of
the value for all other tangible property of
Entity B.
(2) Analysis. Because a golf course is
prohibited from being a qualified trade or
business under section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii),
the leasing arrangement will cause Entity B
to fail to be a qualified opportunity zone
business regardless of the satisfaction of each
requirement set forth in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D).
(C) Example 3—(1) Facts. Entity B meets
the explicit requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(1) and has certified itself as a QOF.
Entity B owns a commercial golf course that
consists of land and other related buildings
and equipment in a qualified opportunity
zone, and the land and buildings satisfy all
explicit requirements (in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)) to be qualified opportunity zone
business property. Entity B manages and
operates the commercial golf course business,
but does not manage or operate any other
trade or business not described in section
144(c)(6)(B) (listing businesses not eligible to
be a qualified opportunity zone business
pursuant to section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii)).
Entity B chose to operate the commercial golf
course through Entity B, rather than through
a qualified opportunity zone business, in
order to avoid the requirement in section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(iii), which provides that a
qualified opportunity zone business cannot
operate a commercial golf course due to the
inclusion of that trade or business in section
144(c)(6)(B).
(2) Analysis. The ownership and operation
of the golf course at the QOF level will not
disqualify the QOF because the prohibition
on businesses described in section
144(c)(6)(B) is not applicable at the QOF
level. In addition, if each requirement set
forth in section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D) is satisfied,
the property used in the commercial golf
course will qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property held by Entity B for
purposes of section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(A).
(5) Tangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business that ceases to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
be qualified opportunity zone business
property. For qualified opportunity zone
businesses, tangible property that ceases
to be qualified opportunity zone
business property shall continue to be
treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property for the lesser of five
years after the date on which such
tangible property ceases to be so
qualified or the date on which such
tangible property is no longer held by
the qualified opportunity zone business.
However, tangible property is not
eligible for the benefits provided in this
paragraph (d)(5) unless the tangible
property ceasing to qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property was
qualified opportunity zone business
property used by a qualified
opportunity zone business in a qualified
opportunity zone for two years. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(5),
tangible property purchased, leased, or
improved by a trade or business, that is
treated as satisfying the requirements of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) during that
working capital safe harbor period
pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section or that 30-month substantial
improvement period described in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–2(b)(4), is not treated as
used by a qualified opportunity zone
business in a qualified opportunity zone
for any portion of the two year period
described in this paragraph (d)(5).
(6) Cure period for qualified
opportunity zone businesses. (i) For
purposes of the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business holding
period requirements set forth in sections
1400Z–2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III), 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(C)(iii), and 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III), if a trade or business
causes the QOF to fail the 90-percent
investment standard on a semiannual
testing date, the QOF may treat the stock
or partnership interest in that business
as qualified opportunity zone property
for that semiannual testing date
provided the business corrects the
failure within 6 months of the date on
which the stock or partnership interest
lost its qualification.
(ii) If the failure occurs on the last
testing date of the taxable year, the sixmonth cure period described in
paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section is
available to the QOF only if the QOF
files a valid application for an extension
of time to file its tax return.
(iii) Each QOF is permitted only one
correction pursuant to paragraph (d)(6)
of this section. If the entity, at the end
of the additional six-month cure period,
fails to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business, then the
QOF becomes subject to the penalty
under section 1400Z–2(f)(1) for each
month the entity failed to qualify as a
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
qualified opportunity zone business
beginning with the first month
following the last month that the QOF
met the 90-percent investment standard.
(e) Applicability dates—(1) In general.
The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a taxpayer’s first taxable year
ending after December 21, 2017, that
began on December 22, 2017, and for
taxable years beginning after December
21, 2017, and on or before March 13,
2020, a taxpayer may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–115420–
18) published on October 29, 2018, as
amplified by the notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–120186–18) published
on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in
a consistent manner for all such taxable
years.
■ Par. 7. Section 1.1400Z2(d)–2 is
added to read as follows:
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–2 Qualified opportunity zone
business property.
(a) Qualified opportunity zone
business property—(1) In general. This
section provides rules for determining
whether owned or leased tangible
property held by an eligible entity
(within the meaning of § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(a)(1)) is qualified opportunity zone
business property within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D). Paragraph
(a)(2) of this section provides general
requirements that tangible property
must satisfy to be qualified opportunity
zone business property. Paragraph (b) of
this section provides rules related to
owned tangible property. Paragraph (c)
of this section provides rules related to
leased tangible property (that is,
tangible property that the eligible entity
acquires by lease from a lessor).
Paragraph (d) of this section provides
rules related to the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property
holding period requirement and the 70percent use test of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). Paragraph (e) of this
section provides the dates of
applicability of this section.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone
business property requirements. The
term qualified opportunity zone
business property means tangible
property owned or leased by an eligible
entity (as defined in § 1.1400Z2(d)–
1(a)(1)) that—
(i) Is used by the eligible entity in a
trade or business within the meaning of
section 162; and
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Satisfies the requirements of
paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section, as applicable.
(b) Tangible property owned by an
eligible entity—(1) Purchase
requirement—(i) In general. In the case
of tangible property that is owned by an
eligible entity, the tangible property
must be acquired by the eligible entity
after December 31, 2017, by purchase as
defined by section 179(d)(2) from a
person that is not a related person
within the meaning of section 1400Z–
2(e)(2) (providing that persons are
related to each other if such persons are
described in section 267(b) or section
707(b)(1), determined by substituting
‘‘20 percent’’ for ‘‘50 percent’’ each
place it appears in such sections).
(ii) Plan, intent, or expectation for
seller to repurchase acquired property.
In the case of real property that is
purchased by an eligible entity, if, at the
time of the purchase, there was a plan,
intent, or expectation for the acquired
real property to be repurchased by the
seller of the real property for an amount
of consideration other than the fair
market value of the real property,
determined at the time of the repurchase
by the seller, the purchased real
property is not qualified opportunity
zone business property.
(iii) Property manufactured,
constructed, or produced for use in a
qualified opportunity zone—(A) In
general. In the case of tangible property
manufactured, constructed, or produced
by an eligible entity, if the property is
manufactured, constructed, or produced
for use by an eligible entity with the
intent to use such property in a trade or
business in a qualified opportunity
zone, then such property satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section if the manufacture,
construction, or production begins after
December 31, 2017. The materials and
supplies used to manufacture, construct,
or produce qualified opportunity zone
business property by the eligible entity
must also be qualified opportunity zone
business property.
(B) Time when manufacture,
construction or production considered
to begin. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) of this section, the acquisition
date of such property is the date on
which the manufacture, construction, or
production of property (as defined in
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section)
begins. The manufacture, construction,
or production of property begins when
physical work of a significant nature
begins. Physical work does not include
preliminary activities such as planning
or designing, securing financing,
exploring or researching. The
determination of when physical work of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
a significant nature begins depends on
the facts and circumstances. For
example, if a factory is to be constructed
on-site, construction begins when
physical work of a significant nature
commences at the site; this could occur,
for example, when work begins on the
excavation of footings, or the pourings
of pads for the factory. Preliminary
work, such as clearing or testing of soil
condition, does not constitute the
beginning of construction.
(C) Safe harbor. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, a
taxpayer may choose to determine when
physical work of a significant nature
begins in accordance with this
paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(C). Physical work of
a significant nature will not be
considered to begin before the taxpayer
incurs or pays more than 10 percent of
the total cost of the property (excluding
the cost of any land and preliminary
activities such as planning or designing,
securing financing, exploring, or
researching).
(2) Original use or substantial
improvement requirement—(i) In
general. In the case of tangible property
owned by the eligible entity either—
(A) The original use of the owned
tangible property in the qualified
opportunity zone, within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, must
commence with the eligible entity; or
(B) The eligible entity must
substantially improve the owned
tangible property within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(4) of this section (which
defines substantial improvement in this
context).
(ii) Inventory. Inventory (including
raw materials) of a trade or business
produced by an eligible entity after
December 31, 2017, is deemed to satisfy
the requirements set forth in paragraphs
(b)(1) and (b)(2)(i) of this section.
(3) Original use of tangible property
acquired by purchase—(i) Original
use—(A) In general. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
original use of tangible property in a
qualified opportunity zone commences
on the date any person first places the
property in service in the qualified
opportunity zone for purposes of
depreciation or amortization, or first
uses it in a manner that would allow
depreciation or amortization if that
person were the property’s owner.
(B) Commencement of original use of
vacant property. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(3), if real property,
including land and buildings, has been
vacant for an uninterrupted period of at
least one calendar year beginning on a
date prior to the date on which the
qualified opportunity zone in which the
property is located is listed as a
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1987
designated qualified opportunity zone
in a QOZ designation notice and the
property has remained vacant through
the date on which the property was
purchased by the eligible entity, or if the
property has been vacant for an
uninterrupted three calendar year
period beginning on a date after the date
of publication of the QOZ designation
notice that lists as designated the
qualified opportunity zone in which the
property is located and the property has
remained vacant through the date on
which the property was purchased by
the eligible entity, original use in the
qualified opportunity zone commences
on the date after that period when any
person first so uses or places the
property in service in the qualified
opportunity zone. Such property must
satisfy the definition of vacancy under
paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section.
(C) Used tangible property. Used
tangible property satisfies the original
use requirement if the property has not
been previously so used or placed in
service in the qualified opportunity
zone. If the tangible property had been
so used or placed in service in the
qualified opportunity zone before it is
acquired by purchase, it must be
substantially improved in order to
satisfy the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(D) Example. The following example
illustrates the principles of paragraph
(b)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
(1) Facts. On January 1, 2019, QOF A
purchases from a developer a newly
constructed hotel building located in a
qualified opportunity zone for $10 million.
The developer purchased a parcel of land in
that qualified opportunity zone, and
constructed the hotel building thereon, with
the intent and expectation to sell the building
to a QOF. As of the time of the purchase, the
developer had not placed the hotel building
in service in the qualified opportunity zone
for purposes of depreciation. Other than the
original use requirement, assume that the
hotel building satisfies all requirements
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D). In addition,
assume that, at the time of the purchase, the
developer had no plan, intent, or expectation
to repurchase the hotel building.
(2) Analysis. At the time of QOF A’s
purchase of the hotel building, the original
use of the hotel building had not commenced
because the developer had not yet placed the
hotel building into service for purposes of
depreciation in a qualified opportunity zone.
See paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
Therefore, the original use of the hotel
building in the qualified opportunity zone in
which the building is located is treated as
commencing with QOF A. See paragraph
(b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. As a result, the
hotel building purchased by QOF A is treated
as satisfying the original use requirement of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1988
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Lessee improvements to leased
property. Improvements made by a
lessee to leased property satisfy the
original use requirement in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) as purchased
property for the amount of the
unadjusted cost basis under section
1012 of such improvements.
(iii) Vacancy. Solely for purposes of
meeting the requirements of section
1400Z–2, real property, including land
and buildings, is considered to be in a
state of vacancy if the property is
significantly unused. A building or land
will be considered significantly unused
if more than 80 percent of the building
or land, as measured by the square
footage of useable space, is not currently
being used.
(iv) Brownfield sites. An eligible
entity that purchases a parcel of land
that is a brownfield site, as defined by
section 101 of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(42 U.S.C. 9601) (brownfield site), may
treat all property composing the
brownfield site (including the land and
structures thereon) as satisfying the
original use requirement of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II), if, within a
reasonable period, the eligible entity
makes investments in the brownfield
site to ensure that all property
composing the brownfield site meets
basic safety standards for both human
health and the environment.
(v) Property involuntarily transferred
to local government. An eligible entity
that purchases real property from a local
government that the local government
holds as the result of an involuntary
transfer (including through
abandonment, bankruptcy, foreclosure,
or receivership) may treat all property
composing the real property (including
the land and structures thereon) as
satisfying the original use requirement
of section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(4) Substantial improvement of
tangible property acquired by
purchase—(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this
section, for purposes of paragraph (b)(2)
of this section, tangible property is
treated as substantially improved by an
eligible entity only if it meets the
requirements of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) during the 30-month
substantial improvement period. The
property has been substantially
improved when the additions to basis of
the property in the hands of the QOF
exceed an amount equal to the adjusted
basis of such property at the beginning
of such 30-month period in the hands of
the QOF (substantial improvement
requirement).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(ii) Treatment of property in the 30month substantial improvement period.
For purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard under section
1400Z–2(d)(1), tangible property
purchased, leased, or improved by a
trade or business that is undergoing the
substantial improvement process but
has not yet been placed in service by the
eligible entity or used in the eligible
entity’s trade or business is treated as
satisfying the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i) and paragraph (b)(2)
of this section for the 30-month
substantial improvement period with
respect to that property provided the
eligible entity reasonably expects that
the property will be substantially
improved as defined in paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section and used in the
eligible entity’s trade or business in a
qualified opportunity zone by the end of
such 30-month period. Tangible
property described in the preceding
sentence is not considered qualified
opportunity zone business property for
purposes of the special rule in section
1400Z–2(d)(3)(B) unless the tangible
property is qualified opportunity zone
business property for at least two years
without regard to this paragraph
(b)(4)(ii).
(iii) Aggregation of original use
property that improves the functionality
of non-original use property—(A)
General rule. The cost of purchased
property that would otherwise qualify
as qualified opportunity zone business
property may be taken into account in
determining whether additions to the
basis of non-original use property
acquired by purchase satisfy the
substantial improvement requirement
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii), so
long as the purchased property is
located in the same qualified
opportunity zone (or a contiguous
qualified opportunity zone) as the nonoriginal use property, is used in the
same trade or business as the nonoriginal use property, and improves the
functionality of the non-original use
property.
(B) Improvement of non-original use
real property. If an eligible entity
chooses to apply this paragraph
(b)(4)(iii) to non-original use real
property, the eligible entity must
improve the non-original use real
property by more than an insubstantial
amount within the meaning of
paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(C) of this section.
(C) Effect on purchased property. If an
eligible entity chooses to apply this
paragraph (b)(4)(iii), the purchased
property that would otherwise qualify
as qualified opportunity zone business
property will not be treated as original
use property, and instead the basis of
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that purchased property will be taken
into account in determining whether
additions to the basis of the non-original
use property satisfy the requirements
under section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II)
and (d)(2)(D)(ii).
(D) Examples. The following
examples illustrate the principles of
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
(1) Example 1—(i) Facts. On January 1,
2019, QOF A purchases the assets of a hotel
business located in a qualified opportunity
zone for $5 million. The purchased assets
include land, a building, linens, furniture
and other fixtures attached to the building.
$1 million of the purchase price is allocated
to land and the remaining $4 million is
allocated to the building, furniture and
fixtures. During the course of renovations
over the 30-month substantial improvement
period, the QOF spent $1 million replacing
linens, mattresses and furniture, $500,000 on
the purchase of new exercise equipment for
a gym located in the hotel building, $1
million on renovations for a restaurant
(including restaurant equipment) attached to
the hotel, and $1.5 million on structural
renovations to the hotel. The QOF chooses to
apply paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section to
determine whether the substantial
improvement requirement in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) is met.
(ii) Analysis. In order for the hotel to be
considered qualified opportunity zone
business property, QOF A must substantially
improve the hotel as the hotel had previously
been placed in service in the qualified
opportunity zone. (QOF A was not required
to substantially improve the land on which
the hotel was located pursuant to paragraph
(b)(4)(iv) of this section.) Because the amount
of basis allocated to the hotel was $4 million,
QOF A must expend $4 million to improve
the hotel within the 30-month substantial
improvement period provided in section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii). The new linens,
mattresses and furniture, new exercise
equipment, and new restaurant equipment all
qualify as original use assets under section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). QOF A also
substantially improved the hotel, which was
the asset that needed to be improved under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). QOF A chose,
at the start of the 30-month period, to include
the costs of the newly purchased assets that
improve the functionality of the hotel to the
basis of the hotel. Thus, the cost of these
items is eligible to be added to the hotel’s
basis pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section. Therefore, QOF A has met the
substantial improvement requirement under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) by doubling its
basis in the hotel and its fixtures within the
30-month substantial improvement period.
The amounts spent replacing linens,
mattresses, furniture, exercise equipment,
and new restaurant equipment that were
counted toward the substantial improvement
requirement for the hotel are not considered
original use assets for purposes of the 90percent investment standard.
(2) Example 2—(i) Purchase of unrelated
property. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(D)(1)(i) of this section,
except that in addition to purchasing the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
hotel and the related land, QOF A also
purchases an apartment building one block
away from the hotel for $10 million. The
apartment building is located in the same
qualified opportunity zone as the hotel.
(ii) Analysis. QOF A may not include any
improvements made to the apartment
building, including purchased property that
improves the functionality of the apartment
building, to the basis of the hotel. QOF A
may choose, under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of
this section, to include the purchased
property that improves the functionality of
the apartment building in the basis of the
apartment building for purposes of the
substantial improvement requirement under
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(iv) Special rules for land and
improvements on land—(A) Buildings
located in a qualified opportunity zone.
In accordance with the rules set forth in
this paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(A), if an eligible
entity purchases a building located on a
parcel of land within the geographic
borders of a qualified opportunity zone,
for purposes of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), a substantial improvement
to the building is measured by the
eligible entity’s additions to the basis of
the building, as determined under
section 1012.
(B) Unimproved land. Unimproved
land that is within a qualified
opportunity zone and acquired by
purchase in accordance with section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) is not required to
be substantially improved within the
meaning of section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(D)(ii).
(C) Exception for insubstantially
improved land. Notwithstanding
paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(B) of this section, if
the land is unimproved or minimally
improved and the eligible entity
purchases the land with an expectation
or an intention to not improve the land
by more than an insubstantial amount
within 30 months after the date of
purchase, paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(B) of this
section does not apply with respect to
such land and such land is not
considered qualified opportunity zone
business property unless it is
substantially improved within the
meaning of sections 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(D)(ii). In
determining whether an eligible entity
had an expectation or an intention to
improve the land by more than an
insubstantial amount, improvements to
the land by the eligible entity (including
grading, clearing of the land,
remediation of the contaminated land,
or acquisition of related qualified
opportunity zone business property that
facilitates the use of the land in a trade
or business of the eligible entity) will be
taken into account.
(D) Remediation of contaminated
land. Betterments to land within the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
meaning of § 1.263(a)–3(j)(1)(i) may be
added to the basis of the purchased land
and included for purposes of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii) if the betterments
are paid for by the eligible entity.
(E) Separate improvement to
underlying land not required. In
determining whether the substantial
improvement test under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D) has been met with respect to
a building, there is no requirement that
the eligible entity separately
substantially improve the land upon
which the building is located.
(v) Aggregation of purchased
buildings—(A) Substantial improvement
requirement for eligible building group.
For purposes of applying the substantial
improvement requirement under
sections 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii), an eligible entity
may apply paragraph (b)(4)(v)(D) of this
section with respect to two or more
buildings located within a qualified
opportunity zone or a single series of
contiguous qualified opportunity zones,
as described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(B) or
(C) of this section (eligible building
group), respectively.
(B) Eligible building group located
entirely within parcel of land described
in single deed. All buildings comprising
an eligible building group may be
treated as a single property as that term
is used in section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(ii)
(single property), if each building
comprising the eligible building group
is located entirely within the geographic
borders of a parcel of land described in
a single deed.
(C) Eligible building group spanning
contiguous parcels of land described in
separate deeds. An eligible entity may
treat all buildings comprising an eligible
building group located entirely within
the geographic borders of contiguous
parcels of land described in separate
deeds as a single property to the extent
each building is operated as part of one
or more trades or businesses that—
(1) Are operated exclusively by the
eligible entity;
(2) Share facilities or share significant
centralized business elements, such as
personnel, accounting, legal,
manufacturing, purchasing, human
resources, or information technology
resources; and
(3) Are operated in coordination with,
or reliance upon, one or more of the
trades or businesses (for example,
supply chain interdependencies or
mixed-use facilities).
(D) Calculation of aggregate building
basis and additions to basis of single
property—(1) In general. For purposes
of the substantial improvement
requirement under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), the amount of basis
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1989
required to be added to the portion of
an eligible building group treated as a
single property equals the total amount
of basis calculated by adding the basis
of each building comprising the single
property at the beginning of the 30month period and additions to the basis
of each building comprising the single
property are aggregated to determine
satisfaction of the substantial
improvement requirement.
(2) Aggregation of original use
property that improves the functionality
of single property. In applying
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(D)(1) of this section,
purchased property that would
otherwise qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property may
be taken into account in determining
whether additions to the basis of a
single property described in paragraph
(b)(4)(v)(B) or (C) of this section satisfy
the substantial improvement
requirement under section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(D)(ii).
(c) Tangible property leased by an
eligible entity. In the case of tangible
property with respect to which an
eligible entity is a lessee—
(1) Qualifying acquisition of
possession. The tangible property must
be acquired by the eligible entity under
a lease entered into after December 31,
2017.
(2) Arms-length terms—(i) General
rule. The terms of the lease must be
market rate (that is, the terms of the
lease reflect common, arms-length
market pricing in the locale that
includes the qualified opportunity zone
as determined under section 482 and all
section 482 regulations in this chapter)
at the time that the lease was entered
into.
(ii) Rebuttable presumption regarding
unrelated persons. There will be a
rebuttable presumption that the terms of
the lease were market rate for leases
between persons not related within the
meaning of section 1400Z–2(e)(2)
(unrelated persons), and thus, the
parties to the lease are not required to
perform a section 482 analysis.
(iii) Exception for state, local, and
Indian tribal governments. For purposes
of this paragraph (c)(2), tangible
property acquired by lease from a state
or local government, or an Indian tribal
government, is not considered tangible
property acquired by lease from a
related person within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(e)(2) (related person).
(3) Additional requirements for
tangible property leased from a related
person. If the lessor is a related person
with respect to an eligible entity that is
the lessee of tangible property, the
requirements of paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and
(ii) of this section, as applicable, must
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1990
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
be satisfied in order for the tangible
property to be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property.
(i) Prepayments of not more than one
year. The lessee at no time makes any
prepayment in connection with the
lease relating to a period of use of the
tangible property that exceeds 12
months.
(ii) Purchase of other qualified
opportunity zone business property. In
the case of leased tangible property that
is personal property, if the original use
of the leased tangible personal property
in a qualified opportunity zone (within
the meaning of paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of
this section) does not commence with
the lessee, the property is not qualified
opportunity zone business property
unless, during the relevant testing
period (as defined in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
of this section), the lessee becomes the
owner of tangible property that is
qualified opportunity zone business
property having a value not less than
the value of that leased tangible
personal property. There must be
substantial overlap of the qualified
opportunity zone(s) in which the owner
of the tangible property so acquired uses
it and the qualified opportunity zone(s)
in which that person uses the leased
tangible personal property.
(iii) Original use of leased tangible
property—(A) In general. For purposes
of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the
original use of leased tangible property
in a qualified opportunity zone
commences on the date any person first
places the property in service in the
qualified opportunity zone for purposes
of depreciation (or first uses the
property in the qualified opportunity
zone in a manner that would allow
depreciation or amortization if that
person were the property’s owner).
(B) Used leased tangible property.
Used leased tangible personal property
can satisfy the original use requirement
if the property has not been previously
so used or placed in service in the
qualified opportunity zone.
(iv) Relevant testing period. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, the relevant testing period is the
period that begins on the date that the
lessee receives possession under the
lease of the leased tangible personal
property and ends on the earlier of—
(A) The date 30-months after the date
the lessee receives possession of the
leased tangible personal property under
the lease; or
(B) The last day of the term of the
lease (within the meaning of
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b)(4)(iii)(D)).
(4) Plan, intent, or expectation for
purchases not for fair market value. In
the case of real property that is leased
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
by an eligible entity, if, at the time the
lease is entered into, there was a plan,
intent, or expectation for the real
property to be purchased by the eligible
entity for an amount of consideration
other than the fair market value of the
real property determined at the time of
the purchase without regard to any prior
lease payments, the leased real property
is not qualified opportunity zone
business property.
(d) Holding period and use within a
qualified opportunity zone of owned or
leased tangible property—(1) In general.
In the case of tangible property that is
owned or leased by an eligible entity,
during substantially all of the eligible
entity’s holding period for the tangible
property, substantially all of the use of
the tangible property must be in a
qualified opportunity zone.
(2) Valuation of owned and leased
property. For purposes of the 70-percent
use test in paragraph (d)(4) of this
section, the value of owned and leased
property is required to be determined in
accordance with the valuation
methodologies provided in
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(b), and such value in
the case of leased tangible personal
property is to be determined on the date
the lessee receives possession of the
tangible personal property under the
lease.
(3) Substantially all of an eligible
entity’s holding period for owned or
leased tangible property—(i) In general.
For purposes of determining whether
the holding period requirement in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section is
satisfied, the term substantially all
means at least 90 percent. The holding
period requirement is applied on a
semiannual basis, based on the entire
amount of time the eligible entity has
owned or leased such property. Thus,
on each semiannual testing date of the
eligible entity, the tangible property
satisfies the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property
holding period requirement of section
1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) only if, during at
least 90 percent of the period during
which the QOF has owned or leased the
property, the property has satisfied the
70-percent use test in paragraph (d)(4) of
this section.
(ii) Semiannual qualified opportunity
zone business test. For purposes of
determining satisfaction of the 90percent qualified opportunity zone
business property holding period test
described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this
section in the case of a QOF, the
determination of whether property
satisfies the 70-percent use test is made
on a semiannual basis pursuant to
section 1400Z–2(d)(1) and paragraph
(d)(4) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) Substantially all of the use of
owned or leased tangible property in a
qualified opportunity zone—(i) 70percent use test. Tangible property used
in a trade or business of an eligible
entity satisfies the substantially all
requirement of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
section (that is, the 70-percent use test)
if and only if the tangible property is
qualified tangible property. Qualified
tangible property is tangible property
that satisfies the requirements of
paragraph (d)(4)(ii), (iii) (subject to the
limitation in paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this
section), or (v) of this section.
(ii) Qualified tangible property.
Tangible property held by a trade or
business is qualified tangible property
to the extent, based on the number of
days between two consecutive
semiannual testing dates, not less than
70 percent of the total utilization of the
tangible property by the trade or
business occurs at a location within the
geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone.
(iii) Safe harbor for tangible property
utilized in rendering services inside and
outside of a qualified opportunity zone.
Subject to the limitation described in
paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section,
tangible property utilized by a trade or
business in rendering services both
inside and outside of the geographic
borders of a qualified opportunity zone
may be treated as qualified tangible
property if—
(A) The tangible property utilized in
rendering the service directly generates
gross income for the trade or business
both inside and outside of the
geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone;
(B) The trade or business has an office
or other facility located within the
geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone (QOZ office);
(C) The tangible property is operated
by employees of the trade or business
who—
(1) Regularly use a QOZ office of the
trade or business in the course of
carrying out their duties; and
(2) Are managed directly, actively,
and substantially on a day-to-day basis
by one or more employees of the trade
or business who carry out their duties
at a QOZ office; and
(D) The tangible property is not
operated exclusively outside of the
geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone for a period longer
than 14 consecutive days for the
generation of gross income for the trade
or business.
(iv) Limitation. For purposes of the
70-percent tangible property standard,
the safe harbor provided in paragraph
(d)(4)(iii) of this section may not be used
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
to treat more than 20 percent of the
tangible property of the trade or
business as qualified tangible property.
(v) Safe harbor for tangible property
owned by leasing businesses with QOZ
offices. Tangible property of a trade or
business, the employees of which use a
QOZ office of the trade or business to
regularly lease such tangible property to
customers of the trade or business, may
be treated as qualified tangible property
if—
(A) Consistent with the normal, usual,
or customary conduct of the trade or
business, when not subject to a lease to
a customer of the trade or business, the
tangible property is parked or otherwise
stored at a QOZ office; and
(B) No lease under which a customer
of the trade or business acquires
possession of the tangible property is for
a duration (including extensions) longer
than 30 consecutive days.
(vi) Use of tangible property in one or
more qualified opportunity zones. In
accordance with paragraphs (d)(4)(ii)
through (v) of this section, if qualified
tangible property is utilized by the trade
or business in one or more qualified
opportunity zones, satisfaction of the
70-percent use test is determined by
aggregating the number of days the
tangible property is utilized by the trade
or business in each qualified
opportunity zone.
(vii) Real property straddling a
qualified opportunity zone. For
purposes of satisfying the requirements
in this paragraph (d), the rules of
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(d)(3)(ix) apply to a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business for determining whether real
property is situated in a qualified
opportunity zone.
(viii) Safe harbor for inventory in
transit—(A) In general. In determining
whether tangible property is used in a
qualified opportunity zone for purposes
of applying the 70-percent use test
under paragraph (d)(4) of this section,
inventory (including raw materials) of a
trade or business does not fail to be used
in a qualified opportunity zone solely
because the inventory is in transit—
(1) From a vendor to a facility of the
trade or business that is in a qualified
opportunity zone; or
(2) From a facility of the trade or
business that is in a qualified
opportunity zone to customers of the
trade or business that are not located in
a qualified opportunity zone.
(B) No effect from certain events in
transit. The distance traveled by the
inventory while it is in transit, or the
fact that the inventory is briefly
warehoused while in transit, does not
affect the application of the safe harbor
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
described in paragraph (d)(4)(viii) of
this section.
(e) Applicability dates—(1) In general.
The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a taxpayer’s first taxable year
ending after December 21, 2017, that
began on December 22, 2017, and for
taxable years beginning after December
21, 2017, and on or before March 13,
2020, a taxpayer may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–115420–
18) published on October 29, 2018, as
amplified by the notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–120186–18) published
on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in
a consistent manner for all such taxable
years.
§ 1.1400Z2(e)–1
[Added and Reserved]
Par. 8. Reserved § 1.1400Z2(e)–1 is
added.
■ Par. 9. Section 1.1400Z2(f)–1 is added
to read as follows:
■
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1 Administrative rulespenalties, anti-abuse, etc.
(a) In general. Except as provided by
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a)(2)(iv)(B) with respect
to a taxpayer’s first taxable year as a
QOF, if a QOF fails to satisfy the 90percent investment standard in section
1400Z–2(d)(1), then the QOF must pay
the statutory penalty set forth in section
1400Z–2(f) for each month it fails to
meet the 90-percent investment
standard.
(b) Time period for a QOF to reinvest
certain proceeds—(1) In general. If a
QOF receives proceeds from the return
of capital or the sale or disposition of
some or all of its qualified opportunity
zone property within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(d)(2)(A), and if the
QOF reinvests some or all of the
proceeds in qualified opportunity zone
property by the last day of the 12-month
period beginning on the date of the
distribution, sale, or disposition, then
the proceeds, to the extent that they are
so reinvested, are treated as qualified
opportunity zone property for purposes
of the 90-percent investment standard in
section 1400Z–2(d)(1), but only to the
extent that prior to the reinvestment in
qualified opportunity zone property the
proceeds are continuously held in cash,
cash equivalents, or debt instruments
with a term of 18 months or less. If
reinvestment of the proceeds is delayed
by waiting for governmental action the
application for which is complete, that
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1991
delay does not cause a failure of the 12month requirement in this paragraph
(b).
(2) Federally declared disasters. If the
QOF’s plan to reinvest some or all of the
proceeds described in paragraph (b)(1)
of this section in qualified opportunity
zone property is delayed due to a
federally declared disaster (as defined in
section 165(i)(5)(A)), the QOF may
receive up to an additional 12 months
to reinvest such proceeds, provided that
the QOF invests such proceeds in the
manner originally intended before the
disaster.
(c) Anti-abuse rules—(1) General antiabuse rule. Pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(e)(4)(C), the rules of section 1400Z–2
and §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(d)–(2), 1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–
14Z, and 1.1504–3 must be applied in
a manner consistent with the purposes
of section 1400Z–2 and the section
1400Z–2 regulations (as defined in
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(41)). The purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations are to provide specified
Federal income tax benefits to owners of
QOFs to encourage the making of
longer-term investments, through QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone
businesses, of new capital in one or
more qualified opportunity zones and to
increase the economic growth of such
qualified opportunity zones.
Accordingly, if a significant purpose of
a transaction is to achieve a Federal
income tax result that is inconsistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations, a
transaction (or series of transactions)
will be recast or recharacterized for
Federal tax purposes as appropriate to
achieve tax results that are consistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
This recasting and recharacterization
may include, as appropriate, treating an
investment as other than a qualifying
investment. A determination of whether
a Federal income tax result is
inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–
2 regulations must be based on all facts
and circumstances.
(2) Special anti-abuse rule for
partnerships—(i) In general. In addition
to being subject to the general anti-abuse
rule of paragraph (c)(1) of this section,
the application of the rules of section
1400Z–2 and §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1 through
1.1400Z2(d)–2, 1.1400Z2(f)–1, 1.1502–
14Z, and 1.1504–3 to partnerships is
also subject to the special anti-abuse
rule set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) Special partnership anti-abuse
rule. If a partnership is formed or
availed of with a significant purpose of
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1992
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
avoiding the requirements of
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B) that a gain
be subject to Federal income tax in
order to be an eligible gain, the
partnership will be disregarded in
whole or in part for purposes of
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B) and
(b)(11)(ix)(B) to prevent the creation of
a qualifying investment by the
partnership with respect to any partner
or partners that would not otherwise
satisfy such requirements.
(3) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the anti-abuse rule of
paragraph (c) of this section.
(i) Example 1—(A) Facts. Two nonresident
alien individuals (collectively, the
individuals) plan to sell stock at a gain of
$50, to invest the amount of the resulting
capital gain in a QOF, and to make a deferral
election under section 1400Z–2(a). They
make this election with the intent of holding
the QOF investment for 10 years and then
making an election to increase the qualifying
basis to fair market value under section
1400Z–2(c). A gain on a sale of the stock by
the individuals, however, would not be
subject to Federal income tax, and so the gain
would not support their making a deferral
election as a result of the requirement in
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B). Instead of selling
the stock themselves, the individuals form a
domestic partnership with a significant
purpose of using that partnership to make a
deferral election with respect to the stock
under the exception in § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ix)(B). The individuals contribute
their stock to the partnership in exchange for
partnership interests, after which the
partnership sells the stock and invests the
$50 gain in a QOF. Had the partnership not
made a deferral election, the individuals
would not be subject to tax on their allocated
portion of the partnership’s recognized gain
on the sale of the stock.
(B) Analysis. Based on these facts, the
partnership is formed and availed of with a
significant purpose to avoid the requirements
of § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B). Thus, under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the
partnership is disregarded for purposes of
applying § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(ix)(B) to the
$50 gain, and therefore the partnership’s
investment in the QOF is not a qualifying
investment.
(ii) Example 2—(A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this
section (Example 1), except the individuals
contribute their stock to an existing
partnership, the sole partners of which are
U.S. citizens, with a significant purpose of
the individuals’ use of the partnership being
to make an investment in a QOF and a
deferral election under the § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(11)(ix)(B) exception for partnerships.
During the year, the partnership sells
property it owned before the individuals’
contribution, resulting in capital gain of
$100, all of which is eligible to be invested
in a QOF. It also sells the stock contributed
by the individuals, resulting in $50 of capital
gain. The partnership invests $150 in a QOF
and makes the requisite gain deferral
election.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(B) Analysis. Based on these facts, the
partnership is availed of by the individuals
with a significant purpose to avoid the
requirements of § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B).
Thus, under paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
the partnership is disregarded for purposes of
applying § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(11)(i)(B) and
(b)(11)(ix)(B) with respect to the $50 capital
gain from the sale of the individuals’
contributed stock and that gain fails to be
eligible gain. Under § 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b), no
section 1400Z–2(a) election is available for
that gain and the partnership will have a
mixed-funds investment, $100 of which is a
qualifying investment and $50 of which is a
non-qualifying investment.
(iii) Example 3—(A) Facts. Entity C is a
QOF that meets the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(1). Entity C owns qualified
opportunity zone stock in a domestic
corporation described in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(B) (Corporation C), which operates a
qualified opportunity zone business. Entity C
also owns Corporation D stock, which is not
qualified opportunity zone stock, which
stock is less than 10% of the assets of Entity
C. Under section 1400Z–2(e)(2), these stock
holdings cause Entity C to be related to both
Corporation C and Corporation D. On date 1,
under section 1400Z–2(e)(2), Individual S is
not a related person with respect to Entity C,
Corporation C, or Corporation D. On that
date, Individual S sells tangible property to
Corporation C for use in Corporation C’s
qualified opportunity zone business and sells
a second asset to Corporation D. Both items
sold were capital assets (as defined in section
1221). As a result, Individual S realizes gain
of $100 from the sale to Corporation C and
$75 from the sale to Corporation D. At the
time of the sale Individual S has a plan or
intent to invest $175 in Entity C and to make
deferral elections under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1) with respect to the gain from the two
sales. On date 2, for $175 Individual S
acquired an eligible interest in Entity C, an
acquisition that causes Individual S to
become a related person with respect to
Entity C within the meaning of section
1400Z–2(e)(2).
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, Individual S’s $175 gain is not an
eligible gain and cannot be the subject a
deferral election under section 1400Z–2(a)(1).
The gain fails to satisfy § 1.1400Z2a–
1(b)(11)(i)(C) because of Individual S’s plan
to acquire sufficient equity in Entity C to
become related to Corporations C and D.
Moreover, for the same reason, the tangible
property that Corporation C purchased from
Individual S fails to satisfy the requirement
that a purchase of qualified opportunity zone
business property must be from an unrelated
person. See sections 1400Z–2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I)
and 179(d)(2)(A).
(iv) Example 4—(A) Facts. Entity D is a
QOF that meets the requirements of section
1400Z–2(d)(1). Entity D owns a majority
qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest in a domestic partnership,
Partnership D described in section 1400Z–
2(d)(2)(C). Entity D organized Partnership D
for the purpose of being a qualified
opportunity zone business. Partnership D
acquires a tract of land located in a qualified
opportunity zone. At the time of the
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
acquisition of that land, there was no plan or
intent to develop or otherwise utilize the
land in a trade or business that would
increase substantially the economic
productivity of the land. Instead, there was
a plan to pave the land for use as a parking
lot. Partnership D planned to install a gate to
the paved parking area, a small structure that
would serve as an office for a parking
attendant, and two self-pay stations for use
by customers. The parking lot was not
reasonably expected to expand significantly,
and the initial small number of employees
was not reasonably expected significantly to
increase. A significant purpose for the
acquisition of the land was to sell the land
at a profit and to exclude any gain from
appreciation by making an election under
section 1400Z–2(c).
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the acquisition of the land is a
transaction carried out to achieve a tax result
that is inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. Consequently, the land is not
qualified opportunity zone business property
and gain from the sale of the land will not
be eligible to be excluded from gross income
under section 1400Z–2(c). This
recharacterization of the qualification of the
land for Federal tax purposes is appropriate
to ensure that the tax results of the
transaction, including the status of
Partnership D as a qualified opportunity zone
business, are consistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. Partnership D fails to be a
qualified opportunity zone business unless
other assets that it owns or leases are
qualified opportunity zone business property
that satisfy section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i), and
the other requirements of section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
(v) Example 5—(A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section,
except that Partnership D, in year 1, acquired
a tract of land located in a qualified
opportunity zone that was previously used
for hog and pig farming. On its Form 1065T
the previous owner, also a partnership,
properly described those activities with the
principal business activity code 112210.
During the several-year period ending on the
date of the acquisition of the land, the value
of the land had significantly increased and D
projected the land to continue to increase in
value by ten-fold during the following 10year period. At the time of the acquisition,
Partnership D intended to conduct sheep and
goat farming activities on the land and,
accordingly, planned to use principal
business activity code 112400 on its Form
1065. According to its plan, Partnership D
conducted sheep and goat farming activities
on the land during the 10-year period
beginning on the date of acquisition of the
land. During the 10-year period, Partnership
D made significant capital improvements to
the land, including improvements to existing
farm structures, construction of new farm
structures, and installation of a new
irrigation system. As expected, the value of
the land substantially increased during the
following decade. The owners’ entire interest
in Partnership D was a qualifying investment,
and, after having held it for at least 10 years
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
the owners sold the entire interest at a large
gain. As planned the owners made an
election under section 1400Z–2(c) in order to
avoid tax on the gain from the sale.
(B) Analysis. The modification of the land
to suit sheep and goat farming activity from
its previous use of hog and pig farming and
the significant capital improvements made to
land, is a significant investment in the
business activities on the land. Thus,
Partnership D did not hold the land solely for
speculative investment. As a result, under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
acquisition of the land, the activities
conducted on the land, the capital
improvements made to the land, and the later
disposition of the land for a significant profit
are not inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations.
(vi) Example 6—(A) Facts. Individuals
intend to sell stock at a capital gain and
invest the resulting gain in a QOF pursuant
to a deferral election under section 1400Z–
2(a). The individuals form Entity F and file
Form 8996 certifying that Entity F is a QOF
organized for the purpose of investing in
qualified opportunity zone property.
Individuals have no intention of investing in
qualified opportunity zone property. Instead
individuals intend to invest in property other
than qualified opportunity zone property
hoping that the property will appreciate
substantially in value and the individuals
will be able to exclude any appreciation on
their investment from gross income by
making an election under section 1400Z–2(c).
Each year Entity F files Form 8996 and pays
the applicable penalty under section 1400Z–
2(f). After holding their interests in Entity F
for 10 years, individuals sell their interest in
Entity F to an unrelated third party for a
substantial gain and make an election to
exclude the appreciation on their investment
under section 1400Z–2(c).
(B) Analysis. A significant purpose of the
transaction is to achieve a tax result that is
inconsistent with the purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations, and the transaction will be recast
and recharacterized for Federal tax purposes
so that Entity F is not a QOF and the
individuals are not eligible for the elections
under sections 1400Z–2(a) and (c).
(vii) Example 7—(A) Facts. Entity E treats
itself as a QOF that meets the requirements
of section 1400Z–2(d)(1). Entity E owns all of
the stock in a domestic corporation,
Corporation E, and Entity E treats this stock
as qualified opportunity zone stock.
Corporation E uses the majority of the cash
invested by Entity E to purchase gold bars
from unrelated parties within the meaning of
section 1400Z–2(e)(2). The aggregate value of
the gold bars is $1000. Corporation E rents
a safe deposit box in a qualified opportunity
zone and hires one employee to manage the
purchase and sale of the gold bars. Each year
Corporation E purchases a small number of
additional gold bars and sells to customers a
portion of the gold bars on hand. The
aggregate value of both the purchases and
sales approximates half the value of the bars
held at the beginning of the year. Corporation
E seeks to treat the gold bars as qualified
opportunity zone business property within
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
the meaning of section 1400Z–2(d)(3). At the
time that Corporation E began the gold bar
business, it did not reasonably expect the
business to expand significantly, nor was the
number of employees reasonably expected to
increase. Gold, however, was reasonably
expected to appreciate. Ten years after the
formation of Entity E, the investors in Entity
E sell all of their interests in the entity and
seek to make an election under section
1400Z–2(c) to exclude any gain from
appreciation.
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, a significant purpose of Corporation
E’s activities is to achieve a tax result that is
inconsistent with the purposes of section
1400Z–2 and the section 1400Z–2
regulations. The gold bar business carried out
by Corporation E was merely speculative in
nature and was not expected to increase
economic activity in the subject qualified
opportunity zone in a manner consistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. As a result,
Corporation E’s activities are carried on to
achieve tax results that are inconsistent with
the purposes of section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. Consequently,
the gold bars are not qualified opportunity
zone property. Corporation E fails to be a
qualified opportunity zone business unless
other assets that it owns or leases are
qualified opportunity zone business property
that satisfy section 1400Z–2(d)(3)(A)(i) (along
with other requirements). If Corporation E
fails to be a qualified opportunity zone
business, Corporation E’s stock fails to be
qualified opportunity zone property in the
hands of Entity E.
(d) Applicability date—(1) In general.
The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning
after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a taxpayer’s first taxable year
ending after December 21, 2017, that
began on December March 13, 2020, a
taxpayer may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years, or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(f)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–115420–
18) published on October 29, 2018, as
amplified by the notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–120186–18) published
on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in
a consistent manner for all such taxable
years.
■ Par. 10. Section 1.1502–14Z is added
to read as follows:
§ 1.1502–14Z Application of opportunity
zone rules to members of a consolidated
group.
(a) Scope and definitions—(1) Scope.
This section provides rules regarding
the Federal income tax treatment of
QOFs owned by members of a
consolidated group (as defined in
§ 1.1502–1(b) and (h), respectively).
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1993
Rules in the section 1400Z–2
regulations (as defined in § 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b)(41)) apply to consolidated groups
except as modified in this section.
Paragraph (b) of this section generally
provides rules regarding the effects of an
election under § 1.1504–3(b)(2) to treat a
subsidiary QOF C corporation as a
member of a consolidated group.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides
rules regarding qualifying investments
made by members of a consolidated
group (including an election to treat the
investment by one member as a
qualifying investment by another
member) and the application of
§ 1.1502–13 to intercompany transfers of
a qualifying investment. Paragraph (d)
of this section provides coordinating
rules for basis adjustments within a
consolidated group. Paragraph (e) of this
section provides coordinating rules for
§ 1.1502–36(d). Paragraph (f) of this
section provides elective transition
relief to taxpayers that consolidated a
subsidiary QOF C corporation prior to
May 1, 2019. Paragraph (g) of this
section provides rules regarding the
consequences of a deconsolidation of a
QOF C corporation. Paragraph (h) of this
section provides instructions for making
the elections provided by paragraphs (c)
and (f) of this section. Paragraph (i) of
this section is reserved. Paragraph (j) of
this section provides examples.
Paragraph (k) of this section provides
the applicability dates.
(2) Definitions—(i) In general. The
definitions provided in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–
1(b) and 1.1400Z2(d)–1 apply for
purposes of this section.
(ii) Definitions for consolidated
groups—(A) Day one. The term day one
means the date members of the
consolidated group formed or acquired
section 1504 control of the pre-existing
QOF sub. If a pre-existing QOF sub was
a member of the consolidated group
prior to becoming a QOF C corporation,
day one is the first day of the first
month in which the member selfcertified as, or is treated as, a QOF C
corporation, whichever is earlier.
(B) Election date. The term election
date means the date on which an
election under paragraph (c) or (f) of this
section is made.
(C) Pre-existing QOF sub. The term
pre-existing QOF sub means a
subsidiary QOF C corporation that
meets the affiliation requirements in
section 1504 (without regard to
§ 1.1504–3(b)(1)) as of May 1, 2019.
(D) QOF investor member. The term
QOF investor member means any
member holding a qualifying investment
in the QOF member.
(E) QOF member. The term QOF
member means a subsidiary QOF C
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
1994
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
corporation that is treated as a member
of a consolidated group pursuant to an
election in § 1.1504–3(b)(2).
(F) QOF member stock. The term QOF
member stock means the QOF stock of
a QOF member.
(G) QOF SAG. The term QOF SAG
means, with respect to a QOF member,
the affiliated group that would be
determined under section 1504(a) if the
QOF member were the common parent.
(H) Subsidiary QOF C corporation.
The term subsidiary QOF C corporation
means a QOF C corporation that meets
the requirements to be a member of an
affiliated group (as defined in section
1504(a)(1), and without regard to
§ 1.1504–3(b)(1)) other than the common
parent of such consolidated group.
(b) Subsidiary QOF C corporation
treated as member of the consolidated
group—(1) Effects of election to treat a
subsidiary QOF C corporation as a
member—(i) Determining whether a
distribution is an inclusion event. A
distribution of property with respect to
qualifying QOF stock by a QOF member
to a QOF investor member is an
inclusion event to the extent the
distribution would create or increase an
excess loss account (ELA) in the
qualifying QOF stock, without regard to
any inclusion resulting from application
of this paragraph (b)(1)(i). Solely for
purposes of determining whether a
distribution creates or increases an ELA
during a taxable year, investment
adjustments pertaining to a distribution
on qualifying QOF stock by a QOF
member are made after all other
investment adjustments under § 1.1502–
32 for that year.
(ii) Determining the amount of
deferred gain includible by the QOF
investor member. The amount of gain
included in gross income of a QOF
investor member under section 1400Z–
2(a)(1)(B) on a date described in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b) (modified by
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, as
applicable) is determined under this
paragraph (b)(1)(ii). The amount of gain
included in gross income of the QOF
investor member is the lesser of:
(A) The product of:
(1) The percentage of the qualifying
investment that gave rise to the
inclusion event; and
(2) The remaining deferred gain (see
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b)(40)), less any basis
adjustments pursuant to section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv); or
(B) The gain that would be recognized
on a fully taxable disposition of the
qualifying investment that gave rise to
the inclusion event.
(iii) Application of ELA rules on the
disposition of QOF member stock. When
a QOF investor member disposes of a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
share of qualifying QOF member stock,
any ELA in the share is taken into
account as income or gain from the
disposition under § 1.1502–19(b)(1)
before the basis of the share is increased
under section 1400Z–2(c), if applicable.
See paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section for
the general rule regarding the treatment
of an ELA upon the deconsolidation of
a QOF member.
(iv) Transactions between the QOF
member and other members of the
consolidated group—(A) In general.
This paragraph (b)(1)(iv) governs
transactions between a member of the
QOF SAG and other members of the
consolidated group.
(B) Sale or exchange of property. A
sale or exchange of property between a
member of the QOF SAG and a member
of the consolidated group that is not a
member of such QOF SAG is not treated
as an intercompany transaction (as
defined in § 1.1502–13(b)(1)) and is not
subject to the rules in § 1.1502–13. In
contrast, a sale or exchange of property
between members of the QOF SAG is an
intercompany transaction that is subject
to the rules in § 1.1502–13.
(C) Other transactions. Any
transaction between a member of the
QOF SAG and a member of the
consolidated group that is not a member
of such QOF SAG that is not a sale or
exchange of property is an
intercompany transaction subject to the
rules in § 1.1502–13.
(v) Separate-entity application of QOF
qualifying rules to QOF member. A
consolidated group is not treated as a
single entity for purposes of
determining whether a QOF member or
a qualified opportunity zone business
that is a consolidated group member
satisfies the investment standard rules
in section 1400Z–2(d) and (f) and
§§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1 and 1.1400Z2(f)–1;
instead, the rules in this paragraph
(b)(1)(v) apply on a separate-entity basis.
Therefore, for example, the QOF
member’s satisfaction of the
requirements under section 1400Z–2(d)
is determined by taking into account
only property (including qualified
opportunity zone stock or qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests)
held by the QOF member, without
regard to property transferred by the
QOF member to other members of the
consolidated group.
(2) Anti-avoidance rule. The purposes
of section 1400Z–2 and the section
1400Z–2 regulations are to provide
specified tax benefits to owners of QOFs
to encourage the making of longer-term
investments, through QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses,
of new capital in one or more qualified
opportunity zones and to increase the
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
economic growth of such qualified
opportunity zones. If a transaction is
engaged in or structured with a view to
avoid the application of the rules of
section 1400Z–2, the section 1400Z–2
regulations, or the regulations in this
part under section 1502 of the Code
(including this section), appropriate
adjustments will be made to carry out
the purposes of section 1400Z–2 and the
section 1400Z–2 regulations. For
example, if a consolidated group
engages in a restructuring (such as a
distribution described in section 355)
with a view to using stock basis
adjustments under § 1.1502–32 resulting
from increases in the basis of stock
under section 1400Z–2(b) in a sale or
exchange transaction without disposing
of any part of the consolidated group’s
direct ownership of the relevant
qualifying investment, the transaction
will be treated as an inclusion event
with regard to an appropriate amount of
deferred gain.
(c) Qualifying investments by
members of a consolidated group—(1)
In general. Except as otherwise
provided in this section or in
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1 (see, for example,
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(9)(i)(B)(1)), section
1400Z–2 applies separately to each
member of a consolidated group.
Therefore, for example, the same
member of the consolidated group
generally must both engage in the sale
of a capital asset giving rise to eligible
gain and timely invest an amount equal
to some or all of such gain in a QOF (as
provided in section 1400Z–2(a)(1)) in
order to qualify for deferral of such gain
under section 1400Z–2.
(2) Election to treat investment of one
member as a qualifying investment by
another member—(i) Availability of
election. If members of a consolidated
group satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph (c)(2), the consolidated group
may elect to treat the investment by one
member as a qualifying investment by
another member. The election provided
by this paragraph (c)(2) is available
when a member of a consolidated group
(M1) has eligible gain and a second
member (M2) makes an investment in a
QOF that would be a qualifying
investment if M1, rather than M2, had
made the investment. For example, if
M1 has $100x of eligible gain but M2
has none, and M2 makes a $120x
investment in a QOF C corporation,
only $100x of M2’s investment in the
QOF C corporation is eligible for the
election under this paragraph (c)(2). See
paragraph (h)(2) of this section for the
form and manner of making this
election. If M2 has its own eligible gain,
M2 may make a qualifying investment
on its own behalf and defer such eligible
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
gain under section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1.
(ii) Effect of election. If a consolidated
group makes an election under this
paragraph (c)(2), then M1 is treated as
having made the investment in the QOF
that is actually made by M2. M1 is then
treated as having immediately sold such
investment to M2 for fair market value.
The deemed sale by M1 is subject to the
rules in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
The consolidated group must treat the
deemed investment by M1 and the
deemed sale by M1 to M2 as having
occurred for all Federal income tax
purposes.
(3) Intercompany transfers of a
qualifying investment—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (c)(3), when one member (S)
transfers its qualifying investment to
another member (B), the transaction is
not treated as an intercompany
transaction within the meaning of
§ 1.1502–13(b)(1) for purposes of
applying the rules of section 1400Z–2
and the section 1400Z–2 regulations.
Therefore, § 1.1502–13(c) does not apply
to treat S and B as divisions of a single
entity for purposes of section 1400Z–2.
For example, if S transfers its qualifying
investment to B in a section 351
transaction, the transfer is an inclusion
event for S under § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). In
addition, because the transfer is not an
intercompany transaction for purposes
of section 1400Z–2, § 1.1502–13 does
not apply to continue S’s deferral under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b).
(ii) Application of § 1.1502–13 to fully
taxable intercompany transfers of a
qualifying investment—(A) Applicable
transactions. Notwithstanding
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, if S
transfers its qualifying investment to B
in a fully taxable transaction, the
transaction is treated as an
intercompany transaction, and § 1.1502–
13(c) applies to treat S and B as
divisions of a single entity for purposes
of applying section 1400Z–2.
(B) Treatment of S’s intercompany
gain on its qualifying investment. If a
transaction is described in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, § 1.1502–
13(c)(6)(ii) is inapplicable in
determining the excludability of S’s gain
(or the treatment of such gain as taxexempt income) on the application of
section 1400Z–2(b) and (c) to S and B
as a single entity. Thus, S’s gain on the
qualifying investment (including the
amount includible under § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(e)) may be redetermined to be
excluded from gross income (or treated
as tax-exempt income), as appropriate,
to achieve single-entity treatment
between S and B with regard to the
ownership and disposal of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
qualifying investment. To qualify for
benefits under section 1400Z–2, S and
B must otherwise satisfy the
requirements of section 1400Z–2. See
also § 1.1502–13(j)(4) (concerning
multiple or successive intercompany
transactions).
(C) Investment adjustments and
adjustments to earnings and profits.
Income of S excluded under section
1400Z–2 by application of paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section and
§ 1.1502–13 results in adjustments to S’s
earnings and profits and is treated as
tax-exempt income to S for purposes of
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(ii).
(D) Election under section 1400Z–2(c).
To the extent paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section applies to S’s transfer of its
qualifying investment to B, B (and not
S) is entitled to make the election under
section 1400Z–2(c) at the time when,
treating S and B as divisions of a single
entity, the single entity would be
entitled to make such an election. For
example, pursuant to § 1.1502–
13(c)(1)(ii), B takes S’s holding period
into account in determining whether B
is treated as holding the transferred
qualifying investment for 10 years. In
addition, the attributes of S’s
intercompany item on the transfer of the
qualifying investment may be
redetermined based on B’s election.
(4) Intercompany transfer as
qualifying investment in a QOF
member. A transfer by a consolidated
group member with an eligible gain to
a QOF member before January 1, 2027,
is not treated as an intercompany
transaction within the meaning of
§ 1.1502–13 and may constitute a
qualifying investment. But see § 1.1504–
3(b)(2) regarding conditions for
consolidating a QOF C corporation.
(5) Intercompany gain as eligible gain.
When S sells property to B, § 1.1502–13
applies to determine if, and when, S’s
intercompany gain and B’s
corresponding gain constitute eligible
gain. S’s gain and B’s gain are treated as
eligible gain only to the extent such gain
would be eligible gain if S and B were
divisions of a single entity. For example,
if S sells a piece of property to B at a
gain, B subsequently sells that property
to an unrelated party at a further gain,
and the gains are treated as capital gain
under § 1.1502–13(c)(1) and (4), then
both S’s gain and B’s gain are eligible
gains at the time B sells the property to
the unrelated party. In contrast, if S sells
a piece of property to B at a loss, and
B subsequently sells that property to an
unrelated party at a gain, then B’s
corresponding gain on the property is
eligible gain only to the extent that S
and B, if treated as divisions of a single
entity, would have eligible gain on the
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1995
sale of property to the unrelated party.
See § 1.1502–13(a)(1).
(d) Tiering-up of investment
adjustments provided by section 1400Z–
2. Basis increases in a qualifying
investment in a QOF under sections
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii), 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iv), and 1400Z–2(c) are
treated as satisfying the requirements of
§ 1.1502–32(b)(3)(ii)(A) and thus qualify
as tax-exempt income to the QOF
owner. Therefore, if the QOF owner is
a member of a consolidated group and
is owned by other members of the same
consolidated group (upper-tier
members), the upper-tier members
increase their bases in the shares of the
QOF owner under § 1.1502–32(b)(2)(ii).
However, there is no basis adjustment
under § 1.1502–32(b)(2)(ii) or (iii) in
shares of upper-tier members with
regard to a basis adjustment under
section 1400Z–2(c) and § 1.1400Z2(c)–1
unless and until the basis of the
qualifying investment is adjusted to its
fair market value, as provided in section
1400Z–2(c) and § 1.1400Z2(c)–1.
(e) Application of § 1.1502–36(d). This
paragraph (e) clarifies how § 1.1502–
36(d) applies if a member (M) transfers
a loss share of another member (S) that
is a QOF owner that owns a qualifying
investment. To determine S’s attribute
reduction amount under § 1.1502–
36(d)(3), S’s basis in its qualifying
investment is included in S’s net inside
attribute amount to compute S’s
aggregate inside loss under § 1.1502–
36(d)(3)(iii)(A). However, S’s basis in
the qualifying investment is not
included in S’s Category D attributes
available for attribute reduction under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(4). Thus, S’s basis in the
qualifying investment cannot be
reduced under § 1.1502–36(d). If S’s
attribute reduction amount exceeds S’s
attributes available for reduction, then
to the extent of the lesser of S’s basis in
the qualifying investment or the
remaining attribute reduction amount,
the common parent is treated as making
the election under § 1.1502–36(d)(6) to
reduce M’s basis in the transferred loss
S shares.
(f) Transition relief—(1) Overview.
This paragraph (f) provides options for
elective relief to pre-existing QOF subs.
An election under this paragraph (f) is
made in the manner provided in
paragraph (h)(3) of this section. If a
timely election under this paragraph (f)
is not made, the pre-existing QOF sub
is treated as deconsolidating on March
13, 2020.
(2) Reclassification election—(i) In
general. A consolidated group may
make one of the alternative, irrevocable
elections provided in paragraphs
(f)(2)(ii) through (iv) of this section for
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1996
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
its pre-existing QOF subs. All elective
relief provided in this paragraph (f)(2) is
effective on day one.
(ii) Treatment as a QOF partnership—
(A) Election. A consolidated group may
elect to treat certain pre-existing QOF
subs as QOF partnerships (electing QOF
partnership). To be eligible for the
election in this paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A), a
pre-existing QOF sub must have
converted to an entity treated as a
partnership for Federal income tax
purposes as of the election date.
(B) Effect of the QOF partnership
election. As a result of making the
election under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii),
the pre-existing QOF sub is treated as a
QOF partnership from day one.
Consequently, the consolidated group
must file amended or superseding
returns, as applicable, to account for the
electing QOF partnership’s income,
gain, deduction, and loss; the electing
QOF partnership also must file its own
partnership returns for taxable periods
beginning on day one, as applicable.
The electing QOF partnership must
include its self-certification under
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a) with its own returns,
and the self-certification will be treated
as timely so long as the consolidated
group filed a timely self-certification
under § 1.1400Z2(d)–1(a) for the preexisting QOF sub. In addition,
appropriate adjustments must be made
to account for the change in status of the
electing QOF partnership from day one,
including modifications to investment
adjustments to the basis in members’
stock made under § 1.1502–32 and
adjustments to members’ earnings and
profits made under § 1.1502–33.
(C) Pre-existing QOF sub with single
owner. If a pre-existing QOF sub is
wholly owned by one member of a
consolidated group, then for purposes of
making the election under this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii), the electing QOF
partnership is deemed to have had a
nominal partner from day one until the
date the electing QOF partnership is
treated as a partnership for Federal
income tax purposes without regard to
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii).
(D) Example. The following example
illustrates the election under this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii).
(1) Facts. P, the common parent of a
consolidated group (P group), wholly owns
M1 and M2. On July 1, 2018, M1 and M2
each sell an asset to an unrelated party and
realize $70x and $30x of eligible gain,
respectively. On August 13, 2018, M1 and
M2 form Q12 (a QOF C corporation that was
formed as a corporation under state law).
Also on August 13, 2018, M1 and M2
contribute $70x and $30x, respectively, to
Q12 in exchange for stock of Q12 and
properly elect to defer their respective
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
eligible gains under section 1400Z–2(a) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1. The P group also makes a
timely self-certification under § 1.1400Z2(d)–
(1)(a) for Q12. Following March 13, 2020, the
P group intends to timely elect under this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) to treat Q12 as a QOF
partnership.
(2) Analysis—(i) Eligibility to elect. For the
P group to elect to treat Q12 as a QOF
partnership under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), by
the date of the election, Q12 must either
convert to a state law partnership or another
entity treated as a partnership for Federal
income tax purposes.
(ii) Consequences of the election. As a
result of making the election under this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii), Q12 is treated as a QOF
partnership from August 13, 2018 (day one).
The P group must file amended or
superseding returns, as applicable and as
necessary, to account for Q12’s income, gain,
deduction, and loss. In addition, Q12 must
file its own returns for the taxable period
beginning on August 13, 2018, as applicable.
The returns must be filed within the time
frame provided in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this
section. Finally, because the P group filed a
timely self-certification under § 1.1400Z2(d)(1)(a) for Q12 as a QOF C corporation, Q12’s
self-certification as a QOF partnership would
be is considered timely filed.
(3) Deemed nominal partner—(i) Facts.
The facts are the same as paragraph
(f)(2)(iii)(D)(1) of this section, except that on
July 1, 2018, only M1 sells an asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $70x of eligible
gain. On August 13, 2018, M1 contributes
cash of $70x to Q12 in exchange for stock of
Q12 and properly elects to defer the eligible
gain under section 1400Z–2(a) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1. As of the date the election
is made to treat Q12 as a partnership from
day one, a second party invests in Q12, and
Q12 is an entity treated as a partnership for
Federal income tax purposes.
(ii) Analysis. The analysis is generally the
same as in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(D)(2) of this
section. In addition, because Q12 is wholly
owned by M1, solely for purposes of treating
Q12 as a QOF partnership from August 13,
2018, Q12 is deemed to have a nominal
partner from August 13, 2018 until the
election date or the date Q12 qualifies as a
partnership, if earlier.
(iii) Treatment as a non-member QOF
C corporation—(A) Election. A
consolidated group may elect to treat
the pre-existing QOF sub as a QOF C
corporation that is not a member of the
consolidated group.
(B) Effect of the non-member QOF C
corporation election. As a result of
making the election under this
paragraph (f)(2)(iii), the pre-existing
QOF sub is treated as not being a
member of the consolidated group from
day one. Consequently, the consolidated
group must file amended or superseding
returns, as applicable, to exclude all of
the pre-existing QOF sub’s income, gain,
deduction, and loss from the
consolidated returns; the pre-existing
QOF sub also must file its own returns
for taxable periods beginning on day
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
one, as applicable. In addition, all
adjustments resulting from the preexisting QOF sub’s operations must be
eliminated from the consolidated group,
including investment adjustments made
under § 1.1502–32 to basis in members’
stock (as well as stock in the preexisting QOF sub) and adjustments
made under § 1.1502–33 to members’
earnings and profits.
(iv) Treatment as a non-QOF C
corporation—(A) Election. A
consolidated group may elect to treat a
pre-existing QOF sub as if it never selfcertified to be a QOF pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(d)–1.
(B) Effect of the non-QOF C
corporation election. As a result of
making the election under this
paragraph (f)(2)(iv), the pre-existing
QOF sub is treated from day one as a
member of the consolidated group and
not as a QOF. Therefore, section 1400Z–
2 is not applicable, and amended
returns or superseding returns must be
filed, as applicable, to account for the
eligible gain that was invested in the
pre-existing QOF sub. In addition,
appropriate adjustments must be made
to account for the non-applicability of
section 1400Z–2, including adjustments
to members’ stock basis and earnings
and profits under §§ 1.1502–32 and
1.1502–33, respectively.
(3) Election to continue treating preexisting QOF sub as a member of the
consolidated group—(i) Election. A
consolidated group may elect to have a
pre-existing QOF sub retain its QOF
status and remain a member of the
consolidated group.
(ii) Effects of electing to remain a QOF
and a member of the consolidated
group. As a result of making the election
under this paragraph (f)(3), the
conditions and effects provided in
§ 1.1504–3(b)(2) and paragraph (b)(1) of
this section will apply to the preexisting QOF sub and the consolidated
group as of the effective date of this
election. See paragraph (h)(1) of this
section for the effective date of this
election, and see paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of
this section regarding the timing for
meeting the requirements in § 1.1504–
3(b)(2)(ii).
(g) Deconsolidation rules—(1) In
general. This paragraph (g) provides
rules applicable on any deconsolidation
of a QOF C corporation (deconsolidating
QOF).
(2) Deconsolidation and inclusion
event. A deconsolidation event is not an
inclusion event unless the
deconsolidation is the result of an actual
transfer of the QOF member stock or a
worthlessness event within the meaning
of § 1.1502–80(c). For example, when a
consolidated group fails to meet the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
conditions in § 1.1504–3(b)(2) of this
section and causes a QOF member to
deconsolidate, the deconsolidation
event is not an inclusion event solely as
a result of the consolidated group’s
failure to meet the requirements in
§ 1.1504–3(b)(2) of this section.
(3) Basis in the deconsolidating QOF
at time of deconsolidation—(i) ELA in a
deconsolidating QOF. Any ELA in stock
of the deconsolidating QOF at the time
of the deconsolidation is taken into
account under the rules of § 1.1502–19.
See paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section
for rules coordinating the application of
section 1400Z–2(c) with § 1.1502–19.
(ii) Positive basis in the
deconsolidating QOF resulting from
§ 1.1502–32. Consolidated group
members retain any positive basis in the
deconsolidating QOF resulting from
investment adjustments under § 1.1502–
32 following its deconsolidation.
However, following the
deconsolidation, for purposes of
determining the amount includible
under § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e), the amount of
basis referred to in section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(A)(ii) is computed by applying
only those rules applicable to
corporations that do not file a
consolidated return (that is, the basis
rules under subchapter C and section
1400Z–2). Therefore, any positive basis
resulting from § 1.1502–32 adjustments
is not taken into account in computing
the includible amount under
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e).
(4) Deconsolidating QOF’s earnings
and profits—(i) Deconsolidation on or
before December 31, 2026.
Notwithstanding § 1.1502–33(e)(1), if a
deconsolidating QOF deconsolidates
before December 31, 2026, the
deconsolidating QOF retains its
earnings and profits under this
paragraph (g)(4)(i). Any earnings and
profits of the deconsolidating QOF that
were taken into account by any other
members under § 1.1502–33 are
eliminated from those members as of the
end of the day on which the
deconsolidating QOF deconsolidates.
(ii) Deconsolidation after December
31, 2026. If the deconsolidating QOF
deconsolidates after December 31, 2026,
the rules under § 1.1502–33(e) apply.
(5) Consequences under § 1.1502–36.
See § 1.1502–36(f)(10)(i)(B) for the
treatment of a deconsolidation as a
transfer of all of the stock in the
deconsolidating member held by other
members of the consolidated group.
(h) Form and manner of making an
election under this section—(1) In
general. The elections provided in this
section are irrevocable. The information
required for each election is provided in
this paragraph (h). A reclassification
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
election under paragraph (f)(2) of this
section is effective as of day one. All
other elections are effective on the
election date.
(2) Election under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section to treat investment by M2 as
qualifying investment by M1—(i) Form
of election. The election under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section must be
made in the form of a statement titled
‘‘THIS IS AN ELECTION UNDER
§ 1.1502–14Z(c)(2) TO TREAT AN
INVESTMENT BY [insert name and
employer identification number (E.I.N.)
of M2] AS A QUALIFYING
INVESTMENT BY [insert name and
E.I.N. of M1].’’ The statement must be
included with the consolidated group’s
timely filed return (original,
superseding, or amended return, as
applicable, including extensions). In
addition, the statement must include the
information required under paragraph
(h)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Required information. (A) The
amount of M1’s eligible gain;
(B) The amount of the investment M2
has made in a QOF, including
identification of the amount of the
investment that is eligible for treatment
as a qualifying investment under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section and the
amount (if any) that is not eligible for
such treatment; and
(C) The date on which M1 recognized
its eligible gain, and the date on which
M2 made the investment in the QOF.
(3) Elections under paragraph (f) of
this section for transition relief—(i)
Form of election. The elections under
paragraph (f) of this section must be
made in the form of a statement titled
‘‘THIS IS AN ELECTION UNDER
§ 1.1502–14Z(f) FOR [insert name and
E.I.N. of pre-existing QOF sub].’’ All
actions necessary to make these
elections, including the filing of an
amended return (or superseding return,
as applicable), or filing an original
return, as applicable, must be completed
within the time designated in paragraph
(h)(3)(iii) of this section. The statement
must be included on or with any
amended prior-year consolidated return
(or superseding or original return, as
applicable) and on or with the
consolidated group’s timely filed return
(original or amended if filed by the due
date for the return, including
extensions) for the election year. In
addition, the statement must include the
information required in paragraph
(h)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Required information—(A)
Reclassification election under
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section. (1) A
statement that the pre-existing QOF sub
is electing to be a QOF partnership;
(2) The election date;
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1997
(3) The effective date of the election;
(4) Specification of the appropriate
adjustments required under paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) of this section made by the preexisting QOF sub and the consolidated
group; and
(5) Certification that the appropriate
change under state law or the entity
classification election under
§ 301.7701–3 of this chapter (as
applicable) has been made, and the date
of the change or entity classification
election.
(B) Reclassification election under
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) or (iv) of this
section. (1) A statement that the preexisting QOF sub is changing its status;
(2) The pre-existing QOF sub’s new
status (either a non-member QOF C
corporation, under paragraph (f)(2)(iii)
of this section, or a non-QOF C
corporation, under paragraph (f)(2)(iv)
of this section);
(3) The election date;
(4) The effective date of the election;
and
(5) Specification of the appropriate
adjustments made the by pre-existing
QOF sub and the consolidated group
pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) or (iv) of
this section, as applicable.
(C) Election to continue treating the
pre-existing QOF sub as a subsidiary
member of the consolidated group
under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
(1) A statement that the pre-existing
QOF sub is electing to retain its status
as a QOF C corporation and remain a
member of the consolidated group;
(2) The election date; and
(3) Certification that the pre-existing
QOF sub and the consolidated group are
in compliance with the conditions
under § 1.1504–3(b)(2)(ii) as of the date
that the pre-existing QOF sub and the
consolidated group are in compliance
with the conditions under § 1.1504–
3(b)(2)(ii).
(iii) Time for completing the elections
under paragraph (f) of this section. (A)
If the pre-existing QOF sub is making an
election under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) or
(f)(3) of this section, all actions
necessary to make such election must be
completed by April 13, 2020.
Specifically, if the pre-existing QOF sub
is making the election under paragraph
(f)(3) of this section, the conditions in
§ 1.1504–3(b)(2)(ii) must be met by April
13, 2020. In addition, the consolidated
group’s amended return (or superseding
return, as applicable), taking into
account the relevant changes, if
applicable, must be filed by May 12,
2020. Moreover, if the electing QOF
partnership had been a QOF partnership
on day one and the electing QOF
partnership’s return would have been
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
1998
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
due, then such return also must be filed
by May 12, 2020].
(B) If the pre-existing QOF sub is
making a reclassification election under
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) or (iv) of this
section, all actions necessary to make
such election, including the filing of the
pre-existing QOF sub’s own return (if
the return would have been due had the
pre-existing QOF sub not been included
in the consolidated group on day one),
and the consolidated group’s amended
return (or superseding return, as
applicable), if applicable, must be
completed by April 13, 2020.
(iv) Extension of statute of limitations.
If, as a result of making a reclassification
election in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, the consolidated group is
required to file an amended return, and
the electing QOF partnership is required
to file a return by May 12, 2020 or the
pre-existing QOF sub is required to file
a return by April 13, 2020 (collectively,
the related returns), then the
consolidated group (and the pre-existing
QOF sub, if an election under paragraph
(f)(2)(iii) of this section is made) also
must consent to extend the period of
limitations on assessment with respect
to any issues arising under section
1400Z–2 in the related returns of the
consolidated group (and the pre-existing
QOF sub, if applicable). This consent
must be effected at such time and in
such form and manner as may be
prescribed by the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue in Internal Revenue
Service forms or instructions or in
publications or guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§§ 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this
chapter).
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section. For
purposes of these examples, and unless
otherwise stated: P is the common
parent of the P consolidated group (P
group); S, B, and M are members of the
P group; Q is a QOF C corporation that
is not a member of the P group; and X
is an unrelated party.
(1) Example 1: Distribution by a QOF
member and inclusion events—(i) Facts. P
wholly owns S. In 2018, S sells an asset to
an unrelated party and realizes $500x of
eligible gain. S forms a new QOF C
corporation Q2, contributes $500x to Q2 in
exchange for stock of Q2, and properly elects
to defer the eligible gain under section
1400Z–2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1. The P group
elects under § 1.1504–3(b)(2) to consolidate
Q2. In 2024, Q2 distributes $20x to S when
S’s basis in Q2 is $50x, the value of Q2
exceeds $500x, and Q2 has no earnings and
profits. There are no other events in 2024 that
results in investment adjustments to Q2
stock.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
(ii) Analysis. Under §§ 1.1502–13(f)(2) and
1.1502–32, the intercompany distribution
from Q2 to S of $20x reduces S’s basis in Q2
to $30x ($50x¥$20x). Under paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section, because the
distribution does not create or increase an
ELA in Q2 stock, the distribution is not an
inclusion event.
(iii) Distribution that creates an ELA. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (j)(1)(i) of
this section except that in 2024 Q2
distributes $70x to S. Under §§ 1.1502–
13(f)(2) and 1.1502–32, the intercompany
distribution from Q2 to S of $70x reduces S’s
basis in Q2 to $0 and creates an ELA of $20x
($50x¥$70x). Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of
this section, because an ELA is created in
Q2’s stock, the distribution is an inclusion
event to the extent of the increase in the ELA.
S therefore includes $20x of its deferred gain
into income in 2024. See § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(e)(2). In addition, under § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(g)(1)(ii), the adjustment to S’s basis in Q2
under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is applied
before determining the other Federal income
tax consequences of the distribution.
Therefore, as a result of the inclusion event,
S’s basis in Q2 is first increased to $70x
($50x + $20x), and then S’s basis in Q2 is
reduced by $70x (the amount of the
distribution) to $0 under § 1.1502–32.
(2) Example 2: Basis adjustment when
member owns qualifying QOF stock—(i)
Facts. P wholly owns S. In 2018, S sells an
asset to an unrelated party and realizes $500x
of eligible gain. S contributes $500x to Q in
exchange for stock of Q and properly elects
to defer the eligible gain under section
1400Z–2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1. S does not
otherwise own stock in Q. In 2026, the fair
market value of S’s qualifying investment in
Q exceeds $500x. In 2029, when S still owns
its qualifying investment in Q, P sells all of
the stock of S to X. S retains its stock in Q.
(ii) Analysis—(A) Five-year and seven-year
basis increase and § 1.1502–32 tier-up. In
2023, when S has held the stock of Q for five
years, under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii), S
increases its basis in its Q stock by $50x (10
percent of $500x, the amount of gain deferred
by reason of section 1400Z–2(a)(1)(A)). The
10-percent basis increase qualifies as taxexempt income to S under paragraph (d) of
this section. Thus, P (an upper-tier member)
increases its basis in S’s stock by $50x under
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(ii). Similarly, in 2025,
when S has held the stock of Q for seven
years, under section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iv), S
increases its basis in its Q stock by an
additional $25x (5 percent of $500x). The 5percent basis increase also qualifies as taxexempt income to S under paragraph (d) of
this section, and P increases its basis in S’s
stock by an additional $25x under § 1.1502–
32(b)(2)(ii).
(B) S’s recognition of deferred capital gain
in 2026. S did not dispose of its Q stock prior
to December 31, 2026. Therefore, under
section 1400Z–2(b)(1)(B) and § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(b)(2), S’s remaining deferred gain is
included in S’s income on December 31,
2026. The amount of gain included under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(A) and § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(e)(3) is $425x ($500x of remaining deferred
gain less S’s $75x basis in Q). S’s basis in Q
is increased by $425x to $500x, and P’s basis
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in S also is increased by $425x under
§ 1.1502–32(b)(2)(i).
(C) P’s disposition of S. P’s sale of S stock
in 2029 results in the deconsolidation of S.
S retains its Q stock, and S is not treated as
selling or exchanging its Q stock for purposes
of section 1400Z–2(c). Therefore, no basis
adjustments under section 1400Z–2 are made
as a result of P’s sale of S stock.
(iii) S sells the stock of Q after 10 years.
The facts are the same as in paragraph (j)(2)(i)
of this section, except that in 2029, instead
of P selling all of the stock of S, S sells all
of the stock of Q to X for its fair market value
of $800x. At the time of the sale, S has owned
the Q stock for over 10 years, and S elects
under section 1400Z–2(c) to adjust its stock
basis in Q from $500x (see the analysis in
paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of this section) to
$800x, the fair market value of Q on the date
of the sale. As a result of the election, S has
no gain on the sale of Q stock. Additionally,
the $300x basis increase in Q is treated as
tax-exempt income to S pursuant to
paragraph (d) of this section. Thus, P
increases its basis in P’s S stock by $300x
under § 1.1502–32(b)(2)(ii).
(3) Example 3: Intercompany sale of
qualifying investment—(i) Facts. In 2018, S
sells an asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $100x of eligible gain. Also in 2018,
S contributes $100x to Q in exchange for Q
stock and properly elects to defer the eligible
gain under section 1400Z–2(a) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1. S does not otherwise own
stock in Q. In 2021, S sells all of its Q stock
to B for $250x in a fully taxable transaction.
In 2026, the fair market value of Q is $300x.
In 2030, B sells the Q stock to X for $800x.
(ii) Analysis—(A) Intercompany sale
treated as an inclusion event. In 2021, S’s
sale of its Q stock to B is an inclusion event
under section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). The amount includible
pursuant to § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e)(1) is $100x
(the lesser of the remaining deferred gain of
$100x and the fair market value of the
qualifying investment of $250x, over S’s basis
in Q, $0). As a result of the inclusion, S’s
basis in Q increases from $0 to $100x and S
also realizes a capital gain of $150x ($250x
of amount realized less its $100x basis in the
Q stock) from the intercompany sale of Q to
B. Because S’s sale of its Q stock to B is a
fully taxable transaction, paragraph (c)(3)(ii)
of this section applies to treat the sale as an
intercompany transaction and S’s
intercompany gains are taken into under
§ 1.1502–13(c)(2)(ii). Thus, S defers the
inclusion of its $100x of remaining deferred
gain and its $150x of capital gain in 2021. B
has a $250x basis in its Q stock.
(B) Five-year basis increase in 2023.
Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, S and B are treated as divisions of
a single entity for purposes of applying
section 1400Z–2. In 2023, the single entity
would have held the QOF investment for five
years and its basis in Q would be increased
to $10x ($100x × 10%) under section 1400Z–
2(b)(2)(B)(iii). To achieve this single entity
result, $10x of S’s $100x of remaining
deferred gain is redetermined to be taxexempt income. See § 1.1502–13(c)(1); see
also paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section
making § 1.1502–13(c)(6)(ii) inapplicable in
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
determining the excludability of S’s
intercompany gain. Therefore, in 2023, S is
treated as having $10x of tax-exempt income,
S’s remaining deferred gain is $90x
($100x¥$10x), while B’s basis in Q remains
$250x.
(C) Seven-year basis increase in 2025. The
same analysis in paragraph (j)(3)(ii)(B) of this
section applies for the year 2025. Therefore,
in 2025, S is treated as having $5x ($100x ×
5%) of tax-exempt income, S’s remaining
deferred gain is $85x ($90x¥$5x), and B’s
basis in Q remains $250x.
(D) Inclusion of S’s remaining deferred
gain in 2026. B continues to own the Q stock
through 2026, and, treating S and B as
divisions of a single entity for purposes of
section 1400Z–2, the single entity would
include its remaining deferred gain in
income on December 31, 2026. See section
1400Z–2(b)(1), § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(b). On a
single-entity basis, the amount includible
pursuant to § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e) is $85x (the
lesser of the remaining deferred gain of $100x
and the fair market value of the qualifying
investment of $300x, over the single entity’s
basis in Q, $15x). B does not otherwise have
an income event with respect to its Q stock
in 2026. Therefore, under § 1.1502–13(c), all
$85x of S’s remaining deferred gain is taken
into account in 2026. In addition, S’s $150x
of capital gain on its Q stock sale continues
to be deferred, and B’s basis in Q remains
$250x.
(E) B sells the Q stock in 2030. In 2030, B
sells all its Q stock to X for $800x. Under
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(D) of this section, B is
entitled to make the election under section
1400Z–2(c) if, treating S and B as a single
entity, the single entity would be eligible to
make the election. Taking into account S’s
holding period, B has held Q for over 10
years, and B is eligible for the election when
it sells Q to X in 2030. B makes the section
1400Z–2(c) election at the time of sale.
Following the election, if S and B were
divisions of a single entity, the single entity’s
basis in Q would increase from $100x to its
fair market value of $800x, causing to be
excluded the $700x of gain on the sale of Q
stock. To achieve this single entity result,
§ 1.1502–13(c)(1) redetermines B’s $550x
($800x¥$250x) of gain and S’s deferred
$150x of capital gain to be tax-exempt
income. See paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this
section making § 1.1502–13(c)(6)(ii)
inapplicable in determining the excludability
of S’s intercompany gain. Therefore, as a
result of the sale of the Q stock and B making
the section 1400Z–2(c) election, S has $150x
of tax-exempt income, and B has $550x of
tax-exempt income.
(4) Example 4: Intercompany sale of
qualifying investment followed by sale of
QOF at a loss outside of the consolidated
group—(i) Facts. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section, except that
in 2030, B sells the stock of Q for $225x to
X.
(ii) Analysis. The analysis for tax years
prior to 2030 is the same as in paragraphs
(j)(3)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section. In
addition, applying the analysis in paragraph
(j)(3)(ii)(E) of this section, B is entitled to
make the election under section 1400Z–2(c)
and B makes the election. Following the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
election, if S and B were divisions of a single
entity, the single entity’s basis in Q would
increase from $100x to $225x, causing to be
excluded the $125x of gain on the sale of Q
stock. To achieve this single entity result,
§ 1.1502–13(c)(1) redetermines B’s $25x
($225x¥$250x) of loss to be a noncapital,
nondeductible expense and S’s deferred
$150x of capital gain to be tax-exempt
income. Therefore, as a result of the sale of
Q stock and B making the section 1400Z–2
election, S has $150x of tax-exempt income,
and B has $25x of noncapital, nondeductible
expense.
(5) Example 5: Intercompany section 351
transfer of qualifying investment—(i) Facts.
In 2018, M sells an asset to an unrelated
party and realizes $100x of eligible gain. Also
in 2018, M contributes $100x to Q in
exchange for Q stock and properly elects to
defer the eligible gain under section 1400Z–
2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1. M does not
otherwise own stock in Q. In 2021, when the
value of Q is $200x, M contributes all of its
Q stock to S in exchange for S stock in a
transaction that qualifies under section 351.
(ii) Analysis. In 2021, M’s contribution of
its Q stock to S is an inclusion event under
section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and § 1.1400Z2(b)–
1(c). The amount includible pursuant to
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e) is $100x (the lesser of the
remaining deferred gain of $100x and the fair
market value of the qualifying investment of
$200x, over S’s basis in Q, $0). Because M’s
contribution of its Q stock to S is not a fully
taxable transaction, the general rule in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section applies to
treat the contribution as not an intercompany
transaction for purposes of applying section
1400Z–2, and § 1.1502–13 does not apply to
treat M and S as a single entity for purposes
of section 1400Z–2. Thus, as a result of the
transfer, M takes its $100x of remaining
deferred gain into account, M’s basis in S is
$100x, and S’s basis in Q is $100x.
(6) Example 6: Intercompany sale of
qualifying investment followed by a tax-free
transfer of the qualifying investment—(i)
Section 351 transfer to another member of
the consolidated group—(A) Facts. In 2018,
S sells an asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $100x of eligible gain. Also in 2018,
S contributes $100x to Q in exchange for Q
stock and properly elects to defer the eligible
gain under section 1400Z–2(a) and
§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1. S does not otherwise own
stock in Q. In 2021, when the fair market
value of the Q stock is $250, S sells all of its
Q stock to B for $250x in a fully taxable
transaction. In 2024, B transfers all its Q
stock to another member of the P group, B2,
in a section 351 transaction. At such time,
the fair market value of the Q stock is $300x.
(B) Analysis—(1) Intercompany sale in
2021. In 2021, S’s sale of its Q stock to B is
an inclusion event under section 1400Z–
2(b)(1) and § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). The amount
includible pursuant to § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e) is
$100x (the lesser of the remaining deferred
gain of $100x and the fair market value of the
qualifying investment of $250x, over S’s basis
in Q, $0). As a result of the inclusion, S’s
basis in its Q stock increases from $0 to
$100x and S also realizes a capital gain of
$150x ($250x of amount realized less its
$100x basis in the Q stock) from the
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1999
intercompany sale of the Q stock to B.
Because S’s sale of its Q stock to B is a fully
taxable transaction, paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section applies to treat the sale as an
intercompany transaction. Therefore, S’s
intercompany gains are taken into account
under § 1.1502–13(c) and (d). Thus, S defers
the inclusion of its $100x of remaining
deferred gain and its $150x of capital gain in
2021. B has a $250x basis in its Q stock.
(2) Five-year basis increase in 2023.
Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, S and B are treated as divisions of
a single entity for purposes of applying
section 1400Z–2. In 2023, the single entity
has held the QOF investment for five years
and its basis in the Q stock would be
increased to $10x ($100x × 10%) under
section 1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii). To achieve this
single entity result, $10x of S’s $100x of
remaining deferred gain is redetermined to be
tax-exempt income. See § 1.1502–13(c)(1);
see also paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section
making § 1.1502–13(c)(6)(ii) inapplicable in
determining the excludability of S’s
intercompany gain. Therefore, in 2023, S is
treated as having $10x of tax-exempt income,
S’s remaining deferred gain is $90x
($100x¥$10x), and B’s basis in the Q stock
remains $250x.
(3) Intercompany transfer in a section 351
transaction. In 2024, B’s contribution of its Q
stock to B2, a member of the P group, is an
inclusion event under section 1400Z–2(b)(1)
and § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). The amount
includible pursuant to § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e) is
$90x (the remaining deferred gain as
determined in paragraph (j)(6)(i)(B) of this
section). Because B’s contribution of its Q
stock to B2 is not a fully taxable transaction,
the general rule in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this
section applies to prevent the contribution
from being treated as an intercompany
transaction for purposes of section 1400Z–2.
As a result, for purposes of section 1400Z–
2, § 1.1502–13 does not apply to treat B and
B2 as a single entity, and the application of
§ 1.1502–13(j) is adjusted accordingly. As a
result of the section 351 transfer, S takes its
$90x of remaining deferred gain into account.
B’s basis in its B2 stock is $250x, and B’s
basis in its Q stock is $250x. However,
because S’s $150x of capital gain from the
intercompany sale of its Q stock to B in 2021
is not an item related to section 1400Z–2, it
continues to be deferred under § 1.1502–13
because B2 is a member of the P group. See
§ 1.1502–13(j)(4) regarding successive
intercompany transactions.
(ii) Section 351 transfer to a non-member—
(A) Facts. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (j)(6)(i)(A) of this section, except
that B2 is not a member of the P group, and
B contributes all its Q stock to B2 in a
transaction that qualifies under section 351.
(B) Analysis—(1) Intercompany sale in
2021 and five-year basis increase in 2023.
The analysis for the 2021 and 2023 tax years
are the same as in paragraphs (j)(6)(i)(B)(1)
and (2) of this section.
(2) Transfer of Q to a non-member in a
section 351 transaction. In 2024, B’s
contribution of its Q stock to B2, a nonmember of the P group, is an inclusion event
under section 1400Z–2(b)(1) and
§ 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c). The amount includible
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
2000
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
pursuant to § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(e) is $90x (the
remaining deferred gain as determined in
paragraph (j)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section). S’s
deferred capital gain of $150x is taken into
account in 2024 under the acceleration rule
of § 1.1502–13(d) because the Q stock has left
the P group. B2’s holding period for the
qualifying investment does not include the
time during which B and S held the
qualifying investment.
(iii) Section 721(a) transfer to a
partnership—(A) Facts. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (j)(6)(i)(A) of this
section, except that B2 is a partnership, and
an unrelated party is the other partner in B2.
B’s transfer of all of its Q stock to B2 qualifies
for non-recognition treatment under section
721(a). In 2026, the fair market value of Q is
$330x.
(B) Analysis—(1) Intercompany sale in
2021 and five-year basis increase in 2023.
The analysis for the 2021 and 2023 tax years
are the same as in paragraphs (j)(6)(i)(B)(1)
and (2) of this section.
(2) Transfer of Q stock to a partnership in
a section 721(a) transaction. In 2024, B
transfers its Q stock to B2, a partnership, in
a section 721(a) transaction. Although a
section 721(a) transaction is not an inclusion
event under § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c)(7), under the
acceleration rule of § 1.1502–13(d), S must
take into account its $90x of remaining
deferred gain because B2 has benefited from
an increased basis in the Q stock as a result
of the intercompany sale between S and B
such that this is the appropriate time to take
the remaining deferred gain into account. S’s
deferred capital gain of $150x is taken into
account in 2024 for the same reason.
(7) Example 7: Computation and
application of the attribute reduction amount
under § 1.1502–36(d) when S owns a QOF—
(i) Facts. In 2018, S sells an asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $5,000x of
eligible gain. S contributes $5,000x to Q in
exchange for stock of Q and properly elects
to defer the eligible gain under section
1400Z–2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1. In 2024, M
sells all of its S stock to X for its fair market
value of $100x, and M’s basis in the stock of
S is $300x. At the time of sale, S owns the
Q stock with a basis of $500x (S’s basis in
its Q stock was increased under section
1400Z–2(b)(2)(B)(iii) to $500x in 2023), and
S has a net operating loss carryover of $50x.
M’s transfer of the S shares is a transfer of
loss shares under § 1.1502–36. Assume that
no basis redetermination is required under
§ 1.1502–36(b) and no basis reduction is
required under § 1.1502–36(c).
(ii) Attribute reduction under § 1.1502–
36(d). Under § 1.1502–36(d), S’s attributes are
reduced by S’s attribute reduction amount.
Section 1.1502–36(d)(3) provides that S’s
attribute reduction amount is the lesser of the
net stock loss and S’s aggregate inside loss.
The net stock loss is the excess of the $300x
aggregate basis of the transferred S shares
over the $100x aggregate value of those
shares, or $200x. S’s aggregate inside loss,
which includes the basis of the stock of Q as
provided by paragraph (e) of this section, is
the excess of S’s net inside attribute amount
over the value of the S share. S’s net inside
attribute amount is $550x, computed as the
sum of S’s $50x loss carryover and its $500x
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
basis in Q. S’s aggregate inside loss is
therefore $450x ($550x net inside attribute
amount over the $100x value of the S share).
Accordingly, S’s attribute reduction amount
is the lesser of the $200x net stock loss and
the $450x aggregate inside loss, or $200x.
Under § 1.1502–36(d)(4), S’s $200x attribute
reduction is first allocated and applied to
reduce S’s $50x loss carryover to $0. Under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(4)(i)(D), S generally would be
able to reduce the basis of its category D
assets (including stock in other corporations)
by the remaining attribute reduction amount
($150x). However, paragraph (e) of this
section provides that S’s basis in the stock of
Q is not included in S’s Category D attributes
that are available for reduction under
§ 1.1502–36(d)(4), and the remaining $150x
of attribute reduction amount cannot be used
to reduce the basis of Q shares under
§ 1.1502–36(d). Rather, under paragraph (e)
of this section, P is treated as making the
election under § 1.1502–36(d)(6) to reduce
M’s basis in the transferred loss S shares by
$150x. As a result, P’s basis in its M stock
is also reduced by $150x.
(k) Applicability dates—(1) In general.
This section applies for taxable years
beginning after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a consolidated group’s first
taxable year ending after December 21,
2017, that began on December 22, 2017,
and for taxable years beginning after
December 21, 2017, and on or before
March 13, 2020, a consolidated group
may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(g)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–120186–
18) published on May 1, 2019, but only
if applied in a consistent manner for all
such taxable years.
■ Par. 11. Section 1.1504–3 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.1504–3 Treatment of stock in a QOF C
corporation for purposes of consolidation.
(a) Scope and definitions—(1) Scope.
This section provides rules regarding
the treatment of stock in a QOF C
corporation for purposes of determining
whether such corporation can join in
the filing of a consolidated return.
Paragraph (b) of this section generally
prevents a subsidiary QOF C
corporation from joining in the filing of
a consolidated return, but it provides an
election to consolidate a subsidiary QOF
C corporation (subject to certain
conditions). Paragraph (c) of this section
provides instructions for making the
election provided by paragraph (b) of
this section. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides an example. Paragraph
(e) of this section provides the
applicability dates.
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(2) Definitions. The definitions
provided in §§ 1.1400Z2(a)–1(b) and
1.1502–14Z(a)(2)(ii) apply for purposes
of this section.
(b) QOF stock not stock for purposes
of affiliation—(1) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section, stock in a QOF C
corporation (whether qualifying QOF
stock or otherwise) is not treated as
stock under section 1504 for purposes of
determining whether the issuer may join
in the filing of a consolidated return
under section 1501. Therefore, a QOF C
corporation can be the common parent
of a consolidated group, and a QOF C
corporation generally can be a member
of an affiliated group for purposes of
section 1504, but a QOF C corporation
cannot join in the filing of a
consolidated return as a subsidiary
member (except as provided in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section).
(2) Election to consolidate a
subsidiary QOF C corporation—(i) In
general. Notwithstanding paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, a consolidated
group may elect to consolidate a
subsidiary QOF C corporation that was
formed, or section 1504 control of
which was acquired, by the
consolidated group after May 1, 2019,
and that otherwise meets the affiliation
requirements under section 1504. If a
pre-existing corporation was a member
of the consolidated group prior to
becoming a QOF C corporation, a
consolidated group may elect to
continue to consolidate such preexisting corporation if it self-certified to
be a QOF after May 1, 2019. The
consolidated group must make the
election under this paragraph (b)(2) with
regard to the first taxable year during
which the subsidiary QOF C corporation
otherwise meets the section 1504
affiliation requirements (without regard
to paragraph (b)(1) of this section). See
§ 1.1502–14Z(f)(3) for an election
available with regard to a subsidiary
QOF C corporation that met the section
1504 affiliation requirements as of May
1, 2019. The election under this
paragraph (b)(2) is effective on the later
of May 1, 2019, or the first date on
which the QOF C corporation otherwise
meets the requirements of section 1504.
If a consolidated group makes the
election under this paragraph (b)(2),
then the conditions in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section apply to the
consolidated group and to the QOF
member. See paragraph (c) of this
section for the form and manner of
making this election.
(ii) Conditions to consolidate a
subsidiary QOF C corporation—(A)
Ownership status of QOF investor
member. On and at all times after the
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES2
date of the investment, the common
parent must directly or indirectly own
all shares of all classes of stock
(including non-qualified preferred
stock) issued by any QOF investor
member.
(B) Direct investment. Except as
provided in § 1.1502–14Z(c), each QOF
investor member must maintain direct
ownership of its qualifying investment
(see, for example, § 1.1400Z2(b)–1(c),
which generally treats transfers of a
qualifying investment as an inclusion
event). See § 1.1502–14Z(c)(4) for rules
regarding the treatment of intercompany
transfers as qualifying investments in a
QOF member. See also § 1.1502–
14Z(c)(2) and (c)(3)(ii) for rules
regarding actual and deemed
intercompany transfers of qualifying
investments.
(3) Failure of continued qualification.
Consolidation of a subsidiary QOF C
corporation is contingent upon
continued satisfaction of all of the
conditions of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
section. The requirements of paragraph
(b)(2) of this section continue to apply
(with appropriate modifications to
reflect single-entity treatment) following
any intercompany transfer of the QOF
member stock that is subject to
§ 1.1502–14Z(c)(3)(ii). For example,
following an intercompany transfer of
the QOF member stock that is subject to
§ 1.1502–14Z(c)(3)(ii), the buying
member must maintain a direct
investment in the QOF member. On the
failure to satisfy any condition of
paragraph (b)(2), the QOF member will
deconsolidate, and § 1.1502–14Z(g) will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
16:49 Jan 10, 2020
Jkt 250001
apply with respect to such
deconsolidation.
(c) Election under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section to consolidate a subsidiary
QOF C corporation—(1) In general. The
election under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section is irrevocable and is made in the
form provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section.
(2) Form of election. The election
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section
must be made in the form of a statement
titled ‘‘THIS IS AN ELECTION UNDER
§ 1.1504–3(b)(2) TO CONSOLIDATE
[insert name and employer
identification number (E.I.N.) of
subsidiary QOF C corporation] as of
[insert date].’’ The statement must be
included with the consolidated group’s
timely filed return (original,
superseding, or amended return, as
applicable, including extensions) for the
year the election under § 1.1504–3(b)(2)
is made.
(d) Example. The following example
illustrates the treatment of QOF stock as
not stock for purposes of affiliation as
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(1) QOF stock as not stock for purposes of
affiliation to join in the filing of a
consolidated return—(i) Facts. P wholly
owns S, which wholly owns corporation Q1.
P, S, and Q1 are members of the P group. In
2021, S sells an asset to an unrelated party
and realizes $500x of eligible gain. S
contributes $500x to Q1 and properly elects
to defer the eligible gain under section
1400Z–2(a) and § 1.1400Z2(a)–1. At such
time, Q1 qualifies and elects to be treated as
a QOF, but the P group does not elect to
consolidate Q1 under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
2001
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, stock of a QOF C corporation
(qualifying or otherwise) is not treated as
stock for purposes of determining whether
the QOF C corporation may join in the filing
of a consolidated return. Thus, because no
election has been made under paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, once Q1 becomes a
QOF, Q1 ceases to be affiliated with the P
group members for purposes of section 1501,
and it deconsolidates from the P group. See
§§ 1.1502–1 through -1.1502–100 generally
for the consequences of deconsolidation.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) Applicability dates—(1) In general.
This section applies for taxable years
beginning after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the
portion of a consolidated group’s first
taxable year ending after December 21,
2017, that began on December 22, 2017,
and for taxable years beginning after
December 21, 2017, and on or before
March 13, 2020, a consolidated group
may choose either—
(i) To apply the section 1400Z–2
regulations, if applied in a consistent
manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed
§ 1.1400Z2(g)–1 contained in the notice
of proposed rulemaking (REG–120186–
18) published on May 1, 2019, but only
if applied in a consistent manner for all
such taxable years.
Sunita Lough,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Approved: December 18, 2019
David J. Kautter,
Assistant Secretary (Tax Policy).
[FR Doc. 2019–27846 Filed 12–31–19; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\13JAR2.SGM
13JAR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 8 (Monday, January 13, 2020)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 1866-2001]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2019-27846]
[[Page 1865]]
Vol. 85
Monday,
No. 8
January 13, 2020
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR 1
Investing in Qualified Opportunity Funds; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 85 , No. 8 / Monday, January 13, 2020 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 1866]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[TD 9889]
RIN 1545-BP04
Investing in Qualified Opportunity Funds
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulation.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations governing the extent
to which taxpayers may elect the Federal income tax benefits provided
by section 1400Z-2 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) with respect to
certain equity interests in a qualified opportunity fund (QOF). The
final regulations address the comments received in response to the two
notices of proposed rulemaking issued under section 1400Z-2 and provide
additional guidance for taxpayers eligible to elect to temporarily
defer the inclusion in gross income of certain gains if corresponding
amounts are invested in certain equity interests in QOFs, as well as
guidance on the ability of such taxpayers to exclude from gross income
additional gain recognized after holding those equity interests for at
least 10 years. The final regulations also address various requirements
that must be met for an entity to qualify as a QOF, including
requirements that must be met for an entity to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business. The final regulations affect entities that
self-certify as QOFs and eligible taxpayers that make investments,
whether qualifying or non-qualifying, in such entities.
DATES:
Effective date: The final regulations contained in this document
are effective on March 13, 2020.
Applicability dates: See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning section 1400Z-2 and these
regulations generally, Alfred H. Bae, (202) 317-7006, or Kyle C.
Griffin, (202) 317-4718, of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Income Tax and Accounting); concerning issues related to C
corporations and consolidated groups, Jeremy Aron-Dine, (202) 317-6848,
or Sarah Hoyt, (202) 317-5024, of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate); concerning issues related to gains from financial
contracts, REITs, or RICs, Andrea Hoffenson or Pamela Lew, (202) 317-
7053, of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Financial Institutions
and Products); concerning issues related to investments by foreign
persons, Eric Florenz, (202) 317-6941, or Milton Cahn (202) 317-6937,
of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International); concerning
issues related to partnerships, S corporations or trusts, Marla
Borkson, Sonia Kothari, or Vishal Amin, at (202) 317-6850, and
concerning issues related to estates and gifts, Leslie Finlow or
Lorraine Gardner, at (202) 317-6859, of the Office of Associate Chief
Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries). These numbers are not
toll-free numbers.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document amends the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) by
adding final regulations under section 1400Z-2 of the Code. Section
13823 of Public Law 115-97, 131 Stat. 2054 (December 22, 2017),
commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), added
sections 1400Z-1 and 1400Z-2 to the Code. Section 1400Z-1 addresses the
designation of population census tracts located in the 50 states, U.S.
territories, and the District of Columbia as qualified opportunity
zones (QOZs). See Notice 2018-48, 2018-28 I.R.B. 9, and Notice 2019-42,
2019-29 I.R.B. 352, for the list of population census tracts designated
as QOZs (each, a QOZ designation notice).
Section 1400Z-2 provides two main Federal income tax benefits to
eligible taxpayers that make longer-term investments of new capital in
one or more designated QOZs through QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses. The first main Federal income tax benefit provided by
section 1400Z-2 is the ability of an eligible taxpayer, upon the making
of a valid election, to defer until as late as December 31, 2026, the
inclusion in gross income of certain gains that would otherwise be
recognized in a taxable year if the taxpayer invests a corresponding
amount of such gain in a qualifying investment in a QOF within a 180-
day statutory period. The eligible taxpayer may potentially exclude 10
percent of such deferred gain from gross income if the eligible
taxpayer holds the qualifying investment in the QOF for at least five
years. See section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii). An additional five percent of
such gain may potentially be excluded from gross income if the eligible
taxpayer holds that qualifying investment for at least seven years. See
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iv). The second main Federal income tax
benefit provided by section 1400Z-2 is the ability for the eligible
taxpayer, upon the making of a separate valid election, to exclude from
gross income any appreciation on the eligible taxpayer's qualifying
investment in the QOF if the eligible taxpayer holds the qualifying
investment for at least 10 years. See section 1400Z-2(c).
On October 29, 2018, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury
Department) and the IRS published a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-
115420-18) in the Federal Register (83 FR 54279) containing a first set
of proposed regulations under section 1400Z-2 (October 2018 proposed
regulations). The October 2018 proposed regulations addressed the type
of gain that is eligible for deferral by eligible taxpayers, the timing
by which eligible taxpayers must invest amounts in QOFs corresponding
to the gains to be deferred, and the manner in which eligible taxpayers
could make deferral elections of any gains. The October 2018 proposed
regulations also provided rules for the self-certification of QOFs,
valuation of QOF assets, and general guidance on the requirements for a
corporation or partnership to be a qualified opportunity zone business,
including providing that the term ``substantially all'' as used in
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i) means at least 70 percent. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received 180 written and electronic comments
responding to the October 2018 proposed regulations. A public hearing
on the October 2018 proposed regulations was held on February 14, 2019.
A second notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-120186-18) was
published in the Federal Register (84 FR 18652) on May 1, 2019,
containing additional proposed regulations under section 1400Z-2 (May
2019 proposed regulations). The May 2019 proposed regulations updated
portions of the October 2018 proposed regulations to address various
issues, including: The definition of the term ``substantially all'' in
each of the various places the term appears in section 1400Z-2;
transactions resulting in the inclusion under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B)
and (b) of eligible gain that an eligible taxpayer elected to defer
under section 1400Z-2(a); the treatment of leased property used by a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone business; the use of qualified
opportunity zone business property in the QOZ; the sourcing of gross
income to the qualified opportunity zone business; and the ``reasonable
period'' for a QOF to reinvest proceeds from the sale of qualifying
assets without paying the penalty imposed by section 1400Z-2(f)(1). The
Treasury Department and
[[Page 1867]]
the IRS received 127 written and electronic comments responding to the
May 2019 proposed regulations. A public hearing on the May 2019
proposed regulations was held on July 9, 2019.
The October 2018 proposed regulations and the May 2019 proposed
regulations are collectively referred to in this Treasury decision as
the ``proposed regulations.'' All comments received on the proposed
regulations are available at www.regulations.gov or upon request.
The preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations stated that the
Treasury Department and the IRS would schedule tribal consultation with
officials of governments of Federally recognized Indian tribes (Indian
tribal governments) before finalizing the proposed regulations to
obtain additional input, within the meaning of the Treasury
Department's Tribal Consultation Policy (80 FR 57434, September 23,
2015), in accordance with Executive Order 13175, ``Consultation and
Coordination with Indian tribal governments'' (65 FR 67249, November 6,
2000), on the ability of entities organized under the law of an Indian
tribe to be QOFs or qualified opportunity zone businesses, whether any
additional guidance may be needed regarding the ability of QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses to lease tribal government
Federal trust lands or leased real property located on such lands, and
any other tribal implications of the proposed regulations. This tribal
consultation took place via telephone on October 21, 2019
(Consultation) (see part VI. of the Special Analyses for additional
discussion).
After full consideration of all comments received on the proposed
regulations, including comments received from the Consultation, and the
testimony heard at both public hearings, this Treasury decision adopts
the proposed regulations with modifications in response to such
comments and testimony, as described in the Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions following this Background.
For dates of applicability, see Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1,
1.1400Z2(b)-1, 1.1400Z2(c)-1, 1.1400Z2(d)-1, 1.1400Z2(d)-2,
1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and 1.1504-3 set forth in this document,
which provide that the final regulations set forth in Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(d)-2, 1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and
1.1504-3 are generally applicable for taxable years beginning after
March 13, 2020. With respect to the portion of a taxpayer's first
taxable year ending after December 21, 2017 that began on December 22,
2017, and for taxable years beginning after December 21, 2017, and on
or before March 13, 2020, taxpayers may choose either (1) to apply the
final regulations set forth in Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through
1.1400Z2(d)-2, 1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and 1.1504-3 contained in
this document, if applied in a consistent manner for all such taxable
years, or (2) to rely on each section of proposed Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(g)-1, except for proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(c)-1, contained in the notice of proposed rulemaking documents
published on October 29, 2018, and on May 1, 2019, in the Federal
Register (83 FR 54279; 84 FR 18652), but only if relied upon in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years. Taxpayers relying on each
section of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(g)-1,
except for proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1, contained in the notice of
proposed rulemaking documents published on October 29, 2018, and on May
1, 2019, in the Federal Register (83 FR 54279; 84 FR 18652), must apply
Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1 of the final regulations contained in this document
with respect to any elections made under section 1400Z-2(c).
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions
I. Overview
The final regulations set forth in Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through
1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and 1.1504-3 (section 1400Z-2 regulations)
retain the basic approach and structure of the proposed regulations,
with certain revisions. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
refined and clarified certain aspects of the proposed regulations in
these final regulations to make the rules easier to follow and
understand. Specifically, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 has been split
into two separate sections: Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 and 1.1400Z2(d)-2.
Further, the Treasury Department and the IRS have combined duplicative
rules regarding QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses, and
have added defined terms to allow the reader to more intuitively grasp
the meaning of the numerous provisions cross-referenced in the final
regulations.
This Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions discusses
those revisions as well as comments received in response to each of
Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(g)-1 of the proposed
regulations (proposed Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(g)-1).
The rules proposed in the October 2018 proposed regulations and the May
2019 proposed regulations are explained in greater detail in the
Explanation of Provisions sections of the preambles to each set of
proposed regulations.
II. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 prescribed rules regarding the
election to defer gains under section 1400Z-2(a)(1), including rules
regarding which taxpayers are eligible to make the election, which
gains are eligible for deferral, and the method by which eligible
taxpayers may make deferral elections. This part II describes the
revisions made to proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 based on the comments
received on those proposed rules, including revisions to the definition
of eligible gain and revisions to the rules applying the statutory 180-
period and other requirements with regard to the making of a qualifying
investment in a QOF.
A. Definitions and Related Operating Rules
1. Eligible Gain
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2) generally provided that an
amount of gain would be eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)
if the gain (i) is treated as a capital gain for Federal income tax
purposes that would be recognized for Federal income tax purposes
before January 1, 2027, if section 1400Z-2(a)(1) did not apply to defer
recognition of the gain; and (ii) did not arise from a sale or exchange
with a related person within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2)
(eligible gain). This part II.A.1. describes the comments received on
various aspects of the proposed definition of eligible gain and
explains the revisions, based on those comments, adopted by Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11) of the final regulations.
a. Gains From Section 1231 Property
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(iii) of the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the only gain arising from property used in
the taxpayer's trade or business (section 1231 property) eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) was ``capital gain net income''
for a taxable year, which was defined as the amount by which the
capital gains arising from all of a taxpayer's section 1231 property
exceeded all of the taxpayer's losses from section 1231 property for a
taxable year. The Treasury Department and the IRS have reconsidered
this approach based on the numerous comments received on this aspect of
the May 2019 proposed regulations.
[[Page 1868]]
i. Section 1231 Generally
Section 1231 governs the character of a taxpayer's gains or losses
with respect to section 1231 property not otherwise characterized by
section 1245 or 1250. Section 1231(b) defines ``section 1231 property''
generally as depreciable or real property that is used in the
taxpayer's trade or business and held for more than one year, subject
to enumerated exceptions (for example, property held by the taxpayer
primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the
taxpayer's trade or business).
Under section 1231(a)(1), if a taxpayer's aggregate gains from each
sale and exchange (each gain, a section 1231 gain) during the taxable
year exceed the taxpayer's aggregate losses from each sale and exchange
(each loss, a section 1231 loss), the taxpayer's section 1231 gains and
section 1231 losses are treated as long-term capital gains and long-
term capital losses, respectively. However, if the aggregate section
1231 gains do not exceed the aggregate section 1231 losses (that is,
the aggregate amount of section 1231 gains equals or is less than the
aggregate amount of section 1231 losses), those gains and losses are
not treated as gains and losses from sales or exchanges of capital
assets (that is, they are treated as ordinary income and ordinary
losses). See sections 64, 1221, 1222, and 1231(a)(2) of the Code.
Several provisions of the Code may apply to limit the long-term
capital treatment otherwise potentially provided under section
1231(a)(1). For example, prior to the aggregation of section 1231 gains
and losses under section 1231(a), the recapture rules of sections 1245
and 1250 must be applied on an asset-by-asset basis. Section 1245,
which applies to sales, exchanges, or dispositions of depreciable
tangible and intangible property, characterizes any gain recognized as
ordinary income (as defined in section 64) to the extent depreciation
or amortization has been allowed or allowable with respect to that
property. Section 1250 provides a similar ``pre-aggregation'' recapture
rule with regard to sales, exchanges, or dispositions of depreciable
real property that is not section 1245 property, and it characterizes
as ordinary income (as defined in section 64) any gain recognized in
excess of straight line depreciation.
Section 1231(c), on the other hand, sets forth a ``post-
aggregation'' recapture provision, requiring the net section 1231 gain
for any taxable year to be treated as ordinary income to the extent
that such gain does not exceed the non-recaptured net section 1231
losses. Non-recaptured net section 1231 losses are net section 1231
losses for the five most recent preceding taxable years of the taxpayer
that have not yet been recaptured. However, section 1231(c)(5),
provides that the principles of section 1231(a)(4) apply for purposes
of section 1231(c). Under section 1231(a)(4), to determine whether
gains exceed losses for the section 1231(a) character determination,
section 1231 gains are included only if and to the extent that they are
taken into account in computing gross income, and section 1231 losses
are included only if and to the extent that they are taken into account
in computing taxable income.
Essentially, the operation of the ``pre-aggregation'' recapture
rules under sections 1245 and 1250, as well as the ``post-aggregation''
recapture rule under section 1231(c), requires a gain recognized with
respect to section 1231 property potentially to be treated as ordinary
income, even if that gain otherwise would have been characterized
differently under section 1231(a) in the absence of such recapture
rules.
Section 64 defines the term ``ordinary income'' for purposes of
subtitle A of the Code (subtitle A), which includes sections 1231,
1245, 1250, and 1400Z-2, to include ``any gain from the sale or
exchange of property which is neither a capital asset nor property
described in section 1231(b),'' and provides further that ``[a]ny gain
from the sale or exchange of property which is treated or considered,
under other provisions of this subtitle, as `ordinary income' shall be
treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property which is neither
a capital asset nor property described in section 1231(b).'' See for
example, sections 1231(c), 1245, and 1250; see also Sec. Sec. 1.1245-
1(a)(1), 1.1245-1(b)(2), 1.1250-1(a)(1), 1.1250-1(b)(1), and 1.1250-
1(c)(1).
ii. Comments on Treatment of Section 1231 Property
Commenters suggested that the gross amount of section 1231 gain
realized from sales or exchanges of section 1231 property should be
eligible gain, provided that such gain is determined to be capital gain
at the end of the taxable year by taking into account all section 1231
gains and section 1231 losses. Some commenters also recommended that
the 180-day period for investment begin on the date of the sale or
exchange that gives rise to a section 1231 gain instead of at the end
of the taxable year. Many of the commenters recognized that, because
section 1231(a)(1) requires a netting process to determine whether
section 1231 gains and losses are capital in character, investors might
not be certain if any of the section 1231 gain invested from sales or
exchanges before the end of the taxable year is capital in character.
Therefore, several commenters suggested that gross section 1231 gains
be eligible for investment on the date of the sale or exchange,
contingent on such gains being capital in character as determined by
the netting process at the end of the taxable year. Under this
approach, if the section 1231 gains invested in a QOF during a taxable
year are determined not to be capital in character because section 1231
gains for the year do not exceed section 1231 losses, the section 1231
gains invested that year would constitute an investment that does not
qualify for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) (a non-qualifying
investment).
In the alternative, many commenters recommended an election to
permit a taxpayer to begin the 180-day period for section 1231 gains on
the last day of the taxable year. This election would accommodate the
needs of taxpayers who are unable to determine whether section 1231
gains will be capital in character until all transactions involving
section 1231 property have been completed for a taxable year. As a
model for this elective approach, commenters referred to proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(c)(2)(iii)(B), which permits a partner to elect to align
its 180-day period with that of the partnership, that is, the date of
the sale or exchange giving rise to such gain.
Commenters observed that because gain that is deferred under
section 1400Z-2 would not be taken into account in computing gross
income until recognized, pursuant to section 1231(a)(4), any deferred
gains would be excluded from the section 1231(a) character
determination. As a result, taxpayers could ensure that section 1231
gains do not exceed section 1231 losses for a taxable year under
section 1231(a) by investing the excess of gains realized from the sale
or exchange of section 1231 property over the losses from those sales,
thus, rendering all section 1231 losses, that otherwise would be
capital in character, ordinary in character. However, commenters noted
that section 1231(a)(4) gives rise to a circularity issue if applied in
this manner. If the only section 1231 gains that are eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z-2 are capital character section 1231
gains, then, if a taxpayer invests an amount of section 1231 gains in a
QOF such that the character determination under section 1231(a)
produces ordinary character gains and
[[Page 1869]]
losses for a taxable year, then all section 1231 gains in that taxable
year would not be eligible gains. Therefore, in light of the
application of section 1231(a)(4), a taxpayer could only defer an
amount of section 1231 gains such that even after subtracting deferred
gains, the remaining non-deferred section 1231 gains for the taxable
year would still exceed section 1231 losses. In many cases, this excess
amount would be substantially less than the gross amount of section
1231 gains realized from the sale or exchange section 1231 property for
the taxable year. To resolve both the issue of shifting the character
of otherwise capital character section 1231 losses to ordinary
character section 1231 losses and the circularity issue described
previously, a commenter suggested treating section 1231 gains deferred
under section 1400Z-2 as if they were ``taken into account in computing
gross income'' for purposes of section 1231(a)(4). Under such a rule,
even if the full amount of section 1231 gains that are capital in
character were deferred under section 1400Z-2, section 1231 gains would
still exceed section 1231 losses and both section 1231 gains and losses
would retain their capital character after the application of section
1231(a).
Several commenters also requested additional rules with respect to
the application of the rules of section 1231(c) (described earlier) to
deferred section 1231 gain. Commenters suggested a rule providing that
deferred section 1231 gain to the extent of non-recaptured net section
1231 losses be treated as ordinary income when those gains are
recognized rather than in the year of gain deferral. In some instances,
this approach may require a taxpayer to account for its non-recaptured
net section 1231 losses for a period longer than the five most recent
taxable years section 1231(c) requires. A commenter suggested that the
extension of the recapture period be accomplished by means of an
election by the taxpayer at the time any section 1231 gain is deferred
under section 1400Z-2. In electing to defer section 1231 gain, a
taxpayer also would elect to extend the section 1231(c) recapture
period to the longer of the statutory five-year period or the taxable
year that includes December 31, 2026. Alternatively, some commenters
asked that section 1231(c) not apply at all to deferred section 1231
gains.
One commenter also noted that the term ``capital gain net income''
already is defined in section 1222(9), and that its separate definition
and use in the section 1400Z-2 regulations might lead to confusion.
In response to these comments, the final regulations provide that
eligible gains that may be deferred pursuant to section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations include gains from the
sale or exchange of property described in section 1231(b) not required
to be characterized as ordinary income by sections 1245 or 1250
(qualified section 1231 gains), regardless of whether section 1231(a)
(without regard to section 1231(a)(4)) would determine those gains to
be capital or ordinary in character. As noted earlier, section 64
provides that gains from the sale or exchange of section 1231 property
generally are not considered ordinary income for purposes of subtitle
A, although recaptured income under section 1245 or 1250 would be
ordinary income under section 64.
However, the final regulations do not set forth a special rule to
address the application of section 1231(a)(4) for purposes of applying
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Thus, section
1231(a)(4) applies to eligible section 1231 gains deferred pursuant to
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) as it would under similar deferral provisions,
such as sections 453 and 1031. That is, unless a section 1231 gain (as
defined in section 1231(a)(3)(A)) is taken into account in computing
gross income in a taxable year, section 1231(a)(4) does not include
that gain in calculating whether section 1231 gains exceed section 1231
losses under section 1231(a)(1) for the taxable year.
Additionally, these final regulations do not alter the statutory
application of the section 1231(c) recapture of net ordinary loss.
Therefore, if a deferral election with respect to an eligible section
1231 gain is made in year 1, any non-recaptured net section 1231 losses
from the five most recent taxable years that precede year 1 apply to
recapture as ordinary income in year 1 any net section 1231 gain that
has not been deferred in year 1. In other words, the section 1231(c)
amount that would have applied to the eligible section 1231 gain absent
a deferral election and corresponding investment in a QOF is not an
attribute associated with the deferred eligible section 1231 gain that
is taken into account in applying section 1231 in the ultimate year in
which the deferred gain is included in income under section 1400Z-2(b)
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Instead, when deferred eligible
section 1231 gain is subsequently included in income on December 31,
2026, or on an earlier date as a result of an inclusion event, section
1231(c) will recapture net section 1231 gain in the year of inclusion
by taking into account non-recaptured section 1231 losses only from the
five most recent taxable years preceding the taxable year of inclusion.
Unlike the net approach of the proposed regulations, the final
regulations adopt a gross approach to eligible section 1231 gains
without regard to any section 1231 losses. In addition, under the final
regulations, the character of eligible section 1231 gains, other than
as gains arising from the sale or exchange of section 1231 property, is
not determined until the taxable year such gains are taken into account
in computing gross income pursuant to section 1231(a)(4). Accordingly,
the term ``capital gain net income'' used in the proposed regulations
is no longer applicable when referring to the amount of any gain from
the sale or exchange of section 1231 property that is eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that a gross
approach that does not apply section 1231(a) and (c) (gross approach)
to determine eligible gain from the sale or exchange of section 1231
property is consistent with the long-standing rules of section 64, and
is appropriate due to the complexity of applying section 1231 to
deferred gains generally. Moreover, limiting eligible gain from the
sale or exchange of section 1231 property to an amount less than the
net section 1231 gains for a taxable year would impose a significant
administrative burden on persons that are required to report the
recognition of such gains during the taxable year under Federal income
tax accounting principles (eligible taxpayers). Similarly, a gross
approach to determine eligible section 1231 gains eliminates complexity
and uncertainty in determining eligible gain for partnerships and S
corporations that are eligible taxpayers.
As discussed in part II.A.3.a. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, because eligible gains include the gross
amount of eligible section 1231 gains unreduced by section 1231 losses
regardless of character, it is not necessary for an investor to wait
until the end of the taxable year to determine whether any eligible
section 1231 gains are eligible gains. As a consequence, the final
regulations provide that the 180-day period for investing an amount
with respect to an eligible section 1231 gain for which a deferral
election is to be made begins on the date of the sale or exchange that
gives rise to the eligible section 1231 gain.
[[Page 1870]]
b. Character of Eligible Gain
Section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) provides that if a taxpayer has ``gain
from the sale to, or exchange with, an unrelated person of any property
held by the taxpayer,'' the taxpayer may elect to exclude from gross
income for the taxable year the aggregate amount of such gain invested
by the taxpayer in a QOF during the 180-day period beginning on the
date of such sale or exchange. The Treasury Department and the IRS
considered whether ``gain'' eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2
should include both gain from the disposition of a capital asset as
well as gain treated as ordinary income under subtitle A.
As noted in part II.A.1.a, section 64 of the Code provides
generally that for purposes of subtitle A, the term ``ordinary income''
includes any gain from the sale or exchange of property which is
neither a capital asset nor property described in section 1231(b). Any
gain from the sale or exchange of property which is treated or
considered, under other provisions of subtitle A, as ``ordinary
income'' shall be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property
which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section
1231(b). Thus, for purposes of subtitle A, including section 1400Z-2,
section 64 defines gains treated as ordinary income as categorically
different from gains from the sale or exchange of capital assets or
section 1231 property.
In this regard, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(i) as contained
in the October 2018 proposed regulations provided that an amount of
gain is an ``eligible gain,'' and thus is eligible for deferral under
section 1400Z-2(a), if the gain is treated as a capital gain for
Federal income tax purposes. In addition, the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the only gain arising from section 1231
property eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) was
``capital gain net income'' for a taxable year, which was defined as
the amount by which the capital gains arising from all of a taxpayer's
section 1231 property exceeded all of the taxpayer's losses from
section 1231 property for a taxable year.
Based on the statutory text of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), several
commenters requested that the final regulations permit taxpayers to
treat both capital gains and ordinary gains (that is, gains treated as
ordinary income) as eligible gains. For example, commenters requested
that gain from property used in a trade or business required to be
characterized as ordinary income, such as recapture income under
section 1231(c) or 1245(a), should be permitted to be invested in a
QOF.
After consideration of the language, structure and purpose of
section 1400Z-2 as a whole, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that it would be inconsistent with section 64 and the
statutory framework of section 1400Z-2 to extend the meaning of the
term ``gain'' in section 1400Z-2(a)(1) to gain required to be treated
as ordinary income under subtitle A, including section 1245 gain. The
interpretation of the Treasury Department and the IRS of the text and
structure of the statute is confirmed by the legislative history, which
explicitly identifies ``capital gains'' as the gains that are eligible
for deferral. See H.R. Rep. No. 115-466, at 537-540 (Dec. 15, 2017)
(Conference Report).
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS have retained in
the final regulations the general rule set forth in the proposed
regulations that limits eligible gains to gains treated as capital
gains for Federal income tax purposes. For purposes of section 1400Z-
2(a)(1), eligible gains generally include gains from the disposition of
capital assets as defined in section 1221(a), gains from the
disposition of property described in section 1231(b), and income
treated as capital gain under any provision of the Code, such as
capital gain dividends distributed by certain corporations. For this
purpose, both long-term capital gain and short-term capital gain may be
determined to be eligible gain under the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
However, consistent with section 64, any gain required to be treated as
ordinary income under subtitle A, such as section 1245 recapture
income, is not eligible gain.
In that regard, one commenter suggested that, unlike other
investors in QOFs, existing residents of a QOZ should be provided a
special accommodation not available to other eligible taxpayers--such
residents should be permitted to invest any gain, regardless of
character, in QOFs and elect to defer the corresponding amounts in
accordance with section 1400Z-2. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that neither the statutory language nor legislative
history of section 1400Z-2 supports different treatment for residents
of QOZs regarding the deferral of eligible gains. Section 1400Z-2
references the term ``taxpayer,'' which section 7701(a)(14) defines as
``any person subject to any internal revenue tax.'' In turn, section
7701(a)(1) defines the term ``person'' to include ``an individual, a
trust, estate, partnership, association, company or corporation.''
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
construction of the term ``taxpayer'' in accordance with section
7701(a)(14) would be consistent with the language and purpose of
section 1400Z-2 as a whole, and therefore would give effect to the
intent of Congress. Moreover, disparate treatment of eligible taxpayers
residing in QOZs and those who do not is not warranted given that the
statute equally incents investment in QOZs by any taxpayer, including
those that have historically invested in businesses operated within
QOZs and those that have not. Accordingly, the section 1400Z-2
regulations do not adopt the comment recommending special treatment for
residents of QOZs to invest ordinary income, including gain required to
be treated as ordinary income under subtitle A, in QOFs.
c. Gain From Sales of Capital Assets, Unreduced by Any Losses
One commenter also requested clarification that the deferral
election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) applies to the gross amount of
gain treated as capital gain unreduced by losses. The proposed
regulations generally provided that in the case of gain from the sale
of a capital asset as defined under section 1221, the full amount of
capital gain from that sale or exchange, unreduced by any losses, is
eligible gain that generally may be invested during the 180-day period
beginning on the date of the sale or exchange of the property giving
rise to the gain.
The section 1400Z-2 regulations retain the general rule of the
proposed regulations providing that the full amount of gain that would
be recognized from the sale or exchange of a capital asset as defined
under section 1221, unreduced by any losses, is eligible gain and
therefore eligible taxpayers do not have to net a gain from a section
1221 capital asset against the sum of the taxpayer's losses from
section 1221 capital assets. Thus, if a capital gain is realized by an
eligible taxpayer during a taxable year, section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations generally do not require that any losses
reduce the amount of the gain that may be an eligible gain.
However, gain that otherwise may qualify as a capital gain may be
required to be recharacterized or redetermined by other provisions of
the Code. For example, sections 1245 and 1250 may require gain that
potentially could be characterized as capital in nature to instead be
treated as ordinary income ``notwithstanding any other provision of
[[Page 1871]]
this subtitle,'' referring to subtitle A, which includes section 1400Z-
2. Consistent with section 64, if a provision of the Code requires the
character of a potential capital gain to be recharacterized,
redetermined, or treated as ordinary income for purposes of subtitle A,
such gain cannot be, and is not, treated as other than ordinary income
under the Code, and therefore is not eligible gain for purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. See Sec. Sec.
1.1245-1(a)(1), 1.1245-1(b)(2), 1.1250-1(a)(1), 1.1250-1(b)(1), and
1.1250-1(c)(1).
d. Gains From Sales to, or Exchanges of Property With, a QOF or
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
The October 2018 proposed regulations provided that eligible gain
does not include gain from the sale to, or the exchange of property
with, a person that is related to the taxpayer within the meaning of
section 1400Z-2(e)(2). Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) and the May 2019
proposed regulations provided that qualified opportunity zone business
property that a QOF owns must be acquired by the QOF by purchase from
an unrelated party. As a result, property that is purchased by a QOF
from a related party, as well as property that is contributed to a QOF
in a transfer to which section 351 or section 721(a) applies, is not
qualified opportunity zone business property.
Commenters have requested confirmation that eligible gain includes
gain arising from the sale to, or the exchange of property with, a QOF
if the amount of the gain is later invested in that QOF. Commenters
similarly have requested confirmation that gain from the sale to, or
the exchange of property with, a qualified opportunity zone business is
eligible for investment into the QOF that owns the qualified
opportunity zone business. Relatedly, commenters have requested that
the final regulations provide that a sale to, or an exchange of
property with, a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business, followed
by an investment of the amount of the sales proceeds into the QOF,
would not be characterized as a purchase from a related party for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D).
One commenter expressed concern that, if a taxpayer sold property
to an unrelated QOF and then invested the amount of the sales proceeds
in the same QOF, that sequence of transactions could be characterized
under circular cash flow principles as if the taxpayer contributed the
property directly to the QOF (and each transfer of the amount of the
sales proceeds would be disregarded for Federal income tax purposes).
If this construct applied, the acquired property would not qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that generally applicable
Federal income tax principles would require this result if, under the
facts and circumstances, the consideration paid by the QOF or by a
qualified opportunity zone business returns to its initial source as
part of the overall plan. See Rev. Rul. 83-142, 1983-2 C.B. 68; Rev.
Rul. 78-397, 1978-2 C.B. 150. Under the step transaction doctrine and
circular cash flow principles, the circular movement of the
consideration in such a transaction would be disregarded for Federal
income tax purposes, including for purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations. Thus, the transaction would be treated for
Federal income tax purposes as a transfer of property to the purchasing
QOF for an interest therein or, if applicable, as a transfer of
property to a QOF for an interest therein followed by a transfer of
such property by the QOF to the purchasing qualified opportunity zone
business.
Accordingly, an eligible taxpayer's gain from a sale to or an
exchange of property with an unrelated QOF (acquiring QOF), as part of
a plan that includes the investment of the consideration received by
the eligible taxpayer back into the acquiring QOF, is not eligible gain
to the eligible taxpayer because the transaction would not be
characterized as a sale or exchange to an unrelated person for Federal
income tax purposes. Similarly, an eligible taxpayer's gain from a sale
to or an exchange of property with an unrelated qualified opportunity
zone business (acquiring qualified opportunity zone business) is not
eligible gain to the eligible taxpayer if the sale occurs as part of a
plan that includes (i) the investment of the consideration received by
the eligible taxpayer back into the QOF that owns the acquiring
qualified opportunity zone business, followed by (ii) the contribution
by the QOF of that consideration to the qualified opportunity zone
business. Furthermore, because the transaction is not treated as a
``purchase'' of tangible property by the qualified opportunity zone
business from an unrelated party, the newly acquired property will not
qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property under section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D).
The Treasury Department and the IRS also note that, if an eligible
taxpayer sells property to, or exchanges property with, an unrelated
qualified opportunity zone business as part of a plan that includes the
investment of the consideration by the taxpayer back into the QOF that
owns the acquiring qualified opportunity zone business, the transaction
potentially may be recast or recharacterized as a non-qualifying
investment even if the QOF retains the consideration (rather than
transferring the consideration to the qualified opportunity zone
business). See Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c)(1). See also part II.D
(discussing the transfer of property for a qualifying investment) and
part VI.A (discussing the applicability of the step transaction
doctrine) of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
e. Gain Not Subject to Federal Income Tax
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments regarding the
scope of the term ``eligible gain'' with respect to gains realized by
persons that generally are not subject to Federal income tax with
respect to those gains, such as persons that are not United States
persons under section 7701(a)(30) (foreign persons) or that are
entities generally exempt from tax under the Code. Some commenters
suggested that an eligible gain should include all realized capital
gains, including gains that are not subject to Federal income tax.
However, other commenters stated that permitting deferral elections
with respect to gains that are not subject to Federal income tax would
be inappropriate because section 1400Z-2 is premised on the assumption
that a person could make qualified investments in a QOF only with
respect to amounts of capital gains for which taxation is deferred.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that eligible
taxpayers generally should be able to make an election under section
1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations only for capital
gains that would be subject to tax under subtitle A before January 1,
2027 (subject to Federal income tax) but for the making of a valid
deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations. Section 1400Z-2 defers the time when eligible gains are
included in income, and there would not be any taxable income to defer
for a gain that is not subject to Federal income tax. This approach
ensures that both United States persons and foreign persons may be
eligible for the Federal income tax benefits of section 1400Z-2 under
the same conditions. Moreover, particularly with respect to foreign
persons, the lack of any requirement that a gain be subject to Federal
income tax would make it difficult for the IRS to verify the extent to
which the amount being invested in
[[Page 1872]]
a QOF was, in fact, with respect to a capital gain.
Accordingly, the final regulations clarify that deferral of a gain
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations
generally is available only for capital gain that would be subject to
Federal income tax but for the making of a valid deferral election
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Thus,
for example, a deferral election may generally be made by nonresident
alien individuals and foreign corporations with respect to an item of
capital gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business. Further, individual bona fide residents of U.S. territories
who are United States persons may generally make a deferral election
with respect to an item of capital gain that is derived from sources
outside their territory of residence. Similarly, an organization that
is subject to the unrelated business income tax imposed by section 511
may generally make a deferral election with respect to an item of
capital gain to the extent the item would be included in computing the
organization's unrelated business taxable income (such as under the
unrelated debt-financed income rules).
In contrast, an eligible taxpayer who is not a United States person
within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30), or who is treated as a
resident of another country for purposes of an applicable income tax
treaty (foreign eligible taxpayer), should not be able to elect to
defer an item of capital gain if, in the taxable year in which such
gain is includible, the item is treated as exempt from Federal income
tax under a provision of an applicable income tax treaty (for example,
capital gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business but is not attributable to a permanent establishment of the
taxpayer within the United States). To prevent foreign eligible
taxpayers from taking inconsistent positions with respect to treaty
benefits in the taxable year of deferral and the taxable year of
inclusion, the final regulations provide that a foreign eligible
taxpayer cannot make a deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a) and
the section 1400Z-2 regulations with respect to an eligible gain unless
the foreign eligible taxpayer irrevocably waives, in accordance with
forms and instructions, any treaty benefits that would exempt that gain
from Federal income tax at the time of inclusion pursuant to an
applicable U.S. income tax convention.
In the event that forms and instructions have not yet been
published incorporating the treaty waiver requirement for a foreign
eligible taxpayer for the taxable year that the deferral election
applies to, the final regulations require the attachment of a written
statement to waive such treaty benefits. Eligible taxpayers other than
foreign eligible taxpayers will only be required to make this treaty
waiver if and to the extent required in forms and publications.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that it would
be unduly burdensome to require a partnership to determine the extent
to which a capital gain would be, but for a deferral election by the
partnership under section 1400Z-2(a) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations, subject to Federal income tax by its direct or indirect
partners because partnerships do not generally have sufficient
information about the tax treatment and positions of their partners to
perform this analysis. Thus, in the case of partnerships, the final
regulations provide an exception to the general requirement that gain
be subject to Federal income tax in order to constitute eligible gain.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that foreign persons
who are not subject to Federal income tax may plan to enter into
transactions including, but not limited to, the use of partnerships
formed or availed of to circumvent the rule generally requiring
eligible gains to be subject to Federal income tax. Therefore, under an
anti-abuse rule added in Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c)(2), a partnership
formed or availed of with a significant purpose of avoiding of avoiding
the requirement in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B) that eligible gains
be subject to Federal income tax will be disregarded, in whole or in
part to prevent the creation of a qualifying investment by the
partnership with respect to any partner that would not otherwise
satisfy the requirement of that paragraph. The anti-abuse rule may
apply even if some of the partners in the partnership are subject to
Federal income tax. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c)(3)(i) and (ii), Examples
1 and 2.
Finally, in response to comments expressing uncertainty as to
whether persons who do not or cannot make a valid deferral election for
eligible gains nevertheless may invest in QOFs, the Treasury Department
and the IRS note that nothing in section 1400Z-2 or the section 1400Z-2
regulations prevents persons who do not have eligible gains from
investing in QOFs. Thus, Indian tribal governments, and tax-exempt
organizations that invest amounts other than items of capital gain that
would be included in computing their unrelated business taxable income,
may invest in a QOF to the extent otherwise permitted by law or
regulation. However, those investments will not qualify for the Federal
income tax benefits under section 1400Z-2 or the section 1400Z-2
regulations. That is, those investments are not qualifying investments
described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i).
f. Measuring Gain From Sales or Exchanges of Virtual Currency
Section 1400Z-2 and the proposed regulations clearly provide that
eligible gain is gain that has been realized pursuant to a sale or
exchange. One commenter identified a potential obstacle in calculating
the eligible gain from sales or exchanges of certain types of digital
assets, including virtual currency. The commenter expressed concern
that the vast majority of digital assets could not directly be
exchanged for traditional types of money. The commenter explained that
these digital assets first must be converted into other digital assets
in taxable transactions before ultimately being sold for the type of
currency that would be invested in a QOF. The commenter expressed
concern that gain or loss from these intermediate transactions in which
a digital asset is exchanged for another digital asset may not
necessarily be tracked in detail. Thus, the commenter requested a
separate rule for these digital assets under which eligible gain would
be calculated by reference to the basis of the original digital asset
and to the actual proceeds received in the ultimate transaction that
converts an intermediate digital asset to money or property that would
be invested in a QOF.
Notice 2014-21, 2014-16 I.R.B. 938 provides that convertible
virtual currency is property for Federal income tax purposes, and that
general Federal income tax principles applicable to property
transactions apply to transactions involving convertible virtual
currency. Section 1400Z-2(a) applies to gain that, absent a deferral
election, would be included in the taxpayer's gross income. To
determine the amount of such gain, the taxpayer must know the basis of
the property, regardless of the type of such property. If the amount
invested in a QOF exceeds the amount of eligible gain, then the
taxpayer will have a non-qualifying investment for the amount of gain
invested in excess of eligible gain invested in the QOF and a
qualifying investment for the amount of eligible gain invested in the
QOF (mixed-funds investment). Taxpayers selling digital assets are not
prevented from investing eligible gain generated from the sale into a
QOF simply because one digital asset must be converted into another
type of
[[Page 1873]]
asset before the taxpayer can convert its assets into U.S. dollars.
Therefore, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt the
commenter's request for a special rule for digital assets.
g. Gain From a Section 1256 Contract or a Position Part of an
Offsetting-Positions Transaction
The preamble to the October 2018 proposed regulations explained
that the Treasury Department and the IRS considered allowing deferral
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) for a net amount of capital gain related to
a straddle (as defined in section 1092(c)(1)) after the disposition of
all positions in the straddle, but concluded that such a rule would
pose significant administrative burdens. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(b)(2)(iv) provided that, if a capital gain is from a position that is
or has been part of an offsetting-positions transaction, the gain is
not eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1). For this
purpose, an offsetting-positions transaction generally is a transaction
in which a taxpayer has substantially diminished the taxpayer's risk of
loss from holding one position with respect to personal property by
holding one or more other positions with respect to personal property
(whether or not of the same kind) and includes positions with respect
to personal property that is not actively traded.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(iii)(A) provided that the only
gain arising from section 1256 contracts that is eligible for deferral
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) is capital gain net income from all of a
taxpayer's section 1256 contracts for a taxable year. Additionally,
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(iii)(B) provided that, if at any
time during the taxable year, any of the taxpayer's section 1256
contracts were part of an offsetting-positions transaction and any
other position in that transaction was not a section 1256 contract,
then no gain from any section 1256 contract is an eligible gain with
respect to that taxpayer in that taxable year.
Two commenters expressed concern about the application of the
offsetting-positions transaction rule in the October 2018 proposed
regulations to positions that are not part of a straddle under section
1092. One commenter stated that the IRS did not adequately describe its
policy concerns when extending the offsetting-positions transaction
rule beyond the scope of section 1092. The second commenter argued that
a taxpayer is permitted to recognize losses while deferring gains by
continuing to hold an asset that is not actively traded, and that
allowing deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) would be no different
than having the taxpayer continue to hold its gain position. The
Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the concerns expressed
regarding the extension of the proposed offsetting-positions
transaction rule to transactions that are not straddles under section
1092 and the final regulations do not include the provisions that
applied to transactions that are not straddles under section 1092.
Two commenters expressed concern that the proposed offsetting-
positions transaction rule excluded gains from a position that, at any
time, had been part of an offsetting-positions transaction, including
offsetting-positions transactions that occurred many years ago. The
commenters recommended either deleting the phrase ``or has been'' or
limiting application of that phrase to permit deferral of capital gain
from an offsetting-positions transaction if there is no offsetting
position on or after the enactment of the TCJA. The Treasury Department
and the IRS have concluded that the rule should not exclude gains that
have, at any time, been part of an offsetting position but should
instead exclude gains based on whether an offsetting position was in
existence during a limited time period. Limiting the application of the
straddle rules to situations in which there was an offsetting position
on or after the date of the enactment of the TCJA would, in future
years, require taxpayers and the IRS to look back over an extended
period of time. This requirement could result in significant
administrative burdens without serving a significant tax policy
purpose. As a result, the Treasury Department and the IRS have revised
the limitation on the use of gains from a straddle to net gain from a
position that was either part of a straddle during the taxable year or
part of a straddle in a prior taxable year if a loss from that straddle
is carried over under section 1092(a)(1)(B) to the taxable year.
One commenter suggested that, in the context of a straddle, the
deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) of gain from the disposition of a
position in a straddle would not permit the current recognition of an
otherwise suspended loss from an offsetting position in the straddle.
The commenter also recognized, however, that it might be overly
generous for a taxpayer investing in a QOF to eliminate 15 percent of
the taxpayer's deferred gain (assuming that the taxpayer holds that QOF
interest for seven years by December 31, 2026), if the taxpayer was
also permitted ultimately to recognize all of its suspended loss from
the offsetting straddle position. The commenter suggested a rule
eliminating any suspended loss in the same proportion as any
elimination of gain in one or more offsetting positions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that there
would be significant administrative burdens for taxpayers and the IRS
in tracking specific gains deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) for the
purpose of determining whether and when some or all of a deferred
straddle loss might ultimately become deductible. In addition, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the tracking of
deferred losses for multiple taxable years after the positions in the
straddle have been disposed of and a potential proportional elimination
of a suspended loss, years after the suspension, would create
additional complexity and administrative burdens for both taxpayers and
the IRS. The final regulations therefore provide a general rule that
net gain from positions that are or, as described previously, in
certain circumstances have recently been part of a straddle, are not
eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1).
Another commenter suggested that, absent a clearly articulated
policy concern with permitting deferral of net gain from a straddle,
the Treasury Department and the IRS should consider eliminating or
minimizing the scope of capital gains subject to the prohibition in the
proposed regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that, in certain circumstances, deferral of net gain from a
straddle does not present significant policy concerns or unreasonable
administrative burdens for taxpayers and the IRS. Under the final
regulations, if during the taxable year: (i) A position was covered by
an identification under section 1092 or 1256(d), (ii) no gain or loss
with respect to any position that was part of the identified straddle
remains unrecognized at the end of the taxable year (other than gain
that would be recognized but for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)),
(iii) none of the positions in the identified straddle were part of any
other straddle during the taxable year, and (iv) none of the positions
in the identified straddle were part of a straddle in a previous
taxable year from which a loss was carried over to the taxable year
under section 1092(a)(1)(B), then the net gain during the taxable year
from positions that were part of the identified straddle is not
prevented from being an eligible gain. Net gain from an identified
straddle during the taxable year is equal to the excess of the capital
gains recognized for Federal income tax
[[Page 1874]]
purposes in the taxable year, determined without regard to section
1400Z-2(a)(1), over the sum of the capital losses and net ordinary
losses from all positions that were part of the straddle, including
capital gains and losses from section 1256 contracts and other
positions marked to market on the last business day of the taxable year
or upon transfer or termination and annual account net gain from
positions in a mixed straddle account.
The final regulations clarify that, if a taxpayer identifies a
straddle under section 1092(a)(2), the taxpayer must adjust basis in
accordance with section 1092(a)(2)(A)(ii) and (iii) when determining
the net gain during the taxable year from positions that were part of
the straddle. The net gain realized during the taxable year that is
deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) is not treated as unrecognized
gain for purposes of determining whether a loss from a position in the
straddle is deferred under section 1092(a)(3)(A)(ii).
A commenter suggested that the provision in the October 2018
proposed regulations disqualifying all gains from section 1256
contracts if at any time during the taxable year, any of the taxpayer's
section 1256 contracts were part of an offsetting-positions transaction
and any other position in that transaction was not a section 1256
contract be revised to limit the disqualification to the specific type
of offsetting-positions transaction identified by the Treasury
Department and the IRS. In response to this comment, under the final
regulations net gain during the taxable year from section 1256
contracts that were not part of a straddle is not prevented from being
eligible gain.
The final regulations also provide that additional exceptions to
the general rule may be provided in guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments
on whether there are other situations that might warrant an exception
from the general rule that net gain from a position that was either
part of a straddle during the taxable year or part of a straddle in a
prior year if a loss from that straddle is carried over under section
1092(a)(1)(B) to the taxable year is not eligible gain.
2. Eligible Interests
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(3) provided that an eligible
interest in a QOF must be an equity interest issued by a QOF, and that
eligible interests do not include debt instruments as defined in
section 1275(a)(1) and Sec. 1.1275-1(d). One commenter requested
clarification with respect to debt instruments issued by a QOF or a
potential investor. The commenter set forth a fact pattern in which an
eligible taxpayer lends money to a QOF prior to the sale of property
that generates eligible gain. After the sale of the property, the
taxpayer essentially transfers its creditor position in the loan to the
QOF. The commenter requested confirmation that such an arrangement
would result in a qualifying investment in a QOF. Determination of the
tax treatment of the arrangement described previously would require a
debt-equity analysis based on a careful examination of all relevant
facts and circumstances and Federal income tax principles apart from
those found in section 1400Z-2 and these regulations. Accordingly, such
an analysis would exceed the scope of these regulations.
The commenter also described a second fact pattern in which an
eligible taxpayer issues a promissory note to the QOF in exchange for
an interest in the QOF. The commenter requested clarification as to
whether such an exchange would give rise to an amount invested in the
QOF. A taxpayer can make an investment in a QOF by contributing cash or
property. The contribution of a promissory note, however, is
inconsistent with the policy of the section 1400Z-2 statute to
incentivize investments in QOZs, and is beyond the scope of these
regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that a
taxpayer should not receive the benefits under section 1400Z-2 merely
by promising to pay, and thereby invest in a QOZ, in the future. As
such, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt this
comment.
3. 180-Day Investment Requirement
a. Section 1231 Gains
As discussed in part II.A.1.a. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(iii) of
the May 2019 proposed regulations provided that the 180-day period for
investment with respect to capital gain net income from section 1231
property for a taxable year began on the last day of the taxable year
without regard to the date of any particular disposition of section
1231 property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received numerous comments
regarding the ``capital gain net income'' approach of the May 2019
proposed regulations. In response to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
taxpayers and practitioners consistently have emphasized that the year-
long character testing period under section 1231 often can frustrate a
taxpayer's ability to defer gains resulting from sales or exchanges of
section 1231 property. Unlike typical transactions that result in
ordinary or capital gain upon their completion, taxpayers generally
lack the ability to determine whether section 1231 gain from a sale or
exchange of section 1231 property will be capital in character until
the completion of all sales or exchanges of section 1231 property
during a taxable year. See generally section 1231(a), (c) (describing
taxable-year-based determination). However, to defer recognition under
section 1400Z-2(a), taxpayers must invest eligible gain within a 180-
day period that begins on the date on which the taxpayer otherwise
would have recognized that gain (180-day investment requirement). See
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) (setting forth the 180-day investment
requirement). Accordingly, commenters have recommended a wide spectrum
of approaches to integrate the rules of section 1231 with section
1400Z-2, including approaches that would (i) modify the timing of the
section 1231 calculation (including recapture), the start of the 180-
day period, or both; or (ii) allow for immediate investment of gross
section 1231 gains to be treated as eligible gains if those gains are
determined to be capital at the end of the taxable year.
As described in part II.A.1.a. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that a ``gross approach'' solely with regard to eligible
section 1231 gains (without regard to any section 1231 losses) would
eliminate unnecessary barriers to potential QOF investors.
Specifically, the final regulations provide that eligible gains include
gains from the sale or exchange of property described in section
1231(b) not required to be characterized as ordinary income by section
1245 or 1250 (eligible section 1231 gains), regardless of whether
section 1231(a) (without regard to section 1231(a)(4)) would determine
those gains to be capital or ordinary in character. This approach will
eliminate significant complexity, as well as uncertainty in determining
eligible gain for partnerships and S corporations that are eligible
taxpayers. Importantly, although the determination under section
1231(a) of the character of an eligible section 1231 gain would
ordinarily occur at the end of a taxable year, that section 1231(a)
determination is not necessary to determine whether that gain is
eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2
regulations. Because status as an
[[Page 1875]]
eligible gain relies on facts that are known at the time of a sale or
exchange, the 180-day period for an eligible taxpayer to invest an
amount with respect to an eligible section 1231 gain begins on the date
of the sale or exchange giving rise to the gain rather than at the end
of the taxable year. Therefore, an investor can invest an amount with
respect to an eligible section 1231 gain from a sale or exchange of
section 1231 property and have certainty as to the amount of the
qualifying investment on the date the investment is made. Finally,
allowing the 180-day period to begin on the date of the sale, exchange,
or other disposition that gives rise to the eligible section 1231 gain
accelerates both capital infusion into a QOZ and allows an investor to
invest eligible proceeds from dispositions of section 1231 property as
soon as any such funds are available to invest.
b. RIC and REIT Capital Gain Dividends
Several commenters noted that the application of the 180-day
investment requirement to real estate investment trust (REIT) capital
gain dividends may preclude some shareholders from making qualifying
investments in QOFs because REIT capital gain dividends are based on
the net capital gain of the REIT during the relevant taxable year of
the REIT. In other words, REITs determine that a dividend, or part
thereof, is eligible for capital gain dividend status after the REIT's
taxable year has ended, when the REIT can compute net capital gain for
the year. Thus, a shareholder may receive a dividend during the year
but may not receive the designation that the dividend is a capital gain
dividend until after the REIT's taxable year has ended. To facilitate
investment in QOZs, commenters requested that the 180-day investment
requirement apply beginning on the last day of the REIT's taxable year,
rather than the date on which the shareholder receives a dividend,
thereby providing a 180-day period after the shareholder has notice of
the dividend's capital gain designation. In the alternative, some
commenters proposed beginning the 180-day period for investment of REIT
capital gain dividends on the date that is 30 days after the close of
the REIT's taxable year. Commenters also noted that the same concerns
apply to regulated investment company (RIC) capital gain dividends and
maintained that the 180-day period should be the same for both RIC and
REIT capital gain dividends.
The Treasury Department and the IRS seek to facilitate the ability
of RIC and REIT shareholders to make qualifying investments in QOFs
that result from capital gain dividends received during a taxable year.
However, because shareholders may not have the same taxable year as the
RIC or REIT in which they are invested, these final regulations provide
that the 180-day period for RIC or REIT capital gain dividends
generally begins at the close of the shareholder's taxable year in
which the capital gain dividend would otherwise be recognized by the
shareholder. To ensure that RIC and REIT shareholders do not have to
wait until the close of their taxable year to invest capital gain
dividends received during the taxable year, these final regulations
provide that shareholders may elect to begin the 180-day period on the
day each capital gain dividend is paid. The 180-day period for
undistributed capital gain dividends, however, begins on either the
last day of the shareholder's taxable year in which the dividend would
otherwise be recognized or the last day of the RIC or REIT's taxable
year, at the shareholder's election. Regardless of the 180-day period
applicable to its capital gain dividends, the aggregate amount of a
shareholder's eligible gain with respect to capital gain dividends
received from a RIC or a REIT in a taxable year cannot exceed the
aggregate amount of capital gain dividends that the shareholder
receives as reported or designated by that RIC or that REIT for the
shareholder's taxable year. Any excess investments will be treated
under the final regulations as non-qualifying investments.
c. Installment Sales
Commenters requested clarification regarding the application of the
180-day investment requirement to gains recognized in an installment
sale pursuant to the installment method under section 453. See section
453(c) (defining the term ``installment method''). Section 453(a)
provides generally that income from an installment sale must be taken
into account for purposes of the Code under the installment method. In
general, the installment method allows taxpayers to report gain from a
sale of property in the taxable year or years during which payments are
received rather than in the year of the sale. Commenters expressed
concern that, for taxpayers who are considering investing the gain from
an installment sale in a QOF, it is not clear whether (i) there is a
single 180-day period for all income from the installment sale that
begins on the date and year of the sale (for example, March 15, 2020),
or (ii) there are multiple 180-day periods, each beginning in the year
during which a payment is received and income is recognized under the
installment method.
To provide flexibility to these types of potential investors in
QOZs, the Treasury Department and the IRS have included in these final
regulations a rule that accommodates both of the potential options
described by the commenters previously. Specifically, the final
regulations allow an eligible taxpayer to elect to choose the 180-day
period to begin on either (i) the date a payment under the installment
sale is received for that taxable year, or (ii) the last day of the
taxable year the eligible gain under the installment method would be
recognized but for deferral under section 1400Z-2. As a result, if the
taxpayer defers gain from multiple payments under an installment sale,
there might be multiple 180-day periods, or a single 180-day period at
the end of the taxpayer's taxable year, depending upon taxpayer's
election.
One commenter also requested confirmation that only capital gain
realized with respect to an installment sale that occurred after the
effective date of section 1400Z-2 (that is, December 22, 2017) should
be eligible gain. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined
that it would be inconsistent with the general rule for eligible gains
in the final regulations, as well as installment sale case law, to
exclude from the definition of eligible gains any capital gains
recognized by an eligible taxpayer under the installment method,
regardless of whether the installment sale occurred before the
effective date of section 1400Z-2. Accordingly, the Treasury Department
and the IRS decline to adopt this comment.
d. Special 180-Day Period for Partners, S Corporation Shareholders, and
Trust Beneficiaries
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, for purposes of
the 180-Day Investment Requirement, the period during which a partner
must invest an amount equal to the partner's eligible gains in the
partner's distributive share generally begins on the last day of the
partnership taxable year in which the partner's allocable share of the
partnership's eligible gain is taken into account under section 706(a).
However, if a partnership does not elect to defer all of its eligible
gain, the partner may elect to treat the partner's own 180-day period
regarding the partner's distributive share of that gain as being the
same as the partnership's 180-day period.
Several commenters requested an additional special rule for
application of the 180-day investment requirement
[[Page 1876]]
with regard to partners in a partnership, shareholders in an S
corporation, and beneficiaries of a trust. These commenters highlighted
that owners of flow-through entities experience information delays
regarding the Federal income tax consequences of transactions taken by
such entities due to the ordinary course timing of Schedule K-1
issuances. As a result of this delay in receiving information necessary
to determine the existence of eligible gain, commenters contended that
partners in a partnership, shareholders in an S corporation, and
beneficiaries of a trust should have an additional option to commence
the 180-day period upon the due date of the entity's tax return.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters'
suggestions. As a result, the final regulations provide partners of a
partnership, shareholders of an S corporation, and beneficiaries of
decedents' estates and non-grantor trusts with the option to treat the
180-Day period as commencing upon the due date of the entity's tax
return, not including any extensions. However, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that similar rules for a grantor trust are
not necessary because the grantor is treated as the owner of the
grantor trust's property for Federal income tax purposes. Therefore,
the final regulations set forth different rules applicable to the
grantor.
4. Additional Deferral of Previously Invested Gains
Section 1400Z-2(a)(2)(A) provides that no deferral election under
section 1400Z-2(a)(1) may be made with respect to a sale or exchange if
an election previously made with respect to the sale or exchange is in
effect. In proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(4)(ii)(D), Example 4
(Proposed Example 4), a taxpayer disposed of its entire qualifying
investment in a QOF in 2025 in a transaction that constituted an event
described in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z(b)-1(c) (inclusion event) and
recognized gain as a result. In the example, the taxpayer wanted to
defer the amount of gain from the inclusion transaction by making
another qualifying investment. The example concluded that the gain
recognized due to the inclusion event may be invested in either the
original QOF or a different QOF within 180 days of the inclusion event
in order to make a new deferral election under section 1400Z-2. The
preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations explained that, upon
disposition of that QOF interest, deferring an inclusion otherwise
mandated by section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) is permitted only if the taxpayer
has disposed of the entire initial investment because section 1400Z-
2(a)(2)(A) expressly prohibits the making of a deferral election under
section 1400Z-2(a)(1) with respect to a sale or exchange if an election
previously made with respect to the same sale or exchange remains in
effect.
A commenter requested that gain from an inclusion event in which a
taxpayer disposes of less than its entire investment in a QOF be
eligible for the deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1). The
commenter asserted that gain arising from an inclusion event, whether
representing all or part of the initially deferred gain, represents new
gain that should be eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter. The
final regulations adopt the position that gain arising from an
inclusion event is eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a) even
though the taxpayer retains a portion of its qualifying investment
after the inclusion event. Although such gain relates in part to gain
from a sale or exchange for which there was a prior election in effect,
it is no longer subject to that prior election within the meaning of
section 1400Z-2(a)(2)(A) as soon as the inclusion event triggers an
income inclusion. Therefore, if an inclusion event relates only to a
portion of a taxpayer's qualifying investment in the QOF, (i) the
deferred gain that otherwise would be required to be included in income
(inclusion gain amount) may be invested in a different QOF, and (ii)
the taxpayer may make a deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a) with
respect to the inclusion gain amount, so long as taxpayer satisfies all
requirements for a deferral election on the inclusion gain amount. To
satisfy the requirements under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(iv), the eligible taxpayer must treat the
inclusion gain amount to be deferred as if it were originally realized
as a result of the inclusion event. In addition, the eligible taxpayer
must meet all other requirements to defer gain under section 1400Z-2.
See section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(C) (gain
that arises from a sale or exchange of property with a related person
is not eligible gain); section 1400Z-2(a)(2)(B) (election may not be
made for gain arising after December 31, 2026). Consistent with
Proposed Example 4, included in these regulations as Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(b)(7)(iv)(D), the 180-day period for the inclusion gain amount begins
on the date of the inclusion event, and the holding period for the
second QOF investment begins on the date that an amount corresponding
to the inclusion gain amount is invested in the second QOF. See Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(7)(iv), Example 4.
A commenter also requested clarification as to whether additional
gain deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), as in Proposed Example 4,
is permitted for gain included due to the operation of section 1400Z-
2(b)(1)(B), which requires the full amount of gain that was deferred
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), reduced by the amount of gain
previously included under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b) (remaining
deferred gain) to be included in income in the taxable year of the
eligible taxpayer that includes December 31, 2026. The commenter
explained that the ability to reinvest gains required to be included in
income under section 1400Z-2(b) would facilitate liquidity and capital
mobility for investors. Moreover, in the event that additional gain
deferral is permitted after a taxable year that includes December 31,
2026, the commenter requested clarification regarding the effect of
such an additional gain deferral election on items including the proper
amount includible as well as the amount of deferred gain that may be
reinvested for the benefits of the election under section 1400Z-2(c).
Proposed Example 4 only illustrated that a taxpayer may invest gain
that otherwise would be included pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(A)
upon the complete disposition of a QOF interest prior to December 31,
2026 (that is, an inclusion event), where the amount of that gain is
reinvested in any QOF during the 180-day period beginning on the date
of the inclusion event. No inferences should be drawn regarding gains
from dispositions after December 31, 2026, because deferral of any gain
from such dispositions is expressly prohibited by section 1400Z-
2(a)(2)(B). Section 1400Z-2(b)(1) provides that all gain to which
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) deferral applies must be included in income in
the taxable year that includes the earlier of the date on which a QOF
investment is sold or exchanged or December 31, 2026. Further, section
1400Z-2(a)(2)(B) provides that no deferral election may be made under
section 1400Z-2(a)(1) with respect to any sale or exchange after
December 31, 2026. Accordingly, the statutory language of section
1400Z-2 clearly states, and therefore the section 1400Z-2 regulations
provide, that (i) the ability to defer eligible gains pursuant to
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) is not permitted with respect to a gain
arising after December 31, 2026, and (ii) no additional deferral of any
gain is permitted if such gain is required to be
[[Page 1877]]
included in gross income under section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(B).
5. Qualifying Investment
Section 1400Z-2 provides Federal income tax benefits to an eligible
taxpayer that makes an equity investment in a QOF described in section
1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) (that is, a qualifying investment) if the
qualifying investment is held for the various statutorily prescribed
holding periods. For example, in the case of an eligible taxpayer that
maintains a qualifying investment for seven years, the eligible
taxpayer's basis in the qualifying investment will be increased by a
total amount equal to 15 percent of the amount of the taxpayer's
deferred gain. See section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) (providing
for basis increases of 10 and five percent, respectively). With respect
to a qualifying investment that is sold or exchanged after being held
by the eligible taxpayer for at least 10 years, if the eligible
taxpayer makes an election under section 1400Z-2(c), the basis of the
qualifying investment will be increased to an amount equal to the fair
market value of that investment on the date on which it is sold or
exchanged. See section 1400Z-2(c).
In the May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and
the IRS specified transactions that would cause the inclusion in gross
income of an eligible taxpayer's gain that had been deferred under
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b). Defined as an ``inclusion event,''
each of these transactions ``would reduce or terminate the QOF
investor's direct (or, in the case of partnerships, indirect)
qualifying investment for Federal income tax purposes or (in the case
of distributions) would constitute `cashing out' of the QOF investor's
qualifying investment. . . . It is necessary to treat such
[distributive] transactions as inclusion events to prevent taxpayers
from `cashing out' a qualifying investment in a QOF without including
in gross income any amount of their deferred gain.'' See May 2019
proposed regulations, Explanation of Provisions, part VII.A.
As indicated in the first sentence of part VII.E. (Transfers of
Property by Gift or by Reason of Death) and elsewhere in the
Explanation of Provisions in the May 2019 proposed regulations, the
termination of a direct interest in a qualifying investment that
resulted in an inclusion event terminated the status of an investment
in a QOF as a qualifying investment `` [f]or purposes of sections
1400Z-2(b) and (c).'' This is because the statutory text of each of
section 1400Z-2(a), (b), (c), and (e)(1) focuses on one holding period
of ``the taxpayer'' tested at various points during a period of at
least 10 years.
The May 2019 proposed regulations excepted certain enumerated
dispositions of qualifying investments from treatment as inclusion
events to provide for business flexibility for QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses. However, those exceptions were premised
upon the requirement that the same eligible taxpayer generally be
treated as continuing to hold the same interest in the QOF, and thereby
continue to bear the Federal income tax liability associated with
holding the interest, such as by reason of section 381 or section
704(c). This degree of identity of taxpayer is fundamentally different
(and more demanding) than a mere ``step in the shoes'' concept based on
whether the transferee of the interest can tack the holding period and
basis of the transferor. Accordingly, the May 2019 proposed regulations
treated, among other transactions, gifts and section 351 exchanges as
inclusion events because, in each instance, (i) the initial eligible
taxpayer had severed the direct investment interest in the QOF and (ii)
the transferee taxpayer was not treated for Federal income tax purposes
either as the same taxpayer as the initial eligible taxpayer or as a
successor taxpayer. This is true even though in each such case, the
acquiring taxpayer's basis and holding period for purposes of
determining gain or loss may be identical to that of the taxpayer that
made the initial investment in the QOF. See id., parts VII.E (regarding
gifts) and VII.G (regarding section 351 exchanges).
Commenters have requested clarification of the treatment of
investments in QOFs under section 1400Z-2(c) that have been disposed of
by gift, in section 351 exchanges, and in other transactions treated as
inclusion events. For the foregoing reasons, the final regulations
clarify that transactions described as inclusion events result in a
reduction or termination of a qualifying investment's status as a
qualifying investment to the extent of the reduction or termination,
except as otherwise provided in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) or other
provisions of the section 1400Z-2 regulations. See part IV.C of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions. Moreover, the
reduction or termination of that status applies for purposes of section
1400Z-2(c) as well as section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b). An inclusion
event is a transaction that reduces or terminates the QOF investor's
direct (or, in the case of partnerships, indirect) qualifying
investment for Federal income tax purposes or, in the case of
distributions, constitutes a ``cashing out'' of the eligible taxpayer's
qualifying investment in the QOF. For that reason and to that extent,
the taxpayer holding the reduced investment in the QOF after the
inclusion event no longer possesses a qualifying investment. Thus, the
benefits provided under section 1400Z-2(c) generally are available only
to a taxpayer that not only makes an equity investment in a QOF
described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) (that is, a qualifying
investment), but also then continuously maintains that qualifying
investment throughout statutorily prescribed holding periods.
However, consistent with that rationale, the May 2019 proposed
regulations did not treat as an inclusion event a gift by the taxpayer
to a grantor trust of which the taxpayer is the deemed owner because,
for Federal income tax purposes, the owner of the grantor trust is
treated as the owner of the trust's property and thus of the qualifying
investment in its QOF. See id., part VII.E. See also id., part VII.F.1
(providing a similar exception regarding section 381 transactions based
on a statutory successor taxpayer concept). Accordingly, eligibility
for benefits under section 1400Z-2 in these limited instances would be
maintained.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
requesting clarification that qualifying investments include interests
received in a transfer by reason of death that is not an inclusion
event. In the case of a decedent, section 1400Z-2(e)(3) provides a
special rule requiring amounts recognized under section 1400Z-2, if not
properly includible in the gross income of the decedent, to be
includible in gross income as provided by section 691. In that specific
case, the beneficiary that receives the qualifying investment has the
obligation to include the deferred gain in gross income in the event of
any subsequent inclusion event, including for example, any further
disposition by that recipient. See id., part VII.E. In other words,
unlike an inclusion event contemplated by the general rules of section
1400Z-2(b), the obligation to include the original taxpayer investor's
deferred gain in income travels with that taxpayer's qualifying
investment to the beneficiary. Accordingly, the May 2019 proposed
regulations excepted transfers of a qualifying investment to the
deceased owner's estate, as well as distributions by the estate, from
the definition of ``inclusion event.'' See id., part VII.E.
As indicated in part VII.E. of the Explanation of Provisions of the
May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
[[Page 1878]]
determined that interests received in a transfer by reason of death
continue to be a qualifying investment in the hands of the beneficiary
for purposes of section 1400Z-2(c). As described earlier, sections 691
and 1400Z-2(e)(2) require such a transfer to not give rise to an
inclusion event because the beneficiary is treated as a successor to
the original eligible taxpayer that made the qualifying investment
(that is, the beneficiary ``steps into the shoes'' of the original
taxpayer investor with regard to both the benefits of the qualifying
investment and the obligation to ultimately include the original
taxpayer's deferred gain into the beneficiary's income). As a result,
the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that a qualifying
investment received by a beneficiary in a transfer by reason of death
should continue to be a qualifying investment in the hands of the
beneficiary for purposes of section 1400Z-2(b) and (c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS have also received a comment
suggesting that the final regulations should permit QOFs to make loans
to qualified opportunity zone businesses and treat as qualifying
investments the debt instruments arising from such loans. Confirmation
of the tax treatment of such debt instruments as qualifying investments
(that is, equity investments in a QOF) would require a debt-equity
analysis based on a careful examination of all relevant facts and
circumstances and Federal income tax principles apart from those found
in section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Such an
analysis would exceed the scope of these regulations. As a result, the
final regulations do not adopt the commenter's suggestion.
B. Making an Investment for Purposes of an Election Under Section
1400Z-2(a)
1. Acquisition of an Eligible Interest From a Person Other Than a QOF
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(9)(iii) permitted a taxpayer to
make a deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) for an eligible
interest acquired from a person other than a QOF. Commenters asked
whether the transferor of that eligible interest needed to have made an
election under section 1400Z-2(a) prior to the taxpayer's acquisition.
Commenters also asked whether the acquirer must have realized eligible
gain within the 180-day period prior to the acquisition of the eligible
interest in order for acquisition of that interest to support a
deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) with respect to the
eligible gain. Additionally, commenters requested confirmation
regarding whether shares or partnership interests in a pre-existing
entity that becomes a QOF pursuant to proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(a)(3) become eligible interests when the pre-existing corporation or
partnership becomes a QOF.
The final regulations do not require the transferor to have made a
prior election under section 1400Z-2(a) for the acquirer of an eligible
interest to make such an election. Further, for interests in entities
that existed before the enactment of section 1400Z-2, if such entities
become QOFs pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(3), then the interests
in those entities, even though not qualifying investments in the hands
of a transferor, are eligible interests that may (i) be acquired by an
investor and (ii) result in a qualifying investment of the acquirer if
the acquirer has eligible gain and the acquisition was during the 180-
day period with respect to that gain.
2. Eligibility of Built-In Gain for Deferral
One commenter requested confirmation that the built-in gain of a
REIT, a RIC, or an S corporation potentially subject to corporate-level
tax under section 1374 or Sec. 1.337(d)-7 is eligible for deferral
under section 1400Z-2. To the extent the built-in gain is an eligible
gain, an election under section 1400Z-2 may be made for such gain of a
REIT, a RIC, or an S corporation. If such election is made, the amount
of such gain will not be included in the calculation of the entity's
net recognized built-in gain (as defined in section 1374(d)(2)) in the
year of deferral. Similarly, if a deferral election is made with
respect to an eligible gain that, absent the deferral election, would
constitute a recognized built-in gain (RBIG) within the meaning of
section 382(h)(2)(A) or section 1374(d)(3), the amount of such eligible
gain deferred as a result of a qualifying investment in a QOF is not
taken into account as RBIG in the year of deferral.
3. Grantor Trusts
A commenter pointed out that the rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(c)(3) does not achieve the proper result for grantor
trusts that do not make the deferral election but distribute the
deferred gain to a trust beneficiary other than the deemed owner of the
trust. The commenter pointed out that the proposed rule should not
apply to grantor trusts because the deemed owner of the trust is liable
for the Federal income tax on the gain regardless of whether that gain
is distributed currently to a trust beneficiary other than the deemed
owner. The commenter also requested clarification that either the
grantor trust recognizing the gain or the deemed owner of that trust is
eligible to both make the deferral election and make a qualifying
investment, regardless of whether the grantor trust distributes the
gain to the deemed owner or to any other person. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the commenter and have made the
requested adjustments in the final regulations.
C. Identification of Disposed Interests in a QOF
Under the May 2019 proposed regulations, if a taxpayer held
interests in a QOF with identical rights (for example, equivalent
shares of stock in a QOF corporation) that were acquired on different
days, and if the taxpayer disposed of less than all of those interests
on a single day, the taxpayer was required to use the first-in-first-
out (FIFO) method to identify which interests were disposed of for
certain specified purposes, such as determining the character and other
attributes of the deferred gain that is included as a result of the
disposition. In circumstances in which the FIFO method did not provide
a complete answer, taxpayers were required to use a pro-rata method. In
requesting comments as to whether methods other than the FIFO method
and the pro-rata method should be used, the Treasury Department and the
IRS stipulated that any such methods must both provide certainty as to
which fungible interest a taxpayer disposes of and allow taxpayers to
comply easily with the requirements of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b)
that certain dispositions of an interest in a QOF cause deferred gain
be included in a taxpayer's income.
In response, commenters requested that taxpayers be permitted to
specifically identify the QOF interests that are sold or otherwise
disposed of, and they recommended that the final regulations adopt
rules similar to those in Sec. 1.1012-1(c). Under such rules, a
taxpayer would be required to use the FIFO method only if the taxpayer
fails to adequately identify which shares were disposed of.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that specific
identification should be permitted for dispositions of interests in QOF
corporations. Thus, the final regulations permit taxpayers to employ
the rules and principles of Sec. 1.1012-1(c) to specifically identify
the QOF stock that is sold or otherwise disposed. If a taxpayer fails
to adequately identify which QOF shares are disposed of, then the FIFO
identification method applies. If, after application of the FIFO
method, a taxpayer is treated as having disposed
[[Page 1879]]
of less than all of its investment interests that the taxpayer acquired
on one day and the investments vary in its characteristics, then the
pro-rata method will apply to the remainder.
However, the final regulations do not extend this specific
identification methodology to the disposition of interests in a QOF
partnership because, under Federal income tax law, a partnership
interest represents an undivided, unitary interest in all of the
partnership assets and liabilities. Other than in the case of a mixed-
funds investment in a QOF partnership, where the section 1400Z-2
statute mandates a division of partnership interests, the final
regulations do not adopt the commenters' recommendation because it
would broaden the complexities associated with dividing partnership
interests into separate components with associated assets and
liabilities.
In addition, the final regulations make it clear that if a taxpayer
is required to include in income some or all of a previously deferred
gain, the gain so included has the same attributes that the gain would
have had if the recognition of gain had not been deferred under section
1400Z-2. The final regulations generally provide that forms,
instructions, and other administrative guidance control in determining
which deferred gains are associated with particular interests in QOFs.
However, the final regulations also provide that, to the extent that
such guidance does not clearly associate an investment in a QOF with an
amount of deferred gain, an ordering rule applies that permits
taxpayers to determine how to associate investments in QOFs with
particular deferred gains.
D. Property Transferred in Exchange for a Qualifying Investment Is Not
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business Property
The May 2019 proposed regulations clarify that taxpayers may
transfer property other than cash to a QOF in exchange for a qualifying
investment. A commenter asked whether property that is purchased in a
QOZ and contributed to a QOF could be qualified opportunity zone
business property, or whether such property would be excluded
automatically because it is not purchased by the QOF. The commenter
further asked why taxpayers are permitted to contribute property to a
QOF in exchange for a qualifying investment if the property cannot be
qualified opportunity zone business property.
Taxpayers are permitted to transfer property to a QOF in exchange
for a qualifying investment because the statute does not preclude
taxpayers from investing in a QOF in this manner and because permitting
such transfers is not inconsistent with the policies underlying section
1400Z-2. As the commenter noted, property that is contributed to a QOF
cannot be qualified opportunity zone business property because
qualified opportunity zone business property must be purchased by a
QOF. See section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I). The QOF may retain the
contributed property among its assets that are not qualified
opportunity zone property, or it may sell the property and use the
proceeds to acquire qualified opportunity zone property in accordance
with section 1400Z-2(d) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
E. Amount Invested in a QOF Partnership for Purposes of Section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A)
The May 2019 proposed regulations contained two rules that, if
either were applicable, would reduce the amount of a taxpayer's
qualifying investment.
First, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(1) provided that,
to the extent the transfer of property to a QOF partnership is
characterized other than as a contribution (for example, a transfer
that is characterized as a disguised sale under section 707), the
transfer is not an investment within the meaning of section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A) (section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) investment). The Treasury
Department and the IRS confirm that the reference to the disguised sale
regulations under section 707 is intended to provide an existing
analytical framework and rules applicable to transfers of property to a
QOF partnership to determine whether the transfer is a contribution for
purposes of making a qualifying investment. All guidance under section
707 that otherwise would be applicable, including any exception,
applies. In particular, Sec. 1.707-4(b)(2) (relating to operating cash
flow distributions) applies to transfers to and distributions from a
QOF partnership. Therefore, to the extent a transfer of property is
characterized as a sale under the existing section 707 framework, there
is no contribution and section 1400Z-2 would not apply to the transfer.
These final regulations do not modify section 707 or the regulations in
this part under section 707.
Second, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(2) provided
that, to the extent proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(1) did
not apply, the transfer to the partnership would not be treated as a
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) investment to the extent the partnership makes
a distribution to the partner and the transfer to the partnership and
the distribution would be recharacterized as a disguised sale under
section 707 if (i) any cash contributed were non-cash property, and
(ii) in the case of a distribution by the partnership to which Sec.
1.707-5(b) (relating to debt-financed distributions) applies, the
partner's share of liabilities is zero. The Treasury Department and the
IRS received comments asking for clarification of the application of
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ii)(A)(2) and confirmation that the
regulations under section 707, including the exceptions to the
disguised sale rules, apply in determining whether a contribution, in
whole or part, is treated as part of a disguised sale. In particular,
commenters asked how debt-financed distributions should be treated and
requested confirmation that operating cash flow distributions would not
be presumed to be a part of a disguised sale.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that, even if a
contribution were not recharacterized as a disguised sale under section
707 and the regulations in this part under section 707, the amount of
the qualifying investment is reduced under the modified application of
the section 707 disguised sale rules in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(c)(6)(iii)(A)(2). This provision adopts the rule contained in the May
2019 proposed regulations without change. However, in making the
qualifying investment determination under this rule, the other
exceptions to the disguised sale rules still would apply. For example,
a distribution by the partnership would not reduce the amount of the
qualifying investment to the extent the operating cash flow
distribution exception of Sec. 1.707-4(b) applied.
Commenters also requested clarification regarding the Federal
income tax consequences of distributions by an ``overfunded'' QOF
partnership carried out to eliminate the amount of excess cash invested
therein. Commenters explained that, in this situation, an eligible
taxpayer would contribute a cash amount in excess of the amount that
the QOF partnership desires to invest and, within the same year, the
QOF partnership distributes the excess cash back to the eligible
taxpayer. The final regulations provide an example clarifying and
illustrating the application of the rules. The later distribution by
the QOF partnership would be tested under the normal distribution rules
for purposes of determining whether there is an inclusion event. For
QOF partnerships, there would be an inclusion event to the extent the
distribution exceeds the
[[Page 1880]]
partner's outside basis in its qualifying investment. Although the
basis in the qualifying investment is initially zero, that basis may be
increased by the partner's share of debt and net income.
F. At-Risk Basis
One commenter requested clarification that investors get at-risk
basis for their qualifying investments. The May 2019 proposed
regulations did not address whether a taxpayer has at-risk basis in its
qualifying investment. Thus, the commenter stated that there is
uncertainty under the May 2019 proposed regulations as to whether
investors' capital contributions will give rise to at-risk basis under
section 465 even though taxpayers must take zero basis in their
qualifying investments.
Section 465 generally provides that a taxpayer shall be considered
``at risk'' for an activity with respect to amounts including the
amount of money and the adjusted basis of other property contributed by
the taxpayer to the activity. The Treasury Department and the IRS note
that a taxpayer's amount at risk generally is determined by reference
to the amount of money and the basis of property contributed, not to
the basis of the interest received in exchange for the property.
Additionally, section 465 and the regulations in this part under
section 465 provide the necessary guidance for this determination. As a
result, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
commenter's requested clarification exceeds the scope of the section
1400Z-2 regulations.
G. Withholding Tax and FIRPTA
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments regarding the
application of withholding tax regimes within the context of section
1400Z-2(a). For example, a commenter requested that a foreign taxpayer
engaging in a sale subject to withholding under section 1445(a)
(imposing a 15 percent withholding tax as part of the Foreign
Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA)) be able to provide a
certificate or other form of documentation to avoid withholding on the
basis of the taxpayer's intention to invest the resulting gain in a QOF
pursuant to a deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1). Another
commenter requested an exemption from withholding when a person enters
into an agreement with the IRS to pay the tax when the deferred gain is
included under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b), similar to when a gain
recognition agreement is ``triggered'' under section 367 and the
regulations in this part under section 367. The Treasury Department and
the IRS continue to consider this comment and other matters related to
the mechanics of applying section 1400Z-2 in the context of a sale
subject to withholding tax.
The final regulations clarify that section 1400Z-2 is not a
``nonrecognition provision'' for purposes of section 897(e) and Sec.
1.897-6T. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(e). A non-recognition provision is
defined in section 897(e)(3) as any provision of the Code for ``not
recognizing gain or loss.'' Similarly, Sec. 1.897-6T(a)(2) defines a
non-recognition provision as any Code provision ``which provides that
gain or loss shall not be recognized.'' Pursuant to section 897(e)(1)
and Sec. 1.897-6T(a)(1), nonrecognition provisions generally do not
apply upon the exchange of a U.S. real property interest in a
transaction subject to FIRPTA unless the asset received in exchange is
also a U.S. real property interest. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that section 1400Z-2 is not a nonrecognition provision
for purposes of section 897(e) and Sec. 1.897-6T because an election
under that provision generally defers, rather than prevents altogether,
the recognition of gain. By deferring gain recognition, section 1400Z-2
is fundamentally different from the provisions identified as
nonrecognition provisions in Sec. 1.897-6T(a)(2), such as sections
332, 351, 721, and 1031.
III. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1 provided rules regarding the inclusion
in income of gain deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), including
rules regarding which events trigger the inclusion of deferred gain,
how much gain is included, and the effects of these events on the
investor's basis and holding period in its qualifying investment.
A. General Rule Regarding Inclusion Events
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1) generally provided that, except
as otherwise provided in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c), certain
events (that is, inclusion events) result in the inclusion of gain
under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b) if and to the extent that: (i) A
taxpayer's transfer of a qualifying investment reduces the taxpayer's
equity interest in the qualifying investment; (ii) a taxpayer receives
property in a transaction treated as a distribution for Federal income
tax purposes, regardless of whether the receipt reduces the taxpayer's
ownership of the QOF; or (iii) a taxpayer claims a worthlessness
deduction with respect to its qualifying investment. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2) through (15) then provided specific rules for
certain types of transactions that are or are not treated as inclusion
events.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments and
questions regarding the general rule set forth in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1). For example, one commenter asked whether the
phrase ``the following events'' refers to the items in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2) through (15) or whether the phrase instead refers
to the items in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1)(i) through (iii).
Another commenter stated that the general rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1)(i) could be read to suggest that there is no
inclusion event so long as a taxpayer retains an equity interest,
whether direct or indirect, in a qualifying investment after a
transfer, even though the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations
indicated that any reduction in a taxpayer's direct interest in a
qualifying investment is an inclusion event, other than in the case of
partnerships. Yet another commenter asserted that the specific rules in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2) through (15) appear to cover all
potentially relevant transactions and therefore the purpose of the
general rule seems unclear. As a result, commenters recommended that
the Treasury Department and the IRS clarify or eliminate the general
rule.
As explained in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) reflected the general principle that,
except as otherwise provided, an inclusion event results from: A
transfer of a qualifying investment, to the extent the transfer reduces
the taxpayer's direct equity interest; the receipt of a distribution on
or with respect to a qualifying investment, which constitutes an
impermissible ``cashing out'' of the taxpayer's qualifying investment;
or the claim of a worthlessness deduction (under section 165(g) or
otherwise) in respect of a qualifying investment. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1) set forth these principles as a general rule, and
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2) through (15) provided elaborations
of, and exceptions to, the general rule. The Treasury Department and
the IRS did not intend the general rule to suggest that a taxpayer may
avoid an inclusion event by retaining an indirect interest in a QOF,
and the specific rules clearly indicated that a transfer that reduces a
[[Page 1881]]
taxpayer's direct interest is an inclusion event except as otherwise
provided.
These final regulations retain the general rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1). However, this general rule has been clarified in
response to the foregoing comments. In addition to the changes
described in this part III, the specific rules in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(2) through (c)(15) have been clarified as necessary.
These final regulations also clarify that if a QOF is decertified,
either through the QOF's voluntary self-decertification or an
involuntary decertification, such decertification is an inclusion event
that terminates the qualifying investment status of the taxpayer's
interest in the QOF.
A commenter also requested clarification as to whether an inclusion
event terminates the application of section 1400Z-2 to an interest in a
QOF. In some cases, an inclusion event may be the result of a transfer
of the qualifying investment that reduces or terminates the owner's
interest in the QOF, but in other cases it may not (for example, a
distribution from a QOF C corporation subject to section 301(c)(3)).
Thus, the commenter argued that the occurrence of an inclusion event is
not the appropriate test for determining whether an interest in a QOF
ceases to be a qualifying investment eligible for the basis adjustments
under section 1400Z-2(b).
As discussed in part II.A.5 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that an inclusion event generally results in a reduction or
termination of a qualifying investment's status as a qualifying
investment to the extent of the reduction or termination for purposes
of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B), (b), and (c). However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that certain types of inclusion events
(namely, certain distributions) do not terminate a taxpayer's
qualifying investment. See part IV.C of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS also recognize that the
language in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(2), which provided that
``[t]he increases in basis under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv)
only apply to that portion of the qualifying investment that has not
been subject to previous gain inclusion under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(A),'' could be read to suggest that all inclusion events cause
interests in a QOF to cease to be qualifying investments. In other
words, by restricting the five-year and seven-year basis increases to
qualifying investments that have ``not been subject to previous gain
inclusion,'' proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(2) appeared to exclude any
qualifying investment that has been subject to any inclusion event,
even if substantial amounts of deferred gain remain.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that qualifying
investments that have been subject to inclusion events should continue
to be eligible for the five-year and seven-year basis increases to the
extent deferred gain has not yet been recognized at the time of these
basis increases. For example, if a taxpayer invests $100x of eligible
gain in a QOF corporation and the corporation subsequently makes a
section 301(c)(3) distribution of $20x with respect to the taxpayer's
qualifying investment, the taxpayer still should be eligible to receive
a five-year basis increase of $8x (10 percent of its remaining deferred
gain of $80x) and a seven-year basis increase of $4x (five percent of
its remaining deferred gain of $80x). Section 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(2) of
the final regulations has been modified accordingly.
B. Transactions Treated as Distributions for Federal Income Tax
Purposes
1. Overview
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(1)(ii) generally provided that,
except as otherwise provided in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c), an
inclusion event occurs if and to the extent a taxpayer receives
property in a transaction that is treated as a distribution for Federal
income tax purposes, regardless of whether the receipt reduces the
taxpayer's ownership of the QOF. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8)
modified this general rule by providing that a distribution of property
by a QOF C corporation with respect to a qualifying investment,
including a distribution of stock that is treated as a distribution of
property to which section 301 applies under section 305(b), is an
inclusion event only to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies to the
distribution. In the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations, the
Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments on the proposed
treatment of distributions to which section 305(b) applies.
In turn, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(9) generally provided that
a redemption described in section 302(d) by a QOF C corporation is an
inclusion event with respect to the full amount of the distribution.
However, if the QOF C corporation is wholly and directly owned by a
single shareholder (or by members of a single consolidated group), the
section 302(d) redemption is an inclusion event only to the extent
section 301(c)(3) applies.
2. Section 302(d) Redemptions
Commenters made several recommendations with respect to the
foregoing rules. For example, commenters questioned the treatment of
dividend-equivalent redemptions in the May 2019 proposed regulations.
One commenter acknowledged that a section 302(d) redemption reduces a
taxpayer's direct equity interest, but the commenter recommended
treating such redemptions in the same manner as section 301
distributions for purposes of section 1400Z-2 because section 302
treats such redemptions as distributions rather than as sales or
exchanges. The commenter further recommended that section 302(d)
redemptions in which each shareholder surrenders a pro rata percentage
of its shares not be treated as inclusion events. Another commenter
recognized that requiring an inclusion event only upon a complete
redemption of a shareholder's qualifying investment would enable
taxpayers to avoid taxation by retaining even a small amount of
qualifying QOF stock, but the commenter still questioned why a partial
redemption should cause acceleration. Both commenters recommended that
section 302(d) redemptions and section 301 distributions be treated
similarly for purposes of section 1400Z-2, with the exception of
complete redemptions, which would be an inclusion event to the extent
of the full amount of the distribution.
As noted in the foregoing comments, a redemption transaction
reduces a taxpayer's direct qualifying investment in a QOF, regardless
of whether such transaction is treated as a dividend for Federal income
tax purposes. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
the general treatment of section 302(d) redemptions as section 301
distributions for Federal income tax purposes should not override the
general requirement that QOF shareholders must retain their direct
qualifying investment in a QOF corporation in order to retain the
benefits of section 1400Z-2. See section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(A) (``Gain to
which subsection (a)(1)(B) applies shall be included in income in the
taxable year which includes . . . the date on which such investment is
sold or exchanged . . .''). As a result, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that it would be inappropriate to treat such
redemptions in the same manner as section 301 distributions for
purposes of section 1400Z-2.
[[Page 1882]]
However, in certain circumstances, a reduction in a taxpayer's
qualifying investment by virtue of a section 302(d) redemption is
meaningless. For example, if a wholly owned QOF C corporation partially
redeems its sole shareholder, the shareholder will continue to wholly
own the QOF C corporation after the redemption. Similarly, if a QOF C
corporation redeems its single outstanding class of stock from all
shareholders on a pro rata basis, each QOF shareholder will retain the
same proportionate interest in the QOF after the partial redemption.
As a result, the final regulations generally continue to treat
dividend-equivalent redemptions by QOF C corporations as inclusion
events with respect to the full amount of the distribution, with an
exception for redemptions by wholly owned QOF C corporations, which are
inclusion events only to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies. The
Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter that an
additional exception should be created for pro rata section 302(d)
redemptions, so long as the QOF C corporation has only one class of
stock outstanding. The final regulations have been modified to treat
such redemptions in the same manner as redemptions by wholly owned QOF
C corporations. In other words, an inclusion event occurs only to the
extent section 301(c)(3) applies. Similarly, with respect to QOF S
corporations, the final regulations continue to treat dividend-
equivalent redemptions as inclusion events to the extent that the
distributed property has a fair market value in excess of the
shareholder's basis, including any basis adjustments under section
1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). See part III.E.2.a of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
3. Section 305 Distributions and Section 306 Redemptions
A commenter agreed with the treatment of section 305(b)
distributions in the May 2019 proposed regulations--namely, that such
distributions should be included as distributions subject to the rule
in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8). However, the commenter further
recommended that the final regulations address the treatment of stock
received in a section 305(a) distribution with respect to qualifying
QOF stock. When a corporation distributes its own stock to its
shareholders, section 305(a) provides that the shareholders do not
include the distribution in gross income. The basis of the new stock
received and of the stock with respect to which the distribution is
made (old stock) is determined by allocating the basis of the old stock
between the old stock and the new stock in proportion to the respective
fair market values of the old stock and the new stock on the date on
which the new stock is distributed, and the holding period for the new
stock is the same as the holding period for the old stock. See Sec.
1.307-1(a) (regarding allocation of basis) and section 1223(4)
(regarding determination of holding period). The commenter requested
clarification that the new stock received in a section 305(a)
distribution with respect to qualifying QOF stock is also qualifying
QOF stock, with the remaining deferred gain being allocated pro rata
between the old stock and the new stock, and with the holding period
for the new stock being the same as the holding period for the old
stock. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter's
recommendation, and the final regulations have been modified
accordingly.
The commenter also requested clarification regarding the treatment
of redemptions of section 306 stock. Section 306 stock generally
includes stock, other than common stock, that was received tax-free in
certain transactions by the shareholder disposing of such stock,
including a stock dividend under section 305(a), a corporate
reorganization described in section 368(a), or a distribution or
exchange to which section 355 (or so much of section 356 as relates to
section 355) applied. See section 306(c). Section 306(a)(2) provides
that, if a shareholder disposes of its section 306 stock in a
redemption, the amount realized is treated as a distribution of
property to which section 301 applies. The commenter recommended that
such a redemption be subject to the rules for section 301 distributions
in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that the final
regulations should address the treatment of section 306(a)(2)
redemptions. For the reasons discussed in part III.B.2 of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that section 306(a)(2) redemptions should be
treated in the same manner as dividend-equivalent redemptions for
purposes of section 1400Z-2. The final regulations have been modified
accordingly.
4. Distributions Subject to Section 1059
A commenter recommended that qualifying investments in QOF C
corporations be excluded from the application of section 1059.
Alternatively, the commenter requested confirmation that (1) the
recognition of gain under section 1059(a)(2) would result in an
inclusion event to the extent of that gain, and (2) the ordering rule
in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(1)(ii), which applied to basis
increases under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii), also would apply to such
inclusion event.
The commenter contended that, in many instances, the policy
concerns underlying section 1059, as described by the commenter, would
not be applicable to distributions made by a QOF C corporation.
However, an example in the commenter's analysis illustrated that the
concerns underlying section 1059 are present any time a QOF corporation
has earnings and profits (E&P) predating the date on which a qualifying
investment is made. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined
that, to the extent consistent with the application of section 1400Z-2,
and unless provided otherwise by the section 1400Z-2 regulations, the
rules of subchapter C apply with respect to a QOF C corporation. The
commenter's analysis did not set forth any statutory authority under
section 1400Z-2 or subchapter C for not applying section 1059 to
distributions from a QOF C corporation. As a result, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that section 1059 should apply
to a QOF C corporation, and the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter's primary recommendation.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the
commenter's alternative recommendation that the recognition of gain
under section 1059(a)(2) should result in an inclusion event to the
extent of that gain, and that the ordering rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(1)(ii) should apply to such inclusion event. The final
regulations have been modified accordingly.
C. Reorganizations of QOF Corporations
1. Overview
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(10) generally provided that, if the
assets of a QOF corporation are acquired in a qualifying section 381
transaction, and if the acquiring corporation is a QOF within a
prescribed period of time after the acquisition, the transaction would
not be an inclusion event. The proposed regulations included this rule
because, after the transaction, the taxpayer would have retained a
direct qualifying investment in an acquiring QOF that is a successor to
the transferor QOF under section 381. The proposed regulations defined
the term ``qualifying section 381 transaction'' to mean an acquisitive
asset reorganization described in section
[[Page 1883]]
381(a)(2), with certain enumerated exceptions. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(a)(2)(xx).
However, if a QOF shareholder received boot in a qualifying section
381 transaction with respect to the shareholder's qualifying
investment, the taxpayer would have an inclusion event because the
taxpayer would have reduced its direct qualifying investment in the QOF
or cashed out part of its investment. For this purpose, the term
``boot'' means money or other property that section 354 or 355 does not
permit to be received without the recognition of gain. Under the May
2019 proposed regulations, if the taxpayer realizes a gain on the
transaction, the amount that gives rise to the inclusion event is the
amount of gain under section 356 that is not treated as a dividend
under section 356(a)(2). If the taxpayer realizes a loss on the
transaction, the amount that gives rise to the inclusion event is an
amount equal to the fair market value of the boot received. If a single
taxpayer or members of a single consolidated group wholly own both the
target QOF and the acquiring QOF, the boot is treated as if it were
distributed from the QOF in a separate section 301 transaction and is
only taxable to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies.
In turn, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(12) generally provided
that, if a QOF corporation engages in a recapitalization transaction
described in section 368(a)(1)(E) (recapitalization), or if a QOF
shareholder engages in a stock-for-stock exchange described in section
1036 (section 1036 exchange), and if the transaction does not have the
result of decreasing the shareholder's proportionate interest in the
QOF corporation, the transaction is not an inclusion event. However,
any property or boot received by the shareholder in the transaction is
treated as property or boot to which section 301 or section 356
applies, as determined under general Federal income tax principles.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8) or (10), respectively, then
determined the extent to which the receipt of such property or boot
triggers an inclusion event. Moreover, if the transaction decreases the
shareholder's proportionate qualifying investment in the QOF
corporation, the shareholder has an inclusion event equal to the amount
of the reduction in fair market value of the shareholder's qualifying
QOF stock.
2. Proposed Treatment of Recapitalizations and Section 1036 Exchanges
Several commenters recommended that a single inclusion event rule
be applied to qualifying section 381 transactions, recapitalizations,
and section 1036 exchanges. One commenter argued that, if a taxpayer's
proportionate interest were reduced in a recapitalization or in a
section 1036 exchange, the taxpayer either would have received actual
consideration (that is, boot) in the transaction or would be deemed to
have received boot in the transaction under general Federal income tax
principles. See, for example, Rev. Rul. 74-269, 1974-1 C.B. 87. Another
commenter argued that a reduction in a shareholder's proportionate
interest by virtue of the QOF's issuance of new stock to a new investor
should not be treated as an inclusion event, and that a reduction in
the shareholder's interest by virtue of the shareholder's receipt of
non-stock consideration should be covered by the boot rules for
reorganizations. Thus, the commenters argued that recapitalizations and
section 1036 exchanges should be governed by the same rules that govern
qualifying section 381 transactions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with many of the
foregoing comments. For example, the Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that the reduction of a shareholder's proportionate interest in a
QOF through a recapitalization should not be treated as an inclusion
event unless the shareholder receives, or is deemed to receive, boot in
the transaction. Thus, a shareholder should not have an inclusion event
by virtue of the QOF's issuance of qualifying QOF stock to a new
investor. The Treasury Department and the IRS also agree that the rules
for recapitalizations and section 1036 exchanges should be modified to
mirror more closely the rules for qualifying section 381 transactions.
The final regulations reflect these determinations. However, the final
regulations retain separately numbered rules for reorganizations, and
for recapitalizations and section 1036 exchanges.
3. Receipt of Boot
Commenters also recommended simplifying the proposed rules
regarding boot. For example, one commenter recommended eliminating the
special rule for the receipt of boot from a wholly owned QOF in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(10)(i)(C)(2) and subjecting qualifying
section 381 transactions, recapitalizations, and section 1036 exchanges
to a single rule similar to proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(10)(i)(C)(1) (the general rule regarding the receipt of boot by
QOF shareholder in a qualifying section 381 transaction). Another
commenter questioned the disparate treatment of boot in reorganizations
depending on whether gain or loss is realized.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with commenters that the
proposed rules regarding the receipt of boot should be simplified.
Accordingly, the final regulations adopt a single rule for the receipt
of boot in a qualifying section 381 transaction. Under this rule, a
taxpayer is treated as disposing of a portion of its qualifying
investment equal to the portion of total consideration received in the
transaction with respect to the taxpayer's qualifying investment that
consists of boot. For example, if a QOF engages in a merger that is a
qualifying section 381 transaction, and if 10 percent of the
consideration received by a QOF shareholder, as measured by fair market
value, consists of boot, the QOF shareholder is treated as having
disposed of 10 percent of its qualifying investment. This rule applies
regardless of whether the QOF shareholder recognizes gain or loss on
the transaction, and regardless of whether the QOF is wholly owned.
For property or boot received in recapitalizations or section 1036
exchanges, the final regulations provide that the property or boot is
treated as property or boot to which section 301 or section 356(a) or
(c) applies, as determined under general Federal income tax principles.
The receipt of property to which section 301 applies is an inclusion
event only to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies. The receipt of boot
to which section 356(a) or (c) applies is subject to the single rule
for the receipt of boot in a qualifying section 381 transaction.
If a taxpayer receives boot with respect to its qualifying
investment in a qualifying section 355 transaction, as defined in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(a)(2)(xix), and if section 356(a) applies
to the transaction, the receipt of boot also is subject to the single
rule for the receipt of boot in a qualifying section 381 transaction.
In turn, if a taxpayer receives boot with respect to its qualifying
investment in a qualifying section 355 transaction, and if section
356(b) applies to the transaction, the receipt of boot is an inclusion
event only to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies.
4. Treatment of the Surviving or Acquiring Corporation as a QOF
A commenter also requested clarification that, in the event of
mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, asset acquisitions, and
conversions in which the acquiring or surviving enterprise is a QOF,
such
[[Page 1884]]
acquiring or surviving enterprise continues to be a QOF.
Whether the surviving or acquiring corporation after a merger,
consolidation, share exchange, or asset acquisition continues to be a
QOF depends on whether the surviving or acquiring corporation satisfies
the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations. Therefore, the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter's recommended clarification. For a discussion of conversions
of QOF partnerships to QOF corporations, see part III.E.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
D. Reorganizations of QOF Shareholders
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(10)(ii) generally provided that a
transfer of a QOF shareholder's assets in a qualifying section 381
transaction (qualifying owner reorganization) is not an inclusion
event, except to the extent the QOF shareholder transfers less than all
of its qualifying investment in the transaction, because the section
381 successor to the QOF shareholder retains a direct qualifying
investment in the QOF. In other words, the section 381 successor is
treated as the historic QOF shareholder and therefore no disposition of
the direct qualifying investment in the QOF has occurred. Based on the
same rationale, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2)(ii)(B) provided that
the transfer of a QOF shareholder's qualifying investment in a complete
liquidation under section 332 is not an inclusion event to the extent
section 337(a) applies (qualifying owner liquidation). Special rules
applied to S corporations that are shareholders of a QOF, and generally
tracked the rules of subchapter C described previously, to the extent
consistent with the rules of subchapter S. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(7).
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1) and (2) contained special rules
for qualifying section 381 transactions in which the target corporation
was a QOF immediately before the acquisition and the acquiring
corporation is a QOF immediately after the acquisition. For purposes of
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and 1400Z-2(c), the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided that the holding period for the QOF stock
relinquished by a taxpayer is ``tacked'' onto the holding period of the
QOF stock received in the transaction, and any qualified opportunity
zone property transferred by the transferor QOF to the acquiring QOF in
connection with the transaction does not lose its status as qualified
opportunity zone property solely as a result of the transfer. However,
the May 2019 proposed regulations did not provide similar rules for
qualifying owner reorganizations or liquidations. As a result, one
commenter requested that a ``tacked'' holding period be expressly
provided for a QOF shareholder's qualifying investment in such
transactions. Another commenter requested a rule for qualifying owner
liquidations and reorganizations similar to proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(6)(ii)(C), which generally provided that the resulting partnership
after certain partnership mergers or consolidations is subject to
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations to the same extent
as the original partnership before the transaction.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that a ``tacking'' rule
should apply to stock of a QOF shareholder after a qualifying owner
reorganization or liquidation. Section 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1)(ii) of the
final regulations has been modified accordingly.
E. Partnerships, S Corporations, and Trusts
1. Inclusion Events for QOF Partnerships
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(i) provided inclusion rules for
QOF partnerships and partnerships that directly or indirectly own
interests in QOFs. These rules applied to transactions involving any
direct or indirect partner of a QOF to the extent of the partner's
share of any eligible gain. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B)
provided that a contribution by a QOF owner of its direct or indirect
partnership interest in a qualifying investment to a partnership is not
an inclusion event to the extent the transaction is governed by section
721(a), provided the transfer does not cause a termination of a QOF
partnership, or of the direct or indirect owner of a QOF, under section
708(b)(1).
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments on
whether certain transactions involving QOF partnerships should be
considered inclusion events. One commenter requested clarification of
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iii), which provided that a
distribution of property by a QOF partnership to a partner is an
inclusion event if the distributed property has a fair market value in
excess of the partner's basis in its qualifying investment, and that
similar rules apply to distributions involving tiered partnerships. The
final regulations provide that, for amounts relating to a partner's
qualifying investment, a distribution by a QOF partnership to a partner
is an inclusion event to the extent the distribution is of cash or
property with a fair market value in excess of the partner's outside
basis in the QOF partnership. However, with respect to distributions by
a partnership that owns a QOF, such distribution will only be an
inclusion event for the indirect QOF owner if the distribution is a
liquidating distribution.
The commenter suggested that such a distribution should not be an
inclusion event to the extent the partner in the QOF ultimately would
be allocated the gain recognized upon the distribution. The commenter
also requested an exception from inclusion event treatment for section
731 distributions of a QOF interest by an upper-tier partnership to the
extent the distribution is to the partner that made the initial
qualifying investment in the QOF. The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt these recommendations. Under the rules in subchapter K
of chapter 1 of subtitle A (subchapter K), a distribution of property
with a fair market value in excess of basis reduces a partner's equity
interest in the partnership. Such a reduction is an inclusion event and
is economically the same as an investor cashing out its investment or
reducing its equity investment in the QOF.
One commenter also requested that a contribution of an interest in
a partnership that holds a direct interest in a QOF partnership to
another partnership not be considered an inclusion event. This
transaction was addressed by proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B),
which applied to contributions under section 721(a) by a QOF owner,
including a QOF partner. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(a)(2)(xii),
which defined a QOF partner as a person that directly owns a qualifying
investment in a QOF partnership or a person that owns such a qualifying
investment through equity interests solely in one or more partnerships.
The final regulations clarify that the rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B) applies to any QOF owner that contributes
its qualifying QOF stock or direct or indirect partnership interest in
a qualifying investment to a partnership in a transaction governed by
section 721(a).
Another commenter requested that the list of inclusion events
exclude not only section 721 contributions, but also the merger of a
fund formed as a REIT into another REIT. The commenter recommended that
the final regulations clarify and expand the scope of the permitted
transactions under the rules for inclusion. The Treasury Department and
the IRS decline to adopt this
[[Page 1885]]
suggestion but note that the exceptions to inclusion event treatment
applicable to QOF C corporations, such as the exception for qualifying
section 381 transactions, also apply to RICs and REITs.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(C) provided that a merger or
consolidation of a partnership holding a qualifying investment, or of a
partnership holding an interest in such partnership solely through one
or more partnerships, with another partnership in a transaction to
which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an inclusion event. A
commenter noted that the May 2019 proposed regulations did not
explicitly provide that a merger of a QOF partnership into another
partnership in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is
not an inclusion event, even if the acquiring partnership is a QOF
immediately after the merger.
The Treasury Department and the IRS adopt the comment in part. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the rule in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iii) of the May 2019 proposed regulations, which
provided that a QOF partnership distribution with a fair market value
in excess of the distributee partner's basis is an inclusion event,
should be modified in the case of certain mergers or consolidations
under section 708(b)(2)(A).
The final regulations provide that, in the case of an assets-over
merger or consolidation of a QOF partnership with another QOF
partnership in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies, the
fair market value of property distributed in the merger or
consolidation is reduced by the fair market value of the partnership
interest received in the merger or consolidation for purposes of
determining whether there has been an inclusion event. Therefore, the
transaction will not be an inclusion event to a partner that receives
only a partnership interest in the resulting partnership. However,
there will be an inclusion event to the extent that a partner receives
other property that exceeds that partner's basis in the partnership.
Additionally, the final regulations provide that a merger or
consolidation of a QOF partnership with another QOF partnership in a
transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an inclusion
event under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2)(i), which provides that there is
an inclusion event if a QOF ceases to exist for Federal income tax
purposes. The resulting partnership becomes subject to section 1400Z-2
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations to the same extent that the
terminated partnership was so subject prior to the transaction, and
must allocate and report any gain inclusion under section 1400Z-2(b) to
the same extent and to the same partners that the terminated
partnership would have been required to allocate and report those items
prior to the transaction.
A commenter also requested clarification that any partnership
distribution of property pursuant to a division governed by Sec.
1.708-1(d) is not an inclusion event, provided the taxpayer's
beneficial interest in a QOF has not changed and all deferred gain
still would be recognized by the same taxpayer. Several other
commenters requested that pro-rata divisions of QOF partnerships into
two or more QOF partnerships pursuant to section 708 not be treated as
inclusion events, provided the amount of a taxpayer's equity interest
in its qualifying investment remains the same.
The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt a general rule
excluding divisions as inclusion events because divisions may result in
deemed distributions arising from debt shifts, as well as distributions
in excess of basis, which may result in gain recognition under the
subchapter K rules. Additionally, as described in part IV.E.4 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, the final regulations
expand the rule of proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(ii) to provide
that, with the exception of gain from the sale of inventory in the
ordinary course of business, all gain from the sale of property by a
QOF partnership or by a qualified opportunity zone business that is a
partnership is eligible for exclusion as long as the qualifying
investment in the QOF has been held for at least 10 years. This change
to proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(ii) may minimize the need for
divisions of QOF partnerships as a way to dispose of certain assets.
One commenter also asked that a distribution by a QOF partnership
of its net cash flow, measured on an annual basis by reference to
taxable income, plus depreciation deductions, not constitute an
inclusion event. The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt
this recommendation because allowing such distributions in excess of
the QOF partner's basis would add significant complexity, requiring the
tracing of distributions of net cash flow proceeds versus cash from
other sources.
One commenter asked why proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6) used the
phrase ``eligible gain.'' Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6) stated, in
relevant part, that ``the inclusion rules of this paragraph (c) apply
to transactions involving any direct or indirect partner of the QOF to
the extent of such partner's share of eligible gain of the QOF.'' The
commenter further noted that proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6) used
this phrase three times, and the inclusion of that phrase seemed
inappropriate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS confirm that ``eligible gain''
was the intended term in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6). Eligible
gain is a defined term in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2), and
generally refers to gain that is eligible to be deferred under section
1400Z-2(a). The term is further defined in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)
of the final regulations. In addition, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(6) provided special rules relating to inclusion events for
partners and partnerships, and used the defined term ``eligible gain''
to reference the amount of gain deferred under section 1400Z-2(a) that
is required to be included in income upon the occurrence of certain
inclusion events.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(7)(iv) provided special rules
regarding inclusion events for conversions of S corporations to
partnerships or disregarded entities. Otherwise, the May 2019 proposed
regulations did not expressly address whether a QOF's change in
classification, such as from a partnership to a corporation, is an
inclusion event. A commenter recommended that the conversion of a QOF
from a partnership to a corporation for Federal tax purposes be treated
as neither an inclusion event nor a disposition of a qualifying
investment for purposes of the election in section 1400Z-2(c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that, if a partnership
elects under Sec. 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) to be classified as an
association, under Sec. 301.7701-3(g)(1)(i) the partnership is deemed
to contribute all of its assets and liabilities to the association in
exchange for stock and to liquidate immediately thereafter. See also
Rev. Rul. 2004-59, 2004-1 C.B. 1050 (applying the same treatment to a
partnership that converts to a corporation under a state law formless
conversion statute). As provided in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(2)(i), a taxpayer generally has an inclusion event for all of its
qualifying investment if the QOF ceases to exist for Federal income tax
purposes, and no specific rule in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)
provides an exception for liquidations of QOF partnerships. Thus, the
conversion of a partnership to a corporation would be an inclusion
event. No change has been made to the
[[Page 1886]]
final regulations with respect to this comment.
2. Inclusion Events for QOF S Corporations
a. General Principle of Section 1371(a)
The May 2019 proposed regulations relied upon the principle set
forth in section 1371(a), which provides that the rules of subchapter C
of chapter 1 of subtitle A (subchapter C) applicable to C corporations
and their shareholders apply to S corporations and their shareholders,
except to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of subchapter S.
In such instances, S corporations and their shareholders are subject to
the specific rules of subchapter S. For example, similar to rules
applicable to QOF partnerships, a distribution of property to which
section 1368 applies by a QOF S corporation is an inclusion event to
the extent that the distributed property has a fair market value in
excess of the shareholder's basis, including any basis adjustments
under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). In addition, the rules
set forth in the May 2019 proposed regulations regarding redemptions,
liquidations, and reorganizations of QOF C corporations and QOF C
corporation shareholders apply equally to QOF S corporations and QOF S
corporation shareholders to the extent consistent with the rules of
subchapter S. For example, because the stock of an S corporation cannot
be held by a C corporation, no exception is provided for a liquidation
or upstream asset reorganization of an S corporation investor in a QOF.
However, the May 2019 proposed regulations also reflect that flow-
through principles under subchapter S apply to S corporations when the
application of subchapter C would be inconsistent with subchapter S.
For example, under the May 2019 proposed regulations, if an inclusion
event were to occur with respect to deferred gain of an S corporation
that is an investor in a QOF, the shareholders of the S corporation
would include the gain pro rata in their respective taxable incomes.
See section 1366(a)(1)(A). Consequently, those S corporation
shareholders would increase their bases in their S corporation stock at
the end of the taxable year during which the inclusion event occurred.
See section 1367(a)(1)(A). Pursuant to the S corporation distribution
rules set forth in section 1368, the S corporation shareholders would
receive future distributions from the S corporation tax-free to the
extent of the deferred gain amount included in income and included in
stock basis. If the S corporation has accumulated E&P, the S
corporation's accumulated adjustments account would be increased by the
same amount as the increase in stock basis to ensure the shareholders'
tax-free treatment of the future distributions. See section 1368(c),
(e)(1).
b. Specific Inclusion Event Rules for S Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations also set forth specific rules for
S corporations to provide certainty to taxpayers regarding the
application of particular provisions under section 1400Z-2. Regarding
section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(A), the May 2019 proposed regulations clarified
that a conversion of an S corporation that holds a qualifying
investment in a QOF to a C corporation (or a conversion of a C
corporation to an S corporation) is not an inclusion event because the
interests held by each shareholder of the C corporation or S
corporation, as appropriate, would remain unchanged with respect to the
corporation's qualifying investment in a QOF. For mixed-funds
investments in a QOF S corporation described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1),
if different blocks of stock are created for otherwise qualifying
investments to track basis in these qualifying investments, the May
2019 proposed regulations made clear that the separate blocks would not
be treated as different classes of stock for purposes of S corporation
eligibility under section 1361(b)(1).
The Treasury Department and the IRS received favorable comments
regarding the reliance of the May 2019 proposed regulations upon the
principle set forth in section 1371(a). In addition, commenters
provided favorable comments regarding the foregoing rules, which the
Treasury Department and the IRS drafted in accordance with that
principle. As a result, the final regulations adopt those rules without
modification.
c. Elimination of 25-Percent Aggregate Ownership Change Rule
The May 2019 proposed regulations set forth a special rule that,
solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2, an S corporation's qualifying
investment in a QOF would be treated as disposed of if there is a
greater-than-25 percent aggregate change in ownership of the S
corporation (25-percent aggregate ownership change rule). Under that
rule, upon a greater-than-25 percent aggregate change in ownership, the
S corporation would have an inclusion event for all of the S
corporation's remaining deferred gain, and neither section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv), nor section 1400Z-2(c), would apply to the S
corporation's qualifying investment after that date. In proposing the
25-percent aggregate ownership change rule, the Treasury Department and
the IRS attempted to ``balance the status of the S corporation as the
owner of the qualifying investment with the desire to preserve the
incidence of the capital gain inclusion and income exclusion benefits
under section 1400Z-2.'' Section VII.D.3 of the preamble to the May
2019 proposed regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received comments from the
taxpayer and practitioner communities critical of the 25-percent
aggregate ownership change rule. In particular, commenters have
emphasized that the proposed rule conflicts with the stated purpose of
inclusion events under section 1400Z-2, which is to ``prevent taxpayers
from `cashing out' a qualifying investment in a QOF without including
in gross income any amount of their deferred gain.'' Section VII.A of
the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations. In addition,
commenters have noted that subchapter S of the Code already contains
provisions, such as section 1377, that achieve more effectively the
``balance'' intended through the proposed 25-percent aggregate
ownership change rule.
As previously stated, for purposes of the Code, including section
1400Z-2, the rules of subchapter C apply to an S corporation and its
shareholders unless inconsistent with subchapter S. See section
1371(a). For example, if an S corporation investor in a QOF were to
have an inclusion event regarding the S corporation's qualifying
investment, the rules of subchapter S would apply to ensure that the
shareholders of the S corporation would include the resulting gain pro
rata in their respective taxable incomes and increase their bases in
their S corporation stock at the end of the taxable year during which
the inclusion event occurred. See generally section 1366. However,
neither subchapter S nor section 1400Z-2 provides that the disposition
of any stock held by a shareholder of an S corporation should cause an
inclusion event under section 1400Z-2 for a qualifying investment held
by the S corporation in a QOF (that is, should be treated as a
disposition by the S corporation). Rather, the rules of subchapter S
indicate the opposite, as evidenced by the ability for S corporation
shareholders to dispose of their stock without affecting the S
corporation's tax-free treatment resulting from a like-kind exchange of
one of its assets. See generally section 1031. The Treasury Department
and the
[[Page 1887]]
IRS have determined that, like a C corporation investor in a QOF C
corporation, an S corporation investor should not have an inclusion
event for its qualifying investment solely as the result of a
disposition of shares by one of its shareholders, regardless of the
disposition's magnitude.
Furthermore, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined
that the proposed 25-percent aggregate ownership change rule does not
achieve its stated purpose of balancing the status of the S corporation
as the owner of the qualifying investment while directing capital gain
inclusion to the proposed rule's intended parties (that is, the S
corporation's shareholders, upon an inclusion event). See section
VII.D.3 of the May 2019 proposed regulations. Indeed, the Treasury
Department and the IRS note that the proposed rule conflicts with
section 1377, the longstanding provision in subchapter S that governs
the allocation of items of income among S corporation shareholders.
Under section 1377(a)(1), each shareholder's pro rata share of any
item for any tax year generally equals the sum of the amounts
determined for the shareholder by (1) assigning an equal portion of the
item to each day of the tax year, and then (2) dividing that portion
pro rata among the shares outstanding on that day, per share, per day.
As an exception for terminations of a shareholder's interest, section
1377(a)(2) permits an S corporation and the affected shareholders (that
is, the remaining shareholders of the S corporation at the time of the
termination) to agree to a ``closing of the books'' of the S
corporation and allocate the S corporation's items of income among
those shareholders based on their ownership before and after the
termination (that is, treat the taxable year as two taxable years, the
first of which ends on the date of the termination). As highlighted by
one commenter, in the absence of a ``closing of the books'' election,
the inclusion of capital gain resulting from an inclusion event will be
allocated pro rata among all of the S corporation's shareholders as of
the end of the S corporation's taxable year, rather than to those
shareholders who were shareholders at the time the S corporation
invested its deferred capital gain in its QOF. In other words, the
allocation rules of section 1377 do not operate to match S corporation
items to specific shareholders. For these reasons, the Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the comments received and have
removed the proposed 25-percent aggregate ownership change rule from
the final regulations.
d. Contributions of QOF Investments to a Partnership
With respect to the contribution of a qualifying investment to an
upper-tier partnership or the acquisition of an interest in an upper-
tier partnership by another person, one commenter requested that
forward section 704(c) and reverse section 704(c) principles apply to
ensure that deferred gains, or any built-in gains on the QOF interest,
are allocable to the proper taxpayers and that appropriate basis
adjustments are made. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that
forward section 704(c) and reverse section 704(c) principles, which
otherwise would apply, also apply in this context.
In addition, several commenters requested that the final
regulations provide greater flexibility in the structuring of
investments in QOF partnerships by allowing investors to use master-
feeder structures and similar structures such as aggregator funds. The
commenters noted that proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B)
permitted a QOF owner to contribute its direct or indirect interest in
a QOF partnership to another partnership under certain circumstances in
a transaction governed by section 721(a) without the transfer being
treated as an inclusion event. The final regulations decline to
incorporate that comment because it is inconsistent with the statute.
Specifically, section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) requires an eligible taxpayer to
make an investment in a QOF within 180 days of the sale or exchange
that gave rise to the eligible gain in order for the taxpayer to have
made a qualifying investment.
The final regulations clarify that, when a QOF partner contributes
its qualifying investment to a transferee partnership in a section 721
transaction, the transferee partnership is the party that recognizes
the deferred gain and is eligible for the five- and seven-year basis
adjustments. However, the transferee partnership must allocate all such
amounts to the contributing partner, applying the principles of section
704(c). The contributing partner no longer will be eligible to make the
elections under section 1400Z-2(c) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2).
Instead, the transferee partnership will be the sole person eligible to
make these elections, and the elections will apply to all partners in
the transferee partnership for that tax year.
e. Mixed-Funds Investments in QOF Partnerships
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv) provided that a partner that
holds a mixed-funds investment in a QOF partnership (mixed-funds
partner) is treated as holding separate interests in the QOF
partnership--a qualifying investment and a non-qualifying investment--
solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2. Under proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)(B), all section 704(b) allocations of income,
gain, loss, and deduction, all section 752 allocations of debt, and all
distributions made to a mixed-funds partner were treated as made to the
separate interests based on the allocation percentages of the
interests, which generally were determined based on the relative
capital contributions attributable to the qualifying investment and the
non-qualifying investment. However, if a partner received a profits
interest in the partnership in exchange for services, the May 2019
proposed regulations provided that the profits interest was a non-
qualifying investment and that the allocation percentage for the
profits interest was based on the highest share of residual profits the
mixed-funds partner would receive with respect to that interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received a number of comments
advocating different methods of allocating section 704(b) items, debt,
and distributions between qualifying and non-qualifying investments in
a mixed-funds investment. For example, one commenter requested that
taxpayers be allowed to treat partnership distributions as made
disproportionately to non-qualifying investments to minimize the
likelihood that a distribution will cause a qualifying investment to be
considered sold or exchanged. Another commenter requested that all debt
be allocated to the non-qualifying investment. One commenter also
recommended that gain on the sale of property by a QOF partnership be
treated as attributable to the non-qualifying investment and qualifying
investment based on each investment's share of section 704(b) gain with
respect to the property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt these comments
because the recommended changes would (i) increase the complexities in
determining the items attributable to qualifying and non-qualifying
investments comprising a mixed-funds investment, and (ii) be
significantly more difficult to administer for both taxpayers and the
IRS. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
[[Page 1888]]
determined that the approach in the May 2019 proposed regulations is
the most straightforward option, and the option that minimizes
administrable burden, for determining allocation percentages for
qualifying and non-qualifying investments. Therefore, the final
regulations retain the rule in the May 2019 proposed regulations and
continue to determine allocation percentages based on relative capital
contributions.
Commenters generally agreed with the rule in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(9)(ii) that profits interests received for services
should not be treated as qualifying investments. However, a number of
commenters requested changes to the rule for calculating allocation
percentages in the case of a profits interest received for services.
One commenter highlighted that the proposed rule could result in a
profits interest holder receiving an allocation percentage that is
higher than its actual share of residual profits. Another commenter
recommended that the allocation percentage for a profits interest be
determined by comparing the profits received by the service provider
with those derived by another significant partner that does not provide
services to the QOF partnership. Yet another commenter requested that
the final regulations incorporate the definition of ``applicable
partnership interest'' under section 1061. This commenter recommended
that the final regulations provide that the highest share of residual
profits that a partner holding the mixed-funds investment would receive
with respect to an ``applicable partnership interest'' would be
determined by the highest share of residual profits less a reasonable
return on the partner's capital interest, based on consideration of all
facts and circumstances at the time of the receipt of the interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt any of these
comments because the approach in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)
is simpler and more administrable. The final regulations require a
partner who receives a profits interest for services as part of a
mixed-funds investment in a QOF partnership to determine the allocation
percentage of the profits interest based on the share of residual
profits that the mixed-funds partner would receive from the
partnership. In addition, the final regulations provide that, if the
residual share provided in the partnership agreement is not reasonably
likely to apply, then that share will be disregarded in determining
allocation percentages, and the allocation percentage for the profits
interest will be the final share of profits provided in the partnership
agreement that is likely to apply.
f. QSST and ESBT Conversions
A commenter requested clarification as to whether a conversion from
a qualified subchapter S trust (QSST) to an electing small business
trust (ESBT), and vice versa, falls within the exceptions to an
inclusion event. The final regulations confirm that neither type of
conversion is an inclusion event if the person who is both the deemed
owner of the portion of the ESBT holding the qualifying investment and
the QSST beneficiary is the person taxable on the income from the
qualifying investment both before and after the conversion. For this
purpose, Sec. 1.1361-1(j)(8) is deemed not to apply because the
conversion of a QSST to an ESBT differs from a disposition of the QSST
asset where there is recognition of gain on the asset. However, there
will be an inclusion event upon conversion if the qualifying investment
is in the grantor portion of the ESBT and the ESBT's deemed owner is a
nonresident alien.
g. Holding Periods
One commenter suggested clarifying how the principles of proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1) and (2), which provided rules for holding
periods for QOF investments, would be applied to partnership
transactions described in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii), such
as section 721(a) contributions and section 708(b)(2)(A) mergers or
consolidations.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(3) allowed the holding period of
qualifying investments transferred in non-inclusion events listed in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii) to tack onto the holding period
of the transferor under section 1223(1). The final regulations retain
this provision. Under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1), the holding period of
the transferee partnership will include the holding period of the
contributing partner.
h. Special Amount Includible Rule for Partnerships and S Corporations
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(4) provided that, for inclusion
events involving partnerships and S corporations, the amount includible
is equal to the percentage of the qualifying QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation interest disposed of, multiplied by the lesser of (1) the
remaining deferred gain less the five-year and seven-year basis
adjustments; or (2) the gain that would be recognized by the partner or
shareholder if the interest were sold in a fully taxable transaction
for its then fair market value.
Section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A) provides that the amount of gain included
in gross income under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) is the excess of (i) the
lesser of the amount of gain excluded under paragraph (1) of that
section or the fair market value of the investment as determined as of
the date described in paragraph (1), over (ii) the taxpayer's basis in
the investment.
Several commenters requested that the special amount includible
rule for partnerships and S corporations be changed to follow the
statutory language in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A). Commenters acknowledged
that the special amount includible rule was intended to prevent
taxpayers from avoiding the recognition of deferred gain upon an
inclusion event when the fair market value of their qualifying
investment has diminished due to debt-financed deductions or
distributions. However, these commenters emphasized that the special
amount includible rule creates inequitable results for debt-financed
losses attributable to periods before December 31, 2026, as compared to
debt-financed losses incurred after this date. Certain commenters also
suggested that this rule has adversely affected the ability to develop
low-income housing tax credit projects and other community development
properties in QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
proposed special amount includible rule for partnerships and S
corporations conforms to the underlying intent of the capital gain
deferral allowed under section 1400Z-2. Thus, the Treasury Department
and the IRS decline to adopt this request, and the final regulations
retain the special amount includible rule for partnerships and S
corporations found in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(4). Further,
although the final regulations do not limit the combining (commonly
referred to as ``twinning'') of other tax incentives with the benefits
provided by section 1400Z-2, the creation of special rules in this
regard exceeds the scope of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2
regulations.
3. Grantor Trusts
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(5)(i) provided that a taxpayer's
transfer of its qualifying investment in a QOF to a grantor trust of
which the taxpayer is the deemed owner was not an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c).
One commenter asked whether a gift to a ``defective grantor trust''
would be an
[[Page 1889]]
inclusion event. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that a
defective grantor trust is a grantor trust for Federal income tax
purposes, so its funding does not change the conclusion that the
transfer is not an inclusion event under section 1400Z-2. In each
situation, the deemed owner of the grantor trust's property for Federal
income tax purposes (that is, the taxpayer) would be treated as
maintaining a direct qualifying investment in the QOF for Federal
income tax purposes. See part II.A.5 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions (describing rationale for not treating such
transfers as inclusion events).
Another commenter stated that proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(5)(ii), which addressed inclusion events related to grantor
trusts, was too broad because the proposed rule applied to ``a change
in the status of a grantor trust.'' The commenter noted that this
language could be read to apply to a taxpayer that owned a QOF
investment and was the deemed owner of a grantor trust, regardless of
whether the grantor trust itself held a QOF investment. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with this comment. Accordingly, the final
regulations clarify that the provision applies to a change in the
status of a grantor trust owning a qualifying investment in a QOF.
A commenter also requested clarification that non-gift transactions
between a grantor trust and its deemed owner that are not recognition
events for Federal income tax purposes are not inclusion events, and
that such transactions do not start a new holding period for purposes
of section 1400Z. In such transactions, the deemed owner of the trust
continues, for Federal income tax purposes, to be the taxpayer liable
for the Federal income tax on the qualifying investment. Thus, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that, like transfers by
the deemed owner to the grantor trust, these transactions (including
transfers from the grantor trust to its deemed owner) are not inclusion
events.
F. Transfers of Property by Gift or by Reason of Death, or Incident to
Divorce
1. Gifts
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that a transfer by gift
of a qualifying investment in a QOF is an inclusion event for purposes
of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). One
commenter asserted that a donor's gift of a qualifying investment in a
QOF should not be considered a sale or exchange for purposes of section
1400Z-2, provided that the gift otherwise is not treated as a taxable
disposition for Federal income tax purposes.
As noted in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
section 1400Z-2(b)(1) does not directly address non-sale or exchange
dispositions, such as gifts and bequests. However, the Conference
Report provides that, under section 1400Z-2(b)(1), the ``deferred gain
is recognized on the earlier of the date on which the [qualifying]
investment is disposed of or December 31, 2026.'' See Conference Report
at 539 (indicating that continued gain recognition deferral requires
the taxpayer to maintain directly the taxpayer's qualifying
investment).
Section 1400Z-2 requires the deferred Federal income tax on capital
gains to be paid by the taxpayer who incurred that gain and reinvested
an amount up to the amount of the net proceeds from the sale into the
qualifying investment in the QOF. The only exception is the recognition
under section 691 of a decedent's deferred gain that is not properly
includible in the decedent's gross income. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have concluded that (i) no authority exists to impose the
donor's deferred capital gains tax liability on the donee of the
qualifying investment, and therefore (ii) the Federal income tax on the
deferred gain must be collected from the donor at the time of the gift
of the qualifying investment. Accordingly, the final regulations
continue to provide that a gift of the qualifying investment in a QOF
is an inclusion event. In addition, consistent with the discussion in
part VII.E. of the Explanation of Provisions to the May 2019 proposed
regulations, the final regulations provide that the interest received
by the donee is no longer a qualifying investment in a QOF as a result
of the inclusion event, and thus the donee is not eligible to make an
election under section 1400Z-2(c) to adjust the basis of the interest
in the QOF to fair market value.
2. Death
The May 2019 proposed regulations generally provided that a
transfer of a qualifying investment by reason of the taxpayer's death
is not an inclusion event. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(4)(ii)
(enumerating the sole exceptions to that general rule). One commenter
noted that the recipient of a deceased owner's qualifying investment
may not have the liquidity to pay the deferred tax on the gain the
decedent invested in the QOF upon an inclusion event as of December 31,
2026. The commenter requested that the final regulations permit an
election to treat death as an inclusion event, thereby making the
decedent's estate liable for the payment of the deferred tax, or grant
the recipient a further deferral until the recipient's disposition of
the qualifying investment.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that, if a decedent who
dies after 2026 had not disposed of the qualifying investment prior to
December 31, 2026, it is possible that even the decedent could have
faced such a liquidity problem. In light of the statute's clear
direction that the deferral be terminated no later than December 31,
2026, the final regulations provide no election to a decedent's estate
to treat death as an inclusion event or provide further deferral to a
person inheriting the qualifying investment as a result of the deceased
owner's death.
One commenter also requested clarification regarding the
application of section 691 to the recipient of the qualifying
investment by reason of the death of the owner. In response, the final
regulations provide that the tax on the decedent's deferred gain is the
liability of the person in receipt of that interest from the decedent
at the time of an inclusion event.
3. Transactions Between Spouses or Incident to Divorce
A commenter requested that transfers between spouses or incident to
divorce, as described in section 1041, be excepted from the definition
of an inclusion event. Although those transactions are nonrecognition
events for Federal income tax purposes, a transfer of the qualifying
investment in such a transaction constitutes a disposition of that
interest for purposes of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b). Therefore,
the final regulations in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(3)(ii) clarify that a
transfer described in section 1041 is an inclusion event. Accordingly,
the transferor's deferred gain is recognized, and the transferee's
interest in the QOF no longer is a qualifying investment.
G. Basis Adjustments
1. Adjustments to Basis of Qualifying QOF Stock
Under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(g), a taxpayer's basis in its qualifying investment is increased by
the amount of gain recognized upon an inclusion event or on December
31, 2026. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g) also provided additional
rules regarding the timing and amount of basis adjustments under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii).
[[Page 1890]]
Commenters requested clarification as to how the section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis adjustments should be made if a taxpayer disposes
of less than all of its qualifying QOF stock or if less than all of its
qualifying QOF stock is redeemed by the QOF corporation. If an investor
has a qualifying investment with $0 basis and a corresponding $100 of
deferred gain, and if the investor were to sell its entire qualifying
investment for $100, the investor would recognize $100 of deferred
gain, increase its basis in the qualifying investment by $100, and then
recognize $0 of gain under section 1001 on the sale of the qualifying
investment. If the investor were to sell half of its investment for $50
instead, the investor would recognize $50 of deferred gain under
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(1) and then increase its basis in its
qualifying investment by $50. However, it is unclear under the May 2019
proposed regulations whether the $50 basis increase should be applied
to the shares that were sold, to the shares that were retained, or to
both the sold and the retained shares proportionally.
A commenter recommended that the section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis
increase be made only to those specific shares that trigger the
inclusion event. In the foregoing example, if the $50 basis adjustment
were made solely to the sold shares, the investor would recognize $50
of the deferred gain on the disposition of such shares and $0 of gain
under section 1001, and the investor would continue to have $50 of
deferred gain and $0 of basis in the retained shares. In contrast, if
all or a proportionate amount of the section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis
increase were made to the retained shares, the investor would recognize
$50 of deferred gain plus an additional $50 or $25 of gain,
respectively, under section 1001. Thus, the investor would recognize
more gain than the amount realized in the transaction. Moreover, the
retained portion of the investment still would be associated with $50
of deferred gain. Although the taxpayer would have a basis of either
$50 or $25 in its retained stock, the taxpayer could end up recognizing
gain in excess of the amount of deferred gain if the qualifying
investment appreciates sufficiently--an outcome that is contrary to the
express language of the statute. See section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A).
Similarly, commenters recommended that, in the case of a dividend-
equivalent redemption of qualifying QOF stock owned by a sole
shareholder of a QOF corporation, the section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
basis increase for any section 301(c)(3) gain or 1059(a)(2) gain be
made only to the redeemed shares.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that,
if a shareholder of a QOF corporation sells less than all of its
qualifying QOF stock, the section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) basis increase
should be made only to those specific shares that are sold. The final
regulations have been revised accordingly. Otherwise, issues relating
relating to the treatment of basis upon a redemption are beyond the
scope of the final regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to study such issues. See REG-143686-07, 84 FR 11686 (March
28, 2019).
2. Basis Adjustments to QOF Partnership Interests and QOF S Corporation
Stock
a. General Application of Five-Year and Seven-Year Basis Increases
A commenter noted that the May 2019 proposed regulations, unlike
the preamble, did not specifically provide that the five-year and
seven-year basis increases to a qualifying investment are basis for all
purposes of the Code, and recommended that the final regulations
confirm this result. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with
this comment. Accordingly, the final regulations in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(g)(4)(ii) and (g)(5)(i) specifically provide that five-year and
seven-year basis adjustments to a qualifying investment in a
partnership or S corporation described in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii)
and (iv) and section 1400Z-2(c) are basis for all purposes of the Code,
including for purposes of suspended losses under sections 704(d) and
1366(d).
b. Specific Stock Basis Rules for S Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, if an S
corporation is an investor in a QOF, the S corporation must adjust the
basis of its qualifying investment in the manner set forth for C
corporations in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g), except as otherwise
provided in those proposed regulations. This rule does not affect
adjustments to the basis of any other asset of the S corporation. The S
corporation shareholder's pro-rata share of any recognized deferred
capital gain at the S corporation level will be separately stated under
section 1366 and will adjust the shareholders' stock basis under
section 1367. In addition, the May 2019 proposed regulations made clear
that any adjustment to the basis of an S corporation's qualifying
investment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv) or section
1400Z-2(c) will not (1) be separately stated under section 1366, and
(2) adjust the shareholders' stock basis under section 1367 until the
date on which an inclusion event with respect to the S corporation's
qualifying investment occurs. If a basis adjustment under section
1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is made as a result of an inclusion event, then
the basis adjustment will be made before determining the other tax
consequences of the inclusion event.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received favorable comments
regarding the foregoing rules, which the Treasury Department and the
IRS drafted in accordance with the principle of section 1371(a), as
discussed in part III.E.2.a of this Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions. As a result, the final regulations adopt these rules
without modification.
3. Basis Adjustments by Reason of Death
Several commenters requested clarification regarding the basis of a
qualifying investment in the hands of a deceased owner's heir, legatee,
or beneficiary. More specifically, commenters requested clarification
as to whether the basis adjustment under section 1014 would apply less
the amount of unrecognized gain.
If the decedent's investment in a QOF exceeded the gain the
decedent elected to defer under section 1400Z-2(a), the investment is a
mixed-funds investment that is treated as two separate investments--a
qualifying investment subject to section 1400Z-2, and a non-qualifying
investment to which section 1400Z-2 is inapplicable. See section 1400Z-
2(e)(1). Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(D) identified the basis
of the non-qualifying investment as the taxpayer's total basis in the
QOF less the basis of the qualifying investment, in each case
determined without the zero-basis rule and without any other basis
adjustment provided for in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B). In general, this
amount equals the taxpayer's total investment in the QOF less the
amount of gain invested on which the capital gains tax was deferred.
Because section 1400Z-2 is inapplicable to the non-qualifying
investment, the recipient's basis in the non-qualifying investment on
the death of the owner is governed by section 1014. As with other
income in respect of a decedent, the estate tax value is not reduced by
the liability for the deferred income tax.
However, section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) applies with regard to the
recipient's basis in the qualifying investment. This section provides
that the basis of the qualifying investment is zero, with
[[Page 1891]]
specified increases for gain recognized at the time of an inclusion
event and for qualifying investments held for at least five or seven
years. This provision governs without regard to section 1014. Because a
taxpayer's basis in its qualifying investment is zero except as
otherwise provided in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and section 1400Z-2(c)
(which concerns qualifying investments held for at least 10 years), the
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that section 1014 does
not apply to adjust the basis of an inherited qualifying investment to
its fair market value as of the deceased owner's death.
H. Earnings and Profits
A commenter requested guidance regarding the E&P consequences of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Specifically, the
commenter recommended that any increase to E&P as a result of gain
deferred under section 1400Z-2 be deferred until such gain is included
in income upon either an inclusion event or December 31, 2026.
As noted by the commenter, section 312(f)(1) provides that gain or
loss realized on the sale or other disposition of property by a
corporation increases or decreases the E&P of such corporation, but
only to the extent the realized gain or loss was recognized in
computing taxable income under the law applicable to the year in which
such sale or disposition was made. Section 1400Z-2 and the section
1400Z-2 regulations enable a taxpayer to defer recognition of an
eligible gain in the year the eligible gain was realized. As a result,
the amount of gain so deferred does not increase the taxpayer's E&P in
the year of realization. See section 312(f)(1). When the gain
eventually is included in income upon an inclusion event or on December
31, 2026, the taxpayer's E&P will be increased. See Sec. 1.312-6(b).
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that section 312
and the regulations in this part under section 312 provide this result
in their current form, and therefore no additional rules are necessary.
However, the examples set forth in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(3) have been
revised to illustrate the application of the existing E&P rules within
the context of section 1400Z-2.
The commenter also recommended that the amount of basis adjustments
resulting from the application of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv) and section 1400Z-2(c) should be treated as tax-exempt income that
causes an increase to E&P under Sec. 1.312-6(b). Section 1.312-6(b)
provides that, among other items, income exempted from Federal income
tax by statute is entered into the computation of E&P for a particular
period. The basis increases under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and
(iv) exempt from tax under subtitle A those gains that are deferred
under section 1400Z-2(a). Similarly, the election under section 1400Z-
2(c) potentially exempts from tax under subtitle A those gains that are
attributable to the appreciation of QOF investments. Therefore, these
basis increases are tax-exempt income for purposes of computing E&P and
will increase the E&P of the taxpayer at the time such increases are
made. As noted previously, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that section 312 and the regulations in this part under
section 312 provide this result in their current form and that no
additional rules are necessary.
One commenter further asserted that Sec. 1.312-6(b) should not
apply to income that is exempt from tax as a result of the basis
increases under section 1400Z-2 in order to facilitate passing the
benefits of a REIT's qualifying investments to the REIT's shareholders.
See part IX.B of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
section 312 and Sec. 1.312-6(b) appropriately apply to income that is
exempt from tax under subtitle A as a result of these basis increases.
Thus, the final regulations have not been revised in response to this
comment.
I. Voluntary Inclusion; Applicable Tax Rate
A commenter requested that a QOF investor be permitted to
voluntarily recognize the full amount of deferred gain in a taxable
year of the investor's choosing prior to the statutorily required year
of inclusion under section 1400Z-2(b)(1), and at the Federal income tax
rate applicable to the chosen recognition year. The investor would
remain fully invested in the QOF, and therefore the basis increases at
the five-year mark and seven-year mark, as well as the basis adjustment
to fair market value after 10 years, still would be available with
regard to the taxpayer's qualifying investment. If the investor meets
the requirements for one or more of these basis adjustments, the
investor could request a refund of the tax paid on the appropriate
amount of the gain in a prior year.
According to the commenter, voluntary gain recognition prior to the
statutorily provided year of inclusion would accomplish two purposes.
First, the investor could eliminate the risk that the tax rate under
subtitle A in the statutorily required year of inclusion would be
significantly higher than in the year of voluntary inclusion. Second,
the investor would possess the flexibility to pay a tax liability in a
year during which the investor is certain to have available the
necessary amount of funds.
The Treasury Department and the IRS do not adopt the commenter's
recommendation. Section 1400Z-2(b) specifies two events upon which an
investor's deferred gain under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) may be included in
income. First, deferred gain is included in income upon the occurrence
of an inclusion event as explained further in these regulations in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1. Second, deferred gain is included on December 31,
2026. It is not contemplated under the statute or legislative history
that a taxpayer may choose to include deferred gain in income at
another time and continue to remain invested in a QOF. Accordingly, if
a taxpayer wishes to include deferred gain in income, it may cause the
occurrence of an inclusion event, with the effect that the investor's
ownership of the QOF would terminate for all purposes, including the
basis adjustment to fair market value under section 1400Z-2(c).
Another commenter inquired whether the proper Federal income tax
rate to apply to the gain recognized pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(1)
is the Federal income tax rate at the time of the investment and
deferral election, or the Federal income tax rate in the taxable year
of inclusion. The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, if
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b) require a taxpayer to include in
income some or all of a previously deferred gain, the gain so included
has the same attributes in the taxable year of inclusion that it would
have had if tax had not been deferred. Thus, if the Federal income tax
rate were considered an ``attribute'' of the gain, the rate applicable
in the year of deferral arguably would apply to gain recognized under
section 1400Z-2(b)(1).
Although the May 2019 proposed regulations provided rules for the
tax attributes of the amount deferred in the year of inclusion, the May
2019 proposed regulations did not discuss the Federal income tax rates
for the year of inclusion. The final regulations clarify that gain
recognized pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations is subject to taxation at the applicable Federal income tax
rates for the year of inclusion, not of the year of deferral.
[[Page 1892]]
J. Availability of Basis Adjustments Under Section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv)
Section 1400Z-2(b) provides that gain deferred under section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A) is included in income in the taxable year that includes the
earlier of the date on which the QOF investment was sold or exchanged
or December 31, 2026. Therefore, in order to be eligible for both the
five-year and seven-year basis increases under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv), respectively, a taxpayer must invest eligible
gain in a qualifying investment no later than December 31, 2019.
Eligibility solely for the five-year basis increase requires an
investment of eligible gain no later than December 31, 2021. Commenters
requested that the statutory inclusion date be postponed to December
31, 2027 or December 31, 2028 to provide investors additional time to
consider investing in a QOF, and still receive the benefit of the five-
and seven-year basis increases with the benefit of final regulatory
guidance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the December 31,
2026, date is mandated by statute, and that there is no indication that
Congress intended a later inclusion date. Therefore, the final
regulations do not adopt this recommendation.
Another commenter requested confirmation that the inclusion dates
in section 1400Z-2(b)(1) do not apply to the five-year and seven-year
basis increases under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). As a
consequence, a qualifying investment would be eligible for these basis
increases regardless of whether the full amount of deferred gain has
been recognized, and regardless of when the qualifying investment is
made.
As discussed in parts III.A and III.I of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions, the basis adjustments provided by section
1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) are based on an eligible taxpayer's
remaining deferred gain. Moreover, section 1400Z-2(b)(1) clearly
requires all deferred gain to be taken into account no later than
December 31, 2026. After that date, there will be no remaining deferred
gain to be excluded from Federal income tax as a result of the five- or
seven-year basis adjustments. As a consequence of the commenter's
recommendation, the five- and seven-year basis increases would operate
not only to exclude a portion of the deferred gain from Federal income
tax, but also to exclude a portion of subsequent appreciation in the
value of a qualifying investment from Federal income tax. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that the statutory text of
section 1400Z-2 does not adequately support the commenter's
recommendation, and have clarified the final regulations.
In addition, a commenter requested that the five-year and seven-
year basis increases under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) be elective rather
than automatic, based on the commenter's position that an investor
should be allowed to choose to recognize deferred gain that otherwise
would be eliminated due to those basis increases. The statute and
legislative history do not indicate that the basis increases under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) operate at the taxpayer's option once the
requisite five- and seven-year holding periods have been met.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt this
recommendation.
K. Commencement of the Holding Period for a QOF Investment
In Examples 1 and 7 in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(f), the holding
period for a qualifying investment in a QOF begins on the date on which
the qualifying investment is acquired rather than on the day after the
date of its acquisition. One commenter noted that, under Rev. Rul. 70-
598, 1970-2 C.B. 168, and general Federal income tax principles, the
holding period for a capital asset begins on the day after the
acquisition of the asset.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the divergence
between (i) the day on which the holding period of a qualifying
investment begins, and (ii) the day on which the holding period for a
capital asset ordinarily would begin. However, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that no provision of the Code, nor any
Federal income tax principle, requires conformity in this context. As a
result, the final regulations do not modify the date on which the
holding period for a qualifying investment commences.
L. QOF Exit and Reinvestment
Commenters requested that the final regulations provide a rule that
would permit an investor to dispose of its entire interest in a
qualifying investment and reinvest the resulting proceeds in another
QOF within a short period of time, such as 180 days. Under this rule,
the investor would be permitted to tack the holding period of the
disposed qualifying investment onto the new qualifying investment for
purposes of the five-year, seven-year, and ten-year basis adjustments
under section 1400Z-2(a)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section 1400Z-2(c),
respectively. This rule would allow an investor to disinvest in a
particular QOF as long as the investor remains invested in QOFs, in the
aggregate, for the requisite holding periods. One commenter indicated
that such a rule would expose investors to a lower risk of loss, which
would facilitate investments in professionally managed QOFs from a
wider variety of consumer-type investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the additional
investment flexibility that would be provided through adoption of the
commenters' recommendation. However, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have found no support for this recommendation in the statutory text
of section 1400Z-2 or its underlying legislative history. As a result,
the final regulations do not incorporate the commenters'
recommendation. With regard to the effect of specific transactions on
the holding period of a qualifying investment for purposes of the basis
adjustments under sections 1400Z-2(a)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and 1400Z-
2(c), the final regulations provide taxpayers with provisions that
address specific inclusion events.
IV. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1
Section 1400Z-2(c) provides that in the case of any investment held
by the taxpayer for at least 10 years and with respect to which the
taxpayer makes an election under section 1400Z-2(c), the basis of such
property will be equal to the fair market value of such investment on
the date that the investment is sold or exchanged. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(c)-1 set forth proposed rules concerning the election under
section 1400Z-2(c), including special rules for QOF partnerships and
QOF S corporations.
A. Gain Exclusion for Asset Sales by QOFs and Qualified Opportunity
Zone Businesses
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) provided that an
investor in a QOF partnership or a QOF S corporation may elect to
exclude some, or all, of the capital gain arising from the QOF's sale
of qualified opportunity zone business property upon satisfaction of
the 10-year holding period in section 1400Z-2(c). A commenter requested
guidance regarding a fact pattern in which a QOF that has been held for
the requisite 10-year holding period owns multiple qualified
opportunity zone businesses. Specifically, the commenter requested
confirmation that the gain from each separate disposition of interests
in qualified opportunity zone businesses,
[[Page 1893]]
after a 10-year holding period of a qualifying investment, qualifies
for the basis adjustment and potential gain exclusion under section
1400Z-2(c).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that, in the case of a
QOF partnership or QOF S corporation, the disposition of QOF assets,
including interests in qualified opportunity zone businesses, may
qualify for the election under section 1400Z-2(c) if the qualifying
investment in the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation meets the 10-
year holding period of section 1400Z-2(c), notwithstanding the disposal
of interests in qualified opportunity zone businesses at different
times. A rule that requires a single disposition of all QOF assets in
order to qualify for the benefits under section 1400Z-2(c) would
provide an incentive for QOFs and their investors to dispose of a
qualified opportunity zone business at a time when, in the absence of
section 1400Z-2(c), such a disposition would not be made for reasons
unrelated to section 1400Z-2. The final regulations permit interests in
qualified opportunity zone businesses to be disposed of at different
times. This rule provides taxpayers flexibility consistent with the
principle that the economic success of the QOF and the qualified
opportunity zone businesses should be the overriding concern when an
investor decides whether to dispose of an interest in a qualified
opportunity zone business.
One commenter also requested clarification regarding the
application of section 1400Z-2(c) to a disposition of assets at less
than fair market value, including situations in which the property sold
is government-owned or low-income housing. If an investment is held for
at least 10 years by a QOF and a taxpayer makes an election under
section 1400Z-2(c), then the basis of the investment is equal to fair
market value on the date that the investment is sold or exchanged.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) applied the basis
adjustment rule in section 1400Z-2(c) to the disposition of assets by a
QOF partnership. Under general Federal income tax principles, the fair
market value of property will generally be equal to the actual sales
price of such property when a buyer and seller are unrelated. Fair
market value under section 1400Z-2(c) is consistent with these
principles. Therefore, in a disposition of assets of a QOF to an
unrelated party where the taxpayer makes a valid election under section
1400Z-2(c), the relevant fair market value of the assets generally
would be the sale price. In a disposition of assets to a related party,
the fair market value for purposes of section 1400Z-2(c) would be
determined with consideration of the principles of section 482.
B. Application of Section 1400Z-2(c) Election to Certain Gain
Commenters asked whether taxpayers may make an election under
section 1400Z-2(c) with respect to section 301(c)(3) gain or section
731 gain on a qualifying investment. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that an election under section 1400Z-2(c) should be
available for gain resulting from section 301(c)(3), section 731(a),
section 1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) on a qualifying
investment because such gain is treated as gain from the sale or
exchange of property for Federal income tax purposes.
C. Inclusion Events
As discussed in part III of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) provided
rules regarding various events that trigger the inclusion of deferred
gain under section 1400Z-2(b) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b).
Commenters requested guidance as to whether, and to what extent, such
inclusion events, as well as events that occur after December 31, 2026,
also would cause a qualifying investment to lose eligibility for the
election under section 1400Z-2(c) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1.
Specifically, commenters asked whether an inclusion event with respect
to gain under section 301(c)(3) would preclude an election under
section 1400Z-2(c). See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8) and related
provisions in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(9) through (12).
As discussed in part II.A.5 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that an inclusion event generally would cause a qualifying
investment to lose eligibility for the election under section 1400Z-
2(c) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1. However, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that gain resulting from section 301(c)(3), section
731(a), section 1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) should not
preclude a taxpayer from making a subsequent election under section
1400Z-2(c) for its qualifying investment. Therefore, a QOF C
corporation shareholder or QOF S corporation shareholder is eligible to
make an election under section 1400Z-2(c) for a qualifying investment
regardless of the extent to which the shareholder has received
distributions subject to section 301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or
section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) with respect to such investment.
Similarly, in the case of inclusion events under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(6)(iii) (partnership distributions) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(7)(ii) (distributions by QOF S corporation), the section 1400Z-
2(c) election continues to be available to a partner or S corporation
shareholder, respectively, as long as the QOF owner continues to hold a
qualifying investment in the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation,
despite the distribution that caused an inclusion event. The final
regulations have been modified accordingly.
Commenters also recommended that an ordering rule similar to
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(1)(ii) be applied to the election under
section 1400Z-2(c), so that such a basis increase would occur
immediately before determining the results under section 301(c) and
section 1059(a). The final regulations adopt such a rule.
D. QOF REIT Capital Gain Dividends Identified With a Date
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(e) provided rules for QOF REITs to
identify capital gain dividends with a date so that some shareholders
could elect to receive the amount of such dividends tax-free under
section 1400Z-2(c). One commenter recommended that the term ``QOF RIC''
be added throughout the final regulations alongside all references to
QOF REITs to ensure that the regulations apply equally to QOF RICs and
QOF REITs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS understand that a Business
Development Company (BDC) that is a RIC may qualify as a QOF. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that, if a RIC meets
the qualifications for, and elects to be, a QOF RIC, that entity and
its shareholders should receive the same treatment under these
regulations as a QOF REIT and its shareholders. This change is
reflected in the final regulations. The proportionality rule for QOF
REITs identifying a capital gain dividend with a date in the May 2019
proposed regulations was proposed under the authority granted to the
Secretary under section 857(g)(2). The Treasury Department and the IRS
apply a similar proportionality requirement to RICs (see Rev. Rul. 89-
81, 1989-1 C.B. 226), and thus have maintained the proportionality rule
for both QOF RICs and QOF REITs identifying capital gain dividends with
a date.
[[Page 1894]]
E. Special Rules for QOF Partnerships and QOF S Corporations
1. Section 1400Z-2(c) Election by Transferee Partnership
The transferee partnership of a qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership, following a section 721(a) contribution (including those
resulting from a merger of QOF partnerships), provided there is no
inclusion event, is eligible to make the section 1400Z-2(c) election to
exclude from gross income gains and losses from the disposition of
property held by a QOF (other than gains and losses from the sale of
inventory in the ordinary course of a business), so long as the 10-year
holding period requirement is satisfied. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(d)(1)(ii) (transferee partnership has a tacked holding period). The
final regulations clarify this rule and provide reporting requirements
for the transferee partnership in making the section 1400Z-2(c)
election.
2. Basis Adjustment Amount on the Sale of a Qualifying Investment
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(i) provided that, if a taxpayer
sells or exchanges a qualifying investment in a QOF partnership that
has been held for at least 10 years, and the taxpayer makes the
election described in section 1400Z-2(c), the basis of the partnership
interest is adjusted to an amount equal to the fair market value of the
interest, including debt. The Treasury Department and the IRS received
comments asking for clarification of the phrase ``including debt'' in
the proposed rule. Specifically, commenters requested a rule that more
clearly states that the basis of the partnership interest is adjusted
to an amount equal to the net fair market value of the QOF partnership
interest plus the partner's share of debt. One commenter suggested that
a ``gross fair market value'' rule would encourage QOF partnerships to
borrow money and distribute the proceeds, which could increase debt
within QOZs while reducing cash amounts held by QOF partnerships,
potentially exacerbating the plight of the economically distressed
communities. In addition, several commenters asked for clarification
that the fair market value of the QOF partnership interest cannot be
less than the partner's allocable share of non-recourse debt,
consistent with section 7701(g).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
clarification is needed. Accordingly, the final regulations clarify
that the basis of the partnership interest is adjusted to an amount
equal to its net fair market value, plus the partner's share of
partnership debt relating to that interest, so that the partner would
recognize no gain or loss on a sale or exchange of the qualifying QOF
partnership interest after at least 10 years. The final regulations
also state that the fair market value cannot be less than the partner's
allocable share of non-recourse debt. In addition, the final
regulations note that, in the case of a sale or exchange of qualifying
S corporation shares, the basis is adjusted to an amount equal to the
fair market value of the shares immediately prior to the sale or
exchange.
3. Adjustment to Basis of QOF Partnership Assets on Sale of a
Qualifying Investment
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(i) provided that, if a
taxpayer's basis is adjusted under section 1400Z-2(c), the bases of the
QOF partnership assets also are adjusted immediately prior to the sale
or exchange. The adjustment is calculated in a manner similar to a
section 743(b) adjustment as if the transferor partner had purchased
its interest in the QOF partnership for an amount of cash equal to the
fair market value of the partnership interest immediately prior to the
sale or exchange, assuming that a valid section 754 election had been
in place. The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments asking
for clarification that (i) the assets of lower-tier partnerships also
should be adjusted pursuant to this rule, (ii) no actual section 754
election is required, and (iii) generally applicable guidance issued
pursuant to sections 743(b) and 754 applies in this context.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
clarification is needed. Accordingly, the final regulations clarify
that the adjustment applies to any partnerships directly or indirectly
owned, solely through one or more partnerships (tiered partnerships),
by the QOF partnership, whether or not an actual section 754 election
is in place for any of the partnerships. Guidance issued pursuant to
sections 743(b) and 754 applies as it would outside of the context of
section 1400Z-2. Further, because section 1400Z-2(c) is designed to
result in no gain or loss to the transferor QOF partner, the final
regulations provide that, to the extent the existing rules of sections
743(b) and 755 operate in a manner that results in recognition of gain
or loss on the transaction, the basis adjustments are to be made to the
extent necessary to eliminate any such gain or loss.
4. Sales or Exchanges of Property by QOF Partnerships and QOF S
Corporations
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, if a QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation disposes of qualified opportunity zone
property after a taxpayer is treated as holding its qualifying
investment in the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation for 10 years,
the taxpayer may make an election to exclude from gross income some or
all of the capital gain arising from the disposition. The Treasury
Department and the IRS received comments requesting that, in addition
to capital gain from the sales of qualified opportunity zone property
by a QOF, capital gain from the sales of property by a qualified
opportunity zone business that is held in partnership form should be
eligible for exclusion as long as the qualifying investment in the QOF
has been held for 10 years. The final regulations adopt this
recommendation for QOF partnerships and QOF S corporations.
Commenters also requested that all types of gains and losses,
including gains and losses from the sales of inventory, section 1231
gains and losses, and depreciation recapture, be eligible for exclusion
under this special election for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations. Other commenters suggested that the exclusion election
should apply to all gains and losses of QOF partnerships or QOF S
corporations other than gains and losses from the sales of inventory in
the ordinary course of business. The final regulations adopt the
recommendation to exclude ordinary course inventory sales from the
exclusion election.
The final regulations set forth two requirements for the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation and the taxpayer when the taxpayer
wishes to make an election to exclude gains and losses upon sales of
assets other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of a trade or
business by the QOF. First, the taxpayer must make the election for
each taxable year in which it wishes to exclude the QOF's gains and
losses from all sales and exchanges of assets. This election may be
made regardless of whether the taxpayer has made an election for any
prior taxable year. The election will apply to all gains and losses,
other than gains and losses from sales of inventory in the ordinary
course of business, of the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation for
that taxable year, including any gains and losses from a lower-tier
partnership. The election must be made by the taxpayer on the
applicable form filed with its Federal
[[Page 1895]]
tax return for the year in which the sale or exchange occurs.
The second requirement is designed to eliminate future section
1400Z-2 benefits attributable to the reinvestment of proceeds from
asset sales for which gain and loss is not recognized under section
1400Z-2. Under this provision, and solely for purposes of determining
the amount of a QOF owner's qualifying investment and non-qualifying
investment, the QOF is treated as distributing to each electing QOF
owner its share of net proceeds from the asset sales on the last day of
the QOF's tax year. For a QOF S corporation, such deemed distributions
and recontributions will have no Federal income tax consequence other
than the adjustment of the respective values of qualifying and non-
qualifying investments in a QOF S corporation. For example, such deemed
distributions will have no impact on an accumulated adjustments account
of a QOF S corporation, and will not be treated as a disproportionate
distribution of a QOF S corporation.
For a QOF partner that holds a mixed-funds investment, any
distribution will be allocated to the separate interests of the QOF
partner pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)(B). This rule
provides that any distribution will be allocated proportionately
between the qualifying and non-qualifying investments of the partner.
Immediately after the deemed distribution, the distributee QOF owner is
treated as recontributing the amount received in exchange for a non-
qualifying investment.
In determining the post-contribution qualifying investment and non-
qualifying investment of a QOF partnership, the QOF partnership is
required to value each interest based on the underlying value of the
partnership's assets, determined in accordance with the principles of
Sec. 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) at the end of its taxable year. For this
purpose, the amount of the net proceeds from an asset sale is equal to
the amount realized from the sale, less any indebtedness included in
the amount realized that would constitute a qualified liability under
Sec. 1.707-5(a)(6) if property subject to the debt had been
contributed to a lower-tier partnership. An actual distribution of
sales proceeds within 90 days of that asset sale will reduce the amount
of the deemed distribution and deemed recontribution.
In determining the post-contribution qualifying investment and non-
qualifying investment of a QOF S corporation, the QOF S corporation is
required to value each interest based on the underlying value of the
QOF S corporation's assets. For this purpose, the amount of the net
proceeds from an asset sale is equal to the amount realized from the
sale, less any indebtedness included in the amount realized that would
constitute a qualified liability under the principles of Sec. 1.707-
5(a)(6). An actual distribution of sales proceeds within 90 days of
that asset sale will reduce the amount of the deemed distribution and
deemed recontribution.
F. Controlled Foreign Corporations
A commenter requested that a United States shareholder investor in
a QOF that is a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) organized in a
U.S. territory be permitted to make section 1400Z-2(c) elections with
respect to assets sold by the CFC, thereby eliminating any subpart F
income or tested income resulting from these transactions. The
commenter analogized this treatment to rules in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2)(ii) providing that, in certain cases, the owners of
a QOF partnership or QOF S corporation can make a section 1400Z-2(c)
election with respect to their distributive or pro rata shares of
capital gain from the QOF's disposition of assets.
However, the rules for income inclusions with respect to CFCs are
not analogous to those for partnerships or S corporations. Unlike
partnerships and S corporations, CFCs are not treated as flow-through
entities for purposes of the Code. Additionally, in contrast with
partnerships and S corporations, only certain U.S. taxpayer owners of
CFCs (United States shareholders) are required to have current income
inclusions with respect to CFCs, and these United States shareholders
are required to currently include in gross income only certain income
earned by a CFC (for example, subpart F income). These rules effectuate
the policies underlying the subpart F and global intangible low-taxed
income under section 951A(a) (GILTI) regimes--to prevent United States
shareholders from deferring or eliminating U.S. tax on certain income
by earning such income through CFCs. Such policies generally are not
applicable to partnerships and S corporations, which generally are
treated as flow-through entities for purposes of the Code. See H.R.
Rep. No. 1447 at 57-58 (1962); S. Rep. No. 1881 at 78-80 (1962); S.
Comm. on the Budget, Reconciliation Recommendations Pursuant to H. Con.
Res. 71, S. Print No. 115-20, at 370 (2017).
As opaque entities, CFCs are more analogous to domestic C
corporations than to partnerships or S corporations because the income
of CFCs and domestic C corporations may be subject to U.S. taxation
when earned (at the United States shareholder-level in the case of a
CFC) and also when distributed as a dividend to U.S. taxpayer
shareholders. This result with respect to domestic C corporations is
not changed by section 1400Z-2, which does not permit a shareholder of
a domestic QOF C corporation to make a section 1400Z-2(c) election with
respect to either the QOF C corporation's capital gains from sales of
assets or dividends distributed to such shareholder, unless section
1059(a)(2) applies to such dividends. Allowing this benefit for United
States shareholders of QOFs that are CFCs organized in a U.S. territory
would thus provide an unwarranted advantage to shareholders of QOF C
corporations organized under the laws of U.S. territories compared to
shareholders of QOF C corporations organized under the laws of the 50
states or the District of Columbia. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that there is no statutory or policy basis for such
disparate treatment. Accordingly, the comment is not adopted. A comment
with respect to QOFs that are passive foreign investment companies
(within the meaning of section 1297(a)) is rejected for similar
reasons.
G. Permitting Elections Through December 31, 2047
The October 2018 proposed regulations preserved the ability of
taxpayers to make an election under section 1400Z-2(c) until December
31, 2047. The Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments on
whether some other period would better align with taxpayers' economic
interests and the purposes of the statute, and whether alternative
approaches would be appropriate. For example, the preamble to the
October 2018 proposed regulations noted the possibility of allowing for
an automatic basis step-up immediately before the end of 2047. The
Treasury Department and the IRS will continue to consider the
appropriateness of such an approach, including ways to address how best
to value investments in QOFs absent a sale or exchange between
unrelated persons by December 31, 2047.
V. Comments on and Changes To Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1
Section 1400Z-2(d) sets forth requirements that an entity
classified for Federal income tax purposes as a partnership or
corporation must satisfy to qualify as a QOF or as a qualified
[[Page 1896]]
opportunity zone business that is owned, in whole or in part, by one or
more QOFs.
Section 1400Z-2(d)(1) defines a QOF as a partnership or corporation
that (i) is organized for the purpose of investing in ``qualified
opportunity zone property'' (other than another qualified opportunity
fund), and (ii) must hold at least 90 percent of its assets in
qualified opportunity zone property, determined by the average of the
percentage of qualified opportunity zone property held in the entity as
measured on two semiannual testing dates (90-percent investment
standard). Section 1400Z-2(d)(2) defines the term ``qualified
opportunity zone property'' to mean property directly held by a QOF
that consists of (i) stock in a corporation that is qualified
opportunity zone stock, (ii) partnership interests that are qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests, or (iii) tangible property that
is qualified opportunity zone business property.
A QOF's directly held interest in a partnership or corporation will
be treated as a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest or
qualified opportunity zone stock, and thus qualified opportunity zone
property, for purposes of the 90-percent investment standard if the
interest or stock satisfies the requirements set forth in section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(B) or (C), as applicable. First, the QOF must have
acquired the interest or stock from the partnership or corporation,
respectively, solely in exchange for cash after December 31, 2017.
Second, at the time of issuance of the interest or stock, as well as
during substantially all of the QOF's holding period for such interest
or stock, the entity must qualify as a ``qualified opportunity zone
business'' (or, if newly formed, must have been organized for such
purpose).
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) provides that tangible property will be
treated as qualified opportunity zone business property if the tangible
property is used in a trade or business of the QOF and satisfies three
general requirements. First, the QOF must have acquired the tangible
property after December 31, 2017 (post-2017 acquired tangible property)
from a person that is not related (as defined in section 179(d)(2), and
modified by section 1400Z-2(e)(2)) and not a member of the same
controlled group (as defined in section 179(d)(2)(B) and (d)(7)) in a
transaction resulting in the QOF holding the tangible property with
other than a transferred basis (within the meaning of section
7701(a)(43)) or with a section 1014 basis (post-2017 acquisition
requirement). Second, the original use of the post-2017 acquired
tangible property in the QOZ must begin with the QOF (original use
requirement), or the QOF must substantially improve the post-2017
acquired tangible property (substantial improvement requirement).
Third, during substantially all of the QOF's holding period for such
post-2017 acquired tangible property, substantially all of the use of
post-2017 acquired tangible property has been in a QOZ. Under section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), the substantial improvement requirement is met
only if, during any 30-month period beginning after the date of
acquisition of the post-2017 acquired tangible property, there are
``additions to basis with respect to such property'' held by the QOF
that, in the aggregate, exceed the adjusted basis of the post-2017
acquired tangible property held by the QOF as of the beginning of that
30-month period.
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A) defines the term ``qualified opportunity
zone business'' as a trade or business (other than an enumerated ``sin
business'' under section 144(c)(6)(B)) that meets each of the following
two requirements. First, substantially all of the tangible property
owned or leased in connection with the trade or business must be
qualified opportunity zone business property. See section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(i). Second, the trade or business must satisfy the following
requirements provided in paragraphs (2), (4), and (8) of section
1397C(b): (i) At least 50 percent of the total gross income of such
entity must be derived from the active conduct of the trade or business
in the QOZ (50-percent gross income requirement); (ii) a substantial
portion of the intangible property of such entity must be used in the
active conduct of the trade or business in the QOZ; and (iii) less than
five percent of the average of the aggregate unadjusted bases of the
property of such entity must be attributable to nonqualified financial
property (NQFP and five-percent NQFP limitation, respectively). See
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1, introduced in the October 2018
proposed regulations and expanded in the May 2019 proposed regulations,
provided guidance for applying each of the provisions of section 1400Z-
2(d). In general, the proposed regulations addressed (i) QOF self-
certification procedures, (ii) valuation methods for determining
satisfaction of the 90-percent investment standard, (iii) how various
types of property can qualify as qualified opportunity zone property,
including qualified opportunity zone business property, and (iv) how
trades or businesses can satisfy the requirements for qualifying as
qualified opportunity zone businesses. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have received numerous comments regarding the proposed rules set
forth in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1. The remainder of this part V
discusses those comments in the order of the rules set forth in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 and describes the changes in the final
regulations in response to those comments.
A. Certification of an Entity as a QOF
1. Consideration of Revisions to QOF Self-Certification Requirements
Section 1400Z-2(e)(4)(A) directs the Treasury Department and the
IRS to prescribe regulations for the certification of QOFs for purposes
of section 1400Z-2. In order to facilitate the certification process
and minimize the information collection burden placed on taxpayers,
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(1) generally permits any taxpayer that
is a corporation or partnership for Federal income tax purposes to
self-certify as a QOF, provided that the entity is eligible to self-
certify. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(1)(i) permits the Commissioner
of Internal Revenue (Commissioner) to determine the time, form, and
manner of the self-certification in IRS forms and instructions or
guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
In this regard, the Commissioner has determined that self-
certification must be reported annually on a timely filed Form 8996.
Form 8996 requires the taxpayer to certify that, for the first period
during which an entity will certify as a QOF, the QOF must include in
its organizing documents (1) a statement of the purpose of investing in
qualified opportunity zone property (as required by section 1400Z-
2(d)(1)) by the end of the first QOF year, and (2) a description of the
qualified opportunity zone business that a QOF expects to engage in,
either directly or indirectly through a lower-tier operating entity.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
regarding the certification process outlined in the proposed
regulations. Several commenters requested that the requirements set
forth in Form 8996 be incorporated into the final regulations. Other
commenters recommended that the final regulations require individuals
who manage the QOFs (fund managers) to certify that they have not been
indicted or convicted of fraud, embezzlement, or theft, similar to
requirements under section 45D of the Code for the New Markets Tax
Credit program. One commenter recommended the use of licensing
procedures for fund managers similar to those used in the
[[Page 1897]]
Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) licensure program administered
by the Small Business Administration. Other commenters recommended that
QOF certification require the QOF to receive a letter of support from
the local government of the QOZ in which the QOF will operate.
Several commenters also recommended that the final regulations
require a taxpayer to identify, at the time of QOF certification, the
QOF's intended community development outcomes and objectives. For
example, one commenter requested that, as part of the QOF certification
process, a QOF must certify that the QOF will create quality jobs for
low-income individuals, develop affordable housing, and achieve other
beneficial community outcomes. To facilitate the ability of a QOF to
make such certification, one commenter suggested that the final
regulations provide a safe harbor for certification for a QOF that
undergoes an independent, third-party verification (similar to the
SBIC's annual third-party impact assessment) to establish that the QOF
meets the needs of the community, fund managers, and investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
recommendations regarding QOF certification. In developing the proposed
regulations, as well as Form 8996, the Treasury Department and the IRS
intended to strike a balance between providing taxpayers with a
flexible and efficient process for organizing QOFs, while ensuring that
investments in such vehicles will be properly directed toward the
economic development of low-income communities. The suggested
recommendations, while potentially helpful for directing such
investment and limiting abuse, likely would present numerous obstacles
for potential QOF investors and ultimately reduce, rather than
increase, the total amount of investment in low-income communities. As
a result, the final regulations do not adopt the commenters'
recommendations. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS will
consider these comments in the event that additional guidance on QOF
certification is warranted.
2. Consideration of Indian Tribal Governments and Corporations as
Eligible Entities To Certify as QOFs
Several commenters requested that Indian tribal governments and
corporations organized under Indian tribal laws should be included in
the definition of entities eligible to be a QOF. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(e)(1) provided that, if an entity is not organized in one
of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, or the U.S. territories, it
is ineligible to be a QOF. Similarly, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(e)(2) provided that, if an entity is not organized in one of the 50
states, the District of Columbia, or the U.S. territories, an equity
interest in the entity is neither qualified opportunity zone stock nor
a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that, for purposes of both
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(e)(1) and (2), an entity ``organized in''
one of the 50 states includes an entity organized under the law of a
Federally recognized Indian tribe if the entity's domicile is located
in one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia. Such entity
satisfies the requirement in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i) and (C) that
qualified opportunity zone stock be stock in a domestic corporation,
and a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest be an interest in
a domestic partnership. See section 7701(a)(4) (defining the term
``domestic'').
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the sovereignty of
Indian tribal governments. However, an entity eligible to be a QOF must
be subject to Federal income tax, including the penalty imposed by
section 1400Z-2(f)(1) where a QOF fails to meet the 90-percent
investment standard, regardless of the laws under which the entity is
established or organized. No individual who participated in the
Consultation disagreed with the position that an entity organized under
the law of an Indian tribal government is eligible to be a QOF, if the
entity's domicile is located in one of the 50 states or the District of
Columbia, but that such entity would be subject to Federal income tax.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and IRS affirm these positions and
incorporate a reference to entities organized under the law of an
Indian tribal government in the definition of the term ``eligible
entity.''
3. QOF Decertification Rules and Federal Income Tax Consequences
In the October 2018 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department
and the IRS announced an intention to publish additional guidance
regarding QOF decertification. See 83 FR 54283 (September 29, 2018).
Comments were received on this topic, including comments requesting a
mechanism to permit a QOF to self-decertify, as well as comments
requesting guidance on the ability of the IRS to decertify a QOF. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have included in the final regulations
a provision to allow a QOF to self-decertify. This rule specifies that
self-decertification becomes effective at the beginning of the month
following the month specified by the taxpayer. The month specified by
the taxpayer must not be earlier than the month in which the taxpayer
files its self-decertification. For example, if a QOF wishes to
decertify on May, the earliest date that the QOF could be decertified
would be June 1st, provided that all applicable procedures were
followed.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are developing additional
instructions regarding QOF self-decertification including instructions
regarding the time, form, and manner of QOF self-decertification.
Additionally, the Treasury Department and the IRS continue to consider
the circumstances under which involuntary decertification of a QOF
would be warranted, and intend to propose guidance regarding those
circumstances. As noted in part III.A. of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, the final regulations include a rule
providing that the decertification of a QOF, whether voluntary or
involuntary, is an inclusion event for eligible taxpayers that hold a
qualifying investment in that QOF. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(15).
4. Entities That Are Not QOFs During the First Month of Their Taxable
Year
Under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(2), an entity may become a
QOF during a month that is not the first month of the QOF's taxable
year. Several commenters suggested that the Treasury Department and the
IRS provide additional detail and clarification regarding this proposed
rule. One commenter suggested that the final regulations permit QOFs to
select as the QOF's first six-month period testing date either (i) the
corresponding day of the month that is six months after the date of
certification, or (ii) the last day of a month that is not more than
six months after that certification date. Another commenter requested
confirmation that the term ``month'' means a period of time between the
same dates in successive calendar months in order to provide a
consistent measuring period. A commenter also asserted that the first
six-month period testing date should fall on the last day of that first
six-month period, even if that period ends later than the end of the
taxable year. The Treasury Department and the IRS will consider adding
clarifying language to the Instructions to the Form 8996, ``Qualified
Opportunity Fund,'' to address these comments.
[[Page 1898]]
5. Qualification of Existing Entities as QOFs or Qualified Opportunity
Zone Businesses
Section 1400Z-2(d)(1) provides, in relevant part, that a QOF is
``any investment vehicle which is organized as a corporation or a
partnership for the purpose of investing in qualified opportunity zone
property.'' Accordingly, the statute does not indicate whether such
partnership or corporation must be newly formed or could be a
preexisting entity. Likewise, neither the definition of the term
``qualified opportunity zone partnership interest'' nor the definition
of the term ``qualified opportunity zone stock'' explicitly states that
the partnership or corporation may be a preexisting entity. See section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i), (C). Several commenters have requested
confirmation as to whether existing entities could qualify as QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses. In addition, one commenter
inquired as to whether preexisting entities could use an adjusted tax
basis for valuing assets purchased before 2018 to improve the ability
for such entities to qualify as QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have addressed these comments
in the final regulations. The final regulations confirm that
preexisting entities are not barred from qualifying as QOFs or
qualified opportunity zone businesses. Like newly formed partnerships
and corporations, however, the final regulations require preexisting
entities to satisfy all requirements applicable to QOFs under section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
To value assets acquired prior to 2018, the final regulations
provide that preexisting entities must use either (i) the applicable
financial statement valuation method set forth in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(b)(3) of the final regulations, if the QOF has an applicable
financial statement within the meaning of Sec. 1.475(a)-4(h) (AFS), or
(ii) the alternative valuation method set forth in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(b)(4) of the final regulations. Under the applicable financial
statement valuation method, the value of each asset that is owned or
leased by a QOF is the value of that asset as reported on the QOF's AFS
for the relevant reporting period (rather than the adjusted tax basis
of the asset). Under the alternative valuation method for purchased
assets, a QOF must use the QOF's unadjusted cost basis of the asset
under section 1012, section 1013 (with regards to inventory), or its
fair market value. See part V.B of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions (providing additional discussion regarding the
valuation of assets for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard).
6. Clarification Regarding Entities That May Appraise Property
A commenter requested clarification regarding which entities may
appraise property required to be valued for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(d), including for purposes of determining compliance with the 90-
percent investment standard. The Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to provide additional guidance on appraisals in the final
regulations. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that
entities that may appraise property for valuation purposes under
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations are the same
entities that may appraise property for AFS purposes.
B. Valuation of Assets for Purposes of the 90-Percent Investment
Standard
1. Comments Regarding Determination Dates, Includable Assets, and Safe
Harbors
Section 1400Z-2(d)(1) provides that a QOF must maintain an average
of 90 percent of its assets in qualified opportunity zone property,
measured on both the last day of the first six-month period and on the
last day of the taxable year (that is, the 90-percent investment
standard). Section 1400Z-2(f)(1) provides that, if a QOF fails to
maintain the 90-percent investment standard, the QOF must pay a penalty
for each month that the QOF fails to meet that standard. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(b) provided that, to meet the requirements of the 90-
percent investment standard, a QOF may value its assets on a semiannual
basis using (i) the AFS valuation method, if the QOF has an AFS, or
(ii) the alternative valuation method.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
regarding the application of the 90-percent investment standard. For
example, a commenter requested confirmation that the 90-percent
investment standard is determined for each year of the QOF's existence.
Another commenter suggested that the final regulations make explicit
that the 90-percent investment standard will be considered to have been
fully satisfied for any year if the QOF meets the 90-percent investment
standard on at least two semiannual testing dates. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that the proposed
rules should be clarified. As a result, the final regulations make
clear that a QOF may determine whether the 90-percent investment
standard is satisfied by valuing its assets on the semiannual testing
dates as provided by section 1400Z-2(d)(1).
Several commenters also suggested that the final regulations
provide greater clarity regarding the assets of a QOF taken into
account for determining whether the 90-percent investment standard is
satisfied. Commenters inquired as to whether selling commissions,
offering expenses, deferred gain, investments in intangible property,
and financial accounting depreciation are included or excluded in that
valuation calculation. The Treasury Department and the IRS confirm that
all of a QOF's assets cognizable for Federal income tax purposes are
required to be valued on each semiannual testing date in determining
whether the 90-percent investment standard is satisfied. However, mere
expenses arising from organizing a QOF or day-to-day operations with
regard thereto (such as selling commissions, organization expenses,
offering expenses, and similar expenses) do not result in any QOF asset
cognizable for Federal income tax purposes and therefore are not taken
into account to any extent in determining satisfaction of the 90-
percent investment standard.
Two commenters suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS
should include in the final regulations a grace period for the QOF's
first year to meet the 90-percent investment standard. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that the statutory text of
section 1400Z-2 does not permit adoption of the commenters' suggestion,
but rather requires that the 90-percent investment standard be met for
each taxable year of the QOF's existence. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate this suggestion.
In addition, a commenter recommended that, if a qualified
opportunity zone business qualifies on each relevant testing date, then
that entity should be treated also as qualifying during the periods
between each relevant testing date. The Treasury Department and the IRS
agree that if an entity satisfies all of the requirements of a
qualified opportunity zone business determined as of the end of the
entity's taxable year, the entity qualifies as a qualified opportunity
zone business for the entire taxable year of the entity. However, a QOF
and an entity whose equity the QOF owns may have different taxable
years, making it difficult to determine whether the entity qualifies as
a qualified opportunity zone business of the QOF on a semiannual basis
based
[[Page 1899]]
on the QOF's taxable year pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(1).
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS have provided a safe
harbor rule for determining on the two semiannual testing dates of a
QOF whether an entity is a qualified opportunity zone business for at
least 90 percent of the cumulative holding period beginning on the
first date the QOF's self-certification is effective and the end of the
entity's most recent taxable year ending on or before a semiannual
testing date of the QOF for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard.
Finally, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that, if a QOF
operates a business through an entity that is transparent for Federal
income tax purposes, the transparent entity is not treated as a
qualified opportunity zone business in which the QOF has invested. Such
transparent entities include a qualified subchapter S subsidiary (as
defined in section 1361(b)(3)(B)), a grantor trust, or an entity
disregarded as separate from the QOF under Sec. 301.7701-3. For
Federal income tax purposes, the assets of the transparent entity are
treated as assets of the QOF, and therefore are taken into account for
determining whether the QOF satisfies the 90-percent investment
standard. The 70-percent tangible property standard for qualified
opportunity zone businesses set forth in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(1)(i)
(70-percent tangible property standard) is not relevant with respect to
the assets directly held by a transparent entity owned by a QOF.
2. Ability of a QOF With an AFS To Use the Alternative Valuation Method
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(2) provided that a QOF may utilize
the AFS valuation method to value each asset owned or leased by the QOF
for purposes of determining compliance with the 90-percent investment
standard. Under the AFS valuation method, the value of each asset owned
or leased by the QOF equals the value of that asset as reported on the
QOF's AFS for the relevant reporting period. Proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(2)(ii) clarified that a QOF may select the AFS
valuation to value an asset leased by the QOF only if the AFS of the
QOF (1) is prepared according to U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) and (2) requires an assignment of value to the lease
of the asset.
A commenter recommended that the final regulations allow a QOF to
elect to use unadjusted cost basis to value tangible assets (that is,
the alternative valuation method), regardless of whether the QOF has an
AFS. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the proposed
regulations would accommodate the commenter's request without change.
Specifically, under the proposed regulations and these final
regulations, a QOF with an AFS may use the alternative valuation
method.
3. Alternative Valuation Method
a. Valuation of Intangible Assets With a Tax Basis Not Based on Cost
Under the alternative valuation method set forth in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3), the value of each asset that is owned by a QOF is
the QOF's unadjusted cost basis of the asset under section 1012 or
section 1013 (with regard to inventory). One commenter considered the
application of the alternative valuation method to partnership
interests with a tax basis not based on cost. The commenter agreed that
the alternative valuation method generally provided an appropriate
valuation methodology with regard to property that has been acquired by
purchase, but questioned whether that method provided an appropriate
means to value a partnership interest.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that applying the
alternative valuation method to partnership interests, as well as other
intangible assets with a tax basis not based on cost, would be
inconsistent with the intent and purpose of the statute. As a result,
the final regulations reflect the commenter's observation and provide
that the alternative valuation method may be used to value only assets
owned by a QOF that are acquired by purchase or constructed for fair
market value. In such instances, the QOF's unadjusted cost basis of the
asset is determined under section 1012 or section 1013 (with regard to
inventory). The final regulations also provide that the value of each
asset owned by a QOF that is not purchased or constructed for fair
market value equals the asset's fair market value. A QOF determines
that fair market value on the last day of the first six-month period of
the taxable year and on the last day of the taxable year.
b. Valuation of Assets Leased by a QOF
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3)(iii)(A) provided that the value
of each asset that is leased by a QOF is equal to the present value of
the leased asset. The ``present value'' of such leased asset is (i)
equal to the sum of the present values of each payment under the lease
for the asset, and (ii) calculated at the time at which the QOF enters
into the lease for the asset. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(b)(3)(iii)(C)(1), (2). Once calculated, that present value is used as
the value for the asset by the QOF for all testing dates for purposes
of the 90-percent investment standard. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(b)(3)(iii)(C)(3). To determine the present value of the lease
payments, the proposed regulations provided that the discount rate is
the applicable Federal rate (AFR) under section 1274(d)(1). See
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3)(iii)(B) (present value determined
under section 1274(d)(1) by substituting the term ``lease'' for ``debt
instrument''). The final regulations clarify the rules to be used to
determine the AFR for a particular lease, and provide that the short-
term AFR must be used. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that use of the short-term AFR will provide a simple and
objective rule for taxpayers and practitioners.
Prior to the publication of the May 2019 proposed regulations, the
Treasury Department and the IRS received comments requesting that the
final regulations provide flexibility regarding the valuation of
leases. For example, one commenter requested that the final regulations
permit QOFs to use a type of basis other than the basis used for GAAP
(for example, cost basis under section 1012). This comment was
particularly relevant to Indian tribal governments, which typically
rely upon leases. Another commenter had suggested that QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses should be able to elect to use
Federal income tax basis to determine the value of assets for these
purposes. The commenter reasoned that the value of the operating lease,
as a non-qualifying asset, would be $0 and would not affect the 90-
percent investment standard.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
alternative valuation method for leased assets, as set forth in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3), addresses the concerns raised by
these commenters. In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS note
that no participant of the Consultation requested additional guidance
regarding these issues. Therefore, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3)
has not been modified as a result of those comments.
With regard to the 90-percent investment standard, a commenter
suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS consider a valuation
method for leases that are negotiated at arms-length under section 482.
This valuation method would value the lease (i) as having a value of $0
regardless of whether the QOF has an AFS, or (ii) at the unadjusted
cost basis of the lease, similar to purchased property. Another
commenter requested that the value of leased property be excluded from
the
[[Page 1900]]
numerator and denominator of the fraction-based test underlying the 90-
percent investment standard, while the value of substantial
improvements to leased property should be included. Another commenter
suggested that leased property should be valued at the lease's fair
market value.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
proposed regulations provided a comprehensive method to value leased
property to satisfy the 90-percent investment standard. While the
commenters' recommended rules would provide value in certain instances,
the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that such rules
would inject significant complexity into the final regulations that
would outweigh any potential resulting benefits. As a result, the final
regulations retain the method provided in the proposed regulations with
some clarifications. For example, the term of a lease that is being
valued for purposes of the 90-percent investment standard includes
periods during which the lessee may extend the lease at a pre-defined
rent. The terms of a pre-defined market rate rent must follow the
criteria set forth under section 482 with a rebuttable presumption that
terms of a lease between unrelated parties is market rate.
4. Option To Disregard Recently Contributed Property to a QOF for
Purposes of the 90-Percent Investment Standard
Under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(4), a QOF may choose to
determine compliance with the 90-percent investment standard by
excluding certain eligible property from both the numerator and
denominator of the fraction-based test underlying that standard. Such
excluded amount of property must satisfy each of the following
criteria: (1) The amount of contributed property was received by the
QOF partnership or the QOF corporation solely in exchange for an
interest in the partnership or stock in the corporation; (2) that
contribution or exchange occurred not more than six months before the
date of the test from which the amount of property is excluded; and (3)
between the date of that contribution or exchange and the date of the
underlying asset test, the amount of property was held continuously in
cash, cash equivalents, or debt instruments with a term of 18 months or
less. Finally, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(4) provided that a QOF
need not be consistent from one semiannual test to another in whether
it avails itself of this option.
While commenters largely agreed with the approach set forth in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(4), many commenters suggested
significant revisions. For instance, commenters suggested that the
permitted six-month period (that is, the period between the date of
contribution or exchange and the testing date) should be extended to a
12-month period, starting on the date of the contribution or exchange,
to facilitate increased investments into beneficial qualified
opportunity zone property. Another commenter recommended that the final
regulations provide QOFs with a 31-month period to deploy capital into
a qualified opportunity zone property, and thereby provide QOFs with a
rule similar to the 31-month working capital safe harbor (as defined in
part V.O of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions) for
qualified opportunity zone businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have considered each of these
recommendations and have concluded that their adoption would achieve
results inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2. In
particular, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
the commenters' recommended rules would permit the holding of capital
for extended periods of time without deployment into qualifying
investments, and ultimately into QOZs. A delay of such capital
investment would reduce, rather than increase, investments in QOZs and
thereby delay the type of economic growth for which section 1400Z-2 was
enacted to achieve.
One commenter suggested that a QOF should control, by election, the
decision to disregard recently contributed property. Under the
commenter's approach, a QOF could either disregard the recently
contributed property, or upon an election, include the property in both
the numerator and the denominator of the fraction-based test underlying
the 90-percent investment standard. However, if the QOF elects to
disregard the property, the commenter argued that both the numerator
and the denominator of the fraction-based test would be zero, resulting
in an undefined mathematical result. In the alternative, the commenter
suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS should treat
recently contributed property as qualified opportunity zone property
only if, and to the extent that, such property is invested in qualified
opportunity zone property before the next QOF testing date following
that contribution.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the option
to disregard recently contributed property provides a sufficiently
expansive rule set to address the concerns raised by the commenter,
namely that by excluding recently contributed property from both the
numerator and denominator, the resulting fraction may be undefined. The
commenter's solution to allow a QOF to elect to disregard property,
although potentially helpful to taxpayers in certain cases, would
significantly increase the complexity of the mechanics for determining
compliance with the 90-percent investment standard. Moreover, the
commenter presumes that a QOF would have no other property to include
in the denominator, which would allow a mathematically correct result.
Further, the alternative suggested by the commenter is similar to the
proposed rule and would result in the same outcome. Accordingly, the
final regulations do not incorporate the commenter's suggestions.
Because several commenters requested flexibility in timing of
investments, the final regulations provide that a QOF has until the
fifth business day after the contribution of the property to exchange
such property into cash, cash equivalents, or debt instruments with a
term of 18 months or less.
In addition, one commenter suggested that, with regard to periods
during which the previously described contributed property is
disregarded, the Treasury Department and the IRS should require that
the capital be held in mission-driven institutions such as Community
Development Financial Institutions (CDFIs), low-income credit unions,
or minority-owned depository institutions. While the Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the policy objectives underlying this
recommendation, section 1400Z-2 does not provide sufficient authority
to incorporate this recommendation into the final regulations.
5. Wind-Down Period Safe Harbor for Applying 90-Percent Investment
Standard to Dissolving QOFs
For purposes of applying the 90-percent investment standard, two
commenters requested that the final regulations provide a wind-down
safe harbor period that would precede the start of the QOF's
dissolution phase. The commenters reasoned that during a QOF wind-down
period which the commenters suggested could last for up to two years,
QOFs would hold larger amounts of non-qualifying property because the
dissolving QOF typically would dispose of business assets (that is,
qualified opportunity zone business property) in exchange for cash or
other non-qualifying property. The
[[Page 1901]]
commenter contended that the policy rationale for a wind-down period
safe harbor for QOF dissolutions would parallel the policy rationale
for proposed safe harbor provisions that facilitate the development and
operation by QOFs of start-up businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the policy
arguments set forth by the commenter. However, the final regulations do
not adopt the commenter's recommendation. In particular, the Treasury
Department and the IRS note that section 1400Z-2 was enacted to
encourage the development of operating businesses in QOZs and thereby
increase the economic development of the communities located in those
designated census tracts. Safe harbors provided by the proposed and
final regulations to facilitate the success of start-up businesses in
QOZs advances the achievement of those purposes. A QOF wind-down safe
harbor for purposes of the 90-percent investment standard, however,
potentially would encourage the opposite effect-that is, QOF
dissolutions and disinvestment from QOZs.
C. Consideration of Synthetic Equity as Qualified Opportunity Zone
Stock or Partnership Interest
Under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c), qualified opportunity zone
stock and a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest generally
must satisfy three requirements. First, such stock or partnership
interest must be stock in a corporation or an interest in a partnership
that is acquired by a QOF after December 31, 2017 from the corporation
or the partnership solely in exchange for cash. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(2)(i)(A) (regarding qualified opportunity zone stock),
(c)(3)(i) (regarding qualified opportunity zone partnership interests).
Second, at the time of acquisition, the corporation whose stock was
acquired, or the partnership whose interest was acquired, must either
be a qualified opportunity zone business, or in the process of becoming
a qualified opportunity zone business. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(2)(i)(B) (regarding qualified opportunity zone stock), (c)(3)(ii)
(regarding qualified opportunity zone partnership interests). Third,
during substantially all of the QOF's holding period for the stock or
partnership interest, the corporation or partnership must qualify as a
qualified opportunity zone business. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(2)(i)(C) (regarding qualified opportunity zone stock), (c)(3)(iii)
(regarding qualified opportunity zone partnership interests).
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments recommending
that the final regulations include in the definition of the term
``qualified opportunity zone stock'' any interest constituting
synthetic equity under section 409(p)(6)(C) or an employee stock option
plan. The synthetic equity definitions recommended by the commenters
include an expansive range of interests, some of which would require
potentially complex rules to ensure their proper application in the
section 1400Z-2 regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to consider synthetic equity for purposes of the definitions
of ``qualified opportunity zone stock'' and ``qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest,'' but have determined that specific rules to
address synthetic equity would add inappropriate complexity to the
final regulations. As a result, the final regulations do not
incorporate the commenters' recommendation.
D. Qualified Opportunity Zone Business Property Purchased by QOF or
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(A) and (d)(2)(i)(A),
property that is purchased (as defined in section 179(d)(2)) by a QOF
or a qualified opportunity zone business from an unrelated party (as
defined in section 1400Z-2(e)(2)) qualifies as ``qualified opportunity
zone business property,'' provided that the property satisfies all
other requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i).
1. Qualification of Property Constructed by an Eligible Entity
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
requesting that the final regulations expand the definition of the term
``qualified opportunity zone business property'' to include an eligible
entity's self-constructed property. One commenter recommended that the
final regulations treat construction costs of such self-constructed
property as part of the property's purchase price. To determine the
acquisition date for each testing period, one commenter suggested that
the final regulations utilize the approach provided under former
section 168(k)(2) and Sec. 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(iii). Former section
168(k)(2)E)(i) and Sec. 1.168(k)-1(b)(4)(iii) provided that if a
taxpayer manufactures, constructs or produces property for use in its
trade or business (or for its production of income), the property will
be treated as acquired when the taxpayer begins manufacturing,
constructing or producing the property. Under Sec. 1.168(k)-
1(b)(4)(iii), manufacturing, construction or production of the property
begins when physical work of a significant nature begins. Another
commenter suggested that, if an eligible entity's self-constructed
property is not to be included as purchased property, (i) the
incorporation of non-qualifying property into new construction should
not taint the new property, and (ii) that new property should be
treated as a separate asset under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that tangible
property is not disqualified from constituting qualified opportunity
zone business property solely because the property is manufactured,
constructed, or produced, rather than purchased, by the eligible
entity. However, to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property, such tangible property must be manufactured, constructed, or
produced by the eligible entity with the intent to use the property in
the trade or business of the eligible entity in a QOZ. In addition, the
materials and supplies used for the construction of the qualified
opportunity zone business property must be qualified opportunity zone
business property. Self-constructed property must otherwise meet the
requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i).
For purposes of the 90-percent investment standard and the 70-
percent tangible property standard, an eligible entity must determine
the date on which such self-constructed property will be treated as
acquired. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the prior
commenter that applying a standard similar to former section 168 and
the regulations thereunder make logical sense. Thus, the final
regulations provide that, for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard and the 70-percent tangible property standard, self-
constructed property will be treated as acquired on the date physical
work of a significant nature begins. Physical work of a significant
nature does not include preliminary activities such as planning or
designing, securing financing, exploring or researching, and will
depend on a facts and circumstances analysis. The final regulations
also provide a safe harbor to determine when physical work of a
significant nature begins. An eligible entity may choose the date on
which the eligible entity paid or incurs more than 10 percent of the
total cost of the property, excluding the cost of any land and
preliminary activities such as planning and designing, securing
financing, exploring or researching.
[[Page 1902]]
2. Qualification of Property Contributed to a QOF
Several commenters suggested that property contributed to a QOF,
and used in the QOF's trade or business, should be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property. Under section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property, the property must be purchased from an unrelated party.
Property contributed by an entity to a QOF, while potentially used in
the QOF's trade or business, will not be considered qualified
opportunity zone business property because the QOF has not purchased,
leased, or self-constructed the contributed property. Because the
commenters' suggestion would not be consistent with the text of section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), the final regulations do not adopt it.
3. Qualification of Property Purchased Before Statutory Deadline
A commenter asserted that, by requiring the purchase of property to
have occurred after December 31, 2017, the proposed regulations will
irrationally exclude owners of property purchased on or before that
date from the benefits of section 1400Z-2. Another commenter raised
similar concerns, and requested that the final regulations treat as
qualified opportunity zone business property otherwise qualifying
property acquired by a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business prior
to the publication date of the October 2018 proposed regulations. While
the Treasury Department and the IRS are sympathetic to the concerns
expressed by these commenters, the text of section 1400Z-2(d) does not
provide authority to allow property purchased on or before December 31,
2017, to be treated as qualified opportunity zone business property.
One commenter requested confirmation that contractual rights to
real property (including easements, land leases, timber deeds,
agricultural leases, and water rights) qualify as an acquisition by
purchase, and therefore could qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property. The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the
common usage of these types of arrangements, particularly in rural
industries. While the text of section 1400Z-2 requires qualified
opportunity zone business property to be purchased or leased, the
Treasury Department and the IRS note that contractual rights may
qualify as leases under the rules discussed in part V.E of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of Revisions. If such contractual rights do
not meet the requirements of either purchased or leased property,
however, the final regulations provide that the contractual rights will
not qualify as qualified opportunity zone property.
4. Qualification of Property Based on Factors Not Consistent With
Section 1400Z-2
For purposes of determining whether property qualifies as qualified
opportunity zone business property, the text of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i) sets forth requirements regarding the property's
acquisition, location, and use. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have received comments requesting that the final regulations provide
exceptions to those statutory requirements. For example, a commenter
requested that the final regulations provide rules that focus on the
use of the subject property at the time the property is acquired, but
exclude any consideration regarding the location of the property.
Similarly, another commenter suggested that the final regulations
should provide an exception to allow residents of a QOZ to treat
previously purchased property as qualified opportunity zone business
property. Commenters also have suggested that property owned by
residents of a QOZ, as well as land, should be treated as completely
exempt from the post-2017 acquisition requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
recommendations. However, each of these suggested rules would conflict
with the statutorily imposed acquisition, location, and use
requirements set forth in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i). As a result, the
final regulations do not adopt the commenters' recommendations.
5. Qualification of Property Purchased From Related Persons
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(iii) limits the purchase of qualified
opportunity zone property to purchases from parties who are not related
parties, as that term is defined in section 1400Z-2(e)(2). Proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(A) and (d)(2)(i)(A) provide that property
must be acquired by a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business from a
person that is not related under section 1400Z-2(e)(2). Under that
statutory provision, persons are related to each other for purposes of
section 1400Z-2 if such persons are described in section 267(b) or
707(b)(1), determined by substituting ``20 percent'' for ``50 percent''
each place the phrase ``50 percent'' occurs in those sections. See
section 1400Z-2(e)(2).
The Treasury Department and the IRS received numerous comments
requesting that the final regulations treat property purchased from a
related person (under section 1400Z-2(e)(2)) as qualified opportunity
zone business property. To prevent potential abuse that could arise
from such related-party transactions, one commenter suggested that the
final regulations should require purchases between related parties to
be negotiated at arm's length. Other commenters recommended that the
final regulations allow otherwise qualifying purchases by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business to be carried out with (i)
businesses or partnerships that owned property located in a QOZ prior
to the QOZ's designation, and (ii) residents of a QOZ prior to such
time. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the text of section
1400Z-2, as described above, does not permit property purchased from a
related party to qualify as qualified opportunity zone property, and
therefore decline to adopt these comments.
Another commenter requested that the final regulations provide
clarification as to whether any sponsorship arrangement with a sponsor,
who is a QOF investor, would establish relatedness included in the
definition of ``related person'' under section 1400Z-2(e)(2). The
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that (i) specific rules
to address sponsorship agreements would introduce significant,
additional complexity into the final regulations, and (ii) the proposed
regulations provide adequate guidance to address the commenter's
request. As a result, the final regulations do not incorporate specific
rules to address sponsorship agreements.
The final regulations, however, have added rules to address the
qualification of property purchased in certain ``sponsor-like''
arrangements as qualified opportunity zone business property. With
regard to these arrangements, the final regulations provide that, in
the case of real property that is purchased by a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business, if at the time of the purchase there was a
plan, intent, or expectation for the real property to be repurchased by
the seller of the real property for an amount of consideration other
than the fair market value of the real property, the purchased real
property is not qualified opportunity zone business property. Under
this rule, the ``fair market value of the real property'' refers to the
fair market value of that property at the time of the repurchase by the
seller.
[[Page 1903]]
E. Qualified Opportunity Zone Business Property Leased by QOF or
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(B) and (d)(2)(i)(B) provided
that a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business may treat leased
tangible property as qualified opportunity zone business property for
purposes of satisfying the 90-percent investment standard and the 70-
percent tangible property standard. To qualify, the leased tangible
property must satisfy the following two general requirements: First,
analogous to owned tangible property, leased tangible property must be
acquired under a lease entered into after December 31, 2017. Second,
and also similar to owned tangible property, substantially all of the
use of the leased tangible property must be located within a QOZ during
substantially all of the period for which the business leases the
property.
1. General Comments Requesting Additional Rules and Clarifications
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
agreeing with the rules addressing leased tangible property set forth
in the May 2019 proposed regulations. However, many commenters
requested that the Treasury Department and the IRS further clarify
whether certain types of leased property qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property. Similarly, other commenters
recommended that the final regulations provide additional detailed
rules and examples, and include definitions for leases, lease-like
arrangements, and licenses for purposes of determining whether such
instruments qualify as qualified opportunity zone property.
As described further in this part V.E of the Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
provided additional details and examples in the final regulations to
respond to the commenters' concerns and recommendations. For example,
the final regulations exempt State and local governments, as well as
Indian tribal governments, from the market-rate requirement for leased
tangible property that otherwise must be satisfied to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business property. In addition, the final
regulations provide rules that permit certain short-term leased
property to lessors located outside of a QOZ to be counted as qualified
opportunity zone business property for purposes of satisfying the 70-
percent use test. The final regulations also contain additional
examples to clarify the application of the rules regarding leased
tangible property.
2. Qualification of Tangible Property Subject to an Existing Lease
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires tangible property to be
purchased after December 31, 2017, which the May 2019 proposed
regulations followed in requiring that leased tangible property be
acquired under a lease entered into after December 31, 2017. One
commenter requested that the final regulations treat an existing lease
of property the same as a new lease of property for purposes of
determining whether the property subject to the existing lease is
qualified opportunity zone business property. The Treasury Department
and the IRS note that the leased tangible property rules were included
in the May 2019 proposed regulations to provide parity among diverse
business models (for example, parity between business models that
utilize purchased tangible property and those that utilize leased
tangible property). To achieve that parity, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that in general acquisitions of tangible
property by purchase or lease should be treated consistently. In
addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that section 1400Z-2
requires the acquisition of such property to occur after December 31,
2017. Therefore, the final regulations confirm that property subject to
an existing lease will not constitute qualified opportunity zone
business property unless the lease was entered into on or after
December 31, 2017.
3. Requirement That the Terms of Lease Must Be Market Rate Between
Parties
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(B)(2) and (d)(2)(i)(B)(2)
provided that, to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property, the terms of a lease must be market rate at the time at which
the lease was entered into (market-rate lease requirement). For this
purpose, whether a lease is market rate (that is, whether the terms of
the lease reflect common, arms-length market pricing in the locale that
includes the QOZ) is determined in accordance with the regulations
under section 482. This limitation operates to ensure that all of the
terms of the lease are market rate. The proposed regulations applied
the market-rate lease requirement to leases between unrelated parties
and related parties.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received multiple comments
regarding the market-rate lease requirement. For example, many
commenters requested that the final regulations not apply the market-
rate lease requirement to leases between unrelated parties. Rather,
these commenters recommended that the final regulations provide a
presumption that such unrelated-party leases are arms-length. The
Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters'
recommendation. Accordingly, the final regulations provide that there
will be a rebuttable presumption that, with regard to leases between
unrelated parties, the terms of the lease were market rate (that is,
the lease satisfies the market-rate lease requirement).
In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS received several
comments requesting that the final regulations exempt from the market-
rate lease requirement leases between an unrelated party and a state or
local government. Commenters explained that such leases are subject to
numerous requirements and other special rules. The Treasury Department
and the IRS agree with the commenters, and have determined that, based
on the same rationale, Indian tribal governments likewise should be
exempt from the market-rate lease requirement. As a result, the final
regulations provide that, for purposes of satisfying the market-rate
lease requirement, tangible property acquired by lease from a state or
local government, or an Indian tribal government, is not considered
tangible property acquired by lease from a related party.
Another commenter suggested that the final regulations replace the
market-rate lease requirement with a requirement that a subject lease
must have reasonable terms. This commenter, however, acknowledged that
a ``reasonableness'' standard likely would inject additional
uncertainty into the final regulations. The Treasury Department and the
IRS appreciate the commenter's suggestion and agree that a
``reasonableness'' standard would pose additional uncertainty for
taxpayers in determining whether the terms of a subject lease are
reasonable. Moreover, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe that
such a standard would be too complex to administer. As a result, the
final regulations do not adopt the commenter's suggestion.
4. Plan, Intent, or Expectation of QOF or Qualified Opportunity Zone
Business To Purchase Leased Real Property
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(E) and (d)(2)(i)(E) provided
an anti-abuse rule to prevent the use of leases to circumvent the
substantial improvement requirement for purchases by QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses of real property (other than unimproved
land). If, at the time a QOF or qualified
[[Page 1904]]
opportunity zone business enters into a lease for real property (other
than unimproved land), there was a plan, intent, or expectation for the
QOF or qualified opportunity zone business to purchase the real
property for an amount of consideration other than the fair market
value of the land (as determined at the time of the purchase without
regard to any prior lease payments) the leased real property does not
qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property at any time.
A commenter suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS
should consider eliminating from this anti-abuse rule the reference to
a plan, intent, or expectation to purchase the leased property. Rather,
the commenter asserted that, even if the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business had such ``plan, intent, or expectation,'' the anti-abuse
rule should not be applied if there were a fixed purchase price option,
consistent with general Federal income tax principles governing the
distinction between a lease and a sale, with a strike price not less
than a specified amount of the fair market value at the time the option
is entered into.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have considered the commenter's
suggestion and have determined that such a rule might enable QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses to circumvent the substantial
improvement requirement because leased property from an unrelated party
is not required to be substantially improved. Thus, the final
regulations do not reflect this suggestion.
F. Treatment of Inventory for Purposes of Determining Substantial Use
in QOZ
Under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III), the term ``qualified
opportunity zone business property'' refers to tangible property used
in a trade or business of a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
if, during substantially all of the holding period of the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business for such property, substantially
all of the use of such property was in a QOZ. Prior to the publication
of the May 2019 proposed regulations, commenters inquired how inventory
would be treated for purposes of determining whether substantially all
of the tangible property is used in the QOZ. To address those
questions, the May 2019 proposed regulations provided a safe harbor
that inventory would not fail to qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property simply because the inventory is in transit outside
the QOZ due to transport (i) from a vendor to a facility of the trade
or business that is in a QOZ, or (ii) from a facility of the trade or
business that is in a QOZ to customers outside the QOZ (inventory
transit safe harbor). See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(iii)
(setting forth the inventory transit safe harbor).
1. Inventory as Qualified Opportunity Zone Business Property and
Application of 90-Percent Investment Standard and 70-Percent Tangible
Property Standard
As part of the May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested comments as to whether inventory,
including raw materials, should be excluded from both the numerator and
denominator of the fraction used to determine compliance with the 90-
percent investment standard and the 70-percent tangible property
standard. In response, some commenters recommended that the final
regulations exclude inventory from the 90-percent investment standard
and the 70-percent tangible property standard. These commenters based
that recommendation upon their conclusion that inventory should never
be treated as qualified opportunity zone business property because such
inventory (i) is a transitory asset, (ii) does not add value to the
QOZ, and (iii) does not meet the requirements for either the original
use or substantial improvement requirement. Other commenters agreed
that inventory should be excluded from the 70-percent tangible property
standard, emphasizing that any requirement that taxpayers measure
inventory would be significantly burdensome.
Several additional commenters, however, recommended that the final
regulations treat inventory, in a limited manner, as qualified
opportunity zone business property. These commenters suggested that
taxpayers should be allowed to elect on an annual basis whether to
exclude inventory from the numerator and denominator for purposes of
the 90-percent investment standard and the 70-percent tangible property
standard. Another commenter contended that inventory should be limited
to a certain percentage of total qualified opportunity zone property,
suggesting that 15 or 20 percent of such total property would provide a
reasonable maximum.
The Treasury Department and the IRS also received numerous requests
that the final regulations provide additional detail and clarity
regarding the general application of section 1400Z-2 to inventory. Like
the commenters described previously, these commenters noted that the
proposed regulations did not specify whether inventory is properly
includable in the numerator of the 70-percent tangible property
standard or the 90-percent investment standard. These commenters also
highlighted that the proposed regulations did not clarify whether
inventory must be original use property or substantially improved
property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the concerns raised
by these commenters and agree that additional rules regarding the
treatment of inventory would be appropriate. As a result, the final
regulations provide that, for purposes of determining compliance with
the 90-percent investment standard and the 70-percent tangible property
standard, a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business may choose to
(i) include inventory in both the numerator and the denominator, or
(ii) exclude inventory entirety from both the numerator and the
denominator. The final regulations also provide that, once a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business makes such choice, the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business must apply that choice consistently
with respect to all semiannual tests during the holding period in which
the QOF, or the qualified opportunity zone business of the QOF, holds
the inventory. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
these rules will provide appropriate flexibility for QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, as well as certainty regarding the
application of the 90-percent investment standard and the 70-percent
tangible property standard.
2. Comments Regarding Application of 90-Percent Investment Standard to
Inventory in Transit
Commenters also expressed concern that inventory in transit on the
last day of the taxable year of a QOF would be counted against the QOF
when determining whether the QOF has met the 90-percent investment
standard. Several commenters recommended that inventory in transit,
either from the vendor or to the ultimate customer, be excluded from
the numerator and denominator for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard, but should qualify for the 70-percent use test. Another
commenter suggested that the location of inventory in transit should be
taken into account in determining whether the inventory is qualified
opportunity zone business property. One commenter generally agreed with
the approach of the May 2019 proposed regulations with regard to
inventory in transit, but requested clarification that (i) the distance
traveled during the course of the transit, or (ii) the manner of the
transit, does not affect application of the inventory transit safe
harbor. The
[[Page 1905]]
commenter also requested clarification as to whether the inventory
transit safe harbor covers instances in which the inventory is
warehoused briefly (that is, for less than 30 days) in a location
outside of the QOZ while in the process of transit.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
concerns regarding the manner by which transported inventory is treated
for purposes of applying the 90-percent investment standard. To provide
certainty for QOFs as well as qualified opportunity zone businesses on
this matter, the final regulations set forth a rule that provides that
(i) the distance traveled in the course of the transit, and (ii) the
fact that the inventory is briefly warehoused while in transit, does
not affect the application of the inventory transit safe harbor. The
Treasury Department and the IRS intend for these provisions to
complement the inventory transit safe harbor, which the final
regulations adopt in full.
G. Definition of ``Substantially All'' for Purposes of Qualified
Opportunity Zone Property and Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Determinations
The definitions of the terms ``qualified opportunity zone
property'' and ``qualified opportunity zone business'' incorporate
several ``substantially all'' requirements. For example, with regard to
(1) qualified opportunity zone stock, (2) qualified opportunity zone
partnership interests, and (3) qualified opportunity zone business
property, to qualify as qualified opportunity zone property, the
corporation or partnership must have qualified as a qualified
opportunity zone business, and the qualified opportunity zone business
property must have been used in a QOZ, during ``substantially all'' of
the QOF's holding period of such stock, interest, or business, as
appropriate. See section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) (regarding qualified
opportunity zone stock); section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(C)(iii) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone partnership interests); section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) (regarding qualified opportunity zone businesses).
In this holding period context, the May 2019 proposed regulations
defined ``substantially all'' of a QOF's holding period as 90 percent
of the total holding period of the QOF. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(5).
In addition to QOF holding period requirements, the term
``substantially all'' appears in a ``use'' context. Specifically,
tangible property used in a trade or business of a QOF or in a
qualified opportunity zone business will not qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property unless ``substantially all'' of the
use of such tangible property was within the geographic boundaries of a
QOZ. See section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III), (3)(A)(i). In this ``use''
context, the May 2019 proposed regulations defined ``substantially
all'' of the use of tangible property in a QOZ by a trade or business
of a QOF, or by a qualified opportunity zone business, as 70 percent of
the total use of such tangible property. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(6), (d)(2)(iv).
Lastly, the term ``substantially all'' appears in the context of
the portion of a business's tangible property that must be qualified
opportunity zone business property in order for the business to qualify
as a qualified opportunity zone business. Specifically, a trade or
business qualifies as a qualified opportunity zone business only if
(among the satisfaction of other requirements) ``substantially all'' of
the tangible property owned or leased by the taxpayer for the trade or
business is qualified opportunity zone business property. See section
1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i). For this determination of whether the trade or
business owns or leases a sufficient amount of qualified opportunity
zone business property, the October 2018 proposed regulations defined
``substantially all'' as an amount equal to 70 percent of the total
amount of tangible property owned or leased by the trade or business
(70-percent tangible property standard). See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(3).
As discussed in the respective preambles to the October 2018 and
May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS
provided a higher threshold in the holding period context to preserve
the integrity of the statute and ensure that investors focus their
investments within the geographic borders of QOZs. Therefore, the term
``substantially all,'' as used in the holding period context, was
defined in the proposed regulations as 90 percent of the QOF's total
holding period. The Treasury Department and the IRS determined that a
percentage threshold higher than, for example 70 percent, was warranted
because taxpayers can more easily control and determine the period for
which they hold property. In addition, given the lower 70-percent
thresholds for testing both the use of tangible property in the QOZ and
the amount of owned and leased tangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business that must be qualified opportunity zone
business property, applying a 70-percent threshold in the holding
period context could result in an unacceptably low percentage of a
qualified opportunity zone business's tangible property being used in a
QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS, however, recognized that the
operations of certain types of businesses may extend beyond the census
tract boundaries that define QOZs. Accordingly, the ``substantially
all'' thresholds provided by the proposed regulations with regard to
required amounts and use of tangible property owned or leased by a
trade or business were set to a 70-percent standard. The Treasury
Department and the IRS determined that a 70-percent standard would
appropriately tie the ability of investors in QOFs to receive
preferential capital gains treatment to a consequential amount of
tangible property being used by the underlying business within a QOZ.
Importantly, the Treasury Department and the IRS also determined that a
70-percent standard would provide businesses with an appropriate degree
of flexibility to conduct their day-to-day operations, and therefore
avoid significantly distorting or otherwise limiting the introduction
of new businesses and investment in QOZs.
1. Consideration of Uniform 90-Percent ``Substantially All'' Standard
Commenters have suggested that the term ``substantially all''
should be interpreted as requiring a 90-percent standard with regard to
each instance in which the term is used in section 1400Z-2. As
described previously, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the policy considerations underlying each use of the
term ``substantially all'' are not uniform, and therefore a uniform
standard would fail to effectuate such policies in all cases. For
example, the Treasury Department and the IRS established the 70-percent
tangible property standard and 70-percent use test to provide
``substantially all'' requirements for qualified opportunity zone
businesses that, while substantial, would ensure that a diverse
spectrum of businesses would be able to operate in QOZs. However, the
Treasury Department and the IRS selected a higher 90-percent threshold
regarding holding periods of QOFs (under the 90-percent investment
standard) to encourage long-term direct or indirect investments in
those qualified opportunity zone businesses. In addition, due to the
compound application of the 90-percent threshold, the 70-percent
tangible property standard, and the 70-percent use test, the Treasury
Department and the IRS sought to ensure that each percentage
[[Page 1906]]
requirement, when taken together, would remain significant.
Another commenter that advocated for a uniform 90-percent standard
specifically contended that the 70-percent use test presented an
inappropriately low threshold to ensure that acceptable amounts of new
economic activity are introduced in QOZs. The Treasury Department and
the IRS appreciate the commenter's perspective, but have determined
that a 70-percent standard achieves an appropriate balance between
providing proper flexibility to potential investors in QOZs and
limiting the potential for abuse. A 90-percent use threshold would pose
a much stricter standard than the proposed 70-percent standard, and
potentially would discourage investment in QOZs. As a result, the final
regulations retain the 70-percent use test.
Several commenters recommended that, solely with regard to real
estate businesses, the final regulations should adopt a threshold of 90
percent for the substantially all use test. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that such industry-specific rules would (i) not
be consistent with section 1400Z-2 or its underlying policy, and (ii)
present administratively burdensome tracking requirements under which
taxpayers, as well as the IRS, would need to apply different rules for
different types of businesses. As a result, the final regulations do
not adopt this recommendation.
2. Clarification Regarding the Measurement of ``Use'' for the 70-
Percent Use Test
Several commenters requested clarification regarding the scope of
the term ``use'' under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). Similarly,
other commenters requested that the final regulations clarify the
meaning of the term ``use'' with regard to qualified opportunity zone
property located both inside, and outside the geographic borders of a
QOZ. Taken together, commenters generally requested easily applicable
metrics for determining compliance with the 70-percent use test that
are responsive to the practical realities of businesses that utilize a
range of tangible property in addition to real estate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
guidance regarding the meaning and application of the term ``use''
would be significantly helpful to taxpayers. As a result, the final
regulations provide that tangible property of a trade or business is
counted for purposes of satisfying the 70-percent use test (qualified
tangible property) to the extent the tangible property is (1) located
within the geographic borders of a QOZ, and (2) in connection with the
ordinary conduct of the trade or business, utilized in the QOZ in the
performance of an activity of the trade or business that contributes to
the generation of gross income for the trade or business. The final
regulations explicitly provide that this determination is based upon
the amount of time during which the use of the subject tangible
property meets those two requirements.
3. Application of 70-Percent Use Test to Mobile Tangible Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
regarding the application of the 70-percent use test to mobile tangible
property that a trade or business might utilize both inside and outside
a QOZ or in multiple QOZs. Commenters noted that many trades or
businesses rely on delivery vehicles, construction equipment, service
trucks and other types of mobile tangible property to generate gross
income. Ordinarily, such trades or businesses will deploy mobile
tangible property without regard to QOZ boundaries, at times utilizing
the property inside a QOZ, while at other times utilizing the property
outside of a QOZ. As a result, these commenters requested that the
final regulations articulate standards or safe harbors for determining
whether a mobile tangible property satisfies the 70-percent use test to
qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the concerns raised
by these commenters. To provide standards that more effectively respond
to the day-to-day customary operation of trades or businesses, the
final regulations set forth specific rules clarifying the application
of the 70-percent use test to mobile tangible property. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have drafted these rules to strike an
appropriate balance between allowing flexibility for business
development and ensuring that such business development primarily
benefits low-income communities comprising QOZs.
For example, the final regulations provide a safe harbor for
tangible property utilized in rendering services both inside and
outside the geographic borders of a QOZ. Under this safe harbor, a
limited amount of such tangible property may be excluded from the
general time of use calculation underlying the 70-percent use test.
Specifically, the safe harbor permits up to 20 percent of the tangible
property of a trade or business to be treated as satisfying the 70-
percent tangible property standard if the tangible property is utilized
in activities both inside and outside of the geographic borders of a
QOZ, and if (i) the trade or business has an office or other fixed
location located within a qualified opportunity zone (QOZ office), and
(ii) the tangible property is operated by employees of the trade or
business who regularly use a QOZ office of the trade or business in the
course of carrying out their duties, and are managed directly,
actively, and substantially on a day-to-day basis by one or more
employees of the trade or business at a QOZ office. In addition, in
order to qualify for the safe harbor, the tangible property must not be
operated exclusively outside of the geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone for a period longer than 14 consecutive days for the
generation of gross income for the trade or business.
In addition, the final regulations provide a similar safe harbor
for short-term leased tangible property. Under this rule, tangible
property leased by a trade or business located within the geographic
borders of a QOZ to a lessee that utilizes the tangible property at a
location outside of a QOZ is qualified tangible property if the
following two requirements are satisfied. First, consistent with the
normal, usual, or customary conduct of the trade or business, the
tangible property must be parked or otherwise stored at a location
within a QOZ when the tangible property is not subject to a lease to a
customer of the trade or business. Second, the lease duration of the
tangible property (including any extensions) must not exceed 30
consecutive days. This special leased tangible property rule, however,
is not subject to a limitation similar to the 20-percent limitation
with regard to non-leased mobile tangible property due to the highly
mobile nature of tangible property typically leased to customers by
leasing businesses.
4. Use of Tangible Property in Multiple QOZs Aggregated for the 70-
Percent Use Test
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received comments
recommending that the final regulations clarify the manner in which use
of tangible property is measured if such use occurs in multiple QOZs.
To respond to these comments, the final regulations specifically
provide that, if tangible property is used in one or more QOZs,
satisfaction of the 70-percent use test is determined by aggregating
the number of days the tangible property in each QOZ is utilized. The
Treasury
[[Page 1907]]
Department the IRS have determined that the policy underlying the 70-
percent use test would be effectuated through the introduction of new
economic activity into any low-income community designated as a QOZ,
regardless of specific designation.
A commenter highlighted potential confusion caused by circular
language in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(9)(i)(A). In general,
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(9) described the fraction by which the
70-percent use test is calculated. Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(9)(i)(A) referred to the value of qualified opportunity zone
business property that meets the requirements of Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(4)(i)(A)-(C), (E), and (F). The commenter noted that this
reference results in a circular analysis because qualified opportunity
zone business property is the item calculated by the previously
described fraction, and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(D) sets
forth the ``substantially all'' test for use in a QOZ. In other words,
the 70-percent use fraction must be calculated before one can determine
whether property qualifies as qualified opportunity zone business
property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's
point. The final regulations set forth a significantly revised
calculation for determining satisfaction of the 70-percent use test
that does not implicate the issue raised by the commenter. In addition,
the final regulations clarify that the use of tangible property in a
QOZ is determined on an asset-by-asset basis. See part V.G. of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
5. Application of Holding Period Requirements Under Section 1400Z-2
The Treasury Department and the IRS received numerous requests for
clarification regarding the manner by which QOFs can meet the holding
period requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) and
(d)(2)(C)(iii) (90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding
period) and QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses can meet the
holding period requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) (90-
percent qualified opportunity zone business property holding period).
For example, several commenters suggested that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses should test for satisfaction of the two 90-
percent holding period requirements only at the end of their holding
period for the property. One commenter recommended that the final
regulations provide QOFs with an election to test for satisfaction of
the 90-percent holding period requirement based on either (i) the
taxpayer's actual holding period as of a testing date, or (ii) the
taxpayer's projected holding period. See V.B.1. of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that the rules for
determining satisfaction of the 90-percent qualified opportunity zone
property holding period requirement and 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property holding period requirement should be
clarified. Accordingly, the final regulations provide that the
determination of whether the two 90-percent holding period requirements
are satisfied is made on a semiannual basis, based on the cumulative
amount of time the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business has held
the property.
Stock or partnership interests will satisfy the 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone property holding period requirement if
during 90-percent of the QOF's holding period for the stock or
partnership interest, beginning on the date that it's self-
certification as a QOF is effective and ending on the relevant
semiannual testing date, the corporation or partnership qualified as a
qualified opportunity zone business. Similarly, tangible property will
satisfy the 90-percent qualified opportunity zone business property
holding period requirement only if the tangible property satisfied the
70-percent use test for at least 90 percent of the period during which
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business has held such property.
As noted in part V.B.1. of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions, the determination of whether an eligible entity engaged in a
trade or business qualified as a qualified opportunity zone business is
determined at the end of the entity's taxable year but a QOF has
semiannual testing dates on which it must determine if the entity was a
qualified opportunity zone business for 90 percent of the QOF's holding
period of the equity of the entity. Because status as a qualified
opportunity zone business is defined with respect to an entity's
taxable year, taxpayers may encounter difficulties when a QOF's
semiannual testing date falls before the end of the entity's taxable
year. The final regulations therefore provide a safe harbor for
purposes of complying with the 90-percent holding period test. Under
the safe harbor, the QOF may limit the period tested to the period that
starts with the beginning of the QOF's status as a QOF and lasts until
the last day of the entity's latest taxable year and ends on or before
the relevant testing date.
To determine whether qualified opportunity zone business property
meets the statutory holding period requirements, a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business must measure the use of the property on a
semiannual basis, on the same testing dates as the 90-percent
investment standard. (If QOFs with diverse taxable years invest in the
same qualified opportunity zone business, the business may have to
measure use of the property semiannually for each investing QOF). The
purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations are to
provide specified tax benefits to owners of QOFs to encourage the
making of longer-term investments of new capital, through QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses, into one or more QOZs and to
increase the economic growth therein. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that, if the final regulations were to permit QOFs
or qualified opportunity zone businesses to use a projected holding
period, or to measure the holding period only at the end of their
holding period in the property, the previously described policy goals
of section 1400Z-2 would be compromised. In addition, such approaches
would pose administrative difficulties for the IRS in administering
holding period requirements in instances in which a period of ownership
extends beyond the statute of limitations for assessing the QOF.
6. Consideration of Cure Periods and Other Relief Regarding Application
of 90-Percent Investment Standard
Commenters noted that, under the proposed regulations, no relief
was available to a QOF that discovered that the entity in which it
invested failed to qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business.
Several commenters emphasized that the 90-percent investment standard
posed a high threshold with severe consequences for a trade or business
that failed to qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business for a
testing date. As an example, one commenter described a scenario in
which an entity qualified as a qualified opportunity zone business
during one year, but failed to satisfy the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding period during the next year, and
therefore lost any potential to satisfy the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone property holding period for that stock or partnership
interest in later years--regardless of whether the otherwise compliant
trade or business permanently cured the defect that lead to the second-
year failure. As a result, commenters recommended various ``grace
periods'' during which an entity
[[Page 1908]]
would be treated as a qualified opportunity zone business even if the
entity failed one or more requirements under section 1400Z-2.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that entities should be
afforded appropriate relief to cure a defect that prevents
qualification as a qualified opportunity zone business for purposes of
the 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding period,
without penalty to the investing QOF under section 1400Z-2(f).
Accordingly, the final regulations provide a six-month period for an
entity in which a QOF has invested to cure a defect that caused the
entity to fail to qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business. The
six-month cure period corresponds to both the testing periods for both
the qualified opportunity zone business and the QOF as required in
sections 1400Z-2(d)(1) and (3). The final regulations provide that
during that six-month cure period, the QOF can treat the interest held
in the entity as qualified opportunity zone property. Upon the
conclusion of the six-month cure period, if the entity again fails to
qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business, the QOF must
determine if the QOF meets the 90-percent investment standard, taking
into account its ownership in the non-qualifying entity. If the QOF
fails to meet the 90-percent investment standard, the final regulations
provide that the QOF must determine the penalty applicable to each
month in which the QOF failed to meet the 90-percent investment
standard, including each month during and prior to the six-month cure
period. The final regulations specify that a qualified opportunity zone
business can utilize a six-month cure period only once.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that, in addition to this
six-month cure period, a QOF can assert a defense of reasonable cause
under section 1400Z-2(f)(3) if the QOF becomes subject to a penalty for
failure to satisfy the 90-percent investment standard. Specifically,
section 1400Z-2(f)(3) provides that no penalty may be imposed for
failure to meet the 90-percent investment standard ``if it is shown
that such failure is due to reasonable cause.'' The Treasury Department
and the IRS view this relief under the statute, as well as the six-
month cure period provided by the final regulations, as sufficient
relief to address the commenters' concerns.
One commenter suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS
consider whether the 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property
holding period should be tolled due to circumstances beyond the control
of the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business. The Treasury
Department and the IRS note that section 1400Z-2(f)(3) provides that a
QOF can assert a defense of reasonable cause if the QOF becomes subject
to the penalty for failure to maintain the 90-percent investment
standard. Based on the existence of this statutory relief, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that a QOF possesses appropriate
recourse (that is, a reasonable cause defense) with regard to
circumstances beyond the QOF's control.
H. Original Use of Tangible Property Acquired by Purchase
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) requires either that the original use of
qualified opportunity zone business property in the QOZ commences with
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business or that the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business substantially improve the property.
Similar requirements are also found in other sections of the Code.
Under the now-repealed statutory frameworks of both section 1400B
(related to the DC Zone) and section 1400F (related to Renewal
Communities), qualified property for purposes of those provisions was
required to have its original use in a zone or to meet the requirements
of substantial improvement as defined under those provisions. Following
the publication of the October 2018 proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS received numerous questions and comments on the
meaning of ``original use.'' Several commenters requested confirmation
as to whether (i) tangible property could be previously used property,
rather than solely new property; (ii) property previously placed in
service in the QOZ for one use, but subsequently placed in service for
a different use by an acquirer, could qualify as original use; and
(iii) property previously used in the QOZ could be placed in service in
the same QOZ by an acquiring, unrelated taxpayer.
After carefully considering the comments and questions received
regarding the October 2018 proposed regulations, the May 2019 proposed
regulations generally provided that the ``original use'' of tangible
property acquired by purchase by any person commences on the date on
which that person or a prior person (i) first places the property in
service in the QOZ for purposes of depreciation or amortization, or
(ii) first uses the property in the QOZ in a manner that would allow
depreciation or amortization if that person were the property's owner.
Therefore, tangible property located in the QOZ that has been
depreciated or amortized by a taxpayer other than the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business would not satisfy the original use
requirement of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) under the May 2019
proposed regulations. Conversely, tangible property, other than land,
located in the QOZ that has not yet been depreciated or amortized by a
taxpayer other than the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
would satisfy the original use requirement of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) under those proposed regulations. The May 2019
proposed regulations also clarified that used tangible property will
satisfy the original use requirement for a QOZ so long as the property
has not been previously used in the QOZ (that is, has not previously
been used within that QOZ in a manner that would have allowed it to be
depreciated or amortized, by any taxpayer).
1. Reliance on Certificate of Occupancy for ``Original Use''
Determination
Several commenters of the May 2019 proposed regulations recommended
that the final regulations permit taxpayers to rely on certificates of
occupancy for determining whether a property satisfies the original use
requirement. For example, commenters suggested that, if a certificate
of occupancy has not been received for property consisting of a
structure, the property has not been used prior to the issuance of the
certificate and therefore potentially could satisfy the original use
requirement. Another commenter requested that the final regulations
treat real property as meeting the original use requirement if the
property receives a certificate of occupancy following a certain number
of years without a certificate. Another commenter suggested that,
similar to the rules under Sec. Sec. 1.46-3(d)(2), 1.150-2(c), and
1.179-4(e), the final regulations permit QOFs and qualified opportunity
zone businesses to elect to have ``original use'' measured from the
date on which (i) the property is placed into service, or (ii) the
certificate of occupancy is granted under local law.
[[Page 1909]]
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
objective to increase certainty regarding ``original use''
determinations. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that
standards applicable to certificates of occupancy vary by jurisdiction
and therefore fail to provide a uniform standard. In addition, the
processes for obtaining a certificate of occupancy vary significantly
based on jurisdiction and likely would introduce additional complexity
and uncertainty. As a result, the final regulations do not adopt the
commenters' recommendation.
2. Consideration of Treating Acquired Non-Business Property or Newly
Rezoned Property as ``Original Use'' Property
Several commenters recommended that the final regulations clarify
that property previously used for non-business purposes may be treated
as ``original use'' property in a QOZ upon its acquisition. For
support, these commenters emphasized that such property would not have
been depreciated or amortized. Similarly, one commenter requested that
the final regulations provide a special rule that real property located
in an area newly rezoned pursuant to a local government's master plan
be treated as ``original use property'' because the local government's
rezoning would fundamentally change the real property's use. Other
commenters contended that no previously used property in a QOZ should
qualify as satisfying the original use requirement regardless of
whether, for example, the property had been depreciated or amortized.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have considered each of the
arguments set forth by the commenters and have concluded that acquired
property previously used in a QOZ does not satisfy the original use
requirement. A rule treating historically used property in a QOZ as
``original use'' property because such property's prior use was
nonbusiness in nature or classified differently under a local
government's master plan would fail to sufficiently encourage the
introduction of new capital investments into QOZs. Accordingly, the
final regulations retain the rules set forth in the proposed
regulations that a property's ``original use'' commences on the date on
which the property is first (i) placed into service in the QOZ and is
depreciated or amortized, or (ii) used in a manner that would allow
depreciation or amortization.
3. Consideration of Safe Harbor Based on Belief That Property Was Not
Placed Into Service
One commenter requested that the Treasury Department and the IRS
provide a safe harbor to treat property acquired by a taxpayer as
satisfying the original use requirement if the taxpayer believed that
the property had not yet been placed into service. The commenter
contended that, if such taxpayer held that belief, the acquired
property should be treated as ``original use'' property even if the
taxpayer subsequently discovers that the property actually had been
placed in service shortly before its acquisition. The Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to adopt this comment because the
purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations are to
provide specified tax benefits to owners of QOFs to encourage the
making of longer-term investments, through QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, of new capital in one or more QOZs and to
increase the economic growth of such QOZs. The Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that the commenter's recommended safe harbor
would not help achieve those goals.
4. Consideration of Newly Constructed Buildings Acquired Prior To Being
Placed Into Service
A commenter requested clarification regarding whether a building
that is newly constructed and sold to a purchaser meets the original
use requirement with respect to the purchaser. The commenter noted that
potential QOF investors intend to invest in QOZs by acquiring newly
constructed buildings for their trades or businesses that, prior to
acquisition, have not been placed into service for purposes of
depreciation. In such circumstances, the commenter noted that potential
QOF investors have expressed uncertainty regarding the application of
the original use requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's
concern and have determined that such newly constructed buildings
satisfy the original use requirement. The construction of new buildings
in economically disadvantaged communities, which are acquired for the
purpose of introducing new businesses into such communities, clearly
achieves the policy goals underlying section 1400Z-2 and should be
encouraged. Accordingly, the final regulations provide an example that
provides certainty with regard to the acquisition of such newly
constructed buildings.
5. Qualification of Demolished Property, Overwhelmingly Improved
Property, and Property Improvements as ``Original Use'' Property
One commenter requested that the final regulations provide that an
improvement made to non-qualified property used in a QOZ satisfies the
original use requirement. The commenter reasoned that such treatment
would be appropriate because, under the May 2019 proposed regulations,
improvements made by a lessee to leased property are treated as
separate property for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i) and
therefore as satisfying the original use requirement. The Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the argument raised by the commenter,
but have determined that the administrative burdens that would arise
for taxpayers and the IRS from tracking improvements made to such non-
qualified property would significantly exceed those arising from the
tracking of lessee improvements. As a result, the final regulations do
not adopt the commenter's recommendation.
A commenter also requested that the final regulations treat
tangible property that has not been purchased, but has been
overwhelmingly improved, as ``original use'' property. Section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires that property must be acquired after December
31, 2017 to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property.
While a QOZ would benefit from the overwhelming improvement of
currently owned property located within the QOZ, such improvement does
not satisfy the statutory requirement set forth in section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I). Therefore, the final regulations do not incorporate
the commenter's recommendation.
Another commenter requested that the Treasury Department and the
IRS confirm that newly constructed real property, or substantially
improved property, that otherwise meets the requirements of section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D), will not fail to qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property solely because the property is constructed upon
leased land. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that land,
including leased land, does not need to be substantially improved
within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii). Cf. Sec. 1400Z2(d)-1(c)(7)(iv)(B) and (d)(4)(iv)(B).
Accordingly, if property otherwise qualifies as qualified opportunity
zone business property, the fact that the property is constructed on
leased land will not disqualify the
[[Page 1910]]
property from being treated as qualified opportunity zone business
property.
6. Treatment of Property That Qualifies for Certain Low-Income Housing
Credits
A commenter requested that the final regulations address the
application of credits provided under section 42(a) of the Code for
investment in certain low-income housing buildings (section 42
credits). Specifically, the commenter requested that the final
regulations provide that a property that qualifies for section 42
credits be treated as satisfying the original use requirement. The
Treasury Department and the IRS continue to consider the combining of
other tax incentives (including credits) with the benefits provided by
section 1400Z-2. As a result, the final regulations do not incorporate
the commenter's request.
7. Application of Original Use Requirement to Leased Tangible Property
A commenter recommended that the final regulations require that
leased tangible property located in a QOZ be (i) originally used in the
QOZ, and (ii) substantially improved. The Treasury Department and the
IRS note that, under the proposed regulations, improvements made by a
lessee to leased property satisfy the original use requirement and are
considered purchased property to the extent of the unadjusted cost
basis of those improvements (as under section 1012). However, the
proposed regulations do not set forth any requirement that leased
property be substantially improved. After considering the commenter's
analysis, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that a
rule requiring both original use and substantial improvement with
regard to leased tangible property would be inconsistent with section
1400Z-2 and unnecessary.
8. Vacancy Period for Original Use Requirement
In the May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and
the IRS proposed that, where a building or other structure has been
vacant for at least five years prior to being purchased by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business, the purchased building or
structure will satisfy the original use requirement. Specifically, the
May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, if property has been
unused or vacant for an uninterrupted period of at least five years,
original use in the QOZ commences on the date after that period when
any person first so uses or places the property in service in the QOZ.
See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(B)(6), (c)(7)(i),
(d)(2)(i)(B)(6). The Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments
regarding that proposed approach, including the length of the vacancy
period and how such a standard might be administered and enforced.
a. Duration of Vacancy Period Required To Satisfy Original Use
Requirement
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
regarding the five-year vacancy requirement set forth in the May 2019
proposed regulations. While some commenters expressed approval, others
contended that a five-year vacancy period would be inappropriately
long. Commenters also recommended vacancy periods in excess of five
years, contending that any shorter vacancy period would increase the
number of vacant properties exempt from the substantial improvement
requirement, and therefore decrease the overall magnitude of property
development in QOZs. One commenter requested that the final regulations
include, in addition to a five-year vacancy requirement, safeguards to
reduce the incentive for taxpayers to vacate buildings for tax
benefits.
In particular, several commenters suggested that the final
regulations provide a vacancy period threshold similar to the threshold
provided in Sec. 1.1394-1(h), which requires a vacancy period of ``at
least one-year.'' See Sec. 1.1394-1(h) (setting forth an original use
requirement for purposes of qualified zone property under section
1397D, with regard to the issuance of enterprise zone facility bonds
under section 1394). However, numerous commenters disagreed with that
approach, contending that the vacancy period required under Sec.
1.1394-1(h) responds to a different policy objective than the section
1400Z-2 policy objective of increasing new economic development in
QOZs. These commenters also contended that a one-year vacancy period
would constitute an unacceptably weak standard that potentially would
encourage owners of property in QOZs to attempt to artificially satisfy
the vacancy requirement by ceasing occupation of a property for one
year.
Commenters also recommended rules consisting of multiple vacancy
periods to accommodate different types of situations involving vacant
buildings. For example, a commenter recommended that the final
regulations require (i) a vacancy period spanning not less than two
years, or (ii) a five-year vacancy period, if less than 25 percent of
the rentable square footage of the subject property is rented or
occupied. Another commenter, while expressing general approval
regarding the five-year vacancy period requirement, suggested that
properties already vacant for at least one year at the time of QOZ
designation should qualify as vacant.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
suggestions and recommendations, and have modified the proposed five-
year vacancy requirement to better effectuate the policy of section
1400Z-2. Accordingly, the final regulations provide a special one-year
vacancy requirement for property that was vacant prior to and on the
date of publication of the QOZ designation notice that listed the
designation of the QOZ in which the property is located, and through
the date on which the property was purchased by an eligible entity. The
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that a shorter vacancy
period for property vacant at the time of their QOZ designation is
appropriate because (i) such buildings do not present the same
potential for abuse (for example, causing a building to be vacant for
one year to convert the building to ``original use'' property), and
(ii) the infusion of capital investments into vacant property that
contributed to the QOZ's designation would achieve a core policy
objective of section 1400Z-2.
With respect to property not vacant as of the time of such QOZ
designation notice but that later become vacant, the final regulations
require the property to be vacant continuously for at least three
years. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that a one-year
vacancy requirement similar to that imposed under Sec. 1.1394-1(h)
would spur capital investment into needed areas. However, a three-year
vacancy period for property that was not vacant at the time of QOZ
designation will more effectively facilitate such investment while
alleviating concerns that QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses would intentionally cease occupying property to convert
otherwise used property into ``original use'' property.
b. Buildings Located on Brownfield Sites Qualify as ``Original Use''
Property
The Department of the Treasury and the IRS have received several
comments regarding the application of section 1400Z-2 and the section
1400Z-2 regulations to brownfield site redevelopment. A ``brownfield
site'' comprises ``real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or
reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence
of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant.'' Comprehensive
[[Page 1911]]
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, section
101(39) (42 U.S.C. 9601(39)). The Environmental Protection Agency has
defined these sites as ``abandoned, idled or under-used industrial and
commercial facilities where expansion or redevelopment is complicated
by real or perceived environmental contamination.'' 60 FR 49276
(September 22, 1995). Cleaning up and reinvesting in these properties
increases local tax bases, facilitates job growth, utilizes existing
infrastructure, takes development pressures off of undeveloped, open
land, and both improves and protects the environment.
Commenters have recommended that the final regulations contain
rules to facilitate brownfield redevelopment, particularly rules to
provide that the real property composing the brownfield site be treated
as ``original'' use property under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). One
commenter contended that, because of the degree of contamination
present in brownfield sites, remediation and construction periods for
these properties generally extend beyond 30 months. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree with this observation, and have included
rules in the final regulations to adopt the commenters' recommendation.
Specifically, the final regulations provide that all real property
composing a brownfield site, including land and structures located
thereon, will be treated as satisfying the original use requirement of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). To alleviate concerns that the
property purchased will not be remediated, the final regulations also
provide that the eligible entity must make investments in the
brownfield site to ensure that the site meets basic safety standards
for human health and the environment. The final regulations also make
clear that remediation of contaminated land is taken into account for
determining if the land has been more than minimally improved, and that
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business must make investments
into the brownfield site to improve its safety and environmental
standards.
c. Clarification of the Term ``Vacant'' for Purposes of Applying the
Vacant Property Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS received multiple suggestions
to clarify the meaning of the term ``vacant''. One commenter suggested
that the definition of the term should be modified to add the phrase
``substantially unused or substantially vacant.'' For this purpose, the
commenter recommended that the term ``substantially vacant'' be defined
to require that greater than 70 percent of the square footage of the
subject building be unoccupied.
In addition, commenters suggested that the final regulations define
the term ``vacant'' in a manner similar to the term under Sec. 1.1394-
1(h). Accordingly, these commenters requested that the final
regulations include a provision disregarding de minimis, incidental
uses of property. See Sec. 1.1394-1(h) (providing that ``de minimis
incidental uses of property, such as renting the side of a building for
a billboard, are disregarded''). Another commenter suggested that the
definition of ``vacant'' be revised to allow for clearly delineated
portions of a larger property to be treated as vacant after five years
of uninterrupted vacancy, even if the rest of the larger property had
not been unoccupied.
One commenter also suggested that property that had involuntarily
transferred to local government control be included in the definition
of the term ``vacant.'' This commenter emphasized that local
governments often acquire brownfield sites and other blighted
properties through tax delinquency, abandonment, bankruptcy, and other
similar events. As a result, many local governments hold large
inventories of vacant properties with varying histories of use. The
commenter contended that a bright-line treatment of such properties as
``vacant'' for purposes of the original use requirement will eliminate
burdens regarding the determination of historical use and, importantly,
expedite capital investment in properties located in distressed
communities.
Several commenters suggested that the final regulations set forth a
vacancy definition that relies upon vacant property determinations
carried out by Federal, state, and local governmental authorities
(including, for example, a local government waiver process to
demonstrate vacancy). Commenters also suggested that a vacancy
definition similarly could rely upon vacant property determinations by
public utilities. In addition, some commenters contended that a vacancy
definition should take into account a spectrum of factors, including
the structure of the subject property and the length of time during
which the property's structure had been significantly damaged or
otherwise decrepit.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that the final
regulations should provide a definition for the term ``vacant'' for
purposes of Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1. Under the final regulations, real
property, including land and buildings, is considered to be in a state
of vacancy if the property is ``significantly unused.'' A building or
land will be considered to be ``significantly unused'' under the final
regulations if more than 80 percent of the building or land, as
measured by the square footage of useable space, is not being used.
In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate that a
bright-line test for ``vacancy'' would facilitate the ability for local
governments to increase capital investment in underused property and
increase economic activity in their respective communities. As a
result, the final regulations provide that an eligible entity that
purchases real property from a local government that the local
government holds as the result of an involuntary transfer (including
through abandonment, bankruptcy, foreclosure, or receivership) may
treat all property composing the real property (including the land and
structures thereon) as satisfying the original use requirement of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
d. Requests To Require All Vacant Buildings To Be Substantially
Improved
Multiple commenters recommended that the final regulations provide
that no building, regardless of occupancy, be treated as satisfying the
original use requirement. One commenter also suggested that the final
regulations (i) require all vacant buildings to be substantially
improved, and (ii) not permit such buildings to be treated as
originally used in a QOZ by a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business. The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the
commenters' recommendations and suggestions, and agree that the
improvement of all buildings acquired by a QOF or qualified opportunity
zone businesses would significantly benefit the QOZs in which such
buildings are located. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that, by permitting certain buildings to satisfy the
original use requirement, the final regulations will encourage a larger
aggregate amount of long-term investments in economically distressed
communities nationwide.
I. Substantial Improvement of Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Property
1. Consideration of Asset-by-Asset Approach and Alternative Approaches
In the May 2019 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and
the IRS requested comments regarding the relative strengths and
weakness of determining ``substantial improvement'' based on an asset-
by-asset approach, as compared to asset aggregation and similar
approaches. See 84 FR 18655
[[Page 1912]]
(May 1, 2019). Taxpayers and practitioners have provided numerous
responses, several of which articulated examples of difficulty in
applying an asset-by-asset approach--particularly within the context of
building renovation.
Many of these commenters requested that the final regulations adopt
an aggregate approach to determining ``substantial improvement,'' or
otherwise permit taxpayers to elect such an approach. Similarly, other
commenters requested that the final regulations permit asset
aggregation based on (i) asset location within a QOZ, or (ii) whether
the assets were acquired as part of the same transaction or business
decision. In contrast, a commenter suggested that the final regulations
adopt an approach similar to the ``integrated unit approach'' of Sec.
1.1250-1(a)(2)(ii). See Sec. 1.1250-1(a)(2)(ii) (providing for example
that, ``if two or more buildings or structures on a single tract or
parcel (or contiguous tracts or parcels) of land are operated as an
integrated unit (as evidenced by their actual operation, management,
financing, and accounting), they may be treated as a single item of
section 1250 property'').
The Treasury Department and the IRS also received several
recommendations to retain the asset-by-asset approach set forth in the
May 2019 proposed regulations. Commenters that made these suggestions
generally argued that ``substantially all'' determinations based on an
asset aggregation approach would encourage businesses to target
investments narrowly in rigidly defined areas, thereby preventing a
broader disbursement of capital investment. Such commenters also
emphasized that, by requiring the basis of each discrete asset to be
doubled in value, the proposed regulations will ensure a minimum level
of investment for each qualified asset. Because the asset-by-asset
approach of the May 2019 proposed regulations prohibits a taxpayer from
using any excess capital investment in a qualified asset to satisfy the
``doubling of basis'' requirement for a different asset, commenters
noted that the total capital investments by a taxpayer often will
exceed a doubling of the aggregate basis of all of the taxpayer's
qualified assets.
Based on the strengths and weaknesses of each of these various
approaches, the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that
permitting asset aggregation to a limited extent is appropriate for
carrying out ``substantial improvement'' determinations. Accordingly,
for example, the final regulations set forth an asset aggregation
approach for determining whether a non-original use asset (such as a
preexisting building) has been substantially improved. Under the
approach adopted by the final regulations, QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses can take into account purchased original
use assets that otherwise would qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property if the purchased assets (i) are used in the same
trade or business in the QOZ (or a contiguous QOZ) for which the non-
original use asset is used, and (ii) improve the functionality of the
non-original use assets in the same QOZ (or a contiguous QOZ). In the
case of purchased non-original use real property, the final regulations
require that the purchased property must be improved by more than an
insubstantial amount. Finally, if an eligible entity chooses to use
this approach, the purchased property will not be treated as original
use property, and instead, the basis of that purchased property will be
taken into account in determining whether the additions to the basis of
the non-original use property satisfy the requirements of sections
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii).
For example, if a QOF purchases and intends to substantially
improve a hotel, the QOF may include ``original use'' purchased assets
in the basis of the purchased hotel to meet the substantial improvement
requirement if those purchased assets are integrally linked to the
functionality of the hotel business. These ``original use'' purchased
assets could include mattresses, linens, furniture, electronic
equipment, or any other tangible property. However, for purposes of the
substantial improvement requirement, the QOF may not include in the
basis of that hotel an apartment building purchased by the QOF that is
operated in a trade or business separate from the hotel business.
2. Aggregation of Certain Buildings To Be Treated as Single Property
The final regulations also provide that, for purposes of applying
the substantial improvement requirement, certain buildings can be
aggregated and treated as a single item of property, as that term is
used in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii) (single property). Specifically,
with respect to two or more buildings located within a QOZ or a single
series of contiguous QOZs (eligible building group) that are treated as
a single property, the amount of basis required to be added to those
buildings will equal the total amount of basis calculated by adding the
basis of each such building comprising the single property and
additions to the basis of each building comprising the single property
are aggregated to determine satisfaction of the substantial improvement
requirement.
To clarify which buildings may be treated as a single property, the
final regulations address eligible building groups located entirely
within a parcel of land described in a single deed, as well as groups
spanning contiguous parcels of land described in separate deeds. First,
a QOF or QOZ business may treat all buildings that compose an eligible
building group and that are located entirely within the geographic
borders of a parcel of land described in a single deed as a single
property. In addition, a QOF or QOZ business may treat all buildings
composing an eligible building group that are located entirely within
the geographic borders of contiguous parcels of land described in
separate deeds as a single property to the extent each building is
operated as part of one or more trades or businesses that meet the
following three requirements: (1) The buildings must be operated
exclusively by the QOF or by the qualified opportunity zone business;
(2) the buildings must share facilities or share significant
centralized business elements, such as personnel, accounting, legal,
manufacturing, purchasing, human resources, or information technology
resources; and (3) the buildings must be operated in coordination with,
or reliance upon, one or more of the trades or businesses (for example,
supply chain interdependencies or mixed-use facilities).
3. Inclusion of Substantial Improvement Requirement on Form 8996
A commenter recommended that the Form 8996 be revised to
incorporate the substantial improvement requirement. The Treasury
Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's suggestion and will
consider this recommendation during the annual review of Form 8996.
4. Items Includable in Basis of Property for Substantial Improvement
Requirement
The Treasury Department and the IRS received multiple comments
requesting that the final regulations clarify what items are includable
in a property's basis for purposes of the substantial improvement
requirement. These commenters emphasized that, while section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) requires a QOF or a qualified opportunity zone business
to make additions to the basis of a subject property that exceed an
amount equal to the initial adjusted basis of that property within a
30-month
[[Page 1913]]
period, the statute does not specify what items are properly includable
in that basis. Several of the commenters recommended safe harbors and
other simplifying rules to limit complexity and increase taxpayer
certainty regarding the application of the substantial improvement
requirement.
a. Consideration of Safe Harbor for ``Value Add'' Real Estate Projects
One commenter recommended that the final regulations include a safe
harbor for ``value-add'' real estate projects, which ordinarily entail
significant renovation or redevelopment of a real property to
significantly increase the price-point of the property. The commenter
asserted that a property renovated through a value-add project should
be treated as automatically satisfying the substantial improvement
requirement due to the significant magnitude of the project. The
commenter reasoned that, because a value-add project results in a
transformative modification to the QOZ property, the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business should be relieved from undertaking a
granular analysis and confirmation of project costs for purposes of
satisfying the substantial improvement requirement. The commenter also
requested that the final regulations express a general policy that the
IRS will not challenge a decision by a QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business to capitalize expenses into basis.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge that the
commenter's recommendation would facilitate the conduct of value-add
projects in QOZs. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
concluded that value-add projects are similar to other types of
property renovation projects for which no special safe harbor is
provided. As a result, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that no special safe harbor is warranted for value-add
projects in QOZs, and the final regulations do not incorporate the
commenter's recommendation.
b. Clarification Regarding Property Previously Placed in Service
A commenter requested that the final regulations confirm that
additions to basis of property for purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement do not include property previously placed in
service. Under section 1400Z-2, and as reflected in the proposed
regulations, property already placed in service can meet the
substantial improvement requirement if the property was not placed in
service by the QOF. Therefore, the final regulations do not adopt the
commenter's request.
c. Calculation of Basis by Reference to Pre-Depreciation Adjusted Cost
Basis
A commenter requested that, for purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement, the final regulations permit a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business to calculate the basis of the
subject property by reference to the property's pre-depreciation
adjusted cost basis. Similarly, another commenter suggested that the
term ``adjusted basis'' be defined as cost under section 1012. In
addition, a commenter requested that the final regulations confirm that
depreciation is not taken into account in determining if a property
satisfies the substantial improvement requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS disagree with the suggestion
that, for determining compliance with the substantial improvement
requirement, taxpayers must use section 1012 cost basis for determining
the adjusted basis of the property. Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii)
provides that adjusted basis, not cost basis under section 1012, is the
appropriate standard to determine if property has been substantially
improved during the 30-month substantial improvement period. Therefore,
the final regulations provide that, property has been substantially
improved when the additions to basis of the property in the hands of
the QOF exceed an amount equal to the adjusted basis of such property
at the beginning of such 30-month substantial improvement period in the
hands of the QOF. The basis, and any additions thereto, are measured on
the testing dates set forth in section 1400Z-2(d)(1). See part V.O.1.d
of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
d. Effect of Certain Improvements on Requirements for Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments regarding the
effect of certain improvements on the qualification of tangible
property as qualified opportunity zone business property. For example,
a commenter suggested that QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses should be permitted to treat tangible property purchased
before December 31, 2017 as qualified opportunity zone business
property if the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
substantially improves the tangible property after that date. In
addition, several commenters requested that the final regulations
provide that costs resulting from the creation of intangibles, as well
as other research and development costs, count for purposes of
satisfying the Substantial Improvement Requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the text
of section 1400Z-2 does not permit adoption of these suggestions.
First, section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires that tangible property
be acquired after December 31, 2017 to qualify as qualified opportunity
zone business property. In addition, section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II)
requires that substantially improved property must be tangible property
based on the reference in that provision to section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i). Accordingly, the final regulations do not incorporate
the commenters' recommendations.
5. Clarification of Activities and Expenses That Count as Substantial
Improvements
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
requesting clarification as to whether certain activities and expenses
count as substantial improvements for purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement. In particular, commenters requested
clarification as to whether ``substantial improvements'' to property
include (i) equipment installed in a building and used in a trade or
business, (ii) demolition costs, (iii) reasonable capitalized fees for
development, (iv) required permits, (v) necessary infrastructure, (vi)
brownfield site assessment and remediation, (vii) professional fees,
and (viii) necessary site preparation costs (including remediation and
utility upgrades). These commenters also requested that the final
regulations provide additional rules to address the applicability of
these items with regard to the substantial improvement requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the text of section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii) provides that any cost added to the basis of a
property improved during the 30-month improvement period will be
included in determining satisfaction of the substantial improvement
requirement. As a result, each activity or expense described by the
commenter will be included in such determination if the cost adds to
the basis of the subject property. In addition, the Treasury Department
and the IRS agree that certain expenses with regard to tangible
property (such as ``betterment'' expenses under Sec. 1.263(a)-
3(j)(1)(i)) are included in the calculation of basis of that property
for purposes of the substantial improvement requirement, even if those
expenses are properly chargeable under the Code to the basis
[[Page 1914]]
of the land on which the property is located (which does not need to be
doubled). As a result, the final regulations permit all capitalized
costs with respect to the cost of residential rental property to be
taken into account for determining satisfaction of the substantial
improvement requirement.
6. Requests for Extensions and Safe Harbors Regarding 30-Month
Substantial Improvement Period
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
regarding the 30-month substantial improvement period set forth in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), which provides the period during which a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone business can improve acquired
tangible property to satisfy the substantial improvement requirement.
In particular, many commenters recommended that the final regulations
extend this period to a period not exceeding 60 months in the event
that (i) the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business encounters a
delay not within the entity's control, (ii) the land on which the
property rests requires significant preparation or remediation, or
(iii) the scale of the project appropriately requires such extended
period. Another commenter suggested that the final regulations provide
a phase-based safe harbor, similar to that set forth in Sec. 1.148-
7(e)(1), that would allow a taxpayer to satisfy the substantial
improvement requirement if the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business expended (i) at least 10 percent of the total invested funds
within 8 months, (ii) at least 50 percent of the total funds within 16
months, (iii) at least 75 percent of the total funds within 24 months,
and (iv) 100 percent of the total funds within 30 months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the commenters'
suggestions conflict with the statutory text of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii). That provision explicitly requires that (i)
improvements be made to tangible property during the 30-month period
beginning after the date of acquisition of such property, and (ii) the
measurement for ``substantial improvement'' be based on additions to
the basis of the subject tangible property, rather than the percentage
of expended funds. As a result, the final regulations do not adopt the
commenters' recommended extensions or safe harbors.
7. Safe Harbor for 90-Percent Investment Standard During 30-Month
Substantial Improvement Period
One commenter suggested that a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business should be deemed to have met the 90-percent investment
standard throughout the 30-month substantial improvement period. The
Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's
recommendation and have revised the final regulations to address, in
large part, the commenter's concern. The final regulations provide
that, during the 30-month substantial improvement period, eligible
tangible property in the process of being improved but not yet placed
into service or used in the trade or business of the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business is treated as satisfying the original use
requirement and substantial improvement requirement. For property to be
eligible for this safe harbor, there must be a reasonable expectation
that, not later than the conclusion of the 30-month substantial
improvement period, the property will be used in a QOZ as part of the
trade or business of the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business, as
appropriate. The Treasury Department and the IRS, however, note that a
QOF's satisfaction of the 90-percent investment standard will be
measured with regard to all of the QOF's qualified opportunity zone
property, not just the property being substantially improved.
8. Clarification Regarding Interaction With Substantial Rehabilitation
Rules
The Treasury Department and the IRS received a request that the
final regulations clarify the interaction between the substantial
improvement requirement and the substantial rehabilitation rules under
section 42. See section 42(e)(3) (setting forth a minimum expenditure
threshold that must be satisfied for rehabilitation expenditures to be
considered sufficient to constitute a rehabilitation project eligible
for a section 42 credit). The commenter recommended that, with regard
to projects carried out in conjunction with section 42 credits, the 30-
month substantial improvement period should be subject to the rules for
substantial rehabilitation under section 42(e). The Treasury Department
and the IRS continue to consider the interaction of rules governing
other tax incentives (including credits) with section 1400Z-2 and the
regulations under section 1400Z-2. As a result, the final regulations
do not incorporate the commenter's request.
9. Qualification of Land Used for Agriculture or Renewable Energy
The Treasury Department and the IRS received multiple comments
regarding the qualification of land used for agriculture or renewable
energy as qualified opportunity zone business property. To ease
difficulties in determining qualification, one commenter suggested that
the final regulations include an option to permit the use of specific
metrics to calculate the increase of economic activity on unimproved
land used for agriculture (for example, specific metrics to calculate
increased economic activity that arises from a conversion of
agricultural property from pasture to row crops). The commenter stated
that such clarification would be useful for farmers. Another commenter
recommended that the final regulations treat land used in agricultural
activities the same as other tangible business property. Similarly, a
commenter requested that the final regulations provide a safe harbor to
alleviate difficulties in determining satisfaction of the substantial
improvement requirement with regard to farming and biofuel businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge that complex and
fact-specific questions can arise when applying qualified opportunity
zone business requirements to agricultural and renewable energy
businesses. However, such complexities result in large part from the
flexibility that the Treasury Department and the IRS intended to
instill in those requirements to facilitate the inclusion of diverse
ranges of businesses in QOZs. To preserve that flexibility, and reduce
additional complexity that would result from business-specific rules
and exceptions, the final regulations do not incorporate the
commenters' suggestions.
10. Application of Substantial Improvement Requirement to Land and
Buildings Located Thereon
As provided in Rev. Rul. 2018-29, 2018 I.R.B 45, and the May 2019
proposed regulations, if land that is within a QOZ is acquired by
purchase in accordance with section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I), the
requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) that the original use
of tangible property in the QOZ commence with a QOF is not applicable
to the land, whether the land is improved or unimproved. See proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(8)(ii)(B), (d)(4)(ii)(B). Likewise, unimproved
land located within a QOZ and acquired by purchase in accordance with
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) is not required to be substantially
improved within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and
(d)(2)(D)(ii). The May 2019 proposed regulations, however, provided
that a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business may not rely on these
rules if the land is unimproved or minimally improved
[[Page 1915]]
and the QOF or the qualified opportunity zone business purchases the
land with an expectation, an intention, or a view not to improve the
land by more than an insubstantial amount within 30 months after the
date of purchase (insubstantial improvement exception). See proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(f).
a. General Applicability of Substantial Improvement Requirement to Land
The Treasury Department and the IRS received numerous comments
regarding the proposed application of the substantial improvement
requirement to land. While commenters expressed general approval
regarding this proposed approach, several commenters disagreed or
otherwise suggested revisions or clarifications. For example, multiple
commenters requested that the final regulations clarify that unimproved
land is treated as qualified opportunity zone business property.
Another commenter requested clarification as to whether land held in
conjunction with substantially improved property could be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business property even if the land was not
acquired through a capital contribution or substantially improved. With
regard to these requests for clarification, the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that land does not need to meet the original use
requirement or the substantial improvement requirement to be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business property. However, land must meet
all other relevant requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations.
In addition, commenters recommended that the final regulations
subject unimproved land to the substantial improvement requirement to
ensure that the land will be used productively to encourage economic
growth in the QOZ in which it is located. The Treasury Department and
the IRS acknowledge the commenters' recommendations and agree that an
integral policy of section 1400Z-2 is to encourage the making of
longer-term investments of new capital into QOZs to enhance economic
growth and development. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS
continue to appreciate that ``land is a crucial business asset for
numerous types of operating trades or businesses aside from real estate
development, and the degree to which it is necessary or useful for
taxpayers seeking to grow their businesses to improve the land that
their businesses depend on will vary greatly by region, industry, and
particular business.'' 84 FR 18652, 18655 (May 1, 2019). Therefore, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that the imposition of a
substantial improvement requirement on all types of trades or
businesses for land used in such trades or businesses ``may encourage
noneconomic, tax-motivated business decisions, or otherwise effectively
prevent many businesses from benefitting under the opportunity zone
provisions'' and ``would inject a significant degree of additional
complexity'' into the final regulations. Id.
b. Eligibility of Naturally Occurring Structures for Substantial
Improvement
A commenter requested that the final regulations clarify that
naturally occurring structures are eligible for substantial improvement
(including any preservation expenses incurred). The commenter contended
that the substantial improvement requirement should be determined based
on the aggregate expenditure made to improve such natural structures.
In addition, the commenter requested that, with regard to trades or
businesses in which the value of the land substantially exceeds any
building thereon, the rationale of Rev. Rul. 2018-29 should apply
without regard to the value of buildings constructed on the land
relative to the value of the land (i) provided that the buildings were
substantially improved, and (ii) taking into account improvements to
natural structures on the land. The commenter also noted that
``naturally occurring structures'' should include vegetation (including
trees and other plants) and water sources (including ponds and
wetlands).
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's
request for clarity, but note that the proposed regulations did not
subject land to the substantial improvement requirement. As provided in
the October 2018 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that ``an absence of a requirement to increase the
basis of land itself would address many of the comments that taxpayers
have made regarding the need to facilitate repurposing vacant or
otherwise unutilized land.'' 83 FR 54279 (October 29, 2018). However,
the Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter that
expenditures to improve land and any naturally occurring structures
located thereon can be taken into account for purposes of the
requirement that land be improved by more than an insubstantial amount
under the final regulations.
c. Application of Substantial Improvement Requirement to Land Expected
To Be Only Insubstantially Improved
As described previously, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(f) prohibits
a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business, in certain instances,
from relying on rules that except land from the substantial improvement
requirement. Specifically, such exception does not apply if (i) the
subject land is unimproved or minimally improved, and (ii) the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business purchased the land with an
expectation not to improve the land by more than an insubstantial
amount (insubstantial improvement exception). See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(f). This rule helps ensure that the QOZ in which such
land is located receives an appropriate amount of capital investment
from QOF investors.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments and
recommendations regarding the proposed insubstantial improvement
exception. For example, one commenter recommended that the final
regulations adopt a two-part test, which would require that (i) the
subject land be used as a material income-producing factor in the
section 162 trade or business conducted by the purchaser, and (ii) the
use of the land be in a different trade or business than the use in the
hands of the seller, or the purchaser make more than insubstantial
improvements to the land. Another commenter requested clarification
that the insubstantial improvement exception be revised to permit
improvements to be completed after the 30-month substantial improvement
period. In addition, a commenter requested that the final regulations
provide that capital investments of at least 20 percent of the total
cost basis of the subject land made within a 30-month period beginning
on the acquisition date be deemed to have improved the land by more
than an insubstantial amount.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge that the
commenters' recommendations would provide additional flexibility for
investors that acquire unimproved land located within a QOZ. However,
the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
commenters' suggested rules likely would reduce overall capital
investments in low-income communities by either (i) introducing
significant additional complexity into the final regulations, or (ii)
relaxing the timing requirements for capital investment for an
inappropriate duration. As a result, the final
[[Page 1916]]
regulations do not adopt the commenters' recommendations.
Commenters also recommended that the final regulations limit the
application of the insubstantial improvement exception solely to land
the value of which is small in relation to the value of the structures
on the land. One commenter argued that, with regard to a circumstance
in which the value of the subject land on which a structure is located
significantly exceeds the value of the structure, substantially
improving only the structure should not be considered a genuine
economic investment in the real property as an aggregate. Similarly,
multiple commenters requested that the final regulations provide
additional detail for determining the amount of capital improvement
necessary to exceed an ``insubstantial amount'', including percentage
thresholds that would provide a clear amount that needs to be improved.
Such threshold amounts ranged from 20 percent to 33 percent.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the logic of
comparing the value of the land to the value of any structures on the
land when considering the proposed insubstantial improvement exception
for land. However, a rule that makes a distinction between high-value
land and low-value land properties would disadvantage investors who
planned to make investments in QOZs with higher land value relative to
the existing structures on that land. A disproportionate relationship
between land value and structure value may exist for a variety of
reasons, many of which do not warrant separate treatment. Moreover, a
rule that includes the basis of land in the substantial improvement
calculation could make development prohibitively expensive for some
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not distinguish between real property with high or low
value land in relation to the structures built upon that land in the
application of the exception to substantial improvement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses should improve land by
more than an insubstantial amount. The Treasury Department and the IRS,
however, decline to assign a specific percentage threshold to the
concept of insubstantial improvement because an appropriate amount of
improvement for a particular parcel of land is a highly fact dependent
inquiry. Instead, the Treasury Department and the IRS will regard
improvements to the land, such as an irrigation system for a farming
business or grading of the land with a sufficient nexus to a trade or
business of the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business, as more
than an insubstantial amount of improvement. Further, the Treasury
Department and the IRS view this requirement that land be more than
insubstantially improved as clarifying the overall requirement that
land be qualified opportunity zone business property. Thus, the
proposed rule concerning the qualification of land as qualified
opportunity zone business property is moved from Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(f)
to the special rules concerning land and improvements on land in Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-2(b)(4)(iv)(C).
d. Severability of Land From Buildings for Purposes of Applying the
Substantial Improvement Requirement
A commenter requested that land on which an existing building is
located, and which is not substantially improved, be severable from the
existing building for purposes of applying the substantial improvement
requirement. Specifically, the commenter recommended that such land
should be treated as qualified opportunity zone business property, if
(i) the QOF or the qualified opportunity zone business uses or improves
the land as part of its trade or business, and (ii) the land otherwise
meets the tests for being qualified opportunity zone business property.
However, as noted above, the proposed regulations did not subject
land to the substantial improvement requirement. Instead, the land to
which the commenter refers would qualify as qualified opportunity zone
business property if all other requirements set forth in section 1400Z-
2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations are satisfied (including the
insubstantial improvement exception). For these reasons, as well as the
rationale for the insubstantial improvement exception described in part
V.J.10.c of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, the
final regulations do not adopt the commenter's recommendation.
11. Speculative Land Purchasing
Several commenters requested that the final regulations provide
more stringent rules to prevent the acquisition of land for speculative
investment, as well as increased substantial improvement standards with
regard to land. These commenters also requested that the final
regulations clarify that land does not need to be improved more than an
insubstantial amount if (i) the use of the land is integral to the
business, and (ii) the land is reasonably expected to generate economic
activity that was not reasonably expected prior to its purchase. Other
commenters requested that land have a minimum level of improvement to
be considered qualified opportunity zone business property. One
commenter suggested that land should be improved by 33 percent of its
basis. Another suggested that land that is not improved should not
count as qualified opportunity zone business property if the value of
the land does not exceed a certain threshold percentage of the QOF's
assets.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
concerns regarding speculative land purchasing. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that a bright-line standard
would be inappropriately restrictive because the determination of
whether such land would qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property would require consideration of all relevant facts and
circumstances. See additional discussion at VII.B of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions. Accordingly, the final
regulations do not adopt additional rules for speculative land
purchasing.
J. Transactions Between Qualified Opportunity Zone Businesses
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(10)(i)(A) generally provided that
the acquisition of a QOF corporation's assets in a qualifying section
381 transaction is not an inclusion event if the acquiring corporation
is a QOF within a prescribed period of time after the acquisition. See
parts III.C and III.D of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions. In turn, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1) and (2) provided
that the holding period for the target QOF stock is ``tacked'' onto the
holding period of the acquiring QOF stock, and any qualified
opportunity zone property transferred by the transferor QOF to the
acquiring QOF in the transaction does not lose its status as qualified
opportunity zone property solely as a result of the transfer. In
addition, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(C) provided that a
merger or consolidation of a partnership holding a qualifying
investment, or of a partnership that holds an interest in such
partnership solely through one or more partnerships, with another
partnership in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is
not an inclusion event, to the extent section 721 applies. See part
III.E.1.b of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
As one commenter observed, however, the proposed regulations did
not expressly address the merger of a qualified opportunity zone
business
[[Page 1917]]
corporation with another qualified opportunity zone business
corporation, or the merger of a qualified opportunity zone business
partnership with another qualified opportunity zone business
partnership. Thus, it is unclear whether the successor business would
be treated as succeeding to the target business's original use of, and
substantial improvements to, qualified opportunity zone business
property for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D), and whether the
QOF's stock or partnership interest in the successor business would be
treated as acquired ``solely in exchange for cash'' for purposes of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B) and (C). The commenter recommended that, after
a merger of qualified opportunity zone businesses, the original use and
substantial improvement status of the target's property should
continue, and the QOF's interest in the successor business should be
considered to have been acquired solely in exchange for cash. Another
commenter recommended more generally that, when QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses transact in qualified assets among
themselves, those assets should retain their status as qualified
assets, and the transferee QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
should be afforded a new working capital safe harbor of up to 31 months
to the extent the transferee intends to inject additional capital with
respect to the transferred property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that, if a qualified
opportunity zone business that is a corporation engages in a
transaction described in section 381(a)(2) with another qualified
opportunity zone business, or if a qualified opportunity zone business
that is a partnership engages in a transaction described in section
708(b)(2)(A) with another qualified opportunity zone business, the
original use and substantial improvement status of the transferor
business's property should continue, and the QOF's interest in the
successor business should be considered to have been acquired solely in
exchange for cash. The final regulations have been modified
accordingly. See Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z and 1.1504-3 for special rules
applicable to consolidated groups.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS do not agree that a
successor qualified opportunity zone business or a successor QOF should
be afforded a new 31-month working capital safe harbor because such a
rule would be patently inconsistent with treating the entity as a
``successor'' for other purposes, such as original use. The Treasury
Department and the IRS also do not agree that a qualified asset should
retain its status as such if it is transferred from one QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business to another QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business in a transaction not described in section
381(a)(2) or section 708(b)(2)(A) because the transferee in such
transactions is not a ``successor'' to the transferor.
K. Operation of Section 1397C Requirements Incorporated by Reference
1. 50-Percent Gross Income Requirement
Section 1397C(b) sets forth eight requirements that a corporation
or partnership must satisfy to qualify as a ``qualified business
entity'' and therefore an ``enterprise zone business.'' Section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A), which describes the requirements that a trade or business
must satisfy to qualify as a ``qualified opportunity zone business,''
incorporates paragraphs (2), (4), and (8) of section 1397C(b)(2). See
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii). With regard to gross income, section
1397C(b)(2) requires that ``at least 50 percent of the total gross
income of such entity is derived from the active conduct of such
business.''
The Treasury Department and the IRS interpret section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii)'s incorporation of section 1397C(b)(2) to require that a
corporation or partnership, in order to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business, must derive at least 50 percent of its total
gross income from the active conduct of a trade or business within
``a'' QOZ (50-percent gross income requirement). In response to
commenters' requests for clarification, the May 2019 proposed
regulations provided three safe harbors and a facts-and-circumstances
test for determining whether a trade or business in a QOZ has generated
sufficient income to satisfy the 50-percent gross income requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments regarding those
proposed safe harbors, including suggestions for additional safe
harbors and revisions to the proposed rules to prevent abuse.
a. Satisfaction of 50-Percent Gross Income Requirement Through
Activities in Multiple QOZs
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received comments
requesting clarification that a trade or business can satisfy the 50-
percent gross income requirement by aggregating activities carried out
by the trade or business in multiple QOZs. Specifically, commenters
emphasized that the proposed regulations, in numerous instances,
referenced a trade or business ``within the QOZ'' rather than ``within
a QOZ.'' These commenters asserted that the use of the word ``the''
could be interpreted as requiring that 50 percent of the total gross
income from a trade or business (as well as a startup business relying
on an applicable safe harbor) be derived from activities carried out
solely within a single QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS did not interpret the 50-
percent gross income requirement as requiring a trade or business to
carry out all activities necessary to satisfy the requirement in only
one QOZ. Give the purpose of section 1400Z-2 to encourage economic
growth in all QOZs, the Treasury Department and the IRS intended
taxpayers and practitioners to apply the 50-percent gross income
requirement by aggregating all activities of a trade or business
carried out among all QOZs in which the trade or business operates. As
a result, the final regulations have been revised to clarify that
intended interpretation.
b. Requirement That Activities of Trade or Business Be Carried Out in a
QOZ
The Treasury Department and the IRS also received comments
suggesting that the 50-percent gross income requirement does not
require a qualified opportunity zone business to generate 50 percent of
its total gross income from the active conduct of its business ``in a
qualified opportunity zone.'' As stated in the preamble of the May 2019
proposed regulations, the phrase ``such business'' in section
1397C(b)(2) refers to a business mentioned in the preceding sentence,
which discusses ``a qualified business within an empowerment zone.''
See 84 FR 18652, 18658 (May 1, 2019). In applying section 1397C to
section 1400Z-2, references in section 1397C to ``an empowerment zone''
are treated as referring to a QOZ. See id. Therefore, the final
regulations do not adopt this comment, but rather provide that the
corporation or partnership must derive at least 50 percent of its total
gross income from the active conduct of a business within a QOZ.
2. Services Performed in a QOZ Based on Hours and Amounts Paid for
Services
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided that, if at least 50
percent of the services performed for the trade or business are
performed in a QOZ, based on (i) total number of hours performed by
employees and independent contractors and employees of independent
contractors in a QOZ (hours performed test), or (ii) amounts paid to
employees and independent
[[Page 1918]]
contractors and employees of independent contractors in a QOZ (amounts
paid test), then the trade or business is deemed to satisfy the 50-
percent gross income requirement. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(d)(5)(i)(A) (setting forth the hours performed test), (d)(5)(i)(B)
(setting forth the amounts paid test). As provided in the preamble to
the May 2019 proposed regulations, the hours performed test is intended
to address businesses located in a QOZ that primarily provide services.
See 84 FR 18652, 18658 (May 1, 2019). In addition, the preamble
explained that the amounts paid test is based upon amounts paid by the
trade or business for services performed in the QOZ during the taxable
year by employees and independent contractors, and employees of
independent contractors. See id.
a. Calculations and Recordkeeping for Hours Performed and Amounts Paid
Tests
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments requesting
clarification on how to calculate and track ``hours worked'' and
``amounts paid'' for purposes of the hours performed test and the
amounts paid test. For example, some commenters highlighted
difficulties in distinguishing employees from independent contractors.
In particular, a commenter asked whether a trade or business is
required to include hours worked by, or payments made to, third-party
accountants, lawyers, or investment bankers in determining whether
those safe harbors have been met. Commenters also criticized the
inclusion of independent contractors and employees of independent
contractors, as unreasonable for the hours performed test and amounts
paid test because newer businesses, which may be unable to hire full
time employees, might not be able to require independent contractors to
work primarily in QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
requests and suggestions. With regard to determining satisfaction of
the hours performed test and amounts paid test, a majority of the
services performed (measured by hours worked or amounts paid) must be
provided by employees and independent contractors, and employees of
independent contractors, in a QOZ for the trade or business. These
calculations do not take into account hours worked by, or amounts paid
to, independent contractors and their employees for services that are
not performed for the qualified opportunity zone business.
With regard to recordkeeping, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that taxpayers and practitioners should be afforded
flexibility rather than be encumbered by rigid tracking requirements.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS expect qualified
opportunity zone businesses to maintain adequate records and implement
sound processes to track hours worked by and amounts paid to employees,
independent contractors, and employees of independent contractors for
purposes of the hours performed and amounts paid tests. Further, the
classification of an employee as opposed to an independent contractor
must be determined based upon all relevant facts and circumstances
under the applicable common law standard and all relevant provisions of
the Code and general principles of tax law.
b. Clarification Regarding Services Provided by Partners in a
Partnership
Commenters requested that the final regulations clarify that hours
worked by, and amounts paid to, partners in a partnership that provide
services to the partnership's trade or business count towards
satisfying the hours performed test and amounts paid test. In
particular, these commenters emphasized that such partners constitute
neither employees nor independent contractors of the subject trade or
business. As a result, the commenters noted that such hours worked, and
amounts paid, were not specifically covered by either safe harbor.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that hours worked by, and
amounts paid to, partners in a partnership for services provided to the
partnership's trade or business should be taken in account for the
hours performed and amounts paid tests. Therefore, the final
regulations adopt the commenter's suggestion. In order to ensure that
amounts paid to partners are for services provided to the trade or
business of the partnership, the final regulations provide that
guaranteed payments for services (within the meaning of section 707(c))
to a partner are the only amounts that will be taken into account for
the amounts paid test.
c. Clarification Regarding Services Provided by Partners in a
Partnership
Some commenters criticized the hours performed test and amounts
paid test based on the commenters' view that neither test is
sufficiently stringent. These commenters encouraged the Treasury
Department and the IRS to combine all three safe harbors into one
conjunctive, three-prong approach to provide a better measure of
overall business activity occurring within a QOZ. Commenters also
requested that the operative threshold be raised from 50 percent of
hours worked and amounts paid to 75 percent to ensure that the
residents of the QOZ sufficiently benefit from the economic activity
created by the QOF investments.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the policy concerns
underlying the commenters' recommendations. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that the hours performed test
and amounts paid test strike an appropriate balance between (i)
ensuring economic activity is created in a QOZ (that is, by requiring
that at least half of the services performed, determined by hours or
amounts paid, be performed in a QOZ), and (ii) providing operating
businesses with appropriate flexibility to expand and provide services
outside of a QOZ. Therefore, the final regulations do not adopt these
comments.
3. Clarification Regarding the Application of the Business Functions
Test
In addition to the hours performed test and the amounts paid test,
the May 2019 proposed regulations provided a ``business functions
test.'' Under that test, a trade or business satisfies the 50-percent
gross income requirement if each of (i) the tangible property of the
trade or business located in a QOZ, and (ii) the management or
operational functions performed in the QOZ, are necessary for the
generation of at least 50 percent of the gross income of the trade or
business (business functions test). See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(d)(5)(i)(C) (setting forth the business functions test). The May 2019
proposed regulations requested comments on the business functions test.
See 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019).
In response, the Treasury Department and the IRS received several
comments requesting that the final regulations clarify the application
of the business functions test. Many commenters emphasized that the
business functions test fails to provide clearly the manner by which to
determine when an asset generates income, as well as which managerial
and operational staff are necessary for the generation of income.
Commenters requested that the final regulations clarify (i) the meaning
of the term ``operational functions,'' and (ii) the method for tracing
income generated from tangible property and managerial or operational
functions in the QOZ. Also, a commenter highlighted that
[[Page 1919]]
administrative ``back office'' functions are necessary functions for
the generation of income, although administrative tasks may not be as
intrinsically related to the operation of the trade or business.
In addition, a commenter requested that the final regulations
provide additional guidance regarding mobile workforces and portable
assets. The commenter noted that the May 2019 proposed regulations set
forth an example involving a business with a mobile workforce and
portable assets that returned to the business' headquarters on a daily
basis, but the example does not address a situation in which the
tangible assets of the business are almost entirely located in a QOZ at
all times, but the business is operated by a workforce which may be
remote, mobile, or shared with other businesses. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(5)(i)(E)(1), 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019). The
commenter noted that the example does not clearly indicate whether an
employee's activities outside of a QOZ, even while performing key
operational roles inside of a QOZ, would cause their work not to be
treated as an ``operational function'' that is ``necessary'' for the
generation of the business' gross income. The commenter requested that
the final regulations describe what is meant by management or
operational functions and whether management functions, operational
functions, and the location of tangible property are similarly weighted
when applying the business functions test.
Commenters also noted that the business functions test could
encourage businesses to bring high-skilled, high-income workers into a
QOZ, but may not encourage businesses to create jobs for lower-skilled
residents of the QOZ. Commenters requested additional examples
describing what may or may not meet the business functions test,
particularly within the context of fixed assets that are managed or
operated by service providers, some of which are physically located
outside of a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
request for clarity regarding the application of the business functions
test. Based on comments received, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that the business functions test would present an
achievable and readily applicable safe harbor for businesses that are
headquartered in a QOZ and for which the bulk of business activity
occurs in a QOZ. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that businesses with unconventional management and
operational structures, as well as tangible property located both
inside and outside of a QOZ, would benefit from additional guidance.
For those difficult cases, the Treasury Department and the IRS continue
to study the commenters' request for clarification regarding the
business functions test and may consider providing additional rules and
examples through guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
L. Requirement To Use Substantial Portion of Intangible Property in a
Trade or Business
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3) provides that a qualified opportunity zone
trade or business must satisfy the intangible property requirement set
forth in section 1397C(b)(4). Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)'s incorporation of
section 1397C(b)(4) requires that, with respect to any taxable year, a
substantial portion of the intangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business must be used in the active conduct of a trade
or business within the QOZ (intangible property use test). However,
section 1397C does not provide a definition for the term ``substantial
portion.'' To provide additional certainty for determinations regarding
whether a substantial portion of intangible property is used in the
active conduct of a trade or business within a QOZ, the May 2019
proposed regulations provided that the term ``substantial portion''
means at least 40 percent of the intangible property of the qualified
opportunity zone business. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(5)(ii),
84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019).
1. Clarification Regarding Determinations of Location and ``Use'' of
Intangible Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments requesting
that the final regulations clarify the methods for determining the
location and ``use'' of intangible property. Commenters contended that
any uncertainty with regard to those determinations could discourage
qualified opportunity zone businesses from developing and using
intangible property. These commenters suggested that the Treasury
Department and the IRS should consider a number of relevant factors for
determining the location and use of intangible property, including (i)
where a business provides services or has customers, (ii) where the
business' tangible assets are located, (iii) how and where the business
is marketed, and (iv) the geographic scope of the legal rights to use
the intangible property.
One commenter suggested that, with regard to ``use,'' a
determination based on both gross revenue and the location in which
such revenue is earned would be appropriate. For example, the commenter
contended that an active trade or business that uses intangible
property both inside and outside a QOZ should undertake a comparison of
gross revenues derived inside the QOZ as well as outside the QOZ. Some
commenters suggested that the final regulations adopt a rule similar to
the safe harbors used for the 50-percent gross income test which would
be based on the location of a business' employees or tangible property
located within a QOZ. A commenter noted that a rule that ties ``use''
to tangible property or employees would help prevent abusive situations
and ensure that economic activity occurs within a QOZ.
Commenters also suggested methods for determining the situs of
intangible property. Commenters noted that, for state property law
purposes, the location of intangible property generally is treated as
the location at which the owner of that property is located. These
commenters asserted that such a determination might be difficult in
situations in which a business owner has locations both inside and
outside of a QOZ. For example, if a business has a management and
operations headquarters in a QOZ, and a technology research and
development facility located outside of a QOZ, commenters expressed
uncertainty regarding how to determine or measure the location of the
business' intangible property. Another commenter suggested that the
final regulations provide a rule or rebuttable presumption that
connects the situs of an intangible property to a tangible property
located within a QOZ if the portion of tangible property that is used
for a trade or business inside the QOZ corresponds to the portion of
intangible property deemed to be used inside the QOZ. This commenter
also noted that a rule providing that an intangible property's location
depends upon a tangible property's location could undercut the
requirement for substantial use of intangible property in the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
concerns regarding determinations of location and ``use'' of intangible
property for purposes of applying the intangible property use test. To
increase certainty in making such determinations, the final regulations
provide that intangible property of a qualified opportunity zone
business is used in the active conduct of a trade or business in a QOZ
if the following two requirements are
[[Page 1920]]
satisfied. First, the use of the intangible property must be normal,
usual, or customary in the conduct of the trade or business. In
addition, the intangible property must be used in the QOZ in the
performance of an activity of the trade or business that contributes to
the generation of gross income for the trade or business.
2. Consideration of 40-Percent Threshold for Use of Intangible Property
Commenters generally agreed with the 40-percent threshold for
defining the minimum level of use necessary to satisfy the section
1397C(b)(4) requirement that a substantial portion of intangible
property be used in a QOZ. However, some commenters asserted that the
threshold percentage should be increased to more effectively prevent
abuse. Commenters highlighted the potential for abusive transactions
involving intangible property, noting that intangible property is
highly mobile, may appreciate significantly in value, and is not
subject to the same restrictions that apply to tangible property under
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) (regarding qualified opportunity zone business
property). These commenters suggested that the final regulations apply
anti-abuse rules similar to those set forth in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)
to the use by a trade or businesses of intangible property.
The final regulations adopt the 40-percent threshold for
determining whether a ``substantial portion'' of the intangible
property of a qualified opportunity zone business is used in the trade
or business in a QOZ. After considering the concerns of commenters
regarding potential abuses involving intangible property, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that the 40-percent threshold
requires an appropriately substantial amount of intangible property to
be used in a QOZ. In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that a 40-percent threshold will provide appropriate
flexibility for trades and businesses to expand and operate outside of
a QOZ.
3. Clarification Regarding Reference to ``Such Business'' in Section
1397C(b)(4)
A commenter requested clarification regarding whether an
intellectual property holding company can be a qualified opportunity
zone business in light of section 1397C(d)(4), which excludes any trade
or business the activities of which consist predominantly of developing
or holding intangibles for sale or license. This commenter noted that
section 1397C(b)(4) provides the following condition: ``a substantial
portion of the intangible property of such entity is used in the active
conduct of any such business.'' The commenter requested that the final
regulations confirm whether the use of ``such business'' in section
1397(b)(4) incorporates the qualified business definition set forth in
section 1397C(d).
As provided in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the Treasury Department and the IRS addressed a similar question with
regard to section 1397C(b)(2), which provides that, in order to be a
``qualified business entity'' (in addition to other requirements found
in section 1397C(b)) with respect to any taxable year, a corporation or
partnership must derive at least 50 percent of its total gross income
``from the active conduct of such business.'' See 84 FR 18652, 18658
(May 1, 2019). As noted in that preamble, the phrase ``such business''
refers to a business mentioned in the preceding sentence, referring to
section 1397C(b)(1), which discusses ``a qualified business within an
empowerment zone.'' See id. The preamble goes on to state that for
purposes of applying section 1400Z-2, references in section 1397C to
``an empowerment zone'' are treated as meaning a qualified opportunity
zone. Therefore, section 1400Z-2 does not incorporate the concept of
``qualified business'' within an empowerment zone under section
1397C(d), but instead reads ``such business'' in section 1397C(b)(2)
and (4) to refer to ``a business within a qualified opportunity zone.''
As a result, the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that
the exception set forth in section 1397C(d)(4) has no application with
respect to the qualification of an intellectual property holding
company as a qualified opportunity zone business.
M. Limitation on Nonqualified Financial Property of Qualified
Opportunity Zone Business
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3) incorporates section 1397C(b)(8), which
limits the portion of the qualified opportunity zone business' assets
that may be held in nonqualified financial property (NQFP) to less than
five percent of the average of the aggregate unadjusted bases of the
property of the entity in a taxable year (five-percent NQFP
limitation). Section 1397C(e) defines the term ``nonqualified financial
property'' as debt, stock, partnership interests, options, futures
contracts, forward contracts, warrants, notional principal contracts,
annuities, and other similar properties. However, section 1397C(e)
excludes from that definition reasonable amounts of working capital
held in cash, cash equivalents, or debt instruments with a term of 18
months or less.
1. Consideration of Industry-Specific Revisions to Five-Percent NQFP
Limitation
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several
recommendations that the final regulations tailor the five-percent NQFP
limitation to provide flexibility for certain industries. For example,
several commenters expressed a general concern that ordinary-course
transactions in the real estate sector may be prohibited by the
definition of NQFP. One commenter noted that the definition of NQFP may
cover commonplace items such as leases with prepaid or front-loaded
rent that are treated in part as loans, prepaid expenses, prepaid
development fees, and options to acquire property. The commenter
requested that (i) the definition of NQFP provide exceptions for the
aforementioned items, and (ii) the five-percent NQFP limitation be
revised to exclude commonplace real estate transactions. For support,
the commenter asserted that the definition of NQFP creates a trap for
the unwary and that the five-percent NQFP limitation was not intended
to prevent qualified opportunity zone businesses from engaging in the
ordinary-course real estate transactions that develop QOZs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS also received comments
requesting similar revisions to the five-percent NQFP limitation to
accommodate other industries. For example, a commenter requested that
insurance company general account assets be excluded from the
definition of NQFP. The commenter emphasized that insurance companies
are required to invest a significant portion of their assets in
financial property to satisfy obligations to policy holders. By not
excluding insurance companies from the five-percent NQFP limitation,
the commenter reasoned that the section 1400Z-2 regulations would
prevent insurance companies from being qualified opportunity zone
businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the concerns raised
by the commenters. However, sections 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and
1397C(b)(8) provide a clear statutory definition of NQFP and an equally
clear limitation on the percentage of NQFP that a qualified opportunity
zone business may own. As a result, the final regulations do not adopt
the commenters' recommended
[[Page 1921]]
revisions to the five-percent NQFP limitation.
2. Consideration of Special Rules To Facilitate the Use of Tax-Exempt
Municipal Bonds
Several commenters stressed the importance of adequate
infrastructure for the economic development of a QOZ, and the critical
role of tax-exempt municipal bonds in the financing of infrastructure
projects. These commenters recommended that the final regulations
provide favorable treatment for municipal bonds used to finance new or
improve existing infrastructure projects located within a QOZ. In
particular, these commenters recommended that the final regulations
treat municipal bonds essentially as qualified opportunity zone
property in which a QOF would be eligible to invest. Further, these
commenters recommended that the final regulations treat municipal bonds
as property that would not be treated as NQFP in the hands of an entity
seeking to qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business. In support
of these recommendations, a commenter highlighted that two-thirds of
all domestic infrastructure projects are financed by municipal bonds.
This commenter reasoned that, if the final regulations were not to
remove municipal bonds from the definition of NQFP, infrastructure
developments that might otherwise occur would not be financed.
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize the significant need
for additional investment in public infrastructure in QOZs, and that
expanded debt and equity tax incentives could facilitate such increased
investment. In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS
acknowledge that municipal bonds provide an important source of
financing for infrastructure projects. However, section 1400Z-2(d) does
not contemplate direct investments in municipal bonds as qualifying
property for QOFs. Municipal bonds, which are intangible debt
instruments, cannot qualify under the statutory categories of qualified
opportunity zone property because municipal bonds are neither (i)
equity in a qualified opportunity zone business nor (ii) a tangible
asset that is qualified opportunity zone business property. A QOF could
make a direct equity investment in tangible property that meets the
definition of qualified opportunity zone business property, and the
property also may have municipal bond financing (for example, a private
water facility financed with tax-exempt private activity bonds under
section 142 of the Code). Further, if held by a qualified opportunity
zone business, municipal bonds generally constitute NQFP and can
qualify for the reasonable working capital safe harbor only in limited
circumstances in which the bonds have a term of 18 months or less. For
the foregoing reasons, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to
adopt the recommendations of these commenters regarding municipal bond
investments.
3. Consideration of Special Rules To Facilitate Tiered Entity
Structures
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
regarding the application of sections 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and
1397C(b)(4) to groups of related corporations and partnerships
structured to conduct integrated qualified opportunity zone businesses.
In particular, several commenters expressed concern that the text of
section 1397C(e) prohibits qualified opportunity zone businesses from
owning operating subsidiaries due to the inclusion of stock and
partnership interests in the statutory definition of NQFP. However, one
commenter contended that Congress clearly intended the statute only to
prevent qualified opportunity zone businesses from owning publicly
traded securities that are passive investments, rather than prevent the
ownership of operating subsidiaries. Accordingly, the commenter
recommended that the definition of NQFP be clarified to prohibit
actively traded personal property for purposes of Sec. 1.1092(d)-1,
but not equity interests in operating subsidiaries.
Similarly, other commenters requested that all requirements for a
qualified opportunity zone business under section 1400Z-2(d)(3)
(including the five-percent NQFP limitation) be applied to an entire
group that conducts an integrated business. These commenters asserted
that an entity-by-entity test would not be appropriate because such
integrated businesses often are organized by entity-specific functions
that, in the view of the commenters, would distort the intended
application of the five-percent NQFP limitation. For example, an
integrated business carried out by a holding corporation that owns all
of the equity interests in an operating subsidiary and a treasury
subsidiary might comply with the five-percent NQFP limitation if tested
in the aggregate, even though the treasury subsidiary, tested on its
own, would exceed that limitation.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that section 1400Z-
2(d)(3) should be applied in a manner that permits flexibility to
taxpayers in structuring and conducting qualified opportunity zone
businesses. However, with regard to the five-percent NQFP limitation,
sections 1397C(b)(8) and 1397C(e) clearly provide that (i) less than
five percent of the average of the aggregate unadjusted bases of the
property of the subject entity, rather than any group of related
entities, must be attributable to NQFP, and (ii) the definition of the
term ``nonqualified financial property'' includes stock and partnership
interests. As a result, the final regulations do not adopt a group-
based test for purposes of the five-percent NQFP limitation.
In addition, the final regulations do not adopt a group-based
approach for testing the remaining requirements for a qualified
opportunity zone business under section 1400Z-2(d)(3). The Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that an inconsistent application
of the requirements for qualified opportunity zone business
qualification would significantly increase the complexity of the final
regulations and create potential traps for unwary taxpayers. In
addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that these section
1400Z-2(d)(3) requirements (including the five-percent NQFP limitation)
can be applied on a group basis with regard to a qualified opportunity
zone business that owns interests in function-specific entities
disregarded as separate from their owner for Federal income tax
purposes.
N. Trade or Business of a Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
1. Significance of Trade or Business Concept in Section 1400Z-2
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i) and (d)(3)(A)(i) require that qualified
opportunity zone business property be tangible property used in the
trade or business of a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business.
Under section 1400Z-2(d), both QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses must meet ``substantially all'' property requirements. For
QOFs, at least 90 percent of the qualified entity's property must be
qualified opportunity zone property, which includes qualified
opportunity zone stock and qualified opportunity zone partnership
interests (that is, the 90-percent investment standard). For qualified
opportunity zone businesses, at least 70 percent of the qualified
entity's property must be qualified opportunity zone business property
(that is, the 70-percent tangible property standard). In addition,
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) imposes an additional requirement on
qualified opportunity zone businesses but not on QOFs. Under this
requirement, at least
[[Page 1922]]
50 percent of the total gross income of a qualified entity must be
derived from the active conduct of a trade or business within a QOZ
(that is, the 50-percent gross income requirement).
2. Proposed Definition Based on a ``Trade or Business'' Under Section
162
The October 2018 proposed regulations contained the term ``active
conduct of a trade or business'' in several provisions. See proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5). Following the publication of that proposal,
the Treasury Department and the IRS received comments asking whether
future guidance would define the phrase ``active conduct of a trade or
business'' for purposes of section 1400Z-2. Commenters also expressed
concern that the leasing of real property by a qualified opportunity
zone business may not amount to the active conduct of a trade or
business if the business has limited leasing activity.
With regard to the term ``trade or business,'' the May 2019
proposed regulations set forth a definition for QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses that referenced section 162 of the Code.
See 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019). See also Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(c)(4)(ii) (regarding QOFs); Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(2)(ii) (regarding
qualified opportunity zone businesses). Section 162(a) permits a
deduction for ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred in
carrying on a trade or business. Because neither the Code nor the
regulations define the meaning of a ``trade or business'' under section
162, courts have established requirements to determine the existence of
a trade or business. The Supreme Court has set forth a two-pronged
test, providing that, ``to be engaged in a trade or business, the
taxpayer must be involved in the activity with continuity and
regularity and that the taxpayer's primary purpose for engaging in the
activity must be for income or profit.'' Commissioner v. Groetzinger,
480 U.S. 23, 25 (1987). With respect to the requirement that the
activity must be engaged for income or profit, the Court has expressly
provided that section 162 qualification ``requires only an intent to
earn an economic profit.'' Portland Golf Club v. Commissioner, 497 U.S.
154, 164, 169 (1990) (citing Commissioner v. Groetzinger for the
Court's observation that it ``has ruled that a taxpayer's activities
fall within the scope of [section] 162 only if an intent to profit has
been shown'').
3. Application of Section 162 Trade or Business Standard to Start-Up
Businesses
While commenters agreed that section 162 provides an appropriate
standard for trade or business qualification under section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i) and (d)(3)(A)(i), many noted significant uncertainties in
applying the section 162 standard to a trade or business of a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business that does not expect to generate
profits immediately. In general, these commenters have noted that QOF
property used in a start-up business cannot qualify as qualified
opportunity zone property unless the start-up business that utilizes
such property qualifies as a section 162 trade or business. With regard
to QOFs that hold an equity interest in a newly formed partnership or
corporation organized for the purpose of being a qualified opportunity
zone business, commenters have questioned how section 162 would apply
if the partnership or corporation experiences a start-up phase of
significant duration. See section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(II) and
(d)(2)(C)(ii). With regard to qualified opportunity zone businesses,
commenters similarly have expressed uncertainty regarding the
qualification of a start-up business as a qualified opportunity zone
business if the start-up business has not yet matured to a trade or
business under section 162.
a. Comments Suggesting Safe Harbors for Start-Up Businesses
To provide certainty to current and potential investors of start-up
businesses in QOZs, commenters suggested a variety of safe harbors.
These suggestions included (1) a grace period for a QOF to use tangible
property in a trade or business to satisfy the 90-percent investment
standard, as well as (2) a provision similar to that under Sec. 1.45D-
1(d)(4)(iv) in the New Markets Tax Credit regulations that treats an
entity as engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business if, at
the time an investment is made, there is a reasonable belief that the
entity will generate revenues during the subsequent three-year period.
To support the addition of a safe harbor for start-ups, commenters
correctly noted that section 1400Z-2 contemplates the start-up phase of
a trade or business. Sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(II) and
(d)(2)(C)(ii), as discussed previously, reference newly formed
partnerships and corporations organized for the purpose of being a
qualified opportunity zone business. In addition, commenters
highlighted section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), which provides QOFs 30 months
to improve tangible property acquired for use in a QOF's trade or
business to meet the substantial improvement requirement.
b. Comments Requesting Clarifications and Simplifying Rules for Start-
Up Businesses
Commenters also requested that the final regulations provide a
number of clarifications or simplifying rules. For example, commenters
requested clarification on whether the conduct of a section 162 trade
or business must have begun by the conclusion of a working capital safe
harbor period in situations in which the plan underlying the
development of the trade or business contemplates the utilization of
multiple contributions to which a working capital safe harbor would
otherwise apply. Another commenter requested that the final regulations
include an example to clarify that the conduct of a trade or business
would be required only upon the conclusion of all working capital safe
harbors carried out as components of a single integrated plan.
Consistent with that request, commenters contended that many types of
business ventures, to achieve qualification as a section 162 trade or
business, require start-up periods in excess of a single 31-month
working capital safe harbor period.
With regard to simplifying rules, a commenter suggested that the
final regulations treat the development of a section 162 trade or
business as a qualifying section 162 trade or business, regardless of
whether the operations that constitute the trade or business have
actually begun. Other commenters requested clarification that the
ongoing development of real estate constitutes the active conduct of a
trade or business even if rent or other revenues are not yet being
collected. Similarly a commenter suggested that the final regulations
treat a QOF as engaged in a trade or business under section 162 even if
the subject business activity had generated no income. Another
commenter suggested that the ``active conduct'' requirements set forth
in paragraphs (2) and (4) of section 1397C(b) should not be treated as
applying to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
c. Creation of New 62-Month Working Capital Safe Harbor for Start-Up
Businesses
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
concerns and recommendations regarding the application of the section
162 trade or business standard to start-up businesses. To provide
taxpayers with
[[Page 1923]]
straightforward and responsive rules, the Treasury Department and the
IRS have created an additional 62-month safe harbor for start-up
businesses (62-month working capital safe harbor). Unlike the 31-month
working capital safe harbor, this start-up-focused safe harbor
addresses each qualified opportunity zone business requirement, other
than the ``sin business'' prohibition under section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(iii).
As set forth in the final regulations, the 62-month working capital
safe harbor provides that, during the maximum 62-month covered period,
(1) NQFP in excess of the five-percent NQFP limitation will not cause a
trade or business to fail to qualify as a qualified opportunity zone
business, and (2) gross income earned from the trade or business will
be counted towards satisfying the 50-percent gross income requirement
(each of clauses (1) and (2) function in a manner similar to the 31-
month working capital safe harbor). In addition, the 62-month working
capital safe harbor provides that, during the maximum 62-month covered
period, (i) tangible property purchased, leased, or improved by a
business with cash covered by a working capital safe harbor, pursuant
to the plan submitted with respect to that safe harbor, will count
towards satisfaction of the 70-percent tangible property standard, and
(ii) intangible property purchased or licensed with that cash, and
pursuant to that plan, likewise will count towards the satisfaction of
the 40-percent intangible property use test.
To qualify for a maximum 62-month safe harbor period, a start-up
business must receive multiple cash infusions during its start-up
phase. Specifically, under the 62-month working capital safe harbor, a
start-up business can qualify for a 31-month safe harbor period with
respect to the business' first cash infusion. Upon receipt of a
subsequent contribution of cash (subsequent cash infusion), the
business can both (i) extend the original 31-month safe harbor period
that covered the initial cash infusion, and (ii) receive safe-harbor
coverage for the subsequent cash contribution for a maximum 31-month
period, if the business satisfies the following two conditions. First,
the subsequent cash infusion must be independently covered by an
additional working capital safe harbor. Second, the working capital
safe harbor plan for the subsequent cash infusion must form an integral
part of the working capital safe harbor plan that covered the initial
cash infusion.
To ensure the proper application of the 62-month working capital
safe harbor, the final regulations also provide additional operating
rules. For example, the final regulations make clear that, regardless
of the number of subsequent cash infusions, the 62-month working
capital safe harbor cannot extend past the 62 month-period beginning on
the date of the first cash infusion covered by the safe harbor (for
example, a subsequent cash infusion received 60 months after the date
of the first cash infusion will be covered by the 62-month working
capital safe harbor for only two months). In addition, the 62-month
working capital safe harbor features a minimum investment threshold for
each subsequent cash infusion to ensure that a de minimis subsequent
infusion does not unlock a subsequent 31-month period for previously
covered tangible and intangible property. The final regulations also
provide that tangible property covered by the 62-month working capital
safe harbor plan is not considered qualified opportunity zone business
property for purposes of the special rule in section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(B).
4. Expansion of 30-Month Substantial Improvement Period
The October 2018 proposed regulations provided a 30-month
substantial improvement period of tangible property for purposes of
applying the substantial improvement requirement. Under that proposal,
tangible property is treated as substantially improved by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business only if, during any 30-month period
beginning after the date of acquisition of the property, additions to
the basis of the property in the hands of the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business exceed an amount equal to the adjusted basis
of the property at the beginning of the 30-month period in the hands of
the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(8) (setting forth the requirement with regard to
QOFs); proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(4) (setting forth the
requirement with regard to qualified opportunity zone businesses). The
May 2019 proposed regulations provided that the term trade or business
means a trade or business within the meaning of section 162, for both
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses, and requested comments
on whether additional clarification or guidance was needed.
Several commenters pointed out that the proposed regulations are
unclear regarding the treatment of tangible property during the 30-
month substantial improvement period for a QOF and a qualified
opportunity zone business that is not utilizing 31-month working
capital safe harbor. Commenters noted that the proposed regulations do
not clarify whether non-original use tangible property undergoing a
substantial improvement process will be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property during the 30-month substantial
improvement period. A commenter noted that just as startup businesses
have difficulty satisfying the ``used in a trade or business
requirement'' found in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i), a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business generally will not be able to use tangible
property in a section 162 trade or business during a 30-month
substantial improvement period.
Another commenter requested a new safe harbor for work in progress,
applicable to both QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses,
unrelated to the working capital safe harbor. The commenter noted that
some projects do not need working capital and that, without an
additional safe harbor, projects not utilizing the working capital safe
harbor would fail to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property during the 30-month substantial improvement period. The
commenter requested that assets held for work in progress be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business property for the 90-percent
investment standard found in section 1400Z-2(d)(1) (and the property be
treated as used in a trade or business) during the substantial
improvement period, if certain criteria are met.
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that QOFs are
ineligible to utilize the benefits of the working capital safe harbor
since the requirements found in paragraphs (2), (4), and (8) of section
1397C(b) are not applicable to QOFs, and that not all qualified
opportunity zone businesses will be able to utilize the working capital
safe harbor for a variety of reasons. Therefore, the final regulations
provide that for QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses,
tangible property purchased, leased, or improved by a trade or business
that is undergoing the substantial improvement process but has not been
placed in service or used in a trade or business by the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business is treated as used in a trade or
business and satisfies the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)
for the 30-month substantial improvement period with respect to that
property. In order to receive such treatment, the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business
[[Page 1924]]
must reasonably expect that the property will be substantially
improved, as defined in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), and used in a
trade or business in the QOZ by the end of the 30-month substantial
improvement period.
5. Consideration of Excluding Real Estate Speculation From the
Definition of ``Trade or Business''
A commenter suggested that the final regulations modify the
definition of the term ``trade or business'' to specifically exclude
real estate speculation. The commenter asserted that real estate
speculation on projects carried out within QOZs presents a significant
potential for abuse, and reasoned that a specific exclusion of real
estate speculation from the definition of ``trade or business'' would
eliminate such potential. The Treasury Department and the IRS
appreciate the concern raised by the commenter, but note that the final
regulations address real estate speculation abuse by requiring that
land (1) be more than insubstantially improved and (2) be used in the
trade or business of a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business.
Accordingly, the final regulations do not adopt the commenter's
recommendation.
6. Consideration of Triple-Net-Leases for Active Conduct a Trade or
Business Requirement
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2) provided that, solely
for the purposes of determining whether a trade or business qualified
as a qualified opportunity zone business, the ownership and operation,
including leasing, of real property qualifies as an active conduct of a
trade or business. The proposed rule, however, provided that merely
entering into a triple-net-lease with respect to real property owned by
a taxpayer does not constitute an active conduct of a trade or business
by such taxpayer. See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2)
(second sentence). The Treasury Department and the IRS determined that,
solely for purposes of determining qualified opportunity zone business
qualification, triple-net-leases constitute inappropriately passive
activities similar to holding publicly traded stock or securities.
a. Comments Suggesting Special Definitions for ``Triple-Net-Lease''
In general, commenters requested additional guidance regarding the
meaning of the term ``triple net lease'' for purposes of applying
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(ii)(B)(2). Several commenters
suggested that the final regulations define the term ``triple-net-
lease'' as a lease in which the tenant, in addition to rent and
utilities, pays the tenant's proportionate share of the taxes,
insurance, maintenance, and other fees for the property leased.
Multiple commenters recommended that a triple-net-lease of a taxpayer
be defined to constitute an active conduct of a trade or business if
the taxpayer meaningfully participates in the management or operations
of the trade or business of the lessee. Similarly, another commenter
requested that the final regulations define a triple-net-lease to
exclude arrangements pursuant to which a taxpayer retains contractual
responsibility for meaningful capital obligations or meaningful
operating obligations. The commenter indicated that an obligation to
maintain certain structural or operating systems of a building would
qualify as a meaningful capital obligation, while obligations to
provide cleaning or grounds-keeping services would qualify as
meaningful operating obligations.
b. Comments Suggesting Active Trade or Business Qualification Based on
Section 162 Case Law
Another commenter recommended that the final regulations adopt a
rule based on case law under section 162 to determine whether a triple-
net-lease qualifies as the active conduct of a trade or business.
According to the commenter, the case law under section 162 allows a
deduction for ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred in
carrying on any trade or business related to a triple-net-lease if the
landlord, or an employee, agent, or contractor of the landlord,
performs the services related to the taxes, maintenance, insurance, and
similar fees even though the landlord receives payment for these
services from the tenant. Therefore, the commenter suggested that a
triple-net-lease in which the landlord, or an employee, agent, or
contractor of the landlord, performs these services should qualify as
the active conduct of a trade or business, regardless of which party
ultimately bears the cost for these services.
c. Comments Suggesting Special Rules for Active Trade or Business
Qualification
Commenters also recommended that the final regulations provide
special rules for determining whether a taxpayer entering into a
triple-net-lease with respect to real property owned by a taxpayer
constitutes an active conduct of a trade or business by such taxpayer.
For example, a commenter contended that a triple-net-lease qualify as
the active conduct of a trade or business if (1) the underlying
property meets the test under the original use requirement or the
substantial improvement requirement, and (2) assuming all other
requirements are met, qualifies as qualified opportunity zone business
property. For support, the commenter highlighted the May 2019 proposed
regulations, which provided that leased property can qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business property to a tenant that is a QOF
or a qualified opportunity zone business. This commenter reasoned that,
because leased property would be qualified opportunity zone business
property to a tenant notwithstanding the fact that the property was
subject to a triple-net-lease, it could also be qualified opportunity
zone business property to the landlord. Therefore, under the
commenter's reasoning, a lessor's participation in a triple-net-lease
could constitute the active conduct of a trade or business.
Commenters also recommended that lessor participation in certain
arrangements that utilize the rehabilitation tax credit under section
47 of the Code should qualify as an active conduct of a trade or
business. In such arrangements, a landlord owns a building that is the
subject of a rehabilitation project. The landlord acquires the
property, obtains permits and approvals, assembles the development
team, raises the funds necessary to develop the property, and places
the rehabilitated structure into service. After that initial phase, the
landlord leases the building to a tenant, who may further lease the
property to a subtenant. The landlord transfers the rehabilitation tax
credits to the original tenant pursuant to section 50(d)(5). The
commenter noted that this arrangement between the landlord and the
original tenant may constitute a triple-net-lease. As a result, the
commenter recommended that the final regulations adopt a rule to
provide specifically that such arrangements constitute the active
conduct of a trade or business.
d. Comments Suggesting Triple-Net-Leases Qualify as an Active Trade or
Business
However, other commenters disagreed with the premise of proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(ii)(B) that merely entering into a triple-
net-lease for property owned by a taxpayer does not constitute the
active conduct of a trade or business. Several commenters noted that
triple-net-leases cause capital to enter a QOZ and provide property for
use in trades or businesses within the QOZ. These commenters also
[[Page 1925]]
emphasized that landlords and tenants often prefer triple-net-lease
arrangements, as opposed to employing a separate property manager or
agent of the landlord, because tenants often are better positioned to
control and maintain the leased property. Accordingly, the commercial
real estate industry widely employs triple-net-leasing.
e. Revisions to Proposed Triple-Net-Lease Rule for Active Trade or
Business Qualification
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the comments and
recommendations received with respect to triple-net-leases. In general,
the final regulations confirm that merely entering into a triple-net-
lease with respect to real property owned by a taxpayer does not
constitute the active conduct of a trade or business by such taxpayer.
To illustrate the application of this rule, the final regulations set
forth examples describing a triple-net-lease as a lease arrangement
pursuant to which the tenant is responsible for all of the costs
relating to the leased property (for example, paying all taxes,
insurance, and maintenance expenses) in addition to paying rent. In an
instance in which the taxpayer's sole business consists of a single
triple-net-lease of a property, the final regulations confirm that the
taxpayer does not carry out an active trade or business with respect to
that property solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with commenters that, in
certain cases, a taxpayer that utilizes a triple-net-lease as part of
the taxpayer's leasing business could be treated as conducting an
active trade or business solely for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A). Accordingly, the final regulations provide an example in
which a lessor leases a three-story mixed-use building to three
tenants, each of which rents a single floor. In that example, (i) the
lessor leases one floor of the building under a triple-net-lease, but
leases the remaining two floors under leases that do not constitute
triple-net-leases, and (ii) the employees of the lessor meaningfully
participate in the management and operations of those two floors. As a
result, the example provides that the lessor is treated as carrying out
an active trade or business with respect to the entire leased building
solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A).
O. Safe Harbor for Reasonable Amounts of Working Capital
The October 2018 proposed regulations provided a 31-month working
capital safe harbor for QOF investments in qualified opportunity zone
businesses that acquire, construct, or rehabilitate tangible business
property, which includes both real property and other tangible property
used in a business operating in a QOZ (31-month working capital safe
harbor). See proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(iv); 83 FR 54279, 54284
(October 29, 2018). Solely for purposes of applying section 1397C(e)(1)
to the definition of a qualified opportunity zone business under
section 1400Z-2(d)(3), working capital assets held by the business are
treated as reasonable in amount under sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) for a period of up to 31 months. See id. To qualify, the
qualified opportunity zone business (1) must have a written plan that
identifies the financial property as property held for the acquisition,
construction, or substantial improvement of tangible property in the
QOZ, (2) must have a written schedule consistent with the ordinary
business operations of the business that the property will be used
within 31 months, and (3) must substantially comply with the schedule.
See id.
The May 2019 proposed regulations provided revisions to the 31-
month working capital safe harbor in response to comments. First, the
May 2019 proposal modified the rule requiring a written designation for
planned use of working capital to include the development of a trade or
business in the QOZ as well as acquisition, construction, and/or
substantial improvement of tangible property. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(iv)(A); 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019). Second,
the May 2019 proposal provided that exceeding the 31-month period does
not violate the 31-month working capital safe harbor if the delay is
attributable to waiting for government action the application for which
is completed during the 31-month period. See proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(iv)(C); 84 FR 18652, 18659 (May 1, 2019). The May
2019 proposed regulations also clarified that a business may benefit
from multiple overlapping or sequential applications of the working
capital safe harbor, provided that each application independently
satisfies all of the requirements in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(d)(5)(iv)(A) through (C) (multiple safe harbor rule). See proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(iv)(D).
1. Additional Guidance Regarding Reasonable Delays to Toll the 31-Month
Working Capital Safe Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
and requests for additional guidance regarding delays relating to
governmental action, as well as delays arising from a variety of other
events. With regard to applying proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(d)(5)(iv)(C), one commenter requested confirmation as to whether a
delay attributable to governmental action, the application for which is
completed during the 31-month period, means that (i) the governmental
action must be pending at the end of the 31-month period or (ii) a
waiting period for governmental action at any time ``stops the clock''
on the 31-month period (and therefore the waiting period is added at
the end of the 31-month period). The commenter noted that, in certain
instances, a governmental action might be completed predictably within
a relatively short period of time, and therefore automatic tolling
might provide an overly generous result. Another commenter, however,
emphasized that the governmental permitting guidelines regarding
natural resource projects lack predictable completion timeframes
because such projects often require the receipt of several state and
local permits that are subject to various timelines. As a result, this
commenter requested that the 31-month period be tolled to accommodate
successive permits in a circumstance in which the business has received
the first serious of permits that initially tolled the 31-month period.
Commenters also recommended that the final regulations provide
that, in additional to delays resulting from governmental action,
certain events outside of a business' control will toll the 31-month
working capital safe harbor. For example, several commenters requested
that events delaying the 31-month period include, among other
occurrences, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, labor
stoppages, financing delays, and supply shortages. Another commenter
requested that trades or businesses receive an extension of the 31-
month period to account for delays arising from the cleanup of a
brownfield site due because the cleanup of such a site ordinarily will
require other lengthy regulatory approval from states and local
governments.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge the concerns raised
by the commenters. In many ordinary-course instances, however,
applicants can
[[Page 1926]]
obtain governmental permits through a routine process of predictable
duration. The Treasury Department and the IRS continue to expect a
qualified opportunity zone business, to the maximum extent practicable,
to take any actions during the governmental permitting period that are
necessary for the improvement of tangible property subject to the 31-
month working capital safe harbor. Therefore, with regard to instances
in which governmental delay does not pose a substantial obstacle for
improving such tangible property, a tolling of the 31-month period
would not be appropriate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the 31-
month working capital safe harbor should be tolled in certain
instances, however, and have clarified and expanded the scope of
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(iv)(C). In general, the final
regulations make clear that, if a governmental permitting delay has
caused the delay of a project covered by the 31-month working capital
safe harbor, and no other action could be taken to improve the tangible
property or complete the project during the permitting process, then
the 31-month working capital safe harbor will be tolled for a duration
equal to the permitting delay. In such case, the final regulations
require that the permit for the governmental action was completed
during the 31-month period. The final regulations also provide that, if
a project that otherwise meets the requirements of the 31-month working
capital safe harbor is located within a QOZ designated as a part of a
Federally declared disaster area (as defined in section 165(i)(5)(A)),
the qualified opportunity zone business may receive up to an additional
24 months to consume its working capital assets, provided the project
is delayed due to that disaster.
2. Clarification Regarding Overlapping or Sequential Applications of
the 31-Month Working Capital Safe Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments and
requests for clarification regarding the multiple safe harbor rule. In
particular, commenters questioned whether a successive application of
the 31-month working capital safe harbor can occur for the same piece
of tangible property, given that multiple 31-month harbor periods can
be utilized for that same piece of tangible property. These commenters
contended that a successive application of the 31-month working capital
safe harbor would appropriately accommodate practical realities of
improving tangible property in a trade or business (such as ordinary
course-improvement projects that typically require durations in excess
of 31 months).
The Treasury Department and the IRS confirm that a qualified
opportunity zone business may string together subsequent or overlapping
working capital safe harbors with respect to the same tangible
property. Accordingly, the final regulations specifically provide that
a qualified opportunity zone business may choose to apply subsequent
31-month working capital safe harbors for a maximum 62-month period
(that is, a duration equal to two working capital safe harbor periods),
provided that each 31-month period satisfies the requirements for
applying a 31-month working capital safe harbor. To qualify for a
subsequent 31-month working capital safe harbor period, (i) working
capital subject to an expiring 31-month period must be expended in
accordance with each requirement set forth in the section 1400Z-2
regulations, and (ii) the subsequent infusions of working capital must
form an integral part of the plan covered by the initial 31-month
working capital safe harbor.
3. Treatment of Tangible Property Not Used Upon Conclusion of a 31-
Month Working Capital Safe Harbor
Commenters also noted that, although the May 2019 proposed
regulations expanded the 31-month working capital safe harbor to
include the development of a trade or business, the proposal failed to
clarify the application of the safe harbor regarding situations in
which the qualified opportunity zone business does not use the tangible
property in the QOZ by the end of the 31-month period. For example,
commenters requested that the final regulations describe circumstances
in which a business that uses a contribution of working capital during
a 31-month period, but does not use the tangible property in a trade or
business in the QOZ by the end of the 31-month period, may continue to
be covered by the 31-month working capital safe harbor. These
commenters asserted that such a business should continue to receive
coverage by the safe harbor if, based on a consideration of the
relevant facts and circumstances, the business diligently and
reasonably continues to develop the trade or business and uses the
tangible property in a trade or business in the QOZ within a reasonable
period of time.
Another commenter suggested that the final regulations provide a
rebuttable assumption that all working capital that will be expended by
the business has been expended before each testing date, including
future tranches of working capital that, as part of the working capital
plan, will be used to substantially improve or construct new property
in a QOZ. Similarly, a commenter suggested that the final regulations
provide that, if a trade or business receives serial capital
contributions under a common written plan, the trade or business must
use cash equal to the first capital contribution within 31 months, but
is not required to use 70 percent of its tangible property in the QOZ
by the end of the 31-month period associated with the first capital
contribution. In addition, a commenter suggested that the 31-month
working capital safe harbor be revised to provide that the 70-percent
tangible property standard would not be applied until all working
capital has been expended and the substantially improved (or new)
property is placed in service by the business in the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
suggestions and requests for clarification, and have included
additional guidance in the final regulations. In general, the final
regulations permit a qualified opportunity zone business to treat
tangible property for which working capital covered by the 31-month
working capital safe harbor is expended as (i) used in the trade or
business of the qualified opportunity zone business, and (ii) qualified
opportunity zone business property throughout the period during which
such working capital is covered by the safe harbor. The final
regulations make clear that such improvements must be made pursuant to
the written plan governing the expenditure of the working capital
assets. In addition, the tangible property subject to such improvements
must be used in a trade or business, within the meaning of section 162,
of the qualified opportunity zone business by the end of the 31-month
working capital safe harbor. The final regulations also clarify that
unexpended amounts of working capital covered by the 31-month working
capital safe harbor are not, following the conclusion of the final safe
harbor period, treated as tangible property for purposes of applying
the 70-percent tangible property standard.
4. Consideration of Special Debt-Financed Safe Harbor for QOFs and
Qualified Opportunity Zone Businesses
A commenter requested that the final regulations provide a new safe
harbor to cover debt-financed work-in-progress projects that (i) would
operate in addition to the 31-month working capital safe harbor, and
(ii) could be
[[Page 1927]]
applied by QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses. For support,
the commenter emphasized that many construction projects are debt
financed and would not be covered by the 31-month working capital safe
harbor during the construction period. Accordingly, the absence of a
debt-financed safe harbor would complicate the ability to carry out
construction projects within QOZs.
The commenter suggested that, if certain requirements were met, the
final regulations should provide that (i) assets held for work-in-
progress construction projects be treated as qualified opportunity zone
business property during the construction period, and (ii) the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business be treated as engaged in a section
162 trade or business. Requirements suggested by the commenter for this
safe harbor included (1) mandatory increases to the basis of the trade
or business in the qualified opportunity zone business property by a
prescribed multiple during the 31-month period, (2) periodic
certification requirements during the construction period, and (3)
continuous and diligent construction by the trade or business until the
completion of project and the placed-in-service date of the subject
building. Upon such date, the commenter suggested that the final
regulations retroactively treat (i) the work-in-progress property as
qualified opportunity zone business property, and (ii) the trade or
business as engaged in a section 162 trade or business beginning on the
first day of the investment by the QOF in the trade or business and
throughout the project's construction period.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenter's
recommendation and are sympathetic to the commenter's concern regarding
the existing business practice of using debt to finance construction.
However, section 1397C(e) clearly treats as NQFP any debt with a term
greater than 18 months. Based on the text of section 1397C(e), the
final regulations do not adopt the commenter's request to provide a
special safe harbor for debt-financed construction projects.
5. Consequence of Failure To Qualify for a 31-Month Working Capital
Safe Harbor
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments requesting
clarification with regard to the consequences that would result if a
trade or business fails to satisfy the requirements for a 31-month
working capital safe harbor, including the imposition of penalties. In
general, if a qualified opportunity zone business fails to satisfy the
conditions for applying a 31-month working capital safe harbor, then
the qualified opportunity zone business must satisfy the requirements
of section 1400Z-2 and the 1400Z-2 regulations for qualifying as a
qualified opportunity zone business in the absence of the safe harbor.
Such failure could cause a QOF to fail to satisfy the 90-percent
investment standard, which would result in penalties to the QOF as
provided under section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
P. Real Property Straddling QOZ and Non-QOZ Census Tracts
To determine whether a QOZ is the location of services, tangible
property, or business functions for purposes of satisfying the
requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii), proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(viii) provided that section 1397C(f) applies,
substituting the term ``QOZ'' for the term ``empowerment zone'' in each
instance in which the term ``empowerment zone'' appears. In addressing
the circumstance in which a business owns real property that is located
in more than one census tract, only one of which is a QOZ, proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(viii) provided that if (1) the amount of real
property based on square footage located within the QOZ is substantial
as compared to the amount of real property based on square footage
outside of the QOZ (square footage test); and (2) the real property
outside of the QOZ is contiguous to part or all of the real property
located inside the QOZ, then all of the property is deemed to be
located within a QOZ.
1. Consideration for Eliminating Proposed Square Footage Test
Several commenters praised the Treasury Department and the IRS for
allowing real property that straddles census tracts to be treated as
located within a QOZ for purposes of determining whether the QOZ should
be treated as the location of services, tangible property, or business
functions. However, one commenter suggested that the proposed square
footage test be eliminated. The commenter reasoned that only property
located entirely within the geographic borders of a QOZ should be
treated as within a QOZ because section 1400Z-2 was enacted to increase
investment and business activity in QOZ, rather than non-QOZ census
tracts. That commenter further contended that, if the proposed square
footage test were to be finalized, at least 75 percent of the square
footage or value of the property should be located in the QOZ, with an
allocation of capital gains and profits to the property located within
the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt the
commenter's recommendations. With regard to the commenter's suggestion
to eliminate the proposed square footage test, the Treasury Department
and the IRS note that parcels of real property commonly extend across
census tract lines, particularly in highly populated areas. As a
result, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
guidance addressing such situations would provide flexibility for
potential investors in QOZs, and therefore is consistent with the
underlying policy of section 1400Z-2. Based on the same rationale for
providing appropriate flexibility to QOF investors and encourage
additional investment within QOZs, the Treasury Department and the IRS
decline to adopt the commenter's suggestion to require that at least 75
percent of the square footage or value of the real property be located
in the QOZ in order for real property to be treated as wholly located
within the QOZ.
2. Clarification Regarding Applicability of the Unadjusted Cost Test
A number of commenters noted that the preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations set forth an unadjusted cost test, rather than the
square footage test, to determine whether property that straddles QOZ
and non-QOZ census tracts would be treated as located within a QOZ
(unadjusted cost test). See 84 FR 18652, 18658 (May 1, 2019) (setting
forth the unadjusted cost test); proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(d)(5)(viii) (setting forth the square footage test). These commenters
highlighted the relative strengths of each of these tests, and the
flexibility afforded by multiple approaches for taxpayers with land
that straddles QOZ and non-QOZ census tracts. The Treasury Department
and the IRS acknowledge that both tests would provide helpful guidance
such taxpayers and accordingly have revised the final regulations to
include both the square footage test and the unadjusted cost test.
3. Consideration of Revisions to the Square Footage Test and the
Unadjusted Cost Test and Additional Safe Harbors
The Treasury Department and the IRS received numerous comments and
recommendations regarding the square footage test and the unadjusted
cost basis test, including rules that would govern the application of
such tests in certain circumstances. For example, one commenter
suggested that, with regard to real property acquired as a single
[[Page 1928]]
parcel, the final regulations should apply the unadjusted cost test and
set forth a presumption that unadjusted cost is allocated based on the
area of the real property located inside, as compared to outside, the
QOZ. In applying this presumption to buildings, however, the commenter
suggested that the final regulations should apply the square footage
test.
The Treasury Department and the IRS also received several
recommendations regarding appropriate thresholds for the safe harbor
tests. For instance, one commenter requested that the final regulations
provide a rule to treat real property located in a QOZ as substantial,
as compared to real property located outside of a QOZ, if more than 50
percent of the total square footage of real property is located inside
of the QOZ. Another commenter suggested that the percentage of property
located in a QOZ should be increased to at least 75 percent of the
total square footage of the property. A third commenter suggested that
the final regulations provide a safe harbor to treat real property
located within a QOZ as substantial if more than 50 percent of the real
property is located in the QOZ, as measured by square footage,
unadjusted cost, fair market value, or other types of quantitative
measures. The commenter indicated that such quantitative measures might
reference the occurrence of business activities conducted on the
portion of the real property located inside of the QOZ that are
integral to the business activities conducted on the portion of real
property located outside of the QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the square
footage test and the unadjusted cost test provide appropriate levels of
flexibility for owners of property that straddles QOZ and non-QOZ
census tracts. While adoption of the commenters' recommendations would
increase the degree of guidance available to owners of such parcels,
the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that the complexity
resulting from adoption of these recommendations would outweigh their
intended benefits. As a result, the final regulations do not adopt the
commenters' recommendations.
4. Requested Clarification for Applying the Unadjusted Cost Test to
Leased Property
One commenter requested clarification in applying the unadjusted
cost test to leased property. Under proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(3), to determine the value of tangible property owned by
a qualified opportunity zone business for purposes of the 70-percent
tangible property standard, the unadjusted cost basis of the property
under section 1012 may be used. For tangible property leased by a
qualified opportunity zone business to meet the requirements of section
1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i), a taxpayer may use the methodology in proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(4). Because the unadjusted cost of
real property may be used to determine whether property located inside
of a QOZ is substantial relative to property located outside of a QOZ,
the commenter requested clarification on which method to use.
The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge that such guidance
could benefit taxpayers and practitioners in applying these rules.
However, because the valuation methodology in proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(3)(ii)(B)(4) is used to value property to meet the
statutory requirements for the 70-percent tangible property standard,
the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to apply these
methodologies for all purposes. Accordingly, qualified opportunity zone
businesses may use only the square footage test or the unadjusted cost
test, to determine if the subject property is located substantially
within a QOZ when property straddles QOZ and non-QOZ tracts. The method
chosen must be applied consistently throughout the holding period under
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(iii) for such property.
5. Requested Clarification Regarding Contiguous Requirement for
Straddle Property
A number of commenters requested clarification regarding the
requirement that real property located outside of a QOZ be contiguous
to all or part of the real property located inside the QOZ. Some
commenters requested that the contiguity requirement be relaxed in the
following circumstances: (1) Two or more parcels of real property that
are not contiguous because they are separated by public property, such
as a road or a sidewalk; and (2) two or more parcels of real property
that are not contiguous because a third-party owns a right that burdens
the bordering area between the two tracts, such as an easement or other
right-of-way. Similarly, commenters have recommended that the
contiguity requirement be treated as satisfied in cases in which a
development project that is located outside of a QOZ, but in a location
either adjacent to or within a short distance from a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
request, and agree that the final regulations should clarify and define
contiguous property. As a result, the final regulations provide that
parcels or tracts of land will be considered contiguous if they possess
common boundaries, and would be contiguous but for the interposition of
a road, street, railroad, stream or similar property. In addition, the
final regulations exclude from the definition of the term ``common
boundaries'' boundaries of parcels of land that touch only at a common
corner.
6. Extension of Straddle Safe Harbor Principles for Purposes of the 70-
Percent Use Test
The Treasury Department and the IRS received multiple
recommendations that the final regulations extend the principles of
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(5)(viii) to determine whether real
property is used in a QOZ for the 70-percent use test. A portion of
these commenters requested that the extension of these principles apply
to QOFs as well as qualified opportunity zone businesses. These
commenters contended that QOFs and qualified opportunity zone
businesses should be treated similarly in this context to further the
policy of introducing new capital investment into QOZs.
For purposes of determining whether real property qualifies as
qualified opportunity zone business property, the Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that it would be appropriate to extend the
treatment of real property that straddles QOZ and non-QOZ tracts to the
70-percent use test. The final regulations also confirm that this
extension of treatment applies to both qualified opportunity zone
businesses and QOFs. The extension of this concept provides flexibility
for trades or businesses within QOZs, and the Treasury Department and
the IRS note that the requirements for substantiality (that is, the
square footage and unadjusted cost tests) and contiguity will minimize
the occurrence of abusive arrangements.
7. Requested Expansion of QOZ Definition Under Section 1400Z-2
The Treasury Department and the IRS received a comment requesting
that the final regulations expand the definition of a QOZ.
Specifically, the commenter suggested that the definition of a QOZ be
revised to include any census tract in which a development or project
is located if (1) the relevant statistics of the census tract meet the
criteria that were originally used to identify eligible QOZ tracts; (2)
the development or project is located within one-quarter mile of an
existing or proposed high-quality transit stop; or (3) the census tract
is located
[[Page 1929]]
directly adjacent to, or within a short distance from, an existing QOZ.
For support, the commenter contended that the process to nominate
census tracts as QOZs may have omitted other tracts with similar
statistical profiles that might have qualified as QOZs if the selection
process were to have had a longer duration.
Another commenter recommended that the final regulations expand the
QOZ concept by treating certain projects located completely outside a
QOZ as though such projects are located within a QOZ. Specifically, the
commenter suggested that project components located outside of a QOZ
that are connected or necessary to the project components located
inside of the QOZ should be treated as if located in a QOZ. For
support, the commenter provided examples of industries that rely on
natural resources that might be located outside of a QOZ, and may be of
limited portability due to their connection to certain geological or
topographic land features.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the commenters'
recommendations but decline to incorporate them in the final
regulations. With regard to the commenter's request to expand the
definition of a QOZ, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that such recommendation is not supported by the text of
section 1400Z-1, which sets forth the process for QOZ designation.
Moreover, the Treasury Department and the IRS note that Rev. Proc.
2018-16, 2018-9 I.R.B. 383, provided additional guidance to the Chief
Executive Officers of each state regarding the manner by which certain
population census tracts may be designated as QOZs. With regard to the
commenter's request to expand the concept of QOZs to include certain
projects located entirely outside of QOZs, the Treasury Department and
the IRS have determined that the section 1400Z-2 regulations provide
appropriate flexibility to facilitate the development of projects and
economic activity that extend beyond the geographic boundaries of QOZs.
The commenter's recommendation, if adopted, would exceed that degree of
flexibility and in certain cases potentially conflict with locational
requirements of section 1400Z-2.
Q. Application of Section 1397C Requirements and Safe Harbors to QOFs
The October 2018 and May 2019 proposed regulations provided safe
harbors to address requirements described in section 1397C that trades
or businesses must satisfy to qualify as qualified opportunity zone
businesses. These safe harbors, including the 31-month working capital
safe harbor and the active trade or business safe harbors, did not
specifically apply to QOFs. Several commenters requested clarification
regarding whether such requirements described in section 1397C for
qualified opportunity zone businesses also apply to QOFs. Many
commenters suggested that, while QOFs should not be subject to
statutory requirements imposed on qualified opportunity zone
businesses, QOFs should be permitted to apply safe harbors that address
section 1397C requirements. In addition, two commenters suggested that
the 31-month working capital safe harbor should be made available to a
QOF that otherwise meets the requirements for the safe harbor.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the text of section
1400Z-2 does not support the application of the section 1397C
requirements to QOFs, but rather limits the application of those
requirements to qualified opportunity zone businesses. Consequently,
the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that any safe harbor
made available under the proposed regulations to address a section
1397C requirement imposed on a qualified opportunity zone business
likewise should not be extended to QOFs. As a result, the final
regulations do not incorporate the commenters' recommendations.
R. Consideration of QOF Reliance Rule Regarding Satisfaction of
Qualified Opportunity Zone Business Requirements
Commenters have requested that the final regulations provide a
special QOF reliance rule. Such rule would provide that an entity may
be treated as a qualified opportunity zone business for the duration of
a QOF's ownership of the stock or partnership interest in that entity
if, at the time the QOF acquires its interest in the trade or business,
(i) the QOF does not have control over the trade or business and (ii)
the QOF reasonably expects the entity will satisfy each requirements
described in section 1400Z-2(d)(3) to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that, for stock or a
partnership interest to be treated as qualified opportunity zone
property and counted toward the 90-percent investment standard, the
trade or business must meet the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(3).
A QOF is responsible for ensuring that the requirements of section
1400Z-2(d)(3) are met when reporting the value of the QOF's assets on
Form 8996. Therefore, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to
accept the commenter's suggestion.
S. Certain Businesses Described in Section 144(c)(6) Not Eligible To Be
Qualified Opportunity Zone Businesses
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii) provides that the term ``qualified
opportunity zone business'' means a trade or business that, in addition
to satisfying other requirements described in section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A),
is not a business described in section 144(c)(6)(B) (commonly referred
to as a ``sin business''). Section 144(c)(6)(B) lists as a sin business
any (i) private or commercial golf course, (ii) country club, (iii)
massage parlor, (iv) hot tub facility, (v) suntan facility, (vi)
racetrack or other facility used for gambling, or (vii) store the
principal business of which is the sale of alcoholic beverages for
consumption off premises. Section 1400Z-2(d)(1), which sets forth the
definitional requirements for a QOF, does not prohibit QOFs from
directly conducting section 144(c)(6)(B) sin businesses.
1. Consideration of General Application and Adoption of de minimis
Threshold
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received several comments
regarding the general application of the sin business prohibition. Many
commenters have emphasized that section 1400Z-2 explicitly prohibits
qualified opportunity zone businesses from being a sin business, but
sets forth no such prohibition for QOFs. These commenters also have
noted, however, that section 1400Z-2 does not contain any specific
provision that prohibits a qualified opportunity zone business from
leasing property to a sin business. In addition, commenters have
contended that a de minimis use of property in any sin business should
not, on its own, prevent that property from qualifying as qualified
opportunity zone business property of a QOF. Similarly, commenters
recommended that the final regulations provide rules prohibiting a
qualified opportunity zone business from leasing more than a de minimis
amount of its property to a sin business. These commenters emphasized
that section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii) clearly conveyed Congress' intent
that a qualified opportunity zone business should not be a sin
business, and therefore should not be permitted to circumvent the
substance of the sin business prohibition simply through leasing its
property to such business.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate all of the comments
[[Page 1930]]
submitted on this issue. First, the final regulations do not extend the
prohibition on sin businesses to the definition of a QOF because, as
highlighted by several commenters, section 1400Z-2 explicitly prohibits
qualified opportunity zone businesses from operating sin businesses,
but sets forth no similar prohibition for QOFs. See section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(iii) (setting forth sin business prohibition for qualified
opportunity zone businesses); section 1400Z-2(d)(1) (providing QOF
definition). In addition, the Treasury Department and the IRS agree
that section 1400Z-2 does not explicitly prohibit a qualified
opportunity zone business from leasing its property to a sin business.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
purpose of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii) is to prevent qualified
opportunity zone businesses from operating sin businesses, which a
qualified opportunity zone business nonetheless could carry out simply
by leasing such property to a sin business. To ensure that the purpose
of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii) is effectuated, the final regulations
prohibit a qualified opportunity zone business from leasing more than
five percent of its property to a sin business. The Treasury Department
and the IRS have determined that this de minimis threshold will reduce
the risk of a qualified opportunity zone business inadvertently
violating the sin business prohibition.
2. Consideration of Request for Additional Detail Regarding ``Sin
Business'' Qualification
Commenters also requested that the final regulations provide
additional detail regarding the spectrum of businesses covered by the
descriptions set forth in section 144(c)(6)(B). One commenter requested
confirmation that the ``alcoholic beverage'' restriction be limited to
the clear meaning of a traditional ``liquor store'' that sells
alcoholic beverages to customers for consumption off premises, but not
to restaurants, wineries, breweries, or distilleries. Another commenter
requested clarification that full-service spa facilities operated in
hotels and other similar properties do not constitute prohibited sin
businesses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenters that
additional detail regarding the qualification of a business as a ``sin
business'' would be helpful in certain cases. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that the rules suggested by the
commenters, as well as similar provisions, would inject significant
complexity into the final regulations and likely cause additional
uncertainty regarding the scope of the term ``sin business'' due to its
inherently factual nature. As a result, the final regulations do not
incorporate the commenters' recommendations.
U. Tangible Property That Ceases To Be Qualified Opportunity Zone
Business Property
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(B) provides a special rule that permits a
qualified opportunity zone business to treat tangible property that
ceases to be qualified opportunity zone business property as qualified
opportunity zone business property for the lesser of five years after
(i) the date on which such tangible property ceases to be so qualified,
or (ii) the date on which such tangible property is no longer held by
the qualified opportunity zone business. The phrase ``ceases to be
qualified opportunity zone business property'' indicates that the
tangible property must have been used in a trade or business for a
period of time. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined
that tangible property must have been qualified opportunity zone
business property used in a trade or business for at least two years.
Therefore, the final regulations provide that a qualified
opportunity zone business may apply section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(B) only if
the qualified opportunity zone business property was qualified
opportunity zone business property used by a qualified opportunity zone
business in a QOZ for at least two years. Further, to ensure that only
qualified opportunity zone business property used in a qualified
opportunity zone business is eligible for the benefits of section
1400Z-2(d)(3)(B), the final regulations provide that the 31-month
working capital safe harbor period and the 30-month substantial
improvement period pursuant to which tangible property may be treated
as qualified opportunity zone business property for purposes of the 70-
percent tangible property standard, are not taken into consideration in
determining whether property meets the requirements for eligibility
under section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(B).
V. Exceptions Based on Location in Which an Entity Is Created, Formed
or Organized
The proposed regulations clarified that a QOF must be an entity
classified as a corporation or partnership for Federal tax purposes. In
addition, a QOF must be created or organized in one of the 50 states,
the District of Columbia, or a U.S. territory, or organized under the
laws of an Indian tribal government. If an entity is organized in a
U.S. territory but not in one of the 50 states or in the District of
Columbia, then the entity may be a QOF only if the entity is organized
for the purpose of investing in qualified opportunity zone property
that relates to a trade or business operated in the territory in which
the entity is organized.
The proposed regulations further clarified that qualified
opportunity zone property may include stock or a partnership interest
in an entity classified as a corporation or partnership for Federal
income tax purposes. In addition, that entity must be a corporation or
partnership created or organized in, or under the laws of, one of the
50 states, the District of Columbia, or a U.S. territory, or organized
under the laws of an Indian tribal government. If an entity is
organized in a U.S. territory but not in one of the 50 states or in the
District of Columbia, then an equity interest in the entity may be a
qualified opportunity property only if the entity conducts a qualified
opportunity zone business in the U.S. territory in which the entity is
organized.
The proposed regulations defined a U.S. possession, now referred to
as a U.S. territory, to mean any jurisdiction outside of the 50 states
and the District of Columbia in which a designated QOZ exists under
section 1400Z-1. This definition includes the following jurisdictions:
(1) American Samoa, (2) Guam, (3) the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands, (4) the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and (5) the U.S.
Virgin Islands.
Certain comments discussed the interaction between the section
1400Z-2 rules and the rules for taxation of controlled foreign
corporations (as defined in section 957) (CFCs). One commenter
requested the basis for the proposed rule requiring that a QOF be
organized in one of the 50 states, District of Columbia, or a U.S.
territory, but did not request any change. Other than for clarifying
that an entity qualifying as a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business can be organized under the laws of an Indian tribal
government, this rule is being finalized without change. This rule was
proposed due to the difficulty of tracking whether a foreign entity
continuously satisfies the requirements for QOF status. Additionally, a
foreign entity may not be subject to Federal income tax; thus, imposing
the penalty under section 1400Z-2(f)(1) if the entity
[[Page 1931]]
fails to maintain the 90-percent investment standard set forth in
section 1400Z-2(d)(1) could be difficult. Finally, a foreign entity is
unlikely to be a QOF given the requirement that a QOF must invest
almost exclusively in QOZs, which must themselves be located only in
the United States and U.S. territories.
As noted previously, although a QOF cannot be an entity organized
in a foreign country, it can be an entity organized in a U.S.
territory. A corporation organized in a U.S. territory is treated as a
CFC on a given day if the ownership requirements in section 957 are
satisfied on that day. A United States shareholder (as defined in
section 951(b)) of a CFC generally includes in gross income, for its
taxable year in which or with which the CFC's taxable year ends, its
pro rata share of the CFC's subpart F income (as defined in section
952) under section 951(a) (subpart F regime), as well as the United
States shareholder's global intangible low-taxed income under section
951A(a) (GILTI regime), which is based on the tested income (as defined
in section 951A(c)(2)(A)) of the CFC and other items relevant to
determining the amount of the United States shareholder's inclusion in
gross income under section 951A(a).
The proposed rules relating to entities organized in U.S.
territories are adopted without change.
VI. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(e)-1
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(e)-1 provided rules regarding mixed-funds
investments. This part VI of this Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions addresses comments regarding proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(e)-1
as well as comments regarding provisions of section 1400Z-2(e) that
were not addressed in the proposed regulations, such as the definition
of ``related persons'' in section 1400Z-2(e)(2). For a discussion of
whether certain transactions between investors and QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses are treated as transactions between related
persons, see part II.A.1.d of this Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions.
A. Related Persons and the Step Transaction Doctrine
Section 1400Z-2(e)(2) provides that, for purposes of section 1400Z-
2, parties are ``related'' if their relationship satisfies either
section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), with the threshold for relatedness lowered
from 50 percent to 20 percent. This definition applies to two
categories of transactions. First, eligible gain must arise from a sale
or exchange with an unrelated party. See section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(2)(i)(C). Second, in order for tangible
property to qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property, a
QOF or qualified opportunity zone business must acquire the subject
tangible property from an unrelated party. See section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(4)(i)(A). The
proposed regulations did not further elaborate on the statutory
definition of ``relatedness.''
One commenter recommended that a sale be considered to take place
between unrelated parties for purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations if, as part of an overall plan, the seller
and buyer become unrelated in a series of transactions that includes
the tested sale. The commenter noted that certain other income tax
regulations determine ``relatedness'' after the last step in a series
of related transactions and advocated a similar rule in the section
1400Z-2 regulations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that all
relevant provisions of the Code and general principles of tax law,
including the step transaction doctrine, govern the determination
whether a transaction is between unrelated parties for purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Accordingly, the
final regulations do not include a specific step transaction rule as
requested by the commenter.
B. Non-Qualifying Investment in a QOF Corporation for Which No Stock Is
Received
Commenters requested clarification regarding the treatment of
mixed-funds investments in QOF corporations. More specifically,
commenters asked for clarification regarding situations in which a
shareholder with a qualifying investment in a QOF corporation makes a
non-qualifying investment in the QOF but receives no stock in exchange
(that is, a meaningless-gesture contribution). One commenter requested
confirmation that the shareholder in such situations has a mixed-funds
investment, and that the basis in the non-qualifying investment is
determined without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B). Another
commenter questioned whether the shareholder would have two implicit
blocks of stock in the QOF, with separate basis determinations and with
distributions and redemptions being apportioned between the qualifying
and non-qualifying blocks of stock (analogous to the result under the
special rules for QOF partnerships discussed in part III.E.1 of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions), or whether each
share of QOF stock would have an identical basis under general Federal
income tax principles.
The final regulations confirm that a meaningless-gesture
contribution results in a mixed-funds investment. However, the Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that addressing the foregoing
questions regarding basis in a mixed-funds investment in a QOF
corporation is beyond the scope of the final regulations. The Treasury
Department and the IRS continue to study such issues. See REG-143686-
07, 84 FR 11686 (March 28, 2019).
VII. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1 prescribed rules for QOFs that fail to
maintain the 90-percent investment standard of section 1400Z-2(d)(1)
and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1. In particular, proposed Sec.
1.1400Z2(f)-1(b) specified the time period in which proceeds must be
reinvested in qualifying property, and proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c)
provided a general anti-abuse rule.
A. Time Period for a QOF To Reinvest Proceeds
1. Reinvestment
Section 1400Z-2(e)(4)(B) provides that the Secretary shall
prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure
that a QOF has a reasonable period of time to reinvest the return of
capital from investments in qualified opportunity zone property and to
reinvest proceeds received from sale or disposition of qualified
opportunity zone property. To this end, proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(b)
provided that if a QOF received proceeds from the return of capital or
the sale or disposition of some or all of its qualified opportunity
zone property, and if the QOF reinvested some or all of the proceeds in
qualified opportunity zone property by the last day of the 12-month
period beginning on the date of the distribution, sale, or disposition,
then the proceeds were treated as qualified opportunity zone property
in evaluating whether the QOF satisfied the 90-percent investment
standard, but only to the extent the proceeds were continuously held in
cash, cash equivalents or debt instruments with a term of 18-months or
less. Several commenters have requested modifications to this
reinvestment rule for QOFs.
In the proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS
requested comments addressing
[[Page 1932]]
whether an analogous rule for qualified opportunity zone businesses
would be beneficial. Multiple commenters have requested an extension of
this QOF reinvestment rule to qualified opportunity zone businesses so
that certain dispositions of qualified opportunity zone business
property would not adversely affect satisfaction of the 70-percent
tangible property standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i). The primary
argument for the extension of the QOF reinvestment rule to qualified
opportunity zone businesses is that like a QOF, a qualified opportunity
zone business may dispose of assets and reinvest proceeds in other
qualified opportunity zone business property. These commenters assert
that a qualified opportunity zone business in the course of its
business operations is more likely to acquire and dispose of assets
than the QOF itself.
Because section 1400Z-2(e)(4)(B) specifically directs the Secretary
to prescribe regulations relating to the time period for QOFs to
reinvest proceeds from the sale of qualified opportunity zone property
and does not explicitly refer to qualified opportunity zone businesses,
the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to extend this reinvestment
concept to similar dispositions by a qualified opportunity zone
business. However, qualified opportunity zone businesses may avail
themselves of the working capital safe harbor to enable proceeds to
qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property.
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(b) also provides that the 12-month
reinvestment period is tolled while waiting on government action if the
QOF has completed the application for action and is awaiting a
government response. A commenter requested that the time period for
waiting on government action be expanded to 24 months if a state of
emergency is declared by the federal government in the jurisdiction in
which the qualified opportunity zone property is located. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that the reinvestment period should be
expanded if additional delays are caused by a Federally declared
natural disaster, and have modified the rules relating to the
reinvestment period to allow for such expansion. However, a QOF must
invest proceeds as originally planned before the disaster. For example,
if a QOF is unable to invest in a certain qualified opportunity zone
business property because the property is located in a Federally
declared disaster area, the QOF must invest the proceeds in similar
property located in that QOZ.
2. Nonrecognition Provisions and Their Application to Section 1400Z-2
In the preamble to the proposed regulations, the Treasury
Department and the IRS requested comments identifying prior examples of
tax regulations that would exclude from gross income gain from the sale
or disposition of assets held by a QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business without an operative statutory nonrecognition provision. Other
code sections that permit nonrecognition of income or gain have
operative language permitting nonrecognition. In response, one
commenter recommended a rule that would exclude from gross income the
gain from the disposition of assets by a QOF if the gain was reinvested
in ``qualifying assets'' within a 180-day period after the disposition.
In support of this recommendation, the commenter explained that such a
rule would encourage reinvestment in assets located in the areas
designated as QOZs. A second commenter submitted a similar
recommendation with an additional suggestion that to qualify for
nonrecognition treatment on the disposition of assets, a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business must satisfy a minimum holding
period for the qualified opportunity zone property or qualified
opportunity zone business property. Another commenter suggested that
nonrecognition treatment for the disposition of QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business assets should follow the principles of
sections 1031 and 1033. This commenter cited Sec. 1.1031(k)-1 with its
qualified intermediary rules as an example of a regulation that expands
the scope of the underlying Code section. While the Treasury Department
and the IRS understand that such a rule would provide additional
benefits for QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses, the
statutory regime permits gain deferral only at the QOF owner level;
section 1400Z-2 does not contemplate nonrecognition of gain arising
from transactions at any other level. Consequently, in order for a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business to receive nonrecognition
treatment on the disposition of assets, the disposition must qualify
for nonrecognition treatment under another provision of subtitle A.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS do not adopt this
recommendation.
B. Land Banking
As provided in Rev. Rul. 2018-29, 2019 I.R.B. 45, and the proposed
regulations, land that is purchased and located within a qualified
opportunity zone is not subject to either the original use requirement
under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) or the substantial improvement
requirement under sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii). See additional discussion at V.H, and V.I, of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions. However, in certain
circumstances, unimproved land might be held in a manner that is
inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2, such as if a parcel
of unimproved land does not receive new capital investment or is not
the subject of increased economic activity or output. As a result, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have requested and received comments
related to the application of the anti-abuse rule under section 1400Z-
2(e)(4)(C) to so-called ``land banking'' and similar arrangements in
addition to the general anti-abuse rule in proposed 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c).
Some commenters objected to the use of the term ``land banking'' to
describe the practice of holding land primarily for speculative
investment and without an intention to develop a trade or business on
that land and similar arrangements. These commenters noted that a
commonly used second definition of the term land banking involves
certain arrangements whereby a local government may acquire real
property and convert the property to productive use, or hold the
properties for long-term strategic purposes with the objective of
community development rather than to earn a profit. The Treasury
Department and the IRS recognize that the use of the term ``land
banking'' in the final regulations may cause confusion with this second
definition. In response to this comment, these final regulations do not
use the term ``land banking'' or another alternate term and instead
describe the non-qualifying arrangements as holding land for
speculative investment.
Several commenters requested that the final regulations explicitly
identify the policy reasons that holding land for speculative
investment is inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2.
Commenters also requested specific examples of land use that would be
abusive under the regulations. Some commenters recommended that
specific types of land use be enumerated as per se abusive including
long-term holding of vacant land and speculative passive holding of
vacant land. Another commenter recommended an anti-abuse rule that
would prohibit arrangements that only marginally improve land while
providing a significant tax benefit to investors without a clear and
direct economic benefit to the community.
[[Page 1933]]
Other commenters requested an explicit definition for the
arrangements that constitute holding land for speculative investment.
Several commenters requested and recommended a standard for the use of
land that would be considered abusive. Multiple commenters indicated
that such an anti-abuse standard should incorporate the principles of
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(f), which provides that a QOF may not rely
on the proposed rules for qualified opportunity zone property in
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(8)(ii)(B) and (d)(4)(ii)(B) if land is
unimproved or minimally improved and the QOF or qualified opportunity
zone business purchases the land with an expectation, an intention, or
a view not to improve the land by more than an insubstantial amount
within 30 months after the date of purchase. Regarding the minimal
improvement or insubstantial improvement standard, commenters requested
that the final regulations include either a bright-line threshold or
provide examples of insubstantial improvement to land. In addition to a
bright-line threshold for insubstantial improvement, one commenter
suggested that the final regulations require that QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses provide a timeline for the improvements to
be made on the unimproved land.
One commenter provided an illustration of a potentially problematic
fact pattern in which a taxpayer, a QOF or a qualified opportunity zone
business, constructs a small shed for use by an attendant on a parking
lot and charges customers to park on the lot which is, except for the
attendant's shed, vacant land. According to the commenter, this example
may represent improvements that fall in the range between insubstantial
and substantial improvement and would not be captured by a rule that
prohibits the practice of holding unimproved land merely for passive
investment due to the profit motivated trade or business activities on
the lot. By contrast, referring to a similar fact pattern, another
commenter provided an analysis that the proposed regulations were
sufficient to thwart speculative land investment of this type. The
commenter suggested that there were two existing proposed rules that
would apply to such an arrangement (1) the requirement that tangible
property must be used in the trade or business of a QOF or a qualified
opportunity zone business to be considered qualified opportunity zone
business property; and (2) the general anti-abuse rule in proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c). Under the commenter's analysis, the parking lot
fact pattern would meet the trade or business standard; however, under
the general anti-abuse rule, a significant purpose of the transaction
would be a speculative investment purpose, therefore, the arrangement
could be recast.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have provided examples to
illustrate the application of the general anti-abuse rule to two fact
patterns related to the acquisition of land that multiple commenters
have indicated require additional guidance. The first example involves
a taxpayer that establishes a parking lot business on a land parcel in
a QOZ. The second example involves a taxpayer that acquires farmland,
repurposes the land for a different principal business activity, and
makes a significant investment of capital and labor into that new
business. In the parking lot example, notwithstanding the fact that the
business has built small structures on an otherwise empty lot, because
a significant purpose for the acquisition of the land is to hold the
land for speculative investment, the anti-abuse rule functions to
recharacterize the transaction so that the taxpayer may not receive the
benefits of section 1400Z-2. By contrast, in the second example, the
taxpayer's post-acquisition investment tends to show that land is being
used to develop an operating business in the QOZ, rather than merely
being held with a minimum level of activity to reap the benefit of
appreciation on what is essentially bare land. These examples serve to
reiterate the guiding principle that land held for speculative purposes
does not further the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-
2 regulations.
C. General Anti-Abuse Rule
A number of comments addressed the anti-abuse rule of proposed
Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c), which provides that section 1400Z-2 and the
1400Z-2 regulations must be applied in a manner consistent with the
purposes of section 1400Z-2. To this end, if a significant purpose of a
transaction is to achieve a tax result that is inconsistent with the
purposes of section 1400Z-2, then the proposed regulations provided
that the Commissioner can recast a transaction to achieve consistency
with the purposes of section 1400Z-2. The determination of whether a
tax result is inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2
requires a facts and circumstances analysis.
Many commenters requested an articulation of the purposes of
section 1400Z-2 to assist taxpayers in avoiding a recast of their
transaction. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations are
to provide specified tax benefits to owners of QOFs to encourage the
making of longer-term investments, through QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses, of new capital in one or more QOZs and to
increase the economic growth of such QOZs. Therefore, these purposes
have been included in the text of the anti-abuse rule in the final
regulations.
Another commenter requested a safe harbor from the anti-abuse rule
for failure to comply with the rules, where the entity's efforts are in
good faith. The Treasury Department and the IRS disagree that the
purposes of section 1400Z-2 are so elusive that a good faith attempt to
comply with the rules would be subject to the anti-abuse rule. As
stated previously, the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section
1400Z-2 regulations are to provide specified tax benefits to owners of
QOFs to encourage the making of longer-term investments, through QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone businesses, of new capital in one or
more QOZs and to increase the economic growth of such QOZs.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to provide a
good faith exception.
Several commenters requested enumeration of specific instances of
per se abuse. Items that might be on this list include: Non-qualifying
investments; a specific rule to ensure that taxpayers do not exploit
the inventory safe harbor to evade the 90-percent investment standard
for QOFs or the 70-percent tangible property standard; and a rule,
similar to an ``anti-stuffing'' rule, that establishes that certain
transactions undertaken to qualify property as qualified opportunity
zone property, but with transitory effect, would be deemed abusive.
Other commenters suggested adding to the list of per se abuses
activities that would be harmful to the community in which the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business operates, such as dramatically
increased rents, a high number of tenant evictions, lack of direct or
sustained community benefit, and activities not vetted by community or
local government and that result in a dislocation of community
residents. To this end, several commenters suggested that QOFs and
qualified opportunity zone businesses identify, ex ante, one or more
beneficial community outcomes that the QOF and qualified opportunity
zone businesses intend to achieve. These outcomes would include
creating quality jobs, developing affordable housing, and investing in
community
[[Page 1934]]
facilities that benefit low-income residents of the community. One
commenter recommended a safe harbor from the anti-abuse provision for
QOFs that receive third party certification demonstrating the QOF's
public benefit. The commenter cited benefit corporation legislation and
standards under the Small Business Administration as precedent for this
approach.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are appreciative of the
comments received on the anti-abuse provision. Accordingly, several
examples of the operation of the general anti-abuse rule have been
included in the final regulations.
VIII. Comments on and Changes to Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(g)-1
Proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(g)-1 prescribed rules regarding the Federal
income tax treatment of QOFs owned by members of consolidated groups.
A. Section 1400Z-2 and the Consolidated Return Regulations
As discussed in part II.A.1 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2
regulations permit the deferral of eligible gain when a taxpayer makes
a qualifying investment in a QOF. The deferred gain is tracked by the
taxpayer's basis in its qualifying investment and is included in gross
income upon an inclusion event.
Section 1501 provides that an affiliated group of corporations, as
defined in section 1504, may elect to file a consolidated income tax
return. The regulations under section 1502 provide rules applicable to
consolidated groups. Many of the consolidated return provisions aim to
treat members of a consolidated group as a single entity. For example,
the investment adjustment rules under Sec. 1.1502-32 affect the
determination of members' basis in the stock of subsidiary members. The
purpose of the investment adjustment rules is to treat the consolidated
group as a single entity by ensuring that members' items of income,
gain, deduction, and loss are taken into account by the tax system
once, and only once.
As stated in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations, the
respective frameworks of section 1400Z-2 and the consolidated return
regulations are incompatible in many respects. The preamble emphasized
that special rules would be required to harmonize the policy objectives
of sections 1400Z-2 and 1502; for example, special rules would be
required under Sec. Sec. 1.1502-13, 1.1502-19, and 1.1502-32. For this
reason, among others, the Treasury Department and the IRS proposed
treating stock of a QOF C corporation as not stock for purposes of
section 1504. Accordingly, under the May 2019 proposed regulations, a
QOF C corporation could be the common parent of a consolidated group
but could not be a subsidiary member of the consolidated group.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments on
whether the burden of potentially applying two different sets of
consolidated return rules would be outweighed by the benefits of
permitting QOF C corporations to be subsidiary members of consolidated
groups.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received numerous comments
regarding the consolidated return rules in the May 2019 proposed
regulations. For example, as a procedural matter, commenters
recommended moving these rules to the regulations under sections 1502
and 1504. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with this
recommendation and have moved the rules regarding the Federal income
tax treatment of QOFs owned by members of consolidated groups from
Sec. 1.1400Z2(g)-1 to Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z and 1.1504-3.
Part VIII.B.1 of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions sets forth summaries of the comments received with respect to
the consolidated return rules in the May 2019 proposed regulations. The
remainder of part VIII of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions provides the responses of the Treasury Department and the IRS
and describes the revisions adopted in the final regulations.
B. QOF C Corporation as a Subsidiary Member of a Consolidated Group
1. Comments on Consolidating Subsidiary QOF C Corporations
Commenters requested generally that QOF C corporations be permitted
to join in the filing of consolidated income tax returns as subsidiary
members. The commenters maintained that, if consolidation of subsidiary
QOF C corporations were permitted, investors would possess greater
flexibility to structure and manage qualifying investments, which would
result in increased investment in QOZs. Consistent with the preamble to
the May 2019 proposed regulations, commenters acknowledged that, if a
QOF C corporation could be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group
(QOF member), special rules might be needed under Sec. 1.1502-13
(regarding intercompany transactions), Sec. 1.1502-19 (regarding
excess loss accounts, or ELAs), and Sec. 1.1502-32 (regarding stock
basis adjustments). In particular, commenters suggested adopting rules
similar to the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(4) for pass-
through entities to resolve complications arising from the interaction
of section 1400Z-2 and Sec. 1.1502-32.
Commenters also suggested alternatives to a blanket permission for
QOF corporations to be subsidiary members of a consolidated group. For
example, some commenters requested that subsidiary QOF C corporations
formed as members of, or acquired by, a consolidated group prior to the
publication of the May 2019 proposed regulations (pre-existing QOF
subs) be permitted to continue as QOF members. Commenters argued that,
even if the Treasury Department and the IRS decline to generally allow
the consolidation of subsidiary QOF C corporations, grandfathering
these pre-existing QOF subs would be appropriate. Those commenters
stressed that many taxpayers had evaluated, structured, and completed
transactions prior to the issuance of the May 2019 proposed regulations
based on the assumption that subsidiary QOF C corporations could join
in the filing of consolidated returns. One commenter suggested that QOF
members formed within a reasonable grace period after the issuance of
the May 2019 proposed regulations also be grandfathered.
As a second alternative, commenters requested that taxpayers be
allowed to convert their QOF members into partnerships and treat those
entities as partnerships retroactive to the date of the qualifying
investment. These commenters also requested that the final regulations
provide rules to ensure that such restructuring would not constitute an
inclusion event. Similarly, commenters requested that taxpayers be
allowed to retroactively treat a QOF C corporation either as a
nonmember of a consolidated group or as a member of the consolidated
group that is not a QOF.
Commenters also requested rules detailing the consequences of
deconsolidating pre-existing QOF subs if the Treasury Department and
the IRS decline to allow pre-existing QOF subs to remain members of the
consolidated group. The commenters requested that the deconsolidation
event not be treated as an inclusion event and suggested multiple
approaches with regard to stock basis adjustments, ELA inclusions,
application of the unified loss rule, and other issues on
deconsolidation.
[[Page 1935]]
2. Election To Consolidate a Subsidiary QOF C Corporation
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, commenters requested that subsidiary QOF C
corporations be permitted to join in the filing of consolidated returns
while acknowledging that additional rules may be required to harmonize
the operation of section 1400Z-2 and the consolidated return
regulations. In response to these comments, the final regulations
permit the consolidation of subsidiary QOF C corporations, subject to
certain conditions. The final regulations also include special rules to
coordinate the simultaneous application of section 1400Z-2 and the
consolidated return regulations to QOF members.
a. Conditions To Consolidate a Subsidiary QOF C Corporation
These final regulations permit the consolidation of a subsidiary
QOF C corporation only if certain conditions are satisfied.
Specifically, except in very limited circumstances, and consistent with
the general principles of section 1400Z-2, the consolidated group
member that makes the qualifying investment in the QOF member (QOF
investor member) must maintain a direct equity interest in the QOF
member. In addition, the final regulations require all QOF investor
members to be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the common
parent of the consolidated group. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined that these conditions will help preserve the integrity
of the consolidated return regulations and ensure that taxpayers apply
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations in a manner
consistent with the policies underlying section 1400Z-2 and the
consolidated return regulations.
Failure to satisfy either of the foregoing conditions for
consolidation will result in the deconsolidation of the QOF member.
Part VIII.B.4 of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions
describes the Federal income tax consequences of deconsolidation of a
QOF member.
i. Direct Ownership Requirement
Section 1400Z-2 sets forth a general requirement that a QOF owner
must retain its direct qualifying investment in a QOF in order to
retain the benefits of that section. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) and
part III.A of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions;
see also the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations.
Accordingly, to consolidate a subsidiary QOF C corporation, the
investor member generally must retain direct ownership of the QOF stock
of the QOF member (QOF member stock). In addition, the QOF investor
member generally is subject to the same rules regarding inclusion
events as an investor in a non-member QOF. However, the final
regulations provide a limited exception for certain transfers of QOF
member stock that are treated as intercompany transactions and are
eligible for single-entity treatment. See part VIII.C.3 of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of Revisions for a discussion of this
limited exception.
The direct ownership requirement is not a section 1502-specific
rule, for this requirement generally applies outside of consolidation
as well. The operation of the section 1400Z-2 rules requires close
monitoring of a QOF owner's basis in the qualifying investment. See
generally part III.G of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revisions. Moreover, as noted in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations, application of the investment adjustment rules of Sec.
1.1502-32 results in substantial and ongoing stock basis adjustments to
QOF member stock that are unrelated to the rules and policies of
section 1400Z-2 and that complicate the operation of section 1400Z-2 in
the consolidated group context. In addition, the transfer of QOF member
stock between consolidated group members, and across ownership chains,
further increases the complexity of appropriately tracking the QOF
investor member's basis in its QOF member stock. Therefore, the
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that applying the
general rule in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) (regarding dispositions of
qualifying investments) inside the consolidated group, by imposing the
direct ownership requirement on the QOF investor member, would simplify
the administration of section 1400Z-2 to QOF members. But see part
VIII.C.3 of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions for a
discussion of an exception to the general rule for certain intercompany
sales of qualifying investments.
ii. Wholly Owned QOF Investor Member
The requirement that each QOF investor member itself be wholly
owned, directly or indirectly, by the common parent of the consolidated
group further serves to prevent uneconomic or other inappropriate
outcomes that otherwise might be achieved through the interaction of
sections 1400Z-2 and 1502.
Under the general affiliation rules, to be a member of a
consolidated group, an includible corporation need not be wholly owned.
Instead, only 80 percent of the vote and value of the stock of an
includible corporation must be owned directly by other consolidated
group members. Therefore, an includible corporation that is owned 80
percent by members of a consolidated group and 20 percent by non-
members can be a member of the consolidated group (80/20 member).
The final regulations impose a stricter requirement for the
ownership of QOF investor members to ensure the application of the
inclusion rules of section 1400Z-2(b) conforms to the policy underlying
section 1400Z-2. As emphasized in part III.G of this Summary of
Comments and Explanation of Revisions, the application of key
provisions under section 1400Z-2 depends upon a close monitoring of the
basis of the qualifying investment in the hands of the QOF owner. If
QOF investor members were not required to be wholly owned, a
consolidated group effectively could alienate and monetize a
substantial portion of its qualifying investment by selling shares in
QOF investor members or in higher-tier members in a QOF investor
member's ownership chain, but the consolidated group would continue to
enjoy section 1400Z-2 benefits because direct ownership of the
qualifying investment would not change hands. The requirement that each
QOF investor member be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the
common parent also limits incongruities in the application of Sec.
1.1502-32 to an ownership chain that includes a QOF member. Both of
these issues are discussed later in this part VIII.B.2.a of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
Under Sec. 1.1502-76(b), a consolidated group includes in its
computation of taxable income all income, gain, deduction, and loss
items of a consolidated group member, regardless of the percentage of
the member's stock that is directly or indirectly (economically) held
by the common parent. However, under Sec. 1.1502-32, the investment
adjustments that are made to the stock of that member (and up the chain
through tiers of stock ownership to the common parent) reflect only the
pro rata stock ownership held at each tier. For example, assume that
the common parent owns 80 percent of another member (R) (an 80/20
member), which owns 80 percent of the QOF investor member (also an 80/
20 member), which wholly owns the QOF member. In that case, the
consolidated group's use of a $100 loss of the QOF
[[Page 1936]]
member would result in an $80 reduction of basis in the stock of the
QOF investor member held by R, but only a $64 reduction of basis in the
stock of R held by the common parent. Adding a third 80/20 member to
the QOF member's ownership chain would result in a 51 percent indirect
interest, and adding a fourth 80/20 member would result in a 41 percent
indirect interest, thereby further reducing the extent to which the QOF
member's tax items used by the consolidated group are reflected in
stock basis up the chain.
The facial incongruity between the full inclusion of taxable items
and the pro rata adjustment to stock basis generally does not upset the
equilibrium of the consolidated return system because the rules apply
to income and gain as well as deduction and loss items. In other words,
even though a consolidated group may receive an overstated benefit in
the case of loss and deduction items (that is, full use of a member's
loss with only a pro rata decrease in the basis of the member's stock),
the consolidated group also must take into account all of a member's
income despite holding less than all of the member's stock (and getting
only a pro rata increase in the basis of the member's stock). Over the
course of years, this situation generally will remain in balance.
However, the interaction of the foregoing rules with the rules
under section 1400Z-2 upsets this balance in the case of 80/20 members
with outside investors. In fact, the exclusion of gain under section
1400Z-2(c) upon the sale or exchange of a qualifying investment not
only ensures that there will be no balancing over the course of years,
but also may offer opportunities to magnify the imbalance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that, outside of
consolidation, taxpayers can monetize the value of a qualifying
investment by selling an indirect interest in the QOF (that is, stock
in the QOF owner). However, in that case, the QOF owner would retain
all of its ownership of the qualifying investment. Because the
consolidated group computes its taxable income and tax liability as a
single entity (headed by the common parent), the sale of a portion of
the indirect interest in the QOF member out from under the common
parent is the functional equivalent of a non-consolidated QOF owner
disposing of part of its qualifying investment. Therefore, these
regulations require that the QOF investor member be wholly owned,
directly or indirectly, by the common parent.
b. Effects of Consolidating a Subsidiary QOF C Corporation
The preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations noted, and
commenters have acknowledged, that allowing a QOF C corporation to
become a subsidiary member of a consolidated group would necessitate
the imposition of special rules. In addition to the requirements for
consolidation of a QOF member discussed in part VIII.B.2.a of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, these final
regulations add special rules that coordinate the application of the
consolidated return provisions and the rules in section 1400Z-2 by
imposing restrictions on the application of the full range of
consolidated return rules. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that this approach is preferable to the alternative--
creating a complex set of parallel consolidated investment adjustment
rules and intercompany transaction rules applicable to QOF member stock
and transactions by QOF members.
First, as stated in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed
regulations, a special rule is needed to effectuate and harmonize the
ELA rules under Sec. 1.1502-19 and the rules of section 1400Z-2.
Section 1.1502-19 allows a consolidated group to use tax attributes of
a member (M) in excess of the consolidated group's investment in M
without recognition of gain. Instead, members owning M stock must track
the negative basis (that is, the ELA) in their M shares and must
include the ELA in income upon the occurrence of specified events,
including the disposal of M stock. However, upon a sale or exchange of
a qualifying investment, section 1400Z-2(c) permits an investor that
has held its qualifying investment for at least 10 years to elect to
treat its basis in the qualifying investment as equal to fair market
value. Thus, an investor may eliminate the appreciation on its
qualifying investment by making the election under section 1400Z-2(c).
As further noted in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the existence of negative stock basis is unique to the consolidated
return regulations and is not contemplated by section 1400Z-2.
Accordingly, these final regulations include a rule under which the
investor member must take its ELA into account pursuant to Sec.
1.1502-19 before its basis in the QOF member stock is adjusted to fair
market value under section 1400Z-2(c).
Second, the final regulations include a special rule to determine
when a distribution by a QOF member to the QOF investor member
constitutes an inclusion event. Generally, as provided in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(8), a distribution by a QOF C corporation is an
inclusion event to the extent section 301(c)(3) applies to the
distribution. In a consolidated group, intercompany distributions are
governed by the rules in Sec. 1.1502-13(f), and distributions in
excess of the distributee's basis in the distributor do not result in
income to the distributee under section 301(c)(3); rather, the excess
amount creates or increases the distributee's ELA in the distributor
stock. Thus, to coordinate the application of section 1400Z-2 and the
consolidated return rules, these final regulations provide that a
distribution by a QOF member to a QOF investor member is an inclusion
event to the extent the distribution otherwise would create or increase
an ELA in the QOF member stock.
Third, the final regulations include a special rule for computing
the amount includible by an investor member upon the occurrence of an
inclusion event. Generally, the amount includible under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2) is determined by reference to the investor's basis in the
qualifying investment. However, when a subsidiary QOF C corporation is
a member of a consolidated group, Sec. 1.1502-32 applies to adjust the
QOF investor member's basis in the stock of the QOF member to reflect
the QOF member's income, gain, deduction, or loss. The preamble to the
May 2019 proposed regulations raised the issue of how to properly
determine the QOF investor member's amount includible when its basis in
the QOF member includes basis adjustments unrelated to section 1400Z-2.
Commenters recommended that the final regulations adopt rules
similar to those for pass-through entities to compute the QOF investor
member's amount includible under section 1400Z-2. The investment
adjustment rules under Sec. 1.1502-32 are similar to the partnership
basis provisions of section 705, and these final regulations adopt
rules similar to the special rule for pass-through entities in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(4). The Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that the adoption of this rule to compute the QOF investor
member's amount includible, in conjunction with the imposition of
certain conditions for consolidation (as discussed in part VIII.B.2.a
of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions), will avoid
many complexities in the application of the inclusion rules of section
1400Z-2 within a consolidated group.
[[Page 1937]]
Fourth, the final regulations include a special rule applicable to
transactions between the QOF's separate affiliated group (QOF SAG) and
other members of the consolidated group. A QOF SAG is, with respect to
a QOF member, the affiliated group that would be determined under
section 1504(a) if the QOF member were the common parent. The final
regulations treat a sale or exchange of property between a QOF SAG
member and a member of the consolidated group that is not a member of
such QOF SAG as a transaction that is not an intercompany transaction.
Conversely, transactions between QOF SAG members, and transactions
between a QOF SAG member and a member of the consolidated group that is
not a member of such QOF SAG other than a sale or exchange of property,
are intercompany transactions that are subject to the rules of Sec.
1.1502-13.
This rule is necessary to effectuate the application of section
1400Z-2 in a consolidated group. As noted previously in this part
VIII.B.2.b of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions,
the election under section 1400Z-2(c) potentially allows taxpayers to
permanently exclude their gain on a qualifying investment held for at
least 10 years. The availability of this benefit places additional
import on ensuring that the gain excluded as a result of the election
under section 1400Z-2(c) is not inflated by bargain sales within the
consolidated group. Treating property transactions between the QOF SAG
and other members as currently taxable helps ensure that any such
transactions are bona fide, arm's-length transactions. This treatment
also is consistent with treating the QOF as a separate entity for
purposes integral to the rules of section 1400Z-2 (for example,
treating a contribution to a QOF member as a qualifying investment).
Fifth, the final regulations provide that a consolidated group is
not treated as a single entity for purposes of determining whether a
QOF member or a qualified opportunity zone business satisfies the
investment standard rules in section 1400Z-2(d) and (f) and Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1 and 1.1400Z2(f)-1. Instead, these rules generally apply
separately to each consolidated group member that is a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business. For example, in measuring whether a QOF
member meets the 90-percent investment standard, only property
(including qualified opportunity zone stock or qualified opportunity
zone partnership interests) owned by the QOF member itself is taken
into account. To preserve the separate-entity treatment of the QOF, the
QOF member cannot take into account property transferred to a member of
the consolidated group that is not a member of the QOF member's QOF SAG
in satisfying the requirements in section 1400Z-2(d). This issue was
identified in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations. See
also the discussion of the inapplicability of the intercompany
transaction regulations to property transactions between QOF members
and certain other consolidated group members in this part VIII.B.2.b of
this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
c. Anti-Avoidance Rule
As discussed in parts VIII.A, VIII.B, and VIII.C.2 of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, the interactions between the
consolidated return regulations and section 1400Z-2 are novel and
complex, particularly for QOF members whose consolidation is allowed
under these final regulations in response to comments received on the
May 2019 proposed regulations. In response to comments, these final
regulations also make single-entity treatment available for purposes of
section 1400Z-2 following certain transfers of qualifying investments,
including deemed transactions, between members of a consolidated group.
To prevent inappropriate interactions between the two sets of rules,
certain consolidated return regulations have been made inapplicable in
relation to QOF members and qualifying investments transferred between
consolidated group members, and the application of other consolidated
return rules has been modified. However, due to the novelty of the
interactions between the rules, the Treasury Department and the IRS are
concerned that additional, unanticipated issues may arise from those
interactions, which might be exploited to produce results that violate
the purposes underlying section 1400Z-2 or the consolidated return
regulations.
To be responsive to comments received but still provide the
flexibility necessary to obtain an appropriate balancing of the
purposes underlying section 1400Z-2 and the consolidated return rules,
these final regulations include an anti-avoidance rule. This rule
provides that, if a transaction is structured with a view to avoiding
the application of the rules of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2
regulations or the consolidated return regulations (including section
1.1502-14Z), appropriate adjustments will be made to carry out the
purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. For
example, if a consolidated group engages in a restructuring (such as a
distribution described in section 355) with a purpose to make use of
stock basis adjustments under Sec. 1.1502-32 resulting from increases
in the basis of stock under section 1400Z-2(b) in a sale or exchange
transaction but without disposing of any part of the consolidated
group's direct ownership of the relevant qualifying interest, the
transaction will be treated as an inclusion event with regard to an
appropriate amount of deferred gain.
3. Transition Relief
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, commenters requested transition relief for
pre-existing QOF subs. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that transition relief is appropriate, and these final
regulations include multiple elective relief options.
Under the final regulations, a pre-existing QOF sub may elect to be
reclassified as a QOF partnership, a QOF C corporation that is not a
member of the consolidated group, or a member of the consolidated group
that is not a QOF (reclassification election). A reclassification
election is effective as of the first day the pre-existing QOF sub was
acquired or formed by members of the consolidated group (day one). If a
pre-existing QOF sub makes a reclassification election, appropriate
adjustments (for example, with respect to basis adjustments under Sec.
1.1502-32 and E&P under Sec. 1.1502-33) must be made to account for
the change in status of the pre-existing QOF sub. In addition, if a
pre-existing QOF sub was a QOF C corporation before being acquired by a
consolidated group, and if the consolidated group elects to treat the
pre-existing QOF sub as a QOF partnership as of day one (that is, the
date it was acquired by the consolidated group), the conversion from a
QOF C corporation to a QOF partnership on day one is an inclusion
event. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(2).
In the alternative, a pre-existing QOF sub that meets certain
conditions may elect to maintain its status as a QOF C corporation and
remain a member of the consolidated group. See part VIII.B.2.a of this
Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, which describes the
conditions for such an election. If a pre-existing QOF sub elects to
remain a member of the consolidated group, the pre-existing QOF sub
will be subject to unique rules and restrictions not typically
applicable to a consolidated group member, as discussed in part
VIII.B.2.b of this Summary of Comments and Explanation
[[Page 1938]]
of Revisions. The pre-existing QOF sub will have 90 days from the date
of publication of these final regulations to satisfy the conditions for
consolidating as a subsidiary QOF C corporation.
Transition relief is available only to pre-existing QOF subs. QOF C
corporations formed after the publication of the May 2019 proposed
regulations are not eligible for transition relief, but any such QOF C
corporation may elect to be treated as a subsidiary member of a
consolidated group. See part VIII.B.2 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions for a discussion of the conditions and effects
of consolidating a subsidiary QOF C corporation.
4. Deconsolidation of Subsidiary QOF C Corporation
The final regulations also provide rules regarding the
deconsolidation of QOF members. Deconsolidation can occur when a QOF
member fails to meet the general section 1504 affiliation requirements
or fails to satisfy the conditions in these final regulations to
consolidate a subsidiary QOF C corporation. In addition,
deconsolidation can occur when a pre-existing QOF sub fails to elect in
a timely manner one of the transition relief provisions discussed in
part VIII.B.3 of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions.
If a QOF member deconsolidates, the deconsolidation is treated as a
disposition for purposes of applying the rule in Sec. 1.1502-19 that
requires any ELA in the QOF member's stock to be included in income,
and it is treated as a transfer of all of the QOF member stock for
purposes of applying the unified loss rule in Sec. 1.1502-36. However,
the deconsolidation constitutes an inclusion event only to the extent
the deconsolidation event also constitutes an inclusion event as
defined in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). For example, if a QOF member
deconsolidates because the investor member sells 25 percent of the QOF
member stock to a nonmember, the QOF deconsolidates and Sec. Sec.
1.1502-19 and 1.1502-36 will apply to all QOF shares owned by members,
but there will be an inclusion event only for 25 percent of the shares.
In addition, if the investor member has positive basis in QOF member
stock because of investment adjustments under Sec. 1.1502-32, the
investor member retains such basis in the QOF member following
deconsolidation, but such basis is not taken into account in computing
the investor member's amount includible under section 1400Z-2(b) post-
deconsolidation.
A special E&P rule applies if the QOF member deconsolidates before
December 31, 2026. The special E&P rule reverses the general rule for
deconsolidations in Sec. 1.1502-33(e) to provide that the QOF member
retains its E&P, and to require elimination from the consolidated group
of any QOF member's E&P taken into account by other members under Sec.
1.1502-33. This special rule will permit the QOF C corporation to make
section 301(c)(1) distributions, to the extent of its E&P, following
deconsolidation without triggering inclusion of the investor member's
remaining deferred gain under section 1400Z-2(b).
5. Treatment of QOF Stock Under Section 1504
The May 2019 proposed regulations treated stock in a QOF C
corporation as not stock for purposes of section 1504. As discussed in
part VIII.A of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions,
the purpose of this rule was to prevent a subsidiary QOF C corporation
from being included as a member of an affiliated group filing
consolidated returns. However, commenters noted that, under this
proposed rule, the dividends received deduction under section 243 would
be unavailable to corporate shareholders of QOF C corporations because
qualification for that deduction depends on the distributing
corporation and shareholder being part of the same affiliated group.
Commenters recommended that, even if the final regulations preclude a
subsidiary QOF C corporation from being a member of an affiliated group
for purposes of joining in the filing of a consolidated return, the
final regulations should permit a QOF C corporation to be a member of
an affiliated group for purposes of the dividends received deduction.
In response to the foregoing comments, these final regulations
provide that QOF stock is not treated as stock only for purposes of
determining eligibility to join in the filing of a consolidated return
under section 1501. Therefore, this rule will not affect the
availability of the dividends received deduction or any other provision
that cross-references affiliation status under section 1504 other than
consolidated group membership.
C. Qualifying Investments by Members of a Consolidated Group
In response to the May 2019 proposed regulations, commenters raised
many questions regarding the interaction of the intercompany
transaction rules of Sec. 1.1502-13 and section 1400Z-2. For example,
commenters asked about the application of Sec. 1.1502-13 when a
qualifying investment is transferred in an intercompany transaction.
Many of the issues noted by commenters arise regardless of whether the
QOF is a member of a consolidated group.
The stated purpose of Sec. 1.1502-13 is to provide rules to
clearly reflect the taxable income (and tax liability) of the
consolidated group as a whole by preventing intercompany transactions
from creating, accelerating, avoiding, or deferring consolidated
taxable income or consolidated tax liability. In other words, the
existence of intercompany transactions must not affect consolidated
taxable income or consolidated tax liability. Therefore, Sec. 1.1502-
13 generally determines the tax treatment of items resulting from
intercompany transactions by treating members of a consolidated group
as divisions of a single entity (single-entity treatment).
1. Investment in QOF Member as Qualifying Investment
As discussed in part VIII.B.1 of this Summary of Comments and
Explanation of Revisions, commenters requested that subsidiary QOF C
corporations be permitted to join in the filing of consolidated
returns. In connection with this request, commenters also sought
clarification of the application of Sec. 1.1502-13 to the gain
deferred under section 1400Z-2 when an investor member makes an
otherwise qualifying investment in a QOF member.
The Treasury Department and the IRS proposed to exclude a
subsidiary QOF C corporation from consolidation because, among other
reasons, the Treasury Department and the IRS determined that section
1400Z-2 is inconsistent with the intercompany transaction regulations
under Sec. 1.1502-13. In particular, the Treasury Department and the
IRS highlighted that the stated purpose of the regulations under Sec.
1.1502-13 is to ensure that the existence of an intercompany
transaction (a transaction between two members of a consolidated group)
does not result in the creation, prevention, acceleration, or deferral
of consolidated taxable income or tax liability. Based on comments from
taxpayers and practitioners, the Treasury Department and the IRS have
considered approaches to provide additional investment structures for
potential investors in QOZs while ensuring the compatibility of such
structures with the consolidated return regulations. As a result, the
final regulations provide that an investment of eligible gain by the
investor member into a QOF member is not treated as an intercompany
transaction for purposes
[[Page 1939]]
of Sec. 1.1502-13 and, thus, is a qualifying investment for purposes
of section 1400Z-2.
2. Treatment of S's Intercompany Gain as Eligible Gain
These final regulations also include rules that clarify whether and
when capital gain from an intercompany transaction can constitute
eligible gain for purposes of section 1400Z-2.
When a member (S) sells property to another member of the
consolidated group (B) and recognizes gain, the gain is an intercompany
gain subject to Sec. 1.1502-13. The matching rule of Sec. 1.1502-
13(c) may apply to redetermine the attributes of S's intercompany gain
and to control the timing of the reporting of S's intercompany gain.
Commenters requested clarification as to whether S's intercompany gain
qualifies as an eligible gain that can be deferred under section 1400Z-
2 and, if so, the time at which S is treated as having an eligible
gain.
The final regulations clarify that S's gain and B's gain on the
property (if any) is treated as eligible gain to the extent the gain
would be an eligible gain if S and B were divisions of a single entity.
Moreover, the gain is treated as an eligible gain at the time the gain
would be taken into account (without regard to the potential
application of section 1400Z-2) if S and B were divisions of a single
entity.
3. Application of Sec. 1.1502-13 to Intercompany Transfer of a
Qualifying Investment
In discussing the complications arising from the interaction of
section 1400Z-2 and Sec. 1.1502-13, the preamble to the May 2019
proposed regulations generally focused on issues that would arise if a
subsidiary QOF C corporation were a member of a consolidated group.
Neither the May 2019 proposed regulations nor the preamble thereto
included any language on the general application of Sec. 1.1502-13 to
the transfer of qualifying investments. Whether and how Sec. 1.1502-13
applies to an intercompany transfer of a qualifying investment is an
issue regardless of whether the QOF is a QOF C corporation or a QOF
partnership, and regardless of whether the QOF C corporation is a QOF
member.
Commenters detailed the technical impediments under the current
intercompany transaction regulations to achieving single-entity
treatment when a member of the consolidated group transfers its
qualifying investment in an intercompany transaction, and they
requested guidance to grant single-entity treatment to a consolidated
group after such an intercompany transaction. Commenters also noted
that section 1400Z-2(c) does not appear to permit an election for the
basis increase to be made by any party other than the taxpayer who
makes the qualifying investment.
As discussed in the preamble to the May 2019 proposed regulations,
the availability of benefits and the continuation of deferral under
section 1400Z-2 are determined with respect to the holder's basis in
the qualifying investment. For example, a shareholder's basis in its
QOF stock differs from a shareholder's basis in the stock of non-QOF C
corporations. Because of the difficulties in tracking basis for
purposes of section 1400Z-2 following the transfer of QOF shares in
certain nonrecognition transactions (for example, in exchanges to which
section 351 applies or in reorganizations described in section
368(a)(1)(B)), the regulations generally applicable to investors in a
QOF C corporation (whether or not the QOF C corporation is a QOF
member) provide that the transfer of QOF shares in such nonrecognition
transactions is an inclusion event under section 1400Z-2(b).
The same basis tracking issues exist within a consolidated group
and are magnified by the application of Sec. 1.1502-32, which adjusts
an upper-tier member's basis in the stock of a lower-tier member to
reflect items of income, gain, loss, and deduction produced by the
lower-tier member. As discussed in part VIII.B.2.a.ii of this Summary
of Comments and Explanation of Revisions, basis adjustments to lower-
tier member stock ``tier up'' within a consolidated group under Sec.
1.1502-32. In other words, economic items recognized by lower-tier
members result in basis adjustments to the stock of upper-tier members,
resulting in blended basis at the upper tiers. Moreover, because an
upper-tier member may have economic items of its own, the basis of the
upper-tier members' stock is further blended. This blended basis in the
consolidated group creates additional tracking issues with regard to
section 1400Z-2.
In the interest of administrability and simplicity, the Treasury
Department and the IRS decline to impose complex new rules for tracing
the basis in a qualifying investment through tiers of entities and
across ownership chains within a consolidated group. Instead, to permit
the movement of qualifying investments within consolidated groups to
satisfy business needs, these final regulations allow consolidated
groups to obtain single-entity treatment only on a fully taxable
intercompany transfer of a qualifying investment. In a fully taxable
transaction, B takes a cost basis in the qualifying investment; thus,
S's basis in the qualifying investment is not replicated. As a result,
in a fully taxable transaction, the gain deferred under section 1400Z-2
is not replicated in the consolidated group. All other intercompany
transfers of qualifying investments are treated as not constituting
intercompany transactions for purposes of Sec. 1.1502-13.
As noted earlier in this part VIII.C.3 of this Summary of Comments
and Explanation of Revisions, single-entity treatment for intercompany
transfers of qualifying investments is not currently available under
the consolidated return regulations. The limited application of the
intercompany transaction rules in Sec. 1.1502-13 under these final
regulations provides consolidated groups with a workable option for
making necessary transfers of qualifying investments within the
consolidated group while preventing complications under the section
1400Z-2 rules.
To further facilitate single-entity treatment, these final
regulations enable B to make an election under section 1400Z-2(c)
following a transfer of a qualifying investment that is treated as an
intercompany transaction. Specifically, if Sec. 1.1502-13 applies to
treat S and B as divisions of a single entity for purposes of section
1400Z-2, then B (and not S) makes the election under section 1400Z-2(c)
(if eligible), as it is the member that actually owns an interest in
the qualifying investment at the time of its disposition by the single
entity. B is eligible to make the election under section 1400Z-2(c)
only if and when, treating S and B as a single entity, the single
entity would be eligible to make such an election. For example, under
single-entity treatment, S and B's holding period in the qualifying
investment is combined to determine whether the 10-year requirement for
the election under section 1400Z-2(c) has been met.
4. Treating Investment by One Member as Qualifying Investment by
Another Member
Under the May 2019 proposed regulations, the requirements in
section 1400Z-2 applied separately to each member of a consolidated
group. Thus, the same member of the consolidated group must both sell
the capital asset giving rise to eligible gain and timely invest the
proceeds in a qualifying investment. Commenters argued that this
requirement is overly restrictive and may limit the ability of
taxpayers to
[[Page 1940]]
make use of section 1400Z-2 as intended by Congress. Instead,
commenters recommended that the Treasury Department and the IRS adopt a
single-entity approach that permits a QOF investment by one member to
be treated as a qualifying investment by another member with eligible
gain. One commenter also requested that this treatment be applied to
investments made prior to June 1, 2019, allowing for a one-month grace
period following the publication of the May 2019 proposed regulations.
In response to these comments, and to further the purposes of
section 1400Z-2, the final regulations include an election to treat the
investment by one member (M2) as a qualifying investment by another
member (M1). The election is available when M1 has an eligible gain and
M2 makes an investment in a QOF that would be a qualifying investment
if M1 (rather than M2) had made the investment. If the consolidated
group makes this election, for all Federal income tax purposes M1 is
treated as making an investment in the QOF and immediately selling the
qualifying investment to M2 for fair market value. The sale of the
qualifying investment from M1 to M2 is subject to Sec. 1.1502-13, as
discussed in part VIII.C.3 of this Summary of Comments and Explanation
of Revisions.
The Treasury Department and the IRS decline to adopt the
recommendation to treat M2's investment as a qualifying investment by
M1 retroactively because such treatment is available only by election,
subject to certain conditions. However, taxpayers generally have the
option to apply these final regulations in their entirety, and in a
consistent manner, to taxable years beginning after December 21, 2017,
or to the portion of any taxable year after December 21, 2017. If a
taxpayer chooses to adopt these final regulations in their entirety for
taxable years beginning after December 21, 2017, or to the portion of
any taxable year after December 21, 2017, then taxpayers may elect to
treat an investment by M2 as a qualifying investment by M1 as of the
earlier date.
IX. Comments Not Specifically on Regulatory Text
A. Reporting
The Treasury Department and the IRS have received hundreds of
comments on whether reporting of the QOF and qualified opportunity zone
investments was needed, and what type of information should be
reported. On May 1, 2019, the Treasury Department published a notice
and request for information to seek public input on the development of
public information collection and tracking related to investment in
qualified opportunity funds. See 84 FR 18648. As indicated in the
proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS were
considering certain changes to the Form 8996 requiring QOFs to report
additional information regarding the location of their investments.
Several comments suggested that no additional reporting should be
required and that the amount of reporting already required was
sufficient. Several other comments requested that additional reporting
be allowed, but to not be onerous or prohibitive in either cost or
time. Other comments suggested that the reporting should be coordinated
with other government agencies, such as the Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) or the Treasury Department's CDFI Fund, and
local and state governments.
Many commenters requested additional reporting, on items such as
location of investments, job creation in the QOZ, the impact on the
local economy, number of units of affordable housing built, and any
reduction in poverty. These comments requested that such information be
made public, including a database which the public can use to track
projects nationally and the creation of a standardized set of
performance metrics. One commenter asked for reporting guidelines for
entities that lend capital to QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are appreciative of the
comments received focused on requiring reporting of data in addition to
what is useful for tax administration purposes. Comments received in
this regard are not adopted in these final regulations. However, On
October 30, 2019, the IRS released an early release draft of Form 8996
for public review. The early release draft includes additional
reporting requirements for QOFs. The information required to be
reported focuses on data useful for tax administration purposes, data
that may also be instructive in measuring the impact and effectiveness
of the statute.
B. REITs
Several commenters discussed passing the benefits of a REIT's
qualifying investments to the REIT's shareholders. These comments
include applying the 1400Z-2(c) basis adjustment rules for E&P purposes
so that distributions of gain from the disposition of a qualifying
investment will not result in ordinary income to the REIT's
shareholders. Additionally, the commenters asked that REITs have the
ability to distribute tax-exempt capital gain dividends to the extent
attributable to the REIT's gain with respect to its qualifying
investments. The Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that
such special rules for REITs and their shareholders would create a
vehicle in which taxpayers that do not make a qualifying investment for
the required period of time pursuant to section 1400Z-2 would
nevertheless receive the benefits of that section. Thus, these changes
were not accepted. REITs may still qualify and elect to be QOF REITs or
may distribute capital gain dividends to their shareholders who in turn
may invest those capital gain dividends in a QOF pursuant to section
1400Z-2.
C. Policy
In addition to comments concerning the proposed regulations,
several comments were received concerning the tax benefits of the
statute. For example, some commenters requested preferred treatment for
various classes of individuals and entities, including veterans,
healthcare practitioners, needy individuals, and residents of QOZs.
Several other commenters requested that the Treasury Department and the
IRS should disallow the tax benefits provided by section 1400Z-2 if
entities fail to build a sufficient number of affordable housing units.
Another commenter suggested that the tax benefits provided by section
1400Z-2 in general should be disallowed if a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business fails to operate solely within a QOZ.
Many commenters requested a rule requiring managers of QOFs to
certify that they had not been convicted of financial crimes within the
past three years, and register with the local government that they are
managing a QOF. Further, many commenters suggested requiring QOF
managers to demonstrate that their actions have not encouraged any
additional displacement of residents in low income areas. Some
commenters were concerned with the impact that QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses will have on existing small businesses
located within QOZs.
Several commenters requested that the Treasury Department and the
IRS require that QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses
coordinate their activities with other Federal agencies, like HUD, and
CDFI Fund, and state and local government and housing agencies. Several
others suggested allowing local jurisdictions to add criteria that is
consistent with a locality's needs and goals. Two commenters stated
that the capital invested in QOFs should be invested in
[[Page 1941]]
small and midsize businesses, rather than large corporations. Another
commenter suggested additional guidance to permit housing finance
agencies to layer their programs within QOZs with QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses. One commenter requested guidance on using
QOF investments to satisfy requirements pertaining to certain
depository institutions under the Community Reinvestment Act.
Several commenters requested coordination and integration with
local government authorities including measures to coordinate projects
within QOZs with other government funded projects and a formal process
for local and regional authorities to review projects in QOZs. Another
comment suggested that the Treasury Department and the IRS mandate
cooperation by QOFs with local community banks to determine who needs
the most assistance.
The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments
concerned that QOFs and qualified opportunity QOZ businesses would not
benefit the existing residents and businesses in designated QOZs. These
commenters suggested adding provisions to the final regulations aimed
at the prevention of displacement of residents, and targeted incentives
to aid the neediest of QOZs. Several others suggested that the Treasury
Department and the IRS require that QOF investments target local
businesses with established ties to the local communities and that
serve the local community's needs. Another comment requested that
preference should be shown to local and/or minority owned businesses,
or sustainably focused companies. Finally, a commenter suggested that
there should be a requirement that a minimum number of local residents
be employed by a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business.
In addition to the comments noted earlier, the Treasury Department
and the IRS received comments requesting that certain items, such as
food inventory or business related property owned by the residents of
QOZs, should qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS will continue to study the
issues addressed in these comments. However, many of these comments are
outside the scope of these final regulations. In addition the Treasury
Department and the IRS are concerned with the potential complexity
associated with creating rules that would interfere with the ultimate
intent of the statute, which is to invest new capital in low-income
communities.
D. QOZ Designations
The Treasury Department and the IRS received many comments
regarding section 1400Z-1 and the process for designating QOZs. Several
comments requested that the determination process be reopened, so new
QOZs could be designated. One commenter requested that if no investment
has occurred in a QOZ, that accommodation be provided to replace it
with another QOZ. Another comment suggested that some designated QOZs
either do not meet the statutory requirements or were mistakenly
nominated.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are appreciative of the
comments received on the designation of the QOZs. Section 1400Z-1
provides the statutory authority for one round of nominations and
designations. Thus, there are no current or proposed plans to reopen
consideration of additional census tracts to be designated as QOZs.
Several comments were received questioning how QOFs and qualified
opportunity zone businesses would be treated after the QOZ designation
expires. Another commenter asked for clarification for the treatment of
QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses if the census tract
boundaries change during the designation period. Under the October 2018
proposed regulations and Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b) of the final
regulations, although QOZ designations expire on December 31, 2028, a
taxpayer who makes an election under section 1400Z-2(a) and whose
holding period in the qualifying investment is at least 10 years, is
eligible to make an election described in section 1400Z-2(c) on the
sale or exchange of the qualifying investment. Accordingly, if a
portion of the taxpayer's 10-year holding period under section 1400Z-
2(c) accrues after the relevant census tract's QOZ designation expires
on December 31, 2028, this fact alone should not disqualify a
taxpayer's properly executed QOF investment from the benefit of section
1400Z-2(c).
E. Questions and Comments on the Penalty Under Section 1400Z-2(f)(1)
Under section 1400Z-2(f)(1), if a QOF fails to meet the 90-percent
investment standard, the QOF shall pay a penalty for each month it
fails to meet the requirements in an amount equal to the excess of the
amount equal to 90-percent of its aggregate assets over the aggregate
amount of qualified opportunity zone property held by the QOF,
multiplied by the underpayment rate established under section
6621(a)(2) for such month.
Several commenters requested clarification on the mechanics of this
penalty, including whether there is a possibility of the QOF, or its
investors, of losing the benefits, if the QOF fails to meet the 90-
percent investment standard for an extended period of time.
Two other commenters requested that, to calculate the penalty, only
the assets that were the subject of the deferral election, should be
included. They reason that the statute could be interpreted to assess a
QOF based upon a shortfall related to its aggregate assets, regardless
of the source of financing for those assets.
One commenter requested that the Treasury Department and the IRS
eliminate the testing dates under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(A) and instead
adopt a penalty based on a per month penalty.
Finally, one commenter suggested that the Treasury Department and
the IRS should use the anti-abuse provision to create penalties for
failing to invest in entities that meet the policy objectives mentioned
in a prior section.
The Treasury Department and the IRS appreciate the comments
received on the penalty imposed on QOFs under section 1400Z-2(f)(1).
All comments will be considered for future guidance.
F. Reasonable Cause
Under section 1400Z-2(f)(3), no penalty shall be imposed on a QOF
with respect to any failure to meet the 90-percent investment standard
if it is shown that the failure is due to reasonable cause.
Multiple commenters requested clarification on what would
constitute reasonable cause. Several commenters requested that
reasonable cause should be defined to include circumstances that are
outside the QOF's control to deploy capital into qualifying
investments. The Treasury Department and the IRS are cognizant that
this is an area for which commenters requested relief. The final rules
provide a 6 month period in which QOFs may choose to disregard recently
contributed property from the 90-percent investment standard. That rule
may be elected in circumstances in which a QOF is unable to deploy its
capital into qualified opportunity zone property.
Another commenter requested that the final rule provide a non-
exhaustive list of circumstances that would constitute reasonable
cause. The final rule does not adopt these comments. The determination
of whether there is reasonable cause for penalty relief in a particular
case is inherently factual. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
[[Page 1942]]
determined that the appropriate standards for determining whether the
reasonable cause exception to the penalty applies in a particular case
are the general standards set out in the ``Penalty Handbook,'' which is
included in Internal Revenue Manual (IRM) at section 20.1. The Treasury
Department and the IRS will consider whether further guidance specific
to the penalty under section 1400Z-2(f)(1) is necessary in the future.
G. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Treasury Department and the IRS received comments on the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) (RFA) urging that an
RFA analysis on the potential significant economic effect of these
final regulations on small entities be conducted by the Treasury
Department and the Small Business Administration. The Treasury
Department and the IRS do not agree that an analysis is required. There
is a lack of data as to the extent to which small entities invest in
QOFs, will certify as QOFs, or receive equity investments from QOFs.
However, the Treasury Department and the IRS project that most of the
investment flowing into QOFs will come from large corporations and
wealthy individuals, though some of these funds would likely flow
through an intermediary investment partnership. There may be some QOFs
and qualified opportunity zone businesses that will be classified as
small entities; however, the number of small entities significantly
affected is not likely to be substantial.
Effective/Applicability Dates
Sections 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and
1.1504-3 generally apply to taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020. However, for the portion of a taxpayer's first taxable year
ending after December 22, 2017, that began on December 22, 2017, and
for taxable years beginning after December 21, 2017, and on or before
March 13, 2020, taxpayers may choose either (1) to apply the rules set
forth in Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z,
and 1.1504-3 contained in this document, if applied in their entirety
and in a consistent manner for all such taxable years, or (2) to rely
on each section of the proposed regulations under Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(g)-1, except for Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1,
issued on October 29, 2018, and on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in
their entirety and in a consistent manner for all such taxable years.
See section 7805(b)(7)
Special Analyses
I. Regulatory Planning and Review--Economic Analysis
Executive Orders 13711, 13563, and 12866 direct agencies to assess
costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if
regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize
net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public
health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive
Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and
benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting
flexibility. For purposes of Executive Order 13771, this rule is
deregulatory.
The final regulations have been designated as subject to review
under Executive Order 12866 pursuant to the Memorandum of Agreement
(April 11, 2018) between the Treasury Department and the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) regarding review of tax regulations. The
Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has designated these
regulations as economically significant under section 1(c) of the
Memorandum of Agreement. Accordingly, the OMB has reviewed these
regulations.
A. Need for the Final Regulations
As a part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), Congress enacted
section 1400Z, which provided tax incentives related to investment in
qualified opportunity zones (QOZs). The Treasury Department and the IRS
issued proposed regulations related to section 1400Z-2 on October 29,
2018 (October 2018 proposed regulations) and May 1, 2019 (May 2019
proposed regulations), together referred to as the proposed
regulations. The numerous comments to the proposed regulations indicate
substantial interest in the opportunity zone tax incentives provided in
section 1400Z-2. The comments demonstrate a variety of opinions on how
to interpret ambiguous parts of section 1400Z-2 and on how section
1400Z-2 interacts with other sections of the tax code and corresponding
regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware of concerns
raised by commenters that some investors have been reticent to make
substantial investments in QOZs without first having additional clarity
on which investments would qualify to receive the preferential tax
treatment specified by the TCJA.
Based on these considerations, the final regulations are needed to
bring clarity to instances where the meaning of the statute was unclear
and to respond to comments received on the proposed regulations.
B. Background and Overview
Congress enacted section 1400Z-2, in conjunction with section
1400Z-1, as a temporary provision to encourage private sector
investment in certain lower-income communities designated as QOZs (see
Senate Committee on Finance, Explanation of the Bill, at 313 (November
22, 2017)). To this effect, taxpayers may elect to defer the
recognition of capital gain to the extent of amounts invested in a
qualified opportunity fund (QOF), provided that such amounts are
invested during the 180-day period beginning on the date such capital
gain would have been recognized by the taxpayer. Inclusion of the
deferred capital gain in income occurs on the date the investment in
the QOF is sold or exchanged or on December 31, 2026, whichever comes
first. For investments in a QOF held longer than five years, taxpayers
may exclude 10 percent of the deferred gain from inclusion in income,
and for investments held longer than seven years, taxpayers may exclude
a total of 15 percent of the deferred gain from inclusion in income. In
addition, for investments held longer than 10 years, the post-
acquisition gain on the qualifying investment in the QOF also may be
excluded from income. In turn, a QOF is required under the statute to
hold at least 90 percent of its assets in qualified opportunity zone
property, as measured by the average percentage of assets held on the
last day of the first six-month period of the taxable year of the fund
and on the last day of the taxable year. The statute requires a QOF
that fails this 90-percent investment standard to pay a penalty for
each month it fails to satisfy this requirement.
C. Economic Analysis
1. Baseline
The Treasury Department and the IRS have assessed the economic
effects of the final regulations relative to a no-action baseline
reflecting anticipated Federal income tax-related behavior in the
absence of these final regulations.
2. Summary of Economic Effects
The final regulations provide certainty and clarity to taxpayers
regarding utilization of the tax preferences for capital gains provided
in section 1400Z-2 by defining terms, calculations, and acceptable
forms of documentation. The Treasury Department and the IRS project
that this added certainty and clarity generally
[[Page 1943]]
will encourage taxpayers to increase the amount of investment located
in QOZs relative to the no-action baseline. The certainty and clarity
added by the final regulations and the specific regulatory decisions
they entail will further bring the volume and diversity of investment
in QOZs and in non-QOZs closer to the intent and purpose of the
statute, relative to the alternative regulatory approaches that were
considered, including the no-action baseline.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have not attempted to quantify
the economic effects of any changes in business activity stemming from
these final regulations, in part because of the uncertainty regarding
the patterns of investment that will materialize as a result of QOF
activity and the distribution of investments across opportunity zones.
The Treasury Department and the IRS do not have readily available data
or models that predict with reasonable precision the decisions that
taxpayers would make under the final regulations versus alternative
regulatory approaches, including the no-action baseline. Nor do they
have readily available data or models that would measure with
reasonable precision the loss or gain in economic surplus resulting
from these investment and business decisions relative to the decisions
that would be made under an alternative regulatory approach. Such
estimates would be necessary to quantify the economic effects of the
final regulations versus alternative approaches. Subject to these
limitations, the next two sections of these Special Analyses provide a
qualitative assessment of the economic effects of the final regulations
relative to the alternative regulatory approaches that were considered.
The Treasury Department and the IRS welcome comments on this
economic analysis as well as analysis regarding how choices made in
this regulation will materially affect specific types of investments
that are likely to attract capital that has been invested in QOFs.
3. Number of Affected Taxpayers
Because section 1400Z-2 is a new provision and many of the entities
affected by these regulations have not yet been formed, there is
considerable uncertainty regarding the number of taxpayers that will
eventually be affected by the final regulations. Based in part on the
preliminary number of taxpayers filing Form 8996 for tax year 2018 and
the assumption that a QOF will on average have 10 investors, the
Treasury Department and the IRS project that between 5,500 and 12,000
QOFs, 6,000 to 15,000 qualified opportunity zone businesses, and 55,000
to 120,000 investors in QOFs will eventually be affected by the final
regulations.
4. Economic Effects of Provisions Substantially Revised From the
Proposed Regulations
a. Eligible Gains From Section 1231 Property
The final regulations provide that a gain is eligible for deferral
under section 1400Z-2(a) if the gain is treated as a capital gain for
Federal income tax purposes. There is uncertainty, however, regarding
how to treat gains arising from selling section 1231 property. Section
1231 property is certain property used in a trade or business, such as
depreciable property and land, and also includes capital assets subject
to an involuntary conversion, such as arising from a natural disaster
or theft. Under the Code, gains from the sale or exchange of section
1231 property are characterized as capital gains if the sum of all
section 1231 transactions for the taxable year is positive. If the sum
of all section 1231 transactions for the year is negative, then the
losses are ordinary losses.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ One source of ambiguity is determining whether gain from
selling an item of section 1231 property that is potentially
eligible for deferral should be included in the summation of 1231
property in the year the deferral begins or the year the deferral
ends.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Treasury Department and the IRS considered two main options for
the treatment of gains from section 1231 property.\2\ The primary issue
is whether the amount of the gains eligible for deferral is based on
the sum of all sales over the taxable year or on an item-by-item basis.
These approaches are also referred to as the net approach and gross
approach, respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The Treasury Department and the IRS also considered the
option of not issuing specific guidance on this topic but determined
that this was clearly inferior to the two main options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The statute also sets a 180-day requirement for investment in a QOF
beginning on the date of the sale or exchange generating the gain, to
be eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a). The two options for
calculating eligible section 1231 gains further determine when the 180-
day requirement begins. When gains are based on the sum of sales over
the taxable year, the 180-day period starts at the end of the taxable
year, after it is determined whether the sum is positive or negative,
and how large the net positive gain is. When gains are counted item-by-
item, it is possible, although not necessary, to start the 180-day
period from the date of each sale.
The proposed regulations used the net approach. Under the proposed
regulations, the only gain arising from section 1231 property eligible
for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a) was the amount by which the gains
arising from all of a taxpayer's section 1231 property exceeded all of
the taxpayer's losses from section 1231 property for a taxable year. In
addition, the proposed regulations provided that the 180-day period for
investment with respect to capital gain net income from section 1231
property for a taxable year began on the last day of the taxable year
without regard to the date of any particular disposition of section
1231 property.
The final regulations adopt the gross approach. Under the final
regulations, eligible section 1231 gains are determined on an item-by-
item basis and therefore positive gains are not reduced by section 1231
losses. Furthermore, the amount of the gain is known at the time of
each sale so it is not necessary for the taxpayer to wait until the end
of the taxable year to determine whether any positive section 1231
sales will be offset by losses. As a consequence, the final regulations
further provide that the 180-day period for investing an amount with
respect to an eligible section 1231 gain for which a deferral election
has been made begins on the date of the sale or exchange that gives
rise to the section 1231 gain. In addition, the final regulations do
not determine the character of eligible section 1231 gains, other than
as gains arising from the sale or exchange of section 1231 property,
until the taxable year such gains are taken into account in computing
gross income pursuant to section 1231(a)(4). The treatment of section
1231 property under the gross option is essentially the same treatment
provided in the final regulations for gain arising from the sale of a
capital asset as defined by section 1221.
To illustrate this discussion, suppose that Corporation A sells two
pieces of section 1231 property during the taxable year, one for a $100
gain early in its taxable year and the other for a $30 loss later in
its taxable year. Suppose that Corporation B also sells two pieces of
section 1231 property during the taxable year, one for a $20 gain, the
other for a $50 loss. Neither taxpayer realizes any other capital gain
during the taxable year.
Under the net approach, Corporation A's net gain is $70, which is
positive. Thus, it would be able to defer up to $70 in capital gain by
investing in a QOF. Corporation B has a net loss from selling section
1231 property. This net loss would be treated as ordinary and no
[[Page 1944]]
gains would be deferrable under section 1400Z-2(a). Furthermore,
although Corporation A sells the first piece of property for a gain
early in its taxable year, it would not be able to make a qualifying
investment in a QOF until the last day of the taxable year, because it
needs to wait until the end of the tax year to determine whether it is
eligible to defer any of the gain.
Under the gross approach, only the gains need to be accounted for.
Corporation A would be able to defer $100 in gain and Corporation B
would be able to defer $20. In this case, the amount of gain eligible
for deferral increases for both taxpayers. The total amount of gain
eligible for deferral increases from $70 to $120 compared to the net
approach.
Although not determinative, we note that the gross approach, as
adopted under the final regulations, will generally expand the pool of
gains eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a) relative to the
net approach specified under the proposed regulations.\3\ Based on
recent taxpayer records, the Treasury Department and the IRS estimate
that the gross option may increase the amount of eligible gains by four
to eight percent compared to the net option. The increase in
potentially eligible gains overstates the likely increase in investment
in QOFs resulting from using the gross approach (rather than the net
approach) for two different reasons. First, for many taxpayers, the
amount of section 1231 gains is not likely to be a binding constraint
on the amount of investment made by the taxpayer into a QOF because of
the ability of the taxpayer to defer other sources of capital gains.
Second, taxpayers have considerable discretion over when to realize
gains, and even under the net approach taxpayers could often plan on
selling section 1231 property with sufficient net gain in a taxable
year to cover the amount of desired QOF investment. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have not attempted to estimate the overall
effect of this provision of the final regulations (relative to the
proposed regulations) on either QOZ or non-QOZ investment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ For a given set of section 1231 sales, positive gains for
each individual taxpayer will never be lower under the gross
approach than the net approach; this result follows from
mathematical principles and is not specific to this example. In
practice, taxpayers might choose to recognize gains differently
under the two approaches. This difference complicates any projection
of actual gains that would be eligible for deferral.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
An additional effect of the gross option would be to minimize the
tax considerations of determining the best time to sell section 1231
property, leading to a more efficient use of resources. Under the gross
option, taxpayers would be less likely to delay or rush selling section
1231 property in order to achieve the desired amount of net gain that
would be eligible for deferral within a particular year. Also, under
the gross option, taxpayers would have more flexibility in realizing
gains eligible to be invested in a QOF in calendar year 2019.
The Treasury Department and the IRS considered several variations
to these two primary options. For example, one intermediate option
would have required taxpayers to wait to determine the capital gain
character of section 1231 property sales until summing at the end of
the taxable year, but then allow the gross amount of gains to be
eligible for deferral if the net is positive. Under this intermediate
option, Corporation A would be eligible to defer $100 in gain, while
Corporation B would not be able to defer any amount. The pool of
eligible gains would be greater than under the net option, but less
than the gross option. This intermediate option would also have the
costs similar to the net option regarding the need for taxpayers to
wait to until the end of the taxable year before investing in a QOF.
The number of taxpayers expected to be affected by this aspect of
the final regulations ranges between 36,000 and 80,000 investors in
QOFs.
b. Sales or Exchanges of Property by QOF Partnerships and QOF S
Corporations
The Treasury Department and the IRS considered three options for
how owners of QOF partnerships and QOF S corporations may exclude gains
from tax on qualifying investments in the QOF held longer than 10
years. First, the Treasury Department and the IRS considered not
providing a specialized rule for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations. Under this option, owners of a QOF would need to sell or
exchange their QOF ownership interest to another party in order to
receive the exemption from tax on the gain. For certain business
structures, this would not be the most efficient way to dispose of the
assets of the QOF. For example, suppose QOF A has 20 partners and QOF A
owns two commercial buildings that are qualified opportunity zone
business property. If another investor B would like to purchase one of
the buildings, it would generally be easier for QOF A to sell the
building to investor B directly, rather than investor B buying out the
partnership interests of several or all of the partners of QOF A. Under
this first option, the owners of QOF A would only receive tax free gain
from their investment if they are able to find an investor willing to
buy their partnership interests in QOF A. This option would likely lead
to relatively high negotiating costs and may reduce the pool of
potential buyers for QOF assets.
Second, the May 2019 proposed regulations proposed that investors
in a QOF partnership or a QOF S corporation could elect to exclude
capital gains arising from the QOF selling qualified opportunity zone
property from gross income. This option would provide a simpler way for
owners of pass-through QOFs to receive tax-free gain, but it would
apply only in certain cases. It would apply only to capital gains and
not ordinary gains, such as the recapture of depreciation deductions.
Also, this option would apply only to QOFs selling qualified
opportunity zone property, and would not apply to qualified opportunity
zone business property sold by a qualified opportunity zone business
that is a subsidiary of the QOF.
Third, the final regulations allow QOF owners to elect to exclude
from gross income all gains and losses of a QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation (except those deriving from sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business). This would allow the gains from the sale
of qualified opportunity zone business property by a qualified
opportunity zone business to flow through to the owners of the QOF as
excluded from income. This election can be made on an annual basis, but
it must apply to all gains and losses of the QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation for that taxable year. In addition, when the proceeds from
the asset sales are reinvested, rather than distributed as cash, then
the QOF owner's share of the qualifying investment is reduced as the
reinvested amount is deemed to be a non-qualifying investment.
These rules generally match the tax treatment that would exist for
an owner of a QOF partnership or QOF S corporation after selling a
qualifying investment in the QOF after it has been held at least 10
years, but would avoid the extra costs associated with negotiating the
selling price of the interest in the QOF, rather than the underlying
assets owned by the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business. The
Treasury Department and the IRS project that this approach will lead to
a reduction in transactions costs for taxpayers relative to alternative
approaches (the no-action baseline and the proposed regulations), and
will continue to treat similar taxpayers similarly. The number of
taxpayers
[[Page 1945]]
expected to be affected by this rule ranges between 5,000 and 11,500
QOFs, and 50,000 to 115,000 investors in QOFs.
c. Substantial Improvement of Qualified Opportunity Zone Business
Property
Section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) requires that if tangible property was
already used in a QOZ (non-original use asset) when purchased by a QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business, then it needs to be
substantially improved by the QOF or qualified opportunity zone
business before it can become qualified opportunity zone business
property. Substantial improvement, as defined by section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), requires the QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
to more than double the adjusted basis of the property within 30 months
after acquiring the property. The Treasury Department and the IRS
considered two options for how to measure substantial improvement.
First, the proposed regulations provided an asset-by-asset
approach. This option would require each property to be substantially
improved in order to become qualified opportunity zone business
property. For example, if a QOF purchases an existing commercial
building, a separate determination for each piece of tangible property
associated with the building would be needed, such as the structure
itself, and every item of furniture and equipment within the building
that is not part of the building structure.
This approach would limit the ability of taxpayers to purchase
property already used within a QOZ, place that property in service in
the taxpayer's business with little improvement from the previous
owner, and have the property be qualified opportunity zone business
property. This option would also likely encourage the purchase and
substantial improvement of existing property with low existing basis;
that is, property where it is easier for improvement expenditures to
double the existing basis. Such properties are more likely to be older
and more in need of repair and upgrades.
Second, the final regulations allow taxpayers to use an asset-by-
asset approach (as provided in the proposed regulations) or a more
aggregative approach. The final regulations allow purchased original
use property to count towards the determination of whether non-original
use property has been substantially improved if such purchased original
use property improves the functionality of the non-original use
property along with other conditions. Also, certain betterment
expenses, such as environmental remediation or utility upgrades, which
are properly chargeable to the basis of the land, may be added to the
basis of a building on the land that was non-original use property for
the purpose of calculating substantial improvement of that building.
These rules in effect expand the definition of what expenses could be
considered improvements for a particular asset. In some cases, this
option could reduce compliance costs for taxpayers, as it is not always
clear under the Code and regulations when expenditures should be
considered an improvement of an existing property, for example a
building, or be considered separate depreciable property.
These rules will make it easier for purchased non-original use
property to be substantially improved compared to the proposed
regulations. This will help to smooth the cliff effect that occurs with
the statutory requirement that improvements need to more than double
the cost basis. For example, suppose a QOF purchases a non-original use
building in a QOZ for $1 million, makes $950,000 in improvements to the
building that bring that building into good condition for that local
market, and purchases $50,001 of furniture or equipment for use within
the building. This building would not meet the substantial improvement
test under the proposed regulations but it would meet it under the
final regulations.
In addition, the final regulations allow a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business to aggregate multiple buildings into a single
property for purposes of the substantial improvement test. The
buildings must either be entirely located within a parcel of land
described in a single deed, or the buildings may be on contiguous
parcels of land with separate deeds if certain conditions are met that
indicate the buildings are related in management or use.
This rule would expand the number of existing buildings in a QOZ
that could be purchased by a QOF or a qualified opportunity zone
business and be deemed to have met the substantial improvement test
relative to the first option. For example, one expensive renovation
project would provide excess ``improvement expenses'' that could be
applied to other buildings. This increases the likelihood that certain
substantial renovation projects would be undertaken. However, the
ability to aggregate improvement of non-original use property could
effectively allow a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business to
purchase property already fully in use in a QOZ and count it as
qualified opportunity zone business property, though use by the new
owner would be qualitatively similar to the previous owner.
In summary, the Treasury Department and the IRS considered two
primary options for how much aggregation to allow when determining
whether purchased non-original use property satisfied the substantial
improvement test. The different options would likely have different
effects on the amount and distribution of non-original use property
purchased by QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses. The
proposed regulations would not allow any aggregation, and instead
require each of the assets purchased under this option to receive
substantial improvement. This would focus improvement expenditures on
properties most in need of considerable rehabilitation to remain
productive.
The final regulations allow aggregation, and will likely encourage
the purchase and improvement of more non-original use property compared
to the proposed regulations. The final regulations will also likely
lead to a broader mix of properties purchased and improved relative to
the first option. However, the final regulations also increase the
likelihood that some buildings will meet the substantial improvement
test when the individual building receives little to moderate
improvements. Overall, the rules provided in the final regulations make
it easier for a non-original use property to be substantially improved
relative to the proposed regulations, which will encourage more
investment through QOFs.
The Treasury Department and the IRS project that the number of
taxpayers expected to be affected by this rule ranges between 5,500 and
12,000 QOFs plus 6,000 to 15,000 qualified opportunity zone businesses.
d. Vacancy
Property that is eligible for opportunity zone treatment must be
``original use'' or substantially improved. This statutory language
leaves open the question of the conditions under which vacant property
that is developed and used by an opportunity zone business might count
as original use.\4\ The Treasury Department and the IRS considered
options of one, three, or five years for how long existing property
located in a QOZ must be vacant before the purchase
[[Page 1946]]
of such property would allow it to be considered original use property.
The May 2019 proposed regulations proposed that property would need to
be vacant for at least five years prior to the purchase by a QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business in order to satisfy the original
use requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ The Treasury Department and the IRS also considered taking
no action but determined that providing a definition of vacancy and
setting a time period for when vacant property could be purchased
and considered original use property would be beneficial relative to
providing no specific guidance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In selecting among these options, the Treasury Department and the
IRS recognize that vacant property is an underused resource to the
owner and potential users of the property, and can lower the value and
use of neighboring property. The Treasury Department and the IRS
further recognize that property could become vacant due to economic
reasons unrelated to section 1400Z-2, but also because the owner
strategically let the property become or stay vacant in expectation
that the property would have a higher resale value if it were eligible
to be original use property under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
A shorter period of required vacancy provides a greater incentive
for owners of vacant property to keep it vacant for purposes of later
selling it for use as original use property. This incentive may also
result in owners vacating property that is currently occupied. On the
other hand, a longer period of required vacancy means that on average
properties would remain vacant for a longer period before being sold
and put into productive use, which would increase the likelihood that
such property (and possibly surrounding property) would be
inefficiently used.
The final regulations provide that the required time of vacancy is
three years except for property that was vacant as of the date of
publication of the QOZ designation notice in which the designation of
the QOZ is listed, in which case the vacancy period is one year. This
one-year period for vacant property at the time of designation provides
an incentive for property that was vacant for economic reasons at the
time of publication of the QOZ designation notice to be quickly placed
back into service through sale to a new owner, thus reducing the social
costs that would occur if those properties remained unused, relative to
the longer three-year period. The three-year period for property that
was not initially vacant makes it costly for owners to strategically
limit the use of the property in order to gain a more favorable
condition for selling the property in the future, relative to a shorter
period. The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize, however, that
even under this three-year specification, there may be situations where
a property becomes vacant for a period of time due to economic reasons
and the owner of that property decides to let the property remain
vacant in order to receive an expected higher price upon selling after
the three-year vacancy period is met.
The number of taxpayers expected to be affected by this rule ranges
between 5,500 and 12,000 QOFs plus 6,000 to 15,000 qualified
opportunity zone businesses.
e. Subsidiary of a Consolidated Group
The statute is silent regarding the treatment of corporate
taxpayers that file consolidated returns and seek to invest in a QOF.
The Treasury Department and the IRS considered two options to address
this issue. Under the proposed regulations a consolidated group could
invest in a corporate QOF only if the QOF would not be treated as part
of the consolidated group for tax filing purposes. That is, a QOF could
not be a subsidiary of a consolidated group, because of concerns of
potential conflicts between the section 1400Z-2 rules and the
consolidated group rules in Sec. 1.1502. Under this approach, the
gains and losses of a corporate QOF would not be shared with the
consolidated group owning the QOF when determining aggregate tax
liability of the consolidated group, but rather the QOF would file its
own tax return, leading to a small increase in compliance burden.
This treatment could affect the choice of QOF entity for a
consolidated corporate group that wanted to own a QOF, making a
partnership QOF a more likely choice as tax attributes of the
partnership QOF (income, deductions, credits, etc.) would flow to the
member of the consolidated corporate group that owns the QOF. Sharing
those tax attributes of a partnership QOF with other members of the
group is subject to certain limitations. However, if the QOF is a
corporate subsidiary member of the consolidated group, there is more
flexibility with how tax attributes of the QOF are shared with the rest
of the consolidated group. In addition, some corporate consolidated
groups are likely to favor a using a corporate form due to familiarity
with the corporate rules that would lead to lower organizational costs.
These additional organizational or tax compliance costs are not likely
to be large, but nevertheless may discourage investment in QOFs for
some consolidated groups.
Therefore, the final regulations permit corporate taxpayers filing
consolidated returns to own a QOF that is a subsidiary member of the
consolidated group; and, as provided in the proposed regulations, a
corporate QOF may be the parent member of a consolidated group. This
option will reduce the limitations on the organizational structure of
QOF investments that would have occurred under the proposed
regulations. The final regulations permit the consolidation of a
subsidiary QOF corporation only if certain conditions are satisfied.
Specifically, except in very limited circumstances, the group member
making the qualifying investment in the QOF member (investor member)
must maintain direct equity interest of the QOF member stock. More
importantly, all investor members must be wholly owned, directly or
indirectly, by the common parent of the group. The final regulations
also provide special rules to govern the treatment of an investment of
eligible gain in the subsidiary QOF in order not to conflict with the
consolidated return rules found in Sec. 1.1502. However, these rules
are not expected to be overly burdensome, because the choice of
establishing the QOF as a subsidiary member of the consolidate group
are elective; taxpayers would not choose to consolidate a corporate QOF
subsidiary unless the benefits to the taxpayer were greater than the
costs.
One drawback to allowing QOFs to be part of subsidiary member of a
consolidated group is that there would be less information available
regarding taxable income and loss of the QOF and its subsidiary
qualified opportunity zone businesses, as that information will be
reported as part of the aggregated income and deductions of the parent
on the consolidated tax return.
The number of taxpayers expected to be affected by these rules
ranges between 25 and 500.
5. Economic Effects of Provisions Not Substantially Revised From the
Proposed Regulations
a. Definition of Substantially All
There are five uses of the term ``substantially all'' in section
1400Z-2 but the statute is ambiguous regarding the precise meaning of
this term. The final regulations establish thresholds for all five uses
of this term. The final regulations provide that ``substantially all''
means at least 90 percent with regard to the three holding period
requirements in section 1400Z-2(d)(2) and at least 70 percent with
regard to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i) and in the context of ``use'' in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). The Treasury Department and the IRS
have not attempted to assess how taxpayers would have interpreted these
terms in the absence of specific guidance and
[[Page 1947]]
therefore have not projected whether these regulations will increase or
decrease investment in QOZs or non-QOZ's relative to regulatory
alternatives.
In choosing what values to assign to the substantially all terms,
the Treasury Department and the IRS considered the economic
consequences of setting the thresholds higher or lower. Setting the
threshold higher would reduce investment in QOFs but would increase the
percentage of that investment that would be located within a QOZ. One
reason why a higher threshold would reduce overall investment in QOFs
is that it will be more difficult for businesses with diverse
operations and/or multiple locations to satisfy the threshold. Setting
the threshold lower would increase investment in QOFs but reduce the
percentage of that investment that is located within a QOZ.
A lower threshold would further increase the likelihood that a
taxpayer may receive the benefit of the preferential treatment on
capital gains without placing in service more tangible property within
a QOZ than would have occurred in the absence of section 1400Z-2. This
effect would be magnified by the way the different requirements in
section 1400Z-2 interact. For example, these final regulations imply
that, in certain limited fact patterns, a QOF could satisfy the
substantially all standards with as little as 40 percent of the
tangible property effectively owned by the fund being used within a
QOZ. This could occur if 90 percent of QOF assets are invested in a
qualified opportunity zone business, in which 70 percent of the
tangible assets of that business are qualified opportunity zone
business property; and if, in addition, the qualified opportunity zone
business property is only 70 percent in use within a QOZ, and for 90
percent of the holding period for such property. Multiplying these
shares together (0.9 x 0.7 x 0.7 x 0.9 = 0.4) generates the result that
a QOF could satisfy the requirements of section 1400Z-2 under the final
regulations with just 40 percent of its assets effectively in use
within a QOZ.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have not undertaken
quantitative estimates of the volume of investment that would be placed
in QOZs under the different thresholds for ``substantially all''
because we do not have data or models that can predict spatial patterns
of investment with reasonable precision. The Treasury Department and
the IRS further recognize that the specified thresholds may indirectly
affect investment outside of QOZs; we have likewise not undertaken
quantitative estimates of this investment effect.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the
substantially all thresholds provided in the final regulations
represent an appropriate balance between the ability of investors in
QOFs to receive preferential capital gains treatment only for placing a
consequential amount of tangible property (used in the underlying
business) within a QOZ, and the flexibility provided to business
operations so as not to significantly distort the types of businesses
that can qualify for opportunity zone funds.
b. Treatment of Leased Property
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that leased
property that is located in a QOZ may be treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property under certain conditions. This
determination means, effectively, that the value of leased property
should be included in both in the numerator and the denominator of the
90-percent investment standard and the substantially all tests.\5\ We
project that the inclusion of leased property will enhance the
efficiency of business decisions compared to other available regulatory
options because leasing is a common business practice and because
business decisions would be distorted if otherwise similar property
(owned versus leased) were treated differently.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ Under the statute, the value of leased property is included
in the denominator of the substantially all test. The statute is
ambiguous, however, as to whether leased property should be included
in the numerator.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This treatment of leased property is efficiency-enhancing (compared
to alternative treatments) because of other features of the statute.
For example, a start-up business that leased office space within a QOZ
and owned tangible property in the form of computers and other office
equipment would likely fail the substantially all test (if the office
space is sufficiently valuable relative to the other tangible property)
because the leased property is included in the denominator of the
substantially all test; this failure to satisfy the substantially all
test would occur despite all of this business's operations being
located within a QOZ. This possibility may lead the business to
purchase rather than lease its office property, a decision that
significantly changes the nature of the business's risk and expenses.
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that the treatment of
leased property as qualified opportunity zone business property may
weaken the incentive for taxpayers to construct new real property or
renovate existing real property within a QOZ, as taxpayers would be
able to lease existing real property in a zone without improving it and
thereby become a qualified opportunity zone business (assuming the
other conditions of the statute were met). However, allowing the
leasing of existing real property within a zone may encourage fuller
utilization and improvement of such property and limit the abandonment
or destruction of existing productive property within a QOZ when new
tax-favored real property becomes available.
In summary, the Treasury Department and the IRS project that the
inclusion of leased property in both the numerator and the denominator
of the 90-percent investment standard and the substantially all test
will increase economic activity within QOZs relative to alternative
decisions including the no-action baseline. This provision will reduce
potential distortions between owned and leased property that may occur
under other options.
c. Valuation of Property
The final regulations provide taxpayers with a choice between two
methods for determining the asset values for purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1) for QOFs or the value of
tangible property for the substantially all test in section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(i) for qualified opportunity zone businesses. Under the
first method (applicable financial statement valuation method), the
taxpayer values owned or leased property as reported on its applicable
financial statement for the reporting period. Under the alternative
valuation method, the taxpayer sets the value of owned property equal
to the unadjusted cost basis of the property under section 1012. The
final regulations specify that the value of leased property under the
alternative method equals the present value of total lease payments at
the beginning of the lease. The value of the property under the
alternative method for the 90-percent investment standard and
substantially all test does not change over time as long as the
taxpayer continues to own or lease the property.
The Treasury Department and the IRS project that the two methods
will, in the majority of cases, provide similar values for leased
property at the time that the lease begins because, as beginning in
2019, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) require public
companies to calculate the present value of lease payments in order to
recognize the value of leased assets on the balance sheet. However,
there are situations in which the two methods may differ in the value
they assign to leased property.
[[Page 1948]]
On financial statements, the value of the leased property declines over
the term of the lease. Under the alternative method, the value of the
leased asset is calculated once at the beginning of the lease term and
remains constant while the term of the lease is still in effect. This
difference in valuation of property over time between using financial
statements and the alternative method also exists for owned property.
In addition, the two approaches would generally apply different
discount rates, thus leading to some difference in the calculated
present value under the two methods.
The Treasury Department and the IRS provide the alternative method
to allow for taxpayers that either do not have applicable financial
statements or do not have them available in time for the asset tests.
In addition, the alternative method is simpler, thus reducing
compliance costs, and provides greater certainty in projecting future
compliance with the 90-percent investment standard and the
substantially all test. Thus, even some taxpayers with applicable
financial statements may choose to use the alternative method. One
drawback to the alternative method is that it is less likely to provide
accurate asset valuation over time because it does not account for
depreciation or other items that may affect the value of assets after
the time of purchase, and, over time, the values used for the sake of
the 90-percent investment standard and the substantially all test may
diverge from the actual value of the property.
Because this provision provides an election to taxpayers, the
Treasury Department and the IRS project that this provision will
slightly increase investment in QOFs, relative to not providing an
election. The Treasury Department and the IRS have not estimated the
proportion of taxpayers likely to use the alternative method nor the
volume of increased investment in QOFs relative to not providing an
election.
d. Gross Income Requirement of Section 1397C(b)(2)
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates the requirement of
section 1397C(b)(2) that a qualified business entity must derive at
least 50 percent of its total gross income during a taxable year from
the active conduct of a qualified business in a zone. The final
regulations provide multiple safe harbors for determining whether this
standard has been satisfied.
Two of these safe harbors provide that the 50 percent of gross
income standard would be satisfied if the majority of the labor input
of the trade or business is located within a QOZ and provide two
different methods for measuring the labor input of the trade or
business. The labor input can be measured in terms of hours (hours
performed test) or compensation paid (amounts paid test) of employees,
independent contractors, and employees of independent contractors for
the trade or business. The final regulations clarify that guaranteed
payments to partners in a partnership for services provided to the
trade or business are also included in the amounts paid test. The final
regulations provide that if at least 50 percent of the labor input of
the trade or business is located within a QOZ (as measured by one of
the two provided approaches), then the section 1397C(b)(2) requirement
is satisfied.
In addition, a third safe harbor (business functions test) provides
that the 50-percent gross income requirement is met if the tangible
property of the trade or business located in a QOZ and the management
or operational functions performed in the QOZ are each necessary for
the generation of at least 50 percent of the gross income of the trade
or business.
The determination of the location of income for businesses that
operate in multiple jurisdictions can be complex, and the rules
promulgated by taxing authorities to determine the location of income
are often burdensome and may distort economic activity. The provision
of alternative safe harbors in the final regulations should reduce the
compliance and administrative burdens associated with determining
whether this statutory requirement has been met. In the absence of such
safe harbors, some taxpayers may interpret the 50 percent of gross
income standard to require that a majority of the sales of the entity
must be located within a zone. The Treasury Department and the IRS have
determined that a standard based strictly on sales would discriminate
against some types of businesses (for example, manufacturing) in which
the location of sales is often different from the location of the
production, and thus would preclude such businesses from benefitting
from the incentives provided in section 1400Z-2. Furthermore, the
potential distortions introduced by the provided safe harbors would
increase incentives to locate labor inputs within a QOZ. To the extent
that such distortions exist, they further the statutory goal of
encouraging economic activity within QOZs. Given the flexibility
provided to taxpayers in choosing a safe harbor, other distortions,
such as to business organizational structuring, are likely to be
minimal.
e. Working Capital Safe Harbor
Section 1400Z-2 contains several rules limiting taxpayers from
benefitting from the deferral and exclusion of capital gains from
income offered by that section without also locating investment within
a QOZ. The final regulations clarify the rules related to nonqualified
financial property and what amounts can be held in cash and cash
equivalents as working capital. A qualified opportunity zone business
is subject to the requirements of section 1397C(b)(8), that less than 5
percent of the aggregate adjusted basis of the entity is attributable
to nonqualified financial property. The final regulations establish a
working capital safe harbor consistent with section 1397C(e)(1), under
which a qualified opportunity zone business may hold cash or cash
equivalents for a period not longer than 31 months and not violate
section 1397C(b)(8). The final regulations also provide that qualified
opportunity zone businesses may utilize multiple working capital safe
harbors, provided that each one satisfies all of the conditions of the
safe harbor provided in the final regulations. In the case where
multiple working capital safe harbors applies to the same unit of
tangible property, then total length of time the working capital safe
harbor may last is 62 months.
The Treasury Department and the IRS expect that the establishment
of the working capital safe harbors under these parameters will provide
net economic benefits. Without specification of the working capital
safe harbor, some taxpayers would not invest in a QOF for fear that the
QOF would not be able to deploy the funds soon enough to satisfy the
90-percent asset test. Thus, this rule would generally encourage
investment in QOFs by providing greater specificity to how an entity
may consistently satisfy the statutory requirements for maintaining a
QOF without penalty.
A longer or a shorter period could have been chosen for the working
capital safe harbor. A shorter time period would minimize the ability
of taxpayers to use the investment in a QOF as a way to lower taxes
without actually investing in tangible assets within a QOZ, but
taxpayers may also forego legitimate investments within an opportunity
zone out of concern of not being able to deploy the working capital
fast enough to meet the requirements. A longer period would have the
opposite effects. Taxpayers could potentially invest in a QOF and
receive the benefits of the tax incentive for multiple years before the
money is invested into a QOZ.
[[Page 1949]]
f. QOF Reinvestment Rule
The final regulations provide that a QOF has 12 months from the
time of the sale or disposition of qualified opportunity zone property
or the return of capital from investments in qualified opportunity zone
stock or qualified opportunity zone partnership interests to reinvest
the proceeds in other qualified opportunity zone property before the
proceeds would not be considered qualified opportunity zone property
with regards to the 90-percent investment standard. This rule provides
clarity and gives substantial flexibility to taxpayers in satisfying
the 90-percent investment standard. The Treasury Department and the IRS
have not projected the effect of this rule on the volume of investment
held by QOFs compared to a no action baseline.
g. Clarity Regarding Electing Post-10-Year Gain Exclusion if Zone
Designation Expires
The final regulations specify in Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1 that
expiration of a zone designation would not impair the ability of a
taxpayer to elect the exclusion from gains for investments held for at
least 10 years, provided the disposition of the investment occurs prior
to January 1, 2048. The Treasury Department and the IRS considered four
alternatives regarding the interaction between the expiration of the
designated zones and the election to exclude gain for investments held
more than 10 years. A discussion of the economic effects of the four
options follows.
(i) Remaining Silent on Electing Post-10-Year Gain Exclusion
The first alternative would be for the final regulations to remain
silent on this issue. Section 1400Z-2(c) permits a taxpayer to increase
the basis in the property held in a QOF longer than 10 years to be
equal to the fair market value of that property on the date that the
investment is sold or exchanged, thus excluding post-acquisition
capital gain on the investment from tax. However, the statutory
expiration of the designation of QOZs on December 31, 2028, makes it
unclear to what extent investments in a QOF made after 2018 would
qualify for this exclusion.
In absence of the guidance provided in the final regulations, some
taxpayers may have believed that only investments in a QOF made prior
to January 1, 2019, would be eligible for the exclusion from gain if
held greater than 10 years. Such taxpayers may have rushed to complete
transactions within 2018, while others may choose to hold off
indefinitely from investing in a QOF until they received clarity on the
availability of the 10-year exclusion from gain for investments made
later than 2018. Other taxpayers may have planned to invest in a QOF
after 2018 with the expectation that future regulations would be
provided or the statute would be amended to make it clear that
dispositions of assets within a QOF after 2028 would be eligible for
exclusion if held longer than 10 years. The ambiguity of the statute
would likely lead to uneven response by different taxpayers, dependent
on the taxpayer's interpretation of the statute, which may lead to an
inefficient allocation of investment across QOZs.
(ii) Providing a Clear Deadline for Electing Post-10-Year Gain
Exclusion
The alternative adopted by the final regulations clarifies that as
long as the investment in the QOF was made with funds subject to a
proper deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a), then the 10-year
gain exclusion election is allowed as long as the disposition of the
investment occurs before January 1, 2048. This rule would provide
certainty to taxpayers regarding the timing of investments eligible for
the 10-year gain exclusion. Taxpayers would have a more uniform
understanding of what transactions would be eligible for the favorable
treatment on capital gains. This would help taxpayers determine which
investments provide a sufficient return to compensate for the extra
costs and risks of investing in a QOF. This rule would likely lead to
an increase in investment within QOFs compared the final regulations
remaining silent on this issue.
However, setting a fixed date for the disposition of eligible QOFs
investments could introduce economic inefficiencies. Some taxpayers
might dispose of their investment in a QOF by the deadline in the
proposed regulation primarily in order to receive the benefit of the
gain exclusion, even if that selling date is not optimal for the
taxpayer in terms of the portfolio of assets that the taxpayer could
have chosen to invest in were there no deadline. Setting a fixed
deadline may also generate an overall decline in asset values in some
QOZs if many investors in QOFs seek to sell their portion of the fund
within the same time period. This decline in asset values may affect
the broader level of economic activity within some QOZs or affect other
investors in such zones that did not invest through a QOF. In
anticipation of this fixed deadline, some taxpayers may choose to
dispose of QOF assets earlier than the deadline to avoid an anticipated
``rush to the exits,'' but this would seem to conflict with the purpose
of the incentives in the statute to encourage ``patient'' capital
investment within QOZs. While the final regulations may produce these
inefficiencies, by providing a long time period for which taxpayers may
dispose of their investment within a QOF and still qualify for the
exclusion the final regulations will lead any such inefficiencies to be
minor.
(iii) Providing No Deadline for Electing Gain Exclusion
As an alternative, the final regulations could have provided no
deadline for electing the 10-year gain exclusion for investments in a
QOF, while still stating that the ability to make the election is not
impaired solely because the designation of one or more QOZs ceases to
be in effect. While this alternative would eliminate the economic
inefficiencies associated with a fixed deadline and would likely lead
to greater investment in QOFs, it could introduce substantial
additional administrative and compliance costs. Taxpayers would also
need to maintain records and make efforts to maintain compliance with
the rules of section 1400Z-2 on an indefinite basis.
(iv) Providing Fair Market Value Basis Without Disposition of
Investment
Another alternative considered would allow taxpayers to elect to
increase the basis in their investment in the QOF if held at least 10
years to the fair market value of the investment without disposing of
the property, as long as the election was made prior to January 1,
2048. (Or, the final regulations could have provided that, at the close
of business of the day on which a taxpayer first has the ability to
make the 10-year gain exclusion election, the basis in the investment
automatically sets to the greater of current basis or the fair market
value of the investment.) This alternative would minimize the economic
inefficiencies of the proposed regulations resulting from taxpayers
needing to dispose of their investment in the opportunity zone at a
fixed date not related to any factor other than the lapse of time.
However, this approach would require a method of valuing unsold assets
that could raise administrative and compliance costs. It may also
require the maintenance of records and trained compliance personnel for
over two decades.
(v) Summary
As discussed in section V.B of the Explanation of Provisions of the
October 2018 proposed regulations, the Treasury Department and the IRS
have determined the ability to exclude gains
[[Page 1950]]
for investment held at least 10 years in a QOF is integral to the
TCJA's purpose of creating QOZs. The final regulations provide a
uniform signal to all taxpayers on the availability of this tax
incentive, which should encourage greater investment, and a more
efficient distribution of investment, in QOFs than in the absence of
the final regulations. The relative costs and benefits of the various
alternatives are difficult to measure and compare. The final
regulations would likely produce the lowest compliance and
administrative costs among the alternatives and any associated economic
inefficiencies are likely to be small.
II. Paperwork Reduction Act
The collections of information in these final regulations are in
Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h), 1.1502-14Z(c)(2), (f)(2)(ii), (iii), and
(iv), (f)(3), and (h), and 1.1504-3(b)(2) and (c). The information in
all of the collections of information provided will be used by the IRS
for tax compliance purposes.
A. Partnership and S Corporation Collections of Information
The final regulations establish a new collection of information in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h). In Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(1), the collection of
information requires a partnership that takes a deferral election to
notify all of its partners of the deferral election and their shares of
the deferred gain. Similar requirements are set forth in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(4) regarding S corporations and S corporation
shareholders.
The collection of information in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(2) requires
indirect owners of a QOF partnership that sell or otherwise dispose of
all or a portion of their indirect interest in the QOF partnership in a
transaction that is an inclusion event to notify the QOF owner so it
can recognize an appropriate amount of deferred gain. Lastly, the
collection of information in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(3) requires a QOF
partner to notify the QOF partnership of an election under section
1400Z-2(c) to adjust the basis of the qualifying QOF partnership
interest that is disposed of in a taxable transaction. Similar
requirements again are set forth in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(4) regarding
QOF S corporations and QOF S corporation shareholders.
The collection of information contained in this final regulation
will not be conducted using a new or existing IRS form. The
notifications required by Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(1) will be provided by
the respective partnership to its partners n order to properly track
the amount of eligible gain invested in a QOF. The notification
requires a statement to be sent by the partnership electing deferral to
the relevant partners.
The notifications required by Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(2) will be
provided by indirect owners of a QOF partnership to the QOF owner and
must include information needed in order to enable the QOF owner, in a
timely manner, to recognize an appropriate amount of deferred gain. The
notification requires a statement to be sent from an indirect owner of
a QOF partnership to the QOF owner.
The notifications required by Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(3) will be
provided by a QOF partner to a QOF partnership to inform the
partnership that the partner made an election under section 1400Z-2(c)
to adjust the basis of the qualifying QOF partnership interest disposed
of in a taxable transaction. The notification requires a statement be
sent by the partner electing deferral under section 1400Z-2(c) to the
QOF partnership.
Similar notifications between shareholders and S Corporations are
also required by Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(h)(4).
The likely respondents are partnerships and partners, and S
corporations and S corporation shareholders.
Estimated total annual reporting burden: 8,500 hours.
Estimated average annual burden per respondent: 1 hour.
Estimated number of respondents: 8,500.
Estimated frequency of responses: One time notification.
B. Collections of Information Under Existing Tax Forms
The collections of information imposed on consolidated groups in
these regulations are contained in Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z(c)(2),
(f)(2)(ii), (iii), (iv), and (f)(3), 1.1502-14Z(h), and 1.1504-3(b)(2)
and (c). The collection of information provided by these regulations
has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under
control number 1545-0123. The information is required to inform the IRS
on whether, and to what extent, a taxpayer makes any of the
consolidated group elections as described in these regulations. For
purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. (PRA),
the reporting burden associated with the collection of information in
Form 1065, ``U.S. Return of Partnership Income,'' Form 1120, ``U.S.
Corporation Income Tax Return,'' Form 851, ``Affiliations Schedule,''
and/or Form 8996 will be reflected in the Paperwork Reduction Act
Submission associated with OMB control number 1545-0123.
The consolidated return rules in Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z and 1.1504-3
provide for certain elections that are available to consolidated
groups. These elections may require the consolidated group and/or the
QOF to file original, amended or superseding returns and attach an
election statement to such return with the required information to make
the applicable election. Section 1.1504-3(b)(2) generally allows the
consolidated group (subject to certain requirements and limitations) to
elect to consolidate a subsidiary QOF C corporation that was formed or
acquired by the consolidated group after May 1, 2019. In order to make
the Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) election, the consolidated group must attach
an election statement as described in Sec. 1.1504-3(c) to its Form
1120 and include the QOF C corporation as a subsidiary member on its
Form 851. Section 1.1502-14Z(c)(2) allows a consolidated group to elect
to treat an investment of one member as a qualifying investment by
another member. This election is available to consolidated groups after
March 13, 2020. The consolidated group must attach an election
statement as described in Sec. 1.1502-14Z(h)(2) with its Form 1120.
The elections provided in Sec. 1.1502-14Z(f) are available only to
consolidated groups that formed or acquired a subsidiary QOF C
corporation and included the subsidiary QOF C corporation in its
consolidated group prior to May 1, 2019. These elections allow the
consolidated group to treat the subsidiary QOF C corporation as (i) a
QOF partnership, (ii) a non-member QOF C corporation, (iii) a non-QOF C
corporation, or (iv) to continue treating the pre-existing QOF
subsidiary corporation as a member of the consolidated group. In
general, if the consolidated group makes an election under Sec.
1.1502-14Z(f), the consolidated group is required to amend its Form
1120 to account for the changes resulting from the election and to
attach the applicable election statement as provided in Sec. 1.1502-
14Z(h)(3). If the consolidated group makes an election to treat the QOF
C corporation as a QOF partnership as described in Sec. 1.1502-
14Z(f)(2)(ii), the QOF partnership is required to file its own Form
1065 as well as a new Form 8996 for the taxable year the election is
effective. If the consolidated group elects to treat the subsidiary QOF
C corporation as not a member of the group (as described in Sec.
1.1502-14Z(f)(2)(iii)), the subsidiary
[[Page 1951]]
QOF C corporation is required to file its own Form 1120 and include its
Form 8996 with the return for the taxable year the election is
effective.
The following table displays the number of respondents estimated to
be required to report on Form 1120, Form 851, Form 8996 and/or Form
1065, with respect to the collections of information required by the
these consolidated group regulations. Due to the absence of available
tax data, estimates of respondents required to attach a statement to
other types of tax returns, as applicable, are not available.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of respondents
(estimated)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transition Relief Elections--Sec.
1.1502-14Z(f):
Form 1120............................. 10 to 100.
Expected Number of Consolidated C
Corporations formed after May 1, 2019:
Form 1120............................. 0 to 50.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: RAAS:CDW.
The numbers of respondents in the table were estimated by the
Research, Applied Analytics and Statistics Division (RAAS) of the IRS
from the Compliance Data Warehouse (CDW).
Data for Form 1120 represents estimates of the total number of
taxpayers that may attach an election statement to their Form 1120 to
make the elections in Sec. Sec. 1.1.1502-14Z(c)(2), (f)(2)(ii), (iii),
and (iv), and (f)(3), and 1.1504-3(b)(2). The lower bound estimate is
based on the number of consolidated group taxpayers filing Form 1120
and Form 8996 through July 2019. The upper bound estimate is based on
consolidated group taxpayer filing trends, the observed filings to
date, and uncertainty about the number of future filers. Accordingly,
the difference between the lower bound and upper bound estimates
reflect an estimate of the possible number of respondents as a result
of the changes made by TCJA and the regulations.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required
to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid
OMB control number.
III. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6), it
is hereby certified that the final regulations will not have a
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities
under section 601(6) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (small
entities).
As discussed elsewhere in this preamble, the final regulations
provide certainty and clarity to taxpayers regarding the utilization of
the tax preference for capital gains provided in section 1400Z-2 by
defining terms, calculations, and acceptable forms of documentation.
The Treasury Department and the IRS anticipate that this clarity
generally will encourage taxpayers to invest in QOFs and will increase
the amount of investment located in QOZs. Investment in QOFs is
entirely voluntary, and the certainty that would be provided by these
final regulations, will minimize any compliance or administrative
costs, such as the estimated average annual burden (1 hour) under the
Paperwork Reduction Act. For example, the final regulations provide
multiple safe harbors for the purpose of determining whether the 50-
percent gross income test has been met as required by section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) for a qualified opportunity zone business. Taxpayers
affected by these final regulations include QOFs, investors in QOFs,
and qualified opportunity zone businesses in which a QOF holds an
ownership interest. The final regulations will not directly affect the
taxable incomes and liabilities of qualified opportunity zone
businesses; they will affect only the taxable incomes and tax
liabilities of QOFs (and owners of QOFs) that invest in such
businesses. Although there is a lack of available data regarding the
extent to which small entities invest in QOFs, will certify as QOFs, or
receive equity investments from QOFs, the Treasury Department and the
IRS project that most of the investment flowing into QOFs will come
from large corporations and wealthy individuals, though some of these
funds would likely flow through an intermediary investment partnership.
It is expected that some QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses
would be classified as small entities; however, the number of small
entities significantly affected is not likely to be substantial.
For the reasons explained previously, the Treasury Department and
the IRS certify that the final regulations will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Pursuant to
section 7805(f), the notice of proposed rulemaking preceding these
final regulations was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of
the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small
business.
IV. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits and take
certain other actions before issuing a final rule that includes any
Federal mandate that may result in expenditures in any one year by a
state, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private
sector, of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for
inflation. In 2019, that threshold is approximately $154 million. This
rule does not include any Federal mandate that may result in
expenditures by state, local, or tribal governments, or by the private
sector in excess of that threshold.
V. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
Executive Order 13132 (entitled Federalism) prohibits an agency
from publishing any rule that has federalism implications if the rule
either imposes substantial, direct compliance costs on state and local
governments, and is not required by statute, or preempts state law,
unless the agency meets the consultation and funding requirements of
section 6 of the Executive Order. This rule does not have federalism
implications and does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on
state and local governments or preempt state law.
VI. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian
Tribal Governments
Executive Order 13175 requires that Federal departments and
agencies engage in consultation procedures in certain circumstances
where regulations are issued which have substantial direct effects with
respect to the Federal Government and Indian tribes. As noted in the
Background, on October 21, 2019, the Treasury Department and the IRS
held a government-to-government tribal consultation on Opportunity
Zones (Consultation). Seven organizations representing tribal interests
participated, with one tribal designee providing comments expressing
support for the May 2019 proposed regulations. In addition, many tribes
submitted written comments in response to the proposed regulations, and
the presiding officer of one Indian tribe provided oral testimony at
the February 14, 2019 public hearing.
Several commenters requested that Indian tribal governments and
corporations organized under Indian tribal laws should be included in
the definition of entities eligible to be a QOF. The final regulations
provide that an entity ``organized in'' one of the 50 states includes
an entity organized under the law of a federally recognized Indian
tribe if the entity's domicile is located in one of the 50 states or
the District of Columbia. Such entity satisfies the requirement in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i) and (C) that
[[Page 1952]]
qualified opportunity zone stock is stock in a domestic corporation,
and a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest is an interest in
a domestic partnership.
The Treasury Department and the IRS, while acknowledging the
sovereignty of Indian tribal governments, also note that an entity
eligible to be a QOF must be subject to Federal income tax, including
the penalty imposed by section 1400Z-2(f)(1) where a QOF fails to meet
the 90-percent investment standard, regardless of the laws under which
it is established or organized. Tribal commenters at the Consultation
did not disagree with the position that if an entity organized under
the law of an Indian tribal government is eligible to be a QOF, and the
entity's domicile is located in one of the 50 states or the District of
Columbia, that such entity would be subject to Federal income tax
because the QOF would include investors from outside of the tribe.
Accordingly, the Treasury Department and IRS affirm these positions and
incorporate a reference to entities organized under the law of an
Indian tribal government in the definition of the term ``eligible
entity.''
Several tribal commenters, commenting on the October 2018 proposed
regulations (83 FR 54279), requested that leased tangible property
qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property for purposes of
the section 1400Z-2 although the statute only addresses the
qualification of tangible property acquired by purchase, as defined in
section 179(d)(2), as qualified opportunity zone business property. The
commenters stated that typically long-term ground leases of land held
in trust by the Federal government are used for economic development
purposes because such real property is generally not transferred
through a sale. As provided for in the May 2019 proposed regulations
(84 FR 18652), leased tangible property may qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property held by a QOF of qualified
opportunity zone business, provided the regulatory requirements are
met. At the Consultation, no participant requested additional guidance
on this provision, or disagreed with the position taken by the Treasury
Department and the IRS.
Prior to the publication of the May 2019 proposed regulations (84
FR 18652), the Treasury Department and the IRS received a comment
requesting that the final regulations provide flexibility regarding the
valuation of leases. The commenter requested that the final regulations
permit QOFs to use a basis for valuing property other than the basis
used for GAAP purposes (for example, cost basis under section 1012).
Because Indian tribal governments typically rely upon leases of land
held in trust by the Federal Government for economic development and
recent changes to GAAP methods require the recognition of leasehold
interests valued at the present value of prospective lease payments
over the lifetime of the lease, the commenter was concerned that
applying GAAP methods to value long-term leasehold interests would
result in eligible entities not qualifying as QOFs or qualified
opportunity zone businesses. In responding to this comment, as well as
other comments expressing similar concerns, the Treasury Department and
the IRS determined that the alternative valuation method for leased
tangible property, as set forth in the final regulations, addresses the
concerns raised by these commenters. In addition, the Treasury
Department and the IRS note that no participant of the Consultation
requested additional guidance regarding these issues. Therefore,
proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(3) has not been modified as a result of
those comments.
Following the Consultation, one tribe submitted additional comments
regarding the issue of whether leased property is qualified opportunity
zone business property. First, the commenter asked for clarification on
whether leasehold interests of the real property subject to a sublease
can be qualified opportunity zone business property for a qualified
opportunity zone business where the sublease is entered into after
December 31, 2017. The Treasury Department and the IRS, while declining
to clarify the rule, generally do not view tangible property acquired
under a sublease entered into after December 31, 2017, as necessarily
different from tangible property acquired under a lease entered into
after December 31, 2017, to the extent that the tangible property
otherwise would qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property.
Second, the commenter inquired whether a leasehold interest that
was assigned by a tribe to a qualified opportunity zone business would
not qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property because the
leasehold interest is not tangible property solely being leased or
subleased to the qualified opportunity zone business. The Treasury
Department and the IRS agree that assigning an existing lease, the
parties to which are not related persons within the meaning of section
1400Z-2(e)(2), to another entity would not prevent the tangible
property subject to the lease from qualifying as qualified opportunity
zone business property. However, it should be noted that assigning an
existing lease that was entered into by unrelated persons to an
assignee that is related person with respect to the lessee may make the
leased tangible property subject to the special rules for leases
between related persons within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2).
In addition to these comments, one tribe requested a more robust
reporting regime to measure the benefits of section 1400Z-2. As
discussed in part IX.A. of this Summary of Comments and Explanation of
Revision, the Treasury Department and the IRS have modified the Form
8996 to request additional reporting information from QOFs for tax
administration purposes, which may also be helpful in measuring the
impact and effectiveness of section 1400Z-2 on designated qualified
opportunity zones.
VII. Congressional Review Act
The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget has determined that this
is a major rule for purposes of the Congressional Review Act (CRA) (5
U.S.C. 801 et seq.).
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these final regulations are Alfred Bae and
Kyle Griffin, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax &
Accounting); Jeremy Aron-Dine and Sarah Hoyt, Office of the Associate
Chief Counsel (Corporate); and Marla Borkson, Sonia Kothari, and Vishal
Amin, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special
Industries). Other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS
participated in their development.
Statement of Availability of IRS Documents
IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings, and Notices cited in this
preamble are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (or Cumulative
Bulletin) and are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting the
IRS website at https://www.irs.gov.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income Taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:
[[Page 1953]]
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 is amended by adding
sectional authorities for Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(f)-
1, 1.1502-14Z, and 1.1504-3 in numerical order to read in part as
follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.1400Z2(a)-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(b)-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(c)-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(d)-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(d)-2 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
Section 1.1400Z2(f)-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4).
* * * * *
Section 1.1502-14Z also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4) and
1502.
* * * * *
Section 1.1504-3 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 1400Z-2(e)(4) and
1504(a)(5).
* * * * *
0
Par. 2. Section 1.1400Z2-0 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2-0. Table of Contents.
This section lists the table of contents for Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(f)-1.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (a)-1 Deferring tax on capital gains by investing in
opportunity zones
(a) Deferring tax on capital gains.
(1) Overview.
(2) Procedure for deferring gain.
(b) Definitions.
(1) 30-month substantial improvement period.
(2) 70-percent tangible property standard.
(3) 70-percent use test.
(4) 90-percent investment standard.
(5) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding
period.
(6) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone business property
holding period.
(7) 180-day period.
(8) Boot.
(9) Consolidated group.
(10) Deferral election.
(11) Eligible gain.
(12) Eligible interest.
(13) Eligible taxpayer.
(14) Inclusion event.
(15) Mixed-funds investment.
(16) Non-qualifying investment.
(17) Property.
(18) QOF.
(19) QOF C corporation.
(20) QOF corporation.
(21) QOF RIC.
(22) QOF REIT.
(23) QOF owner.
(24) QOF partner.
(25) QOF partnership.
(26) QOF S corporation.
(27) QOF shareholder.
(28) QOZ designation notice.
(29) Qualified opportunity zone business.
(30) Qualified opportunity zone business property.
(31) Qualified opportunity zone partnership interest.
(32) Qualified opportunity zone property.
(33) Qualified opportunity zone stock.
(34) Qualifying investment.
(35) Qualifying QOF partnership interest.
(36) Qualifying QOF stock.
(37) Qualifying section 355 transaction.
(38) Qualifying section 381 transaction.
(39) Related persons.
(40) Remaining deferred gain.
(41) Section 1400Z-2 regulations.
(c) Operational and special rules.
(1) Attributes of gains included in income under section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(B).
(2) Identification of which interest in a QOF corporation has
been disposed of.
(3) Pro-rata method.
(4) Examples.
(5) Making an investment for purposes of an election under
section 1400Z-2(a).
(6) Amount invested for purposes of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A).
(7) Eligible gains that a partnership elects to defer.
(8) Eligible gains that the partnership does not defer.
(9) Passthrough entities other than partnerships.
(d) Elections.
(1) Taxable year of deferral election.
(2) Taxable years after deferral election.
(e) Interaction of section 1400Z-2 and Sec. 1.897-6T.
(f) Treatment of mixed-funds investments.
(1) Investments to which no election under section 1400Z-2(a)
applies.
(2) Treatment of deemed contributions of money under section
752(a).
(3) Treatment of contributions to QOF corporation in which no
stock is received.
(4) Example.
(g) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (b)-1 Inclusion of gains that have been deferred under
section 1400Z-2(a).
(a) Scope.
(b) General inclusion rule.
(c) Inclusion events.
(1) In general.
(2) Termination or liquidation of QOF or QOF owner.
(3) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by gift or incident to
divorce.
(4) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by reason of the
taxpayer's death.
(5) Grantor trusts.
(6) Special rules for partners and partnerships.
(7) Special rules for S corporations.
(8) Distributions by a QOF corporation.
(9) Dividend-equivalent redemptions and redemptions of section
306 stock.
(10) Qualifying section 381 transactions.
(11) Section 355 transactions.
(12) Recapitalizations and section 1036 transactions.
(13) Section 304 transactions.
(14) Deduction for worthlessness.
(15) Decertification of a QOF.
(16) Other inclusion and non-inclusion events.
(d) Holding periods.
(1) Holding period for qualifying investment.
(2) Status of QOF assets as qualified opportunity zone property.
(e) Amount includible.
(1) In general.
(2) Property received from a QOF in certain transactions.
(3) Gain recognized on December 31, 2026.
(4) Special amount includible rule for partnerships and S
corporations.
(5) Limitation on amount of gain included after statutory five-
year and seven-year basis increases.
(f) Examples.
(g) Basis adjustments.
(1) Basis adjustments under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
resulting from the inclusion of deferred gain.
(2) Amount of basis adjustment under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv).
(3) Examples.
(4) Special partnership rules.
(5) Basis adjustments in S corporation stock.
(6) Basis in the hands of a taxpayer who received a qualifying
investment in a QOF by reason of the prior owner's death.
(h) Notifications by partners and partnerships, and shareholders
and S corporations.
(1) Notification of deferral election.
(2) Notification of deferred gain recognition by indirect QOF
owner.
(3) Notification of section 1400Z-2(c) election by QOF partner
or QOF partnership.
(4) S corporations.
(i) Reserved.
(j) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (c)-1 Investments held for at least 10 years.
(a) Scope.
(b) Investment for which an election can be made.
(1) In general.
(2) Special election rules for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations.
(3) Basis adjustments upon sale or exchange of qualifying QOF
stock.
(c) Extension of availability of the election described in
section 1400Z-2(c).
(d) Examples.
(e) Capital gain dividends paid by a QOF RIC or QOF REIT that
some shareholders may be able to elect to receive tax free under
section 1400Z-2(c).
(1) Eligibility.
(2) Definition of capital gain dividend identified with a date.
(3) General limitations on the amounts of capital gain with
which a date may be identified.
(4) Determination of the amount of capital gain with which a
date may be identified.
(f) Applicability dates.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (d)-1 Qualified opportunity funds and qualified
opportunity zone businesses.
(a) Overview.
(1) Eligible entity.
(2) Self-certification as a QOF.
[[Page 1954]]
(3) Self-decertification of a QOF.
(4) Involuntary decertification.
(b) Valuation of property for purposes of the 90-percent
investment standard and the 70-percent tangible property standard.
(1) In general.
(2) Special rules.
(3) Applicable financial statement valuation method.
(4) Alternative valuation method.
(c) Qualified opportunity zone property.
(1) In general.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone stock.
(3) Qualified opportunity zone partnership interest.
(d) Qualified opportunity zone business.
(1) In general.
(2) Satisfaction of 70-percent tangible property standard.
(3) Operation of section 1397C requirements adopted by
reference.
(4) Trade or businesses described in section 144(c)(6)(B) not
eligible.
(5) Tangible property of a qualified opportunity zone business
that ceases to be qualified opportunity zone business property
(6) Cure period for qualified opportunity zone businesses.
(e) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (d)-2 Qualified opportunity zone business property
(a) Qualified opportunity zone business property.
(1) In general.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone business property requirements.
(b) Tangible property owned by an eligible entity.
(1) Purchase requirement.
(2) Original use or substantial improvement requirement.
(3) Original use of tangible property acquired by purchase.
(4) Substantial improvement of tangible property acquired by
purchase.
(c) Tangible property leased by an eligible entity.
(1) Qualifying acquisition of possession.
(2) Arms-length terms.
(3) Additional requirements for tangible property leased from a
related person.
(4) Plan, intent, or expectation for purchases not for fair
market value.
(d) Holding period and use within a qualified opportunity zone
of owned or leased tangible property.
(1) In general.
(2) Valuation of owned and leased property.
(3) Substantially all of an eligible entity's holding period for
owned or leased tangible property.
(4) Substantially all of the use of owned or leased tangible
property in a qualified opportunity zone.
(e) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (e)-1 [Reserved]
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (f)-1 Administrative rules- penalties, anti-abuse, etc.
(a) In general.
(b) Time period for a QOF to reinvest certain proceeds.
(1) In general.
(2) Federally declared disasters.
(c) Anti-abuse rules.
(1) General anti-abuse rule.
(2) Special anti-abuse rule for partnerships.
(3) Examples.
(d) Applicability dates.
(1) In general.
(2) Prior periods.
0
Par. 3. Section 1.1400Z2(a)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (a)-1 Deferring tax on capital gains by investing in
opportunity zones.
(a) Deferring tax on capital gains--(1) Overview. Under section
1400Z-2(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations (as defined in paragraph (b)(41) of this section), an
eligible taxpayer may elect to defer recognition of some or all of one
or more eligible gains that otherwise would be recognized by the
eligible taxpayer in the taxable year to the extent that the eligible
taxpayer timely acquires a qualifying investment in a qualified
opportunity fund (QOF) within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1. Paragraph (a)(2) of this section describes how a
taxpayer elects to defer gain. Paragraph (b) of this section defines
terms used in the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Paragraph (c) of this
section provides operational rules for applying section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations, including special rules regarding the
election to defer gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and this section when
an eligible taxpayer that is a partnership, S corporation, trust, or
decedent's estate recognizes an eligible gain in a taxable year.
Paragraph (d) of this section provides the manner in which a deferral
election under section 1400Z-2(a) must be made. Paragraph (e) of this
section provides the treatment of section 1400Z-2 for purposes of Sec.
1.897-6T. Paragraph (f) of this section provides rules for mixed-funds
investments. Paragraph (g) of this section provides dates of
applicability. See Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z and 1.1504-3 for special rules
applicable to consolidated groups that invest in QOFs.
(2) Procedure for deferring gain. A taxpayer defers gain, in whole
or in part, by making an election on its Federal income tax return for
the taxable year in which the gain would be included if not deferred.
The election must be made in the manner prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service in guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
or in forms and instructions (see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602
of this chapter).
(b) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations:
(1) 30-month substantial improvement period. The term 30-month
substantial improvement period means any 30-month period, beginning
after the date of acquisition of tangible property, in which additions
to the basis of the tangible property in the hands of the QOF or
qualified opportunity zone business (see Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2(b)(4))
exceed an amount equal to the adjusted basis of such property at the
beginning of the 30-month period in the hands of the QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business.
(2) 70-percent tangible property standard. The term 70-percent
tangible property standard means the requirement in section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(i) that a qualified opportunity zone business must satisfy
with respect to qualified opportunity zone business property (see Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-2) that the qualified opportunity zone business holds,
whether the qualified opportunity zone business property is owned by
the qualified opportunity zone business or leased by the qualified
opportunity zone business from another person.
(3) 70-percent use test. The term 70-percent use test means the
test used to determine if a QOF or qualified opportunity zone business
satisfies the requirement in sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) and
1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i) that substantially all of the use of tangible
property was in a qualified opportunity zone.
(4) 90-percent investment standard. The term 90-percent investment
standard means the requirement provided in section 1400Z-2(d)(1) that a
QOF must hold at least 90 percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property, as defined in section 1400Z-2(d)(2) and
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(1), determined by the average of the percentage
of qualified opportunity zone property held by the QOF as measured on
the last day of the first six-month period and on the last day of the
taxable year of the QOF.
(5) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding period.
The term 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding period
means the minimum portion of a QOF's holding period in stock of a
corporation or interests in a partnership, during which the corporation
or partnership qualifies as a qualified opportunity zone business in
order for the stock or the partnership interests to meet the
substantially all requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III) to
be treated as qualified
[[Page 1955]]
opportunity zone stock or the substantially all requirement under
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(C)(iii) to be treated as qualified opportunity
zone partnership interests, as applicable, held by the QOF.
(6) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone business property holding
period. The term 90-percent qualified opportunity zone business
property holding period means the minimum portion of a QOF's or
qualified opportunity zone business's holding period in tangible
property during which the 70-percent use test with respect to the
tangible property must be satisfied, in order for the tangible property
to meet the requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) to be
treated as qualified opportunity zone business property held by the QOF
or qualified opportunity zone business.
(7) 180-day period--(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided
elsewhere in this section, the term 180-day period means the 180-day
period referred to in section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) with respect to any
eligible gain meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(11) of this
section that begins on the day on which the gain would be recognized
for Federal income tax purposes if the eligible taxpayer did not elect
under section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations to defer
recognition of that gain.
(ii) 180-day period for RIC and REIT capital gain dividends--(A)
General rule. Unless the shareholder of a regulated investment company
(RIC) or real estate investment trust (REIT) chooses to apply paragraph
(b)(7)(ii)(B) of this section, the 180-day period for a RIC or REIT
capital gain dividend begins on the last day of the shareholder's
taxable year in which the capital gain dividend would otherwise be
recognized by the shareholder.
(B) Elective rule. Notwithstanding the general rule in paragraph
(b)(7)(ii)(A) of this section, a shareholder of a RIC or REIT may
choose to treat the 180-day period with respect to a capital gain
dividend that the shareholder receives from the RIC or REIT as
beginning on the date of the dividend distribution; provided, however,
that the aggregate amount of the shareholder's eligible gain with
respect to capital gain dividends from the RIC or REIT is limited to
the aggregate amount of capital gain dividends reported for that
shareholder by the RIC for that shareholder's taxable year or
designated for that shareholder by the REIT for that shareholder's
taxable year.
(C) Undistributed capital gains. If section 852(b)(3)(D) or
857(b)(3)(C) (concerning undistributed capital gains) requires the
holder of shares in a RIC or REIT to include an amount in the
shareholder's long-term capital gains, the rule in paragraph
(b)(7)(ii)(B) of this section does not apply to that amount. The 180-
day period with respect to the included undistributed capital gain
begins, at the shareholder's election, on either the last day of the
RIC or REIT's taxable year or the last day of the shareholder's taxable
year in which the amount would otherwise be recognized as long-term
capital gains by the shareholder.
(iii) 180-day period for partners, S corporation shareholders, and
owners of other passthrough entities. See paragraph (c)(8) and (9) of
this section for rules relating to the determination of the 180-day
period for partners, S corporation shareholders, or beneficiaries of a
trust or decedent's estate in cases in which a partnership, S
corporation, trust, or decedent's estate is not an eligible taxpayer
with respect to an eligible gain, or does not make a deferral election
with respect to an eligible gain.
(iv) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
paragraph (b)(7)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(A) Example 1. Regular-way trades of stock. Individual A sells
stock at a gain in a regular-way trade on an exchange (that is, in a
transaction in which a trade order is placed on the trade date, and
settlement of the transaction, including payment and delivery of the
stock, occurs a standardized number of days after the trade date).
The 180-day period with respect to A's gain on the stock begins on
the trade date.
(B) Example 2. Capital gain dividends received by a REIT
shareholder. REIT and Shareholder are calendar year taxpayers. REIT
distributes a dividend to Shareholder on March 1, Year 1. REIT
designates the March 1 dividend as a capital gain dividend before 30
days after the close of Year 1. Shareholder's 180-day period with
respect to that capital gain dividend begins on December 31, Year 1.
However, Shareholder may choose to begin the 180-day period on March
1, Year 1. If so, an equity interest in a QOF received by
Shareholder in exchange for an investment of an amount corresponding
to that capital gain dividend may be a qualifying investment to the
extent that Shareholder's aggregate elected deferrals of dividends
from REIT for Year 1 do not exceed Shareholder's aggregate capital
gain dividends from REIT for the taxable year.
(C) Example 3. Multiple capital gain dividends received by a RIC
shareholder. RIC is a calendar year taxpayer. RIC distributes a
dividend of $100 to Shareholder, a calendar year taxpayer, on March
1, Year 1 and distributes another dividend of $50 to Shareholder on
June 1, Year 1. RIC reports both the March 1 and June 1 dividends as
capital gain dividends on Shareholder's Form 1099-DIV for Year 1.
Shareholder's 180-day period with respect to both capital gain
dividends begins on December 31, Year 1. However, Shareholder may
choose to begin the 180-day period for the $100 RIC capital gain
dividend on March 1, Year 1, and may choose to begin the 180-day
period for the $50 RIC capital gain dividend on June 1, Year 1.
Thus, if Shareholder makes a single investment of $200 in a QOF in
exchange for an eligible interest (as defined in paragraph (b)(12)
of this section) on July 1, Year 1, absent any other eligible gain,
Shareholder may treat $150 of the eligible interest as a qualifying
investment in the QOF (that is, the amount that corresponds to the
aggregate amount of the RIC capital gain dividends in Year 1) and
$50 of the eligible interest as a non-qualifying investment therein.
(D) Example 4. Additional deferral of previously deferred
gains--(1) Facts. Taxpayer A invested in a QOF and properly elected
to defer realized gain. On March 15, 2025, A disposes of its entire
investment in the QOF in a transaction that, under sections 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(B) and (b), triggers an inclusion of gain in A's gross
income. Section 1400Z-2(b) determines the date and amount of the
gain included in A's income. That date is March 15, 2025, the date
on which A disposed of its entire interest in the QOF. A wants to
make a deferral election with respect to A's gain from the disposal
of the QOF investment.
(2) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section, the
180-day period for making another investment in a QOF begins on the
day on which section 1400Z-2(b) requires the prior gain to be
included. As prescribed by section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(A), that is March
15, 2025, the date of the inclusion-triggering disposition. Thus, in
order to make a deferral election under section 1400Z-2, A must
invest the amount of the inclusion in the original QOF or in another
QOF during the 180-day period beginning on March 15, 2025, the date
when A disposed of its entire investment in the QOF.
(8) Boot. The term boot means money or other property that section
354 or 355 does not permit to be received without the recognition of
gain.
(9) Consolidated group. The term consolidated group has the meaning
provided in Sec. 1.1502-1(h).
(10) Deferral election. The term deferral election means an
election under section 1400Z-2(a) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations
made before January 1, 2027, with respect to an eligible gain.
(11) Eligible gain--(i) In general. An amount of gain is an
eligible gain, and thus is eligible for deferral under section 1400Z-
2(a) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if the gain--
(A) Is treated as a capital gain for Federal income tax purposes or
is a qualified 1231 gain within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(11)(iii)(A) of this section, determined by--
(1) Not taking into account any losses unless otherwise specified
in the section 1400Z-2 regulations; and
[[Page 1956]]
(2) Taking into account any other provision of the Code that
requires the character of potential capital gain to be recharacterized
or redetermined as ordinary income, as defined in section 64, for
purposes of the Code;
(B) Would be recognized for Federal income tax purposes and subject
to tax under subtitle A of the Code before January 1, 2027 (subject to
Federal income tax), if section 1400Z-2(a)(1) did not apply to defer
recognition of the gain; and
(C) Does not arise from a sale or exchange of property with a
person that, within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2), is related
to--
(1) The eligible taxpayer that would recognize the gain in the
taxable year in which the sale or exchange occurs if section 1400Z-
2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations did not apply to defer
recognition of the gain; or
(2) Any passthrough entity or other person recognizing and
allocating the gain to the eligible taxpayer described in paragraph
(b)(11)(i)(C)(1) of this section.
(ii) Portion of eligible gain not already subject to a deferral
election. In the case of an eligible taxpayer who has made an election
under section 1400Z-2(a) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations regarding
some but not all of an eligible gain, the portion of that eligible gain
with respect to which no election under section 1400Z-2(a) and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations has been made remains an eligible gain for
which a deferral election may be made.
(iii) Qualified 1231 gains--(A) Definition. A section 1231 gain (as
defined in section 1231(a)(3)(A)) recognized on the sale or exchange of
property defined in section 1231(b) (1231(b) property) is a qualified
1231 gain to the extent that it exceeds any amount with respect to the
1231(b) property that is treated as ordinary income under section 1245
or section 1250.
(B) 180-day period. For the applicable 180-day period with respect
to a qualified 1231 gain, see paragraph (b)(7) of this section.
(C) Attributes of included income when deferral ends. For the
Federal income tax treatment of the later inclusion of a qualified 1231
gain deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations, see paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(iv) Gain arising from an inclusion event--(A) In general. Gain
that is otherwise required to be included in gross income under Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(1), whether from the disposition of an entire interest
in a QOF or a disposition of a partial interest, may be eligible for
deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1), provided that all of the
requirements to elect to defer gain under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) are
met. For purposes of determining whether such gain is eligible gain
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) and this paragraph (b)(11)(iv)(A), the
eligible taxpayer should treat such inclusion gain as if it was
originally realized upon the occurrence of the inclusion event rather
than on the sale or exchange that gave rise to the eligible gain to
which the inclusion event relates.
(B) 180-day period. The 180-day period for investing gain from an
inclusion event begins on the date of the inclusion event.
(C) Holding period. The holding period for a qualifying investment
attributable to eligible gain arising from an inclusion event begins on
the date that the gain is reinvested in a QOF.
(v) No deferral for gain realized upon the acquisition of an
eligible interest. Gain is not eligible for deferral under section
1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations if such gain is
realized upon the contribution, exchange, or other transfer of property
to a QOF in exchange for an eligible interest (see paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(C) of this section) or the transfer of property to an
eligible taxpayer in exchange for an eligible interest (see paragraph
(c)(6)(iv) of this section).
(vi) Gain from section 1256 contracts and from positions in a
straddle--(A) General rule. Except as otherwise explicitly provided in
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B), (C), or (D) of this section, eligible gain
for a taxable year does not include--
(1) Gain from a section 1256 contract as defined in section
1256(b);
(2) Gain from a position that was part of a straddle as defined in
section 1092 (straddle) during the taxable year; or
(3) Gain from a position that was part of a straddle in a previous
taxable year if, under section 1092(a)(1)(B), a loss from any position
in that straddle is treated as sustained, subject to the limitations of
section 1092(a)(1)(A), during the taxable year.
(B) Exception for net gain from certain section 1256 contracts.
Paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A)(1) of this section does not apply to the net
gain during the taxable year from section 1256 contracts that were not
part of a straddle at any time during the taxable year (qualified
section 1256 contracts). For purposes of this paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B),
the net gain during the taxable year from qualified section 1256
contracts is determined by taking into account all capital gains and
losses from such contracts for the taxable year that are recognized for
Federal income tax purposes, determined without regard to section
1400Z-2(a)(1). The 180-day period with respect to any eligible gain
described in this paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(B) begins on the last day of
the taxable year, and the character of that gain when it is later
included under sections 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and 1400Z-2(b) is determined
under the general rule in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. If, under
section 1256(a)(4), section 1092 does not apply to a straddle, such
straddle is not treated as a straddle for purposes of this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(B).
(C) Exception for net gain from certain identified straddles--(1)
Paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does not apply to the net gain
during the taxable year from positions in a straddle if--
(i) During the taxable year, the positions were part of an
identified straddle under section 1092(a)(2), part of an identified
mixed straddle under Sec. 1.1092(b)-3T (and, as applicable, Sec.
1.1092(b)-6), part of an identified straddle under section 1256(d), or
included in a mixed straddle account under Sec. 1.1092(b)-4T;
(ii) All gains and losses with respect to the positions that were
part of such straddle or included in such mixed straddle account are
recognized by the end of the taxable year (other than gain that would
be recognized but for deferral under section 1400Z-2(a)(1));
(iii) None of the positions in such straddle or mixed straddle
account were part of a straddle during the taxable year, other than a
straddle described in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section; and
(iv) None of the positions in such straddle or mixed straddle
account were part of a straddle in a previous taxable year if, under
section 1092(a)(1)(B), a loss from any position in such straddle is
treated as sustained, subject to the limitations of section
1092(a)(1)(A), during the taxable year.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(1) of this section,
net gain during the taxable year from an identified straddle or mixed
straddle account described in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(1)(i) through
(iv) of this section is equal to the excess of the capital gains
recognized in the taxable year for Federal income tax purposes,
determined without regard to section 1400Z-2(a)(1), from all of the
positions that were part of that straddle over the sum of the capital
losses and net ordinary loss (if any) from all of the positions that
were part of that straddle. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2), capital gains and losses from an identified straddle
or mixed straddle account include capital gains and losses from section
1256 contracts
[[Page 1957]]
and other positions marked to market either upon termination or on the
last business day of the taxable year, as well as annual account net
gain from positions in a mixed straddle account covered by Sec.
1.1092(b)-4T. In addition, for purposes of this paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(C)(2), net ordinary loss means the excess of ordinary
losses over ordinary gains.
(3) If a straddle is an identified straddle described in section
1092(a)(2), the basis adjustment provisions described in sections
1092(a)(2)(A)(ii) and (iii) must be applied in determining the net gain
during the taxable year from positions that were part of that straddle.
(4) The 180-day period with respect to any eligible gain described
in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(2) of this section begins on the earlier of
the date when all of the positions that are, or have been, part of the
straddle are disposed of (or otherwise terminated) or the last day of
the taxable year.
(5) If net gain described in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C)(2) of this
section is deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1), that gain is not
treated as unrecognized gain for purposes of section 1092(a)(3)(A)(ii).
(D) Additional exceptions to the general rule. Additional
exceptions to the general rule in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this
section may be prescribed in guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(E) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules described
in paragraph (b)(11)(vi) of this section. All of the examples assume
that Taxpayer holds the positions described as capital assets and that
Taxpayer holds no offsetting positions other than those described in
the examples.
(1) Example 1. Taxpayer owns 100 shares of publicly traded
Company X common stock and acquires put options on 100 shares of
Company X common stock during the taxable year. Taxpayer does not
make any straddle identifications under section 1092. During the
taxable year, Taxpayer sells all 100 shares of its Company X common
stock and has a $40 capital gain. During the taxable year, Taxpayer
also closes out all of its put options on Company X common stock and
has a $30 capital loss. That $40 of capital gain is from a position
that was part of a straddle during the taxable year because the
position in Company X common stock and the position in put options
on Company X stock are offsetting positions as defined in section
1092(c). Under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section, none of
Taxpayer's $40 of capital gain is eligible gain.
(2) Example 2. Taxpayer's taxable year is the calendar year.
Taxpayer owns 100 shares of publicly traded Company Y common stock
and has a basis in each share of $10.00. Taxpayer also owns put
options on 100 shares of Company Y common stock. Taxpayer makes a
valid and timely identification under section 1092(a)(2) of the 100
shares of Company Y common stock and the put options on the 100
shares of Company Y common stock. On January 10, Year 1, Taxpayer
closes out all of the put options and has a $30.00 capital loss. On
March 10, Year 1, Taxpayer sells 40 shares of the Company Y common
stock for $11.00 per share. At the end of Year 1, the fair market
value of each of the 60 remaining shares of Company Y common stock
held by Taxpayer is $10.50. Under section 1092(a)(2)(A)(ii), when
the put options are closed out at a loss of $30.00, the basis of
each of Taxpayer's shares of Company Y common stock is increased by
$0.30 ($30.00/100). Thus, Taxpayer has a gain of $28.00 ((40 *
$11.00)-(40 * $10.30)) on the sale of the 40 shares of Company Y
common stock. Paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section applies to
all of Taxpayer's gain during the taxable year from the straddle.
Because Taxpayer has unrecognized gain from the straddle at the end
of the taxable year, paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C) of this section does
not shield any of Taxpayer's gain from that result. The $28 of gain
is thus not eligible gain. Taxpayer must recognize and include in
taxable income for the taxable year the $28.00 capital gain. Under
section 1092(a)(2)(A)(iv), Taxpayer may not deduct the $30.00 loss
from the put options.
(3) Example 3. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(E)(2) of this section (Example 2), except Taxpayer sells
the 100 shares of Company Y common stock on March 10, Year 1, for
$11.50 per share. Under section 1092(a)(2)(A)(ii), as in paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(E)(2) of this section (Example 2), when the put options
are closed out at a loss of $30.00, the basis of each of Taxpayer's
shares of Company Y common stock is increased by $0.30 ($30.00/100).
Taxpayer has a gain of $120.00 ((100 * $11.50)-(100 * $10.30)) on
the sale of the 100 shares of Company Y common stock. Taxpayer has
net gain during the taxable year from the identified straddle of
$120.00. Under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C) of this section, paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does not apply to prevent the $120.00
net gain from being eligible gain. As in paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(E)(2)
of this section (Example 2), under section 1092(a)(2)(A)(iv),
Taxpayer may not deduct the $30.00 loss from the put options.
(4) Example 4. Taxpayer's taxable year is the calendar year.
Taxpayer owns 100 shares of publicly traded Company Z common stock
and has a basis in each share of $10. Taxpayer also owns put options
on 100 shares of Company Z common stock. In Year 1, Taxpayer closes
out the put options at a $100 loss. At the end of Year 1, the fair
market value of each of the shares of Company Z common stock held by
Taxpayer is $15 and, under section 1092(a)(3), Taxpayer has $500 of
unrecognized gain. Because Taxpayer's unrecognized gain on the
Company Z common stock at the end of Year 1 exceeds Taxpayer's loss
on the put options, Taxpayer's loss is deferred under section
1092(a)(1). During Year 2, Taxpayer sells 40 shares of Company Z
common stock for $14 per share. Taxpayer has a gain of $160 ((40 *
$14)-(40 * $10)) on the sale of the 40 shares of Company Z common
stock. Under paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section, because
Taxpayer's Company Z common stock was part of a straddle in a
previous taxable year and a loss from a position in that straddle
was deferred under section 1092(a) at the end of Year 1, the
preceding taxable year, Taxpayer's $160 Year 2 gain on the sale of
the Company Z common stock is not eligible gain. At the end of Year
2, the fair market value of each of the 60 remaining shares of
Company Z common stock held by Taxpayer is $10 and Taxpayer has no
unrecognized gain on its Company Z common stock. Under section
1092(a)(1)(B), Taxpayer's $100 loss from Year 1 is treated as
sustained in Year 2. Because Taxpayer has no unrecognized gain on
its Company Z common stock at the end of Year 2, Taxpayer may deduct
the $100 loss in Year 2. In Year 3, Taxpayer sells the remaining 60
shares of Company Z common stock for $50 per share. Taxpayer has a
gain of $2,400 ((60 * $50)-(60 * $10)) on the sale of the 60 shares
of Company Z common stock. Because there was no loss from the
straddle deferred under section 1092(a) at the end of Year 2,
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A) of this section does not apply to prevent
the $2,400 of Year 3 net gain from being eligible gain.
(5) Example 5. Taxpayer's taxable year is the calendar year. On
October 5, Year 1, Taxpayer buys 100 shares of publicly traded
Exchange Traded Fund A (ETF A) and acquires offsetting section 1256
contracts on the index that underlies the ETF A shares. Taxpayer
makes a valid and timely identification of all 100 ETF A shares and
the offsetting section 1256 contracts under Sec. 1.1092(b)-3T. On
December 31, Year 1, the fair market value of the ETF A shares has
increased by $500, and the fair market value of the section 1256
contracts has decreased by $450. On December 31, Year 1, Taxpayer
sells the ETF shares for a $500 gain. In addition, under section
1256(a)(1), the section 1256 contracts are treated as sold for fair
market value on December 31, Year 1, for a $450 loss. Pursuant to
Sec. 1.1092(b)-3T(b)(4), Taxpayer has a net short term capital gain
from the identified mixed straddle of $50 ($500-$450). Under
paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(C) of this section, paragraph (b)(11)(vi)(A)
of this section does not apply to prevent the $50 of net short term
capital gain from being eligible gain.
(vii) [Reserved]
(viii) Eligible installment sale gains--(A) In general. The term
eligible gain includes gains described in this paragraph (b)(11) that
would be recognized by an eligible taxpayer under the installment
method pursuant to section 453 and with Sec. Sec. 1.453-1 through
1.453-12 for a taxable year, provided such gain otherwise meets the
requirements of this paragraph (b)(11). This includes gains recognized
under the installment method under section 453 from an installment sale
that occurred before December 22, 2017.
(B) 180-day period for gain from installment sales. For gains
reported on
[[Page 1958]]
the installment method, an eligible taxpayer may treat the date the
payment on the installment sale is received or the last day of the
taxable year in which the eligible taxpayer would have recognized the
gain under the installment method as the beginning of the 180-day
period described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section. Thus, if an
eligible taxpayer receives one or more payments on an installment sale
and treats the date the payment on the installment sale is received as
the beginning of the 180-day period, each payment will begin a new 180-
day period.
(ix) Additional rules for determining if gain is subject to Federal
income tax--(A) Application of a treaty--(1) In general. For purposes
of paragraph (b)(11)(i)(B) of this section, whether gain would be
subject to Federal income tax is determined after application of any
treaty exemption provision that an eligible taxpayer elects to apply
under any applicable U.S. income tax convention.
(2) Treaty waiver. An eligible taxpayer who is not a United States
person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) (or an eligible
taxpayer who is a United States person within the meaning of section
7701(a)(30) but who is treated as a resident of another country under
an applicable U.S. income tax convention) may not make an election to
defer gain pursuant to section 1400Z-2(a) after the applicability date
of this section (see paragraph (g) of this section) unless such
eligible taxpayer irrevocably waives, in accordance with forms and
instructions (see Sec. 601.602 of this chapter), any treaty benefits
that would exempt such gain from being subject to Federal income tax at
the time of inclusion pursuant to an applicable U.S. income tax
convention. In the event that such forms and instructions that include
such waiver have not yet been published when an election pursuant to
paragraph (d)(1) of this section is required to be made, such an
eligible taxpayer must attach a written statement, signed under
penalties of perjury, to any forms on which an election is made
pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, which states ``With
respect to gain deferred pursuant to an election under section 1400Z-
2(a), the below signed taxpayer irrevocably waives any treaty benefits
that would exempt such gain from being subject to Federal income tax at
the time of inclusion pursuant to an applicable U.S. income tax
convention.'' If such an eligible taxpayer chooses to apply the section
1400Z-2 regulations in a consistent manner for all taxable years (see
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section), the taxpayer must include the
signed statement required under this paragraph (b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) with
the first annual report described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section
that is required to be filed on a date that is after March 13, 2020. An
eligible taxpayer not described in the first sentence of this paragraph
(b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) will only be required to make the waiver described in
this paragraph (b)(11)(ix)(A)(2) if and to the extent required in forms
and publications (see Sec. 601.602 of this chapter).
(3) Non-application to certain entities. This paragraph
(b)(11)(ix)(A) does not apply to an entity described in paragraph
(b)(11)(ix)(B) of this section.
(B) Gain of a partnership. Subject to Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c), with
respect to a partnership, the requirement in paragraph (b)(11)(i)(B) of
this section that a gain be subject to Federal income tax does not
apply to an otherwise eligible gain of the partnership, provided the
partnership acquires the eligible interest with respect to such gain.
See Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c)(3)(i) and (ii), Examples 1 and 2, for
illustrations of the application of Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1(c) (providing
an anti-abuse rule) to a partnership.
(12) Eligible interest--(i) In general. For purposes of section
1400Z-2, an eligible interest in a QOF is an equity interest issued by
the QOF, including preferred stock or a partnership interest with
special allocations. Thus, the term eligible interest excludes any debt
instrument including those within the meaning of section 1275(a)(1) and
Sec. 1.1275-1(d). An eligible interest includes a pre-existing
interest in an entity that becomes a QOF pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(a)(1)(iii).
(ii) Use as collateral permitted. Provided that the eligible
taxpayer is the owner of the equity interest in the QOF for Federal
income tax purposes, status as an eligible interest is not impaired by
using the interest as collateral for a loan, whether as part of a
purchase-money borrowing or otherwise.
(iii) Deemed contributions not creating mixed-funds investment. See
paragraph (f)(2) of this section for rules regarding deemed
contributions of money to a partnership pursuant to section 752(a).
(13) Eligible taxpayer. An eligible taxpayer is a person that is
required to report the recognition of gains during the taxable year
under Federal income tax accounting principles. Thus, for example,
eligible taxpayers include individuals; C corporations, including RICs
and REITs; organizations subject to tax under section 511; and
partnerships, S corporations, trusts, and decedents' estates to the
extent permitted by paragraphs (c)(7) through (9) of this section.
(14) Inclusion event. The term inclusion event has the meaning
provided in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c).
(15) Mixed-funds investment. The term mixed-funds investment means
an investment a portion of which is a qualifying investment and a
portion of which is a non-qualifying investment.
(16) Non-qualifying investment. The term non-qualifying investment
means an investment in a QOF described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(ii).
(17) Property--(i) In general. The term property means money,
securities, or any other property.
(ii) Inclusion events regarding QOF corporation distributions. For
purposes of Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c), in the context in which a QOF
corporation makes a distribution, the term property does not include
stock (or rights to acquire stock) in the QOF corporation that makes
the distribution.
(18) QOF. The term QOF means a qualified opportunity fund, as
defined in section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1.
(19) QOF C corporation. The term QOF C corporation means a QOF
corporation other than a QOF S corporation.
(20) QOF corporation. The term QOF corporation means a QOF that is
classified as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes.
(21) QOF RIC. The term QOF RIC means a QOF that elects to be taxed
as a RIC for Federal income tax purposes. For purposes of section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, a RIC is a regulated
investment company within the meaning of section 851.
(22) QOF REIT. The term QOF REIT means a QOF that elects to be
taxed as a REIT for Federal income tax purposes. For purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, a REIT is a real
estate investment trust within the meaning of section 856.
(23) QOF owner. The term QOF owner means a QOF shareholder or a QOF
partner.
(24) QOF partner. The term QOF partner means a person that directly
owns a qualifying investment in a QOF partnership or a person that owns
such a qualifying investment through equity interests solely in one or
more partnerships.
(25) QOF partnership. The term QOF partnership means a QOF that is
classified as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes.
(26) QOF S corporation. The term QOF S corporation means a QOF
[[Page 1959]]
corporation that has elected under section 1362 to be an S corporation.
(27) QOF shareholder. The term QOF shareholder means a person that
directly owns a qualifying investment in a QOF corporation.
(28) QOZ designation notice. The term QOZ designation notice means
a notice designating population census tracts as qualified opportunity
zones (QOZs) in guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
(see Sec. 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
(29) Qualified opportunity zone business. The term qualified
opportunity zone business has the meaning provided in section 1400Z-
2(d)(3) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d).
(30) Qualified opportunity zone business property. The term
qualified opportunity zone business property has the meaning provided
in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2.
(31) Qualified opportunity zone partnership interest. The term
qualified opportunity zone partnership interest has the meaning
provided in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(C) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(3).
(32) Qualified opportunity zone property. The term qualified
opportunity zone business property has the meaning provided in section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(A) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(1).
(33) Qualified opportunity zone stock. The term qualified
opportunity zone stock has the meaning provided in section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(B) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(c)(2).
(34) Qualifying investment. The term qualifying investment means an
eligible interest, or portion thereof, in a QOF to the extent that a
deferral election is made and applies with respect to such eligible
interest or portion thereof and the IRS has been timely notified of the
deferral election. An eligible interest in a QOF ceases to be a
qualifying investment of the owner upon, and to the extent of, the
occurrence of an inclusion event with regard to that eligible interest,
or portion thereof, except as is expressly provided otherwise in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) or other provisions of the section 1400Z-2
regulations.
(35) Qualifying QOF partnership interest. The term qualifying QOF
partnership interest means a direct or indirect interest in a QOF
partnership that is a qualifying investment.
(36) Qualifying QOF stock. The term qualifying QOF stock means
stock in a QOF corporation that is a qualifying investment.
(37) Qualifying section 355 transaction. The term qualifying
section 355 transaction means a distribution described in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(11)(i)(B).
(38) Qualifying section 381 transaction. The term qualifying
section 381 transaction means a transaction described in section
381(a)(2), except the following transactions:
(i) An acquisition of assets of a QOF by a QOF shareholder that
holds a qualifying investment in the QOF;
(ii) An acquisition of assets of a QOF by a tax-exempt entity as
defined in Sec. 1.337(d)-4(c)(2);
(iii) An acquisition of assets of a QOF by an entity operating on a
cooperative basis within the meaning of section 1381;
(iv) An acquisition by a QOF of assets of a QOF shareholder that
holds a qualifying investment in the QOF;
(v) A reorganization of a QOF in a transaction that qualifies under
section 368(a)(1)(G);
(vi) A transaction, immediately after which one QOF owns an
investment in another QOF; and
(vii) A triangular reorganization of a QOF within the meaning of
Sec. 1.358-6(b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii).
(39) Related persons. The term related when used with regard to
persons and the term related persons means that there is a relationship
described in section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), determined by substituting
``20 percent'' for ``50 percent'' each place it occurs in such
sections. The term unrelated when used with regard to persons means
that there is no relationship described in preceding sentence.
(40) Remaining deferred gain. With respect to a qualifying
investment, the term remaining deferred gain means the full amount of
gain that was deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), reduced by the
amount of gain previously included under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b). After
December 31, 2026, an eligible taxpayer's remaining deferred gain is
$0.
(41) Section 1400Z-2 regulations. The term section 1400Z-2
regulations means the regulations in this chapter, which are prescribed
in whole or in part under section 1400Z-2.
(c) Operational and special rules--(1) Attributes of gains included
in income under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B). If section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B),
section 1400Z-2(b), and the section 1400Z-2 regulations require a
taxpayer to include in income some or all of a previously deferred
gain, the rules of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section apply
with respect to such gain.
(i) Deferral year attributes. The gain so included per paragraph
(c)(1) of this section has the same attributes in the taxable year of
inclusion that the gain would have had if recognition of the gain had
not been deferred under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A). These attributes
include those taken into account by sections 1(h), 1222, 1231(b), 1256,
and any other applicable provisions of the Code.
(ii) Inclusion year treatment. The gain so included per paragraph
(c)(1) of this section is subject to the same Federal income tax
provisions and rates that would apply to any other gains that are
realized and recognized at the same time as the included gain and that
have the same attributes as the deferred gain. For example, when a
deferred qualified 1231 gain, as defined in paragraph (b)(11)(iii) of
this section, is required to be included in income, the included
section 1231 gain is treated as if it were a section 1231 gain (within
the meaning of section 1231(a)(3)(A)) that was recognized on the date
of inclusion.
(iii) Rules for associating included gain with deferred gains--(A)
In general. For purposes of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section, a taxpayer determines which previously deferred gain is
associated with a qualifying investment in accordance with guidance
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin or in forms and instructions
(see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this chapter). The rules
of paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section only apply only to
the extent a deferred gain is not clearly associated with a particular
qualifying investment under this paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A).
(B) Only one eligible gain associated with a deferral election. If
only one eligible gain could have been deferred with respect to a
qualifying investment, that deferred gain is associated with that
qualifying investment. For example, if an eligible taxpayer makes a
deferral election with respect to an investment in a QOF and only one
eligible gain of the taxpayer satisfies the 180-day period with respect
to the investment in the QOF, that eligible gain is the gain deferred
with respect to the qualifying investment for purposes of paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(C) Multiple eligible gains associated with a deferral election--
(1) In general. If more than one eligible gain may have been deferred
with respect to an investment in a QOF for which a deferral election
has been made, then for purposes of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of
this section, the eligible taxpayer is treated as making the investment
in the QOF first with respect to the earliest realized eligible gain,
followed by the next earliest eligible gain and any other eligible
gains in order of the date of their realization.
(2) Rule for gains realized on the same day. If in the application
of paragraph
[[Page 1960]]
(c)(1)(iii)(C)(1) of this section, two eligible gains are realized on
the same day, such gains are allocated to the investment in the QOF
proportionately.
(2) Identification of which interest in a QOF corporation has been
disposed of--(i) Need for identification. If a taxpayer holds shares of
QOF stock with identical rights (fungible interests), and if the
taxpayer disposes of less than all of the fungible interests, it is
necessary to identify which interest or interests were disposed of. A
taxpayer may effect this identification in accordance with the rules
and principles of Sec. 1.1012-1(c). Consistent with Sec. 1.1012-1(c),
if a taxpayer does not adequately identify which of the fungible
interests are disposed of, the first-in, first-out identification
method (FIFO method) applies.
(ii) Consequences of identification. The identification
determines--
(A) Whether an investment disposed of is a qualifying investment or
a non-qualifying investment; and
(B) In the case of qualifying investments--
(1) The attributes of the gain addressed in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section; and
(2) The extent, if any, of an increase under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B) in the basis of an investment interest that is disposed of.
(3) Pro-rata method. If, after application of the FIFO method, a
taxpayer is treated as having disposed of less than all of the
investment interests that the taxpayer acquired on one day, and if the
interests acquired on that day vary with respect to the characteristics
described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, then a proportionate
allocation must be made to determine which interests were disposed of
(pro-rata method).
(4) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (c)(1) through (3) of this section.
(i) Example 1. Short-term gain. For 2018, taxpayer B properly
made an election under section 1400Z-2 to defer $100 of eligible
gain that, if not deferred, would have been recognized as short-term
capital gain, as defined in section 1222(1). In 2022, sections
1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b) require taxpayer B to include the gain in
gross income. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the gain
included in 2022 is short-term capital gain.
(ii) Example 2. Collectibles gain. For 2018, taxpayer C properly
made an election under section 1400Z-2 to defer a gain that, if not
deferred, would have been collectibles gain as defined in section
1(h)(5). In a later taxable year, section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b)
requires some or all of that deferred gain to be included in gross
income. The gain included is collectibles gain.
(iii) Example 3. Net capital gain from section 1256 contracts.
For 2019, taxpayer D had $100 of net capital gain realized from
section 1256 contracts that is eligible gain under paragraph
(b)(11)(vi)(B) of this section. D timely invested $100 in a QOF and
properly made an election under section 1400Z-2 to defer that $100
of gain. In 2023, section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b) requires D to
include that deferred gain in gross income. Under paragraph (c)(1)
of this section, the character of the inclusion is governed by
section 1256(a)(3), which requires a 40:60 split between short-term
and long-term capital gain. Accordingly, $40 of the inclusion is
short-term capital gain and $60 of the inclusion is long-term
capital gain.
(iv) Example 4. FIFO method. For 2018, taxpayer E properly made
an election under section 1400Z-2 to defer $300 of short-term
capital gain. For 2020, E properly made a second election under
section 1400Z-2 to defer $200 of long-term capital gain. In both
cases, E properly invested in QOF corporation Q the amount of the
gain to be deferred, resulting in a total investment in Q of $500.
The two investments are fungible interests and the price of the
interests was the same at the time of the two investments. E did not
purchase any additional interest in Q or sell any of its interest in
Q until 2024, when E sold for a gain 60 percent of its interest in
Q. E did not adequately identify which investment in QOF Q E sold.
Under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, E must apply the FIFO
method to identify which investments in Q that E disposed of. 60
percent of E's total investment in Q is $300 (60% x $500), thus
under the FIFO method, E sold its entire 2018 initial investment of
$300 in Q. Under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b), the sale
triggered an inclusion of deferred gain. Because the inclusion has
the same character as the gain that had been deferred, the inclusion
is short-term capital gain.
(v) Example 5. FIFO method. In 2018, before Corporation R became
a QOF, Taxpayer F invested $100 to R in exchange for 100 R common
shares. Later in 2018, after R was a QOF, F invested $500 to R in
exchange for 400 R common shares and properly elected under section
1400Z-2 to defer $500 of realized short-term capital gain from a
separate investment. Even later in 2018, on different days, F
realized $300 of short-term capital gain and $700 of long-term
capital gain. On a single day that fell during the 180-day period
for both of those gains, F invested $1,000 in R in exchange for 800
R common shares and properly elected under section 1400Z-2 to defer
the two gains. In 2020, F sold 100 R common shares. F did not
adequately identify which investment in R F sold. Under paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section, F must apply the FIFO method to identify
which investments in R F disposed of. As determined by that
identification, F sold the initially acquired 100 R common shares,
which were not part of a deferral election under section 1400Z-2. R
must recognize gain or loss on the sale of its R shares under the
generally applicable Federal income tax rules, but the sale does not
trigger an inclusion of any deferred gain.
(vi) Example 6. FIFO method. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section (Example 5), except that, in
addition, during 2021 F sold an additional 400 R common shares, and,
as with the other sale, F did not adequately identify which
investment in QOF R F sold. Under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section, F must apply the FIFO method to identify which investments
in R were disposed of. As determined by this identification, F sold
the 400 common shares which were associated with the deferral of
$500 of short-term capital gain. Thus, the deferred gain that must
be included upon sale of the 400 R common shares is short-term
capital gain.
(vii) Example 7. Pro-rata method. The facts are the same as in
examples 5 and 6, except that, in addition, during 2022 F sold an
additional 400 R common shares. Under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section, F must apply the FIFO method to identify which investments
in R were disposed of. In 2022, F is treated as holding only the 800
R common shares purchased on a single day, and the section 1400Z-2
deferral election associated with these shares applies to gain with
different characteristics (described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this
section). Under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, therefore, R must
use the pro-rata method to determine which of the characteristics
pertain to the deferred gain required to be included as a result of
the sale of the 400 R common shares. Under the pro-rata method, $150
of the inclusion is short-term capital gain ($300 x 400/800) and
$350 is long-term capital gain ($700 x 400/800).
(5) Making an investment for purposes of an election under section
1400Z-2(a)--(i) Transfer of cash or other property to a QOF. A taxpayer
makes an investment in a QOF by transferring cash or other property to
a QOF in exchange for eligible interests in the QOF, regardless of
whether the transfer is one in which the transferor would recognize
gain or loss on the property transferred.
(ii) Furnishing services. Rendering services to a QOF is not a
transfer of cash or other property to a QOF. Thus, if a taxpayer
receives an eligible interest in a QOF for services rendered to the QOF
or to a person in which the QOF holds any direct or indirect equity
interest, then the interest in the QOF that the taxpayer receives is a
non-qualifying investment.
(iii) Acquisition of eligible interest from person other than QOF.
An eligible taxpayer may make an investment in a QOF by acquiring an
eligible interest in a QOF from a person other than the QOF, provided
that all of the requirements of section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section
1400Z-2 regulations for making a valid deferral election with respect
to that investment are otherwise satisfied with respect to such
acquisition. For example, an eligible taxpayer who acquires an eligible
interest in a QOF other than from the QOF also must have an eligible
gain within the 180-day period prior to the
[[Page 1961]]
eligible taxpayer's acquisition of the eligible interest in the QOF.
(6) Amount invested for purposes of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A)--(i)
In general. In the case of any investments described in this paragraph
(c)(6), the amount of a taxpayer's qualifying investment cannot exceed
the amount of eligible gain to be deferred under the deferral election.
If the amount of an otherwise qualifying investment exceeds the amount
of eligible gain to be deferred under the deferral election, the amount
of the excess is treated as a non-qualifying investment. See paragraph
(c)(6)(iii) of this section for special rules applicable to transfers
to QOF partnerships.
(ii) Transfers to a QOF--(A) Cash. If a taxpayer makes an
investment in a QOF by transferring cash to a QOF, the amount of the
taxpayer's investment is that amount of cash.
(B) Property other than cash--Nonrecognition transactions. This
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) applies if a taxpayer makes an investment in a
QOF by transferring property other than cash to a QOF and if, but for
the application of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations, the taxpayer's basis in the resulting investment in the
QOF would be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the
taxpayer's basis in the transferred property. This paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(B) applies separately to each item of property transferred
to a QOF.
(1) Amount of qualifying investment. If paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of
this section applies, the amount of the taxpayer's qualifying
investment is the lesser of the taxpayer's adjusted basis in the
eligible interest received in the transaction, without regard to
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, or the
fair market value of the eligible interest received in the transaction,
both determined immediately after the transfer.
(2) Fair market value of the eligible interest received exceeds its
adjusted basis. If paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this section applies, and
if the fair market value of the eligible interest received is in excess
of the eligible taxpayer's adjusted basis in the eligible interest
received, without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section
1400Z-2 regulations, then the eligible taxpayer's investment in a QOF
is a mixed-funds investment to which section 1400Z-2(e)(1) applies. In
such a case, an amount equal to the adjusted basis of the eligible
interest in the hands of the eligible taxpayer is the eligible
taxpayer's qualifying investment, and the excess is the eligible
taxpayer's non-qualifying investment.
(3) Transfer of built-in loss property and section 362(e)(2). If
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this section and section 362(e)(2) both
apply to a transaction, the eligible taxpayer and the QOF are deemed to
have made an election under section 362(e)(2)(C).
(C) Property other than cash--Taxable transactions. This paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(C) applies if an eligible taxpayer makes an investment in a
QOF by transferring property other than cash to a QOF and if, without
regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations,
the eligible taxpayer's basis in the eligible interest received would
not be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the eligible
taxpayer's basis in the transferred property. If this paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(C) applies, the amount of the eligible taxpayer's investment
in a QOF is the fair market value of the transferred property, as
determined immediately before the transfer. This paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(C) applies separately to each item of property transferred
to a QOF.
(D) Basis in a mixed-funds investment. If a taxpayer's investment
in a QOF is a mixed-funds investment to which section 1400Z-2(e)(1)
applies, the taxpayer's basis in the non-qualifying investment is equal
to the taxpayer's basis in all of the eligible interests received,
determined without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section
1400Z-2 regulations, and reduced by the basis of the taxpayer's
qualifying investment, determined without regard to section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
(iii) Special rules for transfers to QOF partnerships. In the case
of an investment in a QOF partnership, the following rules apply:
(A) Amounts not treated as a qualifying investment--(1) Non-
contributions in general. To the extent the transfer of property to a
QOF partnership is characterized other than as a contribution, such as
characterization as a sale under section 707 and the regulations in
this part under section 707 of the Code, the transfer is not treated as
being made in exchange for a qualifying investment.
(2) Reductions in investments otherwise treated as contributions.
If any transfer of cash or other property to a partnership is not
treated as a contribution, in whole or in part, under paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(A)(1) of this section, the part of the transfer to the
partnership that is not disregarded is not a qualifying investment to
the extent the partnership makes a distribution to the partner and the
transfer to the partnership and the distribution would be
recharacterized as a disguised sale under section 707 and the
regulations in this part under section 707 of the Code if:
(i) Any cash contributed were non-cash property; and
(ii) In the case of a distribution by the partnership to which
Sec. 1.707-5(b) (relating to debt-financed distributions) applies, the
partner's share of liabilities is zero.
(B) Amount invested in a QOF partnership--(1) Calculation of amount
of qualifying and non-qualifying investments. To the extent paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(A) of this section does not apply, the amount of equity
received by an eligible taxpayer in a QOF partnership in exchange for
the lesser of the net basis or net value of the property contributed to
the QOF partnership by the eligible taxpayer is a qualifying
investment. The amount of equity received by an eligible taxpayer in a
QOF partnership that is a non-qualifying investment is the excess, if
any, of the total equity received by the eligible taxpayer over the
amount treated as a qualifying investment.
(2) Net basis. For purposes of paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B) of this
section, net basis is the excess, if any, of--
(i) The adjusted basis of the property contributed to the
partnership; over
(ii) The amount of any debt to which the property is subject or
that is assumed by the partnership in the transaction.
(3) Net value. For purposes of paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B) of this
section, net value is the excess of--
(i) The gross fair market value of the property contributed to the
partnership; over
(ii) The amount of the debt described in paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) of this section.
(4) Basis of qualifying and non-qualifying investments. The initial
basis of a qualifying investment, before application of section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations or any section 752 debt
allocation, is the net basis of the property contributed. The basis of
a non-qualifying investment, before any section 752 debt allocation, is
the remaining net basis. The basis of the qualifying investment is
adjusted as provided in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and the section 1400Z-
2 regulations. The bases of qualifying and non-qualifying investments
are increased by any debt allocated to those investments under the
rules of Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)(B).
(5) Rules applicable to mixed-funds investments. If one portion of
an investment in a QOF partnership is a qualifying investment and
another
[[Page 1962]]
portion is a non-qualifying investment, see Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(6)(iv) for the rules that apply.
(iv) Acquisitions from another person. An eligible taxpayer may
make an investment in a QOF by acquiring in a sale or exchange to which
Sec. 1.1001-1(a) applies an eligible interest in a QOF from a person
other than the QOF. The amount of the eligible taxpayer's investment in
the QOF with respect to which the eligible taxpayer may make a deferral
election is the amount of the cash, or the net fair market value of the
other property, as determined immediately before the exchange, that the
eligible taxpayer exchanged for the eligible interest in the QOF.
(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
paragraph (c)(6).
(A) Example 1. Transfer of built-in gain property with basis
less than gain to be deferred--(1) Facts. Individual B realizes $100
of eligible gain within the meaning of paragraph (b)(11) of this
section. B transfers unencumbered property with a fair market value
of $100 and an adjusted basis of $60 to QOF Q, a C corporation, in a
transaction that is described in section 351(a).
(2) Analysis. Paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this section applies
because B transferred property other than cash to Q and, but for the
application of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B), B's basis in the eligible
interests in Q would be determined, in whole or in part, by
reference to B's basis in the transferred property. The fair market
value of the eligible interest B received is $100, and, without
regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B), B's basis in the eligible
interest received would be $60. Thus, pursuant to paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(B)(2) of this section, B's investment is a mixed-funds
investment to which section 1400Z-2(e)(1) applies. Pursuant to
paragraphs (c)(6)(ii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section, B's qualifying
investment is $60 (the lesser of the taxpayer's adjusted basis in
the eligible interest, without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B),
of $60 and the $100 fair market value of the eligible interest
received). Pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(i), B's basis in the
qualifying investment is $0. Additionally, B's non-qualifying
investment is $40 (the excess of the fair market value of the
eligible interest received ($100) over the taxpayer's adjusted basis
in the eligible interest, without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)
($60)). B's basis in the non-qualifying investment is $0 (B's $60
basis in its investment determined without regard to section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B), reduced by the $60 of adjusted basis allocated to the
investment to which section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) applies, determined
without regard to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)). See paragraph
(c)(6)(ii)(D) of this section. Pursuant to section 362, Q's basis in
the transferred property is $60.
(B) Example 2. Transfer of built-in gain property with basis in
excess of eligible gain to be deferred. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (c)(6)(v)(A)(1) of this section (Example 1), except that B
realizes $50 of eligible gain within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(11) of this section. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this
section, B's qualifying investment cannot exceed the amount of
eligible gain to be deferred (that is, the $50 of eligible gain)
under the section 1400Z-2(a) election. Therefore, pursuant to
paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section, B's qualifying
investment is $50 (the lesser of the taxpayer's adjusted basis in
the eligible interest received, without regard to section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B), of $60 and the $100 fair market value of the eligible
interest, limited by the amount of eligible gain to be deferred
under the section 1400Z-2(a) election). B's qualifying investment
has an adjusted basis of $0, as provided in section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(i). Additionally, B's non-qualifying investment is $50
(the excess of the fair market value of the eligible interest
received ($100) over the amount ($50) of B's section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A) investment). B's basis in the non-qualifying investment
is $10 (B's $60 basis in its investment determined without regard to
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)), reduced by the $50 of adjusted basis
allocated to B's qualifying investment, determined without regard to
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B).
(C) Example 3. Transfers to QOF partnerships--(1) Facts. A and B
each realized $100 of eligible gain and each transfers $100 to a QOF
partnership. In a subsequent year, the partnership borrows $120 from
an unrelated lender and distributes $120 equally to A and B.
(2) Analysis. If the contributions had been of property other
than cash, the contributions and distributions would have been
tested under the disguised sale rules of section 707 and the
regulations in this part under section 707 of the Code, determining
the timing of the distribution and amount of the debt allocated to
each partner. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, the
cash of $200 ($100 from A and $100 from B) is treated as property
that could be sold in a disguised sale transaction and each
partner's share of the debt is zero for purposes of determining the
amount of the qualifying investment. To the extent there would have
been a disguised sale applying the rule of paragraph
(c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, the amount of the qualifying
investment would be reduced by the amount of the contribution so
recharacterized.
(D) Example 4. Return of capital by QOF partnership--(1) Facts.
A realized $100 of eligible gain and transfers $100 of cash to a QOF
partnership. Later in the partner's tax year, the partnership
distributes $20 to A in a distribution that is not recharacterized
under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section. At the time of
the distribution, no allocations of income, gain, loss, or deduction
had been made to A, and A's share of the partnership's debt was zero
under section 752.
(2) Analysis. Because the contribution and distribution are not
recharacterized under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(A)(2) of this section,
the amount of A's qualifying investment is $100 despite the $20
distribution. At the time the $20 distribution is made to A, A's
basis in its qualifying investment is zero, and thus the
distribution is an inclusion event under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(6)(iii).
(E) Example 5. Property contributed has built-in gain. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(v)(C)(1) of this section
(Example 3), except that the property contributed by A had a value
of $100 and basis of $20 and the partnership did not borrow money or
make a distribution. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this
section, the amount of A's qualifying investment is $20 (the lesser
of the net value or the net basis of the property that A
contributed), and the excess of the $100 contribution over the $20
qualifying investment is a non-qualifying investment. Under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(4) of this section, A's basis in the
qualifying investment (determined without regard to section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B) or section 752(a)) is $20. After the application of
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) but before the application of section
752(a), A's basis in the qualifying investment is zero. A's basis in
the non-qualifying investment is zero without regard to the
application of section 752(a).
(F) Example 6. Property contributed has built-in gain and is
subject to debt. The facts are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(v)(E)
of this section (Example 5), except that the property contributed by
A has a gross value of $130 and is subject to debt of $30. Under
paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, the amount of A's
qualifying investment is zero, the lesser of the property's $100 net
value ($130 minus $30) or $0 net basis ($20 minus $30, but limited
to zero). The entire contribution constitutes a non-qualifying
investment.
(G) Example 7. Property contributed has built-in loss and is
subject to debt. The facts are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(v)(F)
of this section (Example 6), except that the property contributed by
A has a basis of $150. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii)(B)(1) of this
section, the amount of A's qualifying investment is $100, the lesser
of the property's $100 net value ($130 minus $30) or $120 net basis
($150 minus $30). The non-qualifying investment is $0, the excess of
the net value ($100) over the qualifying investment ($100). A's
basis in the qualifying investment (determined without regard to
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and section 752(a)) is $120, the net basis.
After the application of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B), A's basis in the
qualifying investment is zero, plus its share of partnership debt
under section 752(a).
(7) Eligible gains that a partnership elects to defer. A
partnership generally is an eligible taxpayer under paragraph (b)(13)
of this section and may elect to defer recognition of some or all of
its eligible gains under section 1400Z-2(a)(2) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations.
(i) Partnership deferral election. If a partnership properly makes
a deferral election, then--
(A) The partnership defers recognition of the eligible gain under
the rules of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, that
is, the partnership does not recognize gain at the time it otherwise
would have in the absence of the deferral election; and
[[Page 1963]]
(B) The deferred eligible gain is not included in the distributive
shares of the partners under section 702 and is not treated as an item
described in section 705(a)(1).
(ii) Subsequent recognition. Absent any additional deferral under
section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, any
amount of deferred gain that an electing partnership subsequently must
include in income under sections 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and (b) and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations is recognized by the electing partnership
at the time of inclusion, is subject to section 702 and is treated as
an item described in section 705(a)(1) in a manner consistent with
recognition at that time.
(8) Eligible gains that the partnership does not defer--(i) Federal
income tax treatment of the partnership. If a partnership does not
elect to defer some, or all, of its eligible gains, the partnership's
treatment of any such amounts is unaffected by the fact that the
eligible gains could have been deferred under section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations.
(ii) Federal income tax treatment by the partners. If a partnership
does not elect to defer some, or all, of the eligible gains--
(A) The gains for which a deferral election are not made are
included in the partners' distributive shares under section 702 and are
treated as items described in section 705(a)(1);
(B) If a partner's distributive share includes one or more gains
that are eligible gains with respect to the partner, the partner may
elect under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) and the section 1400Z-2
regulations to defer some or all of such eligible gains; and
(C) A gain in a partner's distributive share is an eligible gain
with respect to the partner only if it is an eligible gain with respect
to the partnership and it did not arise from a sale or exchange with a
person that, within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2) and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations, is related to the partner.
(iii) 180-day period for a partner electing deferral--(A) General
rule. If a partner's distributive share includes a gain that is
described in paragraph (c)(8)(ii)(C) of this section (gains that are
eligible gains with respect to the partner), the 180-day period with
respect to the partner's eligible gains in the partner's distributive
share generally begins on the last day of the partnership taxable year
in which the partner's distributive share of the partnership's eligible
gain is taken into account under section 706(a).
(B) Elective rule. Notwithstanding the general rule in paragraph
(c)(8)(iii)(A) of this section, if a partnership does not elect to
defer all of its eligible gain, the partner may elect to treat the
partner's own 180-day period with respect to the partner's distributive
share of that gain as being--
(1) The same as the partnership's 180-day period; or
(2) The 180-day period beginning on the due date for the
partnership's tax return, without extensions, for the taxable year in
which the partnership realized the gain that is described in paragraph
(c)(8)(ii)(C) of this section.
(C) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of
this paragraph (c)(8)(iii).
(1) Facts. Four individuals, A, B, C, and D, have equal
interests in a partnership, P. P has no other partners, and P's
taxable year is the calendar year. On January 17, 2019, P realizes a
capital gain of $1000x that P decides not to elect to defer.
(2) Analysis of A's election. A is aware of the capital gain
realized by P, and decides to defer its distributive shares of P's
eligible gain. A invests $250x in a QOF during February 2020. Under
the general rule in paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(A) of this section, this
investment is within the 180-day period for A, which began on
December 31, 2019, the last day of P's taxable year in which A's
share of P's eligible gain is taken into account under section
706(a).
(3) Analysis of B's election. B is also aware of the capital
gain realized by P, and decides to defer its distributive shares of
P's eligible gain. B decides to make the election provided in
paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, and invests $250x in a
QOF during February 2019. Under the elective rule in paragraph
(c)(8)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, this investment is within the
180-day period for B, which began on January 17, 2019, the same day
as P's 180-day period.
(4) Analysis of C's election. On March 15, 2020, P provides all
of its partners with their Schedules K-1. Upon learning that its
distributive share of income from P included eligible gain, C
decides to make a deferral election, and also makes the election
provided in paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(2) of this section. It then
invests $250x in a QOF during June 2020. Under the elective rule in
paragraph (c)(8)(iii)(B)(2) of this section, this investment is
within the 180-day period for C, which began on March 15, 2020, the
180-day period beginning on the due date for P's tax return without
extensions, for the taxable year in which P realized eligible gain.
(9) Passthrough entities other than partnerships--(i) S
corporations, nongrantor trusts, and estates. If an S corporation, a
nongrantor trust, or a decedent's estate realizes an eligible gain,
then rules analogous to the rules of paragraphs (c)(7) and (8) of this
section apply to that entity and to its shareholders or its
beneficiaries, as the case may be, to the extent they receive or are
deemed to receive an allocable share of the eligible gain.
(ii) Grantor trusts. If a grantor trust realizes an eligible gain,
either the trust or the deemed owner of the trust may make the election
to defer recognition of the gain and make the qualifying investment
under rules analogous to the rules of paragraphs (c)(7) and (8) of this
section (other than the rule in paragraph (c)(8)(iii) of this section
regarding the 180-day period), whether or not the gain is distributed
to the deemed owner of the trust.
(d) Elections--(1) Taxable year of deferral election. For a
deferral election with respect to any eligible gain to be valid, an
eligible taxpayer must make such election in accordance with guidance
published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin or in forms and instructions
(see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this chapter), as to the
required time, form, and manner in which an eligible taxpayer
(including a partner, S corporation shareholder, or beneficiary
applying the elective 180-day period provided in paragraphs
(c)(8)(iii)(B) and (c)(9) of this section) may make a deferral
election.
(2) Annual reporting of qualifying investments. An eligible
taxpayer must report whether the gains that have been deferred remain
deferred at the end of each taxable year, including the year of
deferral, in accordance with guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin or in forms and instructions (see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and
601.602 of this chapter). A failure to make this report for any given
taxable year will result in a rebuttable presumption that the taxpayer
has had an inclusion event described in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) during
that year. The presumption described in the previous sentence may be
rebutted by the taxpayer making the report described in the first
sentence of this paragraph (d)(2) or by the taxpayer establishing to
the satisfaction of the Commissioner that an inclusion event described
in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) did not occur during that taxable year.
(e) Interaction of section 1400Z-2 and Sec. 1.897-6T. Section
1400Z-2 is not a nonrecognition provision, as defined in Sec. 1.897-
6T(a)(2), for purposes of Sec. 1.897-6T.
(f) Treatment of mixed-funds investments--(1) Investments to which
no election under section 1400Z-2(a) applies. If a taxpayer invests in
a QOF and makes a deferral election with respect to less than all of
that investment, the portion of the investment to which the election
does not apply is a non-qualifying investment. Similarly, an investment
in a QOF with respect to which no deferral
[[Page 1964]]
election is made is a non-qualifying investment.
(2) Treatment of deemed contributions of money under section
752(a). In the case of a QOF partnership, the deemed contribution of
money described in section 752(a) does not create or increase an
investment in the QOF described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(ii). Thus,
any basis increase resulting from a deemed section 752(a) contribution
is not taken into account in determining the portion of a partner's
investment subject to section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) or (ii). See Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)(B) for rules relating to the application of
section 752 to a mixed-funds investment.
(3) Treatment of contributions to QOF corporation in which no stock
is received. If a taxpayer with a qualifying investment or a non-
qualifying investment in a QOF corporation subsequently makes a non-
qualifying investment or a qualifying investment, respectively, and if
the taxpayer receives no additional QOF stock in exchange for the
subsequent investment, the taxpayer has a mixed-funds investment.
(4) Example. The following example illustrates the rules of this
paragraph (f):
(i) Facts. Taxpayer A realizes $1 million of eligible gain and
on the next day contributes $1 million to a QOF, Partnership P, in
exchange for a 50 percent interest in Partnership P. Taxpayer A
makes an election under section 1400Z-2(a) with respect to $900,000
of that eligible gain. Under section 1400Z-2(e)(1), 90 percent of
A's investment is described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) (an
investment that only includes amounts to which the election under
section 1400Z-2(a) applies), and 10 percent is described in section
1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(ii) (a separate investment consisting of other
amounts). Partnership P borrows $8 million. Under Sec. 1.752-3(a),
taking into account the terms of the partnership agreement, $4
million of the $8 million liability is allocated to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under section 752(a), A is treated as
contributing $4 million to Partnership P. Under paragraph (f) of
this section, A's deemed $4 million contribution to Partnership P is
ignored for purposes of determining the percentage of A's investment
in Partnership P subject to the deferral election under section
1400Z-2(a) or the portion not subject to the deferral election under
section 1400Z-2(a). As a result, after A's section 752(a) deemed
contribution, $900,000, or 90 percent, of A's investment in
Partnership P is described in section 1400Z-2(e)(1)(A)(i) and
$100,000, or 10 percent, is described in section 1400Z-
2(e)(1)(A)(ii).
(g) Applicability dates-(1) In general. The provisions of this
section are applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to eligible gains that would be
recognized (absent the making of a deferral election) during the
portion of a taxpayer's first taxable year ending after December 21,
2017 that began on December 22, 2017, and during taxable years
beginning after December 21, 2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, an
eligible taxpayer may choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-115420-18) published on
October 29, 2018, as amplified by the notice of proposed rulemaking
(REG-120186-18) published on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years.
0
Par. 4. Section 1.1400Z2(b)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (b)-1 Inclusion of gains that have been deferred under
section 1400Z-2(a).
(a) Scope. This section provides rules under section 1400Z-2(b) of
the Internal Revenue Code and the section 1400Z-2 regulations (as
defined in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(41)) regarding the inclusion in
income of gain deferred by a QOF owner under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A)
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. This section applies to a QOF
owner only until all of such owner's gain deferred pursuant to a
deferral election has been included in income, subject to the
limitations described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section, and except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.
Paragraph (b) of this section provides general rules under section
1400Z-2(b)(1) regarding the timing of the inclusion in income of the
deferred gain. Paragraph (c)(1) of this section provides the general
rule regarding the determination of the extent to which an event
triggers the inclusion in gross income of all, or a portion, of an
eligible taxpayer's deferred gain, and paragraphs (c)(2) through (16)
of this section provide specific rules for certain events that are or
are not treated as inclusion events. Paragraph (d) of this section
provides rules regarding holding periods for qualifying investments.
Paragraph (e) of this section provides rules regarding the amount of
deferred gain included in gross income under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B)
and (b), including special rules for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations. Paragraph (f) of this section provides examples
illustrating the rules of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
Paragraph (g) of this section provides rules regarding basis
adjustments under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B). Paragraph (h) of this
section provides special reporting rules applicable to partners,
partnerships, and direct or indirect owners of QOF partnerships.
Paragraph (i) is reserved. Paragraph (j) of this section provides dates
of applicability.
(b) General inclusion rule. The gain to which a deferral election
applies is included in gross income, to the extent provided in
paragraph (e) of this section and in accordance with the rules of Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(c)(1), in the taxable year that includes the earlier of:
(1) The date of an inclusion event; or
(2) December 31, 2026.
(c) Inclusion events--(1) In general. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph (c), an event is an inclusion event, if, and to the
extent that--
(i) The event reduces an eligible taxpayer's direct equity interest
for Federal income tax purposes in the qualifying investment;
(ii) An eligible taxpayer receives property in the event with
respect to its qualifying investment and the event is treated as a
distribution for Federal income tax purposes, whether or not the
receipt reduces the eligible taxpayer's ownership of the QOF;
(iii) An eligible taxpayer claims a loss for worthless stock under
section 165(g) or otherwise claims a worthlessness deduction with
respect to its qualifying investment; or
(iv) A QOF in which an eligible taxpayer holds a qualifying
investment loses its status as a QOF.
(2) Termination or liquidation of QOF or QOF owner--(i) Termination
or liquidation of QOF. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(c), an eligible taxpayer has an inclusion event with respect to all of
its qualifying investment if the QOF ceases to exist for Federal income
tax purposes. For example, if a QOF partnership converts to a QOF C
corporation, or if a QOF C corporation converts to a QOF partnership or
to an entity disregarded as separate from its owner for Federal income
tax purposes, all investors in the QOF have an inclusion event with
respect to all of their qualifying investments in the QOF.
(ii) Liquidation of QOF owner--(A) Portion of distribution treated
as sale. A distribution of a qualifying investment in a complete
liquidation of a QOF owner is an inclusion event to the extent that
section 336(a) treats the distribution as if the qualifying investment
were sold to the distributee at its fair market value, without regard
to section 336(d).
(B) Distribution to 80-percent distributee. A distribution of a
qualifying investment in a complete
[[Page 1965]]
liquidation of a QOF owner is not an inclusion event to the extent
section 337(a) applies to the distribution.
(3) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by gift or incident to
divorce--(i) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by gift. Except to the
extent provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, a taxpayer's
transfer of a qualifying investment by gift, as defined for purposes of
chapter 12 of subtitle B of the Code, whether outright or in trust, is
an inclusion event, regardless of whether that transfer is a completed
gift for Federal gift tax purposes, and regardless of the taxable or
tax-exempt status of the donee of the gift.
(ii) Transfers between spouses incident to divorce. A transfer
between spouses or incident to divorce or otherwise as provided in
section 1041 of the Code is an inclusion event.
(4) Transfer of an investment in a QOF by reason of the taxpayer's
death--(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of
this section, a transfer of a qualifying investment by reason of the
taxpayer's death is not an inclusion event. Transfers by reason of
death include, for example:
(A) A transfer by reason of death to the deceased owner's estate;
(B) A distribution of a qualifying investment by the deceased
owner's estate;
(C) A distribution of a qualifying investment by the deceased
owner's trust that is made by reason of the deceased owner's death;
(D) The passing of a jointly owned qualifying investment to the
surviving co-owner by operation of law; and
(E) Any other transfer of a qualifying investment at death by
operation of law.
(ii) Exceptions. The following transfers are not included as a
transfer by reason of the taxpayer's death, and thus are inclusion
events:
(A) A sale, exchange, or other disposition by the deceased
taxpayer's estate or trust, other than a distribution described in
paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section;
(B) Any disposition by the legatee, heir, or beneficiary who
received the qualifying investment by reason of the taxpayer's death;
and
(C) Any disposition by the surviving joint owner or other recipient
who received the qualifying investment by operation of law on the
taxpayer's death.
(iii) Liability for deferred Federal income tax. If the owner of a
qualifying investment in a QOF dies before an inclusion event and the
deferred gain is not includable in the decedent's gross income, the
gain that the decedent elected to defer under section 1400Z-2(a) and
the section 1400Z-2 regulations will be includable in the gross income,
for the taxable year in which occurs an inclusion event, of the person
described in section 691(a)(1).
(iv) Qualifying investment in the hands of the person described in
section 691(a)(1). A qualifying investment received in a transfer by
reason of death listed in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section continues
to be a qualifying investment under Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(34).
(5) Grantor trusts--(i) Contributions to grantor trusts. If the
owner of a qualifying investment contributes it to a trust and, under
subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the
Code (grantor trust rules), the contributing owner of the investment is
the deemed owner of the trust (grantor trust), the contribution to the
grantor trust is not an inclusion event. Similarly, a transfer of the
investment by the grantor trust to the trust's deemed owner is not an
inclusion event. For all purposes of the section 1400Z-2 regulations,
references to the term grantor trust mean the portion of the trust that
holds the qualifying investment in the QOF, and such a grantor trust,
or portion of the trust, is a wholly grantor trust as to the deemed
owner. Such contributions may include transfers by gift or any other
type of transfer between the grantor and the grantor trust that is a
nonrecognition event as a result of the application of the grantor
trust rules (that is, subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1
of subtitle A of the Code).
(ii) Changes in grantor trust status. In general, a change in the
income tax status of an existing trust owning a qualifying investment
in a QOF, whether the termination of grantor trust status or the
creation of grantor trust status, is an inclusion event.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the termination of grantor trust
status as the result of the death of the owner of a qualifying
investment is not an inclusion event, but the provisions of paragraph
(c)(4) of this section apply to distributions or dispositions by the
trust. If a qualifying investment is held in the grantor portion of an
electing small business trust (ESBT), as defined in section 1361(e)(1),
and the ESBT converts into a qualified subchapter S trust (QSST), as
defined in section 1361(d)(3), the beneficiary of which is the deemed
owner of the grantor portion of the ESBT, there has been no change in
the grantor trust status because the deemed owner continues to be
taxable under subtitle A of the Code on the income and gain from the
qualifying investment.
(iii) Conversions of QSSTs and ESBTs. With regard to conversions of
QSSTs and ESBTs, see paragraphs (c)(7)(i)(B) and (C) of this section.
For purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, if a qualifying
investment is held by a QSST that converts to an ESBT, the beneficiary
of the QSST is the deemed owner of the grantor portion of the ESBT that
then holds the qualifying investment, and the deemed owner is not a
nonresident alien for purposes of this section (and thus
notwithstanding Sec. 1.1361-1(j)(8)), there has been no change in the
grantor trust status because the deemed owner continues to be taxable
under subtitle A of the Code on the income and gain from the qualifying
investment.
(6) Special rules for partners and partnerships--(i) Scope. Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c)(6), in the case of a
partnership that is a QOF or a QOF partner, the inclusion rules of this
paragraph (c) apply to transactions involving any direct or indirect
partner of the QOF to the extent of that partner's share of any
eligible gain of the QOF.
(ii) Transactions that are not inclusion events--(A) In general.
Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, and except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this section, no
transaction described in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section is an
inclusion event.
(B) Section 721 contributions. Subject to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of
this section, a contribution by a QOF owner (contributing partner), of
its qualifying QOF stock, qualifying QOF partnership interest, or
direct or indirect partnership interest in a qualifying investment to a
partnership (transferee partnership) to the extent the transaction is
governed by section 721(a) is not an inclusion event, provided the
interest transfer does not cause a partnership termination of a QOF
partnership, or the direct or indirect owner of a QOF, under section
708(b)(1). See paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C) of this section for transactions
governed by section 708(b)(2)(A). The inclusion rules in paragraph (c)
of this section apply to any part of the transaction to which section
721(a) does not apply. The transferee partnership becomes subject to
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations with respect to the
eligible gain associated with the contributed qualifying investment.
The transferee partnership must allocate and report the remaining
deferred gain that is associated with the contributed qualifying
investment to the contributing partner to the same extent that the
remaining deferred gain would have been allocated and reported to the
[[Page 1966]]
contributing partner in the absence of the contribution. Additionally,
the transferee partnership must allocate the basis increases described
in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) to the contributing partner.
If a transferee partnership is a direct QOF owner, only the transferee
partnership may make the elections under section 1400Z-2(c) and the
regulations in this part under section 1400Z-2(c) of the Code with
respect to the contributed qualifying investment. See Sec. 1400Z2(c)-
1(b)(1)(ii) (election by transferee partnership).
(C) Section 708(b)(2)(A) mergers or consolidations--(1) Merger of a
partnership that is a QOF partner. Subject to paragraphs (c)(6)(iii)
and (v) of this section, a merger or consolidation of a partnership
that is a QOF partner (original partnership) with another partnership
in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies is not an
inclusion event to the extent section 721(a) applies to the merger. To
the extent the original partnership terminates in the merger, as
determined under Sec. 1.708-1(c)(1), the partnership that is a
continuation of the original partnership becomes subject to section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations to the same extent that the
original partnership was so subject prior to the transaction, and must
allocate and report any gain under section 1400Z-2(b) to the same
extent and to the same partners that the original partnership allocated
and reported such items prior to the transaction. Notwithstanding the
rules in this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)(1), the general inclusion rules
of paragraph (c) of this section apply to the portion of the
transaction that is otherwise treated as a sale or exchange under
paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Merger of QOF partnerships. Subject to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of
this section, a merger or consolidation of a QOF partnership with
another QOF partnership in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A)
applies is not an inclusion event under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this
section if, immediately after the merger or consolidation, the
resulting partnership is a QOF. The continuing partnership, as
determined under Sec. 1.708-1(c)(1), becomes subject to section 1400Z-
2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations to the same extent that the
terminated partnership was so subject prior to the transaction, and
must allocate and report any gain under section 1400Z-2(b) to the same
extent and to the same partners that the terminated partnership would
have allocated and reported such items prior to the transaction.
Notwithstanding the rules in this paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(C)(2), the
general inclusion rules of paragraph (c) of this section apply to the
portion of the transaction that is otherwise treated as a sale or
exchange under paragraph (c) of this section.
(D) Example. The following example illustrates the rules of this
paragraph (c)(6)(ii).
(1) Example--(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer A contributes $100 of
eligible gain to a QOF partnership, X, in exchange for a qualifying
QOF partnership interest in X, and taxpayer B contributes $100 of
eligible gain to another QOF partnership, Y, in exchange for a
qualifying QOF partnership interest in Y. In 2021, in transactions
governed by section 721(a), A contributes her qualifying QOF
partnership interest in X, and B contributes her qualifying QOF
partnership interest in Y, to a newly formed partnership, UTP. In
2024, C receives a profits interest in UTP for services that she
will provide to UTP. In 2031, X sells a non-inventory asset and
allocates X's distributive share of the gain to UTP. No
distributions are ever made from X, Y, or UTP.
(ii) Analysis. On December 31, 2026, UTP recognizes $170 of
remaining deferred gain relating to the QOF interests. Of that gain,
A is allocated the $85 of gain relating to the $100 of eligible gain
that she invested in X, and B is allocated the $85 of gain relating
to the $100 of eligible gain that she invested in Y. C recognizes no
gain at this time. In 2031, because UTP's holding period in X
includes A's holding period in X, UTP has a holding period in X that
exceeds 10 years, and may make an election under Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-
1(b)(2)(ii) to exclude the gain from X's asset sale. Even though A
was the original investor in X, she may not make the election. If
UTP makes the election, UTP will exclude its distributive share of
gain from the sale of the X asset.
(2) [Reserved]
(iii) Partnership distributions. Subject to paragraph (c)(6)(v) of
this section, an actual or deemed distribution of property, including
cash, by a QOF partnership to a partner with respect to its qualifying
investment is an inclusion event only to the extent that the
distributed property has a fair market value in excess of the partner's
basis in its qualifying investment. For purposes of this paragraph
(c)(6)(iii), in the case of a merger or consolidation of a QOF
partnership with another QOF partnership in a transaction to which
section 708(b)(2)(A) applies, the fair market value of the distributed
property is reduced by the fair market value of the QOF partnership
interest received in the merger or consolidation. A distribution from a
partnership that directly or indirectly owns a QOF is an inclusion
event only if the distribution is a liquidating distribution. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(6)(iii), the distribution is not in
complete liquidation if the partnership making the distribution is a
partnership that terminates in a partnership merger or consolidation
under Sec. 1.708-1(c), the continuing partnership in the merger or
consolidation continues to directly or indirectly own an interest in
the QOF, and the distributee is distributed an interest in the
resulting partnership as part of the merger or consolidation. See
paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section for special rules relating to
mixed-funds investments.
(iv) Special rules for mixed-funds investments--(A) In general. The
rules of this paragraph (c)(6)(iv) apply solely for purposes of section
1400Z-2. A partner that holds a mixed-funds investment in a QOF
partnership (a mixed-funds partner) shall be treated as holding two
separate interests in the QOF partnership, one a qualifying investment
and the other a non-qualifying investment (separate interests). The
basis of each separate interest is determined under the rules described
in paragraphs (c)(6)(iv)(B) and (g) of this section as if each interest
were held by different taxpayers.
(B) Allocations and distributions. All section 704(b) allocations
of income, gain, loss, and deduction, all section 752 allocations of
debt, and all distributions made to a mixed-funds partner will be
treated as made to the separate interests based on the allocation
percentages of those interests as defined in paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of
this section. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B), in
allocating income, gain, loss, or deduction between these separate
interests, section 704(c) principles apply to account for any value-
basis disparities attributable to the qualifying investment or non-
qualifying investment. Any distribution (whether actual or deemed) to
the holder of a qualifying investment is subject to the rules of
paragraphs (c)(6)(iii) and (v) of this section, without regard to the
presence or absence of gain under other provisions of subchapter K of
chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(C) Subsequent contributions. In the event of an increase in a
partner's qualifying or non-qualifying investment, as for example, in
the case of an additional contribution for a qualifying investment or
for an interest that is a non-qualifying investment or a change in
allocations for services rendered, the partner's interest in the
separate interests must be valued immediately prior to the event and
the allocation percentages adjusted to reflect the relative values of
these separate interests and the additional contribution, if any.
(D) Allocation percentages. The allocation percentages of the
separate
[[Page 1967]]
interests will be determined based on the relative capital
contributions attributable to the qualifying investment and the non-
qualifying investment. In the event a partner receives a profits
interest in the QOF partnership for services provided to or for the
benefit of the QOF partnership, the allocation percentage with respect
to the profits interest is based on the share of residual profits the
mixed-funds partner would receive with respect to that interest,
disregarding any allocation of residual profits for which there is not
a reasonable likelihood of application.
(E) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
paragraph (c)(6)(iv).
(1) Example 1. Allocation of residual profits for which there is
no reasonable likelihood of application--(i) Facts. A realizes $100
of eligible gain and B realizes $900 of eligible gain. A and B form
Q, a QOF partnership. B contributes $900 to Q in exchange for a
qualifying QOF partnership interest (B's capital interest). A
contributes $100 to Q in exchange for a qualifying QOF partnership
interest (A's capital interest and, with B's capital interest, the
capital interests) and agrees to provide services to Q in exchange
for a profits interest in Q (A's profits interest). Q's partnership
agreement provides that Q's profits are first allocated to the
capital interests until the capital interest holders receive a 10
percent preferred return with respect to those interests. Next, Q's
profits are allocated 15 percent to A with respect to A's profits
interest, 10 percent to A with respect to A's capital interest, and
75 percent to B until the capital interests receive a 1,000%
preferred return. Thereafter, Q's profits are allocated 1 percent to
A's profits interest and 99 percent to the capital interests. There
is not a reasonable likelihood that Q's profits will be sufficient
to result in an allocation in the last tranche.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of this section,
the allocation percentage with respect to A's profits interest is
calculated based on the share of residual profits that A would
receive with respect to A's profits interest, disregarding any
allocation of residual profits that has no reasonable likelihood of
being achieved. Under Q's partnership agreement, A's share of Q's
residual profits with respect to A's profits interest is 1 percent.
However, there is no reasonable likelihood that this 1 percent
allocation will apply because it is unlikely that the capital
interests will receive a 1,000% preferred return. Therefore, under
paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of this section, A's share of Q's residual
profits with respect to A's profits interest is 15 percent, the
final allocation of Q's profits to A's profits interest that is
reasonably likely to apply. The allocation percentage for A's
capital interest in Q is 10 percent under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of
this section. Thus, allocations and distributions made to A are
treated as made 60 percent (15/25) to A's non-qualifying profits
interest and 40 percent (10/25) to A's qualifying QOF partnership
interest.
(2) Example 2. Separate entity holding profits interest--(i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(E)(1) of
this section (Example 1), except that A is a partnership that has no
eligible gain and P, a partnership that is owned by the same
taxpayers who own A, realizes $100 of eligible gain and contributes
$100 to Q for its qualifying investment.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(D) of this section,
A's profits interest is a non-qualifying investment in Q. Because P
directly holds only a qualifying QOF partnership interest in Q, P is
not a mixed-funds partner in Q, and 100 percent of the allocations
and distributions made to P are attributable to P's qualifying QOF
partnership interest.
(v) Remaining deferred gain reduction rule. An inclusion event
occurs when and to the extent that a transaction has the effect of
reducing:
(A) The amount of remaining deferred gain of one or more direct or
indirect partners; or
(B) The amount of gain that would be recognized by such partner or
partners under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section to the extent that
such amount would reduce such gain to an amount that is less than the
remaining deferred gain.
(7) Special rules for S corporations--(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraphs (c)(7)(ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section,
none of the following is an inclusion event:
(A) An election, revocation, or termination of a corporation's
status as an S corporation under section 1362;
(B) A conversion of a QSST to an ESBT, but only if the QSST
beneficiary is the deemed owner of the grantor portion of the ESBT that
receives the qualifying investment and if the deemed owner is not a
nonresident alien;
(C) A conversion of an ESBT to a QSST, where the qualifying
investment is held in the grantor portion of the ESBT and the QSST
beneficiary is the deemed owner of the grantor portion of the ESBT; and
(D) A valid modification of a trust agreement of an S-corporation
shareholder whether by an amendment, a decanting, a judicial
reformation, or a material modification.
(ii) Distributions by QOF S corporation--(A) General rule. An
actual or constructive distribution of property by a QOF S corporation
to a QOF shareholder with respect to its qualifying investment is an
inclusion event to the extent that the distribution is treated as gain
from the sale or exchange of property under section 1368(b)(2) and (c).
For the treatment of a distribution by a QOF S corporation to which
section 305(a) applies, see paragraph (c)(8)(ii). For the treatment of
a distribution to which section 302(d) or section 306(a)(2) applies,
see paragraph (c)(9)(ii) of this section.
(B) Spill-over rule. For purposes of applying paragraph (c)(7)(ii)
of this section to the adjusted basis of a qualifying investment, or
non-qualifying investment, as appropriate, in a QOF S corporation, the
second sentence of Sec. 1.1367-1(c)(3) applies--
(1) With regard to multiple qualifying investments, solely to the
respective bases of such qualifying investments, and does not take into
account the basis of any non-qualifying investment; and
(2) With regard to multiple non-qualifying investments, solely to
the respective bases of such non-qualifying investments, and does not
take into account the basis of any qualifying investment.
(iii) Conversion from S corporation to partnership or disregarded
entity--(A) General rule. Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this
section, and except as provided in paragraph (c)(7)(iii)(B) of this
section, a conversion of an S corporation to a partnership or an entity
disregarded as separate from its owner under Sec. 301.7701-3(b)(1)(ii)
of this chapter is an inclusion event.
(B) Exception for qualifying section 381 transaction. A conversion
described in paragraph (c)(7)(iii)(A) of this section is not an
inclusion event if the conversion comprises a step in a series of
related transactions that together qualify as a qualifying section 381
transaction.
(iv) Treatment of separate blocks of stock in mixed-funds
investments. With regard to a mixed-funds investment in a QOF S
corporation, if different blocks of stock are created for separate
qualifying investments to track basis in such qualifying investments,
the separate blocks are not treated as different classes of stock for
purposes of S corporation eligibility under section 1361(b)(1).
(v) Applicability. Paragraph (c)(7) of this section applies
regardless of whether the S corporation is a QOF or a QOF shareholder.
(8) Distributions by a QOF corporation--(i) General rule for
distributions by a QOF C corporation. If a QOF C corporation
distributes property to a QOF shareholder with respect to a qualifying
investment, only the amount of the distribution to which section
301(c)(3) or 1059(a)(2) applies gives rise to an inclusion event. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(8)(i), a distribution of property
includes a distribution of stock in the QOF C corporation making the
distribution (or rights to acquire such stock) if the distribution is
treated as a distribution
[[Page 1968]]
of property to which section 301 applies pursuant to section 305(b).
(ii) Section 305(a) distributions. A distribution with respect to
qualifying QOF stock to which section 305(a) applies is not an
inclusion event. QOF stock received in such a distribution is
qualifying QOF stock. The shareholder's remaining deferred gain is
allocated pro rata between the new qualifying QOF stock received and
the qualifying QOF stock with respect to which the distribution was
made in proportion to the fair market values of each on the date of
distribution. See Sec. 1.307-1(a).
(9) Dividend-equivalent redemptions and redemptions of section 306
stock.--(i) Redemptions by QOF C corporations--(A) In general. Except
as provided in paragraph (c)(9)(i)(B) of this section, if a QOF C
corporation redeems its stock from a QOF shareholder in a transaction
described in section 302(d) or section 306(a)(2), the full amount of
such redemption gives rise to an inclusion event.
(B) Redemptions of stock of wholly owned QOF C corporation and pro
rata redemptions. Paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section applies to a
redemption described in paragraph (c)(9)(i)(A) of this section if, at
the time of such redemption--
(1) All stock in the QOF C corporation is held directly by a single
shareholder, or directly by members of a single consolidated group; or
(2) The QOF C corporation has outstanding only one class of stock,
as defined in section 1361 and Sec. 1.1361-1(l), and the redemption is
pro rata as to all shareholders of the redeeming QOF C corporation.
(ii) Redemptions by QOF S corporations. If a QOF S corporation
redeems its stock from a QOF shareholder in a transaction described in
section 302(d) or section 306(a)(2), the amount that gives rise to an
inclusion event is the amount by which the distribution exceeds basis
in the QOF stock as adjusted under paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this
section.
(10) Qualifying section 381 transactions--(i) Assets of a QOF are
acquired--(A) In general. Except to the extent provided in paragraph
(c)(10)(i)(C) of this section, if the assets of a QOF corporation are
acquired in a qualifying section 381 transaction, and if the acquiring
corporation is a QOF immediately after the acquisition, then the
transaction is not an inclusion event.
(B) Determination of acquiring corporation's status as a QOF. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(10)(i)(A) of this section, the acquiring
corporation is treated as a QOF immediately after the qualifying
section 381 transaction if the acquiring corporation satisfies the
certification requirements in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 immediately after the
transaction and holds at least 90 percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property on the first testing date after the
transaction. See section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1.
(C) Receipt of boot by QOF shareholder in qualifying section 381
transaction. This paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) applies if assets of a QOF
corporation are acquired in a qualifying section 381 transaction and an
eligible taxpayer that is a QOF shareholder receives boot with respect
to its qualifying investment. If this paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) applies,
the QOF shareholder has an inclusion event and is treated as disposing
of a portion of its qualifying investment that bears the same
proportion to the QOF shareholder's total qualifying investment
immediately before the inclusion event as the fair market value of the
boot received by the QOF shareholder with respect to its qualifying
investment in the qualifying section 381 transaction bears to the fair
market value of the total consideration received by the QOF shareholder
with respect to its qualifying investment in the qualifying section 381
transaction.
(ii) Assets of a QOF shareholder are acquired--(A) In general.
Except to the extent provided in paragraph (c)(10)(ii)(B) of this
section, a qualifying section 381 transaction in which the assets of a
QOF shareholder are acquired is not an inclusion event with respect to
the qualifying investment and the acquiring corporation succeeds to the
target corporation's status as the QOF shareholder with respect to the
qualifying investment.
(B) Qualifying section 381 transaction in which QOF shareholder's
qualifying investment is not completely acquired. If the assets of a
QOF shareholder are acquired in a qualifying section 381 transaction in
which the acquiring corporation does not acquire all of the QOF
shareholder's qualifying investment, the QOF shareholder has an
inclusion event and is treated as disposing of the portion of its
qualifying investment that is not transferred to the acquiring
corporation.
(11) Section 355 transactions--(i) Distribution by a QOF--(A) In
general. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B) of this section,
if a QOF corporation distributes stock or securities of a controlled
corporation to a QOF shareholder with respect to a qualifying
investment in the QOF corporation in a transaction to which section 355
(or so much of section 356 as relates to section 355) applies, the QOF
shareholder has an inclusion event and is treated as disposing of a
portion of its qualifying investment equal in value to the fair market
value of the shares of the controlled corporation and the fair market
value of any boot received by the QOF shareholder in the distribution
with respect to its qualifying investment.
(B) Controlled corporation becomes a QOF--(1) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this section, if a QOF
corporation distributes stock or securities of a controlled corporation
in a transaction to which section 355, or so much of section 356 as
relates to section 355, applies, and if both the distributing
corporation and the controlled corporation are QOFs immediately after
the final distribution (qualifying section 355 transaction), then the
distribution is not an inclusion event with respect to a QOF
shareholder's qualifying investment in the distributing QOF corporation
or the controlled QOF corporation. This paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B) does
not apply unless the distributing corporation distributes all of the
stock and securities in the controlled corporation held by it
immediately before the distribution within a 30-day period. For
purposes of this paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B), the term final distribution
means the last distribution that satisfies the preceding sentence.
(2) Determination of distributing corporation's and controlled
corporation's status as QOFs. For purposes of paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B)(1) of this section, each of the distributing corporation
and the controlled corporation is treated as a QOF immediately after
the final distribution if the corporation satisfies the certification
requirements in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 immediately after the final
distribution and holds at least 90 percent of its assets in qualified
opportunity zone property on the first testing date after the final
distribution. See section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1.
(3) Receipt of boot. If a QOF shareholder receives boot in a
qualifying section 355 transaction with respect to its qualifying
investment, and if section 356(a) applies to the transaction, paragraph
(c)(10)(i)(C) of this section applies. If a QOF shareholder receives
boot in a qualifying section 355 transaction with respect to its
qualifying investment, and if section 356(b) applies to the
transaction, paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section applies.
(4) Treatment of controlled corporation stock as qualified
opportunity zone stock. If stock or securities of a controlled
corporation are
[[Page 1969]]
distributed in a qualifying section 355 transaction, and if the
distributing corporation retains a portion of the controlled
corporation stock after the initial distribution, the retained stock
will not cease to qualify as qualified opportunity zone stock in the
hands of the distributing corporation solely as a result of the
qualifying section 355 transaction. This paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B)(4)
does not apply unless the distributing corporation distributes all of
the stock and securities in the controlled corporation held by it
immediately before the distribution within a 30-day period.
(ii) Distribution by a QOF shareholder. If a QOF shareholder
distributes stock or securities of a controlled QOF corporation in a
transaction to which section 355 applies, then for purposes of section
1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section, the QOF shareholder
has an inclusion event and is treated as disposing of the portion of
its qualifying QOF stock over which it no longer has direct Federal
income tax ownership.
(12) Recapitalizations and section 1036 transactions--(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this
section, if a QOF corporation engages in a transaction that qualifies
as a reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(E) (a
recapitalization), or if a QOF shareholder engages in a transaction
that is described in section 1036 (a section 1036 exchange), the
transaction is not an inclusion event.
(ii) Receipt of property or boot by QOF shareholder. If a QOF
shareholder receives property or boot, or is treated as having received
property or boot, with respect to its qualifying investment in a
recapitalization, then the property or boot is treated as property or
boot to which section 301 or section 356(a) or (c) applies, as
determined under general Federal income tax principles. If, in a
section 1036 exchange, a QOF shareholder receives property with respect
to its qualifying investment that is not permitted to be received
without the recognition of gain, then, for purposes of this section,
the receipt of the property is treated in a similar manner as the
receipt of such property or boot in a recapitalization. Paragraph
(c)(8)(i) of this section applies to property to which section 301
applies. Paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) of this section applies to boot to
which section 356(a) or (c) applies.
(13) Section 304 transactions. If a QOF shareholder transfers its
qualifying investment in a transaction described in section 304(a), the
full amount of the consideration gives rise to an inclusion event.
(14) Deduction for worthlessness. If an eligible taxpayer claims a
loss for worthless stock under section 165(g) or otherwise claims a
worthlessness deduction with respect to all or a portion of its
qualifying investment, then for purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations, the eligible taxpayer has an inclusion
event and is treated as having disposed of that portion of its
qualifying investment on the date it became worthless. Thus, neither
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv) nor section 1400Z-2(c) applies to
that portion of the eligible taxpayer's qualifying investment after the
date it became worthless.
(15) Decertification of a QOF. The decertification of a QOF,
whether a self-decertification pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(3) or
an involuntary decertification pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(4),
is an inclusion event.
(16) Other inclusion and non-inclusion events. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this paragraph (c), the Commissioner may determine
in guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2) of this chapter) that a type of transaction is or is not
an inclusion event.
(d) Holding periods--(1) Holding period for qualifying investment--
(i) In general. Solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B),
section 1400Z-2(c), and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, and except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (d)(1), the length of time a
qualifying investment has been held is determined without regard to the
period for which the eligible taxpayer had held property exchanged for
such investment (even if such period would be relevant for determining
the length of time for other Federal income tax purposes).
(ii) Holding period for qualifying investment received in certain
transactions with respect to QOFs. For purposes of section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B), section 1400Z-2(c), and the section 1400Z-2 regulations,
the principles of section 1223(1) or (4) apply to determine the holding
period for a qualifying investment received by a QOF owner in--
(A) A distribution described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section;
(B) A distribution to which section 305(a) applies;
(C) A qualifying section 381 transaction described in paragraph
(c)(10)(i) or (ii) of this section;
(D) A qualifying section 355 transaction described in paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B) of this section;
(E) A recapitalization or a section 1036 exchange described in
paragraph (c)(12) of this section;
(F) A contribution of a QOF interest to a partnership to the extent
section 721(a) applies to the transfer; or
(G) A distribution of a QOF interest to the extent the interest was
received in a merger of two or more QOF partnerships in a transaction
described in section 708(b)(2)(A).
(iii) Tacking with deceased owner or deemed owner of a grantor
trust. For purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B), section 1400Z-2(c),
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, the holding period of a qualifying
investment held by an eligible taxpayer who received that qualifying
investment by reason of the prior owner's death includes the time
during which that qualifying investment was held by the deceased owner.
The rule in the preceding sentence also applies to allow a grantor
trust to tack the holding period of the deemed owner if the grantor
trust acquires the qualifying investment from the deemed owner in a
transaction that is not an inclusion event.
(2) Status of QOF assets as qualified opportunity zone property.
For purposes of section 1400Z-2(d) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations,
including for purposes of determining whether the original use of
qualified opportunity zone business property commences with the
acquiring corporation or partnership, qualified opportunity zone
property does not lose its status as qualified opportunity zone
property solely as a result of--
(i) Its transfer by the transferor corporation to the acquiring
corporation in a qualifying section 381 transaction described in
paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section;
(ii) Its transfer by the distributing corporation to the controlled
corporation in a qualifying section 355 transaction described in
paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B) of this section; or
(iii) Its transfer by the transferor partnership to the acquiring
partnership in a transaction to which section 708(b)(2)(A) applies, but
only to the extent section 721(a) applies to the transaction.
(e) Amount includible. Except as provided in Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(7) and 1.1400Z2(f)-1(b), the amount of gain included
in gross income under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) and this section on a
date described in paragraph (b) of this section is determined under
this paragraph (e).
(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(2) and (4) of
this section, and subject to paragraph (e)(5) of this section, in the
case of an inclusion
[[Page 1970]]
event, the amount of gain included in gross income is equal to the
excess of the amount described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section
over the eligible taxpayer's basis in the portion of the qualifying
investment that is disposed of in the inclusion event. See paragraph
(c) of this section for rules regarding the amount that gave rise to
the inclusion event, and see paragraph (g) of this section for
applicable ordering rules.
(i) The amount described in this paragraph (e)(1)(i) is equal to
the lesser of--
(A) An amount which bears the same proportion to the remaining
deferred gain, as--
(1) The fair market value of the portion of the qualifying
investment that is disposed of in the inclusion event bears to--
(2) The fair market value of the total qualifying investment
immediately before the inclusion event; or
(B) The fair market value of the portion of the qualifying
investment that is disposed of in the inclusion event.
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, the fair
market value of the portion of the qualifying investment that is
disposed of in the inclusion event is determined by multiplying the
fair market value of the eligible taxpayer's entire qualifying
investment in the QOF, determined as of the date of the inclusion
event, by the percentage of the eligible taxpayer's qualifying
investment that is represented by the portion that is disposed of in
the inclusion event.
(2) Property received from a QOF in certain transactions. In the
case of an inclusion event described in paragraph (c)(6)(iii) or (v),
(c)(7)(ii), (c)(8)(i), or (c)(9) or (13) of this section (or in
paragraph (c)(11) or (12) of this section, to the extent the rules in
paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section apply to the inclusion event), the
amount of gain included in gross income is equal to the lesser of--
(i) The remaining deferred gain; or
(ii) The amount that gave rise to the inclusion event.
(3) Gain recognized on December 31, 2026. The amount of gain
included in gross income on December 31, 2026 is equal to the excess
of--
(i) The lesser of--
(A) The remaining deferred gain; and
(B) The fair market value of the qualifying investment held on
December 31, 2026; over
(ii) The eligible taxpayer's basis in the qualifying investment as
of December 31, 2026, taking into account only section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B).
(4) Special amount includible rule for partnerships and S
corporations. For purposes of paragraphs (e)(1) and (3) of this
section, in the case of an inclusion event involving a qualifying
investment in a QOF partnership or S corporation, or in the case of a
qualifying investment in a QOF partnership or S corporation held on
December 31, 2026, the amount of gain included in gross income is equal
to the lesser of--
(i) The product of--
(A) The percentage of the qualifying investment that gave rise to
the inclusion event; and
(B) The remaining deferred gain, less any basis adjustments
pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv); or
(ii) The gain that would be recognized on a fully taxable
disposition at fair market value of the qualifying investment that gave
rise to the inclusion event.
(5) Limitation on amount of gain included after statutory five-year
and seven-year basis increases. The total amount of gain included in
gross income under this paragraph (e) is limited to the amount deferred
under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) and the section 1400Z-2 regulations,
reduced by any increase in the basis of the qualifying investment made
pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv). See paragraph
(g)(2) of this section for limitations on the amount of basis
adjustments under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv).
(f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of this section. For purposes of the
following examples: A, B, C, W, X, Y, and Z are C corporations that do
not file a consolidated Federal income tax return; Q is a QOF
corporation or a QOF partnership, as specified in each example; and
each divisive corporate transaction satisfies the requirements of
section 355.
(1) Example 1. Determination of basis, holding period, and
qualifying investment --(i) Facts. A wholly and directly owns Q, a
QOF corporation. On May 31, 2019, A sells a capital asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31,
2019, A transfers unencumbered asset N to Q in exchange for a
qualifying investment. Asset N, which A has held for 10 years, has a
basis of $500 and a fair market value of $500. A elects to defer the
inclusion of $500 in gross income under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1.
(ii) Analysis. Under Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1), A made
a qualifying investment of $500. Under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(i),
A's basis in its qualifying investment in Q is $0. For purposes of
sections 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and 1400Z-2(c), A's holding period in its
new investment in Q begins on October 31, 2019. See paragraph
(d)(1)(i) of this section. Other than for purposes of applying
section 1400Z-2, A has a 10-year holding period in its new Q
investment as of October 31, 2019.
(iii) Transfer of built-in gain property. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section (this Example 1), but A's
basis in transferred asset N is $200. Under Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(c)(6)(ii)(B)(1), A made a qualifying investment of $200 and a non-
qualifying investment of $300.
(2) Example 2. Transfer of qualifying investment--(i) Facts. On
May 31, 2019, taxpayer A sells a capital asset to an unrelated party
and realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31, 2019, A transfers
$500 to newly formed Q, a QOF corporation, in exchange for a
qualifying investment. On February 29, 2020, A transfers 25 percent
of its qualifying investment in Q to newly formed Y in exchange for
100 percent of Y's stock in a transfer to which section 351 applies
(Transfer), at a time when the fair market value of A's qualifying
investment in Q is $800.
(ii) Analysis. Under Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(c)(6)(ii)(A), A made a
qualifying investment of $500 on October 31, 2019. In the Transfer,
A exchanged 25 percent of its qualifying investment for Federal
income tax purposes, which reduced A's direct qualifying investment.
Under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the Transfer is an
inclusion event to the extent of the reduction in A's direct
qualifying investment. Under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, A
therefore includes in income an amount equal to the excess of the
amount described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section over A's
basis in the portion of the qualifying investment that was disposed
of, which in this case is $0. The amount described in paragraph
(e)(1)(i) is the lesser of $125 ($500 x ($200/$800)) or $200. As a
result, A must include $125 of its deferred capital gain in income
in 2020. After the Transfer, the Q stock is not qualifying Q stock
in Y's hands.
(iii) Disregarded transfer. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section (this Example 2), except that Y
elects to be treated as an entity that is disregarded as an entity
separate from its owner for Federal income tax purposes effective
prior to the Transfer. Since the Transfer is disregarded for Federal
income tax purposes, A's transfer of its qualifying investment in Q
is not treated as a reduction in direct tax ownership for Federal
income tax purposes, and the Transfer is not an inclusion event with
respect to A's qualifying investment in Q for purposes of section
1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section. Thus, A is not
required to include in income any portion of its deferred capital
gain.
(iv) Election to be treated as a corporation. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section (this Example 2),
except that Y (a disregarded entity) subsequently elects to be
treated as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes. A's deemed
transfer of its qualifying investment in Q to Y under Sec.
301.7701-3(g)(1)(iv) of this chapter is an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section.
(3) Example 3. Part sale of qualifying QOF partnership interest
in Year 6 when value of the QOF partnership interest has increased--
[[Page 1971]]
(i) Facts. In October 2018, A and B each realize $200 of eligible
gain, and C realizes $600 of eligible gain. On January 1, 2019, A,
B, and C form Q, a QOF partnership. A contributes $200 of cash, B
contributes $200 of cash, and C contributes $600 of cash to Q in
exchange for qualifying QOF partnership interests in Q. A, B, and C
hold 20 percent, 20 percent, and 60 percent interests in Q,
respectively. On January 30, 2019, Q obtains a nonrecourse loan from
a bank for $1,000. Under section 752, the loan is allocated $200 to
A, $200 to B, and $600 to C. On February 1, 2019, Q purchases
qualified opportunity zone business property for $2,000. On July 31,
2024, A sells 50 percent of its qualifying QOF partnership interest
in Q to B for $400 cash. Prior to the sale, there were no inclusion
events, distributions, partner changes, income or loss allocations,
or changes in the amount or allocation of debt outstanding. At the
time of the sale, the fair market value of Q's qualified opportunity
zone business property is $5,000.
(ii) Analysis. Because A held its qualifying QOF partnership
interest for at least five years, A's basis in its partnership
interest at the time of the sale is $220 (the original zero basis
with respect to the contribution, plus the $200 debt allocation,
plus the 10% increase for interests held for five years). The sale
of 50 percent of A's qualifying QOF partnership interest to B
requires A to recognize $90 of gain, the lesser of $90, which is 50
percent of $180 (the $200 remaining deferred gain less the $20 five-
year basis adjustment), or $390, which is the gain that would be
recognized on a taxable sale of 50 percent of the interest. A also
recognizes $300 of gain relating to the appreciation of its interest
in Q.
(4) Example 4. Sale of qualifying QOF partnership interest when
value of the QOF partnership interest has decreased--(i) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(3) of this section (Example
3), except that A sells 50 percent of its qualifying QOF partnership
interest in Q to B for cash of $50, and at the time of the sale, the
fair market value of Q's qualified opportunity zone business
property is $1,500.
(ii) Analysis. Because A held its qualifying QOF partnership
interest for at least five years, A's basis at the time of the sale
is $220. Under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A), the sale of 50 percent of
A's qualifying QOF partnership interest to B requires A to recognize
$40 of gain, the lesser of $90 (50 percent of the excess of A's $200
remaining deferred gain over A's $20 five-year adjustment) or $40
(the gain that would be recognized by A on a sale of 50 percent of
its QOF interest). A's remaining basis in its qualifying QOF
partnership interest is $110.
(5) Example 5. Amount includible on December 31, 2026--(i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(3) of this section
(Example 3), except that no sale of QOF interests takes place in
2024. Prior to December 31, 2026, there were no inclusion events,
distributions, partner changes, income or loss allocations, or
changes in the amount or allocation of debt outstanding.
(ii) Analysis. For purposes of calculating the amount includible
on December 31, 2026, each of A's basis and B's basis is increased
by $30 to $230, and C's basis is increased by $90 to $690 because
they held their qualifying QOF partnership interests for at least
seven years. Each of A and B is required to recognize $170 of gain,
and C is required to recognize $510 of gain.
(iii) Sale of qualifying QOF partnership interests. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section (this Example
5), except that, on March 2, 2030, C sells its entire qualifying QOF
partnership interest in Q to an unrelated buyer for cash of $4,200.
Assuming an election under section 1400Z-2(c) is made, the basis of
C's Q interest is increased to its fair market value immediately
before the sale by C. C is treated as purchasing the interest
immediately before the sale and the bases of the partnership's
assets are increased in the manner they would be if the partnership
had an election under section 754 in effect.
(6) Example 6. Mixed-funds investment--(i) Facts. On January 1,
2019, A and B form Q, a QOF partnership. A contributes $200 to Q,
$100 of which is in exchange for a qualifying investment, and B
contributes $200 to Q in exchange for a qualifying investment. All
the cash is used to purchase qualified opportunity zone property. Q
has no liabilities. On March 30, 2023, when the values and bases of
the qualifying investments remain unchanged, Q distributes $50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section, A is
a mixed-funds partner holding two separate interests, a qualifying
investment and a non-qualifying investment. One half of the $50
distribution is treated under that provision as being made with
respect to A's qualifying investment. For the $25 distribution made
with respect to the qualifying investment, A is required to
recognize $25 of gain.
(iii) Basis adjustments. Under paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section, prior to determining the tax consequences of the
distribution, A increases its basis in its qualifying QOF
partnership interest by $25 under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii). The
distribution of $25 results in no gain under section 731. After the
distribution, A's basis in its qualifying QOF partnership interest
is $0 ($25-$25).
(7) Example 7. Qualifying section 381 transaction of a QOF
corporation--(i) Facts. X wholly and directly owns Q, a QOF
corporation. On May 31, 2019, X sells a capital asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31,
2019, X contributes $500 to Q in exchange for a qualifying
investment. In 2020, Q merges with and into unrelated Y (with Y
surviving) in a transaction that qualifies as a reorganization under
section 368(a)(1)(A) (Merger). X does not receive any boot in the
Merger with respect to its qualifying investment in Q. Immediately
after the Merger, Y satisfies the requirements for QOF status under
section 1400Z-2(d)(1) (see paragraph (c)(10)(i)(B) of this section).
(ii) Analysis. The Merger is not an inclusion event for purposes
of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section. See
paragraph (c)(10)(i)(A) of this section. Accordingly, X is not
required to include in income in 2020 its $500 of deferred capital
gain as a result of the Merger. For purposes of section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B) and (c), X's holding period for its investment in Y is
treated as beginning on October 31, 2019. For purposes of section
1400Z-2(d), Y's holding period in its assets includes Q's holding
period in its assets, and Q's qualified opportunity zone business
property continues to qualify as such. See paragraph (d)(2) of this
section.
(iii) Merger of QOF shareholder. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section (this Example 7), except that,
in 2020, X (rather than Q) merges with and into Y in a section 381
transaction in which Y acquires all of X's qualifying investment in
Q, and Y does not qualify as a QOF immediately after the merger. The
merger transaction is not an inclusion event for purposes of section
1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section. See paragraph
(c)(10)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Receipt of boot. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(f)(7)(i) of this section (this Example 7), except that the value of
X's qualifying investment immediately before the Merger is $1,000, X
receives $100 of cash in addition to Y stock with a fair market
value of $900 in the Merger in exchange for its qualifying
investment, and neither Q nor Y has any earnings and profits. Under
paragraph (c)(10)(i)(C) of this section, X is treated as disposing
of 10 percent ($100/$1000) of its qualifying investment. Under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, X is required to include $50 ($500
x ($100/$1000)) of its deferred capital gain in income in 2020.
(8) Example 8. Section 355 distribution by a QOF--(i) Facts. A
wholly and directly owns Q, a QOF corporation, which wholly and
directly owns Y, a corporation that is a qualified opportunity zone
business. On May 31, 2019, A sells a capital asset to an unrelated
party and realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31, 2019, A
contributes $500 to Q in exchange for a qualifying investment. On
June 26, 2025, Q distributes all of the stock of Y to A in a
transaction in which no gain or loss is recognized under section 355
(Distribution). Immediately after the Distribution, each of Q and Y
satisfies the requirements for QOF status. (See paragraph
(c)(11)(i)(B)(2) of this section.)
(ii) Analysis. Because each of Q, the distributing corporation,
and Y, the controlled corporation, is a QOF immediately after the
Distribution, the Distribution is a qualifying section 355
transaction. Thus, the Distribution is not an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section.
See paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B) of this section. Accordingly, A is not
required to include in income in 2025 any of its $500 of deferred
capital gain as a result of the Distribution. For purposes of
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B) and (c), A's holding period for its
qualifying investment in Y is treated as beginning on October 31,
2019. See paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Section 355 distribution by a QOF shareholder. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section (this Example
8), except that A distributes 80 percent of the stock of Q, all of
which is a qualifying investment in the hands of A, to A's
shareholders in a transaction in which no
[[Page 1972]]
gain or loss is recognized under section 355. At the time of the
distribution, the fair market value of A's Q stock exceeds $500. The
distribution is an inclusion event for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section, and A is required to
include in income $400 (80 percent of its $500 of deferred capital
gain) as a result of the distribution. See paragraphs (c)(1) and
(c)(11)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Distribution of boot. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section (this Example 8), except that A
receives boot in the Distribution. Under paragraphs (c)(8)(i) and
(c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this section, the receipt of boot in the
Distribution is an inclusion event for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section to the extent of gain
recognized pursuant to section 301(c)(3).
(v) Section 355 split-off. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section (this Example 8), except that Q
stock is directly owned by both A and B (each of which has made a
qualifying investment in Q), and Q distributes all of the Y stock to
B in exchange for B's Q stock in a transaction in which no gain or
loss is recognized under section 355. The distribution is a
qualifying section 355 transaction and is not an inclusion event for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section.
Neither A nor B is required to include its deferred capital gain in
income in 2025 as a result of the distribution.
(vi) Section 355 split-up. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (f)(8)(v) of this section (this Example 8), except that Q
wholly and directly owns both Y and Z; Q distributes all of the Y
stock to A in exchange for A's Q stock and distributes all of the Z
stock to B in exchange for B's Q stock in a transaction in which no
gain or loss is recognized under section 355; Q then liquidates; and
immediately after the Distribution, each of Y and Z satisfies the
requirements for QOF status. The distribution is a qualifying
section 355 transaction and is not an inclusion event for purposes
of section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and paragraph (b) of this section. Neither
A nor B is required to include its deferred capital gain in income
in 2025 as a result of the transaction.
(vii) Section 355 split-off with boot. The facts are the same as
in paragraph (f)(8)(v) of this section (this Example 8), except that
B also receives boot. Under paragraph (c)(11)(i)(B)(3) of this
section, B has an inclusion event and is treated as disposing of a
portion of its qualifying investment that bears the same proportion
to B's total qualifying investment immediately before the inclusion
event as the fair market value of the boot bears to the fair market
value of the total consideration received by B.
(9) Example 9. Recapitalization--(i) Facts. On May 31, 2019,
each of A and B sells a capital asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $500 of capital gain. On October 31, 2019, A contributes
$500 to newly formed Q in exchange for 50 shares of class A stock of
Q (A's qualifying investment) and B contributes $500 to Q in
exchange for 60 shares of class B stock of Q (B's qualifying
investment). A and B are the sole shareholders of Q. In 2020, B
exchanges all of its class B stock of Q for 40 shares of class A
stock of Q as well as other property in a transaction that qualifies
as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(E).
(ii) Analysis. Because A did not receive any boot in the
transaction, A does not have an inclusion event with respect to its
qualifying investment in Q. See paragraph (c)(12)(i) of this
section. Therefore, A is not required to include any of its deferred
gain in income as a result of this transaction. However, under
paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section, B has an inclusion event. If
section 301 applies to the boot received by B, B has an inclusion
event to the extent of its section 301(c)(3) gain. If section 356(a)
or (c) applies to the boot received by B, B is treated as disposing
of a portion of its qualifying investment that bears the same
proportion to B's total qualifying investment immediately before the
inclusion event as the fair market value of the boot bears to the
fair market value of the total consideration received by B.
(10) Example 10. Debt financed distribution--(i) Facts. On
September 24, 2019, A and B form Q, a QOF partnership, each
contributing $200 that is deferred under the section 1400Z-2(a)
election to Q in exchange for a qualifying investment. On November
18, 2022, Q obtains a nonrecourse loan from a bank for $300. Under
section 752, the loan is allocated $150 to A and $150 to B. On
November 30, 2022, when the values and bases of the investments
remain unchanged, Q distributes $50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. A is not required to recognize gain under
paragraph (c) of this section because A's basis in its qualifying
investment is $150 (the original zero basis with respect to the
contribution, plus the $150 debt allocation). The distribution
reduces A's basis to $100.
(11) Example 11. Debt financed distribution in excess of basis--
(i) Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph (f)(10) of this
section (Example 10), except that the loan is entirely allocated to
B under section 752. On November 30, 2024, when the values of the
investments remain unchanged, Q distributes $50 to A.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section, A is
required to recognize $30 of eligible gain under paragraph (c) of
this section because the $50 distributed to A exceeds A's $20 basis
in its qualifying investment (the original zero basis with respect
to its contribution, plus $20 with regard to section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii)).
(g) Basis adjustments--(1) Basis adjustments under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) resulting from the inclusion of deferred gain--(i) In
general. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section,
basis adjustments under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) are made
immediately after the amount of gain determined under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(A) is included in income under section 1400Z-2(b)(1). If the
basis adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is being made as a
result of an inclusion event, then the basis adjustment is made before
determining the other Federal income tax consequences of the inclusion
event.
(ii) Specific application to section 301(c)(3) gain, section
1059(a)(2) gain, S corporation shareholder gain, or partner gain--(A)
Applicability. This paragraph (g)(1)(ii) applies if a QOF makes a
distribution to its owner, and if, without regard to any basis
adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii), at least a portion of
the distribution would be characterized as gain under section
301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or paragraphs (c)(6)(iii) and (c)(7)(ii)
of this section with respect to the owner's qualifying investment in
the QOF.
(B) Ordering rule. If paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section applies,
an eligible taxpayer is treated as having an inclusion event to the
extent provided in paragraph (c)(6)(iii), (c)(7)(ii), or (c)(8), (9),
(11), (12), or (13) of this section, as applicable. Then, the eligible
taxpayer increases its basis under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) before
determining the Federal income tax consequences of the distribution.
(iii) Shares in QOF C corporations to which section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(ii) adjustments are made. If a shareholder of a QOF C
corporation disposes of qualifying QOF stock in an exchange subject to
section 1001, basis adjustments under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) are
made only to the portion of the qualifying investment that is disposed
of in the inclusion event.
(2) Amount of basis adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii)
and (iv). The increases in basis under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii)
and (iv) are limited to 10 percent and 5 percent, respectively, of the
remaining deferred gain with respect to a qualifying investment as of
the dates on which basis is increased under that section.
(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section.
(i) Example 1--(A) Facts. On May 31, 2019, A, a C corporation,
sells a capital asset to an unrelated party and realizes $500 of
capital gain. On October 31, 2019, A contributes $500 to Q, a newly
formed QOF C corporation, in exchange for all of the outstanding Q
common stock and elects to defer the recognition of $500 of capital
gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. In 2020, when
Q has $40 of earnings and profits, Q distributes $100 to A
(Distribution).
(B) Recognition of gain. Under paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section, the Distribution is first evaluated without regard to any
basis adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii). Of the $100
distribution, $40 is treated as a dividend and $60 is treated as
gain from the sale or exchange of property under section 301(c)(3),
because A's basis in its Q stock is $0 under section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(i). Under paragraphs (c)(8)(i) and
[[Page 1973]]
(e)(2) of this section, $60 of A's gain that was deferred under
section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 is recognized in 2020.
Pursuant to Sec. 1.312-6(b), A's earnings and profits increase by
$60.
(C) Basis adjustments. Under paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section, prior to determining the further tax consequences of the
Distribution, A increases its basis in its Q stock by $60 in
accordance with section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii). As a result, the
Distribution is characterized as a dividend of $40 under section
301(c)(1) and a return of basis of $60 under section 301(c)(2).
Therefore, after the section 301 distribution, A's basis in Q is $0
($60-$60).
(ii) Example 2--(A) Facts. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section (Example 1), except that,
instead of receiving a distribution, A sells half of the Q stock for
$250 in 2020. A continues to hold the remainder of its Q stock
through 2024.
(B) Recognition of gain and basis adjustments in 2020. Under
paragraphs (c)(1) and (e)(1) of this section, $250 of A's gain that
was deferred under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 is
recognized in 2020. Under paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (iii) of this
section, A increases its basis to $250 in the sold shares in
accordance with section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) immediately before the
sale. Accordingly, A has no gain or loss on the sale ($250-$250).
Pursuant to Sec. 1.312-6(b), A's earnings and profits increase by
$250. A's basis in its remaining shares of Q stock remains $0.
(C) Basis adjustment in 2024. Under paragraph (g)(2) of this
section, A increases its basis in its remaining shares of Q stock in
accordance with section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii). Pursuant to Sec.
1.312-6(b), A's earnings and profits are increased by the amount of
the basis adjustment.
(4) Special partnership rules--(i) General rule. The initial basis
under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(i) of a qualifying investment in a QOF
partnership is zero, as adjusted to take into account the contributing
partner's share of partnership debt under section 752.
(ii) Treatment of basis adjustments. Any basis adjustment to a
qualifying investment in a QOF partnership described in section 1400Z-
2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section 1400Z-2(c) is basis for all
purposes, including for purposes of suspended losses under section
704(d).
(iii) Tiered arrangements. Any basis adjustment described in
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv) and section 1400Z-2(c) (basis
adjustment rules) will be treated as an item of income described in
section 705(a)(1) and must be reported in accordance with the
applicable forms and instructions. Any amount to which the basis
adjustment rules or to which section 1400Z-2(b)(1) applies will be
allocated to the owners of the QOF, and to the owners of any
partnership that directly or indirectly (solely through one or more
partnerships) owns the eligible interest, and will track to the owners'
interests, based on their shares of the remaining deferred gain to
which such amounts relate.
(5) Basis adjustments in S corporation stock--(i) Treatment of
basis adjustments. Any basis adjustment to a qualifying investment in a
QOF S corporation described in section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) and (iv)
and section 1400Z-2(c) is basis for all purposes, including for
purposes of suspended losses under section 1366(d).
(ii) S corporation investor in QOF--(A) S corporation. If an S
corporation is an investor in a QOF, the S corporation must adjust the
basis of its qualifying investment as set forth in this paragraph (g).
The rule in this paragraph (g)(5)(ii)(A) does not affect adjustments to
the basis of any other asset of the S corporation.
(B) S corporation shareholder--(1) In general. The S corporation
shareholder's pro-rata share of any recognized capital gain that has
been deferred at the S corporation level will be separately stated
under section 1366 when recognized and will adjust the shareholders'
stock bases under section 1367 at that time.
(2) Basis adjustments to qualifying investments. Any adjustment
made to the basis of an S corporation's qualifying investment under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) or (iv), or section 1400Z-2(c), will not:
(i) Be separately stated under section 1366; or
(ii) Until the date on which an inclusion event with respect to the
S corporation's qualifying investment occurs, adjust the shareholders'
stock bases under section 1367.
(3) Basis adjustments resulting from inclusion events. If the basis
adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is being made as a result
of an inclusion event, then the basis adjustment is made before
determining the tax consequences of the inclusion event other than the
computation of the tax on the deferred gain.
(iii) QOF S corporation--(A) Transferred basis of assets received.
If a QOF S corporation receives an asset in exchange for a qualifying
investment, the basis of the asset shall be the same as it would be in
the hands of the transferor, increased by the amount of the gain
recognized by the transferor on such transfer.
(B) Basis adjustments resulting from inclusion events. If the basis
adjustment under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) for the shareholder of
the QOF S corporation is being made as a result of an inclusion event,
then the basis adjustment is made before determining the tax
consequences of the inclusion event other than the computation of the
tax on the deferred gain.
(6) Basis in the hands of a taxpayer who received a qualifying
investment in a QOF by reason of the prior owner's death--(i) In
general. The basis of a qualifying investment in a QOF, transferred by
reason of a decedent's death in a transfer that is not an inclusion
event, is zero under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(i), as adjusted for
increases in basis as provided under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii)
through (iv) and (c). See paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
(ii) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rule of
this paragraph (g)(6).
(A) Example 1. Taxpayer A, an individual, contributed $50X to a
QOF in exchange for a qualifying investment in the QOF in January
2019. This $50X was capital gain that was excluded from A's gross
income under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A). A's basis in the qualifying
investment is zero. As of January 2024, A's basis in the QOF is
increased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of gain
deferred by reason of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A), so that A's adjusted
basis in 2024 is $5X. A dies in 2025 and A's heir inherits this
qualifying investment in the QOF. A's death is not an inclusion
event for purposes of section 1400Z-2. The heir's basis in the
qualifying investment is $5X.
(B) Example 2. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(g)(6)(ii)(A) of this section (Example 1), except that A dies in
November 2027, when the fair market value of the qualifying
investment was $75X. A was required to pay the tax on the excess of
the deferred capital gain over A's basis as part of A's 2026 income.
Therefore, at the time of A's death, A's basis in the qualifying
investment is the sum of three basis adjustments: The adjustment
made in January 2024 described in paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(A) (Example
1) ($5X); an additional adjustment made as of January 2026 equal to
5 percent of the amount of gain deferred by reason of section 1400Z-
2(a)(1)(A) ($2.5X); and the adjustment as of December 31, 2026, by
reason of section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(B) and (b)(2)(B)(ii) ($42.5X).
Accordingly, the basis of the qualifying investment in the hands of
A's heir is $50X.
(h) Notifications by partners and partnerships, and shareholders
and S corporations--(1) Notification of deferral election. A
partnership that makes a deferral election must notify all of its
partners of the deferral election and state each partner's distributive
share of the deferred gain in accordance with applicable forms and
instructions.
(2) Notification of deferred gain recognition by indirect QOF
owner. If an indirect owner of a QOF partnership sells or otherwise
disposes of all or a portion of its indirect interest in the QOF
partnership in a transaction that is an inclusion event under paragraph
(c)
[[Page 1974]]
of this section, such indirect owner must provide to the QOF owner
notification and information sufficient to enable the QOF owner, in a
timely manner, to recognize an appropriate amount of deferred gain.
(3) Notification of section 1400Z-2(c) election. A QOF partner or
QOF S corporation shareholder must notify the QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation, as appropriate, of an election under section 1400Z-2(c) to
adjust the basis of the qualifying QOF partnership interest or
qualifying QOF stock, as appropriate, that is disposed of in a taxable
transaction. Notification of the section 1400Z-2(c) election, and the
adjustments to the basis of the qualifying QOF partnership interest(s)
or qualifying QOF stock disposed of, or to the QOF partnership asset(s)
or QOF S corporation asset(s) disposed of, as appropriate, is to be
made in accordance with applicable forms and instructions.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Applicability dates--(1) In general. The provisions of this
section are applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a taxpayer's
first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began on
December 22, 2017, and for taxable years beginning after December 21,
2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, a taxpayer may choose either--
(i) To apply section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-120186-18) published on May
1, 2019, but only if applied in a consistent manner for all such
taxable years.
0
Par. 5. Section 1.1400Z2(c)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1 Investments held for at least 10 years.
(a) Scope. This section provides rules under section 1400Z-2(c) of
the Internal Revenue Code regarding the election to adjust the basis in
a qualifying investment in a QOF or in certain eligible property held
by the QOF. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d) for rules for determining the
holding period of a qualifying investment for purposes of this section.
(b) Investment for which an election can be made--(1) In general--
(i) Election by taxpayer. An eligible taxpayer who makes a deferral
election with respect to, or acquires by reason of a transaction that
is not an inclusion event, a qualifying investment in a QOF, recognizes
gain (if any) on December 31, 2026, of an amount determined under Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(3) (and so much of Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(4) as
relates to Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(3)) with respect to that qualifying
investment, and whose holding period in that qualifying investment is
at least ten years, is eligible to make an election described in
section 1400Z-2(c) on the sale or exchange of that qualifying
investment. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b)(1), to
the extent a taxpayer described in the preceding sentence has an
inclusion event described in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) with respect to any
portion of a qualifying investment, that portion is no longer a
qualifying investment and the taxpayer is not eligible to make an
election pursuant to section 1400Z-2(c) and this section with respect
to that portion. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1(b)(2) for special election
rules for QOF partnerships and QOF S corporations.
(ii) Transferee partnership to make an election under section
1400Z-2(c)--(A) In general. This paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) applies if an
eligible taxpayer (transferor) transfers its qualifying investment to a
transferee in a transaction described in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)
to the extent governed by section 721(a). If this paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(A) applies, and if the transferee sells or exchanges a
qualifying investment that has a holding period of at least 10 years
under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(d)(1)(ii)(F), then the transferee can make an
election described in section 1400Z-2(c) on the sale or exchange of the
qualifying investment. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(ii)(B) (transferee
partnership makes section 1400Z-2(c) election regarding contributed
qualifying investment).
(B) Conditions for transferee partnership or merged partnership to
make an election described in section 1400Z-2(c). A transferee referred
to in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section is eligible to make an
election described in section 1400Z-2(c) with respect to a qualifying
investment only if the transferee:
(1) Files a statement, at the time and in the manner that the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe by Internal Revenue
Service forms and instructions or by publication in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see Sec. 601.601(d)(ii)(b) of this chapter),
providing the name of the transferor, the date of the transfer, and the
transferor's holding period in the transferred qualifying investment
immediately before the transfer; and
(2) Files form 8997, Initial and Annual Statement of Qualified
Opportunity Fund (QOF) Investments, with the transferee's timely filed
Federal Tax Return.
(iii) Limitation on the 10-year rule. As required by section 1400Z-
2(e)(1) (treatment of investments with mixed funds), section 1400Z-2(c)
applies only to the portion of an investment in a QOF that is a
qualifying investment. For rules governing the application of section
1400Z-2(c) to the portion of an investment in a QOF for which a loss
has been claimed under section 165(g) or otherwise, see Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(14).
(iv) Transactions to which section 301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2),
or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) applies. The receipt of amounts treated
as gain from the sale or exchange of property under section 301(c)(3),
section 1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) with respect to
qualifying QOF stock in a transaction treated as an inclusion event
under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c) does not prevent the QOF shareholder from
making a subsequent election described in section 1400Z-2(c) with
respect to that qualifying QOF stock.
(v) Partnership distributions in excess of basis. The occurrence of
an inclusion event described in Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iii), which
addresses a distribution of property by a QOF partnership to a QOF
partner where the distributed property has a fair market value in
excess of the QOF partner's basis in its qualifying investment, does
not prevent the QOF partner from making a subsequent election described
in section 1400Z-2(c) with respect to the QOF partner's qualifying QOF
partnership interest.
(2) Special election rules for QOF partnerships and QOF S
corporations--(i) Dispositions of qualifying QOF partnership interests.
If a QOF partner's basis in a qualifying QOF partnership interest is
adjusted under section 1400Z-2(c) upon the disposition of a qualifying
investment, then the basis of the QOF partnership interest is adjusted
to an amount equal to the net fair market value of the interest, plus
the QOF partner's share of QOF partnership indebtedness under section
752 with respect to that interest, and immediately prior to the sale or
exchange, the bases of the assets of the QOF partnership and of any
partnership owned directly or indirectly by the QOF partnership solely
through one or more partnerships are also adjusted with respect to the
disposed-of qualifying investment. For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(2)(i), section 7701(g) will apply in determining the value of a
qualifying investment in a QOF partnership. The adjustments in this
paragraph (b)(2)(i) are calculated in a manner similar to the section
743(b) adjustments that would
[[Page 1975]]
have been made if the transferor QOF partner had purchased its interest
in the QOF partnership for cash equal to the fair market value of the
interest immediately prior to the sale or exchange, assuming that valid
section 754 elections had been in place with respect to the QOF
partnership and any partnerships directly or indirectly owned by the
QOF partnership, whether or not an actual section 754 election is in
place for any of the partnerships. This paragraph (b)(2)(i) applies
without regard to the amount of deferred gain that was included under
section 1400Z-2(b)(1) or the timing of that inclusion.
(ii) Sales or exchanges of QOF property by QOF partnerships or QOF
S corporations--(A) Election to exclude gains and losses. If a taxpayer
has held a qualifying investment in a QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation for at least 10 years, as determined under Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(d), and the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation or any
partnership that is owned directly, or indirectly solely through one of
more partnerships, by the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation sells or
exchanges property, the taxpayer may make an election under this
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) to exclude from the taxpayer's income all gains
and losses allocable to the qualifying investment that arise from all
such sales or exchanges for the QOF partnership's or QOF S
corporation's taxable year. In order for the election to be valid, the
requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section must
be satisfied. For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section,
gains and losses include all gains and losses other than gains or
losses from the sale or exchange of any item of inventory, as defined
in section 1221(a)(1), in the ordinary course of business.
(B) Deemed distribution and recontribution--(1) In general. If any
partner of a QOF partnership, or shareholder of a QOF S corporation,
makes an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, the
taxpayer is treated as receiving a distribution of cash as calculated
under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of this section, from the QOF
partnership or QOF S corporation at the end of the QOF partnership's or
QOF S corporation's taxable year and immediately recontributing the
cash to the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation in exchange for a non-
qualifying investment in the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation. In
determining the post-contribution qualifying investment and non-
qualifying investment, the QOF will value each interest based on the
underlying values of the QOF's assets determined at the end of its
taxable year in accordance with the principles of Sec. 1.704-
1(b)(2)(iv) (in the case of a QOF partnership) or fair market value (in
the case of a QOF S corporation). If the QOF partner or QOF S
corporation shareholder is a mixed-funds partner or shareholder prior
to the sale or exchange, the deemed distribution will be treated as
made proportionately with respect to the partner's or shareholder's
qualifying investment and non-qualifying investment in the QOF
partnership in accordance with Sec. 1400Z2(b)-1(c)(6)(iv)(B), or the
QOF S corporation. The distribution and recontribution rule of
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section is solely for purposes of
determining the taxpayer's interests in the QOF partnership or QOF S
corporation that constitute a qualifying investment and a non-
qualifying investment, and has no other Federal income tax consequence
(for example, the rule does not affect the accumulated adjustments
account of an S corporation and cannot be treated as a disproportionate
distribution by an S corporation).
(2) Amount of deemed distribution and re-contribution. The amount
of cash referred to in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) of this section that
is deemed distributed by and recontributed to the QOF partnership or
QOF S corporation is equal to--
(i) The partner's or shareholder's share of net proceeds from all
sales and exchanges of property described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of
this section (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business) for the taxable year for which the election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) is made (calculated without regard to whether any gain or
loss is recognized with regard to such property); less
(ii) All actual distributions of cash by the QOF partnership or QOF
S corporation with respect to any such sale or exchange that is made
within 90 days of the sale or exchange.
(3) Meaning of net proceeds--(i) QOF partnerships. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2)(i) of this section, with respect to QOF
partnerships, the term ``net proceeds'' means the amount realized from
the sale of property described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section less any indebtedness included in the amount realized that
would constitute a qualified liability under Sec. 1.707-5(a)(6) if the
sold or exchanged property had been contributed to a lower-tier
partnership subject to the debt.
(ii) QOF S corporations. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B)(2)(i) of this section, with respect to QOF S
corporations, the term ``net proceeds'' means the amount realized from
the sale of property described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section less any indebtedness included in the amount realized that
would constitute a qualified liability under the principles of Sec.
1.707-5(a)(6).
(C) Treatment as exempt income--(1) General rule. With respect to
the taxpayer making an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
section, the excess of any gains over losses excluded from income under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section is treated as income of the
partnership or S corporation that is exempt from tax under the Internal
Revenue Code for purposes of section 705(a)(1)(B) or section
1367(a)(1)(A). Section 265 or any similar provisions do not apply to
disallow any deductions otherwise allowable under subtitle A for
amounts paid or incurred by a taxpayer that are allocable to any gain
excluded from income under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
(2) Special rule regarding accumulated adjustments account. Solely
for purposes of determining whether an adjustment must be made to the
accumulated adjustments account of an S corporation, the excess amount
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C)(1) of this section is not treated
as tax exempt income.
(D) Time and manner of making the election to exclude gain. An
election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section is made by
filing the applicable form with the taxpayer's timely filed income tax
return, without extensions, for its taxable year that includes the
taxable year end of the QOF partnership or QOF S corporation. A
taxpayer must make the election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section for each taxable year in which it wishes to exclude gains and
losses of a QOF partnership or QOF S corporation.
(3) Basis adjustments upon sale or exchange of qualifying QOF
stock--(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of
this section, if a QOF shareholder's basis in qualifying QOF stock is
adjusted under section 1400Z-2(c), then the basis of the qualifying QOF
stock is adjusted to an amount equal to the fair market value of the
qualifying QOF stock immediately prior to the sale or exchange. This
paragraph (b)(3)(i) applies without regard to the amount of deferred
gain that was included under section 1400Z-2(b)(1) or the timing of
that inclusion.
(ii) Specific application to transactions to which section
301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or section 1368(b)(2) or (c)(3)
applies--(A) Applicability. This paragraph (b)(3)(ii) applies if a QOF
[[Page 1976]]
corporation makes a distribution to a QOF shareholder, at least a
portion of the distribution would be characterized as gain from a sale
or exchange under section 301(c)(3), section 1059(a)(2), or section
1368(b)(2) or (c)(3) with respect to the QOF shareholder's qualifying
QOF stock without regard to any basis adjustment under section 1400Z-
2(c), and the QOF shareholder elects to adjust the basis of its
qualifying QOF stock under section 1400Z-2(c).
(B) Ordering rule. If paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section applies
with respect to a QOF corporation, the QOF shareholder increases its
basis by the lesser of the amount of the distribution characterized as
gain from a sale or exchange or the fair market value of the QOF
shareholder's qualifying QOF stock before determining the Federal
income tax consequences of the distribution.
(c) Extension of availability of the election described in section
1400Z-2(c). The ability to make an election under section 1400Z-2(c)
for investments held for at least 10 years is not impaired solely
because, under section 1400Z-1(f), the designation of one or more
qualified opportunity zones ceases to be in effect. The preceding
sentence does not apply to elections under section 1400Z-2(c) that are
related to dispositions occurring after December 31, 2047.
(d) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
(1) Example 1--(i) Facts. In 2020, taxpayer A invests $100 in
QOF S, a QOF S corporation, in exchange for a qualifying investment
and defers $100 of gain. At the end of 2028, the qualified
opportunity zone designation expires for the population census tract
in which QOF S primarily conducts its trade or business. In 2031, A
sells all of its QOF S shares, realizes gain, and makes an election
to increase the qualifying basis in its QOF S shares to fair market
value. But for the expiration of the designated zones in section
1400Z-1(f), QOF S and A's conduct is consistent with continued
eligibility to make the election under section 1400Z-2(c).
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (c) of this section, although the
designation expired on December 31, 2028, the expiration of the
zone's designation does not, without more, invalidate A's ability to
make an election under section 1400Z-2(c). Accordingly, pursuant to
that election, A's basis in the QOF stock is increased to its fair
market value and A recognizes no gain or loss on the sale.
(2) Example 2--(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer A realizes $100 of
eligible gain and contributes $100 to a QOF partnership, X, in
exchange for a qualifying QOF partnership interest in X, and
taxpayer B contributes $100 of eligible gain to another QOF
partnership, Y, in exchange for a qualifying QOF partnership
interest in Y. In 2021, in transactions governed by section 721(a),
A contributes her qualifying QOF partnership interest in X, and B
contributes her qualifying QOF partnership interest in Y, to a newly
formed partnership, UTP. In 2024, C receives a profits interest in
UTP for services that she will provide to UTP. In 2031, X sells a
non-inventory asset and allocates X's distributive share of the gain
to UTP. No distributions are ever made from X, Y, or UTP.
(ii) Analysis. On December 31, 2026, UTP recognizes $170 of
remaining deferred gain relating to the QOF interests. Of that gain,
A is allocated the $85 of gain relating to the $100 of eligible gain
that she invested in X, and B is allocated the $85 of gain relating
to the $100 of eligible gain that she invested in Y. C recognizes no
gain at this time. In 2031, because UTP's holding period in X
includes A's holding period in X, UTP has a holding period in X that
exceeds 10 years, and may make an election under Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-
1(b)(2)(ii)(A) to exclude the gain from X's asset sale. Even though
A was the original investor in X, she may not make the election. If
UTP makes the election, UTP will exclude its distributive share of
gain from the sale of the X asset.
(3) Example 3--(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer B invests $100 in P,
a QOF partnership, in exchange for a qualifying investment and
properly makes an election under section 1400Z-2(a) to defer $100 of
eligible gain. B's interest in the partnership is 50 percent. In
2030, when B's interest in P has a value of $130 and a basis of
$100, B sells the interest, recognizing $30 of gain, $15 of which is
attributable to inventory assets of P. B makes an election under
section 1400Z-2(c) with respect to the sale.
(ii) Analysis. Because B's election under section 1400Z-2(c) is
in effect with respect to the sale, the bases of B's interest in P
and of P's assets with respect to the interest sold are adjusted to
fair market value immediately before B's sale under paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section, and B recognizes no gain or loss on the
sale.
(4) Example 4--(i) Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(d)(3) of this section (Example 3), except that P sells qualified
opportunity zone property that is not inventory sold in the ordinary
course of business and distributes all of the proceeds from the sale
to partners within 90 days of the sale (the qualified opportunity
zone property was the only property sold by P in the taxable year).
The sold property has a value of $60 and a basis of $40. P
recognizes $20 of gain, $10 of which is allocable to B, and B makes
an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section for the
year in which B's allocable share of the partnership's recognized
gain would be included in B's gross income.
(ii) Analysis. Because B's election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section is in effect, B will exclude its
entire $10 allocable share of the partnership's $20 of recognized
gain. Because $10 of the sale proceeds were actually distributed to
B within 90 days of the sale, P is not treated as making a deemed
distribution and receiving a recontribution under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section with respect to B.
(5) Example 5--(i) Facts. In 2019, taxpayer C invests $100 in Q,
a QOF partnership, in exchange for a qualifying investment and
properly makes an election under section 1400Z-2(a) to defer $100 of
eligible gain. C's interest in Q is 50%. Q's taxable year ends on
December 31. In 2025, Q purchases three qualified opportunity zone
properties, X, Y, and Z. On January 22, 2031, Q sells property X for
$200, recognizing $140 of gain. On July 31, 2031, Q sells property Y
for $80, recognizing $20 of loss. Q makes no distributions to its
partners in 2031, has no indebtedness, and has no other gain or loss
other than from the sales of properties X and Y. Property Z has a
value of $280 at all times throughout 2031. C's share of Q's gain
and loss is $70 and $10, respectively, for a net gain of $60, and C
makes an election under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section to
exclude the gains and losses from its income.
(ii) Analysis. Because C has made an election under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section, C is treated as receiving a cash distribution of $140 from
Q, C's share of the net proceeds from the sales of properties X and
Y, on December 31, 2031, and immediately recontributing $140 to Q in
exchange for a non-qualifying investment in Q. Beginning on January
1, 2032, 50 percent of A's interest in Q is a qualifying investment,
and 50 percent of A's investment in Q is a non-qualifying
investment. This amount is calculated as a fraction, the numerator
of which is $140, the amount deemed distributed and recontributed,
and the denominator of which is $280, the value of C's interest
prior to the deemed distribution.
(6) Example 6--(i) Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(d)(5) of this section (Example 5), except that Q distributes all of
the proceeds from the sale of property X to its partners on March
30, 2031. Q does not make any distribution of proceeds from the sale
of property Y.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B)(2)(ii) of this
section, the actual distribution of cash to C on March 30, 2031,
reduces the amount of the deemed distribution and recontribution
with respect to C on December 31, 2031. Accordingly, the amount of
C's deemed distribution and recontribution is $40, which increases
C's non-qualifying investment to 22 percent. This amount is
calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which is $40, the amount
deemed distributed and recontributed, and the denominator of which
is $180, the value of C's interest.
(7) Example 7. Section 301(c)(3) gain--(i) Facts. In 2020,
taxpayer X makes an investment in Q, a QOF corporation, in exchange
for a qualifying investment. In 2031, when X's qualifying Q stock is
worth $1000x, Q makes a distribution to X with respect to X's
qualifying QOF stock, $500x of which is treated as gain from a sale
or exchange under section 301(c)(3). In 2032, X disposes of all of
its qualifying QOF stock in Q.
(ii) Analysis--(A) Section 301(c)(3) distribution. X is eligible
to make an election described in section 1400Z-2(c) in 2031 with
respect to its $500x gain. Under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this
section, the basis adjustment is $500x, the lesser of $500x, the
amount of
[[Page 1977]]
the distribution treated as gain from the sale or exchange of
property, and $1000x, the fair market value of the qualifying QOF
stock before the distribution. As a result of the election, X
increases its basis in its qualifying QOF stock in Q by $500x
immediately before the distribution; consequently, the $500x is
treated as a return of basis under section 301(c)(2).
(B) Disposition of qualifying QOF stock. X is eligible to make
an election described in section 1400Z-2(c) in 2032 with respect to
all of its qualifying QOF stock in Q, notwithstanding X's receipt of
a section 301(c)(3) distribution in 2031. See paragraph (b)(1)(iv)
of this section.
(e) Capital gain dividends paid by a QOF RIC or QOF REIT that some
shareholders may be able to elect to receive tax free under section
1400Z-2(c)--(1) Eligibility. For purposes of paragraph (b) of this
section, if a shareholder of a QOF RIC or QOF REIT receives a capital
gain dividend identified with a date, as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of
this section, then, to the extent that the shareholder's shares in the
QOF RIC or QOF REIT paying the capital gain dividend are a qualifying
investment in the QOF RIC or QOF REIT--
(i) The shareholder may treat the capital gain dividend, or part
thereof, as gain from the sale or exchange of a qualifying investment
on the date that the QOF RIC or QOF REIT identified with the dividend;
and
(ii) If, on the date identified, the shareholder had held that
qualifying investment in the QOF RIC or QOF REIT for at least 10 years,
then the shareholder may exclude that capital gain dividend, or part
thereof, from its taxable income for the taxable year.
(2) Definition of capital gain dividend identified with a date. A
capital gain dividend identified with a date means an amount of a
capital gain dividend, as defined in section 852(b)(3)(C) or
857(b)(3)(B), or part thereof, and a date that the QOF RIC reports or
QOF REIT designates in a notice provided to the shareholder not later
than one week after the QOF RIC reports or QOF REIT designates the
capital gain dividend pursuant to section 852(b)(3)(C) or 857(b)(3)(B).
The notice must be mailed to the shareholder unless the shareholder has
provided the QOF RIC or QOF REIT with an email address to be used for
this purpose. In the manner and at the time determined by the
Commissioner, the QOF RIC or QOF REIT must provide the Commissioner all
data that the Commissioner specifies with respect to the amounts of
capital gain dividends and the dates reported or designated by the QOF
RIC or QOF REIT for each shareholder.
(3) General limitations on the amounts of capital gain with which a
date may be identified--(i) No identification in the absence of any
capital gains with respect to qualified opportunity zone property. If,
during its taxable year, the QOF RIC or QOF REIT did not recognize
long-term capital gain on any sale or exchange of qualified opportunity
zone property, then no date may be identified with any capital gain
dividends, or parts thereof, with respect to that year.
(ii) Proportionality. Reportings and designations of capital gain
dividends identified with a date must be proportional for all capital
gain dividends paid with respect to the taxable year. See section
857(g)(2). Greater than de minimis violation of proportionality
invalidates all of the purported identifications for a taxable year.
(iii) Undistributed capital gains. If section 852(b)(3)(D)(i) or
857(b)(3)(C)(i) requires a shareholder of a QOF RIC or QOF REIT to
include a reported or designated amount in the shareholder's long-term
capital gain for a taxable year, then inclusion of this amount in this
manner is treated as receipt of a capital gain for purposes of this
paragraph (e) and may be identified with a date.
(iv) Gross gains. The amount determined under paragraph (e)(4) of
this section is determined without regard to any losses that may have
been recognized on other sales or exchanges of qualified opportunity
zone property. The losses do, however, limit the total amount of
capital gain dividends that may be reported or designated under section
852(b)(3) or section 857(b)(3).
(4) Determination of the amount of capital gain with which a date
may be identified. A QOF RIC or QOF REIT may choose to identify the
date for an amount of capital gain in one of the following manners:
(i) Simplified determination. If, during its taxable year, the QOF
RIC or QOF REIT recognizes long-term capital gain on one or more sales
or exchanges of qualified opportunity zone property, then the QOF RIC
or QOF REIT may identify the first day of that taxable year as the date
identified with each reported or designated amount with respect to the
capital gain dividends for that taxable year. A reported or designated
identification is invalid in its entirety if the amount of gains that
the QOF RIC or QOF REIT identifies with that date exceeds the aggregate
long-term capital gains recognized on those sales or exchanges for that
taxable year.
(ii) Sale date determination--(A) In general. If, during its
taxable year, the QOF RIC or QOF REIT recognizes long-term capital gain
on one or more sales or exchanges of qualified opportunity zone
property, then the QOF RIC or QOF REIT may identify capital gain
dividends, or a part thereof, with the latest date on which there was
such a recognition. The amount of capital gain dividends so identified
must not exceed the aggregate long-term capital gains recognized on
that date from sales or exchanges of qualified opportunity zone
property. A reported or designated identification is invalid in its
entirety if the amount of gains that the QOF RIC or QOF REIT identifies
with that date violates the preceding sentence.
(B) Iterative application. The process described in paragraph
(e)(4)(ii)(A) of this section is applied iteratively to increasingly
earlier transaction dates (from latest to earliest) until all capital
gain dividends are identified with dates or there are no earlier dates
in the taxable year on which the QOF RIC or QOF REIT recognized long-
term capital gains with respect to a sale or exchange of qualified
opportunity zone property, whichever comes first.
(f) Applicability dates. The provisions of this section are
applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13, 2020.
0
Par. 6. Section 1.1400Z2(d)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2 (d)-1 Qualified opportunity funds and qualified
opportunity zone businesses.
(a) Overview. This section provides rules that an eligible entity
(as defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section) must satisfy to be a
qualified opportunity fund (QOF) or a qualified opportunity zone
business. Paragraphs (a)(2) through (4) of this section provide rules
that eligible entities must follow to be certified as QOFs, as well as
rules for the de-certification of QOFs. Paragraph (b) of this section
provides rules for determining whether the property held by a QOF
satisfies the 90-percent investment standard of section 1400Z-2(d)(1)
or the property held by a qualified opportunity zone business satisfies
the 70-percent tangible property standard of section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(i). Paragraph (c) of this section provides rules regarding
qualified opportunity zone property that a QOF must hold to satisfy the
90-percent investment standard. Paragraph (d) of this section provides
rules that an eligible entity must satisfy to be a qualified
opportunity zone business that is owned, in whole or in part, by one or
more QOFs. Paragraph (e) of this section provides applicability dates
for this section. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2 for rules that must be
satisfied for tangible property of an eligible entity to be
[[Page 1978]]
treated as qualified opportunity zone business property.
(1) Eligible entity--(i) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the term eligible entity means an
entity that is classified as a corporation or partnership for Federal
income tax purposes. In order to be treated as a QOF, an eligible
entity must self-certify on an annual basis that it satisfies the
requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, as appropriate.
An eligible entity is a qualified opportunity zone business if it
satisfies the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
(ii) Exceptions based on where an entity is created, formed, or
organized--(A) QOFs. An entity classified as a corporation or
partnership for Federal income tax purposes (an entity) but that is not
organized under the law of the United States or the law of one of the
50 states, a government of a federally recognized tribe (Indian tribal
government), the District of Columbia, or a U.S. territory, is not an
eligible entity and is ineligible to be a QOF. An entity described in
the preceding sentence is also ineligible to be a qualified opportunity
zone business, and therefore an equity interest in the entity is
neither qualified opportunity zone stock nor a qualified opportunity
zone partnership interest for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2).
(B) Entities organized in a U.S. territory--(1) In general. If an
entity is organized in a U.S. territory but not in one of the 50 States
or the District of Columbia, the entity may be a QOF only if the entity
is organized for investing in qualified opportunity zone property that
relates to a trade or business operated in the U.S. territory in which
the entity is organized. If an entity is organized in a U.S. territory
but not in one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, an equity
interest in the entity may be qualified opportunity zone stock or a
qualified opportunity zone partnership interest, as the case may be,
only if the entity conducts a qualified opportunity zone business in
the U.S. territory in which the entity is organized. An entity
described in the preceding sentence is treated as satisfying the
requirement, as applicable, of being a domestic corporation for
purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i) or of being a domestic
partnership for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(C).
(2) U.S. territory defined. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(1),
the term U.S. territory means American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Virgin Islands, and any other territory not under the jurisdiction of
one of the 50 States, an Indian tribal government, or the District of
Columbia where a qualified opportunity zone has been designated under
section 1400Z-1.
(iii) Pre-existing entities. There is no legal barrier to a pre-
existing eligible entity qualifying as a QOF or a qualified opportunity
zone business, but the pre-existing eligible entity must satisfy all of
the applicable requirements of section 1400Z-2, this section, and Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-2.
(2) Self-certification as a QOF. The following rules apply to the
required self-certification of an eligible entity as a QOF:
(i) Time, form, and manner. The self-certification must be timely-
filed and effected annually in such form and manner as may be
prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue (Commissioner) in
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) forms or instructions, or in
publications or guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
(see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of this chapter).
(ii) First taxable year. The self-certification must identify the
first taxable year for which the self-certification takes effect.
(iii) First month. The self-certification may identify the first
month (in that initial taxable year) in which the self-certification
takes effect.
(A) Failure to specify first month. If the self-certification fails
to specify the month in the initial taxable year that the self-
certification takes effect, then the self-certification is treated as
taking effect in the first month of that taxable year.
(B) Investments before entity's first month as QOF not eligible for
deferral. If an investment in eligible interests of an eligible entity
occurs prior to the eligible entity's first month as a QOF, any
election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1) made for that investment is
invalid and the investment is a non-qualifying investment.
(iv) Becoming a QOF in a month that is not the first month of the
taxable year. This paragraph (a)(2)(iv) applies to an eligible entity
if its self-certification as a QOF is first effective for a month that
is not the first month of that entity's taxable year.
(A) For purposes of applying section 1400Z-2(d)(1)(A) and (B) in
the first year of the QOF's existence, the phrase first six-month
period of the taxable year of the fund means the first six months each
of which is in the taxable year and in each of which the entity is a
QOF. Thus, if an eligible entity becomes a QOF in the seventh or later
month of a 12-month taxable year, the 90-percent investment standard in
section 1400Z-2(d)(1) takes into account only the QOF's assets on the
last day of the QOF's taxable year.
(B) The computation of any penalty under section 1400Z-2(f)(1) does
not take into account any months before the first month in which an
eligible entity is a QOF.
(3) Self-decertification of a QOF. If a QOF chooses to self-
decertify as a QOF, the following rules apply:
(i) Form and manner. The self-decertification must be effected in
such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Commissioner in IRS
forms or instructions or in publications or guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of
this chapter).
(ii) Time. The self-decertification becomes effective at the
beginning of the month following the month specified by the taxpayer,
which month must not be earlier than the month in which the taxpayer
files its self-decertification as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of
this section.
(4) [Reserved]
(b) Valuation of property for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard and the 70-percent tangible property standard--(1) In general.
An eligible entity may value its owned or leased property using the
valuation methods provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section
to determine whether--
(i) In the case of an eligible entity that has self-certified as a
QOF, the assets owned or leased by the QOF satisfy the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1); and
(ii) In the case of an eligible entity that has issued qualified
opportunity zone partnership interests or qualified opportunity zone
stock to a QOF, the tangible property owned or leased by the eligible
entity satisfies the 70-percent tangible property standard in section
1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i).
(2) Special rules--(i) QOFs--(A) In general. To meet the 90-percent
investment standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1), on a semiannual basis, a
QOF may value its assets using the applicable financial statement
valuation method set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, if the
QOF has an applicable financial statement within the meaning of Sec.
1.475(a)-4(h), or the alternative valuation method set forth in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section. During each taxable year, a QOF must
apply consistently the valuation method that it selects under paragraph
(b) of this section to all assets valued with respect to the taxable
year.
(B) Option for QOFs to disregard recently contributed property. A
QOF
[[Page 1979]]
may choose to determine compliance with the 90-percent investment
standard by excluding from both the numerator and denominator of the
test any property that satisfies all the criteria in paragraphs
(b)(2)(i)(B)(1) through (3) of this section. A QOF need not be
consistent from one semiannual test to another in whether it avails
itself of the option in this paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B).
(1) The amount of the property was received by the QOF partnership
as a contribution or by the QOF corporation solely in exchange for
stock of the corporation;
(2) The contribution or exchange occurred not more than 6 months
before the test from which it is being excluded; and
(3) Between the date of the fifth business day after the
contribution or exchange and the date of the semiannual test, the
amount was held continuously in cash, cash equivalents, or debt
instruments with a term of 18 months or less.
(C) Safe harbor for QOFs to determine whether equity in an entity
is qualified opportunity zone property. A QOF may choose to determine
compliance with the 90-percent investment standard for each semiannual
testing date of the QOF by including in both the numerator and
denominator of the test the equity of each entity the QOF holds on that
testing date that satisfies all the criteria in paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(C)(1) or (2) of this section.
(1) The entity was a qualified opportunity zone business for at
least 90 percent of the QOF's cumulative holding period for that equity
of the entity--
(i) Beginning on the date the QOF's self-certification as a QOF is
first effective; and
(ii) Ending on the last day of the entity's most recent taxable
year ending on or before the semiannual testing date of the QOF.
(2) An entity that would not be a qualified opportunity zone
business as of the end of its last taxable year ending on or before a
semiannual testing date of the QOF is a qualified opportunity zone
business with respect to the QOF for that taxable year of the entity
if--
(i) A cure is achieved for the entity under paragraph (d)(6) of
this section; and
(ii) The QOF files its Federal income tax return for the taxable
year of the QOF containing the testing date on a date that is timely
(taking extensions into account) and that is not later than when that
cure is achieved.
(ii) Qualified opportunity zone businesses--(A) In general. For
purposes of the fraction set forth in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section, the owned or leased tangible property of a qualified
opportunity zone business may be valued using the applicable financial
statement valuation method set forth in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section, if the qualified opportunity zone business has an applicable
financial statement within the meaning of Sec. 1.475(a)-4(h), or the
alternative valuation method set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this
section. During each taxable year, the valuation method selected under
this paragraph (b) must be applied consistently to all tangible
property valued with respect to the taxable year.
(B) Five-percent zone taxpayer. If a taxpayer both has self-
certified as a QOF and holds an equity interest in an eligible entity
that is tested as a qualified opportunity zone business, then that
taxpayer may value the eligible entity's tangible property for purposes
of satisfying the 70-percent tangible property standard using the same
valuation methodology under this paragraph (b) that the taxpayer uses
for determining its own compliance with the 90-percent investment
standard (compliance methodology), provided that no other equity holder
in the eligible entity is a five-percent zone taxpayer. If two or more
taxpayers that have self-certified as QOFs hold equity interests in the
eligible entity and at least one of them is a five-percent zone
taxpayer, then the values of the eligible entity's tangible property
may be calculated using the compliance methodology that both is used by
a five-percent zone taxpayer and that produces the highest percentage
of qualified opportunity zone business property for the eligible entity
for purposes of the 70-percent tangible property standard. A five-
percent zone taxpayer is a taxpayer that has self-certified as a QOF
and that holds stock in the entity (if it is a corporation)
representing at least 5 percent in voting rights and value or holds an
interest of at least 5 percent in the profits and capital of the entity
(if it is a partnership).
(1) Example. The example in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of this
section illustrates the principles of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section.
(2) Example. Entity JH is a corporation that has issued only one
class of stock and that conducts a trade or business. Taxpayer X
holds 94% of the JH stock, and Taxpayer Y holds the remaining 6% of
that stock. (Thus, both X and Y are five percent zone taxpayers
within the meaning of paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.) JH
does not have an applicable financial statement, and, for that
reason, a determination of whether JH is conducting a qualified
opportunity zone business may employ the compliance methodology of X
or Y. X and Y use different compliance methodologies permitted under
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section for purposes of satisfying
the 90-percent investment standard of section 1400Z-2(d)(1). Under
X's compliance methodology (which is based on X's applicable
financial statement), 65% of the tangible property owned or leased
by JH's trade or business is qualified opportunity zone business
property. Under Y's compliance methodology (which is based on Y's
cost), 73% of the tangible property owned or leased by JH's trade or
business is qualified opportunity zone business property. Because
Y's compliance methodology would produce the higher percentage of
qualified opportunity zone business property for JH (73%), both X
and Y may use Y's compliance methodology to value JH's owned or
leased tangible property. If JH's trade or business satisfies all
additional requirements in section 1400Z-2(d)(3), the trade or
business is a qualified opportunity zone business. Thus, if all of
the additional requirements in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B) are
satisfied, stock in JH is qualified opportunity zone stock in the
hands of a taxpayer that has self-certified as a QOF.
(iii) Inventory. In determining whether the 90-percent investment
standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1) or the 70-percent tangible property
standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i) is satisfied, an eligible
entity may choose to exclude from both the numerator and denominator of
the applicable test the value of all inventory (including raw
materials) of the trade or business, if applied consistently within a
taxable year of the eligible entity.
(3) Applicable financial statement valuation method--(i) In
general. Under the applicable financial statement valuation method set
forth in this paragraph (b)(3), the value of each property that is
owned or leased by an eligible entity is the value of that asset as
reported on the eligible entity's applicable financial statement for
the relevant reporting period.
(ii) Requirement for selection of method. An eligible entity may
select the applicable financial statement valuation method set forth in
this paragraph (b)(3) to value an asset leased by the eligible entity
only if the applicable financial statement of the eligible entity is
prepared according to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) and requires an assignment of value to the lease of the asset.
(4) Alternative valuation method--(i) In general. Under the
alternative valuation method set forth in this paragraph (b)(4), the
value of the property owned by an eligible entity is calculated under
paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, and the value of the property
leased by an eligible entity is
[[Page 1980]]
calculated under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Property owned by an eligible entity--(A) Property purchased
or constructed. The value of each property owned by an eligible entity
that is acquired by purchase for fair market value or constructed for
fair market value is the eligible entity's unadjusted cost basis of the
asset under section 1012 or section 1013.
(B) Other property. The value of each item of property owned by an
eligible entity that is not purchased or constructed for fair market
value is the item of property's fair market value, determined on the
last day of the first 6 month period of the taxable year and on the
last day of the taxable year.
(iii) Property leased by an eligible entity--(A) In general. The
value of each property that is leased by an eligible entity is equal to
the present value of the leased property as defined in paragraph
(b)(4)(iii)(C) of this section.
(B) Discount rate. For purposes of calculating present value under
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, the discount rate is the short-
term applicable Federal rate under section 1274(d)(1), based on
semiannual compounding, for the month in which the eligible entity
enters into the lease. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
three month rule in section 1274(d)(2) does not apply to determine the
applicable Federal rate.
(C) Present value. For purposes of paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section, present value of a leased property--
(1) Is equal to the sum of the present values of each payment under
the lease for the property;
(2) Is calculated at the time the eligible entity enters into the
lease for the property; and
(3) Once calculated, is used as the value for the property by the
eligible entity for all testing dates during the term of the lease for
purposes of the 90-percent investment standard or the 70-perecent
tangible property standard.
(D) Term of a lease. For purposes of paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section, the term of a lease includes periods during which the lessee
may extend the lease at a pre-defined market rate rent. For
nonresidential real property or residential real property, pre-defined
rent does not include the option to renew at fair market value,
determined at the time of renewal. The terms of the pre-defined rent
must satisfy the following criteria:
(1) General rule. The terms of the pre-defined rent are market rate
(that is, the terms of the pre-defined rent reflect common, arms-length
market pricing in the locale that includes the qualified opportunity
zone as determined under section 482 and all section 482 regulations in
this chapter) at the time the lease is entered into.
(2) Rebuttable presumption regarding leases not between related
persons. There will be a rebuttable presumption that the terms of the
extension of the lease are market rate for leases not between related
persons (within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2)), and thus, the
parties to the lease are not required to perform a section 482
analysis.
(3) Exception for state, local, and Indian tribal governments. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(D), tangible property acquired
by lease from a state or local government, or an Indian tribal
government, is not considered tangible property acquired by lease from
a related person.
(c) Qualified opportunity zone property--(1) In general. Pursuant
to section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(A), the following property is qualified
opportunity zone property:
(i) Qualified opportunity zone stock as defined in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section;
(ii) Qualified opportunity zone partnership interest as defined in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section; and
(iii) Qualified opportunity zone business property as defined in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone stock--(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, if an eligible entity
is classified as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes
(corporation), then an equity interest (stock) in the eligible entity
is qualified opportunity zone stock if the requirements described in
this paragraph (c)(2)(i) are satisfied:
(A) Date of acquisition. The stock is acquired by a QOF after
December 31, 2017, at its original issue (directly or through an
underwriter) from the corporation solely in exchange for cash;
(B) Qualified opportunity zone business. As of the time the stock
was issued, the corporation was a qualified opportunity zone business
as defined in section 1400Z-2(d)(3) and paragraph (d) of this section
(or, in the case of a new corporation, the corporation was being
organized for purposes of being such a qualified opportunity zone
business); and
(C) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding period--
(1) Cumulative holding period test. During at least 90 percent of the
QOF's holding period for the corporation's stock, determined on a
cumulative basis in accordance with paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C)(2) of this
section, the corporation qualified as a qualified opportunity zone
business.
(2) Semiannual qualified opportunity zone business test. For
purposes of determining satisfaction of the cumulative 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone property holding period test described in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(C)(1) of this section, the determination of whether
a corporation engaged in a trade or business qualifies as a qualified
opportunity zone business is made by the QOF on a semiannual basis
pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(1). However, a QOF may choose to apply
the safe harbor rule in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section to make
this determination.
(ii) Redemptions of stock. Pursuant to section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(B)(ii), the following rules apply for purposes of determining
whether stock in a corporation qualifies as qualified opportunity zone
stock:
(A) Redemptions from taxpayer or related person. Stock acquired by
a QOF is not treated as qualified opportunity zone stock if, at any
time during the 4-year period beginning on the date 2 years before the
issuance of the stock, the corporation issuing the stock purchased
either directly or indirectly any of its stock from the QOF or from a
person related (within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2)) to the
QOF. Even if the purchase occurs after the issuance, the stock was
never qualified opportunity zone stock.
(B) Significant redemptions--(1) In general. Stock issued by a
corporation is not treated as qualified opportunity zone stock if, at
any time during the 2-year period beginning on the date one year before
the issuance of the stock, the corporation made one or more purchases
of more than a de minimis amount of its stock and the purchased stock
has an aggregate value (as of the time of the respective purchases)
exceeding 5 percent of the aggregate value of all of its stock as of
the beginning of the 2-year period. The aggregate value is determined
as of the time of the stock purchases. Even if one or more of the
disqualifying purchases occurs after the issuance, the stock was never
qualified opportunity zone stock.
(2) De minimis amount. For purposes of this paragraph
(c)(2)(ii)(B), stock acquired from the taxpayer or a related person
exceeds a de minimis amount only if the aggregate amount paid for the
stock exceeds $10,000 and more than 2 percent of the stock held by the
taxpayer and related persons (within the meaning of section 1400Z-
2(e)(2)) is acquired. The rules in the following sentences of this
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B)(2) apply for purposes of determining whether
the 2-
[[Page 1981]]
percent limit is exceeded. The percentage of stock acquired in any
single purchase is determined by dividing the stock's value (as of the
time of purchase) by the value (as of the time of purchase) of all
stock held (directly or indirectly) by the taxpayer and related persons
immediately before the purchase. The percentage of stock acquired in
multiple purchases is the sum of the percentages determined for each
separate purchase.
(C) Treatment of certain transactions. If any transaction is
treated under section 304(a) as a distribution in redemption of the
stock of any corporation, for purposes of paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) and
(B) of this section, that corporation is treated as purchasing an
amount of its stock equal to the amount that is treated as such a
distribution under section 304(a).
(D) Principles of Sec. 1.1202-2(c) and (d). The principles of
Sec. 1.1202-2(c) and (d) apply in determining whether stock is
redeemed or purchased for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this
section.
(iii) Reorganizations of corporations otherwise qualifying as
qualified opportunity zone businesses--(A) Qualification as qualified
opportunity zone stock. Stock that meets all of the requirements of
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section except for the requirement in
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section is qualified opportunity zone
stock if it is received solely in exchange for qualified opportunity
zone stock in a transaction described in section 381(a)(2). The
requirements in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(B) and (C) of this section must be
met with respect to both the stock held before such transaction and the
stock for which it is exchanged in such transaction.
(B) Satisfaction of original use and substantial improvement tests.
The requirements of Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2 apply to property of a
qualified opportunity zone business acquired from a qualified
opportunity zone business in a transaction described in section
381(a)(2) as if the acquiring corporation had held the property during
the period in which the target corporation held the property. For
example, an item of property must be substantially improved by the same
date by which the target corporation was required to satisfy the
substantial improvement test for such property.
(C) Reorganizations of qualified opportunity zone businesses within
a consolidated group. See Sec. Sec. 1.1502-14Z and 1.1504-3 for
special rules applicable to consolidated groups.
(3) Qualified opportunity zone partnership interest--(i) In
general. If an eligible entity is classified as a partnership for
Federal tax purposes (partnership), any capital or profits interest
(partnership interest) in the eligible entity is a qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest if--
(A) Date of acquisition. The partnership interest is acquired by a
QOF after December 31, 2017, from the partnership solely in exchange
for cash;
(B) Qualified opportunity zone business. As of the time the
partnership interest was acquired, the partnership was a qualified
opportunity zone business as defined in section 1400Z-2(d)(3) and
paragraph (d) of this section (or, in the case of a new partnership,
the partnership was being organized for purposes of being a qualified
opportunity zone business); and
(C) 90-percent qualified opportunity zone property holding period--
(1) Cumulative holding period test. During at least 90-percent of the
QOF's holding period for the partnership interest, determined on a
cumulative basis in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C)(2) of this
section, the partnership qualified as a qualified opportunity zone
business.
(2) Semiannual qualified opportunity zone business test. For
purposes of determining satisfaction of the cumulative 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone property holding period test described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C)(1) of this section, the determination of whether
a partnership engaged in a trade or business qualifies as a qualified
opportunity zone business is made by the QOF on a semiannual basis
pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(1). However, a QOF may choose to apply
the safe harbor rule in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(C) of this section to make
this determination.
(ii) Reorganizations of partnerships otherwise qualifying as
qualified opportunity zone businesses--(A) Qualification as a qualified
opportunity zone partnership interest. A partnership interest that
meets all of the requirements of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section
except for the requirement in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section is
a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest if it is received
solely in exchange for a qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest in a merger or consolidation transaction described in section
708(b)(2)(A). The requirements in paragraphs (c)(3)(i)(B) and (C) of
this section must be met with respect to both the partnership interest
held before the transaction and the partnership interest for which it
is exchanged in the transaction.
(B) Satisfaction of original use and substantial improvement tests.
The requirements of Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2 apply to property of a
qualified opportunity zone business acquired from a qualified
opportunity zone business in a transaction described in section
708(b)(2)(A) as if the resulting partnership had held the property
during the period in which the merging or consolidating partnership
held the property. For example, an item of property must be
substantially improved by the same date by which the merging or
consolidating partnership was required to satisfy the substantial
improvement test for such property.
(d) Qualified opportunity zone business--(1) In general. An
eligible entity engaged in a trade or business within the meaning of
section 162 is a qualified opportunity zone business if the entity
satisfies, as determined at the end of its taxable year, all the
criteria in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section. An
eligible entity's status as a qualified opportunity zone business
applies for the entire taxable year of the entity.
(i) Pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i), the eligible entity
engaged in the trade or business satisfies the 70-percent tangible
property standard with respect to its tangible property, as provided in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section;
(ii) Pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii), the eligible entity
engaged in the trade or business satisfies the requirements of section
1397C(b)(2), (4), and (8), as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section; and
(iii) Pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii), the eligible
entity engaged in the trade or business is not described in section
144(c)(6)(B) as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(2) Satisfaction of 70-percent tangible property standard--(i) In
general. A trade or business of an eligible entity satisfies the 70-
percent tangible property standard if at least 70 percent of the
tangible property owned or leased by the trade or business is qualified
opportunity zone business property (as defined in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2).
(ii) Calculating percent of tangible property owned or leased in a
trade or business--(A) In general. Whether a trade or business of the
eligible entity satisfies the 70-percent tangible property standard set
forth in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section is determined by a
fraction--
(1) The numerator of which is the total value of all tangible
property owned or leased by the qualified opportunity zone business
that is qualified opportunity zone business property; and
[[Page 1982]]
(2) The denominator of which is the total value of all tangible
property owned or leased by the qualified opportunity zone business,
whether located inside or outside of a qualified opportunity zone.
(B) Valuation. See paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section for rules
regarding the valuation of tangible property for purposes of the 70-
percent tangible property standard.
(3) Operation of section 1397C requirements adopted by reference--
(i) Gross income requirement. Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates
section 1397C(b)(2), requiring that for each taxable year at least 50
percent of the gross income of a qualified opportunity zone business is
derived from the active conduct of a trade or business in the qualified
opportunity zone (or in multiple qualified opportunity zones). A trade
or business meets the 50-percent gross income requirement in the
preceding sentence if the trade or business satisfies any one of the
four criteria described in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A), (B), (C), or (D) of
this section, or any criteria identified in published guidance issued
by the Commissioner under Sec. 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter.
(A) Services performed in qualified opportunity zone based on
hours. At least 50 percent of the services performed for the trade or
business are performed in a qualified opportunity zone, determined by
the fraction described in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A)(1) and (2) of this
section. Amounts paid to partners that provide services to the trade or
business of a partnership are taken into account in the numerator and
denominator set forth in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A)(1) and (2) of this
section only to the extent the amounts paid to the partners are
guaranteed payments for services provided to the partnership within the
meaning of section 707(c).
(1) The numerator of the fraction is the total number of hours of
services performed for the trade or business in a qualified opportunity
zone during the taxable year by employees, partners that provide
services to a partnership, independent contractors, and employees of
independent contractors; and
(2) The denominator of the fraction is the total number of hours of
services performed for the trade or business during the taxable year by
employees, partners that provide services to a partnership, independent
contractors, and employees of independent contractors.
(B) Services performed in qualified opportunity zone based on
amounts paid for services. At least 50 percent of the services
performed for the trade or business are performed in a qualified
opportunity zone, determined by the fraction described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i)(B)(1) and (2) of this section. Amounts paid to partners that
provide services to the trade or business of a partnership are taken
into account in the numerator and denominator set forth in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i)(B)(1) and (2) of this section only to the extent the amounts
paid to the partners are guaranteed payments for services provided to
the partnership within the meaning of section 707(c).
(1) The numerator of the fraction is the total amount paid by the
entity for services performed in a qualified opportunity zone during
the taxable year, whether by employees, partners that provide services
to a partnership, independent contractors, or employees of independent
contractors; and
(2) The denominator of the fraction is the total amount paid by the
entity for services performed during the taxable year, whether by
employees, partners that provide services to a partnership, independent
contractors, or employees of independent contractors.
(C) Necessary tangible property and business functions. The
tangible property of the trade or business located in a qualified
opportunity zone and the management or operational functions performed
in a qualified opportunity zone are each necessary for the generation
of at least 50 percent of the gross income of the trade or business.
(D) Facts and circumstances. Based on all the facts and
circumstances, at least 50 percent of the gross income of a qualified
opportunity zone business is derived from the active conduct of a trade
or business in a qualified opportunity zone.
(E) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(C) and (D) of this section.
(1) Example 1. A landscaping business has its headquarters in a
qualified opportunity zone, its officers and employees manage the
daily operations of the business (inside and outside the qualified
opportunity zone) from its headquarters, and all its equipment and
supplies are stored in the headquarters facilities. The activities
occurring and the storage of equipment and supplies in the qualified
opportunity zone are, taken together, necessary for the generation
of the income of the business.
(2) Example 2. A trade or business is formed or organized under
the laws of the jurisdiction within which a qualified opportunity
zone is located, and the business has a P.O. Box located in the
qualified opportunity zone. The mail received at that P.O. Box is
fundamental to the income of the trade or business, but there is no
other basis for concluding that the income of the trade or business
is derived from activities in the qualified opportunity zone. The
mere location of the P.O. Box is not necessary for the generation of
gross income by the trade or business.
(3) Example 3. In 2019, Taxpayer X realized $w million of
capital gains and within the 180-day period invested $w million in
QOF Y, a qualified opportunity fund. QOF Y immediately acquired from
partnership P a partnership interest in P, solely in exchange for $w
million of cash. P is a real estate developer that has written plans
to acquire land in a qualified opportunity zone on which it plans to
construct a commercial building for lease to other trades or
businesses. In 2023, P's commercial building is placed in service
and is fully leased up to other trades or businesses. For the 2023
taxable year, at least 50 percent of P's gross income is derived
from P's rental of its tangible property in the qualified
opportunity zone. Thus, under P's facts and circumstances, P
satisfies the gross income test under section 1397C(b)(2).
(ii) Use of intangible property requirement--(A) In general.
Section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates section 1397C(b)(4),
requiring that, with respect to any taxable year, a substantial portion
of the intangible property of a qualified opportunity zone business is
used in the active conduct of a trade or business in a qualified
opportunity zone. For purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and the
preceding sentence, the term substantial portion means at least 40
percent.
(B) Use of intangible property. For purposes of section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) and paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, intangible
property of a qualified opportunity zone business is used in the active
conduct of a trade or business in a qualified opportunity zone if--
(1) The use of the intangible property is normal, usual, or
customary in the conduct of the trade or business; and
(2) The intangible property is used in the qualified opportunity
zone in the performance of an activity of the trade or business that
contributes to the generation of gross income for the trade or
business.
(iii) Active conduct of a trade or business--(A) Operating real
property. Solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A), the
ownership and operation (including leasing) of real property is the
active conduct of a trade or business.
(B) Lessee is responsible for certain costs. Merely entering into a
triple-net-lease with respect to real property owned by a taxpayer does
not constitute the active conduct of a trade or business by such
taxpayer.
(C) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section.
[[Page 1983]]
(1) Example 1. Mere triple-net-lease not active conduct of trade
or business--(i) Facts. Company N constructs and places into service
a new, three-story office building in a qualified opportunity zone
and leases the entire building to tenant X, an unrelated person,
which uses the building as office space for its software development
firm. This building is the only property owned by Company N. The
lease agreement between Company N and tenant X is a triple-net-lease
under which tenant X is responsible for all of the costs relating to
the office building (for example, paying all taxes, insurance, and
maintenance expenses) in addition to paying rent. Company N also
maintains an office in the building with staff members to address
any issues that may arise with respect to the triple-net-lease.
(ii) Analysis. Solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A),
Company N is treated as not engaged in the active conduct of a trade
or business with respect to the leased office building. Company N
leases the building to tenant X under a triple-net-lease, and
therefore the employees of Company N do not meaningfully participate
in the management or operations of the building. The fact that
Company N maintains an office in the leased building with staff
members to address any issues that may arise with respect to the
triple-net-lease does not alter this result. Therefore, Company N
does not conduct an active trade or business in a qualified
opportunity zone.
(2) Example 2. Triple-net-lease and managerial and operational
activities can constitute active conduct of trade or business--(i)
Facts. Company N constructs and places into service a new, three-
story mixed-use building in a qualified opportunity zone and leases
a floor to each of unrelated tenants X, Y, and Z, respectively. This
building is the only property owned by Company N. The lease
agreement between Company N and tenant X is a triple-net-lease under
which tenant X is responsible for all of the costs relating to the
third floor of the building (for example, paying all such taxes,
insurance, and maintenance expenses) in addition to paying rent. The
lease agreement between Company N and tenant Y is not a triple-net-
lease and employees of Company N manage and operate the second floor
of the building. Likewise, the lease agreement between Company N and
tenant Z is not a triple-net-lease and employees of Company N manage
and operate the first floor of the building. Company N maintains an
office in the building, which the employees regularly use to carry
out their managerial and operational duties with respect to the
first and second floors, and address any other issues that may arise
with respect to the three leases.
(ii) Analysis. Solely for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A),
Company N is treated as engaged in the active conduct of a trade or
business with respect to the leased mixed-use building. While
Company N leases the third floor of the building to tenant X merely
under a triple-net-lease, and therefore the employees of Company N
do not meaningfully participate in the management or operations of
that floor, the employees of Company N meaningfully participate in
the management and operations of the first and second floors of the
leased building. Therefore, in carrying out the overall leasing
business of Company N with respect to the mixed-use building,
employees of Company N conduct meaningful managerial and operational
activities. As a result, Company N conducts an active trade or
business in a qualified opportunity zone.
(iv) Nonqualified financial property limitation. Section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii) incorporates section 1397C(b)(8), which requires that in
each taxable year less than 5 percent of the average of the aggregate
unadjusted bases of the property of a qualified opportunity zone
business is attributable to nonqualified financial property. Section
1397C(e)(1), which defines the term nonqualified financial property for
purposes of section 1397C(b)(8), excludes from that term reasonable
amounts of working capital held in cash, cash equivalents, or debt
instruments with a term of 18 months or less (working capital assets)
and debt instruments described in section 1221(a)(4).
(v) Safe harbor for reasonable amount of working capital. Solely
for purposes of applying section 1397C(e)(1) to the definition of a
qualified opportunity zone business under section 1400Z-2(d)(3),
working capital assets are treated as reasonable in amount for purposes
of sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(ii), if all of the
requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this section are
satisfied.
(A) Designated in writing. These amounts are designated in writing
for the development of a trade or business in a qualified opportunity
zone (as defined in section 1400Z-1(a)), including when appropriate the
acquisition, construction, and/or substantial improvement of tangible
property in such a zone.
(B) Reasonable written schedule. There is a written schedule
consistent with the ordinary start-up of a trade or business for the
expenditure of the working capital assets. Under the schedule, the
working capital assets must be spent within 31 months of the receipt by
the business of the assets.
(C) Property consumption consistent. The working capital assets are
actually used in a manner that is substantially consistent with the
writing and written schedule described in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) and
(B) of this section. If consumption of the working capital assets is
delayed by waiting for governmental action the application for which is
complete, that delay does not cause a failure of this paragraph
(d)(3)(v)(C).
(D) Federally declared disasters. If the qualified opportunity zone
business is located in a qualified opportunity zone within a federally
declared disaster (as defined in section 165(i)(5)(A)), the qualified
opportunity zone business may receive up to an additional 24 months to
consume its working capital assets, as long as it otherwise meets the
requirements of paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
(E) Ability of a single business to benefit from more than a single
application of the safe harbor. A business may benefit from multiple
overlapping or sequential applications of the working capital safe
harbor, provided that each application independently satisfies all of
the requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this
section.
(F) Ability of tangible property to benefit from more than a single
application of the safe harbor. Tangible property may benefit for an
additional 31-month period, for a total of 62 months, in the form of
multiple overlapping or a sequential application of the working capital
safe harbor, provided that each application independently satisfies all
of the requirements in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this
section, the working capital assets from an expiring 31-month period
were expended in accordance with the requirements in paragraphs
(d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this section, and the subsequent infusions
of working capital assets form an integral part of the plan covered by
the initial working capital safe harbor period. An overlapping or
sequential application of the working capital safe harbor must include
a substantial amount of working capital assets (which may include debt
instruments described in section 1221(a)(4)).
(G) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
(1) Example 1. General application of working capital safe
harbor--(i) Facts. QOF F creates a domestic C corporation E to open
a fast-food restaurant and acquires almost all of the equity of E in
exchange for cash. E has a written plan and a 20-month schedule for
the use of this cash to establish the restaurant. Among the planned
uses for the cash are identification of favorable locations in the
qualified opportunity zone, leasing a building suitable for such a
restaurant, outfitting the building with appropriate equipment and
furniture (both owned and leased), necessary security deposits,
obtaining a franchise and local permits, and the hiring and training
of kitchen and wait staff. Not-yet-disbursed amounts were held in
assets described in section 1397C(e)(1), and these assets were
eventually expended in a manner consistent with the plan and
schedule.
[[Page 1984]]
(ii) Analysis. E's use of the cash qualifies for the working
capital safe harbor described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this
section.
(2) Example 2. Multiple applications of working capital safe
harbor--(i) Facts. QOF G creates a domestic C corporation H to start
a new technology company and acquires equity of H in exchange for
cash on Date 1. In addition to H's rapid deployment of capital
received from other equity investors, H writes a plan with a 30-
month schedule for the use of the Date 1 cash. The plan describes
use of the cash to research and develop a new technology
(Technology), including paying salaries for engineers and other
scientists to conduct the research, purchasing, and leasing
equipment to be used in research and furnishing office and
laboratory space. Approximately 18 months after Date 1, on Date 2, G
acquires additional equity in H for cash, and H writes a second
plan. This new plan has a 25-month schedule for the development of a
new application of existing software (Application), to be marketed
to government agencies. Among the planned uses for the cash received
on Date 2 are paying development costs, including salaries for
software engineers, other employees, and third-party consultants to
assist in developing and marketing the new application to the
anticipated customers. Not-yet-disbursed amounts that were scheduled
for development of the Technology and the Application were held in
assets described in section 1397C(e)(1), and these assets were
eventually expended in a manner substantially consistent with the
plans and schedules for both the Technology and the Application.
(ii) Analysis. H's use of both the cash received on Date 1 and
the cash received on Date 2 qualifies for the working capital safe
harbor described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section.
(3) Example 3. General application of working capital safe
harbor--(i) Facts. In 2019, Taxpayer H realized $w million of
capital gains and within the 180-day period invested $w million in
QOF T, a qualified opportunity fund. QOF T immediately acquired from
partnership P a partnership interest in P, solely in exchange for $w
million of cash. P immediately placed the $w million in working
capital assets, which remained in working capital assets until used.
P had written plans to acquire land in a qualified opportunity zone
on which it planned to construct a commercial building. Of the $w
million, $x million was dedicated to the land purchase, $y million
to the construction of the building, and $z million to ancillary but
necessary expenditures for the project. The written plans provided
for purchase of the land within a month of receipt of the cash from
QOF T and for the remaining $y and $z million to be spent within the
next 30 months on construction of the building and on the ancillary
expenditures. All expenditures were made on schedule, consuming the
$w million. During the taxable years that overlap with the first 31-
month period, P had no gross income other than that derived from the
amounts held in those working capital assets. Prior to completion of
the building, P's only assets were the land it purchased, the
unspent amounts in the working capital assets, and P's work in
process as the building was constructed.
(ii) Analysis--P met the three requirements of the safe harbor
provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this section. P
had a written plan to spend the $w received from QOF T for the
acquisition, construction, and/or substantial improvement of
tangible property in a qualified opportunity zone, as defined in
section 1400Z-1(a). P had a written schedule consistent with the
ordinary start-up for a business for the expenditure of the working
capital assets. And, finally, P's working capital assets were
actually used in a manner that was substantially consistent with its
written plan and the ordinary start-up of a business. First, the $x
million, the $y million, and the $z million are treated as
reasonable in amount for purposes of sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii). Second, because P had no other gross income during
the 31 months at issue, 100 percent of P's gross income during that
time is treated as derived from an active trade or business in the
qualified opportunity zone for purposes of satisfying the 50-percent
test of section 1397C(b)(2). Third, for purposes of satisfying the
requirement of section 1397C(b)(4), during the period of land
acquisition and building construction a substantial portion of P's
intangible property is treated as being used in the active conduct
of a trade or business in the qualified opportunity zone. Fourth,
all of the facts described are consistent with QOF T's interest in P
being a qualified opportunity zone partnership interest for purposes
of satisfying the 90-percent investment standard in section 1400Z-
2(d)(1).
(iii) Analysis if P had purchased an existing building. The
conclusions would also apply if P's plans had been to buy and
substantially improve a pre-existing commercial building. In
addition, the fact that P's basis in the building has not yet
doubled would not cause the building to fail to satisfy section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
(vi) Safe harbor for gross income derived from the active conduct
of business. Solely for purposes of applying the 50-percent test in
section 1397C(b)(2) to the definition of a qualified opportunity zone
business in section 1400Z-2(d)(3), if any gross income is derived from
property that paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section treats as a
reasonable amount of working capital, then that gross income is counted
toward satisfaction of the 50-percent test.
(vii) Safe harbor for use of intangible property. Solely for
purposes of applying the use requirement in section 1397C(b)(4) to the
definition of a qualified opportunity zone business under section
1400Z-2(d)(3), intangible property purchased or licensed by the trade
or business, pursuant to the reasonable written plan with a written
schedule for the expenditure of the working capital, satisfies the use
requirement during any period in which the business is proceeding in a
manner that is substantially consistent with paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A)
through (C) of this section.
(viii) Safe harbor for property on which working capital is being
expended--(A) In general. If paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section treats
property that would otherwise be nonqualified financial property as
being a reasonable amount of working capital because of compliance with
the three requirements of paragraphs (d)(3)(v)(A) through (C) of this
section and if the tangible property referred to in paragraph
(d)(3)(v)(A) is expected to satisfy the requirements of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i) as a result of the planned expenditure of those working
capital assets, then tangible property purchased, leased, or improved
by the trade or business, pursuant to the written plan for the
expenditure of the working capital assets, is treated as qualified
opportunity zone business property satisfying the requirements of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i), during that and subsequent working capital
periods the property is subject to, for purposes of the 70-percent
tangible property standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(3).
(B) Example. Multiple applications of working capital safe
harbor to tangible property--(i) Facts. B also borrows cash and
forms a domestic C corporation B to develop a large mixed-use real
estate development that will consist of commercial and residential
real property, owning almost all of the equity of B in exchange for
cash. QOF A has a master written plan for the completion of the
commercial and residential real property over a 55 month period. The
plan provides that the commercial real property will be completed
over a 30 month schedule and subsequently, the residential real
property will be completed over a 25 month schedule. The plan
further provides that a portion of the commercial real property is
unable to be used in a trade or business after the completion of the
commercial real property since that portion of the commercial real
property will be unusable during the residential construction phase.
Pursuant to B's original master plan for the completion of the real
estate development, QOF A acquires additional equity in B for cash
after the completion of the commercial development phase, and B
commences use of those working capital assets for residential
development phase.
(ii) Analysis. B's use of the cash for the commercial and
residential phase qualified for the working capital safe harbor
described in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section. In addition, all
of B's commercial real property developed pursuant to B's original
master plan is treated as qualified opportunity zone business
property under paragraph (d)(3)(viii) of this section.
(ix) Real property straddling a qualified opportunity zone. For
purposes of satisfying the requirements in this paragraph (d)(3) in the
case of
[[Page 1985]]
real property that straddles a qualified opportunity zone, a qualified
opportunity zone is the location of services, tangible property, or
business functions if--
(A) The trade or business uses the portion of the real property
located within a qualified opportunity zone in carrying out its
business activities;
(B) The trade or business uses the real property located outside of
a qualified opportunity zone in carrying out its business activities;
(C) The amount of the real property located within a qualified
opportunity zone is substantial compared to the amount of real property
located outside of a qualified opportunity zone; and
(D) The real property located in the qualified opportunity zone is
contiguous to part, or all, of the real property located outside of the
qualified opportunity zone.
(E) In general, one of the two methods in paragraph
(d)(3)(ix)(E)(1) and (2) of this section may be chosen to determine
whether the amount of real property located in the qualified
opportunity zone is substantial compared to the amount of real property
located outside the qualified opportunity zone.
(1) Square footage test. If the amount of real property based on
square footage located within the qualified opportunity zone is greater
than the amount of real property based on square footage outside of the
qualified opportunity zone, and the real property outside of the
qualified opportunity zone is contiguous to part or all of the real
property located inside the qualified opportunity zone, then all of the
property is deemed to be located within a qualified opportunity zone.
The test in this paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(1) is carried out at the time
at which the subject real property is acquired.
(2) Unadjusted cost test. If the unadjusted cost of the real
property located inside a qualified opportunity zone is greater than
the unadjusted cost of the real property outside the qualified
opportunity zone, and the real property outside of the qualified
opportunity zone is contiguous to all or part of the real property
located inside the qualified opportunity zone, then all of the property
is deemed to be located within a qualified opportunity zone. The
unadjusted cost basis of property acquired as a single tract is
presumed to be allocated on the basis of the square footage of the
property. The test in this paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(E)(2) is carried out at
the time at which the subject real property is acquired.
(F) For purposes of the two tests described in paragraph
(d)(3)(ix)(E)(1) and (2) of this section, two or more tracts or parcels
of land are contiguous if they share common boundaries or would share
common boundaries but for the interposition of a road, street,
railroad, stream or similar property. Tracts or parcels of land which
touch only at a common corner are not contiguous.
(x) Example. The following example illustrates the rules of
paragraph (d)(3) of this section--
(A) Facts. In 2019, Taxpayer H realized $w million of capital
gains and within the 180-day period invested $w million in QOF T, a
qualified opportunity fund. QOF T immediately acquired from
partnership P a partnership interest in P, solely in exchange for $w
million of cash. P immediately placed the $w million in working
capital assets, which remained in working capital assets until used.
P had written plans to acquire land in a qualified opportunity zone
on which it planned to construct a commercial building. Of the $w
million, $x million was dedicated to the land purchase, $y million
to the construction of the building, and $z million to ancillary but
necessary expenditures for the project. The written plans provided
for purchase of the land within a month of receipt of the cash from
QOF T and for the remaining $y and $z million to be spent within the
next 30 months on construction of the building and on the ancillary
expenditures. All expenditures were made on schedule, consuming the
$w million. During the taxable years that overlap with the first 31-
month period, P had no gross income other than that derived from the
amounts held in those working capital assets. Prior to completion of
the building, P's only assets were the land it purchased, the
unspent amounts in the working capital assets, and P's work in
process as the building was constructed.
(B) Analysis--(1) P met the three requirements of the safe
harbor provided in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section. P had a
written plan to spend the $w received from QOF T for the
acquisition, construction, and/or substantial improvement of
tangible property in a qualified opportunity zone, as defined in
section 1400Z-1(a). P had a written schedule consistent with the
ordinary start-up for a business for the expenditure of the working
capital assets. And, finally, P's working capital assets were
actually used in a manner that was substantially consistent with its
written plan and the ordinary start-up of a business. Therefore, the
$x million, the $y million, and the $z million are treated as
reasonable in amount for purposes of sections 1397C(b)(2) and 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(A)(ii).
(2) Because P had no other gross income during the 31 months at
issue, 100 percent of P's gross income during that time is treated
as derived from an active trade or business in the qualified
opportunity zone for purposes of satisfying the 50-percent test of
section 1397C(b)(2).
(3) For purposes of satisfying the requirement of section
1397C(b)(4), during the period of land acquisition and building
construction a substantial portion of P's intangible property is
treated as being used in the active conduct of a trade or business
in the qualified opportunity zone.
(4) All of the facts described are consistent with QOF T's
interest in P being a qualified opportunity zone partnership
interest for purposes of satisfying the 90-percent investment
standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1).
(C) Analysis if P had purchased an existing building. The
conclusions in paragraph (d)(3)(x)(B) of this section would also
apply if P's plans had been to buy and substantially improve a pre-
existing commercial building. In addition, the fact that P's basis
in the building has not yet doubled would not cause the building to
fail to satisfy section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III).
(4) Trade or businesses described in section 144(c)(6)(B) not
eligible--(i) Pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii), the following
trades or businesses, and businesses leasing more than a de minimis
amount of property to the following trades or businesses, cannot
qualify as a qualified opportunity zone business:
(A) Any private or commercial golf course;
(B) Country club;
(C) Massage parlor;
(D) Hot tub facility;
(E) Suntan facility;
(F) Racetrack or other facility used for gambling; or
(G) Any store the principal business of which is the sale of
alcoholic beverages for consumption off premises.
(ii) De minimis amounts of gross income attributable to a business
described in section 144(c)(6)(B) will not cause a trade or business to
fail to be a qualified opportunity zone business.
(iii) The term de minimis amount of property, used in paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section, means less than 5 percent of the net
rentable square feet for real property and less than 5 percent of the
value for all other tangible property. The term de minimis amount of
gross income, used in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section, means less
than 5 percent of the gross income of the qualified opportunity zone
business may be attributable to the types of business described in
section 144(c)(6)(B).
(iv) The following examples illustrate the rules of paragraph
(d)(4) of this section:
(A) Example 1. Entity A is a QOF that meets the requirements of
section 1400Z-2(d)(1). Entity A owns qualified opportunity zone
stock in a domestic corporation described in section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(B), which operates a hotel located in a qualified
opportunity zone that qualifies as a trade or business. As part of
that trade or business, the hotel operates a spa that provides
massages and other therapies. Less than 5 percent of the hotel's
total gross income is
[[Page 1986]]
attributable to the spa, and less than 5 percent of the net rentable
square feet for real property and less than 5 percent of the value
for all other tangible property is attributable to the spa. As a
result, the operation of the spa, which is a business described in
section 144(c)(6)(B), will not prevent the operation of the hotel
from qualifying as a qualified opportunity zone business.
(B) Example 2--(1) Facts. Entity B is a qualified opportunity
zone business that meets the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(3).
Entity B plans to acquire a commercial golf course that consists of
land and other related buildings and equipment in a qualified
opportunity zone, that will satisfy each requirement for qualified
opportunity zone business property set forth in section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D). Instead of directly managing and operating the
commercial golf course business, Entity B will lease the land and
other related buildings and equipment to a third party to manage and
operate the commercial golf course. The leased real property
represents more than 5 percent of the net rentable square feet of
Entity B's real property and the leased and other tangible property
represents more than 5 percent of the value for all other tangible
property of Entity B.
(2) Analysis. Because a golf course is prohibited from being a
qualified trade or business under section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii), the
leasing arrangement will cause Entity B to fail to be a qualified
opportunity zone business regardless of the satisfaction of each
requirement set forth in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D).
(C) Example 3--(1) Facts. Entity B meets the explicit
requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and has certified itself as a
QOF. Entity B owns a commercial golf course that consists of land
and other related buildings and equipment in a qualified opportunity
zone, and the land and buildings satisfy all explicit requirements
(in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)) to be qualified opportunity zone
business property. Entity B manages and operates the commercial golf
course business, but does not manage or operate any other trade or
business not described in section 144(c)(6)(B) (listing businesses
not eligible to be a qualified opportunity zone business pursuant to
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii)). Entity B chose to operate the
commercial golf course through Entity B, rather than through a
qualified opportunity zone business, in order to avoid the
requirement in section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(iii), which provides that a
qualified opportunity zone business cannot operate a commercial golf
course due to the inclusion of that trade or business in section
144(c)(6)(B).
(2) Analysis. The ownership and operation of the golf course at
the QOF level will not disqualify the QOF because the prohibition on
businesses described in section 144(c)(6)(B) is not applicable at
the QOF level. In addition, if each requirement set forth in section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) is satisfied, the property used in the commercial
golf course will qualify as qualified opportunity zone business
property held by Entity B for purposes of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(A).
(5) Tangible property of a qualified opportunity zone business that
ceases to be qualified opportunity zone business property. For
qualified opportunity zone businesses, tangible property that ceases to
be qualified opportunity zone business property shall continue to be
treated as qualified opportunity zone business property for the lesser
of five years after the date on which such tangible property ceases to
be so qualified or the date on which such tangible property is no
longer held by the qualified opportunity zone business. However,
tangible property is not eligible for the benefits provided in this
paragraph (d)(5) unless the tangible property ceasing to qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business property was qualified opportunity
zone business property used by a qualified opportunity zone business in
a qualified opportunity zone for two years. For purposes of this
paragraph (d)(5), tangible property purchased, leased, or improved by a
trade or business, that is treated as satisfying the requirements of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i) during that working capital safe harbor
period pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this section or that 30-month
substantial improvement period described in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2(b)(4),
is not treated as used by a qualified opportunity zone business in a
qualified opportunity zone for any portion of the two year period
described in this paragraph (d)(5).
(6) Cure period for qualified opportunity zone businesses. (i) For
purposes of the 90-percent qualified opportunity zone business holding
period requirements set forth in sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B)(i)(III),
1400Z-2(d)(2)(C)(iii), and 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III), if a trade or
business causes the QOF to fail the 90-percent investment standard on a
semiannual testing date, the QOF may treat the stock or partnership
interest in that business as qualified opportunity zone property for
that semiannual testing date provided the business corrects the failure
within 6 months of the date on which the stock or partnership interest
lost its qualification.
(ii) If the failure occurs on the last testing date of the taxable
year, the six-month cure period described in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of
this section is available to the QOF only if the QOF files a valid
application for an extension of time to file its tax return.
(iii) Each QOF is permitted only one correction pursuant to
paragraph (d)(6) of this section. If the entity, at the end of the
additional six-month cure period, fails to qualify as a qualified
opportunity zone business, then the QOF becomes subject to the penalty
under section 1400Z-2(f)(1) for each month the entity failed to qualify
as a qualified opportunity zone business beginning with the first month
following the last month that the QOF met the 90-percent investment
standard.
(e) Applicability dates--(1) In general. The provisions of this
section are applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a taxpayer's
first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began on
December 22, 2017, and for taxable years beginning after December 21,
2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, a taxpayer may choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-115420-18) published on
October 29, 2018, as amplified by the notice of proposed rulemaking
(REG-120186-18) published on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years.
0
Par. 7. Section 1.1400Z2(d)-2 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-2 Qualified opportunity zone business property.
(a) Qualified opportunity zone business property--(1) In general.
This section provides rules for determining whether owned or leased
tangible property held by an eligible entity (within the meaning of
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(1)) is qualified opportunity zone business
property within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D). Paragraph
(a)(2) of this section provides general requirements that tangible
property must satisfy to be qualified opportunity zone business
property. Paragraph (b) of this section provides rules related to owned
tangible property. Paragraph (c) of this section provides rules related
to leased tangible property (that is, tangible property that the
eligible entity acquires by lease from a lessor). Paragraph (d) of this
section provides rules related to the 90-percent qualified opportunity
zone business property holding period requirement and the 70-percent
use test of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III). Paragraph (e) of this
section provides the dates of applicability of this section.
(2) Qualified opportunity zone business property requirements. The
term qualified opportunity zone business property means tangible
property owned or leased by an eligible entity (as defined in Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(a)(1)) that--
(i) Is used by the eligible entity in a trade or business within
the meaning of section 162; and
[[Page 1987]]
(ii) Satisfies the requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of
this section, as applicable.
(b) Tangible property owned by an eligible entity--(1) Purchase
requirement--(i) In general. In the case of tangible property that is
owned by an eligible entity, the tangible property must be acquired by
the eligible entity after December 31, 2017, by purchase as defined by
section 179(d)(2) from a person that is not a related person within the
meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2) (providing that persons are related to
each other if such persons are described in section 267(b) or section
707(b)(1), determined by substituting ``20 percent'' for ``50 percent''
each place it appears in such sections).
(ii) Plan, intent, or expectation for seller to repurchase acquired
property. In the case of real property that is purchased by an eligible
entity, if, at the time of the purchase, there was a plan, intent, or
expectation for the acquired real property to be repurchased by the
seller of the real property for an amount of consideration other than
the fair market value of the real property, determined at the time of
the repurchase by the seller, the purchased real property is not
qualified opportunity zone business property.
(iii) Property manufactured, constructed, or produced for use in a
qualified opportunity zone--(A) In general. In the case of tangible
property manufactured, constructed, or produced by an eligible entity,
if the property is manufactured, constructed, or produced for use by an
eligible entity with the intent to use such property in a trade or
business in a qualified opportunity zone, then such property satisfies
the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section if the
manufacture, construction, or production begins after December 31,
2017. The materials and supplies used to manufacture, construct, or
produce qualified opportunity zone business property by the eligible
entity must also be qualified opportunity zone business property.
(B) Time when manufacture, construction or production considered to
begin. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, the
acquisition date of such property is the date on which the manufacture,
construction, or production of property (as defined in paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) of this section) begins. The manufacture, construction, or
production of property begins when physical work of a significant
nature begins. Physical work does not include preliminary activities
such as planning or designing, securing financing, exploring or
researching. The determination of when physical work of a significant
nature begins depends on the facts and circumstances. For example, if a
factory is to be constructed on-site, construction begins when physical
work of a significant nature commences at the site; this could occur,
for example, when work begins on the excavation of footings, or the
pourings of pads for the factory. Preliminary work, such as clearing or
testing of soil condition, does not constitute the beginning of
construction.
(C) Safe harbor. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(B) of this
section, a taxpayer may choose to determine when physical work of a
significant nature begins in accordance with this paragraph
(b)(1)(iii)(C). Physical work of a significant nature will not be
considered to begin before the taxpayer incurs or pays more than 10
percent of the total cost of the property (excluding the cost of any
land and preliminary activities such as planning or designing, securing
financing, exploring, or researching).
(2) Original use or substantial improvement requirement--(i) In
general. In the case of tangible property owned by the eligible entity
either--
(A) The original use of the owned tangible property in the
qualified opportunity zone, within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of
this section, must commence with the eligible entity; or
(B) The eligible entity must substantially improve the owned
tangible property within the meaning of paragraph (b)(4) of this
section (which defines substantial improvement in this context).
(ii) Inventory. Inventory (including raw materials) of a trade or
business produced by an eligible entity after December 31, 2017, is
deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and
(b)(2)(i) of this section.
(3) Original use of tangible property acquired by purchase--(i)
Original use--(A) In general. For purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the original use of tangible property in a qualified
opportunity zone commences on the date any person first places the
property in service in the qualified opportunity zone for purposes of
depreciation or amortization, or first uses it in a manner that would
allow depreciation or amortization if that person were the property's
owner.
(B) Commencement of original use of vacant property. For purposes
of this paragraph (b)(3), if real property, including land and
buildings, has been vacant for an uninterrupted period of at least one
calendar year beginning on a date prior to the date on which the
qualified opportunity zone in which the property is located is listed
as a designated qualified opportunity zone in a QOZ designation notice
and the property has remained vacant through the date on which the
property was purchased by the eligible entity, or if the property has
been vacant for an uninterrupted three calendar year period beginning
on a date after the date of publication of the QOZ designation notice
that lists as designated the qualified opportunity zone in which the
property is located and the property has remained vacant through the
date on which the property was purchased by the eligible entity,
original use in the qualified opportunity zone commences on the date
after that period when any person first so uses or places the property
in service in the qualified opportunity zone. Such property must
satisfy the definition of vacancy under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section.
(C) Used tangible property. Used tangible property satisfies the
original use requirement if the property has not been previously so
used or placed in service in the qualified opportunity zone. If the
tangible property had been so used or placed in service in the
qualified opportunity zone before it is acquired by purchase, it must
be substantially improved in order to satisfy the requirements of
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(D) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of
paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
(1) Facts. On January 1, 2019, QOF A purchases from a developer
a newly constructed hotel building located in a qualified
opportunity zone for $10 million. The developer purchased a parcel
of land in that qualified opportunity zone, and constructed the
hotel building thereon, with the intent and expectation to sell the
building to a QOF. As of the time of the purchase, the developer had
not placed the hotel building in service in the qualified
opportunity zone for purposes of depreciation. Other than the
original use requirement, assume that the hotel building satisfies
all requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D). In addition, assume
that, at the time of the purchase, the developer had no plan,
intent, or expectation to repurchase the hotel building.
(2) Analysis. At the time of QOF A's purchase of the hotel
building, the original use of the hotel building had not commenced
because the developer had not yet placed the hotel building into
service for purposes of depreciation in a qualified opportunity
zone. See paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. Therefore, the
original use of the hotel building in the qualified opportunity zone
in which the building is located is treated as commencing with QOF
A. See paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. As a result, the
hotel building purchased by QOF A is treated as satisfying the
original use requirement of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
[[Page 1988]]
(ii) Lessee improvements to leased property. Improvements made by a
lessee to leased property satisfy the original use requirement in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) as purchased property for the amount of
the unadjusted cost basis under section 1012 of such improvements.
(iii) Vacancy. Solely for purposes of meeting the requirements of
section 1400Z-2, real property, including land and buildings, is
considered to be in a state of vacancy if the property is significantly
unused. A building or land will be considered significantly unused if
more than 80 percent of the building or land, as measured by the square
footage of useable space, is not currently being used.
(iv) Brownfield sites. An eligible entity that purchases a parcel
of land that is a brownfield site, as defined by section 101 of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601) (brownfield site), may treat all property
composing the brownfield site (including the land and structures
thereon) as satisfying the original use requirement of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II), if, within a reasonable period, the eligible entity
makes investments in the brownfield site to ensure that all property
composing the brownfield site meets basic safety standards for both
human health and the environment.
(v) Property involuntarily transferred to local government. An
eligible entity that purchases real property from a local government
that the local government holds as the result of an involuntary
transfer (including through abandonment, bankruptcy, foreclosure, or
receivership) may treat all property composing the real property
(including the land and structures thereon) as satisfying the original
use requirement of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(4) Substantial improvement of tangible property acquired by
purchase--(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of
this section, for purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
tangible property is treated as substantially improved by an eligible
entity only if it meets the requirements of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) during the 30-month substantial improvement period. The
property has been substantially improved when the additions to basis of
the property in the hands of the QOF exceed an amount equal to the
adjusted basis of such property at the beginning of such 30-month
period in the hands of the QOF (substantial improvement requirement).
(ii) Treatment of property in the 30-month substantial improvement
period. For purposes of the 90-percent investment standard under
section 1400Z-2(d)(1), tangible property purchased, leased, or improved
by a trade or business that is undergoing the substantial improvement
process but has not yet been placed in service by the eligible entity
or used in the eligible entity's trade or business is treated as
satisfying the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i) and
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for the 30-month substantial
improvement period with respect to that property provided the eligible
entity reasonably expects that the property will be substantially
improved as defined in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section and used in
the eligible entity's trade or business in a qualified opportunity zone
by the end of such 30-month period. Tangible property described in the
preceding sentence is not considered qualified opportunity zone
business property for purposes of the special rule in section 1400Z-
2(d)(3)(B) unless the tangible property is qualified opportunity zone
business property for at least two years without regard to this
paragraph (b)(4)(ii).
(iii) Aggregation of original use property that improves the
functionality of non-original use property--(A) General rule. The cost
of purchased property that would otherwise qualify as qualified
opportunity zone business property may be taken into account in
determining whether additions to the basis of non-original use property
acquired by purchase satisfy the substantial improvement requirement
under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), so long as the purchased property
is located in the same qualified opportunity zone (or a contiguous
qualified opportunity zone) as the non-original use property, is used
in the same trade or business as the non-original use property, and
improves the functionality of the non-original use property.
(B) Improvement of non-original use real property. If an eligible
entity chooses to apply this paragraph (b)(4)(iii) to non-original use
real property, the eligible entity must improve the non-original use
real property by more than an insubstantial amount within the meaning
of paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(C) of this section.
(C) Effect on purchased property. If an eligible entity chooses to
apply this paragraph (b)(4)(iii), the purchased property that would
otherwise qualify as qualified opportunity zone business property will
not be treated as original use property, and instead the basis of that
purchased property will be taken into account in determining whether
additions to the basis of the non-original use property satisfy the
requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(D)(ii).
(D) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
(1) Example 1--(i) Facts. On January 1, 2019, QOF A purchases
the assets of a hotel business located in a qualified opportunity
zone for $5 million. The purchased assets include land, a building,
linens, furniture and other fixtures attached to the building. $1
million of the purchase price is allocated to land and the remaining
$4 million is allocated to the building, furniture and fixtures.
During the course of renovations over the 30-month substantial
improvement period, the QOF spent $1 million replacing linens,
mattresses and furniture, $500,000 on the purchase of new exercise
equipment for a gym located in the hotel building, $1 million on
renovations for a restaurant (including restaurant equipment)
attached to the hotel, and $1.5 million on structural renovations to
the hotel. The QOF chooses to apply paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section to determine whether the substantial improvement requirement
in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii) is met.
(ii) Analysis. In order for the hotel to be considered qualified
opportunity zone business property, QOF A must substantially improve
the hotel as the hotel had previously been placed in service in the
qualified opportunity zone. (QOF A was not required to substantially
improve the land on which the hotel was located pursuant to
paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this section.) Because the amount of basis
allocated to the hotel was $4 million, QOF A must expend $4 million
to improve the hotel within the 30-month substantial improvement
period provided in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii). The new linens,
mattresses and furniture, new exercise equipment, and new restaurant
equipment all qualify as original use assets under section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). QOF A also substantially improved the hotel,
which was the asset that needed to be improved under section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II). QOF A chose, at the start of the 30-month period,
to include the costs of the newly purchased assets that improve the
functionality of the hotel to the basis of the hotel. Thus, the cost
of these items is eligible to be added to the hotel's basis pursuant
to paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section. Therefore, QOF A has met
the substantial improvement requirement under section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) by doubling its basis in the hotel and its
fixtures within the 30-month substantial improvement period. The
amounts spent replacing linens, mattresses, furniture, exercise
equipment, and new restaurant equipment that were counted toward the
substantial improvement requirement for the hotel are not considered
original use assets for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard.
(2) Example 2--(i) Purchase of unrelated property. The facts are
the same as in paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(D)(1)(i) of this section,
except that in addition to purchasing the
[[Page 1989]]
hotel and the related land, QOF A also purchases an apartment
building one block away from the hotel for $10 million. The
apartment building is located in the same qualified opportunity zone
as the hotel.
(ii) Analysis. QOF A may not include any improvements made to
the apartment building, including purchased property that improves
the functionality of the apartment building, to the basis of the
hotel. QOF A may choose, under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section, to include the purchased property that improves the
functionality of the apartment building in the basis of the
apartment building for purposes of the substantial improvement
requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II).
(iv) Special rules for land and improvements on land--(A) Buildings
located in a qualified opportunity zone. In accordance with the rules
set forth in this paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(A), if an eligible entity
purchases a building located on a parcel of land within the geographic
borders of a qualified opportunity zone, for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii), a substantial improvement to the building is measured
by the eligible entity's additions to the basis of the building, as
determined under section 1012.
(B) Unimproved land. Unimproved land that is within a qualified
opportunity zone and acquired by purchase in accordance with section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) is not required to be substantially improved
within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and
(d)(2)(D)(ii).
(C) Exception for insubstantially improved land. Notwithstanding
paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(B) of this section, if the land is unimproved or
minimally improved and the eligible entity purchases the land with an
expectation or an intention to not improve the land by more than an
insubstantial amount within 30 months after the date of purchase,
paragraph (b)(4)(iv)(B) of this section does not apply with respect to
such land and such land is not considered qualified opportunity zone
business property unless it is substantially improved within the
meaning of sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (d)(2)(D)(ii). In
determining whether an eligible entity had an expectation or an
intention to improve the land by more than an insubstantial amount,
improvements to the land by the eligible entity (including grading,
clearing of the land, remediation of the contaminated land, or
acquisition of related qualified opportunity zone business property
that facilitates the use of the land in a trade or business of the
eligible entity) will be taken into account.
(D) Remediation of contaminated land. Betterments to land within
the meaning of Sec. 1.263(a)-3(j)(1)(i) may be added to the basis of
the purchased land and included for purposes of section 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(ii) if the betterments are paid for by the eligible entity.
(E) Separate improvement to underlying land not required. In
determining whether the substantial improvement test under section
1400Z-2(d)(2)(D) has been met with respect to a building, there is no
requirement that the eligible entity separately substantially improve
the land upon which the building is located.
(v) Aggregation of purchased buildings--(A) Substantial improvement
requirement for eligible building group. For purposes of applying the
substantial improvement requirement under sections 1400Z-
2(d)(2)(D)(i)(II) and 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), an eligible entity may
apply paragraph (b)(4)(v)(D) of this section with respect to two or
more buildings located within a qualified opportunity zone or a single
series of contiguous qualified opportunity zones, as described in
paragraph (b)(4)(v)(B) or (C) of this section (eligible building
group), respectively.
(B) Eligible building group located entirely within parcel of land
described in single deed. All buildings comprising an eligible building
group may be treated as a single property as that term is used in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii) (single property), if each building
comprising the eligible building group is located entirely within the
geographic borders of a parcel of land described in a single deed.
(C) Eligible building group spanning contiguous parcels of land
described in separate deeds. An eligible entity may treat all buildings
comprising an eligible building group located entirely within the
geographic borders of contiguous parcels of land described in separate
deeds as a single property to the extent each building is operated as
part of one or more trades or businesses that--
(1) Are operated exclusively by the eligible entity;
(2) Share facilities or share significant centralized business
elements, such as personnel, accounting, legal, manufacturing,
purchasing, human resources, or information technology resources; and
(3) Are operated in coordination with, or reliance upon, one or
more of the trades or businesses (for example, supply chain
interdependencies or mixed-use facilities).
(D) Calculation of aggregate building basis and additions to basis
of single property--(1) In general. For purposes of the substantial
improvement requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii), the amount
of basis required to be added to the portion of an eligible building
group treated as a single property equals the total amount of basis
calculated by adding the basis of each building comprising the single
property at the beginning of the 30-month period and additions to the
basis of each building comprising the single property are aggregated to
determine satisfaction of the substantial improvement requirement.
(2) Aggregation of original use property that improves the
functionality of single property. In applying paragraph (b)(4)(v)(D)(1)
of this section, purchased property that would otherwise qualify as
qualified opportunity zone business property may be taken into account
in determining whether additions to the basis of a single property
described in paragraph (b)(4)(v)(B) or (C) of this section satisfy the
substantial improvement requirement under section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(ii).
(c) Tangible property leased by an eligible entity. In the case of
tangible property with respect to which an eligible entity is a
lessee--
(1) Qualifying acquisition of possession. The tangible property
must be acquired by the eligible entity under a lease entered into
after December 31, 2017.
(2) Arms-length terms--(i) General rule. The terms of the lease
must be market rate (that is, the terms of the lease reflect common,
arms-length market pricing in the locale that includes the qualified
opportunity zone as determined under section 482 and all section 482
regulations in this chapter) at the time that the lease was entered
into.
(ii) Rebuttable presumption regarding unrelated persons. There will
be a rebuttable presumption that the terms of the lease were market
rate for leases between persons not related within the meaning of
section 1400Z-2(e)(2) (unrelated persons), and thus, the parties to the
lease are not required to perform a section 482 analysis.
(iii) Exception for state, local, and Indian tribal governments.
For purposes of this paragraph (c)(2), tangible property acquired by
lease from a state or local government, or an Indian tribal government,
is not considered tangible property acquired by lease from a related
person within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2) (related person).
(3) Additional requirements for tangible property leased from a
related person. If the lessor is a related person with respect to an
eligible entity that is the lessee of tangible property, the
requirements of paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, as
applicable, must
[[Page 1990]]
be satisfied in order for the tangible property to be treated as
qualified opportunity zone business property.
(i) Prepayments of not more than one year. The lessee at no time
makes any prepayment in connection with the lease relating to a period
of use of the tangible property that exceeds 12 months.
(ii) Purchase of other qualified opportunity zone business
property. In the case of leased tangible property that is personal
property, if the original use of the leased tangible personal property
in a qualified opportunity zone (within the meaning of paragraph
(c)(3)(iii) of this section) does not commence with the lessee, the
property is not qualified opportunity zone business property unless,
during the relevant testing period (as defined in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
of this section), the lessee becomes the owner of tangible property
that is qualified opportunity zone business property having a value not
less than the value of that leased tangible personal property. There
must be substantial overlap of the qualified opportunity zone(s) in
which the owner of the tangible property so acquired uses it and the
qualified opportunity zone(s) in which that person uses the leased
tangible personal property.
(iii) Original use of leased tangible property--(A) In general. For
purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the original use of
leased tangible property in a qualified opportunity zone commences on
the date any person first places the property in service in the
qualified opportunity zone for purposes of depreciation (or first uses
the property in the qualified opportunity zone in a manner that would
allow depreciation or amortization if that person were the property's
owner).
(B) Used leased tangible property. Used leased tangible personal
property can satisfy the original use requirement if the property has
not been previously so used or placed in service in the qualified
opportunity zone.
(iv) Relevant testing period. For purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(ii)
of this section, the relevant testing period is the period that begins
on the date that the lessee receives possession under the lease of the
leased tangible personal property and ends on the earlier of--
(A) The date 30-months after the date the lessee receives
possession of the leased tangible personal property under the lease; or
(B) The last day of the term of the lease (within the meaning of
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b)(4)(iii)(D)).
(4) Plan, intent, or expectation for purchases not for fair market
value. In the case of real property that is leased by an eligible
entity, if, at the time the lease is entered into, there was a plan,
intent, or expectation for the real property to be purchased by the
eligible entity for an amount of consideration other than the fair
market value of the real property determined at the time of the
purchase without regard to any prior lease payments, the leased real
property is not qualified opportunity zone business property.
(d) Holding period and use within a qualified opportunity zone of
owned or leased tangible property--(1) In general. In the case of
tangible property that is owned or leased by an eligible entity, during
substantially all of the eligible entity's holding period for the
tangible property, substantially all of the use of the tangible
property must be in a qualified opportunity zone.
(2) Valuation of owned and leased property. For purposes of the 70-
percent use test in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the value of
owned and leased property is required to be determined in accordance
with the valuation methodologies provided in Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(b),
and such value in the case of leased tangible personal property is to
be determined on the date the lessee receives possession of the
tangible personal property under the lease.
(3) Substantially all of an eligible entity's holding period for
owned or leased tangible property--(i) In general. For purposes of
determining whether the holding period requirement in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section is satisfied, the term substantially all means at least
90 percent. The holding period requirement is applied on a semiannual
basis, based on the entire amount of time the eligible entity has owned
or leased such property. Thus, on each semiannual testing date of the
eligible entity, the tangible property satisfies the 90-percent
qualified opportunity zone business property holding period requirement
of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(III) only if, during at least 90 percent
of the period during which the QOF has owned or leased the property,
the property has satisfied the 70-percent use test in paragraph (d)(4)
of this section.
(ii) Semiannual qualified opportunity zone business test. For
purposes of determining satisfaction of the 90-percent qualified
opportunity zone business property holding period test described in
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section in the case of a QOF, the
determination of whether property satisfies the 70-percent use test is
made on a semiannual basis pursuant to section 1400Z-2(d)(1) and
paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(4) Substantially all of the use of owned or leased tangible
property in a qualified opportunity zone--(i) 70-percent use test.
Tangible property used in a trade or business of an eligible entity
satisfies the substantially all requirement of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of
this section (that is, the 70-percent use test) if and only if the
tangible property is qualified tangible property. Qualified tangible
property is tangible property that satisfies the requirements of
paragraph (d)(4)(ii), (iii) (subject to the limitation in paragraph
(d)(4)(iv) of this section), or (v) of this section.
(ii) Qualified tangible property. Tangible property held by a trade
or business is qualified tangible property to the extent, based on the
number of days between two consecutive semiannual testing dates, not
less than 70 percent of the total utilization of the tangible property
by the trade or business occurs at a location within the geographic
borders of a qualified opportunity zone.
(iii) Safe harbor for tangible property utilized in rendering
services inside and outside of a qualified opportunity zone. Subject to
the limitation described in paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section,
tangible property utilized by a trade or business in rendering services
both inside and outside of the geographic borders of a qualified
opportunity zone may be treated as qualified tangible property if--
(A) The tangible property utilized in rendering the service
directly generates gross income for the trade or business both inside
and outside of the geographic borders of a qualified opportunity zone;
(B) The trade or business has an office or other facility located
within the geographic borders of a qualified opportunity zone (QOZ
office);
(C) The tangible property is operated by employees of the trade or
business who--
(1) Regularly use a QOZ office of the trade or business in the
course of carrying out their duties; and
(2) Are managed directly, actively, and substantially on a day-to-
day basis by one or more employees of the trade or business who carry
out their duties at a QOZ office; and
(D) The tangible property is not operated exclusively outside of
the geographic borders of a qualified opportunity zone for a period
longer than 14 consecutive days for the generation of gross income for
the trade or business.
(iv) Limitation. For purposes of the 70-percent tangible property
standard, the safe harbor provided in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this
section may not be used
[[Page 1991]]
to treat more than 20 percent of the tangible property of the trade or
business as qualified tangible property.
(v) Safe harbor for tangible property owned by leasing businesses
with QOZ offices. Tangible property of a trade or business, the
employees of which use a QOZ office of the trade or business to
regularly lease such tangible property to customers of the trade or
business, may be treated as qualified tangible property if--
(A) Consistent with the normal, usual, or customary conduct of the
trade or business, when not subject to a lease to a customer of the
trade or business, the tangible property is parked or otherwise stored
at a QOZ office; and
(B) No lease under which a customer of the trade or business
acquires possession of the tangible property is for a duration
(including extensions) longer than 30 consecutive days.
(vi) Use of tangible property in one or more qualified opportunity
zones. In accordance with paragraphs (d)(4)(ii) through (v) of this
section, if qualified tangible property is utilized by the trade or
business in one or more qualified opportunity zones, satisfaction of
the 70-percent use test is determined by aggregating the number of days
the tangible property is utilized by the trade or business in each
qualified opportunity zone.
(vii) Real property straddling a qualified opportunity zone. For
purposes of satisfying the requirements in this paragraph (d), the
rules of Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(d)(3)(ix) apply to a QOF or qualified
opportunity zone business for determining whether real property is
situated in a qualified opportunity zone.
(viii) Safe harbor for inventory in transit--(A) In general. In
determining whether tangible property is used in a qualified
opportunity zone for purposes of applying the 70-percent use test under
paragraph (d)(4) of this section, inventory (including raw materials)
of a trade or business does not fail to be used in a qualified
opportunity zone solely because the inventory is in transit--
(1) From a vendor to a facility of the trade or business that is in
a qualified opportunity zone; or
(2) From a facility of the trade or business that is in a qualified
opportunity zone to customers of the trade or business that are not
located in a qualified opportunity zone.
(B) No effect from certain events in transit. The distance traveled
by the inventory while it is in transit, or the fact that the inventory
is briefly warehoused while in transit, does not affect the application
of the safe harbor described in paragraph (d)(4)(viii) of this section.
(e) Applicability dates--(1) In general. The provisions of this
section are applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a taxpayer's
first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began on
December 22, 2017, and for taxable years beginning after December 21,
2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, a taxpayer may choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-115420-18) published on
October 29, 2018, as amplified by the notice of proposed rulemaking
(REG-120186-18) published on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years.
Sec. 1.1400Z2(e)-1 [Added and Reserved]
0
Par. 8. Reserved Sec. 1.1400Z2(e)-1 is added.
0
Par. 9. Section 1.1400Z2(f)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1 Administrative rules- penalties, anti-abuse, etc.
(a) In general. Except as provided by Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-
1(a)(2)(iv)(B) with respect to a taxpayer's first taxable year as a
QOF, if a QOF fails to satisfy the 90-percent investment standard in
section 1400Z-2(d)(1), then the QOF must pay the statutory penalty set
forth in section 1400Z-2(f) for each month it fails to meet the 90-
percent investment standard.
(b) Time period for a QOF to reinvest certain proceeds--(1) In
general. If a QOF receives proceeds from the return of capital or the
sale or disposition of some or all of its qualified opportunity zone
property within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(A), and if the QOF
reinvests some or all of the proceeds in qualified opportunity zone
property by the last day of the 12-month period beginning on the date
of the distribution, sale, or disposition, then the proceeds, to the
extent that they are so reinvested, are treated as qualified
opportunity zone property for purposes of the 90-percent investment
standard in section 1400Z-2(d)(1), but only to the extent that prior to
the reinvestment in qualified opportunity zone property the proceeds
are continuously held in cash, cash equivalents, or debt instruments
with a term of 18 months or less. If reinvestment of the proceeds is
delayed by waiting for governmental action the application for which is
complete, that delay does not cause a failure of the 12-month
requirement in this paragraph (b).
(2) Federally declared disasters. If the QOF's plan to reinvest
some or all of the proceeds described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section in qualified opportunity zone property is delayed due to a
federally declared disaster (as defined in section 165(i)(5)(A)), the
QOF may receive up to an additional 12 months to reinvest such
proceeds, provided that the QOF invests such proceeds in the manner
originally intended before the disaster.
(c) Anti-abuse rules--(1) General anti-abuse rule. Pursuant to
section 1400Z-2(e)(4)(C), the rules of section 1400Z-2 and Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(d)-(2), 1.1400Z2(f)-1, 1.1502-14Z, and
1.1504-3 must be applied in a manner consistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations (as defined in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(41)). The purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations are to provide specified Federal income tax
benefits to owners of QOFs to encourage the making of longer-term
investments, through QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses, of
new capital in one or more qualified opportunity zones and to increase
the economic growth of such qualified opportunity zones. Accordingly,
if a significant purpose of a transaction is to achieve a Federal
income tax result that is inconsistent with the purposes of section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, a transaction (or series
of transactions) will be recast or recharacterized for Federal tax
purposes as appropriate to achieve tax results that are consistent with
the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
This recasting and recharacterization may include, as appropriate,
treating an investment as other than a qualifying investment. A
determination of whether a Federal income tax result is inconsistent
with the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2
regulations must be based on all facts and circumstances.
(2) Special anti-abuse rule for partnerships--(i) In general. In
addition to being subject to the general anti-abuse rule of paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, the application of the rules of section 1400Z-2
and Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1 through 1.1400Z2(d)-2, 1.1400Z2(f)-1,
1.1502-14Z, and 1.1504-3 to partnerships is also subject to the special
anti-abuse rule set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Special partnership anti-abuse rule. If a partnership is
formed or availed of with a significant purpose of
[[Page 1992]]
avoiding the requirements of Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B) that a
gain be subject to Federal income tax in order to be an eligible gain,
the partnership will be disregarded in whole or in part for purposes of
Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B) and (b)(11)(ix)(B) to prevent the
creation of a qualifying investment by the partnership with respect to
any partner or partners that would not otherwise satisfy such
requirements.
(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the anti-abuse rule
of paragraph (c) of this section.
(i) Example 1--(A) Facts. Two nonresident alien individuals
(collectively, the individuals) plan to sell stock at a gain of $50,
to invest the amount of the resulting capital gain in a QOF, and to
make a deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a). They make this
election with the intent of holding the QOF investment for 10 years
and then making an election to increase the qualifying basis to fair
market value under section 1400Z-2(c). A gain on a sale of the stock
by the individuals, however, would not be subject to Federal income
tax, and so the gain would not support their making a deferral
election as a result of the requirement in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(b)(11)(i)(B). Instead of selling the stock themselves, the
individuals form a domestic partnership with a significant purpose
of using that partnership to make a deferral election with respect
to the stock under the exception in Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-
1(b)(11)(ix)(B). The individuals contribute their stock to the
partnership in exchange for partnership interests, after which the
partnership sells the stock and invests the $50 gain in a QOF. Had
the partnership not made a deferral election, the individuals would
not be subject to tax on their allocated portion of the
partnership's recognized gain on the sale of the stock.
(B) Analysis. Based on these facts, the partnership is formed
and availed of with a significant purpose to avoid the requirements
of Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B). Thus, under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, the partnership is disregarded for purposes of
applying Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ix)(B) to the $50 gain, and
therefore the partnership's investment in the QOF is not a
qualifying investment.
(ii) Example 2--(A) Facts. The facts are the same as in
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section (Example 1), except the
individuals contribute their stock to an existing partnership, the
sole partners of which are U.S. citizens, with a significant purpose
of the individuals' use of the partnership being to make an
investment in a QOF and a deferral election under the Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(ix)(B) exception for partnerships. During the
year, the partnership sells property it owned before the
individuals' contribution, resulting in capital gain of $100, all of
which is eligible to be invested in a QOF. It also sells the stock
contributed by the individuals, resulting in $50 of capital gain.
The partnership invests $150 in a QOF and makes the requisite gain
deferral election.
(B) Analysis. Based on these facts, the partnership is availed
of by the individuals with a significant purpose to avoid the
requirements of Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B). Thus, under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the partnership is disregarded for
purposes of applying Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(11)(i)(B) and
(b)(11)(ix)(B) with respect to the $50 capital gain from the sale of
the individuals' contributed stock and that gain fails to be
eligible gain. Under Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b), no section 1400Z-2(a)
election is available for that gain and the partnership will have a
mixed-funds investment, $100 of which is a qualifying investment and
$50 of which is a non-qualifying investment.
(iii) Example 3--(A) Facts. Entity C is a QOF that meets the
requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(1). Entity C owns qualified
opportunity zone stock in a domestic corporation described in
section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(B) (Corporation C), which operates a qualified
opportunity zone business. Entity C also owns Corporation D stock,
which is not qualified opportunity zone stock, which stock is less
than 10% of the assets of Entity C. Under section 1400Z-2(e)(2),
these stock holdings cause Entity C to be related to both
Corporation C and Corporation D. On date 1, under section 1400Z-
2(e)(2), Individual S is not a related person with respect to Entity
C, Corporation C, or Corporation D. On that date, Individual S sells
tangible property to Corporation C for use in Corporation C's
qualified opportunity zone business and sells a second asset to
Corporation D. Both items sold were capital assets (as defined in
section 1221). As a result, Individual S realizes gain of $100 from
the sale to Corporation C and $75 from the sale to Corporation D. At
the time of the sale Individual S has a plan or intent to invest
$175 in Entity C and to make deferral elections under section 1400Z-
2(a)(1) with respect to the gain from the two sales. On date 2, for
$175 Individual S acquired an eligible interest in Entity C, an
acquisition that causes Individual S to become a related person with
respect to Entity C within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(e)(2).
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, Individual
S's $175 gain is not an eligible gain and cannot be the subject a
deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a)(1). The gain fails to
satisfy Sec. 1.1400Z2a-1(b)(11)(i)(C) because of Individual S's
plan to acquire sufficient equity in Entity C to become related to
Corporations C and D. Moreover, for the same reason, the tangible
property that Corporation C purchased from Individual S fails to
satisfy the requirement that a purchase of qualified opportunity
zone business property must be from an unrelated person. See
sections 1400Z-2(d)(2)(D)(i)(I) and 179(d)(2)(A).
(iv) Example 4--(A) Facts. Entity D is a QOF that meets the
requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(1). Entity D owns a majority
qualified opportunity zone partnership interest in a domestic
partnership, Partnership D described in section 1400Z-2(d)(2)(C).
Entity D organized Partnership D for the purpose of being a
qualified opportunity zone business. Partnership D acquires a tract
of land located in a qualified opportunity zone. At the time of the
acquisition of that land, there was no plan or intent to develop or
otherwise utilize the land in a trade or business that would
increase substantially the economic productivity of the land.
Instead, there was a plan to pave the land for use as a parking lot.
Partnership D planned to install a gate to the paved parking area, a
small structure that would serve as an office for a parking
attendant, and two self-pay stations for use by customers. The
parking lot was not reasonably expected to expand significantly, and
the initial small number of employees was not reasonably expected
significantly to increase. A significant purpose for the acquisition
of the land was to sell the land at a profit and to exclude any gain
from appreciation by making an election under section 1400Z-2(c).
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
acquisition of the land is a transaction carried out to achieve a
tax result that is inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. Consequently, the land is not
qualified opportunity zone business property and gain from the sale
of the land will not be eligible to be excluded from gross income
under section 1400Z-2(c). This recharacterization of the
qualification of the land for Federal tax purposes is appropriate to
ensure that the tax results of the transaction, including the status
of Partnership D as a qualified opportunity zone business, are
consistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section
1400Z-2 regulations. Partnership D fails to be a qualified
opportunity zone business unless other assets that it owns or leases
are qualified opportunity zone business property that satisfy
section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i), and the other requirements of section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
(v) Example 5--(A) Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section, except that Partnership D, in year 1,
acquired a tract of land located in a qualified opportunity zone
that was previously used for hog and pig farming. On its Form 1065T
the previous owner, also a partnership, properly described those
activities with the principal business activity code 112210. During
the several-year period ending on the date of the acquisition of the
land, the value of the land had significantly increased and D
projected the land to continue to increase in value by ten-fold
during the following 10-year period. At the time of the acquisition,
Partnership D intended to conduct sheep and goat farming activities
on the land and, accordingly, planned to use principal business
activity code 112400 on its Form 1065. According to its plan,
Partnership D conducted sheep and goat farming activities on the
land during the 10-year period beginning on the date of acquisition
of the land. During the 10-year period, Partnership D made
significant capital improvements to the land, including improvements
to existing farm structures, construction of new farm structures,
and installation of a new irrigation system. As expected, the value
of the land substantially increased during the following decade. The
owners' entire interest in Partnership D was a qualifying
investment, and, after having held it for at least 10 years
[[Page 1993]]
the owners sold the entire interest at a large gain. As planned the
owners made an election under section 1400Z-2(c) in order to avoid
tax on the gain from the sale.
(B) Analysis. The modification of the land to suit sheep and
goat farming activity from its previous use of hog and pig farming
and the significant capital improvements made to land, is a
significant investment in the business activities on the land. Thus,
Partnership D did not hold the land solely for speculative
investment. As a result, under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the
acquisition of the land, the activities conducted on the land, the
capital improvements made to the land, and the later disposition of
the land for a significant profit are not inconsistent with the
purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
(vi) Example 6--(A) Facts. Individuals intend to sell stock at a
capital gain and invest the resulting gain in a QOF pursuant to a
deferral election under section 1400Z-2(a). The individuals form
Entity F and file Form 8996 certifying that Entity F is a QOF
organized for the purpose of investing in qualified opportunity zone
property. Individuals have no intention of investing in qualified
opportunity zone property. Instead individuals intend to invest in
property other than qualified opportunity zone property hoping that
the property will appreciate substantially in value and the
individuals will be able to exclude any appreciation on their
investment from gross income by making an election under section
1400Z-2(c). Each year Entity F files Form 8996 and pays the
applicable penalty under section 1400Z-2(f). After holding their
interests in Entity F for 10 years, individuals sell their interest
in Entity F to an unrelated third party for a substantial gain and
make an election to exclude the appreciation on their investment
under section 1400Z-2(c).
(B) Analysis. A significant purpose of the transaction is to
achieve a tax result that is inconsistent with the purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations, and the
transaction will be recast and recharacterized for Federal tax
purposes so that Entity F is not a QOF and the individuals are not
eligible for the elections under sections 1400Z-2(a) and (c).
(vii) Example 7--(A) Facts. Entity E treats itself as a QOF that
meets the requirements of section 1400Z-2(d)(1). Entity E owns all
of the stock in a domestic corporation, Corporation E, and Entity E
treats this stock as qualified opportunity zone stock. Corporation E
uses the majority of the cash invested by Entity E to purchase gold
bars from unrelated parties within the meaning of section 1400Z-
2(e)(2). The aggregate value of the gold bars is $1000. Corporation
E rents a safe deposit box in a qualified opportunity zone and hires
one employee to manage the purchase and sale of the gold bars. Each
year Corporation E purchases a small number of additional gold bars
and sells to customers a portion of the gold bars on hand. The
aggregate value of both the purchases and sales approximates half
the value of the bars held at the beginning of the year. Corporation
E seeks to treat the gold bars as qualified opportunity zone
business property within the meaning of section 1400Z-2(d)(3). At
the time that Corporation E began the gold bar business, it did not
reasonably expect the business to expand significantly, nor was the
number of employees reasonably expected to increase. Gold, however,
was reasonably expected to appreciate. Ten years after the formation
of Entity E, the investors in Entity E sell all of their interests
in the entity and seek to make an election under section 1400Z-2(c)
to exclude any gain from appreciation.
(B) Analysis. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a
significant purpose of Corporation E's activities is to achieve a
tax result that is inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2
and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. The gold bar business carried
out by Corporation E was merely speculative in nature and was not
expected to increase economic activity in the subject qualified
opportunity zone in a manner consistent with the purposes of section
1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. As a result,
Corporation E's activities are carried on to achieve tax results
that are inconsistent with the purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations. Consequently, the gold bars are not
qualified opportunity zone property. Corporation E fails to be a
qualified opportunity zone business unless other assets that it owns
or leases are qualified opportunity zone business property that
satisfy section 1400Z-2(d)(3)(A)(i) (along with other requirements).
If Corporation E fails to be a qualified opportunity zone business,
Corporation E's stock fails to be qualified opportunity zone
property in the hands of Entity E.
(d) Applicability date--(1) In general. The provisions of this
section are applicable for taxable years beginning after March 13,
2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a taxpayer's
first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began on
December March 13, 2020, a taxpayer may choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years, or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(f)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-115420-18) published on
October 29, 2018, as amplified by the notice of proposed rulemaking
(REG-120186-18) published on May 1, 2019, but only if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years.
0
Par. 10. Section 1.1502-14Z is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1502-14Z Application of opportunity zone rules to members of a
consolidated group.
(a) Scope and definitions--(1) Scope. This section provides rules
regarding the Federal income tax treatment of QOFs owned by members of
a consolidated group (as defined in Sec. 1.1502-1(b) and (h),
respectively). Rules in the section 1400Z-2 regulations (as defined in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(41)) apply to consolidated groups except as
modified in this section. Paragraph (b) of this section generally
provides rules regarding the effects of an election under Sec. 1.1504-
3(b)(2) to treat a subsidiary QOF C corporation as a member of a
consolidated group. Paragraph (c) of this section provides rules
regarding qualifying investments made by members of a consolidated
group (including an election to treat the investment by one member as a
qualifying investment by another member) and the application of Sec.
1.1502-13 to intercompany transfers of a qualifying investment.
Paragraph (d) of this section provides coordinating rules for basis
adjustments within a consolidated group. Paragraph (e) of this section
provides coordinating rules for Sec. 1.1502-36(d). Paragraph (f) of
this section provides elective transition relief to taxpayers that
consolidated a subsidiary QOF C corporation prior to May 1, 2019.
Paragraph (g) of this section provides rules regarding the consequences
of a deconsolidation of a QOF C corporation. Paragraph (h) of this
section provides instructions for making the elections provided by
paragraphs (c) and (f) of this section. Paragraph (i) of this section
is reserved. Paragraph (j) of this section provides examples. Paragraph
(k) of this section provides the applicability dates.
(2) Definitions--(i) In general. The definitions provided in
Sec. Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b) and 1.1400Z2(d)-1 apply for purposes of
this section.
(ii) Definitions for consolidated groups--(A) Day one. The term day
one means the date members of the consolidated group formed or acquired
section 1504 control of the pre-existing QOF sub. If a pre-existing QOF
sub was a member of the consolidated group prior to becoming a QOF C
corporation, day one is the first day of the first month in which the
member self-certified as, or is treated as, a QOF C corporation,
whichever is earlier.
(B) Election date. The term election date means the date on which
an election under paragraph (c) or (f) of this section is made.
(C) Pre-existing QOF sub. The term pre-existing QOF sub means a
subsidiary QOF C corporation that meets the affiliation requirements in
section 1504 (without regard to Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(1)) as of May 1,
2019.
(D) QOF investor member. The term QOF investor member means any
member holding a qualifying investment in the QOF member.
(E) QOF member. The term QOF member means a subsidiary QOF C
[[Page 1994]]
corporation that is treated as a member of a consolidated group
pursuant to an election in Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2).
(F) QOF member stock. The term QOF member stock means the QOF stock
of a QOF member.
(G) QOF SAG. The term QOF SAG means, with respect to a QOF member,
the affiliated group that would be determined under section 1504(a) if
the QOF member were the common parent.
(H) Subsidiary QOF C corporation. The term subsidiary QOF C
corporation means a QOF C corporation that meets the requirements to be
a member of an affiliated group (as defined in section 1504(a)(1), and
without regard to Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(1)) other than the common parent of
such consolidated group.
(b) Subsidiary QOF C corporation treated as member of the
consolidated group--(1) Effects of election to treat a subsidiary QOF C
corporation as a member--(i) Determining whether a distribution is an
inclusion event. A distribution of property with respect to qualifying
QOF stock by a QOF member to a QOF investor member is an inclusion
event to the extent the distribution would create or increase an excess
loss account (ELA) in the qualifying QOF stock, without regard to any
inclusion resulting from application of this paragraph (b)(1)(i).
Solely for purposes of determining whether a distribution creates or
increases an ELA during a taxable year, investment adjustments
pertaining to a distribution on qualifying QOF stock by a QOF member
are made after all other investment adjustments under Sec. 1.1502-32
for that year.
(ii) Determining the amount of deferred gain includible by the QOF
investor member. The amount of gain included in gross income of a QOF
investor member under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(B) on a date described in
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b) (modified by paragraph (c)(3) of this section,
as applicable) is determined under this paragraph (b)(1)(ii). The
amount of gain included in gross income of the QOF investor member is
the lesser of:
(A) The product of:
(1) The percentage of the qualifying investment that gave rise to
the inclusion event; and
(2) The remaining deferred gain (see Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1(b)(40)),
less any basis adjustments pursuant to section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii)
and (iv); or
(B) The gain that would be recognized on a fully taxable
disposition of the qualifying investment that gave rise to the
inclusion event.
(iii) Application of ELA rules on the disposition of QOF member
stock. When a QOF investor member disposes of a share of qualifying QOF
member stock, any ELA in the share is taken into account as income or
gain from the disposition under Sec. 1.1502-19(b)(1) before the basis
of the share is increased under section 1400Z-2(c), if applicable. See
paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section for the general rule regarding the
treatment of an ELA upon the deconsolidation of a QOF member.
(iv) Transactions between the QOF member and other members of the
consolidated group--(A) In general. This paragraph (b)(1)(iv) governs
transactions between a member of the QOF SAG and other members of the
consolidated group.
(B) Sale or exchange of property. A sale or exchange of property
between a member of the QOF SAG and a member of the consolidated group
that is not a member of such QOF SAG is not treated as an intercompany
transaction (as defined in Sec. 1.1502-13(b)(1)) and is not subject to
the rules in Sec. 1.1502-13. In contrast, a sale or exchange of
property between members of the QOF SAG is an intercompany transaction
that is subject to the rules in Sec. 1.1502-13.
(C) Other transactions. Any transaction between a member of the QOF
SAG and a member of the consolidated group that is not a member of such
QOF SAG that is not a sale or exchange of property is an intercompany
transaction subject to the rules in Sec. 1.1502-13.
(v) Separate-entity application of QOF qualifying rules to QOF
member. A consolidated group is not treated as a single entity for
purposes of determining whether a QOF member or a qualified opportunity
zone business that is a consolidated group member satisfies the
investment standard rules in section 1400Z-2(d) and (f) and Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1 and 1.1400Z2(f)-1; instead, the rules in this paragraph
(b)(1)(v) apply on a separate-entity basis. Therefore, for example, the
QOF member's satisfaction of the requirements under section 1400Z-2(d)
is determined by taking into account only property (including qualified
opportunity zone stock or qualified opportunity zone partnership
interests) held by the QOF member, without regard to property
transferred by the QOF member to other members of the consolidated
group.
(2) Anti-avoidance rule. The purposes of section 1400Z-2 and the
section 1400Z-2 regulations are to provide specified tax benefits to
owners of QOFs to encourage the making of longer-term investments,
through QOFs and qualified opportunity zone businesses, of new capital
in one or more qualified opportunity zones and to increase the economic
growth of such qualified opportunity zones. If a transaction is engaged
in or structured with a view to avoid the application of the rules of
section 1400Z-2, the section 1400Z-2 regulations, or the regulations in
this part under section 1502 of the Code (including this section),
appropriate adjustments will be made to carry out the purposes of
section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations. For example, if a
consolidated group engages in a restructuring (such as a distribution
described in section 355) with a view to using stock basis adjustments
under Sec. 1.1502-32 resulting from increases in the basis of stock
under section 1400Z-2(b) in a sale or exchange transaction without
disposing of any part of the consolidated group's direct ownership of
the relevant qualifying investment, the transaction will be treated as
an inclusion event with regard to an appropriate amount of deferred
gain.
(c) Qualifying investments by members of a consolidated group--(1)
In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section or in Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1 (see, for example, Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c)(9)(i)(B)(1)),
section 1400Z-2 applies separately to each member of a consolidated
group. Therefore, for example, the same member of the consolidated
group generally must both engage in the sale of a capital asset giving
rise to eligible gain and timely invest an amount equal to some or all
of such gain in a QOF (as provided in section 1400Z-2(a)(1)) in order
to qualify for deferral of such gain under section 1400Z-2.
(2) Election to treat investment of one member as a qualifying
investment by another member--(i) Availability of election. If members
of a consolidated group satisfy the requirements of this paragraph
(c)(2), the consolidated group may elect to treat the investment by one
member as a qualifying investment by another member. The election
provided by this paragraph (c)(2) is available when a member of a
consolidated group (M1) has eligible gain and a second member (M2)
makes an investment in a QOF that would be a qualifying investment if
M1, rather than M2, had made the investment. For example, if M1 has
$100x of eligible gain but M2 has none, and M2 makes a $120x investment
in a QOF C corporation, only $100x of M2's investment in the QOF C
corporation is eligible for the election under this paragraph (c)(2).
See paragraph (h)(2) of this section for the form and manner of making
this election. If M2 has its own eligible gain, M2 may make a
qualifying investment on its own behalf and defer such eligible
[[Page 1995]]
gain under section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1.
(ii) Effect of election. If a consolidated group makes an election
under this paragraph (c)(2), then M1 is treated as having made the
investment in the QOF that is actually made by M2. M1 is then treated
as having immediately sold such investment to M2 for fair market value.
The deemed sale by M1 is subject to the rules in paragraph (c)(3) of
this section. The consolidated group must treat the deemed investment
by M1 and the deemed sale by M1 to M2 as having occurred for all
Federal income tax purposes.
(3) Intercompany transfers of a qualifying investment--(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c)(3), when
one member (S) transfers its qualifying investment to another member
(B), the transaction is not treated as an intercompany transaction
within the meaning of Sec. 1.1502-13(b)(1) for purposes of applying
the rules of section 1400Z-2 and the section 1400Z-2 regulations.
Therefore, Sec. 1.1502-13(c) does not apply to treat S and B as
divisions of a single entity for purposes of section 1400Z-2. For
example, if S transfers its qualifying investment to B in a section 351
transaction, the transfer is an inclusion event for S under Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). In addition, because the transfer is not an
intercompany transaction for purposes of section 1400Z-2, Sec. 1.1502-
13 does not apply to continue S's deferral under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(b).
(ii) Application of Sec. 1.1502-13 to fully taxable intercompany
transfers of a qualifying investment--(A) Applicable transactions.
Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, if S transfers its
qualifying investment to B in a fully taxable transaction, the
transaction is treated as an intercompany transaction, and Sec.
1.1502-13(c) applies to treat S and B as divisions of a single entity
for purposes of applying section 1400Z-2.
(B) Treatment of S's intercompany gain on its qualifying
investment. If a transaction is described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section, Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(6)(ii) is inapplicable in determining
the excludability of S's gain (or the treatment of such gain as tax-
exempt income) on the application of section 1400Z-2(b) and (c) to S
and B as a single entity. Thus, S's gain on the qualifying investment
(including the amount includible under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)) may be
redetermined to be excluded from gross income (or treated as tax-exempt
income), as appropriate, to achieve single-entity treatment between S
and B with regard to the ownership and disposal of the qualifying
investment. To qualify for benefits under section 1400Z-2, S and B must
otherwise satisfy the requirements of section 1400Z-2. See also Sec.
1.1502-13(j)(4) (concerning multiple or successive intercompany
transactions).
(C) Investment adjustments and adjustments to earnings and profits.
Income of S excluded under section 1400Z-2 by application of paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section and Sec. 1.1502-13 results in
adjustments to S's earnings and profits and is treated as tax-exempt
income to S for purposes of Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii).
(D) Election under section 1400Z-2(c). To the extent paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section applies to S's transfer of its qualifying
investment to B, B (and not S) is entitled to make the election under
section 1400Z-2(c) at the time when, treating S and B as divisions of a
single entity, the single entity would be entitled to make such an
election. For example, pursuant to Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(1)(ii), B takes
S's holding period into account in determining whether B is treated as
holding the transferred qualifying investment for 10 years. In
addition, the attributes of S's intercompany item on the transfer of
the qualifying investment may be redetermined based on B's election.
(4) Intercompany transfer as qualifying investment in a QOF member.
A transfer by a consolidated group member with an eligible gain to a
QOF member before January 1, 2027, is not treated as an intercompany
transaction within the meaning of Sec. 1.1502-13 and may constitute a
qualifying investment. But see Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) regarding
conditions for consolidating a QOF C corporation.
(5) Intercompany gain as eligible gain. When S sells property to B,
Sec. 1.1502-13 applies to determine if, and when, S's intercompany
gain and B's corresponding gain constitute eligible gain. S's gain and
B's gain are treated as eligible gain only to the extent such gain
would be eligible gain if S and B were divisions of a single entity.
For example, if S sells a piece of property to B at a gain, B
subsequently sells that property to an unrelated party at a further
gain, and the gains are treated as capital gain under Sec. 1.1502-
13(c)(1) and (4), then both S's gain and B's gain are eligible gains at
the time B sells the property to the unrelated party. In contrast, if S
sells a piece of property to B at a loss, and B subsequently sells that
property to an unrelated party at a gain, then B's corresponding gain
on the property is eligible gain only to the extent that S and B, if
treated as divisions of a single entity, would have eligible gain on
the sale of property to the unrelated party. See Sec. 1.1502-13(a)(1).
(d) Tiering-up of investment adjustments provided by section 1400Z-
2. Basis increases in a qualifying investment in a QOF under sections
1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii), 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iv), and 1400Z-2(c) are treated
as satisfying the requirements of Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(3)(ii)(A) and thus
qualify as tax-exempt income to the QOF owner. Therefore, if the QOF
owner is a member of a consolidated group and is owned by other members
of the same consolidated group (upper-tier members), the upper-tier
members increase their bases in the shares of the QOF owner under Sec.
1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii). However, there is no basis adjustment under Sec.
1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii) or (iii) in shares of upper-tier members with
regard to a basis adjustment under section 1400Z-2(c) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(c)-1 unless and until the basis of the qualifying investment
is adjusted to its fair market value, as provided in section 1400Z-2(c)
and Sec. 1.1400Z2(c)-1.
(e) Application of Sec. 1.1502-36(d). This paragraph (e) clarifies
how Sec. 1.1502-36(d) applies if a member (M) transfers a loss share
of another member (S) that is a QOF owner that owns a qualifying
investment. To determine S's attribute reduction amount under Sec.
1.1502-36(d)(3), S's basis in its qualifying investment is included in
S's net inside attribute amount to compute S's aggregate inside loss
under Sec. 1.1502-36(d)(3)(iii)(A). However, S's basis in the
qualifying investment is not included in S's Category D attributes
available for attribute reduction under Sec. 1.1502-36(d)(4). Thus,
S's basis in the qualifying investment cannot be reduced under Sec.
1.1502-36(d). If S's attribute reduction amount exceeds S's attributes
available for reduction, then to the extent of the lesser of S's basis
in the qualifying investment or the remaining attribute reduction
amount, the common parent is treated as making the election under Sec.
1.1502-36(d)(6) to reduce M's basis in the transferred loss S shares.
(f) Transition relief--(1) Overview. This paragraph (f) provides
options for elective relief to pre-existing QOF subs. An election under
this paragraph (f) is made in the manner provided in paragraph (h)(3)
of this section. If a timely election under this paragraph (f) is not
made, the pre-existing QOF sub is treated as deconsolidating on March
13, 2020.
(2) Reclassification election--(i) In general. A consolidated group
may make one of the alternative, irrevocable elections provided in
paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) through (iv) of this section for
[[Page 1996]]
its pre-existing QOF subs. All elective relief provided in this
paragraph (f)(2) is effective on day one.
(ii) Treatment as a QOF partnership--(A) Election. A consolidated
group may elect to treat certain pre-existing QOF subs as QOF
partnerships (electing QOF partnership). To be eligible for the
election in this paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A), a pre-existing QOF sub must
have converted to an entity treated as a partnership for Federal income
tax purposes as of the election date.
(B) Effect of the QOF partnership election. As a result of making
the election under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), the pre-existing QOF sub
is treated as a QOF partnership from day one. Consequently, the
consolidated group must file amended or superseding returns, as
applicable, to account for the electing QOF partnership's income, gain,
deduction, and loss; the electing QOF partnership also must file its
own partnership returns for taxable periods beginning on day one, as
applicable. The electing QOF partnership must include its self-
certification under Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1(a) with its own returns, and
the self-certification will be treated as timely so long as the
consolidated group filed a timely self-certification under Sec.
1.1400Z2(d)-1(a) for the pre-existing QOF sub. In addition, appropriate
adjustments must be made to account for the change in status of the
electing QOF partnership from day one, including modifications to
investment adjustments to the basis in members' stock made under Sec.
1.1502-32 and adjustments to members' earnings and profits made under
Sec. 1.1502-33.
(C) Pre-existing QOF sub with single owner. If a pre-existing QOF
sub is wholly owned by one member of a consolidated group, then for
purposes of making the election under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), the
electing QOF partnership is deemed to have had a nominal partner from
day one until the date the electing QOF partnership is treated as a
partnership for Federal income tax purposes without regard to this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii).
(D) Example. The following example illustrates the election under
this paragraph (f)(2)(ii).
(1) Facts. P, the common parent of a consolidated group (P
group), wholly owns M1 and M2. On July 1, 2018, M1 and M2 each sell
an asset to an unrelated party and realize $70x and $30x of eligible
gain, respectively. On August 13, 2018, M1 and M2 form Q12 (a QOF C
corporation that was formed as a corporation under state law). Also
on August 13, 2018, M1 and M2 contribute $70x and $30x,
respectively, to Q12 in exchange for stock of Q12 and properly elect
to defer their respective eligible gains under section 1400Z-2(a)
and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. The P group also makes a timely self-
certification under Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-(1)(a) for Q12. Following
March 13, 2020, the P group intends to timely elect under this
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) to treat Q12 as a QOF partnership.
(2) Analysis--(i) Eligibility to elect. For the P group to elect
to treat Q12 as a QOF partnership under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii),
by the date of the election, Q12 must either convert to a state law
partnership or another entity treated as a partnership for Federal
income tax purposes.
(ii) Consequences of the election. As a result of making the
election under this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), Q12 is treated as a QOF
partnership from August 13, 2018 (day one). The P group must file
amended or superseding returns, as applicable and as necessary, to
account for Q12's income, gain, deduction, and loss. In addition,
Q12 must file its own returns for the taxable period beginning on
August 13, 2018, as applicable. The returns must be filed within the
time frame provided in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section.
Finally, because the P group filed a timely self-certification under
Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-(1)(a) for Q12 as a QOF C corporation, Q12's self-
certification as a QOF partnership would be is considered timely
filed.
(3) Deemed nominal partner--(i) Facts. The facts are the same as
paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(D)(1) of this section, except that on July 1,
2018, only M1 sells an asset to an unrelated party and realizes $70x
of eligible gain. On August 13, 2018, M1 contributes cash of $70x to
Q12 in exchange for stock of Q12 and properly elects to defer the
eligible gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. As
of the date the election is made to treat Q12 as a partnership from
day one, a second party invests in Q12, and Q12 is an entity treated
as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes.
(ii) Analysis. The analysis is generally the same as in
paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(D)(2) of this section. In addition, because
Q12 is wholly owned by M1, solely for purposes of treating Q12 as a
QOF partnership from August 13, 2018, Q12 is deemed to have a
nominal partner from August 13, 2018 until the election date or the
date Q12 qualifies as a partnership, if earlier.
(iii) Treatment as a non-member QOF C corporation--(A) Election. A
consolidated group may elect to treat the pre-existing QOF sub as a QOF
C corporation that is not a member of the consolidated group.
(B) Effect of the non-member QOF C corporation election. As a
result of making the election under this paragraph (f)(2)(iii), the
pre-existing QOF sub is treated as not being a member of the
consolidated group from day one. Consequently, the consolidated group
must file amended or superseding returns, as applicable, to exclude all
of the pre-existing QOF sub's income, gain, deduction, and loss from
the consolidated returns; the pre-existing QOF sub also must file its
own returns for taxable periods beginning on day one, as applicable. In
addition, all adjustments resulting from the pre-existing QOF sub's
operations must be eliminated from the consolidated group, including
investment adjustments made under Sec. 1.1502-32 to basis in members'
stock (as well as stock in the pre-existing QOF sub) and adjustments
made under Sec. 1.1502-33 to members' earnings and profits.
(iv) Treatment as a non-QOF C corporation--(A) Election. A
consolidated group may elect to treat a pre-existing QOF sub as if it
never self-certified to be a QOF pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(d)-1.
(B) Effect of the non-QOF C corporation election. As a result of
making the election under this paragraph (f)(2)(iv), the pre-existing
QOF sub is treated from day one as a member of the consolidated group
and not as a QOF. Therefore, section 1400Z-2 is not applicable, and
amended returns or superseding returns must be filed, as applicable, to
account for the eligible gain that was invested in the pre-existing QOF
sub. In addition, appropriate adjustments must be made to account for
the non-applicability of section 1400Z-2, including adjustments to
members' stock basis and earnings and profits under Sec. Sec. 1.1502-
32 and 1.1502-33, respectively.
(3) Election to continue treating pre-existing QOF sub as a member
of the consolidated group--(i) Election. A consolidated group may elect
to have a pre-existing QOF sub retain its QOF status and remain a
member of the consolidated group.
(ii) Effects of electing to remain a QOF and a member of the
consolidated group. As a result of making the election under this
paragraph (f)(3), the conditions and effects provided in Sec. 1.1504-
3(b)(2) and paragraph (b)(1) of this section will apply to the pre-
existing QOF sub and the consolidated group as of the effective date of
this election. See paragraph (h)(1) of this section for the effective
date of this election, and see paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section
regarding the timing for meeting the requirements in Sec. 1.1504-
3(b)(2)(ii).
(g) Deconsolidation rules--(1) In general. This paragraph (g)
provides rules applicable on any deconsolidation of a QOF C corporation
(deconsolidating QOF).
(2) Deconsolidation and inclusion event. A deconsolidation event is
not an inclusion event unless the deconsolidation is the result of an
actual transfer of the QOF member stock or a worthlessness event within
the meaning of Sec. 1.1502-80(c). For example, when a consolidated
group fails to meet the
[[Page 1997]]
conditions in Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) of this section and causes a QOF
member to deconsolidate, the deconsolidation event is not an inclusion
event solely as a result of the consolidated group's failure to meet
the requirements in Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) of this section.
(3) Basis in the deconsolidating QOF at time of deconsolidation--
(i) ELA in a deconsolidating QOF. Any ELA in stock of the
deconsolidating QOF at the time of the deconsolidation is taken into
account under the rules of Sec. 1.1502-19. See paragraph (b)(1)(iii)
of this section for rules coordinating the application of section
1400Z-2(c) with Sec. 1.1502-19.
(ii) Positive basis in the deconsolidating QOF resulting from Sec.
1.1502-32. Consolidated group members retain any positive basis in the
deconsolidating QOF resulting from investment adjustments under Sec.
1.1502-32 following its deconsolidation. However, following the
deconsolidation, for purposes of determining the amount includible
under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e), the amount of basis referred to in
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A)(ii) is computed by applying only those rules
applicable to corporations that do not file a consolidated return (that
is, the basis rules under subchapter C and section 1400Z-2). Therefore,
any positive basis resulting from Sec. 1.1502-32 adjustments is not
taken into account in computing the includible amount under Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e).
(4) Deconsolidating QOF's earnings and profits--(i) Deconsolidation
on or before December 31, 2026. Notwithstanding Sec. 1.1502-33(e)(1),
if a deconsolidating QOF deconsolidates before December 31, 2026, the
deconsolidating QOF retains its earnings and profits under this
paragraph (g)(4)(i). Any earnings and profits of the deconsolidating
QOF that were taken into account by any other members under Sec.
1.1502-33 are eliminated from those members as of the end of the day on
which the deconsolidating QOF deconsolidates.
(ii) Deconsolidation after December 31, 2026. If the
deconsolidating QOF deconsolidates after December 31, 2026, the rules
under Sec. 1.1502-33(e) apply.
(5) Consequences under Sec. 1.1502-36. See Sec. 1.1502-
36(f)(10)(i)(B) for the treatment of a deconsolidation as a transfer of
all of the stock in the deconsolidating member held by other members of
the consolidated group.
(h) Form and manner of making an election under this section--(1)
In general. The elections provided in this section are irrevocable. The
information required for each election is provided in this paragraph
(h). A reclassification election under paragraph (f)(2) of this section
is effective as of day one. All other elections are effective on the
election date.
(2) Election under paragraph (c)(2) of this section to treat
investment by M2 as qualifying investment by M1--(i) Form of election.
The election under paragraph (c)(2) of this section must be made in the
form of a statement titled ``THIS IS AN ELECTION UNDER Sec. 1.1502-
14Z(c)(2) TO TREAT AN INVESTMENT BY [insert name and employer
identification number (E.I.N.) of M2] AS A QUALIFYING INVESTMENT BY
[insert name and E.I.N. of M1].'' The statement must be included with
the consolidated group's timely filed return (original, superseding, or
amended return, as applicable, including extensions). In addition, the
statement must include the information required under paragraph
(h)(2)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Required information. (A) The amount of M1's eligible gain;
(B) The amount of the investment M2 has made in a QOF, including
identification of the amount of the investment that is eligible for
treatment as a qualifying investment under paragraph (c)(2) of this
section and the amount (if any) that is not eligible for such
treatment; and
(C) The date on which M1 recognized its eligible gain, and the date
on which M2 made the investment in the QOF.
(3) Elections under paragraph (f) of this section for transition
relief--(i) Form of election. The elections under paragraph (f) of this
section must be made in the form of a statement titled ``THIS IS AN
ELECTION UNDER Sec. 1.1502-14Z(f) FOR [insert name and E.I.N. of pre-
existing QOF sub].'' All actions necessary to make these elections,
including the filing of an amended return (or superseding return, as
applicable), or filing an original return, as applicable, must be
completed within the time designated in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this
section. The statement must be included on or with any amended prior-
year consolidated return (or superseding or original return, as
applicable) and on or with the consolidated group's timely filed return
(original or amended if filed by the due date for the return, including
extensions) for the election year. In addition, the statement must
include the information required in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this
section.
(ii) Required information--(A) Reclassification election under
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section. (1) A statement that the pre-
existing QOF sub is electing to be a QOF partnership;
(2) The election date;
(3) The effective date of the election;
(4) Specification of the appropriate adjustments required under
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section made by the pre-existing QOF sub
and the consolidated group; and
(5) Certification that the appropriate change under state law or
the entity classification election under Sec. 301.7701-3 of this
chapter (as applicable) has been made, and the date of the change or
entity classification election.
(B) Reclassification election under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) or (iv)
of this section. (1) A statement that the pre-existing QOF sub is
changing its status;
(2) The pre-existing QOF sub's new status (either a non-member QOF
C corporation, under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, or a non-
QOF C corporation, under paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section);
(3) The election date;
(4) The effective date of the election; and
(5) Specification of the appropriate adjustments made the by pre-
existing QOF sub and the consolidated group pursuant to paragraph
(f)(2)(iii) or (iv) of this section, as applicable.
(C) Election to continue treating the pre-existing QOF sub as a
subsidiary member of the consolidated group under paragraph (f)(3) of
this section. (1) A statement that the pre-existing QOF sub is electing
to retain its status as a QOF C corporation and remain a member of the
consolidated group;
(2) The election date; and
(3) Certification that the pre-existing QOF sub and the
consolidated group are in compliance with the conditions under Sec.
1.1504-3(b)(2)(ii) as of the date that the pre-existing QOF sub and the
consolidated group are in compliance with the conditions under Sec.
1.1504-3(b)(2)(ii).
(iii) Time for completing the elections under paragraph (f) of this
section. (A) If the pre-existing QOF sub is making an election under
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3) of this section, all actions necessary
to make such election must be completed by April 13, 2020.
Specifically, if the pre-existing QOF sub is making the election under
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, the conditions in Sec. 1.1504-
3(b)(2)(ii) must be met by April 13, 2020. In addition, the
consolidated group's amended return (or superseding return, as
applicable), taking into account the relevant changes, if applicable,
must be filed by May 12, 2020. Moreover, if the electing QOF
partnership had been a QOF partnership on day one and the electing QOF
partnership's return would have been
[[Page 1998]]
due, then such return also must be filed by May 12, 2020].
(B) If the pre-existing QOF sub is making a reclassification
election under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) or (iv) of this section, all
actions necessary to make such election, including the filing of the
pre-existing QOF sub's own return (if the return would have been due
had the pre-existing QOF sub not been included in the consolidated
group on day one), and the consolidated group's amended return (or
superseding return, as applicable), if applicable, must be completed by
April 13, 2020.
(iv) Extension of statute of limitations. If, as a result of making
a reclassification election in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the
consolidated group is required to file an amended return, and the
electing QOF partnership is required to file a return by May 12, 2020
or the pre-existing QOF sub is required to file a return by April 13,
2020 (collectively, the related returns), then the consolidated group
(and the pre-existing QOF sub, if an election under paragraph
(f)(2)(iii) of this section is made) also must consent to extend the
period of limitations on assessment with respect to any issues arising
under section 1400Z-2 in the related returns of the consolidated group
(and the pre-existing QOF sub, if applicable). This consent must be
effected at such time and in such form and manner as may be prescribed
by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue in Internal Revenue Service
forms or instructions or in publications or guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see Sec. Sec. 601.601(d)(2) and 601.602 of
this chapter).
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
section. For purposes of these examples, and unless otherwise stated: P
is the common parent of the P consolidated group (P group); S, B, and M
are members of the P group; Q is a QOF C corporation that is not a
member of the P group; and X is an unrelated party.
(1) Example 1: Distribution by a QOF member and inclusion
events--(i) Facts. P wholly owns S. In 2018, S sells an asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500x of eligible gain. S forms a new
QOF C corporation Q2, contributes $500x to Q2 in exchange for stock
of Q2, and properly elects to defer the eligible gain under section
1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. The P group elects under Sec.
1.1504-3(b)(2) to consolidate Q2. In 2024, Q2 distributes $20x to S
when S's basis in Q2 is $50x, the value of Q2 exceeds $500x, and Q2
has no earnings and profits. There are no other events in 2024 that
results in investment adjustments to Q2 stock.
(ii) Analysis. Under Sec. Sec. 1.1502-13(f)(2) and 1.1502-32,
the intercompany distribution from Q2 to S of $20x reduces S's basis
in Q2 to $30x ($50x-$20x). Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section, because the distribution does not create or increase an ELA
in Q2 stock, the distribution is not an inclusion event.
(iii) Distribution that creates an ELA. The facts are the same
as in paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section except that in 2024 Q2
distributes $70x to S. Under Sec. Sec. 1.1502-13(f)(2) and 1.1502-
32, the intercompany distribution from Q2 to S of $70x reduces S's
basis in Q2 to $0 and creates an ELA of $20x ($50x-$70x). Under
paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, because an ELA is created in
Q2's stock, the distribution is an inclusion event to the extent of
the increase in the ELA. S therefore includes $20x of its deferred
gain into income in 2024. See Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(2). In
addition, under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(g)(1)(ii), the adjustment to S's
basis in Q2 under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(ii) is applied before
determining the other Federal income tax consequences of the
distribution. Therefore, as a result of the inclusion event, S's
basis in Q2 is first increased to $70x ($50x + $20x), and then S's
basis in Q2 is reduced by $70x (the amount of the distribution) to
$0 under Sec. 1.1502-32.
(2) Example 2: Basis adjustment when member owns qualifying QOF
stock--(i) Facts. P wholly owns S. In 2018, S sells an asset to an
unrelated party and realizes $500x of eligible gain. S contributes
$500x to Q in exchange for stock of Q and properly elects to defer
the eligible gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1.
S does not otherwise own stock in Q. In 2026, the fair market value
of S's qualifying investment in Q exceeds $500x. In 2029, when S
still owns its qualifying investment in Q, P sells all of the stock
of S to X. S retains its stock in Q.
(ii) Analysis--(A) Five-year and seven-year basis increase and
Sec. 1.1502-32 tier-up. In 2023, when S has held the stock of Q for
five years, under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii), S increases its
basis in its Q stock by $50x (10 percent of $500x, the amount of
gain deferred by reason of section 1400Z-2(a)(1)(A)). The 10-percent
basis increase qualifies as tax-exempt income to S under paragraph
(d) of this section. Thus, P (an upper-tier member) increases its
basis in S's stock by $50x under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii).
Similarly, in 2025, when S has held the stock of Q for seven years,
under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iv), S increases its basis in its Q
stock by an additional $25x (5 percent of $500x). The 5-percent
basis increase also qualifies as tax-exempt income to S under
paragraph (d) of this section, and P increases its basis in S's
stock by an additional $25x under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii).
(B) S's recognition of deferred capital gain in 2026. S did not
dispose of its Q stock prior to December 31, 2026. Therefore, under
section 1400Z-2(b)(1)(B) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(b)(2), S's
remaining deferred gain is included in S's income on December 31,
2026. The amount of gain included under section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(A) and
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(3) is $425x ($500x of remaining deferred gain
less S's $75x basis in Q). S's basis in Q is increased by $425x to
$500x, and P's basis in S also is increased by $425x under Sec.
1.1502-32(b)(2)(i).
(C) P's disposition of S. P's sale of S stock in 2029 results in
the deconsolidation of S. S retains its Q stock, and S is not
treated as selling or exchanging its Q stock for purposes of section
1400Z-2(c). Therefore, no basis adjustments under section 1400Z-2
are made as a result of P's sale of S stock.
(iii) S sells the stock of Q after 10 years. The facts are the
same as in paragraph (j)(2)(i) of this section, except that in 2029,
instead of P selling all of the stock of S, S sells all of the stock
of Q to X for its fair market value of $800x. At the time of the
sale, S has owned the Q stock for over 10 years, and S elects under
section 1400Z-2(c) to adjust its stock basis in Q from $500x (see
the analysis in paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of this section) to $800x,
the fair market value of Q on the date of the sale. As a result of
the election, S has no gain on the sale of Q stock. Additionally,
the $300x basis increase in Q is treated as tax-exempt income to S
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Thus, P increases its
basis in P's S stock by $300x under Sec. 1.1502-32(b)(2)(ii).
(3) Example 3: Intercompany sale of qualifying investment--(i)
Facts. In 2018, S sells an asset to an unrelated party and realizes
$100x of eligible gain. Also in 2018, S contributes $100x to Q in
exchange for Q stock and properly elects to defer the eligible gain
under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. S does not
otherwise own stock in Q. In 2021, S sells all of its Q stock to B
for $250x in a fully taxable transaction. In 2026, the fair market
value of Q is $300x. In 2030, B sells the Q stock to X for $800x.
(ii) Analysis--(A) Intercompany sale treated as an inclusion
event. In 2021, S's sale of its Q stock to B is an inclusion event
under section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). The amount
includible pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e)(1) is $100x (the
lesser of the remaining deferred gain of $100x and the fair market
value of the qualifying investment of $250x, over S's basis in Q,
$0). As a result of the inclusion, S's basis in Q increases from $0
to $100x and S also realizes a capital gain of $150x ($250x of
amount realized less its $100x basis in the Q stock) from the
intercompany sale of Q to B. Because S's sale of its Q stock to B is
a fully taxable transaction, paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section
applies to treat the sale as an intercompany transaction and S's
intercompany gains are taken into under Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(2)(ii).
Thus, S defers the inclusion of its $100x of remaining deferred gain
and its $150x of capital gain in 2021. B has a $250x basis in its Q
stock.
(B) Five-year basis increase in 2023. Pursuant to paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section, S and B are treated as divisions of a
single entity for purposes of applying section 1400Z-2. In 2023, the
single entity would have held the QOF investment for five years and
its basis in Q would be increased to $10x ($100x x 10%) under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii). To achieve this single entity result,
$10x of S's $100x of remaining deferred gain is redetermined to be
tax-exempt income. See Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(1); see also paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section making Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(6)(ii)
inapplicable in
[[Page 1999]]
determining the excludability of S's intercompany gain. Therefore,
in 2023, S is treated as having $10x of tax-exempt income, S's
remaining deferred gain is $90x ($100x-$10x), while B's basis in Q
remains $250x.
(C) Seven-year basis increase in 2025. The same analysis in
paragraph (j)(3)(ii)(B) of this section applies for the year 2025.
Therefore, in 2025, S is treated as having $5x ($100x x 5%) of tax-
exempt income, S's remaining deferred gain is $85x ($90x-$5x), and
B's basis in Q remains $250x.
(D) Inclusion of S's remaining deferred gain in 2026. B
continues to own the Q stock through 2026, and, treating S and B as
divisions of a single entity for purposes of section 1400Z-2, the
single entity would include its remaining deferred gain in income on
December 31, 2026. See section 1400Z-2(b)(1), Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(b). On a single-entity basis, the amount includible pursuant to
Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e) is $85x (the lesser of the remaining deferred
gain of $100x and the fair market value of the qualifying investment
of $300x, over the single entity's basis in Q, $15x). B does not
otherwise have an income event with respect to its Q stock in 2026.
Therefore, under Sec. 1.1502-13(c), all $85x of S's remaining
deferred gain is taken into account in 2026. In addition, S's $150x
of capital gain on its Q stock sale continues to be deferred, and
B's basis in Q remains $250x.
(E) B sells the Q stock in 2030. In 2030, B sells all its Q
stock to X for $800x. Under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(D) of this section,
B is entitled to make the election under section 1400Z-2(c) if,
treating S and B as a single entity, the single entity would be
eligible to make the election. Taking into account S's holding
period, B has held Q for over 10 years, and B is eligible for the
election when it sells Q to X in 2030. B makes the section 1400Z-
2(c) election at the time of sale. Following the election, if S and
B were divisions of a single entity, the single entity's basis in Q
would increase from $100x to its fair market value of $800x, causing
to be excluded the $700x of gain on the sale of Q stock. To achieve
this single entity result, Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(1) redetermines B's
$550x ($800x-$250x) of gain and S's deferred $150x of capital gain
to be tax-exempt income. See paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section
making Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(6)(ii) inapplicable in determining the
excludability of S's intercompany gain. Therefore, as a result of
the sale of the Q stock and B making the section 1400Z-2(c)
election, S has $150x of tax-exempt income, and B has $550x of tax-
exempt income.
(4) Example 4: Intercompany sale of qualifying investment
followed by sale of QOF at a loss outside of the consolidated
group--(i) Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph (j)(3)(i)
of this section, except that in 2030, B sells the stock of Q for
$225x to X.
(ii) Analysis. The analysis for tax years prior to 2030 is the
same as in paragraphs (j)(3)(ii)(A) through (D) of this section. In
addition, applying the analysis in paragraph (j)(3)(ii)(E) of this
section, B is entitled to make the election under section 1400Z-2(c)
and B makes the election. Following the election, if S and B were
divisions of a single entity, the single entity's basis in Q would
increase from $100x to $225x, causing to be excluded the $125x of
gain on the sale of Q stock. To achieve this single entity result,
Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(1) redetermines B's $25x ($225x-$250x) of loss to
be a noncapital, nondeductible expense and S's deferred $150x of
capital gain to be tax-exempt income. Therefore, as a result of the
sale of Q stock and B making the section 1400Z-2 election, S has
$150x of tax-exempt income, and B has $25x of noncapital,
nondeductible expense.
(5) Example 5: Intercompany section 351 transfer of qualifying
investment--(i) Facts. In 2018, M sells an asset to an unrelated
party and realizes $100x of eligible gain. Also in 2018, M
contributes $100x to Q in exchange for Q stock and properly elects
to defer the eligible gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1. M does not otherwise own stock in Q. In 2021, when
the value of Q is $200x, M contributes all of its Q stock to S in
exchange for S stock in a transaction that qualifies under section
351.
(ii) Analysis. In 2021, M's contribution of its Q stock to S is
an inclusion event under section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). The amount includible pursuant to Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e) is $100x (the lesser of the remaining deferred gain
of $100x and the fair market value of the qualifying investment of
$200x, over S's basis in Q, $0). Because M's contribution of its Q
stock to S is not a fully taxable transaction, the general rule in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section applies to treat the
contribution as not an intercompany transaction for purposes of
applying section 1400Z-2, and Sec. 1.1502-13 does not apply to
treat M and S as a single entity for purposes of section 1400Z-2.
Thus, as a result of the transfer, M takes its $100x of remaining
deferred gain into account, M's basis in S is $100x, and S's basis
in Q is $100x.
(6) Example 6: Intercompany sale of qualifying investment
followed by a tax-free transfer of the qualifying investment--(i)
Section 351 transfer to another member of the consolidated group--
(A) Facts. In 2018, S sells an asset to an unrelated party and
realizes $100x of eligible gain. Also in 2018, S contributes $100x
to Q in exchange for Q stock and properly elects to defer the
eligible gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. S
does not otherwise own stock in Q. In 2021, when the fair market
value of the Q stock is $250, S sells all of its Q stock to B for
$250x in a fully taxable transaction. In 2024, B transfers all its Q
stock to another member of the P group, B2, in a section 351
transaction. At such time, the fair market value of the Q stock is
$300x.
(B) Analysis--(1) Intercompany sale in 2021. In 2021, S's sale
of its Q stock to B is an inclusion event under section 1400Z-
2(b)(1) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). The amount includible pursuant
to Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e) is $100x (the lesser of the remaining
deferred gain of $100x and the fair market value of the qualifying
investment of $250x, over S's basis in Q, $0). As a result of the
inclusion, S's basis in its Q stock increases from $0 to $100x and S
also realizes a capital gain of $150x ($250x of amount realized less
its $100x basis in the Q stock) from the intercompany sale of the Q
stock to B. Because S's sale of its Q stock to B is a fully taxable
transaction, paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section applies to treat
the sale as an intercompany transaction. Therefore, S's intercompany
gains are taken into account under Sec. 1.1502-13(c) and (d). Thus,
S defers the inclusion of its $100x of remaining deferred gain and
its $150x of capital gain in 2021. B has a $250x basis in its Q
stock.
(2) Five-year basis increase in 2023. Pursuant to paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section, S and B are treated as divisions of a
single entity for purposes of applying section 1400Z-2. In 2023, the
single entity has held the QOF investment for five years and its
basis in the Q stock would be increased to $10x ($100x x 10%) under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii). To achieve this single entity result,
$10x of S's $100x of remaining deferred gain is redetermined to be
tax-exempt income. See Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(1); see also paragraph
(c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section making Sec. 1.1502-13(c)(6)(ii)
inapplicable in determining the excludability of S's intercompany
gain. Therefore, in 2023, S is treated as having $10x of tax-exempt
income, S's remaining deferred gain is $90x ($100x-$10x), and B's
basis in the Q stock remains $250x.
(3) Intercompany transfer in a section 351 transaction. In 2024,
B's contribution of its Q stock to B2, a member of the P group, is
an inclusion event under section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). The amount includible pursuant to Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(e) is $90x (the remaining deferred gain as determined
in paragraph (j)(6)(i)(B) of this section). Because B's contribution
of its Q stock to B2 is not a fully taxable transaction, the general
rule in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section applies to prevent the
contribution from being treated as an intercompany transaction for
purposes of section 1400Z-2. As a result, for purposes of section
1400Z-2, Sec. 1.1502-13 does not apply to treat B and B2 as a
single entity, and the application of Sec. 1.1502-13(j) is adjusted
accordingly. As a result of the section 351 transfer, S takes its
$90x of remaining deferred gain into account. B's basis in its B2
stock is $250x, and B's basis in its Q stock is $250x. However,
because S's $150x of capital gain from the intercompany sale of its
Q stock to B in 2021 is not an item related to section 1400Z-2, it
continues to be deferred under Sec. 1.1502-13 because B2 is a
member of the P group. See Sec. 1.1502-13(j)(4) regarding
successive intercompany transactions.
(ii) Section 351 transfer to a non-member--(A) Facts. The facts
are the same as in paragraph (j)(6)(i)(A) of this section, except
that B2 is not a member of the P group, and B contributes all its Q
stock to B2 in a transaction that qualifies under section 351.
(B) Analysis--(1) Intercompany sale in 2021 and five-year basis
increase in 2023. The analysis for the 2021 and 2023 tax years are
the same as in paragraphs (j)(6)(i)(B)(1) and (2) of this section.
(2) Transfer of Q to a non-member in a section 351 transaction.
In 2024, B's contribution of its Q stock to B2, a non-member of the
P group, is an inclusion event under section 1400Z-2(b)(1) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(b)-1(c). The amount includible
[[Page 2000]]
pursuant to Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(e) is $90x (the remaining deferred
gain as determined in paragraph (j)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section).
S's deferred capital gain of $150x is taken into account in 2024
under the acceleration rule of Sec. 1.1502-13(d) because the Q
stock has left the P group. B2's holding period for the qualifying
investment does not include the time during which B and S held the
qualifying investment.
(iii) Section 721(a) transfer to a partnership--(A) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (j)(6)(i)(A) of this section,
except that B2 is a partnership, and an unrelated party is the other
partner in B2. B's transfer of all of its Q stock to B2 qualifies
for non-recognition treatment under section 721(a). In 2026, the
fair market value of Q is $330x.
(B) Analysis--(1) Intercompany sale in 2021 and five-year basis
increase in 2023. The analysis for the 2021 and 2023 tax years are
the same as in paragraphs (j)(6)(i)(B)(1) and (2) of this section.
(2) Transfer of Q stock to a partnership in a section 721(a)
transaction. In 2024, B transfers its Q stock to B2, a partnership,
in a section 721(a) transaction. Although a section 721(a)
transaction is not an inclusion event under Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-
1(c)(7), under the acceleration rule of Sec. 1.1502-13(d), S must
take into account its $90x of remaining deferred gain because B2 has
benefited from an increased basis in the Q stock as a result of the
intercompany sale between S and B such that this is the appropriate
time to take the remaining deferred gain into account. S's deferred
capital gain of $150x is taken into account in 2024 for the same
reason.
(7) Example 7: Computation and application of the attribute
reduction amount under Sec. 1.1502-36(d) when S owns a QOF--(i)
Facts. In 2018, S sells an asset to an unrelated party and realizes
$5,000x of eligible gain. S contributes $5,000x to Q in exchange for
stock of Q and properly elects to defer the eligible gain under
section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec. 1.1400Z2(a)-1. In 2024, M sells all of
its S stock to X for its fair market value of $100x, and M's basis
in the stock of S is $300x. At the time of sale, S owns the Q stock
with a basis of $500x (S's basis in its Q stock was increased under
section 1400Z-2(b)(2)(B)(iii) to $500x in 2023), and S has a net
operating loss carryover of $50x. M's transfer of the S shares is a
transfer of loss shares under Sec. 1.1502-36. Assume that no basis
redetermination is required under Sec. 1.1502-36(b) and no basis
reduction is required under Sec. 1.1502-36(c).
(ii) Attribute reduction under Sec. 1.1502-36(d). Under Sec.
1.1502-36(d), S's attributes are reduced by S's attribute reduction
amount. Section 1.1502-36(d)(3) provides that S's attribute
reduction amount is the lesser of the net stock loss and S's
aggregate inside loss. The net stock loss is the excess of the $300x
aggregate basis of the transferred S shares over the $100x aggregate
value of those shares, or $200x. S's aggregate inside loss, which
includes the basis of the stock of Q as provided by paragraph (e) of
this section, is the excess of S's net inside attribute amount over
the value of the S share. S's net inside attribute amount is $550x,
computed as the sum of S's $50x loss carryover and its $500x basis
in Q. S's aggregate inside loss is therefore $450x ($550x net inside
attribute amount over the $100x value of the S share). Accordingly,
S's attribute reduction amount is the lesser of the $200x net stock
loss and the $450x aggregate inside loss, or $200x. Under Sec.
1.1502-36(d)(4), S's $200x attribute reduction is first allocated
and applied to reduce S's $50x loss carryover to $0. Under Sec.
1.1502-36(d)(4)(i)(D), S generally would be able to reduce the basis
of its category D assets (including stock in other corporations) by
the remaining attribute reduction amount ($150x). However, paragraph
(e) of this section provides that S's basis in the stock of Q is not
included in S's Category D attributes that are available for
reduction under Sec. 1.1502-36(d)(4), and the remaining $150x of
attribute reduction amount cannot be used to reduce the basis of Q
shares under Sec. 1.1502-36(d). Rather, under paragraph (e) of this
section, P is treated as making the election under Sec. 1.1502-
36(d)(6) to reduce M's basis in the transferred loss S shares by
$150x. As a result, P's basis in its M stock is also reduced by
$150x.
(k) Applicability dates--(1) In general. This section applies for
taxable years beginning after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a consolidated
group's first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began
on December 22, 2017, and for taxable years beginning after December
21, 2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, a consolidated group may
choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(g)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-120186-18) published on May
1, 2019, but only if applied in a consistent manner for all such
taxable years.
0
Par. 11. Section 1.1504-3 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.1504-3 Treatment of stock in a QOF C corporation for purposes
of consolidation.
(a) Scope and definitions--(1) Scope. This section provides rules
regarding the treatment of stock in a QOF C corporation for purposes of
determining whether such corporation can join in the filing of a
consolidated return. Paragraph (b) of this section generally prevents a
subsidiary QOF C corporation from joining in the filing of a
consolidated return, but it provides an election to consolidate a
subsidiary QOF C corporation (subject to certain conditions). Paragraph
(c) of this section provides instructions for making the election
provided by paragraph (b) of this section. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides an example. Paragraph (e) of this section provides the
applicability dates.
(2) Definitions. The definitions provided in Sec. Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1(b) and 1.1502-14Z(a)(2)(ii) apply for purposes of this
section.
(b) QOF stock not stock for purposes of affiliation--(1) In
general. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, stock in a QOF C corporation (whether qualifying QOF stock or
otherwise) is not treated as stock under section 1504 for purposes of
determining whether the issuer may join in the filing of a consolidated
return under section 1501. Therefore, a QOF C corporation can be the
common parent of a consolidated group, and a QOF C corporation
generally can be a member of an affiliated group for purposes of
section 1504, but a QOF C corporation cannot join in the filing of a
consolidated return as a subsidiary member (except as provided in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section).
(2) Election to consolidate a subsidiary QOF C corporation--(i) In
general. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a
consolidated group may elect to consolidate a subsidiary QOF C
corporation that was formed, or section 1504 control of which was
acquired, by the consolidated group after May 1, 2019, and that
otherwise meets the affiliation requirements under section 1504. If a
pre-existing corporation was a member of the consolidated group prior
to becoming a QOF C corporation, a consolidated group may elect to
continue to consolidate such pre-existing corporation if it self-
certified to be a QOF after May 1, 2019. The consolidated group must
make the election under this paragraph (b)(2) with regard to the first
taxable year during which the subsidiary QOF C corporation otherwise
meets the section 1504 affiliation requirements (without regard to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section). See Sec. 1.1502-14Z(f)(3) for an
election available with regard to a subsidiary QOF C corporation that
met the section 1504 affiliation requirements as of May 1, 2019. The
election under this paragraph (b)(2) is effective on the later of May
1, 2019, or the first date on which the QOF C corporation otherwise
meets the requirements of section 1504. If a consolidated group makes
the election under this paragraph (b)(2), then the conditions in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section apply to the consolidated group
and to the QOF member. See paragraph (c) of this section for the form
and manner of making this election.
(ii) Conditions to consolidate a subsidiary QOF C corporation--(A)
Ownership status of QOF investor member. On and at all times after the
[[Page 2001]]
date of the investment, the common parent must directly or indirectly
own all shares of all classes of stock (including non-qualified
preferred stock) issued by any QOF investor member.
(B) Direct investment. Except as provided in Sec. 1.1502-14Z(c),
each QOF investor member must maintain direct ownership of its
qualifying investment (see, for example, Sec. 1.1400Z2(b)-1(c), which
generally treats transfers of a qualifying investment as an inclusion
event). See Sec. 1.1502-14Z(c)(4) for rules regarding the treatment of
intercompany transfers as qualifying investments in a QOF member. See
also Sec. 1.1502-14Z(c)(2) and (c)(3)(ii) for rules regarding actual
and deemed intercompany transfers of qualifying investments.
(3) Failure of continued qualification. Consolidation of a
subsidiary QOF C corporation is contingent upon continued satisfaction
of all of the conditions of paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. The
requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section continue to apply
(with appropriate modifications to reflect single-entity treatment)
following any intercompany transfer of the QOF member stock that is
subject to Sec. 1.1502-14Z(c)(3)(ii). For example, following an
intercompany transfer of the QOF member stock that is subject to Sec.
1.1502-14Z(c)(3)(ii), the buying member must maintain a direct
investment in the QOF member. On the failure to satisfy any condition
of paragraph (b)(2), the QOF member will deconsolidate, and Sec.
1.1502-14Z(g) will apply with respect to such deconsolidation.
(c) Election under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to consolidate
a subsidiary QOF C corporation--(1) In general. The election under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section is irrevocable and is made in the form
provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(2) Form of election. The election under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section must be made in the form of a statement titled ``THIS IS AN
ELECTION UNDER Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) TO CONSOLIDATE [insert name and
employer identification number (E.I.N.) of subsidiary QOF C
corporation] as of [insert date].'' The statement must be included with
the consolidated group's timely filed return (original, superseding, or
amended return, as applicable, including extensions) for the year the
election under Sec. 1.1504-3(b)(2) is made.
(d) Example. The following example illustrates the treatment of QOF
stock as not stock for purposes of affiliation as described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(1) QOF stock as not stock for purposes of affiliation to join
in the filing of a consolidated return--(i) Facts. P wholly owns S,
which wholly owns corporation Q1. P, S, and Q1 are members of the P
group. In 2021, S sells an asset to an unrelated party and realizes
$500x of eligible gain. S contributes $500x to Q1 and properly
elects to defer the eligible gain under section 1400Z-2(a) and Sec.
1.1400Z2(a)-1. At such time, Q1 qualifies and elects to be treated
as a QOF, but the P group does not elect to consolidate Q1 under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, stock of
a QOF C corporation (qualifying or otherwise) is not treated as
stock for purposes of determining whether the QOF C corporation may
join in the filing of a consolidated return. Thus, because no
election has been made under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, once
Q1 becomes a QOF, Q1 ceases to be affiliated with the P group
members for purposes of section 1501, and it deconsolidates from the
P group. See Sec. Sec. 1.1502-1 through -1.1502-100 generally for
the consequences of deconsolidation.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) Applicability dates--(1) In general. This section applies for
taxable years beginning after March 13, 2020.
(2) Prior periods. With respect to the portion of a consolidated
group's first taxable year ending after December 21, 2017, that began
on December 22, 2017, and for taxable years beginning after December
21, 2017, and on or before March 13, 2020, a consolidated group may
choose either--
(i) To apply the section 1400Z-2 regulations, if applied in a
consistent manner for all such taxable years; or
(ii) To rely on the rules in proposed Sec. 1.1400Z2(g)-1 contained
in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-120186-18) published on May
1, 2019, but only if applied in a consistent manner for all such
taxable years.
Sunita Lough,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
Approved: December 18, 2019
David J. Kautter,
Assistant Secretary (Tax Policy).
[FR Doc. 2019-27846 Filed 12-31-19; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P